Xerox WC 5225 5230 sm

WorkCentre 5225, 5230

Printed in the United States of America.

Service Documentation

XEROX® and all Xerox product names mentioned in this publication are trademarks of XEROX CORPORATION. Other company trademarks are also acknowledged.

WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Service Documentation PANTONE is a registered trademark of Pantone, Inc. 705P01212 Hardcopy 701P48348 Launch Version

Changes are periodically made to this document. Changes, technical inaccuracies, and typographic errors will be corrected in subsequent editions.

February, 2008

WARNING

***Xerox Private Data*** All service documentation is supplied to Xerox external customers for informational purposes only. Xerox service documentation is intended for use by certified, product-trained service personnel only. Xerox does not warrant or represent that it will notify or provide to such customer any future change to this documentation. Customer performed service of equipment, or modules, components, or parts of such equipment may affect whether Xerox is responsible to fix machine defects under the warranty offered by Xerox with respect to such equipment. You should consult the applicable warranty for its terms regarding customer or third-party provided service.

This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy, and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions documentation, may cause interference to radio communications. It has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computing device pursuant to subpart B of part 15 of FCC rules, which are designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference when operated in a commercial environment. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause interference in which case the user, at his own expense, will be required to correct the interference.

If the customer services such equipment, modules, components or parts thereof, the customer releases Xerox from any and all liability for the customer actions, and the customer agrees to indemnify, defend and hold xerox harmless from any third party claims which arise directly or indirectly for such service. While Xerox has tried to make the documentation accurate, Xerox will have no liability arising out of any inaccuracies or omissions. Changes are periodically made to this document. Changes, technical inaccuracies, and typographical errors will be corrected in subsequent editions. Prepared by: Xerox Corporation Global Knowledge and Language Services 800 Phillips Road, Bldg. 0218-01A Webster, New York 14580-9791 USA ©2008 by Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved. Copyright protection claimed includes all forms and matters of copyrightable material and information now allowed by statutory judicial law or hereinafter granted, including without limitation, material generated from the software programs which are displayed on the screen such as icons, screen displays, looks, etc.

Preliminary Working Document No Product Name Assigned

0/0/00 ?-1

Section Name

Section Name

0/0/00 ?-2

Preliminary Working Document No Product Name Assigned

Introduction About this Manual ........................................................................................................... Organization.................................................................................................................... How to Use this Documentation...................................................................................... Symbology and Nomenclature ........................................................................................ Translated Warnings .......................................................................................................

Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

iii iii iv v viii

February, 2008 i

Introduction

Introduction

February, 2008 ii


About this Manual

Organization

This Service Manual is part of the multinational documentation system for WorkCentre 5225 / 5230. The Service Documentation is used in order to diagnose machine malfunctions, adjust components and has information which is used to maintain the product in superior operating condition. It is the controlling publication for a service call. Information on its use is found in the Introduction of the Service Documentation.

This Service Manual is divided into eight sections. The titles of the sections and a description of the information contained in each section are contained in the following paragraphs:

This manual contains information that applies to USSG (XC) and ESG (XE) copiers.

Service Manual Revision

Section 1: Service Call Procedures This section contains procedures that determine what actions are to be taken during a service call on the machine and in what sequence they are to be completed. This is the entry level for all service calls.

Section 2: Status Indicator RAPs

The Service Manual will be updated as the machine changes or as problem areas are identified.

This section contains the diagnostic aids for troubleshooting the Fault Code and non-Fault Code related faults (with the exception of image quality problems).

Section 3: Image Quality This section contains the diagnostic aids for troubleshooting any image quality problems, as well as image quality specifications and image defect samples.

Section 4: Repairs/Adjustments This section contains all the Adjustments and Repair procedures. Repairs Repairs include procedures for removal and replacement of parts which have the following special conditions: When there is a personnel or machine safety issue. When removal or replacement cannot be determined from the exploded view of the Parts List. When there is a cleaning or a lubricating activity associated with the procedure. When the part requires an adjustment after replacement. When a special tool is required for removal or replacement. Use the repair procedures for the correct order of removal and replacement, for warnings, cautions, and notes. Adjustments Adjustments include procedures for adjusting the parts that must be within specification for the correct operation of the system. Use the adjustment procedures for the correct sequence of operation for specifications, warnings, cautions and notes.

Section 5: Parts Lists This section contains the Copier/Printer Parts List.

Section 6: General Procedures/Information This section contains General Procedures, Diagnostic Programs, and Copier/Printer Information.


February, 2008 iii

Introduction

Section 7: Wiring Data

How to Use this Documentation

This section contains drawings, lists of plug/jack locations, and diagrams of the power distribution wire networks in the machine. This section also contains the Block Schematic Diagrams.

The Service Call Procedures in Section 1 describe the sequence of activities used during the service call. The call must be entered using these procedures.

Section 8: Options and Accessories

Use of the Circuit Diagrams

This section contains installation information for option and accessory.

All wirenets are shown on the Circuit Diagrams (CDs). Power distribution wirenets are shown in Section 7 (Wiring Data) of the Service Manual. The power distribution wirenets on the CDs will end at the terminal board for the power being distributed. Find the wirenet for that power and locate the terminal board on the wirenet. Use the wirenet to troubleshoot any power distribution wiring not shown on the CD.

Use of the Block Schematic Diagrams Block Schematic Diagrams (BSDs) are included in Section 7 (Wiring Data) of the Service Manual. The BSDs show the functional relationship of the electrical circuitry to any mechanical, or non-mechanical, inputs or outputs throughout the machine. Inputs and outputs such as motor drive, mechanical linkages, operator actions, and air flow are shown. The BSDs will provide an overall view of how the entire subsystem works. It should be noted that the BSDs no longer contain an Input Power Block referring to Chain 1. It will be necessary to refer to the Wirenets in order to trace a wire back to its source.

Introduction

February, 2008 iv


Symbology and Nomenclature

CAUTION

The following reference symbols are used throughout the documentation.

The use of controls or adjustments other than those specified in the Laser Safety Training Program may result in an exposure to dangerous laser radiation.

Warnings, Cautions, and Notes

For additional information, review the Laser Safety Training program.

Warnings, Cautions, and Notes will be found throughout the Service Documentation. The words WARNING or CAUTION may be listed on an illustration when the specific component associated with the potential hazard is pointed out; however, the message of the WARNING or CAUTION is always located in the text. Their definitions are as follows:

An arrow points to the location to install, to gain access to, or to release an object.

WARNING A Warning is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, a practice, condition, or statement, if not strictly observed, could result in personal injury. CAUTION

Figure 2 Customer Access Label

A Caution is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, a practice, condition, or statement, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to the equipment.

This symbol indicates that a surface can be hot. Use caution when reaching in the machine to avoid touching the hot surfaces.

NOTE: A Note is used whenever it is necessary to highlight an operating or maintenance procedure, practice, condition, or statement.

Machine Safety Icons The following safety icons are displayed on the machine:

WARNING This machine contains an invisible laser. There is no visual indication that the laser beam is present. During servicing, the machine is a Class 3B product because of the invisible laser. the laser beam could cause eye damage if looked at directly. Service procedures must be followed exactly as written without change. The service representative must observe the established local laser safety precautions when servicing the machine. Do not place tools with a reflective surface in the area of the ROS opening. Do not look in the area of the ROS window if the power is On and the laser is energized.

Figure 3 Heated Surface Label Danger label indicates where electrical currents exist when the machine is closed and operating. Use caution when reaching in the machine.

The following symbol and statement appear on a label in the machine. The symbol by itself, or the symbol and the statement may also appear in the service documentation and in the training program. When this symbol appears, the service representative is warned that conditions exist that could result in exposure to the laser beam.

WARNING

Figure 4 Shock Hazard Label

Do not try to bypass any laser interlocks for any reason. Permanent eye damage could result if the laser is accidentally directed into your eye.

These symbols indicate components that may be damaged by Electrostatic Discharge (ESD).

Figure 1 Laser Hazard Symbol Laser Hazard Statement Figure 5 ESD warning Label DANGER INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN. AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE TO BEAM.


February, 2008 v

Introduction

Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Field Service Kit The purpose of the ESD Protection Program is to preserve the inherent reliability and quality of electronic components that are handled by the Field Service Personnel. This program is being implemented now as a direct result of advances in microcircuitry technology, as well as a new acknowledgment of the magnitude of the ESD problem in the electronics industry today. This program will reduce Field Service costs that are charged to PWB failures. Ninety percent of all PWB failures that are ESD related do not occur immediately. Using the ESD Field Service Kit will eliminate these delayed failures and intermittent problems caused by ESD. This will improve product reliability and reduce callbacks.

The ESD Field Service Kit should be used whenever Printed Wiring Boards or ESD sensitive components are being handled. This includes activities like replacing or reseating of circuit boards or connectors. The kit should also be used in order to prevent additional damage when circuit boards are returned for repair. The instructions for using the ESD Field Service Kit can be found in ESD Field Service Kit Usage in the General Procedures section of the Service Documentation.

Illustration Symbols Figure 6 shows symbols and conventions that are commonly used in illustrations.

Figure 6 Illustration Symbols Introduction

February, 2008 vi


Signal Nomenclature

DC Voltage Measurements in RAPs

Refer to Figure 7 for an example of Signal Nomenclature used in Circuit Diagrams and BSDs.

The RAPs have been designed so that when it is required to use the DMM to measure a DC voltage, the first test point listed is the location for the red (+) meter lead and the second test point is the location for the black meter lead. For example, the following statement may be found in a RAP: There is +5 VDC from TP7 to TP68. In this example, the red meter lead would be placed on TP7 and the black meter lead on TP68. Another example of a statement found in a RAP might be: There is -15 VDC from TP21 to TP33. In this example, the red meter lead would be placed on TP21 and the black meter lead would be placed on TP33. If a second test point is not given, it is assumed that the black meter lead may be attached to the copier frame.

Figure 7 Signal Nomenclature

Voltage Measurement and Specifications Measurements of DC voltage must be made with reference to the specified DC Common, unless some other point is referenced in a diagnostic procedure. All measurements of AC voltage should be made with respect to the adjacent return or ACN wire. Table 1 Voltage Measurement and Specifications VOLTAGE

SPECIFICATION

INPUT POWER 220 V

198 VAC TO 242 VAC

INPUT POWER 100 V

90 VAC TO 135 VAC

INPUT POWER 120 V

90 VAC TO 135 VAC

+5 VDC

+4.75 VDC TO +5.25 VDC

+24 VDC

+23.37 VDC TO +27.06 VDC

Logic Voltage Levels Measurements of logic levels must be made with reference to the specified DC Common, unless some other point is referenced in a diagnostic procedure. Table 2 Logic Levels VOLTAGE

H/L SPECIFICATIONS

+5 VDC

H= +3.00 TO +5.25 VDC L= 0.0 TO 0.8 VDC

+24 VDC

H= +23.37 TO +27.06 VDC L= 0.0 TO 0.8 VDC


February, 2008 vii

Introduction

Translated Warnings

Introduction

February, 2008 viii


Introduction

nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. Paper Transportation

Symbology and Nomenclature

REP 2.1.1 Feeder 1 Assembly

WARNING A Warning is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, a practice, condition, or statement, if not strictly observed, could result in personal injury.

WARNING

DANGER: Une note DANGER est utilisée à chaque fois qu'une procédure de maintenance ou qu'une manipulation présente un risque de blessure si elle n'a pas été strictement observée.

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine.

WARNING This machine contains an invisible laser. There is no visual indication that the laser beam is present. During servicing, the machine is a Class 3B product because of the invisible laser. the laser beam could cause eye damage if looked at directly. Service procedures must be followed exactly as written without change. The service representative must observe the established local laser safety precautions when servicing the machine. Do not place tools with a reflective surface in the area of the ROS opening. Do not look in the area of the ROS window if the power is On and the laser is energized. DANGER: L'équipement contient un faisceau laser invisible et aucune indication visible signale la présence du faisceau laser. De ce fait le produit est classé 3B pour tout ce qui concerne la maintenance. L'exposition directe des yeux au faisceau laser peut entraîner des lésions visuelles. Les procédures de maintenance doivent être réalisées sans aucun changement comme indiqué dans la documentation. Le représentant Xerox lors d'interventions sur l'équipement doit respecter les consignes de sécurité locales concernant les faisceaux laser. Ne pas placer d'objet réfléchissant dans la zone du ROS quand il est ouvert. Ne pas regarder dans la zone du ROS lorsque la machine est sous tension et que le laser est en fonctionnement. The following symbol and statement appear on a label in the machine. The symbol by itself, or the symbol and the statement may also appear in the service documentation and in the training program. When this symbol appears, the service representative is warned that conditions exist that could result in exposure to the laser beam.

DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 2.3.1 Tray Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll

WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 2.4.1 Registration Unit

WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 2.5.1 Take Away Roll

WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine.

DANGER: Les symboles et instructions suivants sont indiqués sur des étiquettes dans la machine et sont identifiés dans la documentation technique et dans le manuel de formation. Quand ces symboles s'affichent le représentant Xerox est prévenu des risques encourus concernant une exposition au rayon laser.

DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.

WARNING

WARNING

Do not try to bypass any laser interlocks for any reason. Permanent eye damage could result if the laser is accidentally directed into your eye.


DANGER: Ne pas essayer de shunter les contacts laser pour quelques raisons que ce soit. Si le faisceau laser est dirigé accidentellement vers les yeux il peut en résulter des lésions oculaires permanentes.


4 Repairs and Adjustments

REP 3.1.1 ROS Unit

REP 2.6.2 Left Hand (L/H) Upper Cover Unit

ROS

Drives

WARNING

REP 1.1.1 Main Drive Assembly

WARNING




DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-

Xerographics/Development


February, 2008 ix

Introduction

WARNING

REP 4.1.1 Xero/Developer Cartridge

WARNING





Electrical Components REP 9.1.1 MCU PWB

REP 4.1.2 Toner Cartridge

WARNING

WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 9.2.1 ESS PWB

REP 4.2.1 Dispense Motor

WARNING

WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. Fuser

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. Covers REP 10.1.1 Top Cover Assembly

REP 5.1.1 Fuser Unit

WARNING


To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 10.2.1 Rear Lower Cover

Exit

WARNING

REP 6.1.1 Exit 2 +OCT 2

WARNING





IIT REP 11.1.1 Platen Cushion

MPT

WARNING

REP 7.1.1 MPT Assembly

WARNING





REP 11.1.2 Control Panel

WARNING

REP 7.2.1 MPT Feed Roll/Retard Pad

Introduction

February, 2008 x


To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 11.3.1 Platen Glass

REP 11.6.2 Lamp Wire Harness



Tray Module -2T REP 12.1 Tray 3 Feeder

DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 11.3.2 IIT/IPS PWB



DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 12.2 Tray 3 Feeder (2TM)

DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 11.4.1 Lens Kit Assembly



DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 12.3 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll

DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 11.5.1 Carriage Cable



DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 12.4 2 Tray Module PWB

DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 11.5.2 Carriage Motor



DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. Tray Module -TT REP 13.1.1 Tray 3 Assembly

WARNING

REP 11.6.1 Exposure Lamp

WARNING





REP 13.1.2 Tray 2 Assembly (2TTM)


February, 2008 xi

Introduction


DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 15.1.2 DADF Platen Cushion



REP 13.3.1 Front/Rear Tray Cable


DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 15.2.1 DADF Document Tray



REP 13.4.1 Tray 3 Feeder (TTM)


DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 15.2.2 DADF Feeder Assembly



REP 13.5.1 Tray 3 Feeder


DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 15.2.3 DADF Front Cover



REP 13.6.1 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll


DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 15.2.4 DADF Rear Cover



REP 13.8.1 Twin Tray Module PWB


DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 15.3.1 DADF PWB



DADF REP 15.1.1 DADF Assembly



Introduction

WARNING

REP 15.3.2 Left Counter Balance

February, 2008 xii



DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 16.3.1 Booklet PWB



REP 15.3.3 Right Counter Balance


DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 16.1.2 Finisher Assembly



REP 15.4.1 Retard Roll


DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 16.2.2 Front Cover



REP 15.4.2 Top Cover


DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 16.2.2 Rear Cover



REP 15.6.1 Nudger Roll, Feed Roll


DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 16.2.8 Stacker Upper Cover



REP 15.8.1 Registration Roll


DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 16.2.23 Eject Roll Assembly



Finisher REP 16.1.1 H-Transport Assembly




WARNING

REP 16.1.3 H-Transport Belt

February, 2008 xiii

Introduction



DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 16.2.13 Compiler Tray Assembly

WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 16.2.15 Stacker Elevator Motor

WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 16.2.15 Stacker Elevator Motor

WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 16.2.10 Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly

WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 16.2.21 Finisher PWB

WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. IIT ADJ 11.6.1 Full/Half Rate carriage Position Adjustment


Introduction

February, 2008 xiv


1 Service Call Procedures Service Call Procedures.................................................................................................. Initial Actions ................................................................................................................... Call Flow ......................................................................................................................... Detailed Maintenance Activities (HFSI)........................................................................... Cleaning Procedures....................................................................................................... Final Actions....................................................................................................................


1-3 1-3 1-4 1-6 1-7 1-7

February, 2008 1-1

Service Call Procedures


February, 2008 1-2



Initial Actions

Service Strategy

Purpose

The service strategy for the WorkCentre 5225/5230 is to perform any High Frequency Service Item (HFSI) actions before attempting to repair any problems. Some problems will be corrected by this strategy without the need to diagnose them. The Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs) will be used for any remaining problems.

The purpose of the Initial Action section of the Service Call Procedures is to determine the reason for the service call and to identify and organize the actions which must be performed.

Problems that occur in the Basic Printer mode will be repaired before problems that occur when using the accessories.

Procedure 1.

Gather the information about the service call and the condition of the copier/printer. a.

Question the operator(s). Ask about the location of most recent paper jams. Ask about the image quality and the copier/printer performance in general, including any unusual sounds or other indications.

b.

After informing the customer, disconnect the machine from the customer’s network.

c.

Check that the power cords are in good condition, correctly plugged in the power source, and free from any defects that would be a safety hazard. Repair or replace the power cords as required. Check that the circuit breakers are not tripped.

d.

Inspect any rejected copies. Inquire as to, or otherwise determine, the paper quality and weight, the specified paper for optimum Image Quality, 24# Xerox Color Expressions (NASG) or ColorTech+90gsm (ESG). Look for any damage to the copies, oil marks, image quality defects, or other indications of a problem.

e.

Record the billing meter readings.

f.

Access Diagnostic Routines.

Image Quality problems should be repaired after all other problems are repaired.

Service Call Procedures The Service Call Procedures are a guide for performing any service on this machine. The procedures are designed to be used with the Service Manual. Perform each step in order. Initial Actions The Initial Actions gather information about the condition of the machine and the problem that caused the service call. Call Flow Call Flow summarizes the sequence of the Service Call Procedures. Detailed Maintenance Activities Detailed Maintenance Activities section provides the information needed to perform the High Frequency Service Item (HFSI) actions.

i.

Enter UI Diagnostics (Entering UI Diagnostics in UI Diagnostic Mode).

ii.

Access Diagnostic Routines (Accessing Diagnostic Routines in UI Diagnostic Mode).

NOTE: If a fault code is displayed while performing a diagnostics procedure, go to that fault code RAP and repair the fault. Return to Diagnostics and continue with the dC procedure that you were performing.

Cleaning Procedures The Cleaning Procedures list what needs to be cleaned at each service call.

g.

Print the HFSI Report and determine what HFSI action is required based on the customer output volume. Refer to the Detailed Maintenance Activities section for the detailed HFSI information. Record any items that require action.

h.

Display and record the information in the Jam Counter, Fault Counter, and Shutdown History. Classify this information into categories:

Final Actions The Final Actions will test the copier/printer and return it to the customer. Administrative activities are also performed in the Final Actions.

Information that is related to the problem that caused the service call. Information that is related to secondary problems. Information that does not require action, such as a single occurrence of a problem. i.

Check the Service Log for any recent activities that are related to the problem that caused the service call or any secondary problem.

2.

Perform any required HFSI activities identified above. Refer to the Detailed Maintenance Activities section.

3.

Exit diagnostics. Try to duplicate the problem by running the same jobs that the customer was running.

4.

Check the Image Quality in the Basic Copier Mode. Select the tray that is loaded with 11 x 17 or A3 paper, if unable to complete tray selection, go to Call Flow. Set the copier/printer to the following setup: •


February, 2008 1-3

Output Color - Auto


Service Call Procedures, Initial Actions

•

Original Type - Photo and Text Halftone

•

R/E - Auto

•

Lighter/Darker - Auto Contrast

•

Sharpness - Normal

•

Preset Color Balance - Normal

•

Color Shift - Normal

•

Color Saturation - Normal

Call Flow This procedure should be performed at every service call.

Initial Actions Ask the operator about the problem. If the problem appears to be related to operator error, or an attempt to perform a job outside of the machine specifications, assist the customer in learning the correct procedure.

•

Copy Position - No Shift

•

Variable Color Balance - Normal

Procedure

Run four copies of the Color Test Pattern.

Ask the operator about the problem. • If the problem is identified by a fault code (including Paper/Document Jams), refer to Section 2 for the procedure and then proceed with servicing.

Check the Image Quality. If the customer has identified any Image Quality Defects or problems, go to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP. 5.

Go to Call Flow.

•

If the problem is noise or smell, select a mode (1 Sided/2Sided, Finisher etc.), find the cause of the problem and proceed with servicing.

The operator operated the machine correctly. Y N Explain to the operator how to operate the machine correctly. The UI display is normal. Y N Go to RAP OF 4 Dark/Blank Display. Refer to BSDs (CH2.1-CH2.4). The problem occurs only in Print mode. Y N The problem occurs only in Copy mode. Y N The problem occurs only in Fax mode. Y N Refer to Table 1 Other Faults and identify the problem and follow the corrective action. The problem occurs only in certain modes such as Broadcast transmission. Y N Perform a transmission test with the call center or station. The problem reoccurs. Y N Ask the customer for permission to establish communications with the remote machine that is causing the problem. Perform a Send transmission test with the remote machine. Transmission was normal. Y N Print the protocol trace to identify whether it is the remote machine or the machine that is causing the problem. • If the problem lies in the machine: Analyze the protocol trace, refer to Section 2 and then proceed with servicing. •

If the problem appears to lie in the remote machine: Ask the customer to check the status of the remote machine.

A Service Call Procedures

Initial Actions, Call Flow

B

February, 2008 1-4

C

D

E Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

A

B

C

D

E There is a problem with Receive transmission test. Perform Receive transmission tests with other stations within the company. Check that there is no problem with the machine and then ask the customer to check the status of the remote machine.

Analyze the protocol trace, refer to Section 2 and then proceed with servicing. Check the machine settings and if necessary, ask the customer for permission to test the machine in the mode in which the problem occurs. Analyze the protocol trace when the problem reoccurs, for FAX problems go to GP 2 FAX Diagnostics, or go to Section 2 to proceed with servicing. There is an image quality problem. Y N If there is an alignment problem, obtain separate Platen/DADF output samples, refer to Section 4 Adjustments and then proceed with servicing.

Table 1 Other Faults Problem

Corrective Action

ADF inoperative after PWB replacement.

Reload Software ADJ 9.3.1.

Can not make copies when Auditron is enabled.

Enter UI Diagnostic Mode. Select Copy on screen. Machine will operate without auditron restriction.

Loud snapping noise is heard.

Enter Component Control [042-003] and press the Start button. If noise is present there is binding in toner drive system. Repair as required (PL 4.2)

Sets are not offset in Center Tray.

Perform Center Tray Offsetting.

E-mail icon not visible in display on Perform E-Mail Icon. email enabled machine. Customer wishes to distinguish FAX output from prints or copies.

Perform FAX Output Separation.

Refer to Section 3 IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP and then proceed with servicing. There is a problem with the network. Y N There is a problem with the USB connection. Y N There is an image quality problem. Y N The problem lies in a certain Client PC. Y N There is a problem with a certain application or programming language A. Obtain the latest information on restrictions and technical information. Proceed accordingly. Check the settings of that particular Client PC and if necessary ask the user to reinstall the printer driver. Refer to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP and then proceed with servicing. If the problem persists, ask the user to reinstall the printer driver. Check the machine settings and if necessary ask the user to reinstall the printer driver. If the problem continues, replace the network cable. If the problem persists, replace the USB cable. Check the machine settings and discuss the problem with the customer's network administrator. Table 1 Other Faults Problem

Corrective Action

Duplexing is not available as a selection on the display.

Ensure the Duplex electrical connector is secure (PL 10.1)

Copies jam in the Finisher when the output tray is near maximum capacity.

Verify condition of paper. If good, check that part 655N128 can be used to support tray.


February, 2008 1-5


Call Flow

Detailed Maintenance Activities (HFSI)

Table 1 High Frequency Service Items

Procedure 1.

Access Diagnostic Routines. a.

Enter UI Diagnostics (Entering UI Diagnostics in UI Diagnostic Mode).

b.

Access Diagnostic Routines (Accessing Diagnostic Routines in UI Diagnostic Mode).

2.

Select NVM Read/Write.

3.

Refer to Table 1 and enter a counter number for any High Frequency Service Item (HFSI) counters to be checked. Use the customer's output volume numbers to help determine which HFSI components should be serviced. Consider components near threshold as candidates for service.

4.

Refer to Cleaning Procedures for detailed cleaning instructions.

Counter

Name

Threshold Service Action to be performed

955-808

Duplex Feed Counter

912K

Replace the Document Nudger Roll, Feed Roll, Retard Roll, Registration Roll.

955-810

Platen Interlock Counter

260K

Replace the Platen Interlock Switch.

955-829

Inverter Solenoid On Counter

500K

Replace the Inverter Solenoid.

Table 1 High Frequency Service Items Counter

Name

ThresService Action to be performed hold

954-800

Tray 1 Feed counter

300K

Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Roll, Nudger Roll.

954-801

Tray 2 Feed counter

300K


954-802

Tray 3 Feed counter

300K


954-803

MSI Feed counter

50K

Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Pad.

954-804 HCF Feed/Retard/ (7232/42) Nudger

300K

Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Pad and Nudger Roll

954-824

IBT Belt counter

480K

Replace the IBT Assembly.

954-825

IBT Cleaner counter

100K

Replace the IBT Cleaner.

954-826

2nd BTR Counter

150K

Replace the Bias Transfer Roll.

954-830

K Developer Counter

420K

Replace the K Developer.

954-831

Y Developer Counter

420K

Replace the Y Developer.

954-832

M Developer Counter

420K

Replace the M Developer.

954-833

C Developer Counter

420K

Replace the C Developer.

954-837

Xero Drum Counter

10M

Replace the Xero Drum Assembly.

954-842

Fuser Counter

10M

Replace the Fuser Assembly.

954-850

Deodorant Filter

5M

Replace the Deodorant Filter.

956-802

Lamp Scan Counter

6000K Replace the Exposure Lamp.

956-803

Exposure Lamp Time Counter


956-804

Exposure Lamp On Counter


955-806

CVT Feed Counter

200K


955-807

Simplex Feed Counter

912K



Detailed Maintenance Activities

February, 2008 1-6


Cleaning Procedures

Final Actions

Purpose

Purpose

To provide cleaning procedures to be performed at every service call.

To provide a guide for procedures to be done at the end of every service call.

Procedure

Procedure CAUTION

1.

Ensure that the exterior of the copier/printer and the adjacent area are clean. Use a dry cloth or a cloth moistened with water to clean the copier/printer. Do not use solvents.

2.

Check the supply of consumables. Ensure that an adequate supply of consumables is available according to local operating procedures.

Do not use any solvents unless directed to do so by the Service Manual.

General Cleaning

3.

Complete the Service Log.

4.

Perform the following steps to make a copy of the Demonstration Original for the customer:

Use a dry lint free cloth or a lint free cloth moistened with water for all cleaning unless directed otherwise by the Service Manual. Wipe with a dry lint free cloth if a moistened cloth is used.

a.

Load Tray 1 with 8.5 x 11 inch (A4) or 11 x 17 inch paper.

b.

Place the Color Test Pattern on the glass with the short edge of the test pattern registered to the left edge of the glass. Select Tray 1 and make a single copy.

c.

Print out the Machine Settings (Configuration Report). Store this report with the service log in the Inner Cover.

1.

Feed Components (Rolls and Pads)

2.

Toner Dispense Units Vacuum the Toner Dispense units.

d.

Ask the customer to verify the Print and Scan functions.

3.

Jam Sensors

e.

Present the copies to the customer.

5.

Reconnect the machine to the customer network. Verify the function.

4.

Scanner

6.

Issue copy credits as needed.

a.

Switch off the power and allow the Exposure Lamp to cool off.

7.

Discuss the service call with the customer to ensure that the customer understands what

b.

Using the optical Cleaning Cloth, clean the front and rear of the Document Glass, Document Cover, White Reference Strip, Reflector, and Mirror.

Follow the General Cleaning procedure above.

Clean the sensors with a dry cotton swab.

5.

c.

Clean the Exposure Lamp with a clean cloth and Film Remover.

d.

Clean the Lens with Lens and Mirror Cleaner and lint free cloth.

has been done and is satisfied with the results of the service call.

DADF Check the paper path for debris or damage. Clean the rolls with a clean cloth and Film Remover as required.

6.

Document Glass and Constant Velocity Transport Glass

7.

ROS Window

8.

IBT Belt

Follow the General Cleaning procedure above. Remove and reinstall the ROS CLeaning Wand. Check the Transfer Belt System and wipe with a dry lint free cloth. If the surface is excessively dirty, replace the IBT Belt (PL 6.2) NOTE: Do not rub the IBT CLeaning Blade. If it is necessary to clean the blade, use a soft brush or dry swab to remove any contamination. Rubbing the blade will remove the protective coating. 9.

Finisher Check the paper path for debris or damage. Clean the Finisher with a dry lint free cloth.


February, 2008 1-7


Cleaning Procedures, Final Actions


Cleaning Procedures, Final Actions

February, 2008 1-8


2 Status Indicator RAPs 002 HDD 002-500 UI Error RAP ..................................................................................................... 002-770 Job Template Processing - HD Full RAP ..........................................................

2-15 2-15

003 IPS-ESS Communication 003-318 IIT Soft Failure RAP .......................................................................................... 003-319 IIT Video Driver Detection Failure RAP ............................................................ 003-320 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 1 RAP ......................................................... 003-321 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 2 RAP ......................................................... 003-322 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 3 RAP ......................................................... 003-323 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 4 RAP ......................................................... 003-324 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 5 RAP ......................................................... 003-325 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 6 RAP ......................................................... 003-326 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 7 RAP ......................................................... 003-327 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 8 RAP ......................................................... 003-328 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 9 RAP ......................................................... 003-329 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 10 RAP ....................................................... 003-330 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 11 RAP ....................................................... 003-331 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 12 RAP ....................................................... 003-332 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 13 RAP ....................................................... 003-333 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 14 RAP ....................................................... 003-334 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 15 RAP ....................................................... 003-335 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 16 RAP ....................................................... 003-336 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 17 RAP ....................................................... 003-337 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 18 RAP ....................................................... 003-338 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 19 RAP ....................................................... 003-339 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 20 RAP ....................................................... 003-340 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 21 RAP ....................................................... 003-341 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 22 RAP ....................................................... 003-342 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 23 RAP ....................................................... 003-343 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 24 RAP ....................................................... 003-702 Different magnification, for surface and back RAP ........................................... 003-750 Book Duplex-Insufficient Docs RAP.................................................................. 003-751 Under PANTHER Capacity (Scan) RAP ........................................................... 003-752 Cannot scan over 600DPI RAP ........................................................................ 003-753 Cannot scan over 300DPI RAP ........................................................................ 003-754 S2X Recovery RAP........................................................................................... 003-755 S2X Command Error RAP ................................................................................ 003-756 Blank Originals RAP ......................................................................................... 003-757 Cannot scan over 400DPI RAP ........................................................................ 003-760 Scan Settings Error RAP .................................................................................. 003-761 Incorrect Paper Tray Size RAP ......................................................................... 003-763 Adjustment Chart Not Found RAP .................................................................... 003-764 Image Overlay RAP .......................................................................................... 003-780 FAX Scan Compression Error RAP .................................................................. 003-795 AMS Limit Error RAP ........................................................................................ 003-930 300 DPI Scan RAP ...........................................................................................


2-17 2-17 2-18 2-18 2-19 2-19 2-20 2-20 2-21 2-21 2-22 2-22 2-23 2-23 2-24 2-24 2-25 2-25 2-26 2-26 2-27 2-27 2-28 2-28 2-29 2-29 2-30 2-30 2-31 2-31 2-32 2-32 2-33 2-33 2-34 2-34 2-35 2-35 2-36 2-36 2-37 2-37

003-931 400 DPI Scan RAP............................................................................................ 003-932 600 DPI Scan RAP............................................................................................ 003-933 300 DPI Scan RAP............................................................................................ 003-934 400 DPI Scan RAP............................................................................................ 003-935 600 DPI Scan RAP............................................................................................ 003-940 Memory RAP..................................................................................................... 003-942 Document size Auto Detect Failure RAP .......................................................... 003-944 Image repeat count Failure RAP....................................................................... 003-946 Every direction difference (Copy APS) RAP ..................................................... 003-947 Return Documents counts error RAP................................................................ 003-948 Return Documents mismatch RAP ................................................................... 003-952 Document Color Mismatch RAP ....................................................................... 003-955 Documents size exchange error RAP ............................................................... 003-956 Documents size unknown error RAP ................................................................ 003-963 No APS object Tray RAP .................................................................................. 003-965 ATS/APS No Paper (IIT Detect) RAP ............................................................... 003-966 ATS/APS No Destination (IIT) RAP .................................................................. 003-967 DADF APS No Destination RAP ....................................................................... 003-968 Punch Position Error RAP................................................................................. 003-969 Punch Size Error RAP....................................................................................... 003-970 FAX Line Memory Overflow RAP...................................................................... 003-971 Prevention Code Detect RAP............................................................................ 003-972 Maximum Stored Page Over Flow RAP............................................................ 003-973 Every direction difference RAP ......................................................................... 003-974 Next Original Specification RAP........................................................................ 003-976 FAX Line Memory Overflow (N up) RAP........................................................... 003-977 Document Mismatch (Multiple Scan) RAP ........................................................ 003-978 Color Document Miss Match (Multi Scan) RAP ................................................ 003-980 Staple position error RAP.................................................................................. 003-981 Staple size error RAP........................................................................................ 003-982 IIT HDD Access Error RAP ...............................................................................

2-38 2-38 2-39 2-39 2-40 2-40 2-41 2-41 2-42 2-42 2-43 2-43 2-44 2-44 2-45 2-45 2-46 2-46 2-47 2-47 2-48 2-48 2-49 2-49 2-50 2-50 2-51 2-51 2-52 2-52 2-53

005 DADF 005-121 CVT Feed Sensor On JAM RAP ....................................................................... 005-122 CVT Simplex/Side1 Pre-Registration On JAM RAP.......................................... 005-123 CVT Simplex/Side1 Registration JAM RAP ...................................................... 005-125 CVT Registration Sensor Off JAM RAP ............................................................ 005-131 CVT Invert On JAM RAP................................................................................... 005-132 CVT Invert On JAM 2 RAP................................................................................ 005-134 CVT Invert Sensor Off JAM (Inverter) RAP....................................................... 005-135 CVT Side2 Pre-Registration On JAM RAP ....................................................... 005-136 CVT Side2 Registration On JAM RAP .............................................................. 005-139 CVT Invert Sensor Off JAM RAP ...................................................................... 005-145 CVT Registration Sensor Off JAM (Invert) RAP................................................ 005-146 CVT Pre Registration Sensor Off JAM RAP ..................................................... 005-147 CVT Pre Registration Sensor Off JAM (Invert) RAP ......................................... 005-194 Size Mismatch Jam on Mix-size RAP ............................................................... 005-196 CVT Size Mismatch JAM (No Mix) RAP ...........................................................

February, 2008 2-1

2-55 2-56 2-57 2-58 2-59 2-60 2-61 2-62 2-63 2-64 2-65 2-66 2-67 2-68 2-69

Status Indicator Raps

005-197 Prohibit Combine Size JAM RAP ...................................................................... 005-198 Too Short Size JAM RAP.................................................................................. 005-199 Too Long Size JAM RAP .................................................................................. 005-275 DADF ROM Download Error ............................................................................. 005-275 DADF Error ....................................................................................................... 005-280 DADF EPROM Failure RAP.............................................................................. 005-284 DADF Auto Paper Selection Sensor Logic Failure RAP ................................... 005-285 DADF Nudger Lift Up Failure RAP.................................................................... 005-286 DADF Feed Out Sensor Failure RAP ............................................................... 005-305 CVT Feeder Cover Interlock Open (running) RAP............................................ 005-306 Tray Interlock Open RAP .................................................................................. 005-309 CVT L/H Interlock Open RAP ........................................................................... 005-500 Downloader Failure RAP .................................................................................. 005-906 CVT Feed Sensor Static JAM RAP................................................................... 005-907 CVT Pre-Registration Sensor Static JAM RAP ................................................. 005-908 CVT Registration Sensor Static JAM RAP........................................................ 005-909 DADF Lead Sensor Static Jam ......................................................................... 005-910 DADF Out Sensor Static Jam ........................................................................... 005-911 DADF Exit 1 Sensor Static Jam ........................................................................ 005-912 DADF Exit 2 Sensor Static Jam ........................................................................ 005-913 CVT Invert Sensor Static JAM RAP .................................................................. 005-914 DADF APS1, 2, 3, Sensor Static Jam ............................................................... 005-915 CVT APS No1 Sensor Static JAM RAP ............................................................ 005-916 CVT APS No2 Sensor Static JAM RAP ............................................................ 005-917 CVT APS No3 Sensor Static JAM RAP ............................................................ 005-918 CVT Invert Sensor Static Jam RAP .................................................................. 005-919 DADF Tray Lift Up Failure RAP ........................................................................ 005-940 DADF No Original Failure RAP ......................................................................... 005-941 DADF Not Enough Documents Failure RAP..................................................... 005-942 Doc fault loading on DADF RAP .......................................................................

2-70 2-71 2-72 2-73 2-73 2-74 2-74 2-75 2-76 2-78 2-78 2-79 2-79 2-80 2-81 2-82 2-82 2-83 2-83 2-84 2-84 2-85 2-85 2-86 2-87 2-87 2-88 2-88 2-89 2-89

010 Fuser 010-313 Control (Center) Thermistor Failure RAP.......................................................... 010-314 Rear Thermistor Failure RAP............................................................................ 010-318 Hot-Sagging Recovery Failure RAP ................................................................. 010-320 Heat Roll Over Temperature Failure RAP ........................................................ 010-327 Fuser On Time Failure RAP.............................................................................. 010-398 Fuser Lock Failure RAP.................................................................................... 010-420 Fuser Near end of life RAP ............................................................................... 010-421 Fuser end of life RAP........................................................................................

2-91 2-92 2-93 2-94 2-95 2-96 2-96 2-97

012 A-Finisher

012-280 (A-Finisher) Eject Home Sensor OFF Fail ........................................................ 012-283 (A-Finisher) Set Clamp Home Sensor ON Fail ................................................. 012-284 (A-Finisher) Set Clamp Home Sensor OFF Fail................................................ 012-291 (A-Finisher) Stapler Fail .................................................................................... 012-301 (A-Finisher) Top Cover Interlock OPEN............................................................ 012-302 (A-Finisher) Front Cover Interlock OPEN.......................................................... 012-903 (A-Finisher) Paper Remains at Compiler Exit Sensor....................................... 012-935 (A-Finisher) Paper Remains at Ent Sensor.......................................................

2-110 2-111 2-112 2-113 2-114 2-115 2-115 2-116

012 SB-Finisher 012-111 H-Transport Entrance Sensor Off JAM A RAP ................................................. 012-112 H-Transport Entrance Sensor On JAM A RAP ................................................. 012-126 H-Transport Entrance. SNR OFF JAM B RAP.................................................. 012-131 H-Transport Entrance Sensor On JAM B RAP ................................................. 012-132 H-Transport Entrance Sensor On JAM RAP..................................................... 012-151 Compile Exit Sensor Off JAM RAP ................................................................... 012-152 Compile Exit Sensor On JAM RAP ................................................................... 012-161 Finisher Set Eject JAM RAP ............................................................................. 012-211 Stacker Tray Failure RAP ................................................................................. 012-212 Stacker Tray Upper Limit Failure RAP .............................................................. 012-213 Stacker Tray Lower Limit Failure RAP .............................................................. 012-221 Front Tamper Home Sensor On Failure RAP ................................................... 012-223 Front Tamper Home Sensor Off Failure RAP ................................................... 012-224 Rear Tamper Home Sensor Off Failure RAP.................................................... 012-231 Puncher Home Sensor ON Fail......................................................................... 012-243 Booklet Folder Home Sensor ON Fail............................................................... 012-249 Booklet Front Stapler Fail.................................................................................. 012-259 Eject Home Sensor ON Failure RAP ................................................................ 012-260 Eject Clamp Home Sensor ON Failure RAP ..................................................... 012-263 Rear Tamper Failure RAP................................................................................. 012-265 Booklet Folder Home Sensor OFF Fail ............................................................. 012-268 Booklet Rear Stapler Fail .................................................................................. 012-269 Booklet Sub-CPU Communications Fail ........................................................... 012-282 Eject Clamp Home Sensor Off Failure RAP...................................................... 012-283 Set Clamp Home Sensor On Failure RAP ........................................................ 012-284 Set Clamp Home Sensor Off Failure RAP ........................................................ 012-291 Stapler Failure RAP .......................................................................................... 012-295 Staple Move Sensor On Failure RAP................................................................ 012-296 Staple Move Sensor Off Failure RAP................................................................ 012-300 Eject Cover Open.............................................................................................. 012-302 Finisher Front Cover Open RAP ....................................................................... 012-303 Finisher H-Transport Cover Open RAP ............................................................ 012-334 Download Mode Failure RAP............................................................................ 012-500 Download Failure RAP...................................................................................... 012-700 Punch Dust Nearly Full RAP ............................................................................. 012-901 Finisher H-Transport Entrance Sensor Static JAM RAP................................... 012-903 Paper Remains at Compiler Exit Sensor RAP .................................................. 012-905 Compile Paper Sensor Static JAM RAP ........................................................... 012-923 H-Transport Entrance SNR static JAM B RAP.................................................. 012-935 Paper at Xport Entrance Sensor ....................................................................... 012-949 Punch Waste Bin Missing RAP .........................................................................

012-132 (A-Finisher) Ent Sensor ON Jam ...................................................................... 012-151 (A-Finisher) Compiler Exit Sensor OFF Jam .................................................... 012-152 (A-Finisher) Compiler Exit Sensor ON Jam ...................................................... 012-161 (A-Finisher) Set Eject Jam ................................................................................ 012-211 (A-Finisher) Stacker Tray Fail ........................................................................... 012-221 (A-Finisher) Front Tamper Home Sensor ON Fail ............................................ 012-223 (A-Finisher) Front Tamper Home Sensor OFF Fail .......................................... 012-224 (A-Finisher) Rear Tamper Home Sensor OFF Fail ........................................... 012-259 (A-Finisher) Eject Home Sensor ON Fail .......................................................... 012-263 (A-Finisher) Rear Tamper Home Sensor ON Fail .............................................

2-99 2-100 2-101 2-102 2-103 2-105 2-106 2-107 2-108 2-109


February, 2008 2-2

2-117 2-118 2-119 2-120 2-121 2-122 2-123 2-124 2-125 2-126 2-127 2-128 2-129 2-130 2-131 2-132 2-133 2-133 2-134 2-135 2-136 2-137 2-137 2-138 2-139 2-140 2-141 2-142 2-143 2-144 2-145 2-146 2-146 2-147 2-147 2-148 2-149 2-150 2-151 2-151 2-152


013 SB-Booklet 013-210 Booklet Staple Move Home SNR ON Fail RAP ................................................ 013-211 Booklet Staple Move Home SNR OFF Fail RAP .............................................. 013-212 Booklet Staple Move Position SNR ON Fail RAP ............................................. 013-213 Booklet Staple Move Position SNR OFF Fail RAP ........................................... 013-220 Booklet Fold Detect Fail RAP ........................................................................... 013-306 Booklet Safety SW Open RAP.......................................................................... 013-307 Booklet Cover Open RAP .................................................................................

2-153 2-153 2-154 2-154 2-155 2-155 2-156

016 FAX Service

016-348 ESS PageMemory Failure-2 RAP ..................................................................... 016-350 ESS SEEP-ROM Failure-1 RAP ....................................................................... 016-351 ESS SEEP-ROM Failure-2 RAP ....................................................................... 016-360 ESS UI Failure-1 RAP....................................................................................... 016-362 ESS UI Failure-2 RAP....................................................................................... 016-363 ESS LyraCard Failure RAP............................................................................... 016-364 ESS USB2.0 Host Failure RAP......................................................................... 016-365 ESS USB2.0 Device Failure RAP ..................................................................... 016-366 ESS HDD Failure-1 RAP................................................................................... 016-367 ESS HDD Failure-2 RAP................................................................................... 016-368 ESS Torino Failure RAP ................................................................................... 016-369 ESS S2X PWB Failure RAP.............................................................................. 016-400 802.1x Authentication Failure RAP ................................................................... 016-401 802.1x EAP Type Not Supported RAP.............................................................. 016-402 802.1x Authentication Failure by Timing Out RAP............................................ 016-403 802.1x Certificate Failure RAP.......................................................................... 016-404 802.1x Inside Failure RAP ................................................................................ 016-450 SMB Host Name Duplicated RAP ..................................................................... 016-453 Dynamic DNS - IPv6 NG RAP .......................................................................... 016-454 DNS Dynamic Update RAP............................................................................... 016-455 SMTP Server Time-out RAP ............................................................................. 016-456 SMTP time asynchronous RAP......................................................................... 016-500 DIMM RAP ........................................................................................................ 016-501 S2X RAP ........................................................................................................... 016-502 ROM Write RAP ................................................................................................ 016-503 SMTP Redirector RAP ...................................................................................... 016-504 Redirector POP Server RAP ............................................................................. 016-505 Redirector POP Authentication RAP................................................................. 016-513 XPS Error RAP.................................................................................................. 016-514 XPS Error RAP.................................................................................................. 016-515 XPS Short of Memory RAP ............................................................................... 016-516 XPS PrintTicket Description Error RAP............................................................. 016-517 PS Booklet Illegal Color Mode Change RAP .................................................... 016-519 Device DV - Reached Limit RAP....................................................................... 016-522 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 016-523 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 016-524 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 016-525 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 016-526 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 016-527 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 016-533 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 016-534 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 016-539 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 016-574 Host Name Error RAP....................................................................................... 016-575 DNS Server Error in FTP RAP .......................................................................... 016-576 Server Connection Error in FTP RAP ............................................................... 016-577 FTP Service RAP .............................................................................................. 016-578 Login/Password Error RAP ............................................................................... 016-579 Scanning Picture Error RAP.............................................................................. 016-580 File Name Acquisition Failure RAP ................................................................... 016-581 File Name Suffix Limit Error RAP...................................................................... 016-582 File Creation Failure RAP .................................................................................

016-210 Software Option (HDD Error) RAP.................................................................... 016-211 Software Option (System Memory Low) RAP................................................... 016-212 Software Option (Page Memory Low) RAP ...................................................... 016-213 Software Option (Printer PWB) RAP................................................................. 016-214 Serial Number Mismatch RAP .......................................................................... 016-215 Software Option RAP........................................................................................ 016-216 Software Option RAP........................................................................................ 016-217 Software Option RAP........................................................................................ 016-218 PS KIT Not Exist for XDOD RAP ...................................................................... 016-219 Software Option RAP........................................................................................ 016-220 S2X Unrecoverable Error RAP ......................................................................... 016-221 S2X Communication Error RAP........................................................................ 016-222 S2X self-diag error RAP.................................................................................... 016-223 S2X SDRAM Error RAP .................................................................................... 016-224 S2X PCI Reg Error RAP ................................................................................... 016-225 S2X ROM CheckSum Error RAP ...................................................................... 016-226 S2X IIT Connection Error RAP ......................................................................... 016-227 S2X DDR Error RAP ......................................................................................... 016-228 S2X Image Processing Error RAP .................................................................... 016-240 S2X NVM CheckSum Fail RAP ........................................................................ 016-310 ssmm Job Log Full RAP ................................................................................... 016-311 Scanner Install RAP.......................................................................................... 016-315 IIT Interface RAP .............................................................................................. 016-316 Page Memory Not Detected RAP ..................................................................... 016-317 Page Memory Error- Standard RAP ................................................................. 016-318 Page Memory Error- Option RAP ..................................................................... 016-321 Fax Module Error RAP...................................................................................... 016-322 JBA Account Full RAP ...................................................................................... 016-323 Scheduled Image Overwrite RAP ..................................................................... 016-324 B Formatter Fatal Error RAP............................................................................. 016-330 ESS SystemMemory Fail-1 RAP ...................................................................... 016-332 ESS SystemMemory Fail-3 RAP ...................................................................... 016-335 ESS ProgramROM Fail-1 RAP ......................................................................... 016-336 ESS ProgramROM Fail-2 RAP ......................................................................... 016-337 ESS ProgramROM Fail-3 RAP ......................................................................... 016-338 ESS FontROM Fail-1 RAP................................................................................ 016-339 ESS FontROM Fail-2 RAP................................................................................ 016-340 ESS FontROM Fail-3 RAP................................................................................ 016-341 ESS FontROM Fail-4 RAP................................................................................ 016-342 ESS RTC Failure RAP ...................................................................................... 016-345 ESS NV-Memory Failure RAP .......................................................................... 016-347 ESS PageMemory Failure RAP ........................................................................

2-157 2-157 2-158 2-158 2-159 2-159 2-160 2-160 2-161 2-161 2-162 2-162 2-163 2-163 2-164 2-164 2-165 2-165 2-166 2-166 2-167 2-167 2-168 2-168 2-169 2-169 2-170 2-170 2-171 2-171 2-172 2-172 2-173 2-173 2-174 2-174 2-175 2-175 2-176 2-176 2-177 2-177

Launch Version

February, 2008 2-3


2-178 2-178 2-179 2-179 2-180 2-180 2-181 2-181 2-182 2-182 2-183 2-183 2-184 2-184 2-185 2-185 2-186 2-186 2-187 2-187 2-188 2-188 2-189 2-189 2-190 2-190 2-191 2-191 2-192 2-192 2-193 2-193 2-194 2-194 2-195 2-195 2-196 2-196 2-197 2-197 2-198 2-198 2-199 2-199 2-200 2-200 2-201 2-201 2-202 2-202 2-203 2-203


016-583 Lock Folder Creation Failure RAP .................................................................... 016-584 Folder Creation Failure RAP ............................................................................. 016-585 File Delete Failure RAP .................................................................................... 016-586 Lock Folder Delete Failure RAP ....................................................................... 016-587 Folder Delete Failure RAP ................................................................................ 016-588 Data Write-in Failure RAP................................................................................. 016-589 Data Read Failure RAP .................................................................................... 016-590 Data Reading Failure RAP................................................................................ 016-591 Scan Filing Policy Injustice RAP ....................................................................... 016-592 NEXTNAME.DAT file access error RAP ........................................................... 016-593 Internal Scan Error RAP ................................................................................... 016-594 TYPE Command Failure RAP........................................................................... 016-595 Port Command Failure RAP ............................................................................. 016-596 CDUP Command Failure RAP.......................................................................... 016-597 Same Name File Exists RAP ............................................................................ 016-600 Key Operator Authentication Locked RAP ........................................................ 016-601 Illegal Access Detection RAP ........................................................................... 016-700 Password is Under Minimum RAP .................................................................... 016-701 ART EX Memory Expended RAP ..................................................................... 016-702 Out of Page Buffer RAP.................................................................................... 016-703 E-mail To Invalid Box RAP................................................................................ 016-704 Mailbox Full RAP .............................................................................................. 016-705 Secure Print RAP .............................................................................................. 016-706 Maximum Users Exceeded RAP....................................................................... 016-707 Sample Print RAP ............................................................................................. 016-708 HDD Full Annotation/Watermark RAP .............................................................. 016-709 ART EX Command RAP ................................................................................... 016-710 Delayed Print RAP ............................................................................................ 016-711 E-mail Transmission Size Limit RAP ................................................................ 016-712 Panther Capacity (I-Formatted) RAP ................................................................ 016-713 Security Box Password RAP............................................................................. 016-714 Security Box Enable RAP ................................................................................. 016-716 TIFF Data Overflow RAP .................................................................................. 016-717 Fax/iFax Send RAP .......................................................................................... 016-718 PCL6 Memory RAP........................................................................................... 016-719 Out of PCL Memory RAP.................................................................................. 016-720 PCL Command RAP ......................................................................................... 016-722 Staple Position RAP.......................................................................................... 016-723 Punch Position Error RAP................................................................................. 016-724 Staple Position RAP.......................................................................................... 016-725 B-Formatter Image RAP ................................................................................... 016-727 Printer Request ................................................................................................. 016-728 TIFF Data Unsupported RAP............................................................................ 016-729 TIFF Data Size RAP ......................................................................................... 016-730 ART Command Unsupported RAP ................................................................... 016-731 TIFF Data Invalid RAP ...................................................................................... 016-732 Form Not Registered RAP ................................................................................ 016-733 Destination Address RAP ................................................................................. 016-734 Transmission Report RAP ................................................................................ 016-735 Updating Job Template RAP ............................................................................ 016-736 Remote Directory Lock RAP ............................................................................. 016-737 Remote Directory Removal RAP ......................................................................

2-204 2-204 2-205 2-205 2-206 2-206 2-207 2-207 2-208 2-208 2-209 2-209 2-210 2-210 2-211 2-211 2-212 2-212 2-213 2-213 2-214 2-214 2-215 2-215 2-216 2-216 2-217 2-217 2-218 2-218 2-219 2-219 2-220 2-220 2-221 2-221 2-222 2-222 2-223 2-223 2-224 2-224 2-225 2-225 2-226 2-226 2-227 2-227 2-228 2-228 2-229 2-229

016-738 PS Booklet Output Size Illegal RAP.................................................................. 016-739 Document and Output Mismatch RAP .............................................................. 016-740 Output Tray Incorrect RAP................................................................................ 016-741 Cannot Shift to Download Mode Failure RAP ................................................... 016-742 Download Data ProductID Error RAP ............................................................... 016-743 Download Data Model Mismatch RAP .............................................................. 016-744 Download Data CheckSum Error RAP.............................................................. 016-745 XPJL Soft Failure RAP...................................................................................... 016-746 Unsupported PDF File RAP .............................................................................. 016-747 Insufficient Memory ........................................................................................... 016-748 HDD Full RAP ................................................................................................... 016-749 Post Script Font RAP ........................................................................................ 016-750 Print Job RAP.................................................................................................... 016-751 PDF RAP........................................................................................................... 016-752 PDF Memory Limit RAP .................................................................................... 016-753 PDF Password Mismatch RAP ......................................................................... 016-755 PDF Print Prohibited RAP ................................................................................. 016-756 Auditron - Prohibit Service RAP ........................................................................ 016-757 Auditron - Invalid User RAP .............................................................................. 016-758 Auditron - Disabled Function RAP .................................................................... 016-759 Auditron - Reached Limit RAP .......................................................................... 016-760 PostScript Decompose RAP ............................................................................. 016-761 FIFO Empty RAP .............................................................................................. 016-762 Print Language RAP ......................................................................................... 016-763 POP Server is not found RAP ........................................................................... 016-764 SMTP Server Connection RAP ......................................................................... 016-765 SMTP Server HDD Full RAP............................................................................. 016-766 SMTP Server File System RAP ........................................................................ 016-767 Invalid E-mail Address RAP .............................................................................. 016-768 Invalid Sender Address RAP............................................................................. 016-769 SMTP Server Unsupported DSN RAP .............................................................. 016-770 FAX Function Cancelled RAP ........................................................................... 016-771 JBIG Parameter RAP ........................................................................................ 016-772 JBIG Parameter RAP ........................................................................................ 016-773 JBIG Parameter RAP ........................................................................................ 016-774 JBIG Parameter RAP ........................................................................................ 016-775 JBIG Parameter RAP ........................................................................................ 016-776 JBIG Parameter RAP ........................................................................................ 016-777 JBIG Parameter RAP ........................................................................................ 016-778 JBIG Parameter RAP ........................................................................................ 016-779 Scanned Image Conversion Error RAP ............................................................ 016-780 Attached Document TIFF RAP.......................................................................... 016-781 Scan Server Connect Error RAP....................................................................... 016-782 Scan Server Login Error RAP ........................................................................... 016-783 Invalid Server Path RAP ................................................................................... 016-784 Server Write Error RAP..................................................................................... 016-785 Server HD Full RAP .......................................................................................... 016-786 HD Full-Scan Write Error RAP .......................................................................... 016-787 Invalid Server IP ADD RAP............................................................................... 016-788 Retrieve to Browser RAP .................................................................................. 016-789 HD Full - Job Memory RAP............................................................................... 016-791 File Retrieve RAP..............................................................................................


February, 2008 2-4

2-230 2-230 2-231 2-231 2-232 2-232 2-233 2-233 2-234 2-234 2-235 2-235 2-236 2-236 2-237 2-237 2-238 2-238 2-239 2-239 2-240 2-240 2-241 2-241 2-242 2-242 2-243 2-243 2-244 2-244 2-245 2-245 2-246 2-246 2-247 2-247 2-248 2-248 2-249 2-249 2-250 2-250 2-251 2-252 2-253 2-254 2-254 2-255 2-255 2-256 2-256 2-257


016-792 Specified Job RAP ............................................................................................ 016-793 MF I/O HD Full RAP.......................................................................................... 016-799 PLW Print Instruction RAP................................................................................ 016-981 HDD access error RAP ..................................................................................... 016-982 HDD access error 2 RAP .................................................................................. 016-983 Log Image Storage Area on Disk Full RAP....................................................... 016-985 Data size overflow (Scan to E-mail) RAP .........................................................

2-257 2-258 2-258 2-259 2-259 2-260 2-260

018 LDAP

018-706 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-707 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-708 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-710 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-711 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-712 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-713 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-714 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-716 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-717 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-718 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-719 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-720 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-721 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-732 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-733 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-734 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-735 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-736 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-748 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-749 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-750 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-751 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-752 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-753 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-754 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-764 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-765 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-766 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-767 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-768 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-769 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-770 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-771 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-780 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-781 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-782 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-783 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-784 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-785 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-786 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-787 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-788 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-789 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-790 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-791 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-792 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-793 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-794 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-795 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-796 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-797 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................

018-400 IPSEC Error (Configuration Mismatch) RAP..................................................... 018-500 CA Message Receiver Boot Error (S_cert lost) RAP ........................................ 018-501 CA Server Connection Error RAP ..................................................................... 018-502 Login Failure in SMB RAP ................................................................................ 018-503 CA Message Receiver Timeout RAP ................................................................ 018-504 CA SessionID Mismatch RAP ........................................................................... 018-505 SMB-DOS protocol error RAP .......................................................................... 018-506 CA FieldID Mismatch RAP................................................................................ 018-507 CA Credential Error RAP .................................................................................. 018-508 CA Server Fatal Error RAP ............................................................................... 018-509 Template Parameter Conflict RAP .................................................................... 018-509 Template Parameter Conflict RAP .................................................................... 018-510 Host name solution error in BMLinkS RAP ....................................................... 018-511 DNS server un-sets up in BMLinkS RAP .......................................................... 018-512 Service Connect error in BMLinkS RAP ........................................................... 018-513 BMLinkS Service Not Found RAP .................................................................... 018-514 BMLinkS Access-Right-Violation RAP .............................................................. 018-515 BMLinkS Storage-Access-Error RAP................................................................ 018-516 BMLinkS unsupported-attribute RAP ................................................................ 018-517 BMLinkS Storage-Full RAP............................................................................... 018-518 BMLinkS Operation-Not-Available RAP ............................................................ 018-519 BMLinkS unknown-error RAP ........................................................................... 018-520 Internal error in BMLinkS Scan RAP................................................................. 018-521 Request Send Failure in BMLinkS RAP............................................................ 018-522 Response receive failure in BMLinkS RAP....................................................... 018-523 Image Send Failure in BMLinkS RAP ............................................................... 018-524 Invalid Device Network Setting RAP ................................................................. 018-525 HDD Full or HDD Access Error RAP ................................................................ 018-526 Rejected to be Refresh RAP ............................................................................. 018-527 JT Monitor Internal Error RAP........................................................................... 018-528 Soap Request Error RAP.................................................................................. 018-529 Duplicate Scan Request RAP ........................................................................... 018-530 Authentication Error RAP.................................................................................. 018-531 Failed to Create a New Job RAP ...................................................................... 018-532 Too Many Jobs to Create a New Job RAP ....................................................... 018-543 Shared name error in SMB server RAP ............................................................ 018-547 Number restriction over of SMB scan users RAP ............................................. 018-596 LDAP Protocol Error 596 RAP .......................................................................... 018-701 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-702 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-703 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-704 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-705 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................

2-261 2-261 2-262 2-262 2-263 2-263 2-264 2-264 2-265 2-265 2-266 2-266 2-267 2-267 2-268 2-268 2-269 2-269 2-270 2-270 2-271 2-271 2-272 2-272 2-273 2-273 2-274 2-274 2-275 2-275 2-276 2-276 2-277 2-277 2-278 2-278 2-279 2-279 2-280 2-280 2-281 2-281 2-282

Launch Version

February, 2008 2-5


2-282 2-283 2-283 2-284 2-284 2-285 2-285 2-286 2-286 2-287 2-287 2-288 2-288 2-289 2-289 2-290 2-290 2-291 2-291 2-292 2-292 2-293 2-293 2-294 2-294 2-295 2-295 2-296 2-296 2-297 2-297 2-298 2-298 2-299 2-299 2-300 2-300 2-301 2-301 2-302 2-302 2-303 2-303 2-304 2-304 2-305 2-305 2-306 2-306 2-307 2-307 2-308


021 FAX 021-947 Subtractive Accessory Disable (Scan) RAP ..................................................... 021-948 Subtractive Accessory Disable (Print) RAP ...................................................... 021-949 Subtractive Accessory Disable RAP .................................................................

2-309 2-309 2-310

024 IOT-ESS Communication a-finisher 024-916 (A-Finisher) Mix Stack Full................................................................................ 024-917 (A-Finisher) Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count ............................................. 024-928 (A-Finisher) Scratch Sheet Compile ................................................................. 024-930 (A-Finisher) Stacker Tray Full Stack ................................................................. 024-976 (A-Finisher) Staple NG...................................................................................... 024-977 (A-Finisher) Stapler Feed Ready Fail ............................................................... 024-979 (A-Finisher) Stapler Near Empty ....................................................................... 024-980 (A-Finisher) Stacker Tray Full Stack ................................................................. 024-982 (A-Finisher) Stacker Lower Safety Warning......................................................

2-311 2-312 2-314 2-314 2-316 2-317 2-317 2-318 2-319

024 IOT-ESS Communication

024-910 Tray 1 size mismatch RAP................................................................................ 024-911 Tray 2 size mismatch RAP................................................................................ 024-912 Tray 3 size mismatch RAP................................................................................ 024-913 Tray 4 size mismatch RAP................................................................................ 024-914 Tray 6 size mismatch RAP................................................................................ 024-915 Tray 7 size mismatch RAP................................................................................ 024-916 Mix Full Stack RAP ........................................................................................... 024-917 Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count RAP ........................................................ 024-919 Face UP Tray Close RAP ................................................................................. 024-920 Face Down Tray 1 Paper Full RAP ................................................................... 024-921 Face Up Tray 1 Paper Full ................................................................................ 024-922 Face Down Tray 2 Paper Full ........................................................................... 024-926 Punch Dust Box Miss Set.................................................................................. 024-928 Scratch Sheet Compile ..................................................................................... 024-930 Stacker Tray Full (Large Size Full).................................................................... 024-934 Paper kind Mismatch......................................................................................... 024-939 OHP Kind Mismatch.......................................................................................... 024-946 Tray 1 Out Of Place RAP .................................................................................. 024-947 Tray 2 Out Of Place RAP .................................................................................. 024-948 Tray 3 Out Of Place RAP .................................................................................. 024-949 Tray 4 Out Of Place RAP .................................................................................. 024-950 Tray 1 Empty RAP ............................................................................................ 024-951 Tray 2 Empty RAP ............................................................................................ 024-952 Tray 3 Empty RAP ............................................................................................ 024-953 Tray 4 Empty RAP ............................................................................................ 024-954 MPT Empty RAP ............................................................................................... 024-955 Tray 6 Empty..................................................................................................... 024-958 MPT Size Failure RAP ...................................................................................... 024-959 Tray 1 size mismatch RAP................................................................................ 024-960 Tray 2 size mismatch RAP................................................................................ 024-961 Tray 3 size mismatch RAP................................................................................ 024-962 Tray 4 size mismatch RAP................................................................................ 024-965 ATS/APS No Paper (IOT detect) RAP .............................................................. 024-966 ATS/APS No Destination Error RAP ................................................................. 024-967 Different width Mix Paper detect (Stapler job) RAP .......................................... 024-968 Stapler / Punch Batting ..................................................................................... 024-969 Different Width Mix Punch................................................................................. 024-970 Tray 6 Out Of Place .......................................................................................... 024-972 Tray 6 Size Mismatch........................................................................................ 024-975 Copy Booklet Sheets Counts Over ................................................................... 024-976 Finisher Staple Status Failed RAP.................................................................... 024-977 Stapler Feed Ready Failure RAP...................................................................... 024-978 Booklet Stapler Fault......................................................................................... 024-979 Stapler Near Empty RAP .................................................................................. 024-980 Finisher Stacker Tray Full RAP......................................................................... 024-981 Finisher Top Tray Full ....................................................................................... 024-982 Stacker Lower Safety warning RAP .................................................................. 024-985 MPT Feed Failure RAP ..................................................................................... 024-989 Booklet Low Staple ...........................................................................................

024-340 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 1 RAP .......................................................... 024-341 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 2 RAP .......................................................... 024-342 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 3 RAP .......................................................... 024-343 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 4 RAP .......................................................... 024-345 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 5 RAP .......................................................... 024-346 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 6 RAP .......................................................... 024-347 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 7 RAP .......................................................... 024-348 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 8 RAP .......................................................... 024-349 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 9 RAP .......................................................... 024-350 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 10 RAP ........................................................ 024-351 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 11 RAP ........................................................ 024-354 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 14 RAP ........................................................ 024-356 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 16 RAP ........................................................ 024-362 Page Sync Illegal Start RAP ............................................................................. 024-363 Page Sync Illegal Stop RAP ............................................................................. 024-364 DMA Transfer RAP ........................................................................................... 024-367 Decompress Other Failure RAP ....................................................................... 024-368 PCI Error RAP................................................................................................... 024-370 Marker Code Detection Failure RAP................................................................. 024-371 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 21 RAP ........................................................ 024-372 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 22 RAP ........................................................ 024-373 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 23 RAP ........................................................ 024-375 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 24 RAP ........................................................ 024-600 Billing Master Counter RAP .............................................................................. 024-601 Billing Backup Counter 1 RAP .......................................................................... 024-602 Billing Backup Counter 2 RAP .......................................................................... 024-603 Software Key Master Counter RAP .................................................................. 024-604 Software Key Backup Counter 1 RAP .............................................................. 024-605 Software Key Backup Counter 2 RAP .............................................................. 024-700 Shortage Memory Capacity, or no Hard Disk RAP ........................................... 024-742 Output Paper for Booklet, Over Counts RAP .................................................... 024-746 Print Request Failure-Paper RAP ..................................................................... 024-747 Print Instruction Failure RAP............................................................................. 024-748 Bates Numbering Digit Over RAP ..................................................................... 024-775 Output paper for Booklet, over counts 2 RAP...................................................

2-321 2-321 2-322 2-322 2-323 2-323 2-324 2-324 2-325 2-325 2-326 2-326 2-327 2-327 2-328 2-328 2-329 2-329 2-330 2-330 2-331 2-331 2-332 2-332 2-333 2-333 2-334 2-334 2-335 2-335 2-336 2-336 2-337 2-337 2-338


February, 2008 2-6

2-338 2-339 2-340 2-341 2-342 2-343 2-344 2-345 2-346 2-346 2-347 2-347 2-348 2-348 2-349 2-349 2-350 2-350 2-351 2-351 2-352 2-352 2-353 2-353 2-354 2-354 2-355 2-355 2-356 2-356 2-357 2-357 2-358 2-359 2-359 2-360 2-360 2-361 2-361 2-362 2-362 2-363 2-363 2-364 2-364 2-365 2-366 2-367 2-367

024 IOT-ESS Communication sb-finisher 024-916 Mix Full Stack RAP ...........................................................................................

2-369


024-917 Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count RAP ........................................................ 024-928 Scratch Sheet Compile RAP ............................................................................. 024-976 Finisher Staple Status Failed RAP.................................................................... 024-977 Stapler Feed Ready Failure RAP...................................................................... 024-978 Booklet Front/Rear Stapler Fail......................................................................... 024-979 Stapler Near Empty RAP .................................................................................. 024-980 Finisher Stacker Tray Full RAP......................................................................... 024-982 Stacker Lower Safety warning RAP .................................................................. 024-984 Booklet Low Staple F ........................................................................................ 024-989 Booklet Low Staple R........................................................................................

2-370 2-370 2-371 2-371 2-372 2-373 2-373 2-374 2-375 2-376

026 Address Book 026-700 LDAP Protocol Max Error RAP ......................................................................... 026-702 Address Book Directory Service Overflow RAP................................................

2-377 2-377

027 MAIL

027-549 SMB Protocol error 4-009 RAP ......................................................................... 027-564 SMB Protocol error 4-024 RAP ......................................................................... 027-565 SMB Protocol error 4-025 RAP ......................................................................... 027-566 SMB Protocol error 4-026 RAP ......................................................................... 027-569 SMB (TCP/IP) is not Started RAP..................................................................... 027-572 SMB Protocol error 4-032 RAP ......................................................................... 027-573 SMB Protocol error 4-033 RAP ......................................................................... 027-574 SMB Protocol error 4-034 RAP ......................................................................... 027-576 SMB Protocol error 4-036 RAP ......................................................................... 027-578 SMB Protocol error 4-038 RAP ......................................................................... 027-584 SMB Protocol error 4-044 RAP ......................................................................... 027-585 SMB Protocol error 4-045 RAP ......................................................................... 027-586 SMB Protocol error 4-046 RAP ......................................................................... 027-587 SMB Protocol error 4-047 RAP ......................................................................... 027-588 SMB Protocol error 4-048 RAP ......................................................................... 027-589 SMB Protocol error 4-049 RAP ......................................................................... 027-590 SMB Protocol error 4-050 RAP ......................................................................... 027-591 SMB Protocol error 4-051 RAP ......................................................................... 027-599 SMB Protocol error 4-other codes RAP ............................................................ 027-702 Certificate for Recipients, was not Found RAP ................................................. 027-703 Certificate for Recipients, has Expired RAP...................................................... 027-704 Certificate for Recipients, was Untrusted RAP.................................................. 027-705 Certificate for Recipients, was revoked RAP .................................................... 027-706 Certificate RAP.................................................................................................. 027-707 Certificate Expired RAP .................................................................................... 027-708 Certificate Valid RAP......................................................................................... 027-709 Certificate Revoked RAP .................................................................................. 027-710 Invalid S/MIME Mail RAP .................................................................................. 027-711 S/MIME Mail Certificate RAP ............................................................................ 027-712 S/MIME Mail Certificate RAP ............................................................................ 027-713 S/MIME Mail Altered RAP ................................................................................. 027-714 S/MIME Mail Invalid RAP .................................................................................. 027-715 S/MIME Mail Certificate Registration RAP ........................................................ 027-716 Email Signature RAP ........................................................................................ 027-730 SMTP Mail Division Error RAP.......................................................................... 027-737 Template Server Read RAP.............................................................................. 027-739 Invalid Template Server Path RAP ................................................................... 027-740 Template Server Login RAP ............................................................................. 027-741 Template Server Connect RAP......................................................................... 027-742 HDD File System RAP ...................................................................................... 027-743 Template Server Install RAP............................................................................. 027-744 Template Address RAP..................................................................................... 027-745 Template Address Server RAP ......................................................................... 027-750 Fax Document Inhibited RAP............................................................................ 027-751 Job Template Analysis RAP.............................................................................. 027-752 Required User Entry Not Entered RAP ............................................................. 027-753 Job Flow Service Disabled RAP ....................................................................... 027-754 Job Flow Service File Signature Mismatch RAP............................................... 027-760 XJT Command Fail RAP ................................................................................... 027-761 Web Print Time Out RAP .................................................................................. 027-762 Illegal Web Print Job Ticket RAP ...................................................................... 027-772 SMTP Server Error (HELO) RAP ......................................................................

027-400 Net Off Line RAP .............................................................................................. 027-442 Duplicate IP Address RAP ................................................................................ 027-443 DNS Renewal Failure of Dynamic RAP ............................................................ 027-444 Duplicate IP Address RAP ................................................................................ 027-445 Illegal IP Address RAP...................................................................................... 027-446 Duplicate IP Address RAP ................................................................................ 027-447 Duplicate IP Address RAP ................................................................................ 027-452 Duplicate IP Address RAP ................................................................................ 027-500 SMTP Server Mail I/O RAP............................................................................... 027-501 POP Server RAP .............................................................................................. 027-502 POP Authentication RAP .................................................................................. 027-503 POP server communication timeout RAP ......................................................... 027-504 Invalid Response Reception from SMTP Server RAP ...................................... 027-513 SMB Scan Client RAP ...................................................................................... 027-514 Host Name Solution Error RAP......................................................................... 027-515 DNS Server Error in SMB RAP ......................................................................... 027-516 Server Connection Error in SMB RAP .............................................................. 027-518 Login/Password Error RAP ............................................................................... 027-519 Scanning Picture Error RAP ............................................................................. 027-520 File Name Acquisition Failure RAP ................................................................... 027-521 File Name Suffix Limit Error RAP...................................................................... 027-522 File Creation Failure RAP ................................................................................. 027-523 Lock Folder Creation Failure RAP .................................................................... 027-524 Folder Creation Failure RAP ............................................................................. 027-525 File Delete Failure RAP .................................................................................... 027-526 Lock Folder Delete Failure RAP ....................................................................... 027-527 Folder Delete Failure RAP ................................................................................ 027-528 Data Write-in Failure RAP................................................................................. 027-529 Data Read Failure RAP .................................................................................... 027-530 Data Reading Failure RAP................................................................................ 027-531 Scan Filing Policy Injustice RAP ....................................................................... 027-532 NEXTNAME.DAT file access error RAP ........................................................... 027-533 Internal Scan Error RAP ................................................................................... 027-543 Server Name Specification Error RAP .............................................................. 027-547 SMB Protocol error 4-007 RAP ......................................................................... 027-548 SMB Protocol error 4-008 RAP .........................................................................

2-379 2-379 2-380 2-380 2-381 2-381 2-382 2-382 2-383 2-383 2-384 2-384 2-385 2-385 2-386 2-386 2-387 2-387 2-388 2-388 2-389 2-389 2-390 2-390 2-391 2-391 2-392 2-392 2-393 2-393 2-394 2-394 2-395 2-395 2-396 2-396

Launch Version

February, 2008 2-7


2-397 2-397 2-398 2-398 2-399 2-399 2-400 2-400 2-401 2-401 2-402 2-402 2-403 2-403 2-404 2-404 2-405 2-405 2-406 2-406 2-407 2-407 2-408 2-408 2-409 2-409 2-410 2-410 2-411 2-411 2-412 2-412 2-413 2-413 2-414 2-414 2-415 2-415 2-416 2-416 2-417 2-417 2-418 2-418 2-419 2-419 2-420 2-420 2-421 2-421 2-422 2-422


027-773 SMTP Server Communication Timeout RAP .................................................... 027-774 Address Inaccurate Character RAP .................................................................. 027-775 Too Many SMTP Address RAP ........................................................................ 027-776 SMTP Server Error (EHLO) RAP ...................................................................... 027-777 SMTP Server Un-Supports SMTP-AUTH RAP ................................................. 027-778 No Mode Specified by SMTP-AUTH RAP ........................................................ 027-779 It attestation-fails by SMTP-AUTH RAP............................................................ 027-796 E-mail Not Printed RAP .................................................................................... 027-797 Invalid Output Destination RAP ........................................................................

2-423 2-423 2-424 2-424 2-425 2-425 2-426 2-426 2-427

033 FAX Control 033-363 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-710 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-712 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-713 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-715 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-716 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-717 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-718 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-719 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-721 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-722 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-724 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-725 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-726 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-727 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-728 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-731 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-733 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-734 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-735 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-736 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-737 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-738 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-740 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-741 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-742 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-743 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-744 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-745 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-746 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-747 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-749 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-750 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-751 Activity Report suspended RAP........................................................................ 033-755 Fax printing is canceled Fax RAP .....................................................................

2-429 2-429 2-430 2-430 2-431 2-431 2-432 2-432 2-433 2-433 2-434 2-434 2-435 2-435 2-436 2-436 2-437 2-437 2-438 2-438 2-439 2-439 2-440 2-440 2-441 2-441 2-442 2-442 2-443 2-443 2-444 2-444 2-445 2-445 2-446

034 FAX Communication

034-505 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-506 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-507 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-508 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-509 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-510 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-511 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-512 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-513 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-514 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-515 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-519 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-520 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-521 Internal I/F Error RAP........................................................................................ 034-522 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-523 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-527 Dial Control Error RAP ...................................................................................... 034-528 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-529 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-530 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-550 Write to FaxCard-ROM error detection RAP..................................................... 034-700 GCPLock-G3DicepBusy-CodecHang RAP ....................................................... 034-701 Software Reset RAP ......................................................................................... 034-789 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-790 Fax Communication Channel 0 RAP ................................................................ 034-791 Fax Communication Channel 1 RAP ................................................................ 034-792 Fax Communication Channel 2 RAP ................................................................ 034-793 Fax Communication Channel 3 RAP ................................................................ 034-794 Fax Communication Channel 4 RAP ................................................................ 034-795 Fax Communication Channel 5 RAP ................................................................ 034-796 Fax Communication Channel RAP ................................................................... 034-797 Communication Parameter Error RAP .............................................................. 034-798 Data Parameter Error RAP ............................................................................... 034-799 Auto Dial Without Dial Data RAP ......................................................................

2-449 2-449 2-450 2-450 2-451 2-451 2-452 2-452 2-453 2-453 2-454 2-454 2-455 2-455 2-456 2-456 2-457 2-457 2-458 2-458 2-459 2-459 2-460 2-460 2-461 2-461 2-462 2-462 2-463 2-463 2-464 2-464 2-465 2-465

035 FAX Network 035-550 Write to FaxG3-ROM error detection RAP........................................................ 035-700 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 035-701 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 035-702 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 035-703 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 035-704 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 035-705 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 035-706 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 035-707 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 035-708 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 035-709 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 035-710 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 035-711 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 035-712 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 035-713 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 035-714 Fax Protocol RAP..............................................................................................

034-211 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-212 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-500 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-501 Fax Communication RAP..................................................................................

2-447 2-447 2-448 2-448


February, 2008 2-8

2-467 2-467 2-468 2-468 2-469 2-469 2-470 2-470 2-471 2-471 2-472 2-472 2-473 2-473 2-474 2-474


035-715 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-716 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-717 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-718 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-719 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-720 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-721 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-722 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-723 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-724 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-725 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-726 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-727 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-728 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-729 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-730 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-731 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-732 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-733 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-734 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-735 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-736 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-737 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-738 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-739 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-740 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-741 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-742 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-743 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-744 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-745 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-746 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-747 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-748 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-749 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-750 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-751 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-752 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-753 Fax Memory Full RAP ....................................................................................... 035-754 File Management Memory Full RAP ................................................................. 035-755 File Add Page Error RAP .................................................................................. 035-756 Cannot Add Page RAP ..................................................................................... 035-757 No Receive Page RAP...................................................................................... 035-758 No Specified File or Page RAP ......................................................................... 035-759 No Specified Job RAP ...................................................................................... 035-760 No Specified Job RAP ...................................................................................... 035-761 File Processing Error RAP ................................................................................

2-475 2-475 2-476 2-476 2-477 2-477 2-478 2-478 2-479 2-479 2-480 2-480 2-481 2-481 2-482 2-482 2-483 2-483 2-484 2-484 2-485 2-485 2-486 2-486 2-487 2-487 2-488 2-488 2-489 2-489 2-490 2-490 2-491 2-491 2-492 2-492 2-493 2-493 2-494 2-494 2-495 2-495 2-496 2-496 2-497 2-497 2-498

042 Drives 042-323 Drum K Motor Drive Failure RAP ...................................................................... 042-325 Main Motor Failure RAP....................................................................................

047 Communication 047-211 OCT 1 RAP ....................................................................................................... 047-212 OCT 2 RAP ....................................................................................................... 047-213 Different Finisher Detected RAP ....................................................................... 047-214 MCU Duplex Module RAP................................................................................. 047-215 MCU Exit Communication Error RAP................................................................ 047-216 MCU Finisher Communication RAP.................................................................. 047-217 MCU HCF Communication RAP .......................................................................

2-503 2-504 2-505 2-505 2-506 2-506 2-507

061 ROS 061-315 Start Of Scan RAP ............................................................................................ 061-321 ROS Motor RAP................................................................................................ 061-333 ROS Fan Defect RAP .......................................................................................

2-509 2-509 2-510

062 IIT 062-211 IIT/IPS PWB EEPROM RAP ............................................................................. 062-277 IIT/IPS PWB DADF PWB Communication RAP................................................ 062-300 Platen Interlock Open RAP ............................................................................... 062-310 IIT/IPS PWB Controller Communication RAP ................................................... 062-311 IIT/IPS Software RAP........................................................................................ 062-345 IIT/IPS Subsystem RAP .................................................................................... 062-357 CCD Fan Failure RAP....................................................................................... 062-360 Carriage Position RAP ...................................................................................... 062-371 Lamp Illumination RAP...................................................................................... 062-380 Platen AGC CH1 RAP....................................................................................... 062-386 Platen AOC CH1 RAP....................................................................................... 062-389 Carriage Over Run RAP.................................................................................... 062-392 IIT/IPS PWB Memory Failure-1 RAP ................................................................ 062-393 IIT/IPS PWB RAM RAP..................................................................................... 062-500 IISS ROM RAP.................................................................................................. 062-790 Prohibited Document Detection RAP ................................................................

2-511 2-511 2-512 2-512 2-513 2-513 2-514 2-514 2-515 2-516 2-516 2-517 2-517 2-518 2-518 2-519

071 Tray 1 071-105 Tray 1 Registration Sensor On JAM RAP ......................................................... 071-210 Tray 1 Lift Up Failure RAP ................................................................................ 071-211 Tray 1 Broken RAP ........................................................................................... 071-940 Tray 1 Lift Up RAP ............................................................................................

2-521 2-522 2-523 2-523

072 Tray 2 072-101 Tray 2 MisFeed JAM RAP................................................................................. 072-105 Tray 2 Registration Sensor On JAM RAP ......................................................... 072-210 Tray 2 Lift Up Failure RAP ................................................................................ 072-211 Tray 2 Broken RAP ........................................................................................... 071-940 Tray 2 Lift Up RAP ............................................................................................

2-525 2-526 2-527 2-528 2-528

073 Tray 3

041 NVM

073-101 Tray 3 Miss Feed JAM RAP.............................................................................. 073-102 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor On JAM (Tray 3 Feed) RAP ...................................... 073-105 Tray 3 Registration Sensor On JAM RAP .........................................................

041-340 MCU PWB Data RAP........................................................................................ 041-500 ........................................................................................................................... 041-501 ...........................................................................................................................

2-499 2-499 2-500

Launch Version

February, 2008 2-9


2-501 2-501

2-529 2-530 2-531


073-210 Tray 3 Lift Up Failure RAP ................................................................................ 073-211 Tray 3 Broken RAP ........................................................................................... 071-940 Tray 3 Lift Up RAP ............................................................................................

2-532 2-533 2-533

074 Tray 4 074-101 Tray 4 Miss Feed JAM RAP.............................................................................. 074-102 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor On JAM (Tray 4 Feed) RAP ...................................... 074-103 Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor On JAM (Tray 4 Feed) RAP ...................................... 074-105 Tray 4 Registration Sensor On JAM RAP......................................................... 074-210 Tray 4 Lift Up Failure RAP ................................................................................ 074-211 Tray 4 Broken RAP ........................................................................................... 071-940 Tray 4 Lift Up RAP ............................................................................................

2-535 2-536 2-537 2-538 2-539 2-540 2-540

075 MPT 075-135 MPT Registration Sensor On JAM RAP ...........................................................

2-543 2-544 2-545 2-546 2-547 2-548 2-548 2-549 2-550 2-551 2-552 2-552 2-553 2-554 2-554 2-555 2-555 2-556 2-556

081 Fax Destination Status Indicator Raps

091 Drum 091-402 Drum Life Over RAP ......................................................................................... 091-441 Drum Life Near End of Life RAP ....................................................................... 091-910 Waste Toner Bottle Position RAP ..................................................................... 091-911 Waste Toner Full RAP ...................................................................................... 091-912 Xerographics Drum Module Installation RAP.................................................... 091-913 Drum Cartridge End of Life RAP ....................................................................... 091-914 Xero CRUM Comm RAP................................................................................... 091-915 Xero CRUM Data RAP...................................................................................... 091-916 Xero CRUM Match RAP.................................................................................... 092-661 Temperature Sensor RAP................................................................................. 092-662 Humidity Sensor RAP .......................................................................................

2-567 2-567 2-568 2-568 2-569 2-569 2-570 2-570 2-571

2-557 2-557 2-558 2-558 2-559 2-560 2-560 2-561 2-561 2-562 2-562 2-563 2-564

2-573 2-573

093 Toner Supply 093-400 Black Toner Near Empty ................................................................................... 2-575 093-406 Black Toner Pre-Near Empty ............................................................................ 2-575 093-912 ........................................................................................................................... Black Toner Empty.................................................................................................................... 2-576 093-924 Toner K Crum Communication Failure.............................................................. 2-576 093-925 Toner K Crum Data Broken Failure................................................................... 2-577 093-926 Toner K Crum Data Mismatch Failure............................................................... 2-577

094 BTR/IBT 094-417 BTR Unit Pre Warning RAP .............................................................................. 094-420 BTR Unit Warning RAP.....................................................................................

2-579 2-579

102 User Interface 102-356 Controller Software RAP ................................................................................... 102-380 UI Control RAP.................................................................................................. 102-381 UI Data Link RAP .............................................................................................. 102-382 Application Layer Command RAP.....................................................................

2-581 2-581 2-582 2-582

112 Punch 112-700 Punch Dust Near Full RAP................................................................................

078 Controller 078-101 HCF to Feed Out Sensor Fault RAP ................................................................. 078-102 HCF to Registration Sensor Fault RAP............................................................. 078-104 HCF Feed Out Sensor Fault RAP ..................................................................... 078-210 HCF to Tray 1 Lift RAP ..................................................................................... 078-212 NVM Read/Write Failure RAP........................................................................... 078-300 HCF Top Cover Interlock Open RAP ................................................................ 078-301 HCF Docking interlock Open RAP .................................................................... 078-500 Write to HCF-ROM error detection (During DLD method) RAP ........................ 078-900 HCF Feed Out Sensor Static Jam RAP ............................................................ 078-940 HCF Paper Misfeed RAP .................................................................................. 078-941 HCF Paper Tray Size Mismatch RAP ............................................................... 078-945 TTM Tray 3 Lift RAP ......................................................................................... 078-946 TTM Tray 4 Lift RAP .........................................................................................

2-565

092 Process Control 2-541

077 Jam and Cover Open 077-101 Registration Sensor Off JAM RAP .................................................................... 077-103 Fuser Exit Sensor Off JAM RAP ....................................................................... 077-104 Exit Sensor off (too short) JAM RAP................................................................. 077-106 Fuser Exit Sensor On JAM RAP ....................................................................... 077-109 IOT Exit Sensor ON JAM Straight RAP ............................................................ 077-113 IOT Exit Sensor OFF JAM Straight RAP .......................................................... 077-114 Exit 2 Sensor Static JAM RAP .......................................................................... 077-129 Registration Sensor On JAM (Duplex Feed/Stop Case) RAP .......................... 077-130 Duplex Out Sensor On JAM RAP ..................................................................... 077-131 Duplex Wait Sensor On JAM RAP .................................................................... 077-211 Detected different Type Tray Module RAP ....................................................... 077-300 IOT Front Cover Open RAP.............................................................................. 077-301 Left Hand Interlock Open RAP.......................................................................... 077-305 Tray Module Left Hand Cover Interlock Open RAP .......................................... 077-307 DUP Cover Open RAP...................................................................................... 077-308 Left Hand HIGH Interlock Open RAP................................................................ 077-309 Left Hand Low Interlock Open RAP .................................................................. 077-310 Controller Failed to send image RAP................................................................ 077-329 Main Motor Stop Error RAP ..............................................................................

081-799 Registered Destination RAP .............................................................................

2-583

116 Printing Control 116-210 MediaReader Fatal Error RAP .......................................................................... 116-212 MediaLib SW Logic Fail RAP ............................................................................ 116-220 Downloader Initialize Fail RAP.......................................................................... 116-310 ESS Font DIMM #2 RAP................................................................................... 116-311 ESS Font DIMM #3 RAP................................................................................... 116-312 HDD Encrypt Key RAP...................................................................................... 116-313 HDD Encrypt Setup RAP .................................................................................. 116-314 Ethernet Address RAP ...................................................................................... 116-315 ESS DDR DIMM #1 R/W Check RAP ............................................................... 116-316 ESS DDR DIMM #2 R/W Check RAP ............................................................... 116-317 ESS ROM DIMM #1 Check RAP ...................................................................... 116-318 ESS ROM DIMM #2 Check RAP ...................................................................... 116-319 Controller UI Configuration................................................................................ 116-321 System Software RAP.......................................................................................

February, 2008 2-10

2-585 2-585 2-586 2-586 2-587 2-587 2-588 2-588 2-589 2-589 2-590 2-590 2-591 2-591


116-322 WebDAV S/W Fail RAP .................................................................................... 116-323 ESS NVRAM R/W Check RAP ......................................................................... 116-324 System Controller RAP ..................................................................................... 116-325 ESS Fan RAP ................................................................................................... 116-328 Controller Cache RAP....................................................................................... 116-329 Serial Software RAP ......................................................................................... 116-330 HDD File System RAP ...................................................................................... 116-331 Invalid Log Information RAP ............................................................................. 116-332 ESS ROM RAP ................................................................................................. 116-333 LocalTalk Software RAP ................................................................................... 116-334 ESS NVRAM Data Compare Fail RAP ............................................................. 116-335 HDD RAP .......................................................................................................... 116-336 HDD Access RAP ............................................................................................. 116-337 SNTP Software RAP ......................................................................................... 116-338 JBA RAP ........................................................................................................... 116-340 Memory RAP..................................................................................................... 116-341 ROM Version RAP ............................................................................................ 116-342 Network Manager RAP ..................................................................................... 116-343 Main PWB IC RAP ............................................................................................ 116-346 Formatter RAP .................................................................................................. 116-348 Redirector RAP ................................................................................................. 116-349 SIF RAP ............................................................................................................ 116-350 AppleTalk Software RAP .................................................................................. 116-351 Ether Talk Software RAP .................................................................................. 116-352 NetWare Software RAP .................................................................................... 116-353 HDD Mechanical RAP....................................................................................... 116-354 HDD Product RAP ............................................................................................ 116-355 Agent Software RAP ......................................................................................... 116-356 HDD Format RAP ............................................................................................. 116-357 PostScript RAP ................................................................................................. 116-358 Salutation Software RAP .................................................................................. 116-360 SMB Software RAP........................................................................................... 116-361 Spool HDD RAP................................................................................................ 116-362 SSDP Software RAP......................................................................................... 116-363 Print Service Software RAP .............................................................................. 116-364 Timer RAP ........................................................................................................ 116-365 Spool RAP ........................................................................................................ 116-366 Software Report RAP........................................................................................ 116-367 Parallel Software RAP ...................................................................................... 116-368 Dump Print RAP................................................................................................ 116-370 XJCL RAP......................................................................................................... 116-371 PCL Decomposer Software RAP ...................................................................... 116-372 Formatter RAP .................................................................................................. 116-373 Dynamic DNS Software RAP............................................................................ 116-374 Auto Switch RAP............................................................................................... 116-375 Formatter RAP .................................................................................................. 116-376 Port 9100 Software RAP ................................................................................... 116-377 Video DMA RAP ............................................................................................... 116-378 Controller Software RAP ................................................................................... 116-379 Controller Software RAP ................................................................................... 116-380 ESS Font ROM DIMM #1 RAP ......................................................................... 116-381 ABL Initialize RAP.............................................................................................

2-592 2-592 2-593 2-593 2-594 2-594 2-595 2-595 2-596 2-596 2-597 2-597 2-598 2-598 2-599 2-599 2-600 2-600 2-601 2-601 2-602 2-602 2-603 2-603 2-604 2-604 2-605 2-605 2-606 2-606 2-607 2-607 2-608 2-608 2-609 2-609 2-610 2-610 2-611 2-611 2-612 2-612 2-613 2-613 2-614 2-614 2-615 2-615 2-616 2-616 2-617 2-617

Launch Version

February, 2008 2-11


116-382 ABL Initialize RAP ............................................................................................. 116-385 IDC Software RAP ............................................................................................ 116-388 MCC RAP.......................................................................................................... 116-389 RAM Install RAP ............................................................................................... 116-390 ROM NVM Mismatch RAP ................................................................................ 116-391 Country Code RAP............................................................................................ 116-395 USB Software RAP ........................................................................................... 116-399 Initialization RAP ............................................................................................... 116-701 Memory Duplex RAP......................................................................................... 116-702 Substitute Font RAP.......................................................................................... 116-703 PostScript Language RAP ................................................................................ 116-710 HP-GL/2 Memory Overflow RAP....................................................................... 116-713 HDD Job Full RAP ............................................................................................ 116-714 HP-GL/2 Command RAP .................................................................................. 116-720 PCL Memory RAP............................................................................................. 116-738 Overlay Size Orientation RAP........................................................................... 116-739 Form/Logo Capacity RAP ................................................................................. 116-740 Arithmetic RAP.................................................................................................. 116-741 Maximum Forms Data Register RAP ................................................................ 116-742 Max Logo Registered RAP................................................................................ 116-743 Form/Logo Size Overflow RAP ......................................................................... 116-746 Selected Form RAP .......................................................................................... 116-747 Invalid Page Margin RAP .................................................................................. 116-748 Page Image Data RAP...................................................................................... 116-749 PostScript Font RAP ......................................................................................... 116-750 Banner Sheet Cancelled RAP........................................................................... 116-752 Print Job Ticket Description Warning RAP........................................................ 116-771 Invalid JBIG Parameter DL Fixed RAP ............................................................. 116-772 Invalid JBIG Parameter D Fixed RAP ............................................................... 116-773 Invalid JBIG Parameter P Fixed RAP ............................................................... 116-774 Invalid JBIG Parameter YD Fixed RAP............................................................. 116-775 Invalid JBIG Parameter L0 Fixed RAP.............................................................. 116-776 Invalid JBIG Parameter MX Fixed RAP ............................................................ 116-777 Invalid JBIG Parameter MY Fixed RAP ............................................................ 116-778 Invalid JBIG Par VLength Fixed RAP................................................................ 116-780 Attached Document RAP .................................................................................. 116-790 Stapling Canceled RAP (A-Finisher)................................................................. 116-790 Stapling Canceled RAP (SB-Finisher) ..............................................................

2-618 2-618 2-619 2-619 2-620 2-620 2-621 2-621 2-622 2-622 2-623 2-623 2-624 2-624 2-625 2-625 2-626 2-626 2-627 2-627 2-628 2-628 2-629 2-629 2-630 2-630 2-631 2-631 2-632 2-632 2-633 2-633 2-634 2-634 2-635 2-635 2-636 2-636

121 FID-EP 121-314 Customize User Prompts Fail RAP ...................................................................

2-637

123 Controller-UI 123-207 Communication Manager Target RAP .............................................................. 123-209 Controller UI Communication RAP.................................................................... 123-310 Send Queue RAP.............................................................................................. 123-311 Receive Queue RAP ......................................................................................... 123-317 Receive Message Queue RAP ......................................................................... 123-318 Receive Finish Queue RAP .............................................................................. 123-320 NVM Initialized for FCW Composition RAP ...................................................... 123-322 UI Target RAP................................................................................................... 123-323 UI Address RAP ................................................................................................

2-639 2-639 2-640 2-640 2-641 2-641 2-642 2-642 2-643


123-325 Object Creation RAP......................................................................................... 123-326 Memory Overflow RAP ..................................................................................... 123-327 Button Overflow RAP ........................................................................................ 123-328 UI Internal Range RAP ..................................................................................... 123-329 UI Coordinates RAP.......................................................................................... 123-332 Interface Parameter RAP.................................................................................. 123-333 Interface Communication RAP.......................................................................... 123-337 Frame Data RAP............................................................................................... 123-341 Event Queue RAP............................................................................................. 123-342 Event Queue RAP............................................................................................. 123-343 Invalid Class RAP ............................................................................................. 123-344 Invalid Type RAP .............................................................................................. 123-345 Timer Queue Full RAP...................................................................................... 123-346 Invalid Timer Number RAP ............................................................................... 123-369 Interface Value RAP ......................................................................................... 123-370 Interface Length RAP........................................................................................ 123-371 Interface Parameter RAP.................................................................................. 123-372 Interface Sequence RAP .................................................................................. 123-373 Channel RAP .................................................................................................... 123-374 User Job ID RAP............................................................................................... 123-375 Internal Resource RAP ..................................................................................... 123-376 Internal Memory RAP........................................................................................ 123-377 UI Timer RAP .................................................................................................... 123-378 Interface Format RAP ....................................................................................... 123-379 Dispatch RAP.................................................................................................... 123-380 Copy Interface RAP .......................................................................................... 123-381 Fax Interface RAP............................................................................................. 123-382 Scanner Interface RAP ..................................................................................... 123-383 Report Interface RAP........................................................................................ 123-384 Server Access RAP .......................................................................................... 123-385 Service Object RAP .......................................................................................... 123-386 Service Object RAP .......................................................................................... 123-387 Service Object RAP .......................................................................................... 123-388 Attribute RAP .................................................................................................... 123-389 UI Comparator RAP .......................................................................................... 123-390 Job Parameter RAP .......................................................................................... 123-391 Job Parameter RAP .......................................................................................... 123-392 Auditron RAP .................................................................................................... 123-394 File Access RAP ............................................................................................... 123-395 UI NVM RAP ..................................................................................................... 123-396 UI Software RAP............................................................................................... 123-397 UI Manager RAP............................................................................................... 123-398 Release Queue RAP......................................................................................... 123-399 UI Internal RAP ................................................................................................. 123-400 Internal Interface RAP.......................................................................................

2-643 2-644 2-644 2-645 2-645 2-646 2-646 2-647 2-647 2-648 2-648 2-649 2-649 2-650 2-650 2-651 2-651 2-652 2-652 2-653 2-653 2-654 2-654 2-655 2-655 2-656 2-656 2-657 2-657 2-658 2-658 2-659 2-659 2-660 2-660 2-661 2-661 2-662 2-662 2-663 2-663 2-664 2-664 2-665 2-665

124 ROM-RAM

124-315 Serial Number Mismatch RAP .......................................................................... 124-316 Product Mode RAP ........................................................................................... 124-317 All Product Mode RAP ...................................................................................... 124-318 Product Type Software Key RAP ...................................................................... 124-319 All Product Types Software Key RAP ............................................................... 124-320 EPROM RAP..................................................................................................... 124-321 Backup SRAM RAP .......................................................................................... 124-322 Software Key RAP ............................................................................................ 124-323 Software Key Registration RAP ........................................................................ 124-324 All Billings Mismatch RAP ................................................................................. 124-325 Billing Restoration RAP..................................................................................... 124-326 IOT Speed Not Registered RAP ....................................................................... 124-327 IOT Speed Change SW Failure RAP ................................................................ 124-333 ASIC RAP ......................................................................................................... 124-334 Standard Font ROM RAP.................................................................................. 124-335 Font ROM RAP ................................................................................................. 124-337 ESS Standard RAM RAP .................................................................................. 124-338 Duplicate Font ROMs RAP ............................................................................... 124-339 ROM DIMM Mismatch RAP .............................................................................. 124-340 CRUM Market RAP ........................................................................................... 124-341 CRUM Market MCU RAP.................................................................................. 124-342 CRUM Market System 1 RAP ........................................................................... 124-343 CRUM Market System 2 RAP ........................................................................... 124-350 CRUM OEM RAP.............................................................................................. 124-351 CRUM OEM MCU RAP..................................................................................... 124-352 CRUM OEM System 1 RAP.............................................................................. 124-353 CRUM OEM System 2 RAP.............................................................................. 124-360 CRUM Validation RAP ...................................................................................... 124-361 CRUM Validation MCU RAP ............................................................................. 124-362 CRUM Validation System 1 RAP ...................................................................... 124-363 CRUM validation System 2 RAP....................................................................... 124-372 IOT Controller Software RAP ............................................................................ 124-373 IOT Manager Software RAP ............................................................................. 124-374 IOT IM Device Driver Software RAP ................................................................. 124-380 CRUM Market (2) .............................................................................................. 124-381 CRUM Market MCU (2)..................................................................................... 124-382 CRUM Market System 1 (2) .............................................................................. 124-383 CRUM Market System 2 (2) .............................................................................. 124-390 OEM Market (2)................................................................................................. 124-391 CRU OEM MCU (2)........................................................................................... 124-392 CRU OEM System 1 (2).................................................................................... 124-393 CRU OEM System 2 (2).................................................................................... 124-701 Side Tray to Center Tray RAP .......................................................................... 124-702 Finisher Tray to Center Tray RAP..................................................................... 124-705 Punching Cancelled RAP.................................................................................. 124-706 Folding Cancelled RAP ..................................................................................... 124-708 Output Tray Changed to Sub Tray RAP............................................................ 124-709 Side Tray to Center Tray RAP .......................................................................... 124-710 Output Tray Changed from MailBoxSorter RAP ...............................................

124-310 Product Designation RAP ................................................................................. 124-311 Product Serial Number RAP ............................................................................. 124-312 Machine Codes Mismatch RAP ........................................................................ 124-313 Serial Number RAP........................................................................................... 124-314 IOT Speed RAP ................................................................................................

2-667 2-667 2-668 2-668 2-669


February, 2008 2-12

2-669 2-670 2-670 2-671 2-671 2-672 2-672 2-673 2-673 2-674 2-674 2-675 2-675 2-676 2-676 2-677 2-677 2-678 2-678 2-679 2-679 2-680 2-680 2-681 2-681 2-682 2-682 2-683 2-683 2-684 2-684 2-685 2-685 2-686 2-686 2-687 2-687 2-688 2-688 2-689 2-689 2-690 2-690 2-691 2-691 2-692 2-692 2-693 2-693

125 PWScont 125-311 PSW Unexpected Fail RAP...............................................................................

2-695


127 Software 127-310 ESR Task RAP ................................................................................................. 127-314 WSD Print S/W Fail RAP .................................................................................. 127-353 LPD Software RAP ........................................................................................... 127-396 Mail I/O Software RAP ...................................................................................... 127-398 IPP Software RAP............................................................................................. 127-399 JME Software RAP ...........................................................................................

2-697 2-697 2-698 2-698 2-699 2-699

133 Fax Control 133-210 Fax Parameter RAP .......................................................................................... 133-211 Fax Parameter Value Invalid RAP .................................................................... 133-212 Fax Read Error- No Data RAP.......................................................................... 133-213 Fax Read Error- Invalid Data RAP .................................................................... 133-214 Fax USB Initializing RAP .................................................................................. 133-215 Fax USB Device RAP ....................................................................................... 133-216 Fax USB Host Fatal RAP.................................................................................. 133-217 Fax Manager Short of Memory RAP ................................................................. 133-218 Fax Card Message Library Short of Memory RAP............................................ 133-219 Fax Work Memory RAP .................................................................................... 133-220 Fax Control Task RAP ...................................................................................... 133-221 Fax Card Boot RAP .......................................................................................... 133-222 Fax Card does not respond intervalley RAP..................................................... 133-223 Fax Card Reset RAP ........................................................................................ 133-224 Controller ROM Fax Card ROM RAP ............................................................... 133-226 Country Code RAP ........................................................................................... 133-280 Fax Option Slot 1 Board RAP ........................................................................... 133-281 Received unknown message RAP.................................................................... 133-282 Fax Card Download RAP.................................................................................. 133-283 Fax Report Mailbox RAP .................................................................................. 133-700 Staple/Punch Cancelled RAP ........................................................................... 133-710 Tray Select Fail RAP.........................................................................................

2-701 2-701 2-702 2-702 2-703 2-703 2-704 2-704 2-705 2-705 2-706 2-706 2-707 2-707 2-708 2-708 2-709 2-709 2-710 2-710 2-711 2-711

134 Fax Card 134-210 Fax Controller Parameter RAP ......................................................................... 134-211 FAX PWB RAP .................................................................................................

2-713 2-713

202 Timer 202-399 Internal Timer RAP ...........................................................................................

2-715

Other Faults OF 1 Paper Size Mismatch In Width RAP....................................................................... OF 2 Size Switch Assy RAP ........................................................................................... OF 3 Main Drive Assy RAP............................................................................................. OF 4 Dark / Blank Display RAP ......................................................................................

2-717 2-717 2-719 2-719

Launch Version

February, 2008 2-13




February, 2008 2-14


002-500 UI Error RAP

002-770 Job Template Processing - HD Full RAP

UI detection error while in CUI scan job start:

Job aborted due to insufficient HDD capacity during Job Template processing.

1.

IIT is occupied.

Procedure

2.

Fault is occurring.

3.

Service is not CUI.

Ask customer to separate job into smaller parts. Helpful information may be found in User Guide sections Overwrite Hard Disk or Mailbox.

4.

The upper limit number of sheet for XSA

Procedure Retry the same operation after the fault is cleared, or check limitation with XSA. If the problem continues, call for Service.


February, 2008 2-15


002-500, 002-770


002-500, 002-770

February, 2008 2-16


003-318 IIT Soft Failure RAP

003-319 IIT Video Driver Detection Failure RAP

The IIT software is faulty.

A Compression Threshold overflow, DMA Transfer error, or Other compression system errors were detected.

Procedure Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).


Procedure Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).

February, 2008 2-17


003-318, 003-319

003-320 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 1 RAP


An abnormal parameter is set for the send function.

The acknowledgement could not be received after 2 resend attempts.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).



003-320, 003-321

February, 2008 2-18




The Packet number of the sent Message Packet is incorrect.

The Message Length of the sent Message Packet is incorrect.

Procedure

Procedure




February, 2008 2-19


003-322, 003-323



Message Length of the Packet is incorrect.

A parity error was detected by hardware in the IIT/IPS PWB.

Procedure

Procedure




003-324, 003-325

February, 2008 2-20




Framing error was detected by hardware in the IIT/IPS PWB.

An overrun error was detected by hardware in the IIT/IPS PWB.

Procedure

Procedure




February, 2008 2-21


003-326, 003-327



Receive interruption was detected by the IIT/IPS PWB.)

A transmission failure occurred.

Procedure

Procedure




003-328, 003-329

February, 2008 2-22




The Packet number of the received Message Packet is incorrect.

The Message Length of the received Message Packet is incorrect.

Procedure

Procedure




February, 2008 2-23


003-330, 003-331



The Check Code of the received Message Packet is incorrect.)

A parity error was detected by the UART.

Procedure

Procedure




003-332, 003-333

February, 2008 2-24




A framing error was detected by the UART.

An overrun error was detected by the UART.

Procedure

Procedure




February, 2008 2-25


003-334, 003-335



After the header was recognized, it was detected that receiving was aborted.

After restoring from Power Saver mode, there was no response to the Power On command sent to the IIT/IPS PWB within the specified time.

Procedure Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).


003-336, 003-337

Procedure Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).

February, 2008 2-26




The driver detected an incorrect send parameter argument from the application.

The establishment of PAR transmission failed.

Procedure

Procedure

Disconnect and reconnect the IIT Cable. Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).



February, 2008 2-27


003-338, 003-339



A PAR synchronization error during send occurred.

A PAR transmission error during send occurred.

Procedure

Procedure




003-340, 003-341

February, 2008 2-28




The driver detected an incorrect receive parameter argument from the application.

A PAR synchronization error during receive occurred.

Procedure

Procedure




February, 2008 2-29


003-342, 003-343

003-702 Different magnification, for surface and back RAP

003-750 Book Duplex-Insufficient Docs RAP

Different magnification, for surface and back.

No sheets are stored in the setting conditions.

Procedure

Procedure

Change settings so that magnification is the same for both sides of the same document.

A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to User Guide heading Booklet Creation.


003-702, 003-750

February, 2008 2-30


003-751 Under PANTHER Capacity (Scan) RAP

003-752 Cannot scan over 600DPI RAP

The processed data is too small (the specified range for the document is too small).

The selected resolution was too large for scanning mixed size originals using the document feeder.

Procedure A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to following User Guide headings:

Procedure

•

Scan Size Defaults

A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to following User Guide headings:

•

Scan Size

•

Resolution

•

Original Size Defaults

•

Internet Fax Profile

•

Repeat Image

•

Scan Resolution

•

Other Settings

•

Emulation Settings

•



February, 2008 2-31


003-751, 003-752


003-754 S2X Recovery RAP

The selected resolution was too large for scanning mixed size originals using the document feeder.

There is a recoverable S2X error.

Initial Actions Procedure

Power Off/On

A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to following User Guide headings: •

Resolution

Procedure

•


Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job if the error did not clear after the power off/on.

•

Scan Resolution


003-753, 003-754

February, 2008 2-32


003-755 S2X Command Error RAP

003-756 Blank Originals RAP

There is an S2X command error.

No image data was scanned from the documents.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job if the error did not clear after the power off/on.

Check if the document is comprised of blank sheets, or if the front and back of the documents are correct. Repeat operation.


February, 2008 2-33


003-755, 003-756


003-760 Scan Settings Error RAP

Non-scannable 400dpi or more resolution detected after DADF Mix Duplex Mode Job is accepted.

Invalid Scan Job Parameter.

Procedure Procedure

Abort job, change parameters and repeat operations.

Change to 300dpi or less resolution for scan or change the job to that scannable with NonMixed mode.


003-757, 003-760

February, 2008 2-34


003-761 Incorrect Paper Tray Size RAP

003-763 Adjustment Chart Not Found RAP

When the Cover Content Tray or Separator + N set Tray is selected in Auto Paper Selection the paper size is different from that in the Cover Tray or the Transparency Tray.

When Automatic Gradation Correction was executed, the patch for position detection on the document was not available.

Procedure

Procedure

The paper size in the tray selected by auto tray switching differs from the paper size in the tray selected at the tray selection. Either change the paper size for the tray, or change the paper type priority setting.

Reposition the Automatic Gradation Correction Chart.


February, 2008 2-35


003-761, 003-763

003-764 Image Overlay RAP

003-780 FAX Scan Compression Error RAP

There is an image overlay problem.

Compression of scanned data was unsuccessful.

Initial Actions

Procedure

Power Off/On

Ask customer to lower the resolution or reduction/enlargement ratio. Or try to break down the size of the original.

Procedure Ask customer to verify the job setup and rerun the job.


003-764, 003-780

February, 2008 2-36


003-795 AMS Limit Error RAP

003-930 300 DPI Scan RAP

After auto document detection in Auto Reduce/Enlarge, the Reduce/Enlarge ratio did not fall within the specified range (25%~400%).

Cannot scan over 300 DPI.

Procedure Procedure

Scan at 300 dpi or lower.

Ask customer to set the document size manually or change reduction/enlargement ratio.


February, 2008 2-37


003-795, 003-930



Cannot scan over 400 DPI.

Cannot scan 600 DPI.

Procedure

Procedure

Scan 400 dpi or lower.

Scan at under 600 dpi.


003-931, 003-932

February, 2008 2-38




Next Documents Cannot scan over 300DPI.

Next Documents Cannot scan over 400DPI.

Procedure

Procedure




February, 2008 2-39


003-933, 003-934


003-940 Memory RAP

Next Documents Cannot scan 600DPI.

A scanner memory limit is reached.

Procedure

Procedure

Scan at under 600 dpi.

Power Off/On. If the problem persists replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).


003-935, 003-940

February, 2008 2-40


003-942 Document size Auto Detect Failure RAP

003-944 Image repeat count Failure RAP

The document size cannot be automatically detected.

No complete images are output using Automatic Size.

Procedure

Procedure

Ask customer to set the document size manually.

A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to User Guide heading Paper Size Settings.


February, 2008 2-41


003-942, 003-944

003-946 Every direction difference (Copy APS) RAP

003-947 Return Documents counts error RAP

Paper size that does not support rotation was selected even though part of the image will be cut off if it is not rotated.

The number of documents returned by the user was less than the number of specified documents.

Procedure

Procedure


Check the number of documents and repeat the operation.

•

Rotate 90 degrees

•

Image Rotation-Rotation Direction Screen


003-946, 003-947

February, 2008 2-42


003-948 Return Documents mismatch RAP

003-952 Document Color Mismatch RAP

A document that is different (document size/orientation and Color mode in ACS) from the document before document return was loaded.

There is a color mismatch among returned documents.

Procedure Procedure

Ask customer to cancel the job, check job settings and rerun the job.

Check the document size and repeat the operation. If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).


February, 2008 2-43


003-948, 003-952

003-955 Documents size exchange error RAP

003-956 Documents size unknown error RAP

When loading a document with Mixed Size Originals prohibited, a document of different size/ orientation from the initial document was detected.

With Platen selected, the document size could not be identified. (APS, Auto Paper Selection only)

Procedure

Procedure

Check the document size/orientation and repeat the operation.

Enter the document size or select a tray with the same paper size as the document.


003-955, 003-956

February, 2008 2-44


003-963 No APS object Tray RAP

003-965 ATS/APS No Paper (IIT Detect) RAP

There was no APS (Auto Paper Selection) compatible tray that could supply paper for printing without omitting part of the image.

There was no paper in the tray for APS (Auto Paper Selection).

Procedure Procedure

Add paper in the tray and repeat the operation.

Select a tray that supplies such paper and repeat the operation.


February, 2008 2-45


003-963, 003-965

003-966 ATS/APS No Destination (IIT) RAP

003-967 DADF APS No Destination RAP

There was no tray for APS (Auto Paper Selection).

•

Document size with DADF 8.5×11SEF Document size input not included.

•

Mix Size is not selected.

Procedure

•

Magnification is variable.

Change the parameter setting and repeat the operation.

APS Copy job with the above is designated but the tray to be selected is not available. Although A4SEF original is set, it is detected as 8.5×11SEF.

Procedure


003-966, 003-967

1.

Load tray with the paper of the size displayed on the Panel or select the tray in which the paper requested is loaded.

2.

If A4SEF document is detected as Letter document, cancel the job and then readjust DADF document guide securely until they touches the edges of the documents. Re-run the job.

February, 2008 2-46


003-968 Punch Position Error RAP

003-969 Punch Size Error RAP

Cannot punch for the selected paper size.

Cannot punch at selected position. (APS/Tray selection common)

Procedure

Procedure

To designate appropriate Punch position or cancel Punch and restart the job. appropriate position and restart the job.

To designate the proper Punch position or cancel Punch and restart the job.


February, 2008 2-47


003-968, 003-969

003-970 FAX Line Memory Overflow RAP

003-971 Prevention Code Detect RAP

Document size exceeds scanning capacity.

Prevention code detect with the right to cancel.

Procedure

Procedure


This document cannot be copied; press Cancel / Continue button on panel.

•

Load the Documents

•

Document Feeder

•

Paper Supply

•

Original Size

•

Mixed Size Originals

•

Repeat Image

•


•

Scan Size

•

Emulation Settings

•


•

2 Up On Receipt

•

Scan Size Defaults


003-970, 003-971

February, 2008 2-48


003-972 Maximum Stored Page Over Flow RAP

003-973 Every direction difference RAP

The number of scanned pages stored exceeded the maximum number set in the system data.

Rotation is not available even though the orientation of the document and the image are different and part of the image will be omitted if it is not rotated.

Procedure A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to following User Guide headings:

Procedure

•

Stored Documents


•

Covers

•

Rotate 90 degrees

•

Priority Send/Delayed Start

•


•


•

•

Store for Polling

•

Public Mailbox - Document List Screen

•

Mailbox Screen

•

Check Mailbox

•

Print

•

Job Status

•

Charge Print


February, 2008 2-49


003-972, 003-973

003-974 Next Original Specification RAP

003-976 FAX Line Memory Overflow (N up) RAP

Scanning has been completed for all loaded documents.

Document size exceeds scanning capacity.

Procedure

Procedure

No action required.



003-974, 003-976

Load the Documents

•

Document Feeder

•

Paper Supply

•

Original Size

•


•

Repeat Image

•


•

Scan Size

•

Emulation Settings

•


•

2 Up On Receipt

•

Scan Size Defaults

February, 2008 2-50


003-977 Document Mismatch (Multiple Scan) RAP

003-978 Color Document Miss Match (Multi Scan) RAP

The document size differs from the one set previously for the Bound Originals feature.

Document Color Mismatch (a change of document in Multi Scan:

Procedure

1. A change of documents during scanning a Bound Document/As Book/Poster


Load the Documents

•

Document Feeder

2. In multi-scan job on platen (book copying / AsBook / Poster), upon operations involving setting document again, size of document set later detected to be different from that of document originally set. Document of different color from document set originally was set upon ACS.

•

Paper Supply

•

Original Size

Procedure

•


Reload the appropriate documents and run the job.

•

Repeat Image

•


•

Scan Size

•

Emulation Settings

•


•

2 Up On Receipt

•

Scan Size Defaults


February, 2008 2-51


003-977 , 003-978

003-980 Staple position error RAP

003-981 Staple size error RAP

Stapling could not be done at the specified position.

Stapling on Documents with different widths.

Procedure

Procedure


Ensure customer selects stapling only when documents are the same width.

•

Staple Position

•

Copy Output

•

Copy Output Screen

•



003-980 , 003-981

February, 2008 2-52


003-982 IIT HDD Access Error RAP BSD-ON:3.1/6.2 There is a problem with IIT accessing the Hard Drive.

Procedure Disconnect and reconnect the IIT/IPS PWB Harness. Check HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists perform GP 6 Special Boot Modes HDD Initialization. If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).


February, 2008 2-53


003-982


003-982

February, 2008 2-54


A

005-121 CVT Feed Sensor On JAM RAP BSD-ON:5.4/5.5 After the first-out feed operation started (Feed Motor On (CW)) in Duplex mode, the DADF Feed Out Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.

B Replace the DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Procedure Execute Component Control[005-205]. Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.6) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J769 and P/J758. P/J769 and P/J758 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J769 and P/J758. Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 13/Flag 14). The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 14). Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-001]. The DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J764 and P/J754. P/J764 and P/J754 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J764 and P/J754. Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). A B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 2-55


005-121

A

005-122 CVT Simplex/Side1 Pre-Registration On JAM RAP •

After the Pre Feed operation started for the first sheet (DADF Feed Motor On (CW)) in Duplex or Simplex mode, the Pre-Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.

•

After the Pre Feed operation started for the second sheet onwards (DADF Feed Motor On (CW)) in Duplex mode, the Pre-Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.

Initial Actions •

B Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).


Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5.

Procedure Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J781 and P/J761. Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3). Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-001]. The DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J764 and P/J754. P/J764 and P/J754 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J764 and P/J754. Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

A B Status Indicator Raps

005-122

February, 2008 2-56


A

005-123 CVT Simplex/Side1 Registration JAM RAP After pre-registration started (DADF Feed Motor On (CCW)), the Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.



Initial Actions •


Procedure Execute Component Control[005-110]. Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J782 and P/J761. P/J782 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J782 and P/J761. Check the wire between /J782 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between /J782 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 1). Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-001]. The DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J764 and P/J754. P/J764 and P/J754 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J764 and P/J754. Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). A B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 2-57


005-123

A

005-125 CVT Registration Sensor Off JAM RAP After the Pre Registration Sensor turned Off during the Read operation, the DADF Registration Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.

Initial Actions •


Procedure Execute Component Control[005-110]. Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J782 and P/J761. P/J782 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J782 and P/J761. Check the wire between J782 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J782 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).


Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J765 and P/J755. Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 1). Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-001]. The DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J764 and P/J754. P/J764 and P/J754 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J764 and P/J754. Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). A B Status Indicator Raps

005-125

February, 2008 2-58


A

005-131 CVT Invert On JAM RAP After the Registration Sensor turned On during Invert operation, the Invert Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.

B Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).


Initial Actions •


Procedure Execute Component Control[005-211]. Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J780 and P/J761. P/J780 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J780 and P/J761. Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J780 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 5). Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J765 and P/J755. Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). A B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 2-59


005-131

A

005-132 CVT Invert On JAM 2 RAP After the Read Speed Control operation started (Registration Motor On (CCW)), the Invert Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.



Initial Actions •


Procedure Execute Component Control[005-211]. Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J780 and P/J761. P/J780 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J780 and P/J761. Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J780 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 5). Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J765 and P/J755. Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). A B Status Indicator Raps

005-132

February, 2008 2-60


A

005-134 CVT Invert Sensor Off JAM (Inverter) RAP After the Registration Sensor turned Off on inverting at Invert, the Invert Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.



Initial Actions •


Procedure Execute Component Control[005-211]. Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J780 and P/J761. P/J780 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J780 and P/J761. Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J780 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 5). Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J765 and P/J755. Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). A B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 2-61


005-134

A

005-135 CVT Side2 Pre-Registration On JAM RAP After the Invert operation started (Registration Motor On (CW)) at Invert, the DADF Pre Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.

Initial Actions •

B Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).


Procedure Check the installation and operation of the Invert Gate. The Invert Gate is installed and it works. Y N Install the Invert Gate correctly. Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J781 and P/J761. Check the wire between J781 andJ761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Execute Component Control[005-072]. The Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J766 and P/J756. P/J766 and P/J756 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J766 and P/J756. Check the wire between P756 and J766 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.6 Flag 2). The wire between P756 and J766 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3). Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J765 and P/J755. Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A B Status Indicator Raps

005-135

February, 2008 2-62


A

005-136 CVT Side2 Registration On JAM RAP After the DADF Pre Registration Sensor turned On at Invert, the DADF Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.

Initial Actions •

Refer to BSD 5.4.

Procedure Execute Component Control[005-110]. Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J782 and P/J761 P/J782 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J782 and P/J761. Check the wire between J782 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J782 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.



Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-001]. The DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J764 and P/J754. P/J764 and P/J754 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J764 and P/J754. Check the wire between J764 andJ754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). A B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 2-63


005-136

A

005-139 CVT Invert Sensor Off JAM RAP After the Registration Sensor turned Off during the Read operation, the Invert Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.

Initial Actions •

B Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).


Procedure Check the installation and operation of the Invert Gate. The Invert Gate is installed and it works. Y N Install the Invert Gate correctly. Execute Component Control[005-211]. Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J780 and P/J761. P/J780 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J780 and P/J761. Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J780 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.


Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 5). Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J765 and P/J755. Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A B Status Indicator Raps

005-139

February, 2008 2-64


A

005-145 CVT Registration Sensor Off JAM (Invert) RAP After the DADF Pre Registration Sensor turned Off at Invert, the Registration Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.

Initial Actions

B Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5. Open the DADF Top Cover and remove the paper.

Procedure Execute Component Control[005-110]. Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J782 and P/J761. P/J782 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J782 and P/J761. Check the wire between J782 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J782 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J765 and P/J755. Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 1). Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-001]. The DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J764 and P/J754. P/J764 and P/J754 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J764 and P/J754. Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

A B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 2-65


005-145

A

005-146 CVT Pre Registration Sensor Off JAM RAP

Y

1.

After the DADF Feed Out Sensor turned Off in 1 Sided mode, the DADF Pre Registration Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.

2.

After the DADF Registration Motor turned On in 2 Sided mode, the DADF Pre Registration Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.

Initial Actions Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5/5.6.

N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Procedure Check the installation and operation of the Invert Gate. The Invert Gate is installed and it works. Y N Install the Invert Gate correctly. Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J781 and P/J761. Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.


Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3). Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J765 and P/J755. Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. A Status Indicator Raps

005-146

February, 2008 2-66


A

005-147 CVT Pre Registration Sensor Off JAM (Invert) RAP After the DADF Registration Motor turned On at Invert, the DADF Pre Registration Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.

Initial Actions Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5/5.6.

Procedure Check the installation and operation of the Invert Gate. The Invert Gate is installed and it works. Y N Install the Invert Gate correctly. Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J781 and P/J761. Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Y


Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-072]. The Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J766 and P/J756. P/J766 and P/J756 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J766 and P/J756. Check the wire between P756 and J766 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.6 Flag 2). The wire between P756 and J766 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3). Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J765 and P/J755. Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.

A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 2-67


005-147

A

005-194 Size Mismatch Jam on Mix-size RAP In Mixed Size Originals, it was detected that the Fast Scan Direction size was different from the width of the document guide.

Initial Actions Refer to BSD 5.1.

B Check the wire between J772 and J759 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.1 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J772 and J759 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Check the document guide and repeat the operation. Check the operation of the Tray Side Guide (Front). Check the operation of the Tray Side Guide (Rear). Ensure customer refers to User Guide headings Document Feeder, Mixed Size Originals, and Margin Shift for correct operation.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 3). Actuate the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor (PL 15.10). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Procedure Execute Component Control[005-221]. Actuate the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J771 and P/J759. P/J771 and P/J759 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J771 and P/J759.


Check the wire between J771 and J759 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.1Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J771 and J759 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 1). Actuate the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor (PL 15.10). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-222]. Actuate the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J772 and P/J759. P/J772 and P/J759 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J772 and P/J759. A B Status Indicator Raps

005-194

February, 2008 2-68


A

005-196 CVT Size Mismatch JAM (No Mix) RAP The second and subsequent documents are different size to the first document.

Initial Actions •

Refer to BSD 5.1.

B Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 3). Actuate the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor (PL 15.10). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).



Check the wire between J771 and J759 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.1 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J771 and J759 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 1). Actuate the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor (PL 15.10). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-222]. Actuate the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J772 and P/J759. P/J772 and P/J759 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J772 and P/J759. Check the wire between J772 and J759 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.1 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J772 and J759 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). A B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 2-69


005-196

A

005-197 Prohibit Combine Size JAM RAP A prohibited size combination was detected.

Initial Actions •

Refer to BSD 5.1.

B Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 3). Actuate the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor (PL 15.10). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).



Check the wire between J771 and J759 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.1 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J771 and J759 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 1). Actuate the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor (PL 15.10). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-222]. Actuate the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J772 and P/J759. P/J772 and P/J759 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J772 and P/J759. Check the wire between J772 and J759 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.1 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J772 and J759 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). A B Status Indicator Raps

005-197

February, 2008 2-70


A

005-198 Too Short Size JAM RAP The system detected a document with a length shorter than 115mm in the Slow Scan Direction.

Initial Actions •

Refer to BSD 5.4.

B Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3). Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).

Procedure Check the document size. The size of the document is within the specification. Y N Use a paper size within the specification.


Execute Component Control[005-205]. Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J769 and P/J758. P/J769 and P/J758 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J769 and P/J758.


Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 13/Flag 14). The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 13). Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J781 and P/J761. Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 2-71


005-198

005-199 Too Long Size JAM RAP

Y

The system detected a document with the following length in the Slow Scan Direction: •

Simplex mode: 672.4mm or longer

•

Duplex mode: 480.1mm or longer

Initial Actions •

N Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J781 and P/J761. Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Refer to BSD 5.4.

Procedure Check the document size. The size of the document is within the specification. Y N Use a paper size within the specification.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3). Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Execute Component Control[005-205]. Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J769 and P/J758. P/J769 and P/J758 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J769 and P/J758.


Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 13/Flag 14). The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 13). Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes.


005-199

February, 2008 2-72


005-275 DADF ROM Download Error

005-275 DADF Error

There is a download error in the DADF ROM PWB.

There is a processing error in the DADF PWB.

Procedure

Procedure

Switch off the power. Ensure the ROM is properly installed in the DADF PWB. Switch on the power.

Switch off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the P/Js on the DADF PWB. Switch on the power.

If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).


February, 2008 2-73


005-275, 005-275

005-280 DADF EPROM Failure RAP The DADF-EEPROM failed during the Read/Write operation.

005-284 DADF Auto Paper Selection Sensor Logic Failure RAP

Initial Actions

The combinations of outputs from the DADF APS 1 Sensor, DADF APS 2 Sensor and DADF APS 3 Sensor are abnormal.

•

Refer to BSD 3.5.

Procedure

Initial Actions

Check the connection of each DADF PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors.

•

Turn on the power again. [005-280] reoccurs. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Refer to BSD 5.4.

Procedure Execute Component Control[005-218]. Actuate the DADF APS 1 Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J777 and P/J761. P/J777 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J777 and P/J761. Check the wire between J777 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 7/Flag 8). The wire between J777 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 8). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 7). Actuate the DADF APS 1 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF APS 1 Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-219]. Actuate the DADF APS 2 Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J778 and P/J761. P/J778 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J778 and P/J761. Check the wire between J778 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 9/Flag 10). The wire between J778 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 10). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. A


005-280, 005-284

February, 2008 2-74


A Y

005-285 DADF Nudger Lift Up Failure RAP

N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 9). Actuate the DADF APS 2 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF APS 2 Sensor (PL 15.7).

After the DADF Nudger Motor started reverse rotation, the DADF Nudger Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.

Initial Actions •

Refer to BSD 5.2.

Procedure

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-220]. Actuate the DADF APS 3 Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J779 and P/J785. P/J779 and P/J785 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J779 and P/J785. Check the wire between J779 and J785 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 11/Flag 12). The wire between J779 and J785 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Manually operate the Feed Head mechanism. The Feed Head mechanism moves smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that are interfering with operation. Execute Component Control[005-225]. Actuate the DADF Nudger Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J788 and P/J786. P/J788 and P/J786 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J788 and P/J786. Check the wire between J788 and J786 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.2 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J788 and J786 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.



Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P785-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 11). Actuate the DADF APS 3 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF APS 3 Sensor (PL 15.7).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2 Flag 3). Actuate the DADF Nudger Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Nudger Sensor (PL 15.5).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-090]. The DADF Nudger Motor (PL 15.6) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J787 and P/J786. P/J787 and P/J786 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J787 and P/J786. Check the wire between J787 and J786 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.2 Flag 5). The wire between J787 and J786 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A


B

February, 2008 2-75


005-284, 005-285

A

B Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P786-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2 Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF Nudger Motor (PL 15.6). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).


005-286 DADF Feed Out Sensor Failure RAP During document transport, before the DADF Feed Out Sensor turned Off, the DADF Pre Registration Sensor turned Off.


Procedure Execute Component Control[005-205]. Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J769 and P/J758. P/J769 and P/J758 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J769 and P/J758. Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 13/Flag 14). The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 13). Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control [005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J781 and P/J761. Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. A


005-285, 005-286

February, 2008 2-76


A Y

N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3). Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).


February, 2008 2-77


005-286

005-305 CVT Feeder Cover Interlock Open (running) RAP

005-306 Tray Interlock Open RAP

The system detected that the DADF Interlock was opened while the DADF was running (RUN/ SUSPEND).

Tray Interlock Open during DADF operation detected.

Procedure Initial Actions •

To ensure that the Tray is Closed. Check the connections between the Tray Interlock Sensor and the DADF PWB. If OK, replace the Tray Interlock Sensor. If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Refer to BSD 1.3.

Procedure Check opening/closing of the Feeder Cover. The Feeder Cover can be opened/closed. Y N Reinstall the Feeder Cover correctly. Check installation of the DADF Interlock Switch. The DADF Interlock Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the DADF Interlock Switch correctly. Execute Component Control[005-212 DADF Interlock Switch]. Open and close the Feeder Cover. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J753, F1 and F2. P/J753, F1 and F2 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J753, F1 and F2. Check the wire between J753 and F1, and between J753 and F2 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.3 Flag 7/Flag 8). The wires between J753 and F1, and between J753 and F2 are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the conductivity of the DADF Interlock Switch (PL 15.7) between J753-2 and J7531 (BSD 1.3 Flag 7/Flag 8). The wire between J753-2 and J753-1 is connecting successfully when the DADF Interlock Switch contact is closed, and is insulated when the contact is opened. Y N Replace the DADF Interlock Switch (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).


005-305, 005-306

February, 2008 2-78


005-309 CVT L/H Interlock Open RAP

005-500 Downloader Failure RAP

CVT L/H Interlock Open while running.

Detected error while writing DADF-ROM. Cannot work normally because the contents of ROM have been erased.

Procedure Check the following: connector cables (connecting Interlock Switch and DADF-PWBA), or DADF-PWBA. •

For damage to the cover, repair or replace Feeder Cover as required

•

Connector between the Interlock Switch and the DADF PWB, repair or replace as required

•

The Interlock Switch for alignment or damage, align or replace the L/H Interlock Switch as required


Procedure Power Off/On. If it fails while retrying, replace DADF-ROM and upgrade with DLD method again. If the problem continues, reload the software.

February, 2008 2-79


005-309, 005-500

005-906 CVT Feed Sensor Static JAM RAP Paper remains on the DADF Feed Out Sensor.

Initial Actions •

Refer to BSD 5.4.

•

Remove the paper.

Procedure Execute Component Control[005-205 DADF Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J769 and P/J758. P/J769 and P/J758 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J769 and P/J758. Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 13/Flag 14). The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 13). Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).


005-906

February, 2008 2-80


005-907 CVT Pre-Registration Sensor Static JAM RAP Paper remains on the DADF Pre Registration Sensor.

Initial Actions •

Refer to BSD 5.4.

•

Remove the paper.

Procedure Execute Component Control[005-206 DADF Pre Registration Sensor]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J781 and P/J761. Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3). Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).


February, 2008 2-81


005-907

005-908 CVT Registration Sensor Static JAM RAP

005-909 DADF Lead Sensor Static Jam

Paper remains on the DADF Registration Sensor.

Lead Reg Sensor On detected at the timing below:

Initial Actions

1. Power On

•

Refer to BSD 5.4.

•

Remove the paper.

2. Feeder Cover Interlock Close

Procedure

3. Platen Interlock Close.

Execute Component Control[005-110 DADF Registration Sensor]. Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J782 and P/J761. P/J782 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J782 and P/J761.

Procedure If the problem occurs frequently, make sure that there is no obstacle blocking the light path on Lead Reg Sensor. Check the connections between the Lead Reg Sensor and the DADF PWB. If OK, replace the Lead Reg Sensor. If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Check the wire between J782 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J782 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 1). Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).


005-908, 005-909

February, 2008 2-82


005-910 DADF Out Sensor Static Jam

005-911 DADF Exit 1 Sensor Static Jam

Out Sensor On detected at the timing below:

Exit1 Sensor On detected at the timing below:

1. Power On

1. Power On





Procedure

Procedure

If the problem occurs frequently, make sure that there is no obstacle blocking the light path on Out Sensor. Check the connections between the Out Sensor and the DADF PWB. If OK, replace the Out Sensor. If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

If the problem occurs frequently, make sure that there is no obstacle blocking the light path on Exit1 Sensor. Check the connections between the Exit1 Sensor and the DADF PWB. If OK, replace the Exit1 Sensor. If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).


February, 2008 2-83


005-910, 005-911

005-912 DADF Exit 2 Sensor Static Jam

005-913 CVT Invert Sensor Static JAM RAP

Exit2 Sensor On detected at the timing below:

Paper remains on the DADF Invert Sensor.

1. Power On

Initial Actions


•

Refer to BSD 5.4.

•

Remove the paper.

Procedure


Procedure If the problem occurs frequently, make sure that there is no obstacle blocking the light path on Exit2 Sensor. Check the connections between the Exit2 Sensor and the DADF PWB. If OK, replace the Exit2 Sensor. If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Execute Component Control[005-211 DADF Invert Sensor]. Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J780 and P/J761. P/J780 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J780 and P/J761. Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J780 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 5). Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).


005-912, 005-913

February, 2008 2-84


005-914 DADF APS1, 2, 3, Sensor Static Jam

005-915 CVT APS No1 Sensor Static JAM RAP

APS1, 2, 3, Sensor On detected at the timing below:

Paper remains on the APS Sensor 1.

1. Power On

Initial Actions


•

Refer to BSD 5.4.

•

Remove the paper.

Procedure


Procedure If the problem occurs frequently, make sure that there is no obstacle blocking the light path on APS1, 2, 3, Sensor. Check the connections between the APS1, 2, 3, Sensor and the DADF PWB. If OK, replace the APS1, 2, 3, Sensor. If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Execute Component Control[005-218 DADF APS 1 Sensor]. Actuate the DADF APS 1 Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J777 and P/J761. P/J777 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J777 and P/J761. Check the wire between J777 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 7/Flag 8). The wire between J777 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 8). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 7). Actuate the DADF APS 1 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF APS 1 Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).


February, 2008 2-85


005-914, 005-915

005-916 CVT APS No2 Sensor Static JAM RAP Paper remains on the APS Sensor 2.

Initial Actions •

Refer to BSD 5.4.

•

Remove the paper.

Procedure Execute Component Control[005-219 DADF APS 2 Sensor]]. Actuate the DADF APS 2 Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J778 and P/J761. P/J778 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J778 and P/J761. Check the wire between J778 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 9/Flag 10). The wire between J778 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 10). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 9). Actuate the DADF APS 2 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF APS 2 Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).


005-916

February, 2008 2-86


005-917 CVT APS No3 Sensor Static JAM RAP

005-918 CVT Invert Sensor Static Jam RAP

Paper remains on the APS Sensor 3.

CVT Invert Sensor On detected at the timing below:

Initial Actions

1. Power On

•

Refer to BSD 5.4.

•

Remove the paper.


Procedure


Execute Component Control[005-220 DADF APS 3 Sensor]]. Actuate the DADF APS 3 Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J779 and P/J785. P/J779 and P/J785 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J779 and P/J785.

Procedure If the problem occurs frequently, make sure that there is no obstacle blocking the light path on CVT Invert Sensor. Check the connections between the CVT Invert Sensor and the DADF PWB. If OK, replace the CVT Invert Sensor. If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Check the wire between J779 and J785 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 11/Flag 12). The wire between J779 and J785 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P785-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 12). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P785-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 11). Actuate the DADF APS 3 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF APS 3 Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).


February, 2008 2-87


005-917, 005-918

005-919 DADF Tray Lift Up Failure RAP

005-940 DADF No Original Failure RAP

The following detected:

Removal of Documents detected.

With the document being set, Level Sensor does not turn On or Bottom Snr does not turn Off in a specified time from start of Tray Lift Up.

Procedure Follow instructions on the UI Screen

Detected except for During Run, during Stop, or during Purge.

Procedure Removal of set document cancels the fault. If it occurs frequently, check the Level Sensor, Tray Motor, Tray Drive Assembly, area for binding, damage, and/or debris. Check the connections between the Level Sensor and the DADF PWB. If OK, replace the Level Sensor. If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).


005-919, 005-940

February, 2008 2-88


005-941 DADF Not Enough Documents Failure RAP

005-942 Doc fault loading on DADF RAP

After all originals returned, shortage of documents detected.

Due to too many document sheets, no documents could not be fed.

Procedure

Initial Actions

Follow instructions on the UI Screen

Reduce the number of sheets and repeat the operation. Refer to BSD 5.2.

Procedure Manually operate the Feed Head mechanism. The Feed Head mechanism moves smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that are interfering with operation. Execute Component Control[005-225 DADF Nudger Sensor]. Actuate the DADF Nudger Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J788 and P/J786. P/J788 and P/J786 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J788 and P/J786. Check the wire between J788 and J786 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.2 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J788 and J786 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2 Flag 3). Actuate the DADF Nudger Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Nudger Sensor (PL 15.5). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-090]. The DADF Nudger Motor (PL 15.6) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J787 and P/J786. P/J787 and P/J786 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J787 and P/J786. Check the wire between J787 and J786 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.2 Flag 5). The wire between J787 and J786 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.


February, 2008 2-89


005-941, 005-942

A Y


Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P786-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2 Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF Nudger Motor (PL 15.6). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).


005-942

February, 2008 2-90


010-313 Control (Center) Thermistor Failure RAP BSD-ON:10.1 The Control (Center) Thermistor has an open circuit.

Initial Actions •

Power OFF/ON

Procedure Check the installation of the Fuser Unit. The Fuser Unit is securely installed. Y N Install the Fuser Unit securely. Check the resistance of the Center Thermistor between P600-5 and P600-6 (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/Flag 3). The resistance is 3k ohms or higher. Y N Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check the wire between P/J410 and J600 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J410 and J600 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


February, 2008 2-91


010-313

010-314 Rear Thermistor Failure RAP BSD-ON:10.1 The Rear Thermistor has an open circuit.

Initial Actions •

Power OFF/ON

Procedure Check the installation of the Fuser Unit. The Fuser Unit is securely installed. Y N Install the Fuser Unit securely. Check the resistance of the Rear Thermistor between J600-2 and J600-4 (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/ Flag 3). The resistance is 3k ohms or higher. Y N Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check the wire between P/J410 and J600 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J410 and J600 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


010-314

February, 2008 2-92


010-318 Hot-Sagging Recovery Failure RAP BSD-ON:4.1/10.1 The Rear Thermistor detected that the machine does not recover from Hot-Sagging in time.

Initial Actions •

Power OFF/ON

Procedure Check for paper on the Fuser. The Fuser has no paper wrapped round it. Y N Remove the paper. Check the installation of the Fuser Unit. The Fuser Unit is securely installed. Y N Install the Fuser Unit securely. Close the LH Cover and the Front Cover. Execute Component Control[071-036 Main Motor ON]. The Main Motor can be heard. Y N Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP). Check the resistance of the Rear Thermistor between J600-2 and J600-4 (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/ Flag 3). The resistance is 3k ohms or higher. Y N Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check the wire between P/J410 and J600 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J410 and J600 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). If the problem persists, replace the Power Unit (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


February, 2008 2-93


010-318

010-320 Heat Roll Over Temperature Failure RAP BSD-ON:10.1 •

The Control (Center) Thermistor detected a temperature higher than the specified value.

•

The Rear Thermistor detected a temperature higher than the specified value.

Procedure NOTE: When [010-320] occurs, NVM[744-220 FuserOverTemp]=1. After repair, change it to NVM[744-220 FuserOverTemp]=0. Check the resistance of the Control (Center) Thermistor between J600-5 and J600-6 (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/Flag 3). The resistance is 3k Ohms or higher. Y N Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check the resistance of the Rear Thermistor between J600-2 and J600-4 (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/ Flag 3). The resistance is 3k ohms or higher. Y N Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check the wire between P/J410 and J600 for a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J410 and J600 is conducting without a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the wire between P/J401 and P/J523 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 4). The wire between J401 and J523 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). If the problem persists, replace the Power Unit (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


010-320

February, 2008 2-94


010-327 Fuser On Time Failure RAP

Y

BSD-ON:10.1 •

After the Main Lamp turned On during warm up, the Control Thermistor did not detect READY temperature within the specified time.

•

After the Main Lamp turned On during standby, the Control Thermistor did not detect a specific temperature within the specified time.

•

After the Sub Lamp turned On during standby, the Control Thermistor did not detect a specific temperature within the specified time.

•

After the empty rotation started, the Control Thermistor did not detect the empty rotation finishing temperature within the specified time.

•

After the Main Lamp turned On during printing, the Control Thermistor did not detect a specific temperature within the specified time.

•

After the Sub Lamp turned On during printing, the Control Thermistor did not detect a specific temperature within the specified time.

N Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).

Check the resistance of the Rear Thermistor between J600-2 and J600-4 (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/ Flag 3)). The resistance is 3k ohms or higher. Y N Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check the wire between P/J410 and J600 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/Flag 3)). The wire between J410 and J600 conducts and is free of a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the wire between P/J607 and J600 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/Flag 3)). The wire between J607 and J600 conducts and if free of a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Initial Actions •

Voltage Supply

•

Indoor Temperature

Check the wire between P/J401 and P/J523 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 4). The wire between J401 and J523 conducts and if free of a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Procedure NOTE: When [010-327] occurs, NVM[744-220 FuserOverTemp]=1. After repair, change it to NVM[744-220 FuserOverTemp]=0.

Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). If the problem persists, replace the Power Unit (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check for paper on the Fuser. The Fuser has no paper wrapped round it. Y N Remove the paper. Check the installation of the Fuser Unit. The Fuser Unit is securely installed. Y N Install the Fuser Unit securely. Remove the Fuser Unit. Check the conductivity of the contact points of the Thermostat. The contact points are connected. Y N Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check the resistance of the Main Lamp between J600-3 and J600-7 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 1). The resistance of the Main Lamp is 100 ohms or lower. Y N Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check the resistance of the Sub Lamp between J600-1 and J600-7 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 1). The resistance of the Sub Lamp is 100 ohms or lower. Y N Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check the resistance of the Control (Center) Thermistor between J600-5 and J600-6 (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/Flag 3)). There is no open circuit in the Center STS and the resistance is 3k ohms or higher.


February, 2008 2-95


010-327

010-398 Fuser Lock Failure RAP

010-420 Fuser Near end of life RAP

BSD-ON:10.2

BSD-ON:10.3

The Fuser Fan failed.

The Fuser is near end of life.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

•

Power OFF/ON

•

•

Clear away foreign substances and dust accumulated at the exhaust.

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Turn on the power.

Turn on the power. Visually check the rotation of the Fuser Fan. The Fuser Fan is rotating. Y N Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J408-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Visually check the rotation of the Fuser Fan. The Fuser Fan is rotating. Y N Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J408-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Check the wire between P/J214-13 and P/J408-2 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.2 Flag 1). The wire between J214-13 and J408-2 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wires between MCU PWB and the Fuser Fan for an open or a short circuit (BSD 10.2 Flag 1/Flag 2/Flag 3/Flag 4). The wires between MCU PWB and the Fuser Fan conducts with less than a few ohms. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Fuser Fan (PL 4.2).

Measure the voltage between the Main Drive Assembly CN102-3 (+) and CN102-2 (-) (BSD 10. 2 Flag 2). The voltage is +24VDC. Y N Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). Replace the Fuser Fan (PL 4.2). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J408-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. 0VDC. Y N Measure the voltage between the Main Drive Assembly CN102-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Fuser Fan (PL 4.2).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J408-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. 0VDC. Y N Check the wire between the MCU PWB and the Fuser Fan for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.2 Flag 1/Flag 2/Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire conducts with less than a few ohms. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Fuser Fan (PL 4.2). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the wire between P/J214-14 and P/J408-1 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.2 Flag 4). The wire between J214-14 and J408-1 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


010-398, 010-420

February, 2008 2-96


010-421 Fuser end of life RAP BSD-ON:10.2 The Fuser is near end of life.

Initial Actions •

Power Off/On

•

Clear away foreign substances and dust accumulated at the exhaust.

Procedure Turn on the power. Visually check the rotation of the Fuser Fan. The Fuser Fan is rotating. Y N Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J408-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Check the wires between MCU PWB and the Fuser Fan for an open or a short circuit (BSD 10.2 Flag 1/Flag 2/Flag 3/Flag 4). The wires between MCU PWB and the Fuser Fan conducts with less than a few ohms. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Fuser Fan (PL 4.2). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J408-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. 0VDC. Y N Check the wire between the MCU PWB and the Fuser Fan for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.2 Flag 1/Flag 2/Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire conducts with less than a few ohms. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Fuser Fan (PL 4.2). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


February, 2008 2-97


010-421


010-421

February, 2008 2-98


A

012-132 (A-Finisher) Ent Sensor ON Jam BSD-ON:12.3 Finisher Entrance Sensor does not turn On within a specified time after receiving the Sheet Exit command (the sheet to be ejected has turned ON the IOT Exit Sensor 1).

Initial Actions •

Check that the Finisher Entrance Sensor is properly installed and free from foreign objects and that the actuator is not broken.

•

Power Off/On.

B Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8709-5 (+) and GND (-). Actuate the Finisher Entrance Sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Finisher Entrance Sensor (PL 22.5). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Procedure Check the specifications of paper. Paper is in spec. Y N Replace the paper with new paper that is in spec. Check the condition of the paper. The paper is in normal condition without any problem that causes the paper to be bent or caught. Y N Resolve any problem that causes the paper to be bent or caught. Check the transport path for a foreign object, deformed part, and paper dust. The transport path is in normal condition. Y N Repair the deformed part(s) and remove the foreign object(s) and paper dust. Check that the Finisher is installed properly. The Finisher is properly installed and properly connected to the IOT. Y N Reinstall the Finisher properly. Enter Component Control [012-140]. Actuate the Finisher Entrance Sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8709 and P/J8729. P/J8709 and P/J8729 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8709 and P/J8729 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8709 and J8729. The J8709 and J8729 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

wires

between

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8709-6 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.


February, 2008 2-99


012-132 (A-Finisher)

A

012-151 (A-Finisher) Compiler Exit Sensor OFF Jam

Y

BSD-ON:12.3

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8709-2 (+) and GND (-). Actuate the Compile Exit Sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Compile Exit Sensor (PL 22.5).

The Compile Exit Sensor does not turn Off within a specified time after it has turned On.

Initial Actions •

Check the Compile Exit Sensor is properly installed and free from foreign objects and that the actuator is not binding.

•

Power Off/On.

Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter Component Control [012-095]. The Finisher Transport Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8706 and P/J8739. P/J8706 and P/J8739 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8706 and P/J8739 securely.

Procedure Check the specifications of paper. Paper is in spec. Y N Replace the paper with new paper that is in spec. Check the condition of the paper. The paper is in normal condition without any problem that causes the paper to be bent or caught. Y N Resolve any problem that causes the paper to be bent or caught.

Check for an open or short circuit between J8706 and J8736. The wire between J8706 and J8736 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

Check the transport path for a foreign object, deformed part, and paper dust. The transport path is in normal condition with no foreign object, deformed part and paper dust. Y N Repair the deformed part(s) and remove the foreign object(s) and paper dust.

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8706-5 (+) and GND (-), and between Finisher PWB J8706-7 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit.

Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. The Transport Roll is in normal condition, not worn and deteriorated and with no paper dust. Y N Remove the paper dust and replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll. Check the drive mechanism to the Transport Roll for a deformed, broken part, and/or belt damage. The drive mechanism is free of defects. Y N Repair defects or damage to the drive mechanism. Enter Component Control [012-150]. Actuate the Compile Exit Sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8709 and P/J8728. P/J8709 and P/J8728 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8709 and P/J8728 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8709 and J8728. The J8728 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

wire

J8709

Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher Transport Motor (PL 22.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-013]. When the Sub Paddle Solenoid is turned On/Off, the Sub Paddle Shaft Assembly goes down/up. Y N Check the Sub Paddle mechanism for a deformed or broken part and not-seated gears. The Sub Paddle mechanism is free from defects and gears are seating properly. Y N Repair defeats to the Sub Paddle mechanism. Check the connections of P/J8705 and P/J8734. P/J8705 and P/J8734 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8705 and P/J8734 securely.

and Check for an open or short circuit between J8705 and J8734. The J8705 and J8734 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8709-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. A Status Indicator Raps


N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.

wires

between

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8705-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. B

February, 2008 2-100


B Y

N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the circuit is OK, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Enter [012-013], measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8705-2 (+) and GND (-). The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

012-152 (A-Finisher) Compiler Exit Sensor ON Jam BSD-ON:12.3 The Compile Exit Sensor does not turn On within a specified time after receiving the Sheet Exit command (the paper to be ejected has turned On the IOT Exit Sensor 1).

Initial Actions •

Check the Compile Exit Sensor is properly installed and free from foreign objects and that the actuator is not broken.

•

Power Off/On.

Replace the Sub Paddle Solenoid (PL 22.3). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Procedure Check the specifications of paper. Paper is in spec. Y N Replace the paper with new paper that is ins spec. Check the condition of the paper. The paper is in normal condition without any problem that causes the paper to be bent or caught. Y N Resolve any problem that causes the paper to be bent or caught. Check the transport path for a foreign object, deformed part, and paper dust. The transport path is in normal condition with no foreign object, deformed part and paper dust. Y N Repair the deformed part(s) and remove the foreign object(s) and paper dust. Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. The Transport Roll is in normal condition. Y N Remove the paper dust and replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll. Check the drive mechanism to the Transport Roll for a deformed parts, broken parts, and/or belt damage. The drive mechanism free from defects. Y N Repair defects or damage to the drive mechanism. Check that the Finisher is installed properly. The Finisher is properly installed and properly connected to the IOT. Y N Reinstall the Finisher properly. Enter Component Control [012-150]. Actuate the Compile Exit Sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8709 and P/J8728. P/J8709 and P/J8728 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8709 and P/J8728 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8709 and J8728. The 8709 and J8728 are OK.

wires between J




012-151 (A-Finisher), 012-152 (A-Finisher)

A Y

012-161 (A-Finisher) Set Eject Jam

N Repair the open or short circuit.

BSD-ON:12.3

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8709-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8709-2 (+) and GND (-). Actuate the Compile Exit Sensor. The voltage normally changes. Y N Replace the Compile Exit Sensor (PL 22.5). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-095]. The Finisher Transport Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8706 and P/J8739. P/J8706 and P/J8739 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8706 and P/J8739 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8706 and J8739. The wire between J8706 and J8739 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8706-5 (+) and GND (-), and J8706-7 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher Transport Motor (PL 22.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

In the Eject Motor’s ejecting operation, Eject Home Sensor ON was detected within a specified time after the start of the reverse operation of the Eject Motor. (The Eject Motor should have ejected paper, but returned Home earlier than specified.)

Initial Actions •

Check the Eject Home Sensor is properly installed, not broken, and has no foreign object.

•

Power Off/On.

Procedure Check the specifications of paper. Paper is in spec. Y N Replace the paper with new paper that is in spec. Check the condition of the paper. The paper is in normal condition without any problem that causes the paper to be bent or caught. Y N Resolve any problem that causes the paper to be bent or caught. Check the Eject mechanism for deformed parts, broken parts, and/or belt damage. The Eject mechanism free from defects. Y N Repair the Eject mechanism. Enter Component Control [012-252]. Block and unblock the Eject Home Sensor with a piece of paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8700 and P/J8725. P/J8700 and P/J8725 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8700 and P/J8725 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8700 and J8725. The J8700 and J8725 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.


wires

between

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-9 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-8 (+) and GND (-). Block and unblock the Eject Home Sensor with a piece of paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Eject Home Sensor (PL 22.10). A Status Indicator Raps


B



A

B Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Enter [012-054] and [012-056] alternately. The Eject Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8706 and P/J8741. P/J8706 and P/J8741 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8706 and P/J8741 securely.

012-211 (A-Finisher) Stacker Tray Fail BSD-ON:12.8 •

Within a specified time after the Stacker Tray started lifting up, the Stack Height Sensor did not detect the lifting up of the Stacker Tray.

•

Within a specified time after the Stacker Tray started going down at initialization and during a job, the lower position of the tray (Full) could not be detected based on the changes in the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 and the Stacker Stack Sensor 2.

Initial Actions Check for an open or short circuit between J8706 and J8741. The J8706 and J8741 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

wires

between

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8706-13 (+) and GND (-), and between J8706-15 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. Check the Eject Motor drive mechanism for deformed parts, broken parts, and/or belt damage The drive mechanism free from defects. Y N Repair defects or damage to the drive mechanism. Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

•

Check the Stack Height Sensor is properly installed, not broken, and has no foreign object.

•

Check the Stacker Stack Sensors 1 and 2 are properly installed and have no foreign objects and that their actuators are not broken.

•

Power Off/On.

Procedure Check the drive mechanism to the Stacker Tray for a deformed or broken part and not-seated gears. The mechanism is free from defects and the gears seat properly. Y N Repair the mechanism. Run DC330[012-267]. Enter Component Control [012-267]. Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8708 and P/J8727. P/J8708 and P/J8727 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8708 and P/J8727 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8708 and J8727. The wire between J8708 and J8727 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8708-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet 7.2.36 A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8708-2 (+) and GND (-). Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).





A Enter [012-278]. Block and unblock the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 by rotating the actuator. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8722. P/J8707 and P/J8722 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8707 and P/J8722 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8722. The J8707 and J8722 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

wires

between

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-6 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-5 (+) and (-). Block and unblock the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 by rotating the actuator. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 (PL 22.8). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-279]. Block and unblock the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 by rotating the actuator. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8721. P/J8707 and P/J8721 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8707 and P/J8721 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8721. The J8707 and J8721 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

wires

B Enter [012-060] and [012-061] alternately. The Stacker Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8711 and P/J8736. P/J8711 and P/J8736 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8711 and P/J8736 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8711 and P8736. The J8711 and P8736 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

wires

between

Enter [012-060], measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8711-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage changes. Y N Go to Wirenet 7.2.38 A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-061], measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8711-2 (+) and GND (-). The voltage changes. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open and short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

between

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-2 (+) and GND (-). Block and unblock the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 by rotating the actuator. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 (PL 22.8). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). B Status Indicator Raps




012-221 (A-Finisher) Front Tamper Home Sensor ON Fail BSD-ON:12.4 During the moving of the Front Tamper, when the Front Tamper Home Sensor was Off, to the home position, the Front Tamper Home Sensor did not detected turning On within a specified time after the Front Tamper started moving.

Initial Actions •

Check the Front Tamper Home Sensor is properly installed and has no foreign object and that the actuator is not broken.

•

Power Off/ON.

Procedure Check the Front Tamper for any foreign object, deformation and binding that prevents it from moving. The Front Tamper is defects and binding. Y N Repair the deformation and remove the foreign object(s) and the binding. Check the drive mechanism to the Front Tamper for a deformed or broken part and not-seated gears. The drive mechanism is free from defects and the gears seat properly. Y N Repair the Front Tamper mechanism.

A Enter [012-020] and [012-023] alternately. The Front Tamper Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8710, P/J8738A and P/J8738B. P/J8710 P/J8738A and P/J8738B are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8710, P/J8738A and P/J8738B securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8710, P/J8738A and J8738B. The between are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

wires

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8710-5 (+) and GND (-), and between J8710-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 22.10). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Run DC330[012-220]. Enter Component Control [012-220]. Move the Front Tamper by hand to block and unblock the Front Tamper Home Sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8700 and P/J8724. P/J8700 and P/J8724 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8700 and P/J8724 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8700 and J8724. The J8700 and J8724 are OK. Y N Repair the open wire or short circuit.

wires

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-6 (+) and GND (-). The approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.

between

voltage

is

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-5 (+) and GND (-). Move the Front Tamper by hand to block and unblock the Front Tamper Home Sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Front Tamper Home Sensor (PL 22.10). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230




A

012-223 (A-Finisher) Front Tamper Home Sensor OFF Fail BSD-ON:12.4 •

At the end of the operation to turn Off the Front Tamper Home Sensor that was On, the Front Tamper Home Sensor was not detected being Off.

•

The Front Tamper Home Sensor should have turned Off and then the Front Tamper Motor stopped, but the Front Tamper Home Sensor was On.

Initial Actions •

Check the Front Tamper Home Sensor is properly installed and has no foreign object and that the actuator is not broken.

•

Power Off/ON.


Enter [012-020] and [012-023] alternately. The Front Tamper Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8710, P/J8738A and P/J8738B. P/J8710, P/J8738A and P/J8738B are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8710, P/J8738A and P/J8738B securely. Check for an open wire or short circuit between J8710, P/J8738A and J8738B. The wire between J8710, P/J8738A and J8738B are OK. Y N Repair the open wire or short circuit.

Procedure Check the Front Tamper for any foreign object, deformation and binding that prevents it from moving. The Front Tamper free from defects and binding. Y N Repair the deformation and remove the foreign object(s) and the binding.

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8710-5 (+) and GND (-), and between J8710-7 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Check the drive mechanism to the Front Tamper for a deformed or broken part and not-seated gears. The drive mechanism is free from defects and the gears seat properly. Y N Repair the Front Tamper drive mechanism.

Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 22.10). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Run DC330[012-220]. Enter Component Control [012-220]. Move the Front Tamper by hand to block and unblock the Front Tamper Home Sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8700 and P/J8724. P/J8700 and P/J8724 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8700 and P/J8724 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8700 and J8724. The J8700 and J8724 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

wires


between

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-6 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-5 (+) and GND (-). Move the Front voltage Tamper by hand to block and unblock the Front Tamper Home Sensor. The changes. Y N Replace the Front Tamper Home Sensor (PL 22.10).





A

012-224 (A-Finisher) Rear Tamper Home Sensor OFF Fail BSD-ON:12.4 •

At the end of the operation of trying to turn Off the Rear Tamper Home Sensor that was On, the Rear Tamper Home Sensor was not detected being Off.

•

The Rear Tamper Home Sensor should have turned Off and then the Rear Tamper Motor stopped, but the Rear Tamper Home Sensor was On.

Initial Actions •

Check the Rear Tamper Home Sensor is properly installed and has no foreign object and that the actuator is not broken.

•

Power Off/ON.


Enter [012-026] and [012-029] alternately. The Rear Tamper Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8710, P/J8737A and P/J8737B. P/J8710, P/J8737A and P/J8737B are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8710, P/J8737A and P/J8737B securely. Check for an open wire or short circuit between J8710, P/J8737A and J8737B. The wire between J8710, P/J8737A and J8737B are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

Procedure Check the Rear Tamper for any foreign object, deformation and binding that prevents it from moving. The Rear Tamper is free from defects and binding. Y N Repair the deformation and remove the foreign object(s) and the binding. Check the drive mechanism to the Rear Tamper for a deformed or broken part and not-seated gears. The drive mechanism is in normal condition, not deformed or broken and with no not-seated gears. Y N Repair the Rear Tamper drive mechanism.

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8710-1 (+) and GND (-), and between J8710-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Repair the Rear Tamper Motor (PL 22.10). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Enter Component Control [012-221]. Move the Rear Tamper by hand to block and unblock the Rear Tamper Home Sensor. The display of changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8700 and P/J8726. P/J8700 and P/J8726 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8700 and P/J8726 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8700 and J8726. The J8700 and J8726 are OK. Y N Repair the open wire or short circuit.

wires

between

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-12 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-11 (+) and GND (-). Move the Rear voltage Tamper by hand to block and unblock the Rear Tamper Home Sensor. The changes. Y N Replace the Rear Tamper Home Sensor (PL 22.9).





012-259 (A-Finisher) Eject Home Sensor ON Fail

Y

BSD-ON:12.6 In the Eject Motor’s initializing operation and ejecting operation, one of the following is met. •

With the Eject Home Sensor Off, the Eject Motor started rotating in reverse direction. Within a specified time after that, the Eject Home Sensor was not detected turning On.

•

With the Eject Home Sensor Off, the Eject Motor started rotating in reverse direction. The Eject Home Sensor should have been detected turning On and then the Eject Motor stopped, but then the Eject Home Sensor was not On.

Initial Actions •

Check the Eject Home Sensor is properly installed, not broken and has no foreign object.

•

Power Off/ON.

N Check the connections of P/J8706 and P/J8741. P/J8706 and P/J8741 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8706 and P/J8741 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8706 and J8741. The J8706 and J8741 are OK. Y N Repair the open wire or short circuit.

wires

between

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8706-13 (+) and GND (-), and between J8706-15 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Procedure Check the Eject mechanism for a deformed or broken part and not-seated belts. The mechanism is free from defects and belt damage. Y N Repair the mechanism.

Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Run DC330[012-252]. Enter Component Control [012-252]. Block and unblock the Eject Home Sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8700 and P/J8725. P/J8700 and P/J8725 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8700 and P/J8725 securely. Check for an open wire or short circuit between J8700 and J8725. The wire between J8700 and J8725 is normally conductive with no open wire or short circuit. Y N Repair the open wire or short circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-9 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-8 (+) and GND (-). Block and unblock the Eject Home Sensor. The voltage changes Y N Replace the Eject Home Sensor (PL 22.10). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-054] and [012-056] alternately. The Eject Motor rotates.





012-263 (A-Finisher) Rear Tamper Home Sensor ON Fail BSD-ON:12.4 During the moving of the Rear Tamper from when the Rear Tamper Home Sensor was Off to the home position, the Rear Tamper Home Sensor was not detected turning On within a specified time after the Rear Tamper started moving.

Initial Actions •

Check the Rear Tamper Home Sensor is properly installed and has no foreign object and that the actuator is not broken.

•

Power Off/ON.

Procedure Check the Rear Tamper for any foreign object, deformation and binding that prevents it from moving. The Rear Tamper is free from defects and binding. Y N Repair the deformation and remove the foreign object(s) and the binding. Check the drive mechanism to the Rear Tamper for a deformed or broken part and not-seated gears. The drive mechanism is free from defects and gears seat properly. Y N Repair the Rear Tamper drive mechanism.

A Enter [012-026] and [012-029] alternately. The Rear Tamper Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8710, P/J8737A and P/J8737B. P/J8710, P/J8737A and P/J8737B are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8710, P/J8737A and P/J8737B securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8710, P/J8737A and J8737B. The between J8710, P/J8737A and J8737B are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

wires

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8710-1 (+) and GND (-), and between J8710-3 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Rear Tamper Motor (PL 22.10). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Enter Component Control [012-221]. Move the Rear Tamper by hand to block and unblock the Rear Tamper Home Sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8700 and P/J8726. P/J8700 and P/J8726 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8700 and P/J8726 securely. Check for an open wire or short circuit between J8700 and J8726. The wire between J8700 and J8726 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-12 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-11 (+) and GND (-). Move the Rear voltage Tamper by hand to block and unblock the Rear Tamper Home Sensor. The changes. Y N Replace the Rear Tamper Home Sensor (PL 22.9). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230




A

012-280 (A-Finisher) Eject Home Sensor OFF Fail BSD-ON:12.6 In the Eject Motor’s initializing operation and ejecting operation, the Eject Motor had rotated forward for a time corresponding to a specified qty of pulses since the Eject Home Sensor was On, and then the motor stopped, but then the Eject Home Sensor was not detected turning Off.

Initial Actions •

Check the Eject Home Sensor is properly installed, not broken and has no foreign object.

•

Power Off/ON.

B Check for an open or short circuit between J8706 and J8741. The J8706 and J8741 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

wires

between

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8706-13 (+) and GND (-), and between J8706-15 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Procedure Check the Eject mechanism for a deformed or broken part and not-seated belts. The mechanism is free from defects and belt damage. Y N Repair the mechanism.


Enter Component Control [012-252]. Block and unblock the Eject Home Sensor with a piece of paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8700 and P/J8725. P/J8700 and P/J8725 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8700 and P/J8725 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8700 and J8725. The J8700 and J8725 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

wires

between

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-9 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-8 (+) and GND (-). Block and unblock the Eject Home Sensor with a piece of paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Eject Home Sensor (PL 22.10). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-054] and [012-056] alternately. The Eject Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8706 and P/J8741. P/J8706 and P/J8741 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8706 and P/J8741 securely. A B Status Indicator Raps




A

012-283 (A-Finisher) Set Clamp Home Sensor ON Fail

Y

BSD-ON:12.7 In the initialize operations each at Power On, when Interlock closed and at the start of a job, and in the Set Clamp Motor’s ejecting operation, the Set Clamp Home Sensor was not detected turning On within a specified time after the start of the Set Clamp Motor operation.

Initial Actions •

Check the Set Clamp Home Sensor is properly installed and has no foreign object and that the actuator is not broken.

•

Power Off/ON.

Procedure Check the Set Clamp mechanism for a deformed or broken part and not-seated belts. The mechanism is free from defects and belt damage. Y N Repair the Set Clamp mechanism.

N Connect P/J8706 and P/J8740 securely.

Check for an open or short circuit between J8706 and J8740. The J8706 and J8740 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

wires

between

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8706-9 (+) and GND (-), and between J8706-11 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Set Clamp Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Enter Component Control [012-251]. Rotate the Set Clamp Shaft by hand to block and unblock the Set Clamp Home Sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8707, P/J8742B, P/J8742A and P/J8723. P/J8707, P/ J8742B, P/J8742A and P/J8723 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8707, P/J8742B, P/J8742A and P/J8723 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8742B, and between J8742A and J8723. The wires between J8707 and J8742B and between J8742A and J8723 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-9 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-8 (+) and GND (-). Rotate the Set voltage Clamp Shaft by hand to block and unblock the Set Clamp Home Sensor. The changes. Y N Replace the Set Clamp Home Sensor (PL 22.4). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-017]. The Set Clamp Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8706 and P/J8740. P/J8706 and P/J8740 are securely connected. A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230




A

012-284 (A-Finisher) Set Clamp Home Sensor OFF Fail

Y

BSD-ON:12.7 In the initialize operations each at Power On, when Interlock closed and at the start of a job, and in the Set Clamp Motor’s ejecting operation, the Set Clamp Home Sensor was not detected turning Off within a specified time after the start of the Set Clamp Motor operation.

Initial Actions •

Check the Set Clamp Home Sensor is properly installed and has no foreign object and that the actuator is not broken.

•

Power Off/ON.

Procedure Check the Set Clamp mechanism for a deformed or broken part and not-seated belts. The mechanism is free from defects and belt damage. Y N Repair the Set CLamp mechanism.

N Connect P/J8706 and P/J8740 securely.

Check for an open or short circuit between J8706 and J8740. The J8706 andJ8740 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

wires

between

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8706-9 (+) and GND (-), and between J8706-11 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Set Clamp Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Enter Component Control [012-251]. Rotate the Set Clamp Shaft by hand to block and unblock the Set Clamp Home Sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8707, P/J8742B, P/J8742A and P/J8723. P/J8707, P/ J8742B, P/J8742A and P/J8723 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8707, P/J8742B, P/J8742A and P/J8723 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8742B, and between J8742A and J8723. The wires between J8707 andJ8742B and between J8742A and J8723 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-9 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-8 (+) and GND (-). Rotate the Set Clamp Shaft by hand to block and unblock the acceptance surface of the Set Clamp Home Sensor. The voltage changes normally. Y N Replace the Set Clamp Home Sensor (PL 22.4). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-017]. The Set Clamp Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8706 and P/J8740. P/J8706 and P/J8740 are securely connected. A Status Indicator Raps




A

012-291 (A-Finisher) Stapler Fail BSD-ON:12.5 Within a specified time after the Staple Motor started rotating in reverse direction, the Staple Head Home Sensor was never detected turning On.

Initial Actions •

Check that the Staple Assembly and the Cartridge are properly installed, not broken and include no foreign objects.

•

Power Off/ON.

B Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB P/J8701-5 (+) and GND (-). Enter [012-046] and [012-047] alternately. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).


Procedure Enter Component Control [012-046] and [012-047] alternately. The Staple Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8705 and P/J8735. P/J8705 and P/J8735 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8705 and P/J8735 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8705 and J8735. The J8705 and J8735 are OK. Y N Repair the open wire or short circuit.

wires

between

Enter [012-046] and [012-047] alternately. Measure the voltages between Finisher PWB J8705-3, 4, 5, 6 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage changes. Y N Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7) Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4). Enter [012-046] and [012-047] alternately. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8701 and P/J8731. P/J8701 and P/J8731 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8701 and P/J8731 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8701 and J8731. The J8701 and J8731 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

wires

between

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8701-4 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.





012-301 (A-Finisher) Top Cover Interlock OPEN

Y

BSD-ON:12.1 The Top Cover Interlock Open was detected.

N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).


Initial Actions •

Check that the Top Cover can be opened and closed.

•

Check the Finisher Top Cover Interlock Sensor and the Finisher Top Cover Interlock +24V Switch are properly installed, not broken, and have no foreign objects

•

Power Off/ON.

Procedure Check the following; • Top Cover installation •

Finisher Top Cover Interlock Sensor for damage

•

Finisher Top Cover Interlock +24V Switch actuator for any damage

These parts are in normal condition. Y N Repair or replace any of the parts that has a defect. Enter Component Control [012-300]. Open and close the Top Cover to block and unblock the Finisher Top Cover Interlock Sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8701 and P/J8730. P/J8701 and P/J8730 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8701 and P/J8730 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8701 and J8730. The J8701 and J8730 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

wires

between

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8701-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8701-2 (+) and GND (-). Open and close the Top Cover to block and unblock the Finisher Top Cover Interlock Sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Finisher Top Cover Interlock Sensor (PL 22.3). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8702-1 (+) and GND (-). The approx. +24VDC. Status Indicator Raps


voltage

is



012-302 (A-Finisher) Front Cover Interlock OPEN

012-903 (A-Finisher) Paper Remains at Compiler Exit Sensor

BSD-ON:12.1

BSD-ON:12.3

The Front Cover Interlock Open was detected.

Initial Actions

•

At Power On, the Compile Exit Sensor detected paper.

•

While the Main Motor was operating at initialization at Power On, the Compile Exit Sensor detected paper. When the Cycle down operation at the end of a job was complete, the Compile Exit Sensor was On.

•


•

Check that the Finisher Front Interlock Switch is properly installed, not broken, and has no foreign object.

•

•

Power Off/ON.

Initial Actions

Procedure Check the following; • Front Cover installation •

hinges for any damage

•

Finisher Top Cover Interlock Sensor for any damage

Enter Component Control [012-302]. Open and close the Front Cover to turn On and Off the Finisher Front Interlock Switch. The display changes. Y N Connect the connections of P/J8702 and P/J8733. P/J8702 and P/J8733 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8702 and P/J8733 securely. wires

between

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8702-4 (+) and GND (-). Open and close voltage the Front Cover to turn On and Off the Finisher Front Interlock Switch. The changes. Y N Replace the Finisher Front Interlock Switch (PL 22.7). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8702-1 (+) and (-). The voltage +24VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit.

is

approx.


Check the Compile Exit Sensor is properly installed and free from foreign objects and that the actuator is not binding.

•

Power Off/ON.

Check for paper remaining on the Compile Exit Sensor and how it is installed. The sensor is properly installed with no paper left there. Y N Remove the remaining paper and reinstall the sensor properly. Run DC330[012-150]. Enter Component Control [012-150]. Actuate the Compile Exit Sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8709 and P/J8728. P/J8709 and P/J8728 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8709 and P/J8728. Check for an open or short circuit between J8709 and J8728. The J8709 and J8728 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

wires

between

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8709-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx.+5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8702-2 (+) and GND (-). Actuate the Compile Exit Sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Compile Exit Sensor (PL 22.5). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Launch Version

Check the power supply voltage at the customer site for a drop.

•

Procedure

Thee above parts are OK. Y N Repair or replace any of the parts that are defected.


•





012-935 (A-Finisher) Paper Remains at Ent Sensor BSD-ON:12.3 •

At Power On the Finisher Entrance Sensor detected paper.

•

While the Main Motor was operating at initialization at Power On, the Finisher Entrance Sensor detected paper.

•

When the Cycle down operation at the end of a job was complete, the Finisher Entrance Sensor was On.

Initial Actions •

Check the power supply voltage at the customer site for a drop.

•

Check the Finisher Entrance Sensor is properly installed and free from foreign objects and that the actuator is not binding.

•

Power Off/ON.

Procedure Check for paper remaining on the Finisher Entrance Sensor and how it is installed. The sensor is properly installed and free from paper. Y N Remove the remaining paper and reinstall the sensor properly. Enter Component Control [012-140]. Move the Finisher Entrance Sensor actuator by hand or with a piece of paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8709 and P/J8729. P/J8709 and P/J8729 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8709 and P/J8729 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8709 and J8729. The wire between J8709 and J8729 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. Measure the voltage between J8709-6 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between J8709-5 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Actuate the Finisher Entrance Sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Finisher Entrance Sensor (PL 22.5). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).





A

012-111 H-Transport Entrance Sensor Off JAM A RAP

Y

BSD-ON:12.14 After the H-Transport Entrance Sensor turned On, the H-Transport Entrance Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.

Initial Actions •

N Connect P/J8862 and J8987.

Check the wire between J8862 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.14). The wire between J8862 and J8987 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Power OFF/ON Measure the resistance of the H-Transport Motor between each point of J8862-1/2/5/6 (BSD 12.14). The resistance is approx. 20Ohm. Y N Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 23.4).

Procedure Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8861 and J8987. J8861 and J8987 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8861 and J8987.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8987-21/22/23/24 (+) and GND (-), (BSD 12.14). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 23.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Check the wire between J8861 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.14). The wire between J8861 and J8897 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14). Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Power OFF. Open the H-Transport Top Cover. Cheat the H-Transport Interlock Sensor. Power ON. The H-Transport Belt rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8862 and J8987. P/J8862 and J8987 are connected correctly. A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230



012-111

A

012-112 H-Transport Entrance Sensor On JAM A RAP

Y

BSD-ON:12.14 After the Engine Fuser Exit Sensor turned On, the H-Transport Entrance Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.

Initial Actions •






Check the wire between J8861 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.14). The wire between J8861 and J8897 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14). Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Power OFF. Open the H-Transport Top Cover. Cheat the H-Transport Interlock Sensor. Power ON. The H-Transport Belt rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8862 and J8987. P/J8862 and J8987 are connected correctly. A Status Indicator Raps

012-112



A

012-126 H-Transport Entrance. SNR OFF JAM B RAP

Y

BSD-ON:12.14 After the H-Transport Entrance Sensor turned On, the H-Transport Entrance Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.

Initial Actions




Procedure Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No foreign substances, distortion or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8861 and J8987. J8861 and J8987 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8861 and J8987.





012-126

A

012-131 H-Transport Entrance Sensor On JAM B RAP

Y


Initial Actions •






Check the wire between J8861 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.14). The wire between J8861 and J8897 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14). Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Power OFF. Open the H-Transport Top Cover. Cheat the H-Transport Interlock Sensor. Power ON. The H-Transport Belt rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8862 and J8987. P/J8862 and J8987 are connected correctly. A Status Indicator Raps

012-131



A

012-132 H-Transport Entrance Sensor On JAM RAP

Y


Initial Actions •









012-132

A

012-151 Compile Exit Sensor Off JAM RAP

Y

BSD-ON:12.16 After the Compile Exit Sensor turned On, the Compile Exit Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.

Initial Actions •

N Connect P/J8879 and P/J8983.


Power OFF/ON Measure the resistance of the Transport Motor (PL 23.13) wires between each point of J8879-1/2/5/6 (BSD 12.16). The resistance is approx. 20Ohm. Y N Replace the Transport Motor (PL 23.13).

Procedure Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[012-150 Compile Exit Sensor]. Actuate the Compile Exit Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8869 and P/J8988. J8869 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8869 and P/J8988.

Measure the voltage between each point of the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) P8983-9/10/11/ 12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Transport Motor (PL 23.13). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Check the wire between J8869 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.16). The wire between J8869 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16). Actuate the Compile Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Compile Entrance Sensor (PL 23.14). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Execute Component Control[012-038 Transport Motor ON]. The Transport Motor can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J8879 and P/J8983. P/J8879 and P/J8983 are connected correctly. A Status Indicator Raps

012-151



A

012-152 Compile Exit Sensor On JAM RAP

Y

BSD-ON:12.16 After the H-Transport Exit Sensor turned On, the Compile Exit Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.

Initial Actions •



Power OFF/ON Measure the resistance of the Transport Motor (PL 23.13) wires between each point of J8879-1/2/5/6 (BSD 12.16). The resistance is approx. 20Ohm. Y N Replace the Transport Motor (PL 23.13).

Procedure Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[012-150 Compile Exit Sensor]. Actuate the Compile Exit Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8869 and P/J8988. J8869 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8869 and P/J8988.

Measure the voltage between each point of the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) P8983-9/10/11/ 12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Transport Motor (PL 23.13). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Check the wire between J8869 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.16). The wire between J8869 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16). Actuate the Compile Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Compile Entrance Sensor (PL 23.14). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Execute Component Control[012-038 Transport Motor ON]. The Transport Motor can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J8879 and P/J8983. P/J8879 and P/J8983 are connected correctly. A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230



012-152

A

012-161 Finisher Set Eject JAM RAP BSD-ON:12.19/12.22 After the Eject Motor turned On, the Compile No Paper Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.

Initial Actions •

Power OFF/ON

Procedure Execute Component Control[012-151 Compile No Paper Sensor]. Actuate the Compile No Paper Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8880 and J8984. J8880 and J8984 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8880 and J8984.

B Measure the resistance of the Eject Motor between each point of J8878-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.22). The resistance is approx. 2Ohm. Y N Replace the Eject Motor (PL 23.11). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) J8983-5/6/7/8 (+) and GND (voltage is approx. ), and between P8846-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22). The +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Eject Motor (PL 23.11). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Check the wire between J8880 and J8984 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.19). The wire between J8880 and J8984 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19). Actuate the Compile Paper Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Compile Paper Sensor (PL 23.12). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[012-054 Eject Motor FORWARD LO] and Component Control[012-055 Eject Motor FORWARD HI]. The Eject Motor starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8878 and P/J8983. P/J8878 and P/J8983 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8878 and P/J8983. Check the wire between J8878 and J8983 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.22). The wire between J8878 and J8983 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.


012-161



A

012-211 Stacker Tray Failure RAP BSD-ON:12.24 After Stacker Tray started descending, the Stack Height Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-19 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Initial Actions •

Power OFF/ON

•

Remove obstructions under the tray.

•

Check the operation of the Stack Height Sensor actuator.

B Check the wire between J8874 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wire between J8874 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Procedure Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism. Y N Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[012-264 Stack Height Sensor 1]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8873 and P/J8988. J8873 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8873 and P/J8988. Check the wire between J8873 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wire between J8873 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-16 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-20 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor 2 (PL 23.11). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Control[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 23.7) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8986. P/J8986 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8986. Check the wires on P8986 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The on P8986 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

wires

Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 23.7). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-17 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor 1 (PL 23.11). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Execute Component Control[012-265 Stack Height Sensor 2]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8874 and P/J8988. J8874 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8874 and P/J8988. A B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230



012-211

A

012-212 Stacker Tray Upper Limit Failure RAP

Y

BSD-ON:12.24

Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 23.7). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

After the Stacker Tray started descending, the Stacker Upper Limit Sensor remained ON.

Initial Actions •

Power OFF/ON

•

Remove obstructions under the tray.


Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Procedure Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism. Y N Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[012-264 Stack Height Sensor 1]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8873 and P/J8988. J8873 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8873 and P/J8988. Check the wire between J8873 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wire between J8873 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-16 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-17 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor 1 (PL 23.11). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Control[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 23.7) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8986. P/J8986 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8986. Check the wires on P8986 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The on P8986 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. A Status Indicator Raps

012-212

wires



A

012-213 Stacker Tray Lower Limit Failure RAP BSD-ON:12.24

B Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 23.7). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).


Stacker descended lower than normal levels, below low limit height.

Initial Actions •

Power OFF/ON

Procedure Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism. Y N Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[012-264 Stack Height Sensor 1]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8873 and P/J8988. J8873 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8873 and P/J8988. Check the wire between J8873 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wire between J8873 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-16 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-17 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor 1 (PL 23.11). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Control[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 23.7) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8986. P/J8986 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8986. Check the wires on P8986 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The on P8986 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

wires



012-213

A

012-221 Front Tamper Home Sensor On Failure RAP BSD-ON:12.18/12.19 After the Front Tamper started moving to the home position, the Front Tamper Home Sensor did not turn On within 800ms.

Measure the resistance of the Front Tamper Motor between J8984-19 and each point of J8984-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.18). The resistance is approx. 750Ohm. Y N Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 23.12).

Initial Actions •

Power OFF/ON

•

Remove foreign substances in the Compiler Tray.


Procedure

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8984-19 and each point of J8984-1/3/4/ 6 (BSD 12.18). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Manually operate the Tamper mechanism. The Tamper mechanism moves smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that are interfering with operation. Execute Component Control[012-220 Front Tamper Home Sensor]. Actuate the Front Tamper Home Sensor with paper. The display changes. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8881 and J8984. J8881 and J8984 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8881 and J8984.

Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 22.10). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Check the wire between J8881 and J8984 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.19). The wire between J8881 and J8984 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19). Actuate the Front Tamper Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Front Tamper Home Sensor (PL 23.12). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[012-020 Front Tamper Motor FRONT ON] and Component Control[012-023 Front Tamper Motor REAR ON]. The Front Tamper Motor starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8884 and J8984. P/J8884 and J8984 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8884 and J8984.


012-221



A

012-223 Front Tamper Home Sensor Off Failure RAP BSD-ON:12.18/12.19 After the Front Tamper started moving away from the home position, the Front Tamper Home Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.


Initial Actions •

Power OFF/ON

•



Procedure


Manually operate the Tamper mechanism. The Tamper mechanism moves smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that are interfering with operation. Execute Component Control[012-220 Front Tamper Home Sensor]. Actuate the Front Tamper Home Sensor with paper. The display changes. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8881 and J8984. J8881 and J8984 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8881 and J8984.


Check the wire between J8881 and J8984 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.19). The wire between J8881 and J8984 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19). Actuate the Front Tamper Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Front Tamper Home Sensor (PL 23.12). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[012-020 Front Tamper Motor FRONT ON] and Component Control[012-023 Front Tamper Motor REAR ON]. The Front Tamper Motor starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8884 and J8984. P/J8884 and J8984 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8884 and J8984.




012-223

A

012-224 Rear Tamper Home Sensor Off Failure RAP BSD-ON:12.18/12.19 After the Rear Tamper started moving away from the home position, the Rear Tamper Home Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.


Initial Actions •

Power OFF/ON

•



Procedure


Manually operate the Tamper mechanism. The Tamper mechanism moves smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that are interfering with operation. Execute Component Control[012-221 Rear Tamper Home Sensor]. Actuate the Rear Tamper Home Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8882 and J8984. J8882 and J8984 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8882 and J8984.


Check the wire between J8882 and J8984 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.19). The wire between J8882 and J8984 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19). Actuate the Rear Tamper Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Rear Tamper Home Sensor (PL 23.12). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[012-026 Rear Tamper Motor FRONT ON] and Component Control[012-029 Rear Tamper Motor REAR ON]. The Rear Tamper Motor starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8883 and J8984. P/J8883 and J8984 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8883 and J8984.


012-224



012-231 Puncher Home Sensor ON Fail BSD-ON:15 The Puncher Home Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the Puncher Motor started running.

Initial Actions Check the following: • Puncher Home Actuator for deformation •

Puncher Home Sensor for proper installation

•

Puncher Home Sensor connectors

•

Puncher Motor for proper operation

•

Puncher Motor connectors

Procedure Enter Component Control [12-074] and [12-078], Puncher Motor (PL 23.5), alternately. Select Start. The Puncher Motor runs. Y N Select Stop. Check circuit of the Punch Motor. Refer to BSD 12.15 to troubleshoot the Circuit. Select Stop. Select [12-271], Puncher Home Sensor (PL 23.5). Select Start. Actuate the sensor with a piece of paper. The display changes. Y N Go to BSD 12.15. Check circuit of the Puncher Home Sensor. Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 23.16).




012-231

012-243 Booklet Folder Home Sensor ON Fail BSD-ON:12.17 Folder Home Sensor is not turned on after the lapse of 500ms from Motor ON while Booklet Knife is returning to Home.

Initial Actions •

The Folder Home Sensor for improper installation

•

The Folder Home Sensor connectors for connection failure

•

The Booklet Fold Knife Motor connectors for connection failure

•

The Knife drive mechanism for a foreign substance

Procedure Manually move the Booklet Tamper to both ends. Enter Component Control [013-022, Folder Knife Motor FWD] and [013-023, Folder Knife Motor REV] alternately. Select Start. The Booklet Folder Roll Motor energizes. Y N Select Stop. Check continuity between the Booklet Folder Knife Motor and the Booklet PWB and between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Booklet Folder Knife Motor (PL 23.15). If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). If the problem persists, replace Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Select Stop. Select [13-101, Folder Home Sensor]. Select Start. Block/unblock the Folder Home Sensor. The display changed. Y N Select Stop. Check continuity between the Folder Home Sensor and the Booklet PWB and between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Folder Home Sensor (PL 23.15). If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). If the problem persists, replace Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).


012-243



012-249 Booklet Front Stapler Fail

012-259 Eject Home Sensor ON Failure RAP

BSD-ON:12.17

BSD-ON:12.22

Booklet Staple Mot F cannot clinch properly; Booklet Staple Cam SW F detected not to turn on (return to Home position could not be completed) within designated time period after starting reverse motion.

- Eject Motor operated in reverse motion with Eject Clamp Home Sensor OFF; this sensor not detected to turn on subsequently within designated time period - Eject Motor operated in reverse motion with Eject Clamp Home Sensor OFF; this sensor not detected to be on upon stop after being detected to be on.

Procedure Manually move the Booklet Tamper to both ends. Enter Component Control [13-022] and [13023], Folder Knife Motor (PL 23.15), alternately. Select Start. The Folder Knife Motor energizes. Y N Select Stop. Check continuity between the Folder Knife Motor and the Booklet PWB and between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Folder Knife Motor (PL 23.15). If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). If the problem persists, replace Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Select Stop. Select [013-101], Folder Home Sensor (PL 23.15). Select Start. Block/ unblock the Folder Home Sensor. The display changed. Y N Select Stop. Check continuity between the Folder Home Sensor and the Booklet PWB and between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Initial Actions Power OFF/ON Remove foreign substances in the Eject mechanism.

Procedure Manually operate the Eject mechanism. The Eject mechanism moves smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that are interfering with operation. Execute Component Control[012-250 Eject Clamp Home Sensor]. Actuate the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8870 and P/J8988. J8870 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8870 and P/J8988. Check the wire between J8870 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.22). The wire between J8870 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Folder Home Sensor (PL 23.15). If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). If the problem persists, replace Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22). Actuate the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Eject Clamp Home Sensor (PL 23.11). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[012-054 Eject Motor FWD LO] and Component Control[012-055 Eject Motor FWD HI]. The Eject Motor (PL 22.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8878 and P/J8983. P/J8878 and P/J8983 are connected correctly. A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230



012-249, 012-259

A Y

012-260 Eject Clamp Home Sensor ON Failure RAP


BSD-ON:12.22


After the Eject Clamp started ascending, the Eject Clamp Home Sensor did not turn On within 500ms.

Initial Actions Power OFF/ON

Measure the resistance of the Eject Motor (PL 22.9) between each point of J8878-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.22). The resistance is approx. 2Ohm. Y N Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) P8983-5/6/7/8 (+) and GND () (BSD 12.22). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Remove foreign substances in the Eject Clamp mechanism.

Procedure Manually operate the Eject mechanism. The Eject mechanism moves smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that are interfering with operation. Execute Component Control[012-250 Eject Clamp Home Sensor]. Actuate the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8870 and P/J8988. J8870 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8870 and P/J8988. Check the wire between J8870 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.22). The wire between J8870 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22). Actuate the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Eject Clamp Home Sensor (PL 23.11). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[012-054 Eject Motor FWD LO] and Component Control[012-055 Eject Motor FWD HI]. The Eject Motor (PL 22.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8878 and P/J8983. P/J8878 and P/J8983 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8878 and P/J8983.

A Status Indicator Raps

012-259, 012-260

B



A

B Check the wire between J8878 and J8983 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.22). The wire between J8878 and J8983 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Eject Motor (PL 22.9) between each point of J8878-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.22). The resistance is approx. 2Ohm. Y N Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9).

012-263 Rear Tamper Failure RAP BSD-ON:12.19 After the Rear Tamper started moving to the home position, the Rear Tamper Home Sensor did not turn On within 800ms.

Initial Actions Power OFF/ON Remove foreign substances in the Compiler Tray.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) P8983-5/6/7/8 (+) and GND () (BSD 12.22). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Procedure Manually operate the Tamper mechanism. The Tamper mechanism moves smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that are interfering with operation. Execute Component Control[012-221 Rear Tamper Home Sensor]. Actuate the Rear Tamper Home Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8882 and J8984. J8882 and J8984 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8882 and J8984. Check the wire between J8882 and J8984 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12. The wire between J8882 and J8984 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19). Actuate the Rear Tamper Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Rear Tamper Home Sensor (PL 23.12). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[012-026 Rear Tamper Motor FRONT ON] and Component Control[012-029 Rear Tamper Motor REAR ON]. The Rear Tamper Motor starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8883 and J8984. P/J8883 and J8984 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8883 and J8984.


B



012-260, 012-263

A


012-265 Booklet Folder Home Sensor OFF Fail When the Booklet Home moves from Home position, the Folder Home Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time.

Initial Actions


•

The Folder Home Sensor for improper installation

•

The Folder Home Sensor connectors for connection failure


Procedure


•

The Booklet Fold Knife Motor connectors for connection failure

•

The Knife drive mechanism for a foreign substance

Manually move the Booklet Tamper to both ends. Enter Component Control [013-022, Folder Knife Motor FWD] and [013-023, Folder Knife Motor REV] alternately. Select Start. The Booklet Folder Roll Motor energizes. Y N Select Stop. Check continuity between the Booklet Folder Knife Motor and the Booklet PWB and between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Booklet Folder Knife Motor (PL 23.15). If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). If the problem persists, replace Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Select Stop. Select [13-101, Folder Home Sensor]. Select Start. Block/unblock the Folder Home Sensor. The display changed. Y N Select Stop. Check continuity between the Folder Home Sensor and the Booklet PWB and between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Folder Home Sensor (PL 23.15). If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). If the problem persists, replace Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).


012-263, 012-265



012-268 Booklet Rear Stapler Fail

012-269 Booklet Sub-CPU Communications Fail

BSD-ON:12.27

Communications between the Finisher PWB and the Booklet PWB Failed

Booklet Stapler Assembly (Rear), cannot clinch properly; Booklet Rear Staple Home Switch detected not to turn on (return to Home position could not be completed) within designated time period after starting reverse motion.

Initial Actions •

Check the connectors at the Finisher PWB and the Booklet PWB are connected or seated properly

Procedure

•

Check the wiring between the Finisher PWB and the Booklet PWB for damage

Execute Component Control[012-026 Rear Staple Motor (FWD) and 012-027 Rear Staple Motor (REV)] alternately. The motor energizes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995. P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/ J8995 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995.

Procedure


Power OFF and Power ON the Printer. The problem is resolved. Y N Reload the Software. The problem is resolved. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). Rerun the job. Rerun the job.

Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB of each P8995-8/9/10/11 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.27). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Select Stop. Select [013-142 Rear Staple Home Switch] Select Start. Actuate the Rear Staple Home Switch. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995. P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/ J8995 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995. Check the wire between J8895 and J8995 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.27). The wire between J8895 and J8995 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB P8995-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.27). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230



012-268, 012-269

A

012-282 Eject Clamp Home Sensor Off Failure RAP BSD-ON:12.22 After the Eject Clamp started descending, the Eject Clamp Home Sensor did not turn Off within 200ms.

Measure the resistance of the Eject Motor (PL 22.9) between each point of J8878-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.22). The resistance is approx. 2Ohm. Y N Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9).

Initial Actions •

Power OFF/ON

•



Procedure

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) P8983-5/6/7/8 (+) and GND () (BSD 12.22). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Manually operate the Eject mechanism. The Eject mechanism moves smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that are interfering with operation. Execute Component Control[012-250 Eject Clamp Home Sensor]. Actuate the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8870 and P/J8988. J8870 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8870 and P/J8988.

Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Check the wire between J8870 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.22). The wire between J8870 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22). Actuate the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Eject Clamp Home Sensor (PL 23.11). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[012-054 Eject Motor FWD LO] and Component Control[012-055 Eject Motor FWD HI]. The Eject Motor (PL 22.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8878 and P/J8983. P/J8878 and P/J8983 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8878 and P/J8983.


012-282



A

012-283 Set Clamp Home Sensor On Failure RAP BSD-ON:12.23 After the Set Clamp started operation, the Set Clamp Home Sensor did not turn On within 200ms.


Initial Actions •

Power OFF/ON

•



Procedure

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) P8983-5/6/7/8 (+) and GND () (BSD 12.22). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Manually operate the Eject mechanism. The Eject mechanism moves smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that are interfering with operation. Execute Component Control[012-251 Set Clamp Home Sensor]. Actuate the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8871 and P/J8988. J8871 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8871 and P/J8988.

Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Check the wire between J8871 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.22). The wire between J8871 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-11 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22). Actuate the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Eject Clamp Home Sensor (PL 23.11). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[012-054 Eject Motor FWD LO] and Component Control[012-055 Eject Motor FWD HI]. The Eject Motor (PL 22.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8878 and P/J8983. P/J8878 and P/J8983 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8878 and P/J8983.




012-283

A

012-284 Set Clamp Home Sensor Off Failure RAP BSD-ON:12.22/12.23 After the Set Clamp completed operation, the Set Clamp Home Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.


Initial Actions •

Power OFF/ON

•


Procedure Manually operate the Eject Clamp mechanism. The Eject smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.

Clamp


mechanism

moves

Execute Component Control[012-251 Set Clamp Home Sensor]. Actuate the Set Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8871 and P/J8988. J8871 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8871 and P/J8988. Check the wire between J8871 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.23). The wire between J8871 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.23). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-11 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.23). Actuate the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Eject Clamp Home Sensor (PL 23.11).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) P8983-5/6/7/8 (+) and GND () (BSD 12.22). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Execute Component Control[012-050 Set Clamp Clutch ON]. The Set Clamp Clutch (PL 23.11) starts operating. Y N Check the connections of P/J8877 and P/J8983. P/J8877 and P/J8983 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8877 and P/J8983. Check the wire between J8877 and J8983 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.23). The wire between J8877 and J8983 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) P8983-4 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Set Clamp Clutch (PL 23.11). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[012-054 Eject Motor FWD LO] and Component Control[012-055 Eject Motor FWD HI]. The Eject Motor (PL 22.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8878 and P/J8983. P/J8878 and P/J8983 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8878 and P/J8983.


012-284



A

012-291 Stapler Failure RAP BSD-ON:12.26/12.27 •

After the Stapler Motor turned On (Forward rotation), the system did not detect that the Staple Head Home Sensor switched from Off to On within the specified time.

•

After the Stapler Motor turned On (Reverse rotation), the Staple Head Home Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.

B Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB P8894-5, P8895-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.26/27). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Initial Actions •

Power OFF/ON

Procedure Execute Component Control[012-024 Front Staple Motor (FWD) and 012-025 Front Staple Motor (REV) or 012-026 Rear Staple Motor (FWD) and 012-027 Rear Staple Motor (REV)] alternately. The motor energizes. Y N Check the connections of (Front Stapler Motor J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or (Rear Stapler Motor P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995). Connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or (Rear Stapler Motor P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995) Check the wire between J8894, J8895 and J8995 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.26/27). The wire between J8894, J8895 and J8995 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB of each P8894, P8995-8/9/10/11 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.26/27). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Select Stop. Select [013-141 Front Staple Home Switch or 013-142 Rear Staple Home Switch] Select Start. Actuate the Front/Rear Staple Home Switch. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of (Front Staple Home Switch J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or (Rear Staple Home Switch P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995). Connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect (Front Staple Home Switch J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or (Rear Staple Home Switch P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995) Check the wire between J8894, J8895 and J8995 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.27). The wire between J8894, J8895 and J8995 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.




012-291

A

012-295 Staple Move Sensor On Failure RAP BSD-ON:12.20 •

After the Stapler started moving to the Staple Position and the Stapler Move Position Sensor turned Off, the Staple Move Sensor did not turn On within 2sec.

•

After the Stapler completed moving to the Staple Position, the Stapler Move Position Sensor did not turn On.

Initial Actions •

Power OFF/ON

•

Check the Stapler movement mechanism.

Procedure Execute Component Control[013-144 Stapler Move Position Sensor]. Actuate the Staple Move Position Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8898 and J8891, P/J8994 and J8985. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors.

B Check the wire between J8906 and J8992 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.20). The wire between J8906 and J8992 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Staple Move Motor between each J 8992-1/2/5/6 and each GND (BSD 12.20). The resistance is approx. 10Ohm. Y N Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 23.8). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8985-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.20). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 23.8 ). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).


Check the wire between J8898 and J8985 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.20). The wire are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8891-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.20). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8985-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.20). Actuate the Staple Move Position Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB p8991-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.20). Actuate the Staple Move Position Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Staple Move Position Sensor (PL 23.18). Check the wire between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB for an open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[013-028 Staple Move Motor IN and Component Control[013-029 Staple Move Motor OUT]. The Stapler Move Motor (PL 23.8) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8906, P/J8992 and P/J8896. Connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. A B Status Indicator Raps

012-295



A

012-296 Staple Move Sensor Off Failure RAP

Y

BSD-ON:12.20 •

After the Stapler started moving to the Staple Position and the Staple Move Sensor turned Off, the Staple Move Sensor did not turn Off within 500ms.

•

After the Staple Position had been fixed, the Staple Move Sensor turned Off.

•

After the Staple Move Sensor turned On when paper passed through the Dual Staple 1 Position while moving to the Rear Staple Position, the Staple Move Sensor did not turn Off within 500ms.

Initial Actions •

Power OFF/ON

•

Check the Stapler movement mechanism.

Procedure Execute Component Control[013-144 Stapler Move Position Sensor]. Actuate the Staple Move Position Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8898 and J8891, P/J8994 and J8985. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors.

N Connect the connectors.

Check the wire between J8906 and J8992 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.20). The wire between J8906 and J8992 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Staple Move Motor between each J 8992-1/2/5/6 and each GND (BSD 12.20). The resistance is approx. 10Ohm. Y N Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 23.8). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8985-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.20). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 23.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Check the wire between J8898 and J8985 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.20). The wire are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8891-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.20). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8985-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.20). Actuate the Staple Move Position Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB p8991-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.20). Actuate the Staple Move Position Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Staple Move Position Sensor (PL 23.18). Check the wire between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB for an open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[013-028 Staple Move Motor IN and Component Control[013-029 Staple Move Motor OUT]. The Stapler Move Motor (PL 23.8) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8906, P/J8992 and P/J8896. Connectors are connected correctly. A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230



012-296

012-300 Eject Cover Open BSD-ON:12.12 Eject Cover Switch open was detected.

Initial Actions •

Ensure that the Eject Cover is down

•

Check Eject Cover Switch for improper installation

•

Check Eject Cover Switch connectors for connection failure

•

Check Actuator part for deformation

Procedure Enter Component Control [012-300], Eject Cover Switch (PL 23.11). Select Start. Actuate the Eject Cover Switch. The display changes Y N Select Stop. Check continuity of the Eject Cover Switch. The continuity check is OK. Y N Replace the Eject Cover Switch (PL 23.11). Check continuity between the Eject Cover Switch and the Finisher PWB. If the check is OK, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).


012-300



012-302 Finisher Front Cover Open RAP BSD-ON:12.12 The Finisher Front Cover is open.

Initial Actions •

power OFF/ON

•

Opening/closing of the Finisher Front Cover.

Procedure Check opening/closing of the Finisher Front Cover. The Finisher Front Cover can be opened/closed. Y N Reinstall the Finisher Front Cover correctly. Check the installation of the Front Door Interlock Switch. The Front Door Interlock Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Front Door Interlock Switch correctly. Execute Component Control[012-302 Front Door Interlock Switch]. Open/close the Finisher Front Cover. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8891 and J8982. J8891 and J8982 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8891 and J8982. Check the wire between J8891 and J8982 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.12. The wire between J8891 and J8982 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the conductivity of the Front Door Interlock Switch between J8982-8 and J8982-4 (BSD 12.12). The wire between J8982-8 and J8982-4 is connecting successfully when the Front Door Interlock Switch contact is closed, and is insulated when the contact is opened. Y N Replace the Front Door Interlock Switch (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).




012-302

012-303 Finisher H-Transport Cover Open RAP

012-334 Download Mode Failure RAP

BSD-ON:12.14

Failure in previous download (abnormal termination during download); can only start in Download Mode upon turning power on.

The Finisher H-Transport Cover is open.

Procedure Initial Actions •

Power OFF/ON

•

Opening/closing of the Finisher H-Transport Cover.

Download defective; check the following:

Procedure

•

Cable connection between Finisher and IOT is not connected or defective

•

Finisher power cable is plugged in properly

Check opening/closing of the Finisher H-Transport Cover. The Finisher H-Transport Cover can be opened/closed. Y N Reinstall the Finisher H-Transport Cover correctly. Check the installation of the H-Transport Interlock Sensor. The H-Transport Interlock Sensor is installed correctly. Y N Install the H-Transport Interlock Sensor correctly. Execute Component Control[012-303 H-Transport Interlock Sensor]. Open and close the Finisher H-Transport Cover. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8860 and J8987. J8860 and J8987 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8860 and J8987. Check the wire between J8860 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.14). The wire between J8860 and J8987 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the H-Transport Interlock Sensor (PL 23.4). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14). Open and close the Finisher H-Transport Cover. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the H-Transport Interlock Sensor (PL 23.4). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


012-303, 012-334



012-500 Download Failure RAP

012-700 Punch Dust Nearly Full RAP

Detected error while writing to Finisher ROM.

Punch Dust Tray nearly full.

Proper operation not available since ROM may have been erased.

Procedure

Procedure

Empty the Punch Dust Tray.

Retry download. If the problem continues, replace the FInisher ROM (PL 23.16).




012-500, 012-700

012-901 Finisher H-Transport Entrance Sensor Static JAM RAP BSD-ON:12.14 Paper remains on the H-Transport Entrance Sensor.

Initial Actions •

Remove foreign substances on the sensor.

•

Power OFF/ON

Procedure Execute Component Control[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8861 and J8987. J8861 and J8987 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8861 and J8987. Check the wire between J8861 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.14). The wire between J8861 and J8897 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14). Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).


012-901



012-903 Paper Remains at Compiler Exit Sensor RAP BSD-ON:12.16 Paper remains on the Compiler Exit Sensor.

Initial Actions Remove foreign substances on the sensor. Power OFF/ON

Procedure Execute Component Control[012-150 Compile Exit Sensor]. Actuate the Compiler Exit Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8868 and P/J8988. J8868 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8868 and P/J8988. Check the wire between J8868 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.16). The wire between J8868 and J8888 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16). Actuate the Compiler Exit Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Compiler Exit Sensor (PL 23.14). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).




012-903

012-905 Compile Paper Sensor Static JAM RAP BSD-ON:12.16 Paper remains on the Compile Paper Sensor.

Initial Actions •


•

Power OFF/ON

Procedure Execute Component Control[012-150 Compile Exit Sensor]. Actuate the Compiler Exit Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8868 and P/J8988. J8868 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8868 and P/J8988. Check the wire between J8868 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.16). The wire between J8868 and J8888 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16). Actuate the Compiler Exit Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Compiler Exit Sensor (PL 23.14). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).


012-905



012-923 H-Transport Entrance SNR static JAM B RAP

012-935 Paper at Xport Entrance Sensor

BSD-ON:12.14

BSD-ON:12.16

During standby, paper was detected by the H-Transport Entrance Sensor.

Control logic reports paper at the Xport Entrance Sensor.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions


•

Check for obstructions in the paper path

•

Check that the Finisher is dock correctly to ensure proper Transport Gate operation

Power OFF/ON

Procedure

Procedure

Enter Component Control [012-100], Finisher Entrance Sensor. Select Start. Actuate the Finisher Entrance Sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8869 and P/J8988. J8869 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8869 and P/J8988.

Execute Component Control[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8861 and J8987. J8861 and J8987 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8861 and J8987. Check the wire between J8861 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.14). The wire between J8861 and J8987 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14). Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Check the wire between J8861 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.14). The wire between J8861 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16). Actuate the Finisher Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Finisher Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).





012-923, 012-935

012-949 Punch Waste Bin Missing RAP Punch Waste Bin Set Snr detected Punch Box to be missing.

Initial Actions •

Ensure that the Puncher Waste Bin is present and installed properly

•

The Puncher Waste Bin Set Sensor for improper installation

•

The Puncher Waste Bin Set Sensor connectors for connection failure

•

The Puncher Waste Bin Actuator part for deformation and damage

•

The Guide for deformation

•

The Guide for a foreign substance

Procedure Enter Component Control [14-275], Puncher Box Set Sensor (PL 23.5). Select Start. Remove and insert the Puncher Waste Bin manually. The display changes Y N Select Stop. Check continuity between the Puncher Box Set Sensor and Finisher Main PWB. The continuity check is OK. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Puncher Box Set Sensor (PL 23.5). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Check the Puncher Waste Box Actuator and Guide for deformation. The Puncher Waste Bin can be removed and inserted properly. Y N Repair or replace the Puncher Waste Bin (PL 23.5). Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).


012-949



013-210 Booklet Staple Move Home SNR ON Fail RAP

013-211 Booklet Staple Move Home SNR OFF Fail RAP

BSD-ON:12.25

BSD-ON:12.25

Booklet Staple Move Home SNR does not turn on within designated time period

Booklet Staple Move Home SNR does not turn off within designated time period

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Ensure the Staple Head is free from obstructions


Procedure

Procedure

Check the Staple Move Home Sensor for the following:

Check the Staple Move Home Sensor for the following:

•

wiring

•

wiring

•

connections

•

connections

•

operation

•

operation

•

voltage

•

voltage




013-210, 013-211

013-212 Booklet Staple Move Position SNR ON Fail RAP

013-213 Booklet Staple Move Position SNR OFF Fail RAP

BSD-ON:12.25

Booklet Staple Move Position SNR does not turn off within designated time period

Booklet Staple Move Position SNR does not turn on within designated time period

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On



Procedure

Procedure Check the Staple Move Home Sensor for the following:

Check the Staple Move Home Sensor for the following: •

wiring

•

connections

•

wiring

•

operation

•

connections

•

voltage

•

operation

•

voltage


013-212, 013-213



013-220 Booklet Fold Detect Fail RAP

013-306 Booklet Safety SW Open RAP

BSD-ON:12.17

BSD-ON:12.13

Upon turning power on, a problem is detected in Booklet Unit or Fold Unit

Upon turning power on, a problem is detected in Booklet Unit or Fold Unit

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Ensure the Cover is closed

Procedure

Procedure

Check the Book Folder for the following:

Check the Booklet Safety Switch for the following:

•

operation

•

wiring

•

binding

•

connections

•

ware

•

operation

•

debris

•

voltage




013-220, 013-306

013-307 Booklet Cover Open RAP BSD-ON:12.13 Upon turning power on, a problem is detected in Booklet Unit or Fold Unit

Initial Actions Ensure the Cover is closed

Procedure Check the Booklet Cover Switch for the following: •

wiring

•

connections

•

operation

•

voltage


013-307



016-210 Software Option (HDD Error) RAP

016-211 Software Option (System Memory Low) RAP

One of the Software option functions cannot be executed due to a HDD error or the HDD is not installed.

One of the Software option functions cannot be executed due to insufficient System Memory capacity.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Check HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2).

Refer customer to following User Guide headings to check memory usage:

If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists, replace the HDD (PL 9.2).


•

Allocate Memory

•

Memory Settings

•

Covers

•

Mailbox Screen

•

Properties

•

Properties Features

•

Data Encryption

•

Memory Full Procedure

•

Maximum Stored Pages



016-210, 016-211

016-212 Software Option (Page Memory Low) RAP

016-213 Software Option (Printer PWB) RAP

One of the Software option functions cannot be executed due to insufficient Page Memory capacity.

BSD-ON:16.1

Initial Actions Power Off/On

Procedure

One of the Software option functions cannot be executed due to a PRT_CARD error or PRT_CARD not installed.

Procedure Check installation of the Printer PWB (PL 9.2)

Refer customer to following User Guide headings to check memory usage: •

Allocate Memory

•

Memory Settings

•

Properties

•

Properties Features

•


•

Mailbox Screen

•

Data Encryption

•


•

Covers


016-212, 016-213



016-214 Serial Number Mismatch RAP

016-215 Software Option RAP

The Serial Numbers are not in sync.

Functions such as scanner cannot be executed due to an option PWB error.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Go to GP 4.

Check installation and electrical connections of PWBs on PL 9.1 and PL 9.2.




016-214, 016-215





Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure




016-216 , 016-217



016-218 PS KIT Not Exist for XDOD RAP




Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Install the PS Kit, check with System Administrator for availability of the Kit.





016-218 , 016-219

016-220 S2X Unrecoverable Error RAP

016-221 S2X Communication Error RAP

Unrecoverable error sent by S2X.

S2X communication error.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

If operation is not normal, replace S2X board.



016-220, 016-221



016-222 S2X self-diag error RAP

016-223 S2X SDRAM Error RAP

S2X self-diag error.

S2X SDRAM Error.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure


Remove then reinsert SDRAM memory to check for proper install. If the problem continues, replace S2X PWBA.




016-222, 016-223

016-224 S2X PCI Reg Error RAP

016-225 S2X ROM CheckSum Error RAP

S2X failed to access Internal PCI space.

S2X failed in ROM Checksum test.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Remove then reinsert SDRAM memory to check for proper install. If the problem continues, replace S2X PWBA.

Replace S2X board.


016-224, 016-225



016-226 S2X IIT Connection Error RAP

016-227 S2X DDR Error RAP

S2X cannot detect Video Clock sent from IIT.

S2X failed in Internal DDR Memory Write/Read Test.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

(1) Check IISS-S2X cable for disconnection.

Replace S2X board.

(2) If NG, replace the cable. (3) If still NG., to replace S2XIF Board. (4) If still NG after (3) above is complete, to replace Ext Board. (5) If still NG after (4) above is complete, to replace S2X Board.




016-226, 016-227

016-228 S2X Image Processing Error RAP

016-240 S2X NVM CheckSum Fail RAP

S2X failed in comparison of expected value of High-compression processing result obtained by using Internal Test Pattern.

S2X failed in NVM Checksum test.

Initial Actions Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure

Replace S2X PWBA. (NVM memory is loaded directly to Board.)

Remove/insert SDRAM memory to check if it is securely mounted. If the problem continues, replace S2X PWBA.


016-228, 016-240



016-310 ssmm Job Log Full RAP

016-311 Scanner Install RAP

Job log file is not obtained from external application (AWAYS) and the files over specified limit (280 files) are stored.

The system detected that the scanner is not installed.

Procedure Initial Actions

Check the electrical connections between the IIT and the ESS.

Power Off/On after receiving job log file (GetJobLog) from external application (AWAYS) via SSM.

Ensure ribbon cable is connected to P/J 320 on ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

Procedure

NOTE: FAX may be removed for access (PL 9.2)

Obtain job log file (GetJobLog) from external application (AWAS) via SSMI. After that, Power OFF/ON.

If the problem persists, check the connections on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3)




016-310, 016-311

016-315 IIT Interface RAP

016-316 Page Memory Not Detected RAP

BSD-ON:6.2

The system detected that the Page Memory (Standard) of the scanner was not installed.

An error was detected in the IF between the IIT and the IOT.


Procedure Check the connection of each connector between the IIT and the IOT.

Procedure

Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Ensure P/J’s on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) and the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) are securely connected. Check the installation of the Printer PWB if present.


016-315, 016-316



016-317 Page Memory Error- Standard RAP

016-318 Page Memory Error- Option RAP

The system detected an error in the Page Memory (Standard) of the scanner.

The system detected an error in the Page Memory (Option) of the scanner.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Ensure P/J’s on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) and the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) are securely connected.

Check the installation of the Printer PWB if present.

Check the installation of the Printer PWB if present.

Refer customer to following User Guide headings to check memory usage:


•

Allocate Memory

•

Memory Settings

•

Properties

•

Properties Features

•


•

Mailbox Screen

•

Data Encryption

•


•

Covers



016-317, 016-318

016-321 Fax Module Error RAP

016-322 JBA Account Full RAP

An error was detected at System Check Fax.

The accumulated accounting data in Job Based Accounting reached the specified value (15000).


Procedure

Procedure

Switch the power off then on 2 minutes after the job is attempted (after an external Accounting Server has read the accounting data).

Check the installation of the FAX PWB.

.

Check that P/Js on FAX PWB are securely connected.


016-321, 016-322



016-323 Scheduled Image Overwrite RAP

016-324 B Formatter Fatal Error RAP

Scheduled Image Overwrite.

An internal formatting error occurred.

Procedure

NOTE: Unrecoverable error was detected within Fax Send image conversion area B-Formatter task from extended mailbox in “Multi-Send using Job Flow Indication” or “UI Multi-Send”.

Wait for the completion of Scheduled Image Overwrite to cancel operation, turn Power OFF/ ON.


Procedure If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).




016-323, 016-324

016-330 ESS SystemMemory Fail-1 RAP

016-332 ESS SystemMemory Fail-3 RAP

Capacity of Slot1 loaded memory is out of spec.

Capacity of Slot1 and Slot2 loaded memory is out of spec.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Remove/insert ESS DDR DIMM #1. If the problem continues, replace ESS DDR DIMM #1 (PL 11.2). If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Remove/insert ESS DDR DIMM #1 and #2. If the problem continues, replace ESS DDR DIMM #1 and #2 (PL 11.2). If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).


016-330, 016-332



016-335 ESS ProgramROM Fail-1 RAP


Program ROM2 CheckSum is not correct.

Program ROM1 Write Command failure.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Replace ESS ROM DIMM #2 (PL 9.2). If the problem continues, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Perform the following: •


Remove/insert ESS ROM DIMM #1.

•

Replace ESS ROM DIMM #1 (PL 9.2).

•

Remove/insert Print Kit.

•

Replace Printer Kit (PL xxx).

•

Replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).



016-335, 016-336


016-338 ESS FontROM Fail-1 RAP

Program ROM2 Write Command failure.

OnBoard loaded Font ROM ID is out of spec.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Remove/insert ESS ROM DIMM #2. If the problem continues, replace ESS ROM DIMM #2 (PL 11.2). If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Replace Print Kit. If the problem continues, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).


016-337, 016-338





Slot1 loaded Font ROM ID is out of spec.

Slot2 loaded Font ROM ID is out of spec.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Perform the following:

Remove/insert ESS FontROM DIMM #2. If the problem continues, replace ESS FontROM DIMM #2 (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

•

Remove/insert ESS FontROM DIMM #1.

•

Replace ESS FontROM DIMM #1 (PL 9.2).

•

Remove/insert Print Kit.

•

Replace Printer Kit (PL xxx).

•

Replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).




016-339, 016-340


016-342 ESS RTC Failure RAP

Slot2 loaded Font ROM CheckSum is out of spec.

RTC time range is out of the specified range. (Ex. 13 month 36 day) Time does not go on.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Remove/insert ESS FontROM DIMM #2. If the problem continues, replace ESS FontROM DIMM #2 (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).


016-341, 016-342



016-345 ESS NV-Memory Failure RAP

016-347 ESS PageMemory Failure RAP

Initial address data is 0x00.

Slot2 loaded memory capacity is out of spec.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Replace the NVM PWB (PL xxx). If the problem continues, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Remove/insert PageMemory (Option). If the problem continues, replace PageMemory (Option) (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).




016-345, 016-347

016-348 ESS PageMemory Failure-2 RAP

016-350 ESS SEEP-ROM Failure-1 RAP

W/R/V test error for Page Memory.

Product ID cannot be obtained.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Check the Page Memory connection. If the problem continues, replace PageMemory (Option) (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Check SEEPROM connection for bent pins. Check Controller Board/BP Board Cable connections. If the problem continues, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).


016-348, 016-350



016-351 ESS SEEP-ROM Failure-2 RAP

016-360 ESS UI Failure-1 RAP

W/R/V test error.

PCI Config space W/R/V test error.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Check SEEPROM connection for bent pins. Check Controller Board/BP Board Cable connections. If the problem continues, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Remove/insert UI Card. If the problem continues, replace the UI Card.(PL xxx). If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).




016-351, 016-360

016-362 ESS UI Failure-2 RAP

016-363 ESS LyraCard Failure RAP

UI Communication error VRAM W/R/V test error if Long Boot Mode is entered, Command/Status line would be normal.

PCI Config space W/R/V test or internal register W/R/V test error.


Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure

Perform the following in order:

Perform the following in order: •

Remove/insert LYZER Card

•

Remove/insert UI Cable

•

Remove/insert JPEG PWB

•

Remove/insert UI Card

•

Replace the LYZER Card

•

Replace the UI Cable

•

Replace the JPEG PWB

•

Replace the UI Card

•

Replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

•

Replace the UI (PL 11.1)

•



016-362, 016-363



016-364 ESS USB2.0 Host Failure RAP

016-365 ESS USB2.0 Device Failure RAP



Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure



•


•

•

Remove/insert USB.0Host Card

•

Remove/insert USB.0Device Card

•


•


•

Replace the USB.0Host Card

•

Replace the USB.0Device Card

•


•






016-364, 016-365

016-366 ESS HDD Failure-1 RAP

016-367 ESS HDD Failure-2 RAP

IDE Controller error (ideDrv equivalent).

HDD W/R/V test error.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure



•

Remove/insert HDD Cable

•

Remove/insert HDD Cable

•

Remove/insert HDD

•

Remove/insert HDD

•

Replace the HDD, HDD Cable (PL 9.2)

•

Replace the HDD, HDD Cable (PL 9.2)

•


•



016-366, 016-367



016-368 ESS Torino Failure RAP

016-369 ESS S2X PWB Failure RAP


PCI Config space W/R/V test error.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure



•

Check the Lyzer Card connection

•

•

Remove/insert Lyzer Card

•

Remove/insert Lyzer Card

•

Replace the Lyzer Card

•

Replace the Lyzer Card

•


•



Check the Lyzer Card connection



016-368, 016-369

016-400 802.1x Authentication Failure RAP

016-401 802.1x EAP Type Not Supported RAP

(1) User name or password set for M/C is not correct.

(1) Fail signal informing that authentication method set for M/C cannot be processed is received from “Authentication device” physically network-connected with M/C.

(2) Switch setting of “Authentication device” physically network-connected with M/C is not correct.

(2) The signal mentioned in the above (1) is received from authentication server.

Procedure

NOTE: M/C cannot distinguish between (1) or (2).

(1) Input 802.1x-authenticated user name or password from M/C operation panel.

Procedure

(2) Check switch setting of “Authentication device” physically network-connected with M/C.

(1) Check switch setting of “Authentication device” physical network-connection with M/C (2) Try all authentication methods while changing M/C authentication method. Authentication method that the M/C can process is any of “MD5”, “CHAPv2” and “PEAPv0”. (3) When the problem persists after the above action (1) and (2) is taken, change the setting of authentication server into any of “MD5”, “CHAPv2” and “PEAPv0” that can be processed by the M/C.


016-400, 016-401



016-402 802.1x Authentication Failure by Timing Out RAP

016-403 802.1x Certificate Failure RAP

No response signal is received from “Authentication device” physical network-connection with the M/C. Authentication timeout.

(1) Root certificate is not stored in M/C. (2) M/C root certificate and authentication server certificate are not the same.

Procedure Check switch setting and network connection of “Authentication device” physical network-connection with M/C and connect it properly.

Procedure (1) Store root certificate in M/C (2) Conform authentication server certificate to M/C root certificate, or to conform M/C root certificate to server certificate.




016-402, 016-403

016-404 802.1x Inside Failure RAP

016-450 SMB Host Name Duplicated RAP

(1) Internal error occurs with 802.1xSupplicant function of M/C.

A PC of the same host name exists on the network.

(2) Illegal protocol signal is received from authentication server.

Initial Actions

Procedure To retry the operation.

Power Off/On

Procedure Refer customer to Systems Administrator Guide headings:


016-404, 016-450

•

Information Checklist

•

Changing the Settings

•

Setting Format of config.txt



016-453 Dynamic DNS - IPv6 NG RAP

016-454 DNS Dynamic Update RAP

Dynamic DNS - IPv6 NG.

Unable to retrieve the IP address from DNS.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

1 Check if DNS server address has been properly set to the device

Check the DNS confutation and IP address of the retrieve setting.

2 Ask system administrator (customer) if DNS the server settings allow Dynamic DNS using IPv6 addresses




016-453, 016-454

016-455 SMTP Server Time-out RAP

016-456 SMTP time asynchronous RAP

There is no response from the SMTP server within the specified time (60sec).

A standard time synchronized source message and an asynchronous message was received from the SMTP server.


Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure If the time on the machine is incorrect, User Guide heading Changing the Default Time Settings procedure resets the time. Or follow procedure below. 1.

Press the Log In/Out button on the control panel.

2.

Enter the Key Operator ID using the numeric keypad on the control panel. Select Confirm on the System Administrator Login screen.

Procedure If the time on the machine is incorrect, User Guide heading Changing the Default Time Settings procedure resets the time. Or follow procedure below. 1.


2.

Enter the Key Operator ID using the numeric keypad on the control panel. Select Confirm on the System Administrator Login screen.

NOTE: The default Key Operator ID is (five one’s) “11111”. If the Authentication feature is enabled, you may be required to enter a password. The default password is “x-admin”. 3.

NOTE: The default Key Operator ID is (five one’s) “11111”. If the Authentication feature is enabled, you may be required to enter a password. The default password is “x-admin”.

Select System Settings on the System Administrator Menu screen.

4.

Select System Settings on the System Settings screen.

3.

Select System Settings on the System Administrator Menu screen.

5.

Select Common Settings on the System Settings screen.

4.

Select System Settings on the System Settings screen.

6.

Select Machine Clock/Timers on the Common Settings screen.

5.

Select Common Settings on the System Settings screen.

7.

Select the required option.

6.

Select Machine Clock/Timers on the Common Settings screen.

8.

Select Change Settings.

7.

Select the required option.

9.

Change the value using the scroll buttons or select required options.

8.

Select Change Settings.

10. Select Save.

9.

Change the value using the scroll buttons or select required options.

11. Return to main menu.

10. Select Save. 11. Return to main menu.


016-455, 016-456



016-500 DIMM RAP

016-501 S2X RAP

A definition is not available at time of publication.

A definition is not available at time of publication.

Procedure

Procedure

A procedure is not available at time of publication.





016-500, 016-501

016-502 ROM Write RAP

016-503 SMTP Redirector RAP

There is a ROM writing failure in the Controller.

The Redirector cannot resolve the SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) Server address.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Remove and replace the DIMM (PL 9.2)

Refer customer to System Administrator Guide headings

If the problem persists, disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the HDD (PL 11.2)

•

E-mail

•

Information Checklist

If the problem persists, reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).


016-502, 016-503



016-504 Redirector POP Server RAP

016-505 Redirector POP Authentication RAP

The Redirector cannot resolve the POP (Post Office Protocol) Server address.

The Redirector cannot pass POP (Post Office Protocol) authentication.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Specify the correct POP Server name or specify the IP address.

Check that the login name and password for the POP Server are correct.



•

E-mail

•

E-mail

•

E-mail Environments

•

E-mail Environments

•

E-mail Setting Setup

•

E-mail Setting Setup

•

POP3 Server Settings

•

POP3 Server Settings

•

Test Mail

•

Test Mail




016-504, 016-505

016-513 XPS Error RAP

016-514 XPS Error RAP

Invalid Schema, parameter error, XPS file breakage and XPS decomposer internal error occurs while in XPS Bridge is processing.

Invalid Schema, parameter error, XPS file breakage and XPS decomposer internal error occurs while in XPS Bridge is processing.

Procedure

Procedure

Print using printer driver (ART-EX,PCL etc.) from XPS Viewer.

Print using printer driver (ART-EX,PCL etc.) from XPS Viewer.


016-513, 016-514



016-515 XPS Short of Memory RAP

016-516 XPS PrintTicket Description Error RAP

Memory shortage is detected in XPS Bridge processing.

Procedure

Procedure

Check if there is any problem in usage of the application for submitting print job and print request content.

Change print mode to “Standard” if it is set to”High image quality” or “High speed”. When the problem continues, extend memory capacity.

When no problem is found, to contact supplier of the relevant application for submitting print job.

When the problem persists even with memory extended to the max. capacity, print using driver (ART-EX, PCL etc.) from XPS Viewer.

When the problem cannot be solved, to obtain printer setting list, job history report and print data with Print Ticket which has been submitted




016-515, 016-516

016-517 PS Booklet Illegal Color Mode Change RAP

016-519 Device DV - Reached Limit RAP

PSDecomp detects change of ProcessColorModel or resolution/bi-tone/con-tone parameter while in interpretation of job with Booklet designation.

Device Document Volume - Reached Limit.

Procedure Procedure

Change the maximum number of documents that can be printed.

Rewrite PostScript file not to change Page Device ProcessColorModel during operation.


016-517, 016-519



016-522 LDAP RAP

016-523 LDAP RAP

There is a LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) server SSL (Secure Socket Layer) authentication error. An SSL Client Certificate could not be acquired.

There is a LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) server SSL (Secure Socket Layer) authentication error. The server certificate data was incorrect.

The LDAP server requires an SSL Client Certificate.

The machine does not trust the LDAP server’s SSL certificate.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Set the SSL Client Certificate on the machine.

Register the root certificate of the LDAP server SSL Certificate on the machine.




016-522, 016-523

016-524 LDAP RAP

016-525 LDAP RAP

There was a LDAP server SSL authentication error. The server certificate is not yet valid.

There was a LDAP server SSL authentication error. The server certificate has expired.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Change to a valid LDAP server SSL certificate. The [Authentication with SSL] setting in [LDAP Server/Directory Service can be set to [Disabled] to avoid an error, but the connected LDAP server security is not guaranteed.

Change to a valid LDAP server SSL certificate. The [Authentication with SSL] setting in [LDAP Server/Directory Service can be set to [Disabled] to avoid an error, but the connected LDAP server security is not guaranteed.


016-524, 016-525



016-526 LDAP RAP

016-527 LDAP RAP

There was a LDAP server SSL authentication error. The server name does not match the certificate.

There was a LDAP server SSL authentication error. There was an SSL authentication internal error.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Set the LDAP server address on the machine to match the address on the LDAP server SSL certificate. The [Authentication with SSL] setting in [LDAP Server/Directory Service can be set to [Disable] to avoid an error, but the connected LDAP server security is not guaranteed.

This error was generated by the software.




016-526, 016-527

016-533 LDAP RAP

016-534 LDAP RAP

There was a Kerberos server authentication protocol error. The machine and the Kerberos server clocks have a time difference that exceeds the Kerberos server clock skew value.

There was a Kerberos server authentication protocol error. The realm assigned to the machine does not exist on the Kerberos server or the machine is not connecting to the Kerberos server address.



Procedure Check that the machine and the Kerberos server clocks have the correct time.

Procedure Check that the realm name and Kerberos server address settings on the machine are correct. If connected with Windows 2000 or Windows 2003 Server, make sure the realm name is in upper case characters.


016-533, 016-534



016-539 LDAP RAP

016-574 Host Name Error RAP

There was a Kerberos server authentication protocol error.

A failure in resolving a problem with a host name in FTP scan

Initial Actions

Procedure

Power Off/On

Check the connection to DNS.

Procedure

Or check that the destination server name is entered on DNS.

This error was generated by the software.




016-539, 016-574

016-575 DNS Server Error in FTP RAP

016-576 Server Connection Error in FTP RAP

In FTP scan, the server was not found on DNS.

In FTP scan, there is a problem with the connection to the server.

Procedure

Procedure

Set DNS address.

Check that the destination FTP server and this machine are set up so that they can communicate with each other on the network. For example, check the following:

Or set the destination server address, using IP address.


016-575, 016-576

•

The IP address of the server is correct

•

The network cable is connected



016-577 FTP Service RAP

016-578 Login/Password Error RAP

FTP Service has a problem.

A login name or password error in FTP scan.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the following:

Check the login name (user name) and password are correct.

•

FTP Service is activated

•

Port No. used for FTP Service is correct




016-577, 016-578

016-579 Scanning Picture Error RAP

016-580 File Name Acquisition Failure RAP

There is a problem with the place to save images scanned in FTP scan.

A failure in acquiring a file name/folder on the FTP scan server.

Procedure

Procedure

Check that the scanned-images saving place on the FTP scan server is correct.

Check the right to access the FTP scan server.


016-579, 016-580



016-581 File Name Suffix Limit Error RAP

016-582 File Creation Failure RAP

The suffix of a FTP scan file name/folder name exceeds the limit.

A failure in creating a FTP scan file.

Procedure

Procedure

Change the file name/destination folder, or move or delete the file in the destination folder.



•

That the specified name is a file name that can be created in the storage place.

•

That the storage place has some space available.



016-581, 016-582

016-583 Lock Folder Creation Failure RAP

016-584 Folder Creation Failure RAP

A failure in creating a FTP scan lock folder

A failure in creating a FTP scan folder

Procedure

Procedure



•

If the existing lock directory (*.LCK) is left on the destination, manually delete it and retry the job.

•

That the specified name is a folder name that can be created in the storage place.

•

That there is no folder with the same name as the specified one.

•


•


•


•



016-583, 016-584



016-585 File Delete Failure RAP

016-586 Lock Folder Delete Failure RAP

A failure in deleting a FTP scan file.Check the right to access the server.

A failure in deleting a FTP scan lock folder

Procedure

Procedure

Check the right to access the server.



•

The right to access the server.

•




016-585, 016-586

016-587 Folder Delete Failure RAP

016-588 Data Write-in Failure RAP

A failure in deleting a FTP scan folder

A failure in writing data onto the FTP scan server

Procedure

Procedure

Check the right to access the server.

Check that the storage place has some space available.


016-587, 016-588



016-589 Data Read Failure RAP

016-590 Data Reading Failure RAP

A failure in reading data from the FTP scan server

[Overwrite prohibited] is selected as action to be taken when a duplicated FTP scan file name is detected.

Procedure Check that the user has the [right to read data from] folder on the server.

Procedure Select any option other than [Overwrite prohibited].




016-589, 016-590

016-591 Scan Filing Policy Injustice RAP

016-592 NEXTNAME.DAT file access error RAP

FTP scan filing policy is illegal (when Add selected).

NEXTNAME.DAT file access error in FTP scan

Procedure

Procedure

If [Add] is selected as action to be taken when a duplicated file name is detected, check that the file format is not a multi-page one.

If [Add] is selected as action to be taken when a duplicated file name is detected, check that NEXTNAME.DAT file is correct.


016-591, 016-592



016-593 Internal Scan Error RAP

016-594 TYPE Command Failure RAP

An internal error occurred in FTP scan.

In FTP scan, a TYPE command failed. (network error)

Procedure

Procedure

If the same operation causes this to reoccur, contact our Custom Support Center.





016-593, 016-594

016-595 Port Command Failure RAP

016-596 CDUP Command Failure RAP

In FTP scan, a Port command failed. (network error)

In FTP scan, a CDUP command failed. (network error)

Procedure

Procedure




016-595, 016-596



016-597 Same Name File Exists RAP

016-600 Key Operator Authentication Locked RAP

FTP scanning stopped because another file (folder) with the same name existed. (CreditMutuel specification)

The number of incorrect Key Operator log in attempts reached the limit.

Procedure Procedure Check the following:

NOTE: Default is 5 events. Chain 700-xxx Common, 701-xxx ADC, 702-xxx Job Settings [700563] can be set between 1 to 10 events.

•

With multiple machines not accessing the same folder on the same server, repeat the same operation.

With this feature enabled, the machine denies access when an incorrect System Administrator ID is entered the selected number of times.

•

If this still reoccurs, contact our Custom Support Center.

If required, refer to GP 3 to reset password to (five one’s) 11111 default if the System Administrator ID is unavailable.




016-597, 016-600

016-601 Illegal Access Detection RAP

016-700 Password is Under Minimum RAP

The number of incorrect authentication log in attempts reached the limit.

Job with password of which number of digit is below the minimum value for a password is received.

Procedure NOTE: Default is 10 users. Chain 700-xxx Common, 701-xxx ADC, 702-xxx Job Settings [700564] can be set 1 to 600 users. If required, refer to GP 3 to reset password to (five one’s) 11111 default if the System Administrator ID is unavailable.


016-601, 016-700

Make the minimum number of password digit for Security Print and Authentication Print settable. Do not store job with password of which number of digit is below the minimum value.

Procedure Increase the number of digit of the password of desired print job to a value larger than the minimum.



016-701 ART EX Memory Expended RAP

016-702 Out of Page Buffer RAP

Insufficient memory was detected while using the ART EX.

Insufficient Print Page Buffer is detected.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Decrease the resolution setting.

Requires Print Page buffer memory expansion, a decrease of resolution, or set to Print Guarantee mode (Print Guarantee mode is only for PLW). For PCL, set the PCL Heap Memory/ Band Buffer Ratio to above 1:2. Refer customer to System Administrator Guide headings


•

When printing fails

•




016-701 , 016-702

016-703 E-mail To Invalid Box RAP

016-704 Mailbox Full RAP

The system detected an unopened or invalid mailbox and aborted a job when receiving an Email.

When accessing the HD, the control logic detected that the mailbox was full (it exceeded the maximum number of documents per box) and aborted the job.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Send the E-mail to a valid mailbox destination or set up the appropriate mailbox.

Delete unnecessary documents and then repeat the operation.

Refer customer to Mailbox section in User Guide.

Refer customer to Mailbox section in User Guide.


016-703, 016-704



016-705 Secure Print RAP

016-706 Maximum Users Exceeded RAP

Registration for Secure Print failed because Security Storage cannot be done without a HD.

When accessing the HD, the system detected that the job exceeded the maximum number for users for Proof Prints and aborted the job.


Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure


Delete unnecessary documents/users and print again. If the problem occurred at installation, check whether the operations for Secure Print are correct.

Refer customer to User Guide headings Maximum Stored Pages,

Refer customer to User Guide headings:

Create/Check User Accounts

•

Print

•

Secure Print

•

Print Driver Features




016-705, 016-706

016-707 Sample Print RAP

016-708 HDD Full Annotation/Watermark RAP

Proof Print Registration failed because it cannot be stored without a HD.

When an Annotation/Watermark image was to be stored in the HDD, the Full status was detected and the job was aborted.


Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure


Check HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2). If the problem occurred at installation, check whether the operations for Proof Print are correct. If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists, replace the HDD (PL 9.2).


016-707, 016-708



016-709 ART EX Command RAP

016-710 Delayed Print RAP

An ART EX command error occurred during PLW processing.

•

A Delay Print Job was received from the machine that has no HDD installed.

•

The number of jobs that can be simultaneously received (100 jobs) was exceeded.


Procedure Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.


Procedure Check the HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2). If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists, replace the HDD (PL 9.2).




016-709, 016-710

016-711 E-mail Transmission Size Limit RAP

016-712 Panther Capacity (I-Formatted) RAP

The send module (redirector) attempted to send data exceeding the system data size limit for Scan to E-mail.

The processed data is too small (the specified range for the document is too small).


Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure

Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.

Decrease the send parameter for resolution (send image quality) and resend. Reduce the image using the send parameter and resend (e.g. A3 to A4). Change the [Upper Limit of Data Size] setting in the Specifications Settings Screen on the UI Panel (default 2MB recommended).


016-711, 016-712



016-713 Security Box Password RAP

016-714 Security Box Enable RAP

There is a password error in the security box.

The security box is not enabled.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure






016-713, 016-714

016-716 TIFF Data Overflow RAP

016-717 Fax/iFax Send RAP

There is a spooling problem with TIFF (Tagged Image File Format) data.

The Send Result is not detected.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure


Cancel and rerun the job

If the problem persists perform GP 6 Special Boot Modes Spool Initialization. If the problem persists remove and replace the DIMM (PL 9.2) If the problem persists, disconnect and reconnect HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2)


016-716, 016-717



016-718 PCL6 Memory RAP

016-719 Out of PCL Memory RAP

Insufficient memory was detected while performing Printer COntrol Language functions.

Insufficient memory is detected while using PCL.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Cancel the job, reduce resolution, and rerun the job.

The print job exceeded the memory capacity of the print control language driver. Ask customer to break up the print job into smaller parts.




016-718, 016-719

016-720 PCL Command RAP

016-722 Staple Position RAP

A PCL command error occurred during PCL processing.

The job was cancelled when the Staple Position could not be determined.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Ensure the staple position selection matches the available staple position in the finisher.

Procedure

Procedure


Refer customer to following User Guide headings: •


016-720, 016-722

[Image Rotation] - [Rotation Direction Screen]



016-723 Punch Position Error RAP

016-724 Staple Position RAP

Job Cancel by Punch Position NG. A job was cancelled because the punch position was impossible.

The staple selection and hole punch selection is not compatible.

Initial Actions Procedure •

Check the Punch settings for the print data to be sent to the printer.

•

Check the client driver settings or PC settings.

Ensure the staple position selection and hole punch position selection is compatible (no holes will be punched on staples or staples located in holes)

Procedure Refer customer to following User Guide headings: •


[Image Rotation] - [Rotation Direction Screen]



016-723, 016-724

016-725 B-Formatter Image RAP

016-727 Printer Request

There is a B-Formatter Library image conversion error.

The result of a print request is a zero-page document that cannot be stored in a mailbox, and the job is canceled.




Procedure Set the print option to print blank pages, and reprint to confirm if the output is not blank. Add text if the output is blank, and try printing again.


016-725, 016-727



016-728 TIFF Data Unsupported RAP

016-729 TIFF Data Size RAP

The TIFF (Tagged Image File Format) data contains a tag that is not set in the Image File Expansion Library.

The specified TIFF (Tagged Image File Format) settings exceed the upper limit of the valid number of colors and pixels.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Refer customer to following User Guide headings:

Refer customer to following User Guide headings:

•

TIFF-S, TIFF-S, and TIFF-J in Internet iFax Profile

•

TIFF-S, TIFF-S, and TIFF-J in Internet Fax Profile

•

Job Templates - Network Scanning

•


•

File Format

•

File Format

•

Properties

•

Properties




016-728 , 016-729

016-730 ART Command Unsupported RAP

016-731 TIFF Data Invalid RAP

A command not supported by the ART was detected.

The TIFF (Tagged Image File Format) data is corrupt.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure


Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job. If the problem persists, refer customer to following User Guide headings:


016-730, 016-731

•

TIFF-S, TIFF-S, and TIFF-J in Internet iFax Profile

•


•

File Format

•

Properties



016-732 Form Not Registered RAP

016-733 Destination Address RAP

The decomposer detected that the form specified in emulation is not registered.

There is an error in the destination address.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Rerun the job.

Verify the address is correct.




016-732, 016-733

016-734 Transmission Report RAP

016-735 Updating Job Template RAP

There is a simple transmission report error.

The system attempted to output the Job Template List while the Job Template was being updated.






016-734, 016-735



016-736 Remote Directory Lock RAP

016-737 Remote Directory Removal RAP

There is a lock error in the remote directory.

There is a lock removal error in the remote directory.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Ask the customer to check the directory that is locked and clear that directory.





016-736 , 016-737

016-738 PS Booklet Output Size Illegal RAP

016-739 Document and Output Mismatch RAP

PS Booklet Print Output Paper Size is illegal.

Mismatch between PS Booklet Doc and Output Paper

Procedure

Procedure

Specify the paper size that allows booklet printing.

Specify the combination of the document/paper sizes that allows booklet printing.


016-738, 016-739



016-740 Output Tray Incorrect RAP

016-741 Cannot Shift to Download Mode Failure RAP

PS Booklet Output Tray mismatch.

Download Inhibit detected, Download Mode transfer is disabled because a job still remains.

Procedure

Procedure

Specify the tray that allows booklet printing.

Enter Tools and enable download mode, ensure that NVM 700-420 is set to 0 and retry.




016-740, 016-741

016-742 Download Data ProductID Error RAP

016-743 Download Data Model Mismatch RAP

Download data ProductID mismatch.

Machine model/Panel type error.

Procedure

Target download data model does not conform to machine model.

Download data is illegal. Obtain the download data again and retry.

Procedure Obtain download file of the same model as that of the machine for software upgrade and retry the operation.


016-742, 016-743



016-744 Download Data CheckSum Error RAP

016-745 XPJL Soft Failure RAP

Download data CheckSum is not correct.

XPJL fatal error in downloading. (Error occurs after XPJL recognizes received data to be download data).

Procedure Properly connect the cable to the device and restart the operation.

Procedure Power OFF/ON.




016-744, 016-745

016-746 Unsupported PDF File RAP

016-747 Insufficient Memory

There was transparency or JBIG2 in a PDF version 1.3 file.

An error occurred while processing the annotation image data due to insufficient memory.

Procedure

Procedure

Ask customer to print using the driver from Acrobat Reader.

Take one of the following actions: •


016-746, 016-747

Increase the annotation image memory size

•

Reduce the number of the images in [Repeat Image]

•

If the problem persists, Power Off/On the machine



016-748 HDD Full RAP

016-749 Post Script Font RAP

HDD Full status was detected and the job was aborted when accessing a mailbox.

The specified font is not found in the ROM or the HDD.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Refer customer to check Mailbox section in User Guide to make available more HDD space.

Refer customer to User Guide index on Change Print Settings or Print Mode Settings.

If the problem persists check the HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2). If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists perform GP 6 Special Boot Modes HDD Initialization.




016-748 , 016-749

016-750 Print Job RAP

016-751 PDF RAP

The control logic detected an error in the print job ticket.

One of the following errors occurred while performing PDF Bridge processing: •

Syntax error

Initial Actions

•

Use of undefined commands

Power Off/On

•

Parameter error

•

Broken PDF file

Procedure

•

Internal error

Refer customer to User Guide section Change Print Settings or Print Mode Settings.


Procedure Ask customer to print using the driver from Acrobat Reader.


016-750, 016-751



016-752 PDF Memory Limit RAP

016-753 PDF Password Mismatch RAP

Insufficient memory was detected during PDF Bridge processing.

BSD-ON:16.1

Initial Actions

When processing a PDF file that is protected by a password, the password in the UI panel settings and the password specified using XPJL (set in the Contents Bridge Utility) do not match.

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure Ask customer to check print settings. When the Print mode is set to [High Quality], if the setting for [Standard] is set to [Normal], change the setting to [High Speed].


Specify the correct password using the UI or the Contents Bridge.



016-752, 016-753

016-755 PDF Print Prohibited RAP

016-756 Auditron - Prohibit Service RAP

The system processed a print prohibited PDF file.

The service is prohibited.

Procedure

Procedure

Use Adobe Reader to clear the print prohibition setting and print the PDF file.

Ask the key operator or system or account administrator to enable usage of the machine.


016-755, 016-756



016-757 Auditron - Invalid User RAP

016-758 Auditron - Disabled Function RAP

The account is not registered.

An illegal account was detected.

Procedure

Procedure

Ask key operator or system or account administrator to set up the account or check the users password.

Ask the key operator or system or account administrator to add the account rights.




016-757, 016-758

016-759 Auditron - Reached Limit RAP

016-760 PostScript Decompose RAP

The number of pages reached the maximum number of pages for this service.

An error occurred in PostScript Decompose processing.

Procedure

Procedure

Ask the key operator or system or account administrator to raise the page limit.

Resend the job. If the problem persists, refer customer to User Guide headings:


016-759, 016-760

•

PostScript Memory

•

CentreWare Internet Services properties

•

Memory Settings

•

Allocate Memory

•

When printing fails

•




016-761 FIFO Empty RAP

016-762 Print Language RAP

There is a FIFO (first in first out) image enlargement error.

The specified print language is not installed.

Procedure

Procedure

Print in Fast Print mode.

In [Specify Print Mode] under [Port Settings], specify another print language.

Set the [Print Mode] to [Normal] and rerun. If the problem continues, set [Page Print Mode] to [On].




016-761, 016-762

016-763 POP Server is not found RAP

016-764 SMTP Server Connection RAP

POP server is not found.

SMTP server response code errors.

Procedure

Procedure

Check if the network communication is enabled between transfer destination POP server and the device. check the following:

Repeat the operation.

•

the server IP address is correct

•

the network cable is properly connected.


016-763, 016-764



016-765 SMTP Server HDD Full RAP

016-766 SMTP Server File System RAP

Unable to send e-mail due to the Hard Drive on the SMTP server is full.

SMTP server response code error.

Procedure

Procedure

Retrieve E-mail in the Server HDD. Reconsider the Server capacity.

Contact the SMTP Server Administrator and ask the administrator to reconsider the Server capacity limit.




016-765, 016-766

016-767 Invalid E-mail Address RAP

016-768 Invalid Sender Address RAP

Unable to send e-mail due to an incorrect address.

Unable to connect to the SMTP server due to the machines incorrect mail address.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the destination of the E-mail.

Check whether the E-mail address is valid within the domain and check the setting of the Email address of the machine.


016-767 , 016-768



016-769 SMTP Server Unsupported DSN RAP

016-770 FAX Function Cancelled RAP

SMTP server does not support conformation of mail distribution (DSN)

The direct fax function is disabled.

Procedure

Procedure

Enable the most appropriate ESMTP function in the SMTP Server. Or, send the E-mail with sent confirmation turned off.

Check with the System Administrator whether the function is enabled.




016-769, 016-770

016-771 JBIG Parameter RAP


There is a JBIG (Joint Bi-level Image Experts Group) parameter error.


Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure




016-771 , 016-772







Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure






016-773 , 016-774





Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure




016-775 , 016-776







Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure






016-777 , 016-778

016-779 Scanned Image Conversion Error RAP

016-780 Attached Document TIFF RAP

An error occurred due to causes other than HDD access during scanned image conversion processing in I-Formatted.

There is a TIFF (Tagged Image File Format) error in the attached document.

Procedure Procedure


Repeat the operation.


016-779, 016-780



016-781 Scan Server Connect Error RAP

•

This fault can occur in the following circumstances:. •

The machine was unable to establish a connection to the Scan Server during the Network Scanning file transfer operation.

•

The machine was either unable to establish a connection to the Email (SMTP) server or was unable to authenticate (log in) to the Email server during the Scan to Email or Internet Fax file transfer operation.

Procedure The customer can print to the machine through the Ethernet port on the machine. Y N Confirm that the Ethernet network drop cable is securely connected to the machine and the wall port. The recessed green LED next to the Ethernet port on the machine should be lit if the machine is connected to a live Ethernet drop. The green LED is lit. Y N Connect another Ethernet straight through cable between the machine and the wall port and have the customer confirm that the wall port is live. If the LED is still off, replace the Printer PWB in the machine. Verify that the machine has the correct TCP/IP settings with the customer. The cause of the printing problem is likely to be the cause for the Scanning failure as well.

–

If the E-mail Send Authentication setting is set to SMTP AUTH, then an additional setting labeled SMTP AUTH Login Name will appear on page 5 of the report along with the Log in name that the machine will use. The customer must verify the Log in name listed on the report. A Password may also have been entered into the machine, however, it will not be listed on the report.

Set to POP3 AUTH if the customer wants the machine to authenticate or log in to their POP3 server using a POP3 log in name and password prior to sending the e-mail message. •

If the E-mail Send Authentication setting is set to POP3 AUTH, then have the customer verify the Login Name that is listed under the header POP3 Server on page 5 on the report. A POP3 Password may also have been entered into the machine, however, it will not be listed on the report.

The customer confirmed that the Email / Internet Fax settings are correct. Y N If the customer is not available or has confirmed that the settings are not correct, then they must confirm that the settings are correct or they must enter the correct settings into the machine before any further troubleshooting can be done. Escalate to your next level of support.

For Scan to Email or Internet Fax failures, perform the following: 1. Print a Print Mode System Settings list report. 2.

Check the SMB section on page 5 of the report for the following: •

3.

The Host Name setting must have no spaces in the name and no periods (.), slashes (/ or \) or star symbols (*) in the name. If the Host Name has a space in it or has any of these characters, have the customer change the Host Name to eliminate these characters. If the problem continues, proceed to step 3.

Have the customer confirm that the Email / Internet Fax Settings section on page 5 of the report contain the correct settings for their network: •

The Send Email setting must be set to Enabled.

•

The Server Name / IP Address setting under the sub-header SMTP Server must either be set with the IP address or Host Name of the customer’s SMTP E-mail server. NOTE: If the Host Name of the SMTP Server is entered into the machine, then the machine must be configured with the customer’s DNS settings (listed on page 3 of the report).

•

The Machine’s E-mail Address setting must contain an email address with the customer’s domain name and the address must be entered in the proper syntax (i.e.: [email protected]).

•

The E-mail Send Authentication setting will be set in one of the following ways: –

Set to OFF if the customer’s SMTP E-mail server does not require the machine to authenticate or log in prior to sending the e-mail message.

–

Set to SMTP AUTH if the customer’s SMTP E-mail server requires that the machine authenticate or log in to the server using an SMTP log in name and password prior to sending the e-mail message.




016-781

A

B

016-782 Scan Server Login Error RAP

NOTE: Templates that prompt for a password were created as “Private” Templates, which require that a password be entered at the machine UI before the scanning job will start.

The machine was unable to log in successfully to the Scan Server during the Network Scanning file transfer operation.

The fault occurs with at least one of the listed Templates. Y N Have the customer demonstrate how they get the fault to occur.

Procedure The customer can print to the machine through the Ethernet port on the machine. Y N Confirm that the Ethernet network drop cable is securely connected to the machine and the wall port. The recessed green LED next to the Ethernet port on the machine should be lit if the machine is connected to a live Ethernet drop. The green LED is lit. Y N Connect another Ethernet straight through cable between the machine and the wall port and have the customer confirm that the wall port is live. If the port is live, connect the CSE PWS to the Ethernet port using an Ethernet crossover cable to see if the green LED will light up with the machine and PWS fully booted up. If the LED is still off, replace the Printer PWB in the machine.

Templates are created using one of two methods: Templates with the @ sign to the left of their name were created using the machine’s CentreWare Internet Services web interface; Templates that have no @ sign in their name were created using the Smart Send software. The next step is to determine if the Templates that create the fault are of the same type. The fault occurs when selecting Templates with the @ symbol to the left of the Template name. Y N Templates that do not have the @ sign in their name were created using the Smart Send software. Escalate to your next level of support for help with this type of Template.

Verify that the machine has the correct TCP/IP settings with the customer. The cause of the printing problem is likely to be the cause for the Scanning failure as well.

Highlight one of the Templates that generate the fault and select the Output Format tab on the Touch screen. This will display the Log In name associated with the Template as well as a Password field that will either have a string of stars in it that represent the password or will show [Not Set]. Select the [Log In] button, remove the existing Log In name, type in the name anonymous and select the [Save] button. Then select the [Password] button, remove all stars so that the password is blank and select the [Save] button. Press the button to attempt a Network Scanning job. The job is successfully transferred to the server. Y N A person with knowledge of the customer’s network is available. Y N Escalate to your next level of support.

Press the [All Services] button on the machine Control Panel, then select the [Network Scanning] button on the Touch screen. There is at least one Template listed. Y N Have the customer demonstrate how they are scanning and how they get the fault to occur. The customer is selecting the [Scan to FTP/SMB] button after pressing the [All Services] button. Y N Have the customer contact the Customer Support Center for help with properly configuring their machine for Network Scanning. The Scan to FTP/SMB feature allows the customer to manually enter the destination server settings at the machine UI prior to scanning a document rather than using a previously created Template. If a fault is occurring when they use this feature, then they are either entering the wrong IP address or Host Name of their destination server or the server is not capable of accepting a connection from the machine. Refer the customer to the User Guide for details on using this feature and to ensure that they are entering their settings correctly.

Press the button to restore the original Log In name and Password. Highlight the Template and select the Output Format tab on the Touch screen. Have the network person type in the correct Log In name and either type in the correct Password or remove the Password that is displayed. Then press the button to attempt a Network Scanning job. The job is successfully transferred to the server. Y N Escalate to you next level of support.

Disconnect the Ethernet network cable from the machine. Select one of the Templates and scan a document with the network cable disconnected. The same fault (16-782) is displayed. Y N Configure your PWS as a “scan server” and then use the Network Scanning feature on the machine to scan a document into your PWS. The fault 16-782 is displayed when scanning to your PWS. Y N The cause for the customer’s problem is either on the customer’s network or with the settings in the machine. Reconnect the customer’s network cable to the machine. Select each one of the listed Templates and press the [Start] button. A B Status Indicator Raps

016-782

The Log In Name and/or Password that are set in the selected Template are incorrect. Refer the customer to the User Guide for details on editing the Repository settings of the selected Template to enter the correct Log In Name and/or Password. The Log In Name and/or Password that are set in the selected Template are incorrect. Refer the User Guide for details on editing the Repository settings of the selected Template to enter the correct Log In Name and/or Password.

A

B



A

B If the 16-782 fault does not occur when disconnecting the customer’s network cable and attempting a scan job but the 16-782 fault does occur when the machine is connected to the PWS, then there is likely a set up problem with the PWS. Escalate to your next level of support.

016-783 Invalid Server Path RAP The specified path cannot be found during Scan to Server file transfer.

Procedure

There is a machine problem. Perform the following steps, in order: • Reload the system software

Check the server path name specified in the job template.

•

Go to the User Guide for details on how to recreate the Templates and re-enter the Repository settings.

If this code appears while using CentreWare Scan Service, refer to the ‘CentreWare Scan Service Installation Guide’.

•

Re initialize the NVM by selecting the SYS-SYSTEM and SYS-USER NVM platforms.




016-782, 016-783

016-784 Server Write Error RAP

016-785 Server HD Full RAP

The Server cannot be written to during Scan to Server file transfer.

The Server File System became full during Scan to Server file transfer.

Procedure

Procedure

Check that “Write Authorization” is established in the Server directory.

Check that “Write Authorization” is established in the Server directory.

Free up space on the Server disk.

Remove unnecessary data from the server hard drive to free up space on the Server disk.




016-784, 016-785



016-786 HD Full-Scan Write Error RAP

016-787 Invalid Server IP ADD RAP

A temporary file in Scan to Server file transfer cannot be written to the internal HDD.

Server IP address was incorrect due to a Job Template syntax error in Scan to Server file transfer.

Procedure The HDD may be temporarily full with print jobs. Wait and retry.

Procedure Check the contents of the attributes (string Repository Name) in the Job Template file.

Format the HDD. Replace the HDD (PL 11.2).




016-786, 016-787

016-788 Retrieve to Browser RAP

016-789 HD Full - Job Memory RAP

Failed to retrieve a file from the Web browser.

During iFax or sending mail designated for forwarding, the send module (Redirector) attempted to send data exceeding the System Data [Upper Limit of Data Size for Scan to E-mail] to the internet.

Procedure Take one of the following actions, and try again. - Reload the browser page. - Restart the browser. - Power Off/On.

Procedure Decrease the send parameter for resolution (send image quality) and resend. Reduce the image using the send parameter and resend (e.g. A3 to A4). Change the [Upper Limit of Data Size] setting in the Specifications Settings Screen on the UI Panel (default 2MB recommended).


016-788 , 016-789



016-791 File Retrieve RAP

016-792 Specified Job RAP

Failed to access the forwarding destination or the job template save location with [Scan to FTP/SMB] or [Job Template].

Failed to get the job history report specified in [Job Counter Report].

Procedure Procedure

The specified job history does not exist.

Check whether you can access the server specified by the forwarding destination.




016-791, 016-792

016-793 MF I/O HD Full RAP

016-799 PLW Print Instruction RAP

Free space is insufficient on the hard disk.

An invalid print parameter is included.

Procedure

Procedure

Either remove unnecessary data from the hard disk to increase free disk space, or initialize the hard disk.

Check the print data and options, and print again.


016-793, 016-799



016-981 HDD access error RAP

016-982 HDD access error 2 RAP

HDD Full was detected because Mailbox Scan, Fax Scan, Secure Print, Delay Print, Sample Print, or Scheduled Print was specified when the HDD partition/ide0c capacity is small.

HDD was determined to be Full due to collate, stored or interrupted jobs.

Procedure Print Job only prints the jobs stored in the HD, so this Fault does not occur for [Job Fail 016748].

Procedure 1. Split the job into pages in order to prevent FULL state. Reduce the resolution if possible.

Process or delete the jobs (documents) stored in the same HDD partition, and repeat the operation. If the above procedures do not resolve the problem, expand the HDD partition size of the relevant service.

2. Delete documents that are no longer needed, such as: Mailbox documents, FAX Send Wait documents, Secure Print documents and Delayed Print documents. Make sure that there is space in the HDD before re-scanning and re-printing. When the procedures above did not work, expand the HDD partition size for the corresponding service that needs it.




016-981, 016-982

016-983 Log Image Storage Area on Disk Full RAP

016-985 Data size overflow (Scan to E-mail) RAP

This is prepared for the user to interfere and cancel a copy/scan job when the log image storage area on the disk becomes full with the level of ensuring creation set to [High].

Due to data size exceeding the upper limit for Scan to E-mail, data could not be sent.

Procedure Procedure

Take one of the following actions, and try again:

Press the Cancel Job button to cancel the job. Rerun the job. If the situation is the same despite some re-attempts, delete unnecessary documents saved in the device or change the level of ensuring creation (to Low). However, if the level is set to Low, log image creation cannot be ensured.


016-983, 016-985

- Reduce the number of document pages. - Reduce the resolution in [Scan Resolution]. - Decrease the ratio in [Reduce/Enlarge]. - For multi valued scanning, increase the ratio in [Image Compression]. - Ask the System Administrator to increase the value for [Maximum E-mail Size].



018-400 IPSEC Error (Configuration Mismatch) RAP While IPSEC is set to Enable, password is not set in authentication mode= [Pre-shared key] or IPSEC certificate is not set in authentication mode= [Digital signature].

Procedure Make IPSEC setting consistent and enable IPSEC again. Inconsistency in IPSEC setting: Password is not set with Authentication mode= [Pre-shared Key] or Authentication mode= IPSEC certificate is not set with [Digital signature]. To set these items which are not set.


018-500 CA Message Receiver Boot Error (S_cert lost) RAP Job cannot be executed with designated combination of parameters (storage file size, paper size, paper tray, Duplex designation, output tray).

Procedure Re-set paper size, paper tray, Duplex designation and output tray etc. and retry job.



018-400, 018-500

018-501 CA Server Connection Error RAP

018-502 Login Failure in SMB RAP

When server certificate and secret key are not available at device start, SSL server necessary to CA cannot be started.

Limitation of the workstation to log in the server in SMB Scan is detected at SMB server login.

Procedure Procedure No server certificate for the device. Set server certificate or disable CA function.


018-501, 018-502

Verify designated user property information to check if workstation that can login the server is limited or not.



018-503 CA Message Receiver Timeout RAP

018-504 CA SessionID Mismatch RAP

At SMB server login, limitation of workstation that can be logged in with SMB scan is detected.

When message is received from CA server, no reaction of JRM/UI is made, resulting in timeout.

Procedure

Procedure

Verify designated user property information to check if workstation that can login the server is limited or not.

Timeout occurs while waiting for a response to CA server due to inside load of the device. Retry authentication operation.




018-503, 018-504

018-505 SMB-DOS protocol error RAP

018-506 CA FieldID Mismatch RAP

Unable to authenticate due to an incorrect user name or password.SMB

When the fault occurs in SMB authentication:

Procedure

•

Unable to authenticate due to wrong user name or password

Check the user name and password with the system administrator.

•

Time of SMB server and that of M/C are not the same. The fault occurs with Windows Server 2003

Note: The password cannot be verified. If you have forgotten the password, reset the password.

•

When the fault occurs while scanner transfers scanned data to PC storage to SMB: –

Unable to log in SMB server while in scanned data transfer due to wrong user name or password

–

Time of SMB server and that of M/C are not the same. The fault occurs with Windows Server 2003.

NOTE: For only [SC12041: Product of DMP6-2 or later]: Designated user name is not registered as user allowed to use shared Windows MacOS X v10.4.

Procedure Take any of the following actions: -Check user name or password with network administrator. -For Windows Server 2003, to make time of SMB server and that of this M/C identical. Note: Password cannot be verified. When you forget password, password need be reset according to the following procedure: 1) Select [Start] menu> [All programs] >[Management tool] >[Active Directory user and computer] on domain controller of active directory where user information is set. 2) Select [Active Directory user and computer [Server]] >[Domain] >[Users] and list user information from the left frame of [Active Directory user and computer] window. 3) Right-click target user from the right frame of [Active Directory user and computer] window and select [Reset password]. -----The following is applicable only to [SC:12041: Products of DMP6-2 or later]-----Verify user who can use Windows Share MacOS X v10.4 according to the following procedure: 1) Activate [System setting] icon from [Dock]. 2) Click [Share] icon in [System setting] window. 3) Select [Windows Share] on Service selection screen and click [Account] button. 4) Check account you want to make valid and click [Complete] button.


018-505, 018-506



018-507 CA Credential Error RAP

018-508 CA Server Fatal Error RAP

While in communication with CA server for authentication, FieldID of CA server and FieldID of device are not the same (Communication error, or device internal error, or wrong code).

When CA authentication server requests user information entry, the entered information is judged to be inconsistent by the server.

Procedure

Procedure

Error occurs in authentication operation between CA server and the device. Retry authentication operation.

User authentication fails. Input user name or password is not correct. Verify and input correct user name and password.




018-507, 018-508

018-509 Template Parameter Conflict RAP

018-509 Template Parameter Conflict RAP

1. In CUI scanning, start of a job designated with template name that does not exit is requested.

1. In CUI scanning, start of a job designated with template name that does not exit is requested.

2. Job template attribute conflict.

2. Job template attribute conflict.

3. Address of server for image storage is not set in job template.

3. Address of server for image storage is not set in job template.

Procedure

Procedure

Check if the content designated with job template is correct or not, for example:

Check if the content designated with job template is correct or not, for example:

-Setting that is not usable in the device is described.

-Setting that is not usable in the device is described.

-Transfer destination repository is not correctly set.

-Transfer destination repository is not correctly set.

-Template name that does not exist is designated.

-Template name that does not exist is designated.


018-509, 018-509



018-510 Host name solution error in BMLinkS RAP

018-511 DNS server un-sets up in BMLinkS RAP

Host name solution error in BMLinkS.

DNS server un-sets up in BMLinkS.

Procedure

Procedure

Check if DNS is available; check the following:

Set DNS server address. Alternatively, specify transfer destination BMLinkS storage service server using IP address.

- Search and obtain the latest information - Ensure the connection with DNS server is intact - Ensure the server name/host name of transfer destination BMLinkS storage service server is registered to DNS - Ensure DNS server address is set




018-510, 018-511

018-512 Service Connect error in BMLinkS RAP

018-513 BMLinkS Service Not Found RAP

Service Connect error in BMLinkS.

BMLinkS Service Not Found.

Procedure

Procedure

Check if the network communication is enabled between transfer destination BMLinks service server and device, check the following:

Check the following: - Search and obtain latest information

- search and obtain latest information - If the storage service for relevant user is active in transfer destination BMLinkS storage service - network cable is connected - BMLinkS service of transfer destination is active


018-512, 018-513



018-514 BMLinkS Access-Right-Violation RAP

018-515 BMLinkS Storage-Access-Error RAP

BMLinkS access-right-violation.

BMLinkS storage-access-error.

Procedure

Procedure

Check if the login name (username) and password are correct.

Check the following: - If specified filename is allowed in storage location - If specified filename is used by any other user




018-514, 018-515

018-516 BMLinkS unsupported-attribute RAP

018-517 BMLinkS Storage-Full RAP

BMLinkS unsupported-attribute.

BMLinkS unsupported-attribute.

Procedure

Procedure


Check if there is space left in the storage location.

- Whether any characters prohibited in BMLinkS storage service are used in filename; if any exist, change filename accordingly - whether any files/folders with the same name as specified filename exist - configure settings so that upon detection of duplicate filenames, files are overwritten - make names of storage destination folders / files shorter


018-516, 018-517



018-518 BMLinkS Operation-Not-Available RAP

018-519 BMLinkS unknown-error RAP

BMLinkS operation-not-available.

BMLinkS unknown-error.

Procedure

Procedure

Wait before repeating the same operations.

Check the following: - Search and obtain latest information - if the file can be written to BMLinkS server If situation does not improve, contact our telephone center or dealer.




018-518, 018-519

018-520 Internal error in BMLinkS Scan RAP

018-521 Request Send Failure in BMLinkS RAP

Internal error in BMLinkS Scan.

Internal error in BMLinkS Scan.

Procedure

Procedure

Repeat the same operations. If situation does not improve, contact our telephone center or dealer.



018-520, 018-521



018-522 Response receive failure in BMLinkS RAP

018-523 Image Send Failure in BMLinkS RAP

Response receive failure in BMLinkS.

Image send failure in BMLinkS.

Procedure

Procedure






018-522, 018-523

018-524 Invalid Device Network Setting RAP

018-525 HDD Full or HDD Access Error RAP

1. While device DNS is not set, server name is described in job template with FQDN.

1. While in CUI scan start processing, internal HDD Full occurs (job template partition).

2. Transfer protocol port described in job template is not activated on device (SMB, FTP etc.).

2. While in CUI scan start processing, internal HDD failure is detected.

Procedure

Procedure

Check if network-related setting and port necessary to scan job execution are properly done on the device side.

Retry the operation after a short interval.

-Ensure that the DNS server setting correct. -Ensure that the port of the designated protocol is activated.


018-524, 018-525



018-526 Rejected to be Refresh RAP

018-527 JT Monitor Internal Error RAP

CUI scan start request is received while in job template polling.

Job Template Monitor internal error.

Procedure

Procedure

Retry the operation after a short interval.

Retry the operation.




018-526, 018-527

018-528 Soap Request Error RAP

018-529 Duplicate Scan Request RAP

Incorrect argument request is received from Soap client of Custom Service.

While in CUI scan start processing requested from Soap client of Custom Service, another CUI scan start request is received.

Procedure Check if the custom service setting is correct.

Procedure Retry the operation after a short interval.


018-528, 018-529



018-530 Authentication Error RAP

018-531 Failed to Create a New Job RAP

1. Limitation of total DV sheet, limitation of DV color mode, limitation of DV service use.

Error of JRM detection while in CUI scan job start

2. Use of unregistered card.

Procedure

3. While in authentication information retrieval, job error occurs due to external device connection.


Procedure Conduct correct authentication operation or verify limitation by M/C administrator (color mode, total sheet volume, service).




018-530, 018-531

018-532 Too Many Jobs to Create a New Job RAP

018-543 Shared name error in SMB server RAP

Error of JRM detection while in CUI scan job start

A shared name on the SMB scan server is wrong.

Procedure

Procedure


Check what the specified shared name is and enter the correct one.


018-532, 018-543



018-547 Number restriction over of SMB scan users RAP

018-596 LDAP Protocol Error 596 RAP

The limited number of SMB scan users is exceeded.

(1) Error other than 018-595 that occurs with authentication LDAP protocol (ProtocolCategory=7)

Procedure

(2) Protocol type delivered to Coml_Fault_GetNETCeCode(?) is unexpected.

1. Check what the limited number of users that can connect to a shared folder is. 2. Check that the number of users that use the server simultaneously is not over max.

FTP/HTTP is designated or protocol type larger than LDAP_NETAUTH(=7) is designated.(DMP62)

Procedure Retry the operation.




018-547, 018-596

018-701 LDAP RAP

018-702 LDAP RAP

There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.


Procedure

Procedure

Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup settings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network settings. Y N Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.


There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP server.



018-701, 018-702



018-703 LDAP RAP

018-704 LDAP RAP



Procedure

Procedure








018-703, 018-704

018-705 LDAP RAP

018-706 LDAP RAP



Procedure

Procedure






018-705, 018-706



018-707 LDAP RAP

018-708 LDAP RAP



Procedure

Procedure








018-707, 018-708

018-710 LDAP RAP

018-711 LDAP RAP



Procedure

Procedure






018-710, 018-711



018-712 LDAP RAP

018-713 LDAP RAP



Procedure

Procedure








018-712, 018-713

018-714 LDAP RAP

018-716 LDAP RAP



Procedure

Procedure






018-714, 018-716



018-717 LDAP RAP

018-718 LDAP RAP



Procedure

Procedure








018-717, 018-718

018-719 LDAP RAP

018-720 LDAP RAP



Procedure

Procedure






018-719, 018-720



018-721 LDAP RAP

018-732 LDAP RAP



Procedure

Procedure

Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup settings are present. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network settings. Y N Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.







018-721, 018-732

018-733 LDAP RAP

018-734 LDAP RAP



Procedure

Procedure






018-733, 018-734



018-735 LDAP RAP

018-736 LDAP RAP



Procedure

Procedure








018-735, 018-736

018-748 LDAP RAP

018-749 LDAP RAP



Procedure

Procedure






018-748, 018-749



018-750 LDAP RAP

018-751 LDAP RAP



Procedure

Procedure








018-750, 018-751

018-752 LDAP RAP

018-753 LDAP RAP



Procedure

Procedure






018-752, 018-753



018-754 LDAP RAP

018-764 LDAP RAP



Procedure

Procedure








018-754, 018-764

018-765 LDAP RAP

018-766 LDAP RAP



Procedure

Procedure






018-765, 018-766



018-767 LDAP RAP

018-768 LDAP RAP



Procedure

Procedure








018-767, 018-768

018-769 LDAP RAP

018-770 LDAP RAP



Procedure

Procedure






018-769, 018-770



018-771 LDAP RAP

018-780 LDAP RAP



Procedure

Procedure








018-771, 018-780

018-781 LDAP RAP

018-782 LDAP RAP



Procedure

Procedure






018-781, 018-782



018-783 LDAP RAP

018-784 LDAP RAP



Procedure

Procedure








018-783, 018-784

018-785 LDAP RAP

018-786 LDAP RAP



Procedure

Procedure






018-785, 018-786



018-787 LDAP RAP

018-788 LDAP RAP



Procedure

Procedure








018-787, 018-788

018-789 LDAP RAP

018-790 LDAP RAP



Procedure

Procedure






018-789, 018-790



018-791 LDAP RAP

018-792 LDAP RAP



Procedure

Procedure








018-791, 018-792

018-793 LDAP RAP

018-794 LDAP RAP



Procedure

Procedure






018-793, 018-794



018-795 LDAP RAP

018-796 LDAP RAP



Procedure

Procedure








018-795, 018-796

018-797 LDAP RAP There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Procedure Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup settings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network settings. Y N Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP server.


018-797



021-947 Subtractive Accessory Disable (Scan) RAP

021-948 Subtractive Accessory Disable (Print) RAP

Subtraction-type accessory credit insufficiency (Scan Service Paused By Subtractive Accessory Disable)

Subtraction-type accessory credit insufficiency (Scan Service Paused By Subtractive Accessory Disable)

NOTE: Occurs while a document is scanned or Direct Copy is in process.

NOTE: Occurs while a document is printing or Direct Copy is in process.

ICCG Dispenser or CoinKit is added, credit is insufficient for Dispenser or CoinKit is detected by IITsc and Job is suspended.

ICCG Dispenser or CoinKit is added, credit is insufficient for Dispenser or CoinKit is detected by IITsc and Job is suspended.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power OFF/ON

Power OFF/ON

Procedure

Procedure

Insert a card with credit available for Dispenser to continue the job. Add credit (coin) for CoinKit to continue the job.

Insert a card with credit available for Dispenser to continue the job. Add credit (coin) for CoinKit to continue the job.




021-947, 021-948

021-949 Subtractive Accessory Disable RAP Subtraction-type accessory credit insufficiency (Service Paused By Subtractive Accessory Disable) NOTE: Occurs only when a Job is Paused. Not occurs while Job is in process. Occurs in the following case: Job stopped due to other than Accessory reason (Jam, No Paper etc.), Card removed, and job restarted. Credit insufficient for Dispenser or CoinKit is detected by EP-Cont with ICCG+Dispenser or CoinKit installed, and job suspended.


Procedure Insert a card with credit available for Dispenser to continue the job. Add credit (coin) for CoinKit to continue the job.


021-949



A

024-916 (A-Finisher) Mix Stack Full

Y

BSD-ON:12.2, 12.8

Measure the voltage between J8708-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.

In detection of Half Position (Mix Full position), one of the following is met: •

Paper in the job is larger (longer in either lead/trail edge or side edge) than the last paper of the previous job.

•

The width of the last paper of the previous job is less than 279.4mm and a change is made to Staple Mode.

•

The size of the last paper of the previous job is “unknown.”

Measure the voltage between J8708-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10).

Initial Actions •

Check that the Stack Height Sensor is properly installed, not broken and has no foreign objects.

•

Check Stacker Stack Sensors 1 and 2 are properly installed and free from foreign objects and that their actuators are not broken.

•

Power Off/On.

Procedure Check the paper size of the job. The paper of the job is equal in size to or smaller than (in either lead/trail edge or side edge) the last paper of the previous job. Y N Load paper of the appropriate size.

Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-278]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8722. P/J8707 and P/J8722 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8707 and P/J8722 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8722. The J8707 and J8722 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

Check the settings of the Staple Mode for the current job. The settings are the same as the ones for the previous job. Y N Return the Staple Mode settings to the previous ones.


wires

between

between

Measure the voltage between J8707-5 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 (PL 22.8).

Check the drive mechanism to the Stacker Tray for a deformed or broken part and not-seated gears. The drive mechanism is free of defects and gears seat properly. Y N Repair the Stacker Tray mechanism.

Check for an open or short circuit between J8708 and J8727. The J8708 and J8727 are OK.

wires


Check for paper and/or foreign objects on the Stacker Tray. The Stacker Tray is in normal condition with no paper or foreign object left there. Y N Remove the remaining paper and/or foreign object(s).

Enter Component Control [012-267]. Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8708 and P/J8727. P/J8708 and P/J8727 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8708 and P/J8727 securely.

N Repair the open or short circuit.

Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-279]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8721. P/J8707 and P/J8721 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8707 and P/J8721 securely.

B

C




B

C Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8721. The J8707 and J8721 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

wires

between

024-917 (A-Finisher) Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count BSD-ON:12.2, 12.8

Measure the voltage between J8707-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Using Chapter 7 Wirenets, check the +5VDC circuit to J8707-3 on the Finisher PWB.

While sets of stapled sheets of paper are being ejected, the Staple Set Count for the Stacker Tray exceeded 30.

Initial Actions •



•


•

Power Off/On.


Check for remaining paper and foreign objects on the Stacker Tray. The Stacker Tray is in normal condition with no paper or foreign object left there. Y N Remove the remaining paper and/or foreign object(s).

Enter [012-060] and [012-061] alternately. The Stacker Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8711 and P/J8736. P/J8711 and P/J8736 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8711 and P/J8736 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8711 and P8736. The J8711 and P8736 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

wires

between

Enter [012-060], measure the voltage between J8711-1 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage changes. Y N Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Procedure

Check the drive mechanism to the Stacker Tray for a deformed or broken part and not-seated gears. The drive mechanism is free of defects and gears seat properly. Y N Repair the Stacker Tray mechanism. Enter Component Control [012-267]. Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8708 and P/J8727. P/J8708 and P/J8727 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8708 and P/J8727. Check for an open or short circuit between J8708 and J8727. The J8708 and J8727 are OK. Y N Repair the open wire or short circuit.

Enter [012-061], measure the voltage between J8711-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage changes. Y N Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

wires

between


Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8). Measure the voltage between J8708-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10).

Check the connections of the connectors between the Finisher and the IOT. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors securely.


If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). A Status Indicator Raps




A Enter [012-330]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8722. P/J8707 and P/J8722 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8707 and P/J8722 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8722. The J8707 and J8722 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

wires

between

Measure the voltage between J8707-6 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between J8707-5 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 (PL 22.8). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-279]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the acceptance surface. The display of DC330[012-279] changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8721. P/J8707 and P/J8721 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8707 and P/J8721 securely.

B

C Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).


wires

between

Enter [012-060], measure the voltage between J8711-1 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage changes. Y N Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-061], measure the voltage between J8711-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage changes. Y N Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8). Check the connections of the connectors between the Finisher and the IOT. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors securely. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Check for an open wire or short circuit between J8707 and J8721. The wire between J8707 and J8721 is normally conductive with no open wire or short circuit. Y N Repair the open wire or short circuit. Measure the voltage between J8707-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between J8707-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 (PL 22.8).

B C Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230




024-928 (A-Finisher) Scratch Sheet Compile

024-930 (A-Finisher) Stacker Tray Full Stack

BSD-ON:12.2

BSD-ON:12.8

Sheet Information command made abnormal paper (scratched paper) reported by the IOT ejected into the compiler.

One of the following: •

At Power On, the Stack Height Sensor detected the height and the Full position.

NOTE: This Fail Code is an operation message. If this fail code is frequently declared, perform the procedure below.

•

During the operation of adjusting (lowering) the height of the Stacker Tray for small paper to be ejected, the Full position was detected.

Initial Actions

•

During the operation of adjusting (lowering) the height of the Stacker Tray for large paper to be ejected, the Half position (Full-of-Large-Sheets position) was detected.

•

With the Half position (Full-of-Large-Sheets position) already detected, paper (large paper) a stack of which is limited to the Half position was ejected.

•


•

Power Off/On.

Initial Actions

Procedure Check the specifications of paper. The paper is in spec. Y N Replace the paper with new paper that is in spec. Check the condition of the paper. The paper is in normal condition without any problem that causes the paper to be bent or caught. Y N Resolve any problem that causes the paper to be bent or caught. Check for a Fail Code. Another Fail Code is displayed. Y N If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Go to the appropriate Fault Code.

•


•


•

Power Off/On.

Procedure Check for remaining paper and foreign objects on the Stacker Tray. The Stacker Tray is free of paper or foreign objects. Y N Remove the remaining paper and/or foreign object(s). Check the drive mechanism to the Stacker Tray for a deformed or broken part and not-seated gears. The drive mechanism is in normal condition, not deformed or broken and with no not-seated gears. Y N Repair the Stacker Tray mechanism. Enter Component Control [012-267]. Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8708 and P/J8727. P/J8708 and P/J8727 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8708 and P/J8727 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8708 and J8727. The J8708 and J8727 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

wires

between

Measure the voltage between J8708-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. A Status Indicator Raps


B



A

B Measure the voltage between J8708-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Run DC330[012-278]. Enter [012-278]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8722. P/J8707 and P/J8722 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8707 and P/J8722 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8722. The J8707 and J8722 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

wires

between

Measure the voltage between J8707-6 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between J8707-5 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 (PL 22.8). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

C Y


Measure the voltage between J8707-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 (PL 22.8). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-060] and [012-061] alternately. The Stacker Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8711 and P/J8736. P/J8711 and P/J8736 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8711 and P/J8736 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8711 and P8736. The J8711 and P8736 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

wires

between

Enter [012-060], measure the voltage between J8711-1 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-061], measure the voltage between J8711-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage changes. Y N Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8).

Enter [012-279]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8721. P/J8707 and P/J8721 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8707 and P/J8721 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8721. The J8707 and J8721 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

wires


between

Measure the voltage between J8707-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. C Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230




A

024-976 (A-Finisher) Staple NG BSD-ON:12.5 As Staple Head Home Sensor On was not detected within 450msec after the start of the operation of closing the Stapler Head, the reverse rotation started. After that, Staple Head Home Sensor On was detected.

Initial Actions •

Check that the Top Cover and the Front Cover can be opened and closed.

•


•

Power Off/On.

B Measure the voltage between J8701-4 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between J8701-5 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Enter [012046] and [012-047] alternately. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).


Procedure Check for remaining paper and foreign objects on the Compile Tray. The Compile Tray is free of paper and/or foreign objects. Y N Remove the remaining paper and/or foreign object(s). Enter Component Control [012-046] and [012-047] alternately. The Staple Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8705 and P/J8735. P/J8705 and P/J8735 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8705 and P/J8735 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8705 and J8735. The J8705 and J8735 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

wires

between

Measure the voltages between J8705-3 to 6 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Enter [012-046] and [012-047] alternately. Each voltage changes. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4). Enter [012-046] and [012-047] alternately. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8701 and P/J8731. P/J8701 and P/J8731 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8701 and P/J8731 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8701 and J8731. The J8701 and J8731 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. A B Status Indicator Raps


wires

between



024-977 (A-Finisher) Stapler Feed Ready Fail

024-979 (A-Finisher) Stapler Near Empty

BSD-ON:12.5

BSD-ON:12.5

•

In the operation of getting the Stapler head ready at initialization, Stapler Ready Sensor ON was not detected until a specified number (13) of Head idle-stapling operations.

One of the following:

•

Immediately before stapling, the Stapler Ready Sensor was Off.

•

At Power On, Low Staple Sensor ON was detected.

•

Immediately before the start of the operation of closing the Stapler Head, Low Staple Sensor ON was detected.

Initial Actions •


Initial Actions

•

Power Off/On.

•

Check that the Front Cover can be opened and closed.

•


•

Power Off/On.

Procedure Enter Component Control [012-243]. Remove and reinstall the Cartridge from/in the Staple Assembly. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8701 and P/J8731. P/J8701 and P/J8731 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8701 and P/J8731 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8701 and J8731. The J8701 and J8731 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

wires

between

Measure the voltage between J8701-4 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between J8701-6 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Remove and reinstall the Cartridge from/in the Staple Assembly. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Procedure Check what amount of staples remain in the Cartridge. The is enough staples remaining run the stapler. Y N Replace the Cartridge. Run DC330[012-242]. Enter Component Control [012-252]. Remove and reinstall the Cartridge from/in the Staple Assembly. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8701 and P/J8731. P/J8701 and P/J8731 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8701 and P/J8731 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8701 and J8731. The J8701 and J8731 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

wires

between

Measure the voltage between J8701-4 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between J8701-7 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Remove and reinstall the Cartridge from/in the Staple Assembly. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).





A

024-980 (A-Finisher) Stacker Tray Full Stack BSD-ON:12.8 One of the following:


•

At Power On, the Stack Height Sensor detected the height and the Full position.

•

During the operation of adjusting (lowering) the height of the Stacker Tray for small paper to be ejected, the Full position was detected.

•

During the operation of adjusting (lowering) the height of the Stacker Tray for large paper to be ejected, the Half position (Full-of-Large-Sheets position) was detected.

•

With the Half position (Full-of-Large-Sheets position) already detected, paper (large paper) a stack of which is limited to the Half position was ejected.

Initial Actions •


•


•

Power Off/On.

Run DC330[012-278]. Enter [012-278]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8722. P/J8707 and P/J8722 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8707 and P/J8722 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8722. The J8707 and J8722 are OK. Y N Repair the open wire or short circuit.

Procedure

wires

between

between

Measure the voltage between J8707-5 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 1(PL 22.8).

Check the drive mechanism to the Stacker Tray for a deformed or broken part and not-seated gears. The drive mechanism is free of defects and the gears seat properly. Y N Repair the Stacker Tray mechanism. Enter COmponent Control [012-267]. Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8708 and P/J8727. P/J8708 and P/J8727 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8708 and P/J8727 securely.

wires


Check for remaining paper and foreign objects on the Stacker Tray. The Stacker Tray is free of paper and/or foreign objects. Y N Remove the remaining paper and/or foreign object(s).


B Measure the voltage between J8708-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10).

Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Run DC330[012-279]. Enter [012-279]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8721. P/J8707 and P/J8721 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8707 and P/J8721 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8721. The J8707 and J8721 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.


wires

between

Measure the voltage between J8707-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. A B Status Indicator Raps


C February, 2008 2-318


C Y

024-982 (A-Finisher) Stacker Lower Safety Warning


BSD-ON:12.8


The condition below occurred four consecutive times. •

In the operation of adjusting the height of the Stacker Tray (lowering the tray) for paper to be ejected during a job, the height of it cannot be adjusted within a specified time.

Initial Actions Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-060] and [012-061] alternately. The Stacker Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8711 and P/J8736. P/J8711 and P/J8736 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8711 and P/J8736 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8711 and P8736. The J8711 and P8736 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

wires

between

Enter [012-060], measure the voltage between J8711-1 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage changes. Y N Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-061], measure the voltage between J8711-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage changes. Y N Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

•

Check the Stack Height Sensor is properly installed, not broken, and has no foreign object.

•

Check the Stacker Stack Sensors 1 and 2 are properly installed and have no foreign objects and that their actuators are not broken.

•

Power Off/On.

Procedure Check for remaining paper and foreign objects on the Stacker Tray. The Stacker Tray is free from paper and/or foreign objects. Y N Remove the remaining paper and/or foreign object(s). Check the drive mechanism to the Stacker Tray for a deformed or broken part and not-seated gears. The drive mechanism is free of defects and gears seat properly. Y N Repair the Stacker Tray mechanism. Run DC330[012-267]. Enter Component Control [012-267]. Block and unblock the acceptance surface of the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8708 and P/J8727. P/J8708 and P/J8727 are securely connected. Y N P/J8708 and P/J8727 are securely connected.

Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8).



wires

between

Measure the voltage between J8708-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between J8708-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10).


B




A


Run DC330[012-278]. Enter [012-278]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8722. P/J8707 and P/J8722 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8707 and P/J8722 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8722. The J8707 and J8722 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

wires

between

Measure the voltage between J8707-6 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between J8707-5 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 (PL 22.8). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Run DC330[012-279]. Enter [012-279]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8721. P/J8707 and P/J8721 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8707 and P/J8721 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8721. The J8707 and J8721 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.

wires

C

D Measure the voltage between J8707-2(+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 (PL 22.8). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).


wires

between

Enter [012-060], measure the voltage between J8711-1 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage changes. Y N Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-061], measure the voltage between J8711-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage changes. Y N Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).v Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

between


C D Status Indicator Raps




024-340 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 1 RAP


An abnormal parameter is set for the send function.

A transmission failure occurred, the Sequencing number of the sent Message Packet is incorrect.


Refer to BSD 3.1, 16.1.


Procedure Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are securely connected.


If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).




024-340, 024-341



A transmission failure occurred, the Packet number of the sent Message Packet is incorrect.

A transmission failure occurred, the Message Length of the sent Message Packet is incorrect.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Refer to BSD 3.1.

Refer to BSD 3.1.

Procedure

Procedure

Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are securely connected.


If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).



024-342, 024-343





A transmission failure occurred, the Check Code of the sent Message Packet is incorrect.

A transmission failure occurred, a parity error was detected by hardware in the IOT.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Refer to BSD 3.1.

Refer to BSD 3.1.

Procedure

Procedure








024-345, 024-346



The ESS PWB detected a communication error between the IOT and the ESS.

The ESS PWB detected a communication error between the IOT and the ESS.

Procedure

Procedure






024-347, 024-348





A transmission failure occurred as the acknowledgement could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (After header recognition, receive interruption was detected by the IOT.)

The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The Sequencing number of the received Message Packet is incorrect.)

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Refer to BSD 3.1.

Refer to BSD 3.1.

Procedure

Procedure








024-349, 024-350



The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The Packet number of the received Message Packet is incorrect.)

The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (A parity error was detected by hardware of the UART.)

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Refer to BSD 3.1.

Refer to BSD 3.1.

Procedure

Procedure


Procedure Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are securely connected. If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).



024-351, 024-354




024-362 Page Sync Illegal Start RAP

A transmission failure is received, an overrun error was detected by hardware of the UART.

During IOT output, before the output data was written to FIFO Full, Page Sync became active. Even though the system is not easily affected by noise, extreme noise may be the cause.






If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).




024-356, 024-362

024-363 Page Sync Illegal Stop RAP

024-364 DMA Transfer RAP

During IOT output, before output in the specified size, Page Sync was disabled.

Reduction/enlargement failed to access the data in Direct Memory Access.

Initial Actions

Procedure

Move away machines that are noisy.

NOTE: There is a high probability that the cause is faulty firmware or data corruption (DIMM or HDD).

Procedure Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are securely connected. If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).

Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists, replace the DIMM (PL 11.2). If the problem persists, replace the HDD (PL 11.2).


024-363, 024-364



024-367 Decompress Other Failure RAP

024-368 PCI Error RAP

Incorrect LINE SYNC was detected.

PCI access error occurred due to a faulty PCI bus.

Initial Actions

Procedure




Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). Replace the ESS PWB (REP 9.2.1).

Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). Replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Replace the HDD (PL 9.2). Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).




024-367, 024-368

024-370 Marker Code Detection Failure RAP


During Enlarge, when the file was enlarged only by the specified size, the end code (FF02) cannot be found in the compressed data.

When the Controller and IOT are turned On, a response from the IOT to a request to establish communications was not detected within the specified time.

Procedure

Procedure

The problem occurs only for specific documents. Y N Perform following as required:


1.


Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).

2.

Replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).

Replace the ESS PWB (REP 9.2.1).

3.

Perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists, replace the HDD (PL 9.2).

Replace the MCU PWB (REP 9.1.1).

4.

Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Perform following as required: 1.


2.

Change the Print mode (Normal/High Quality/High Resolution).

3.

Change the port settings or the Receive Buffer size.)


024-370, 024-371





An illegal instruction for IOT Port number or time-out timing or the pointer or transfer size was detected.

In response to a message packet from the Controller, the acknowledgement packet was not received within the specified time even after the specified number of attempts.

Procedure

Procedure





Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).





024-372, 024-373


024-600 Billing Master Counter RAP

An illegal instruction for IOT Port number or time-out timing or for the pointer or for transfer size was detected.

There is a billing master counter error RAP

Procedure Procedure Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are securely connected.

Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs.



024-375, 024-600



024-601 Billing Backup Counter 1 RAP

024-602 Billing Backup Counter 2 RAP

There is a billing backup counter error RAP

There is a billing backup counter error RAP

Procedure

Procedure






024-601, 024-602

024-603 Software Key Master Counter RAP

024-604 Software Key Backup Counter 1 RAP

There is a software key master counter error RAP

There is a software key backup counter 1 error RAP

Procedure

Procedure




024-603, 024-604



024-605 Software Key Backup Counter 2 RAP

024-700 Shortage Memory Capacity, or no Hard Disk RAP

There is a software key backup counter 2 error RAP

Shortage memory capacity, or no Hard Disk.

Procedure

Procedure


1) Attach a HDD to ESS PWB (2) Attach the required memory for the operation of enabled SW option mentioned in step 1. Memory necessary depends on the type (model) of device. (3) After performing step1 and step 2, turn power on, ensure that neither 16-210 nor 16-211 is displayed on panel. If these fault codes are displayed, go to the 016-210 or 016-211 RAPs.




024-605, 024-700

024-742 Output Paper for Booklet, Over Counts RAP

024-746 Print Request Failure-Paper RAP

Output paper for Booklet, over counts.

The paper type specified by the job is incompatible with options such as Paper Tray, Output Tray, Automatic 2 Sided Print/Staple.

Procedure Configure the settings to create a booklet per maximum sheets allowed for Booklet, or cancel Booklet job.

Procedure A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to following User Guide heading Paper and Other Media and Paper Type in heading Setup Menu.

NOTE: If settings are configured to create a booklet per maximum sheets allowed for Booklet, imposition in Signature is also carried out per that maximum sheet number (maximum sheets allowed for Booklet)


024-742, 024-746



024-747 Print Instruction Failure RAP

024-748 Bates Numbering Digit Over RAP

The specified print parameter is abnormal.

Bates Numbering Digit Over.

Procedure

Procedure

The center tray will not receive output, and output goes to Finisher. Y N Call for next level of support.

Reduce the number of document pages so that the user-specified number of digits are not exceeded, or increase number of digits specified by user; retry coping.

Key operator is available to change settings. Y N NOTE: Service procedure to restore output capability to center tray on Top Cover (PL 10.1). 1.

2.


Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).

b.

Access Diagnostic Routines (UI Diagnostic Mode).


3.

Enter Chain-Link 742-100

4.

Select Confirm. NOTE: Display now shows Current Value (Zero)

5.

To enter new value (one), press 1 on the numeric keypad, then Select Save NOTE: The Current Value now reads 1.

6.

Select Close.

7.

Select Close again. Power off and on if the setting is not active.

NOTE: Customer procedure to restore output capability to center tray on Top Cover (PL 10.1). 1.

Press the Log In / Out Button on the Control Panel and enter 11111 using the number keypad and select Confirm.

2.

Select System Settings.

3.

Select System Settings again.

4.

Select Common Settings.

5.

Select Other Settings.

6.

Select Extended Tray Module and select Change Setting.

7.

Select Offset Stacking Module.

8.

Select Save.

9.

Select Close.

10. Select Close again. 11. Select Close again. 12. Select Exit. Power off and on if the setting is not active.




024-747, 024-748

024-775 Output paper for Booklet, over counts 2 RAP

024-910 Tray 1 size mismatch RAP

Print Booklet sheets counts over (Not field attachment).

After feeding from Tray 1, the lengths detected by the Registration Sensor and the Tray 1 Size Switch did not match.

Procedure Configure the settings to create Booklet for maximum number of pages allowed for the Booklet, or cancel Booklet settings.

Initial Actions •

Refer to BSD 8.7.

•

Reload the tray.

NOTE: If the former is selected, Signature imposition is also carried out per that page number.

Procedure Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray. Y N Check the guide. The guide is set correctly. Y N Set the guide correctly. Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works. Y N Set the guide correctly. Check the installation of the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 1 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch (PL 2.1) correctly. Go to the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch and check the connectors. (BSD 7.1) Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes. Y N Check the connection of P/J104. PJ104 is connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J104. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1). A Status Indicator Raps

024-775, 024-910



A Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

024-911 Tray 2 size mismatch RAP After feeding from Tray 2, the lengths detected by the Registration Sensor and the Tray 2 Size Switch did not match.

Initial Actions •

Refer to BSD 8.7.

•

Reload the tray.

Procedure Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray. Y N Check the guide. The guide is set correctly. Y N Set the guide correctly. Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works. Y N Set the guide correctly. Check the installation of the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 2 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch (PL 2.1) correctly. Go to the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch and check the connectors. (BSD 7.2). Execute Component Control[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes. Y N Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J104. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1). A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230



024-910, 024-911



Initial Actions •

Refer to BSD 8.7.

•

Reload the tray.

Procedure Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray. Y N Check the guide. The guide is set correctly. Y N Set the guide correctly. Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works. Y N Set the guide correctly. Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch (PL 12.1/PL 13.1) correctly. Go to the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch and check the connectors. (BSD 7.3) Execute Component Control[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes. Y N Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J104. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). A Status Indicator Raps

024-911, 024-912

B



A

B Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1). Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


Initial Actions •

Refer to BSD 8.7.

•

Reload the tray.

Procedure Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray. Y N Check the guide. The guide is set correctly. Y N Set the guide correctly. Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works. Y N Set the guide correctly. Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch (PL 12.1/PL 13.1) correctly. Go to the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch and check the connectors. (BSD 7.4) Execute Component Control[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes. Y N Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J104. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1). A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230



024-912 , 024-913



Initial Actions •

Refer to BSD 8.7.

•

Reload the tray.

Procedure Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray. Y N Check the guide. The guide is set correctly. Y N Set the guide correctly. Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works. Y N Set the guide correctly. Check the installation of the Tray 6 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 6 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray 6 Paper Size Switch (PL 12.1/PL 13.1) correctly. Go to the Tray 6 Size Sensor and check the connectors. (BSD 7.15) Execute Component Control[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes. Y N Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J104. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1). A Status Indicator Raps

024-913, 024-914





Initial Actions •

Refer to BSD 8.7.

•

Reload the tray.

Procedure Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray. Y N Check the guide. The guide is set correctly. Y N Set the guide correctly. Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works. Y N Set the guide correctly. Check the installation of the Tray7 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 7 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray7 Paper Size Switch (PL 12.1/PL 13.1) correctly. Go to the (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP). Execute Component Control[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes. Y N Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J104. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1). A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230



024-914, 024-915


024-916 Mix Full Stack RAP The output paper stacked on the Finisher Stacker Tray reaches capacity (for the same paper size only).

Initial Actions •

Refer to BSD 12.8.

Procedure Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism. Y N Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control [012-267 Stack Height Sensor]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/J8850. P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/ J8850 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/J8850. Check the wire between J8815 and J8850 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.8). The wire between J8815 and J8850 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850B-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850B-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8). Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Control[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 22.10) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8847 and P/J8827. P/J8847 and P/J8827 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8847 and P/J8827. Check the wire between J8847 and P8827 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.8). The wire between J8847 and P8827 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. A Status Indicator Raps

024-915, 024-916



A Y

024-917 Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count RAP


The number of stapled copies exceeded the capacity of the Stacker Tray.


Initial Actions •

Refer to BSD 12.9.


Procedure Check the connection of each Finisher PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. [024-917] reoccurs. Y N End Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).




024-916, 024-917

024-919 Face UP Tray Close RAP

024-920 Face Down Tray 1 Paper Full RAP

When output was sent to the Face Up Tray, the Face Up Tray was detected as closed.

Face Down Tray 1 full of output sheets.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Open the Face Up Tray.

Open the Face Down Tray 1 and remove output sheets.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of each Exit PWB (PL 9.1) connector.


Check that the P/Js on the MCU PWB (REP 9.1.1) are securely connected.



024-919, 024-920



024-921 Face Up Tray 1 Paper Full

024-922 Face Down Tray 2 Paper Full

Face Up Tray 1 Full of output sheets

Face Down Tray 2 is full of output sheets

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Remove output sheets from Face Up Tray 1.

Remove output sheets from Face Down Tray 2.

Procedure

Procedure








024-921, 024-922

024-926 Punch Dust Box Miss Set

024-928 Scratch Sheet Compile

Detected the Finisher Punch Dust Box missing

Illegal sheet in the output to the Compiler.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Install the Finisher Punch Dust Box.

Clear Scratch Sheet from the A-Finisher and restart the job.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the Punch Box Set Sensor or proper operation. BSD 12.15

Check for proper operation of the Finisher Entrance Sensor (PL 22.5)(BSD 12.3)

Check that the Punch Dust Box is properly seated.

Check the P/J8704 connector at the Finisher PWB Check the connector P/J416 connector on the IOT. (BSD 12.3)


024-926, 024-928



024-930 Stacker Tray Full (Large Size Full)

024-934 Paper kind Mismatch

Stack Encoder sensor counted as many sheets as designated as Full Stack for large sized paper.

Set was specified OHP film but detection was different.


Ensure that specified print media and actual print media is the same.

Remove paper from the Stacker.

Procedure Procedure

Reload paper tray to agree with specified media or change settings.

Check the proper operation of the Stack Height Sensor. (PL 22.8) (BSD 12.8)




024-930, 024-934

024-939 OHP Kind Mismatch

024-946 Tray 1 Out Of Place RAP

OHP file sheet checked by OHP sensor for white edges after feed start. If while edges are detected, a jam occurs.

The Tray 1 Paper Size Switch detected no tray.


•

Use OHP film sheets whose edges are white.

•

Reload the tray correctly.

•

Check the operation of the tray actuator.

Refer to BSD 7.1.

Procedure Job is not OHP job but paper is OHP film. Job is OHP but paper is not OHP. OHP with white edges detected

Procedure Remove Trays 1 and 2. Replace Tray 1 with Tray 2. [024-946] occurs. Y N Replace the faulty part of the Tray 1 Actuator. Check the installation of the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 1 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch correctly. Go to the BSD 7.1 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors.


024-939, 024-946







Initial Actions

Initial Actions

•

Refer to BSD 7.2.

•

•


•


•


•



Procedure

Procedure

Remove Trays 1 and 2. Replace Tray 1 with Tray 2. [024-947] occurs. Y N Replace the faulty part of the Tray 2 Actuator.

[For 2TM] Remove Trays 3 and 4. Replace Tray 3 with Tray 4. [024-948] occurs. Y N Replace the faulty part of the Tray 3 Actuator.

Check the installation of the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 2 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch correctly.


Go to the BSD 7.2 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors. Go to the BSD 7.3 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors. [For TTM] Check the Tray 3 Actuator. The Tray 3 Actuator is not distorted. Y N Replace the faulty part of the Tray 3 Actuator. Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly. Go to the BSD 7.5 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors.




024-947, 024-948


024-950 Tray 1 Empty RAP


Tray 1 has run out of paper.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

•


•

•


•


Procedure Check the installation of the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3) and the operation of the actuator. The Tray 1 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works. Y N Reinstall the Tray 1 Level Sensor.

Procedure [For 2TM] Remove Trays 3 and 4. Replace Tray 3 with Tray 4. [024-949] occurs. Y N Replace the faulty part of the Tray 4 Actuator. Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch correctly. Go to the BSD 7.4 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors. [For TTM] Check the Tray 4 Actuator. The Tray 4 Actuator is not distorted. Y N Replace the faulty part of the Tray 4 Actuator.

Execute Component Control[071-201 Tray 1 No Paper Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3). The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J101, P/J601 and P/J409. P/J101, P/J601 and P/J409 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J101, P/J601 and P/J409. Check the wire between J101 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.7 Flag 4/Flag 5). The wire between J101 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch correctly. Go to the BSD 7.6 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors.

Refer to BSD 7.7.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409A-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.7 Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409B-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.7 Flag 4). Activate the actuator of the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3). The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


024-949, 024-950







Initial Actions

Initial Actions

•

•

Refer to BSD 7.8.


Procedure

Procedure

Check the installation of the Tray 2 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3) and the operation of the actuator. The Tray 2 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works. Y N Reinstall the Tray 2 Level Sensor.

Check the installation of the Tray 3 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the operation of the actuator. The Tray 3 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works. Y N Reinstall the Tray 3 Level Sensor.

Execute Component Control [071-202 Tray 2 No Paper Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 2 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3). The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J103, P/J602 and P/J409. P/J103, P/J602 and P/J409 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J103, P/J602 and P/J409.

Execute Component Control[071-203 Tray 3 No Paper Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 3 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J102B, P/J661B and P/J549. P/J102B, P/J661B and P/ J549 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J102B, P/J661B and P/J549.

Check the wire between J103 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.8 Flag 4/Flag 5). The wire between J103 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J102B and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.9 Flag 4/Flag 5 / BSD 7.11 Flag 4/Flag 5). The wire between J102B and J549 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409B-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.8 Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-B10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.9 Flag 5 / BSD 7.11 Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409B-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.8 Flag 4). Activate the actuator of the Tray 2 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3). The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 2 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3).

Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-B12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.9 Flag 4 / BSD 7.11 Flag 4). Activate the actuator of the Tray 3 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 3 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).




024-951, 024-952


024-954 MPT Empty RAP


The MPT has run out of paper.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

•

•


Refer to BSD 7.13.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the installation of the Tray 4 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the operation of the actuator. The Tray 4 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works. Y N Reinstall the Tray 4 Level Sensor.

Check the installation of the MPT No Paper Sensor (PL 7.1) and the operation of the actuator. The MPT No Paper Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works. Y N Reinstall the MPT No Paper Sensor.

Execute Component Control[071-204 Tray 4 No Paper Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 4 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J102A, P/J661A and P/J549. P/J102A, P/J661A and P/ J549 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J102A, P/J661A and P/J549.

Execute Component Control[071-205 MPT No Paper Sensor]. Manually activate the MPT No Paper Sensor (PL 7.1). The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J108, P/J605 and P/J411. P/J108, P/J605 and P/J411 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J108, P/J605 and P/J411.

Check the wire between J102A and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.10 Flag 4/Flag 5 / BSD 7.12 Flag 4/Flag 5). The wire between J102A and J549 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.


Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-A10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.10 Flag 5 / BSD 7.12 Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.13 Flag 4). The voltage is approximately. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-A12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.10 Flag 4 / BSD 7.12 Flag 4). Activate the actuator of the Tray 4 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 4 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.13 Flag 3). Activate the actuator of the MPT No Paper Sensor (PL 7.1). The voltage changes. Y N Replace the MPT No Paper Sensor (PL 7.1).

Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).



024-953, 024-954



024-955 Tray 6 Empty

024-958 MPT Size Failure RAP

Tray 6 is empty when attempting to feed from Tray 6.

The MPT is unable to detect the paper size.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Load paper

•

Refer to BSD 7.13.

•

Check the operation of the MPT Guide.

Procedure If failure continues, check for proper operation of the Tray 6 No Paper Sensor. (BSD 7.14)

Procedure Check the installation and operation of the MPT Guide. The MPT Guide is installed correctly and the actuator works. Y N Reinstall the MPT Guide. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.13 Flag 1). Manually operate the MPT Guide. As the MPT Guide moves, the voltage changes accordingly. Y N Check the connections of P/J107, P/J609, P/J605 and P/J411. P/J107, P/J609, P/ J605 and P/J411 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J107, P/J609, P/J605 and P/J411. Check the wire between J107 and J411 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.13 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J107 and J411 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.13 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MPT Paper Size Sensor (PL 7.3). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).




024-955, 024-958



Paper is loaded in Tray 1 but the tray is unable to detect the paper size.


Initial Actions

Initial Actions

•

Refer to BSD 7.1.

•

Refer to BSD 7.2.

•

Check the operation of the guide.

•


Procedure

Procedure





Go to the BSD 7.1 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors.



024-959, 024-960







Initial Actions

Initial Actions

•


•


•


•


Procedure

Procedure





Go to the BSD 7.3 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors. [For TTM] Check the Tray 3 Actuator. The Tray 3 Actuator is not distorted. Y N Replace the faulty part of the Tray 3 Actuator.

Go to the BSD 7.4 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors. [For TTM] Check the Tray 4 Actuator. The Tray 4 Actuator is not distorted. Y N Replace the faulty part of the Tray 4 Actuator.








024-961, 024-962

A

024-965 ATS/APS No Paper (IOT detect) RAP

Tray 2: MCU PWB P409B-12 (BSD 7.8 Flag 4) Tray 3: TM PWB P549-B12 (BSD 7.9 Flag 4 / BSD 7.10 Flag 4) Tray 4: TM PWB P549-A12 (BSD 7.11 Flag 4 / BSD 7.12 Flag 4) Activate the actuator of the relevant No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3/PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The voltage changes. Y N Replace the relevant No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3/PL 12.3/PL 13.6).

No paper is loaded in the tray.

Initial Actions •

Refer to BSD 7.7/7.8/7.9/7.10/7.11/7.12.

•

Reload the relevant tray.

Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Procedure Check the actuator of the relevant No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3/PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The actuator is not distorted or damaged. Y N Replace the actuator.

For Tray 1 or Tray 2, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). For Tray 3 or Tray 4, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Actuate the actuator of the relevant No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3/PL 12.3/PL 13.6). Tray 1: Component Control[071-201 Tray 1 No Paper Sensor] Tray 2: Component Control[071-202 Tray 2 No Paper Sensor] Tray 3: Component Control[071-203 Tray 3 No Paper Sensor] Tray 4: Component Control[071-204 Tray 4 No Paper Sensor] The display changes. Y N Check the connections of the following connectors: Tray 1: P/J101, P/J601, P/J409 Tray 2: P/J103, P/J602, P/J409 Tray 3: P/J102B, P/J661B, P/J549 Tray 4: P/J102A, P/J661A, P/J549 The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the following harnesses for an open circuit or a short circuit. Tray 1: Between J101 and J409 (BSD 7.7 Flag 4/Flag 5) Tray 2: Between J103 and J409 (BSD 7.8 Flag 4/Flag 5) Tray 3: Between J102B and J549 (BSD 7.9 Flag 4/Flag 5/ BSD 7.10 Flag 4/Flag 5 Tray 4: Between J102A and J549 (BSD 7.11 Flag 4/Flag 5)/ BSD 7.12 Flag 4/Flag 5) The relevant harnesses are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the following points (+) and GND (-). Tray 1: MCU PWB P409A-10 (BSD 7.7 Flag 5) Tray 2: MCU PWB P409B-10 (BSD 7.8 Flag 5) Tray 3: TM PWB P549-B10 (BSD 7.9 Flag 5 / BSD 7.10 Flag 5) Tray 4: TM PWB P549-A10 (BSD 7.11 Flag 5 / BSD 7.12 Flag 5) The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/ PL 13.8). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409A-12 (+) and GND (-). Tray 1: MCU PWB P409A-12 (BSD 7.7 Flag 4) A Status Indicator Raps

024-965



024-966 ATS/APS No Destination Error RAP

024-967 Different width Mix Paper detect (Stapler job) RAP

APS/ATS is unable to detect the paper size.

Paper Width Mix was detected during stapling.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

•

Refer to BSD 7.1- 7.6.

•

•

Reload the tray.

Refer to BSD 3.4.

Procedure Procedure Check the installation of the relevant Size Sensor. The relevant Size Sensor is installed correctly. Y N Install the relevant Size Sensor correctly. Go to the BSD 7.1 -7.6 Tray 1 -4 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors.

Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the connection of each Finisher PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the wire between P/J416 and J8843 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.4). The wire between P/J416 and J8843 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J416-A3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 3.4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).




024-966, 024-967

024-968 Stapler / Punch Batting

024-969 Different Width Mix Punch

Staple and Punch positions overlap.

Paper of different widths detected in Punch Mode output.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Cancel Staple, Punch, or both.

Cancel Punch operation.

Procedure

Procedure

When copying, user can either specify which has more priority, or cancel both.

Use compatible paper sizes.


024-968, 024-969



024-970 Tray 6 Out Of Place

024-972 Tray 6 Size Mismatch

Tray 6 is out of Place.

Paper in Tray 6 is different from that specified for printing.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Set Tray 6 into position.

Reload appropriate type of paper in Tray 6.

Procedure

Procedure

If failure continues, check for proper operation of Tray 6 In Sensor. (BSD 7.15)

If failure continues, check for the proper operation of the Tray 6 Size Sensor. (BSD 7.15)




024-970, 024-972

024-975 Copy Booklet Sheets Counts Over

024-976 Finisher Staple Status Failed RAP

Number of sheets detected upon start of printing exceeded maximum number sheets allowed for Booklet maker.

•


•


Initial Actions Reduce the number of sheets set for Booklet Maker or cancel Booklet Maker job.


Procedure Cancel job or reduce number of sheets set for this job.

Procedure Alternately execute Component Control[012-046 Staple Motor FORWARD ON] and Component Control[012-047 Staple Motor REVERSE ON]. The Stapler Motor can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J8819 and P/J8847. P/J8819 and P/J8847 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8819 and P/J8847. Check the wire between J8819 and J8847 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.6). The wire between J8819 and J8847 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Execute Component Control[012-244 Staple Head Home Sensor]. Alternately execute Component Control[012-046 Staple Motor FORWARD ON] and Component Control[012-047 Staple Motor REVERSE ON]. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8818 and P/J8852. P/J8818 and P/J8852 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8818 and P/J8852. Check the wire between J8818 and J8852 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.6). The wire between J8818 and J8852 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


024-975, 024-976



024-977 Stapler Feed Ready Failure RAP

024-978 Booklet Stapler Fault

When starting Staple, Staple Ready Sensor Off was detected.

Booklet Maker Stapler not ready.

Empty stapling was within 13 times.

Initial Actions Check staples, reset the stapler cartridge.


Procedure

Reload the Staple Cartridge.

Check for proper operation of the Booklet Stapler Cover Switch, and the Stapler Front Safety Switches. (BSD 12.13)

Procedure Execute Component Control[012-243]. Install and remove the Staple Cartridge. The display changes. Y N Check the Staple Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There are no foreign substances and nothing has failed. Y N Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances. Check the connections of P/J8818 and P/J8852. P/J8818 and P/J8852 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8818 and P/J8852. Check the wire between J8818 and J8852 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.6). The wire between J8818 and J8852 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.6). Install and remove the Staple Cartridge. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).




024-977, 024-978

024-979 Stapler Near Empty RAP

024-980 Finisher Stacker Tray Full RAP

•

The Staple Pin is nearly empty.

The output paper stacked on the Finisher Stacker Tray reaches capacity (for mixed paper size).

•

The cartridge has not been installed.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions •

•

Refer to BSD 12.6.

Refer to BSD 12.8.

Procedure

Procedure Execute Component Control[012-242 Low Staple Sensor]. Install and remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The display changes. Y N Check the Staple Pin Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There are no foreign substances and nothing has failed. Y N Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.

Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism. Y N Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion.

Check the connections of P/J8818 and P/J8852. P/J8818 and P/J8852 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8818 and P/J8852.

Execute Component Control[012-267 Stack Height Sensor]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/J8850. P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/ J8850 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/J8850.


Check the wire between J8815 and J8850 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.8). The wire between J8815 and J8850 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850B-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.6). Install and remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850B-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8). Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10).

Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).



Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Control[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 22.8) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8847 and P/J8827. P/J8847 and P/J8827 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8847 and P/J8827. Check the wire between J8847 and P8827 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.8). The wire between J8847 and P8827 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. A


024-979, 024-980



A Y

024-981 Finisher Top Tray Full


Finisher top tray is full


Initial Actions Remove paper from the Finisher Top Tray.


Procedure If the failure continues, check for proper operation of the Stack Height Sensor. (BSD 12.8)




024-980, 024-981

A

024-982 Stacker Lower Safety warning RAP •

After the Stacker Motor turned On (descending), the Stack Height Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.

•

After the Stacker Motor turned On (descending), the Stack Height Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.

Initial Actions •

B Check the wire between J8847 and P8827 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.8). The wire between J8847 and P8827 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Refer to BSD 12.8.


Procedure Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism. Y N Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[012-267 Stack Height Sensor]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/J8850. P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/ J8850 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/J8850. Check the wire between J8815 and J8850 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.8). The wire between J8815 and J8850 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850B-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850B-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8). Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Control[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 22.8) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8847 and P/J8827. P/J8847 and P/J8827 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8847 and P/J8827.


024-982



024-985 MPT Feed Failure RAP

024-989 Booklet Low Staple

The job was aborted during MPT feed.

Booklet Maker Stapler Low Staple signal is detected to be on at Staple operations.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

•

Refer to BSD 7.13.

Check staples, set properly or add more staples.

•

Check the operation of the MPT Guide.

Procedure Procedure

If failure continues check the proper operation of the Front or Rear Low Staple Switch. (BSD 12.26, BSD 12.27)

Check the document size. The size of the document is within the specification. Y N Use a paper size within the specification. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Check the installation and operation of the MPT Guide. The MPT Guide is installed correctly and the actuator works. Y N Reinstall the MPT Guide Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.13 Flag 1). Manually operate the MPT Guide. As the MPT Guide moves, the voltage changes accordingly. Y N Check the connections of P/J107, P/J609, P/J605 and P/J411. P/J107, P/J609, P/ J605 and P/J411 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J107, P/J609, P/J605 and P/J411. Check the wire between J107 and J411 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.13 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J107 and J411 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.13 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MPT Paper Size Sensor (PL 7.3). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).




024-985 , 024-989


024-985 , 024-989



A

024-916 Mix Full Stack RAP BSD-ON:12.24 The output paper stacked on the Finisher Stacker Tray reaches capacity (for the same paper size only).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-20 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor 2 (PL 23.11).

Procedure Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism. Y N Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[012-264 Stack Height Sensor 1]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8873 and P/J8988. J8873 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8873 and P/J8988.

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Control[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 23.7) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8986. P/J8986 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8986. Check the wires on P8986 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The on P8986 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J8873 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wire between J8873 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-16 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

B Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-19 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

wires


Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-17 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor 1 (PL 23.11). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Execute Component Control[012-265 Stack Height Sensor 2]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8874 and P/J8988. J8874 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8874 and P/J8988. Check the wire between J8874 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wire between J8874 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A B Launch Version February, 2008 WorkCentre 5225, 5230

2-369


024-916

024-917 Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count RAP

024-928 Scratch Sheet Compile RAP

The number of stapled copies exceeded the capacity of the Stacker Tray.

- When the eject cover is opened or closed, Compiler Tray No Paper Sensor has No Paper.

Procedure

- A set of sheets including scratch sheet is output from compiler tray. (e.g. when job is cancelled)

Check the connection of each Finisher PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. [024-917] reoccurs. Y N End

Initial Actions Ensure that the Eject cover is closed

Procedure


Check the connection J8984 and P/J8988 on the Finisher PWB. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. [024-928] reoccurs. Y N End Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).


024-917, 024-928



024-976 Finisher Staple Status Failed RAP

024-977 Stapler Feed Ready Failure RAP

BSD-ON:12.21

BSD-ON:12.21

•


When starting Staple, Staple Ready Sensor Off was detected.

•


Empty stapling was within 13 times.

Initial Actions

Procedure Alternately execute Component Control[012-046 Staple Motor FORWARD ON] and Component Control[012-047 Staple Motor REVERSE ON]. The Stapler Motor can be heard. Y N Check the connections of J8887 and P/J8981. J8887 and P/J8981 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8887 and P/J8981. Check the wire between J8887 and J8981 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wire between J8887 and J8981 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 23.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Execute Component Control[012-244 Staple Head Home Sensor]. Alternately execute Component Control[012-046 Staple Motor FORWARD ON] and Component Control[012-047 Staple Motor REVERSE ON]. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8896 and P/J8981. P/J8896 and P/J8981 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8896 and P/J8981. Check the wire between J8886 and J8981 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.21). The wire between J8886 and J8981 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.21). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Reload the Staple Cartridge.

Procedure Execute Component Control[012-243 Staple Ready Sensor]. Install and remove the Staple Cartridge. The display changes. Y N Check the Staple Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There are no foreign substances and nothing has failed. Y N Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances. Check the connections of J8886 and P/J8981. J8886 and correctly. Y N Connect J8886 and P/J8981.

P/J8981 are connected

Check the wire between J8886 and J8981 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.21). The wire between J8886 and J8981 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8981-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.21). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8981-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.21). Install and remove the Staple Cartridge. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 23.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 23.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).




024-976, 024-977

A

024-978 Booklet Front/Rear Stapler Fail BSD-ON:12.27

B Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Booklet Stapler Assembly (Front/Rear), cannot clinch properly; Booklet Front/Rear Staple Home Switch detected not to turn on (return to Home position could not be completed) within designated time period after starting reverse motion.

Procedure Execute Component Control[012-024 Front Staple Motor (FWD) and 012-025 Front Staple Motor (REV) or 012-026 Rear Staple Motor (FWD) and 012-027 Rear Staple Motor (REV)] alternately. The motor energizes. Y N Check the connections of (Front Stapler Motor J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or (Rear Stapler Motor P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995). Connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or (Rear Stapler Motor P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995) Check the wire between J8894, J8895,and J8995 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.26/27). The wire between J8894, J8895 and J8995 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB of each P8894, P8995-8/9/10/11 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.26/27). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Select Stop. Select [013-141 Front Staple Home Switch or 013-142 Rear Staple Home Switch] Select Start. Actuate the Front/Rear Staple Home Switch. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of (Front Staple Home Switch J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or (Rear Staple Home Switch P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995). Connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect (Front Staple Home Switch J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or (Rear Staple Home Switch P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995) Check the wire between J8894, J8895 and J8995 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.27). The wire between J8894, J8895 and J8995 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB P8894-5, P8895-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.26/27). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). A B Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 2-372 024-978


024-979 Stapler Near Empty RAP

024-980 Finisher Stacker Tray Full RAP

BSD-ON:12.21

BSD-ON:12.24

•

The Staple Pin is nearly empty.

The output paper stacked on the Finisher Stacker Tray reaches capacity (for mixed paper size).

•

The cartridge has not been installed.

Procedure

Procedure

Execute Component Control[012-242 Low Staple Sensor]. Install and remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The display changes. Y N Check the Staple Pin Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There are no foreign substances and nothing has failed. Y N Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.

Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism. Y N Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion.

Check the connections of J8886 and P/J8981. J8886 and correctly. Y N Connect J8886 and P/J8981.


Execute Component Control[012-264 Stack Height Sensor 1]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8873 and P/J8988. J8873 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8873 and P/J8988.





Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8981-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.21). Install and remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-17 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor 1 (PL 23.11).

Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 23.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Execute Component Control[012-265 Stack Height Sensor 2]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8874 and P/J8988. J8874 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8874 and P/J8988. Check the wire between J8874 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wire between J8874 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A


B



024-979, 024-980

A

B Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-19 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-20 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor 2 (PL 23.11). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Control[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 23.7) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8986. P/J8986 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8986. Check the wires on P8986 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The on P8986 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

wires

024-982 Stacker Lower Safety warning RAP BSD-ON:12.24 •

After the Stacker Motor turned On (descending), the Stack Height Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.

•

After the Stacker Motor turned On (descending), the Stack Height Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.

Procedure Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism. Y N Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[012-264 Stack Height Sensor 1]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8873 and P/J8988. J8873 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8873 and P/J8988. Check the wire between J8873 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wire between J8873 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.


Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-16 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-17 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor 1 (PL 23.11). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Execute Component Control[012-265 Stack Height Sensor 2]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8874 and P/J8988. J8874 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8874 and P/J8988. Check the wire between J8874 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wire between J8874 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. A Status Indicator Raps

024-980, 024-982



A Y

024-984 Booklet Low Staple F


BSD-ON:12.26

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-19 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-20 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor 2 (PL 23.11). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Control[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 23.7) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8986. P/J8986 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8986.

Booklet Stapler Low Staple Front signal was detected just before Stapling operation. Booklet Stapler Low Staple Front signal was detected at Power ON, at initialization, or when the interlock was closed.

Procedure Supply the staples. The problem is resolved. Y N Enter Component Control [013-107 Front Low Staple Switch], Select Start. ‘LOW’ (staples available) is displayed Y N Check the connections of J8894, P/J8995 and P/J8892. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors.

wires




Check the wires on P8986 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The on P8986 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8894-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.26). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Front Low Staple Switch (PL 23.19). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Select Stop. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21).




024-982 , 024-984

024-989 Booklet Low Staple R BSD-ON:12.27 Booklet Stapler Low Staple Rear signal was detected just before Stapling operation. Booklet Stapler Low Staple Rear signal was detected at Power ON, at initialization, or when the interlock was closed.

Procedure Supply the staples. The problem is resolved. Y N Enter Component Control [013-108 Rear Low Staple Switch]. Select Start. ‘LOW’ (staples available) is displayed Y N Check the connections of J8894, P/J8995 and P/J8892. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the wire between J8895 and J8995 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.27). The wire between J8895 and J8995 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8995-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.27). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8895-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.27). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Rear Low Staple Switch (PL 23.20). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Select Stop. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21).


024-989



026-700 LDAP Protocol Max Error RAP

026-702 Address Book Directory Service Overflow RAP

In handling Address Book, an out-of-spec LDAP protocol is detected.

Address Book Directory Service is overflown.

Procedure

Procedure

The server uses the out-of-spec LDAP protocol not supported by this machine. If trying to reproduce this, contact our Custom Support Center.

Software internal to this machine is defective.




026-700, 026-702


026-700, 026-702



027-400 Net Off Line RAP

027-442 Duplicate IP Address RAP

Net Off Line.

Stateless automatic setting IP address1 duplicated.

Procedure

Procedure

If any other messages are displayed, clear the relevant error.

(1)Check IP address for which stateless address is automatically set is used anywhere else or not.

If panel operations are being carried out, finish these operations.

(2) Collect failure analysis log and packet.

If remote access is being carried out, wait until the relevant access is finished. If failure continues after doing all of the above, turn power off/on. If failure still continues, contact service center.




027-400, 027-442

027-443 DNS Renewal Failure of Dynamic RAP


Stateless automatic setting IP address2 duplicated

Stateless automatic setting IP address3 duplicated

Procedure

Procedure






027-443, 027-444



027-445 Illegal IP Address RAP


Wrong manual setting IP address

Manual setting IP address duplicated.

Procedure

Procedure








027-445, 027-446



Link local IP address duplicated.

BSD-ON:16.1

Procedure

A PC with the same IP address exists on the network.

(1)Check IP address for which stateless address is automatically set is used anywhere else or not. (2) Collect failure analysis log and packet.

Initial Actions Change the IP address.



027-447, 027-452



027-500 SMTP Server Mail I/O RAP

027-501 POP Server RAP

The Mail I/O cannot resolve the SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) Server address.

The Mail I/O cannot resolve the POP (Post Office Protocol) Server address.

Procedure

Initial Actions

Specify the correct SMTP Server name or specify the IP address.

Power Off/On

Procedure Specify the correct POP (Post Office Protocol) Server name or specify the IP address.




027-500, 027-501

027-502 POP Authentication RAP

027-503 POP server communication timeout RAP

The Mail I/O cannot pass POP (Post Office Protocol) authentication.

POP server communication timeout.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Check that the login name and password for the POP (Post Office Protocol) Server are correct.

Wait a while before repeating the operations. If the situation does not improve, consult network administrator.


027-502, 027-503



027-504 Invalid Response Reception from SMTP Server RAP Response reception is not expected from server.

027-513 SMB Scan Client RAP A SMB scan client does not have the right to access. (Win9x series)

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure Repeat the same operations. If the situation does not improve, contact telephone center or dealer.


Check if the specified user is allowed to read/write a file in storage place on the SMB server. If not, make the setting that allows the user to access.



027-504, 027-513

027-514 Host Name Solution Error RAP

027-515 DNS Server Error in SMB RAP

A failure in resolving a problem with a host name in SMB scan

In SMB scan, the server was not found on DNS.

Initial Actions

Procedure

Power Off/On

Set DNS address.

Procedure

Or set the destination server address, using IP address.

Check the connection to DNS. Or check that the destination server name is entered on DNS.


027-514, 027-515



027-516 Server Connection Error in SMB RAP

027-518 Login/Password Error RAP

In SBM scan, there is a problem with the connection to the server.

A login name or password error in SMB scan.

Procedure

Procedure

Check that the destination SMB server and this machine are set up so that they can communicate with each other on the network. For example, check the following:

Check the login name (user name) and password are correct.

•

Network Cable for connection

•

TCP/IP Setup

•

Communication through Port 137 (UDP), Port 138 (UDP) and Port 139 (TCP)

•

If any communication is conducted beyond subnet, check WINS Server settings and check that any problem with server name address can be resolved properly




027-516, 027-518

027-519 Scanning Picture Error RAP

027-520 File Name Acquisition Failure RAP

There is a problem with the scanned images saving place SBM scan server.

A failure in acquiring a file name/folder on the SMB scan server.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the following:.

Check the right to access the SMB scan server.

•

That the storage place is correct.

•

That the specified storage place is not linked to another server for DFS setting. Directly specify the server to link to, shared name and storage place.


027-519, 027-520



027-521 File Name Suffix Limit Error RAP

027-522 File Creation Failure RAP

The suffix of a SMB scan file name/folder name exceeds the limit.

A failure in creating a SMB scan file.

Procedure

Procedure

Change the file name/destination folder, or move or delete the file in the destination folder.



•

That the specified name is a file name that can be created in the storage place.

•

That the specified file name is not used by another user.

•

That there is no file or folder with the same name as the specified file name.



027-521, 027-522

027-523 Lock Folder Creation Failure RAP

027-524 Folder Creation Failure RAP

A failure in creating a SMB scan lock folder

A failure in creating a SMB scan folder

Procedure

Procedure



•


•


•


•


•


•


•



027-523, 027-524



027-525 File Delete Failure RAP

027-526 Lock Folder Delete Failure RAP

A failure in deleting a SMB scan file.

A failure in deleting a SMB scan lock folder

Procedure

Procedure

Check that another user does not handle the file in the specified storage place.





027-525, 027-526

027-527 Folder Delete Failure RAP

027-528 Data Write-in Failure RAP

A failure in deleting a FTP scan folder

No space available in the specified storage place on the SMB scan data server.

Procedure

Procedure

Check that another user does not handle the file in the specified storage place.

Check that the storage place has some space available.


027-527, 027-528



027-529 Data Read Failure RAP

027-530 Data Reading Failure RAP

An error internal to SMB Library occurred.

[Overwrite prohibited] is selected as action to be taken when a duplicated SMB scan file name is detected.

Procedure Do the same operation again. If this does not resolve the problem, contact our Customer Support Center.


Procedure Select any option other than [Overwrite prohibited].



027-529, 027-530

027-531 Scan Filing Policy Injustice RAP

027-532 NEXTNAME.DAT file access error RAP

SMB scan filing policy is illegal (when Add selected).

NEXTNAME.DAT file access error in SMB scan

Procedure

Procedure

If [Add] is selected as action to be taken when a duplicated file name is detected, check that the file format is not a multi-page one.

If [Add] is selected as action to be taken when a duplicated file name is detected, check that NEXTNAME.DAT file is correct.


027-531, 027-532



027-533 Internal Scan Error RAP

027-543 Server Name Specification Error RAP

An internal error occurred in SMB scan.

A specified SMB server (NetBIOS) name is wrong.

Procedure

Procedure


Check that the SMB server name is correct.




027-533, 027-543

027-547 SMB Protocol error 4-007 RAP


SMB protocol error. An invalid character was detected in the specified domain name.

SMB protocol error. An invalid character was detected in the specified domain name.

Procedure

Procedure

Check with the network administrator for the domain name.

Check with the network administrator for the domain name.

Also, check if the domain name set on the machine is correct, using the following procedure: 1.Enter the System Administration mode, and select [System Settings] > [System Settings] > [Network Settings] > [Remote Authentication Server/Directory Service] > [SMB Server Settings]. 2.Select the SMB server to check the domain name.


027-547, 027-548





SMB protocol error.

SMB protocol error. The SMB server was not found.

Procedure

Procedure

Try again. If the problem persists, contact our Customer Support Center.

Check if the connection between the authentication server and the machine has been established via a network. For example, check the following points: -Network cable connection TCP/IP settings -Connection via Port 137 (UDP)/Port 138 (UDP)/Port 139 (TCP)




027-549, 027-564



SMB protocol error.

SMB protocol error. SMB (TCP/IP) is not active.

Procedure

Procedure


Check on CentreWare Internet Services that SMB (TCP/IP) is active on the [Port Status] screen of the [Properties] tab.


027-565, 027-566



027-569 SMB (TCP/IP) is not Started RAP


SMB (TCP/IP) has not been started.

SMB protocol error.

Procedure

Procedure

Check on CentreWare Internet Services that SMB (TCP/IP) is active on the [Port Status] screen of the [Properties] tab.





027-569, 027-572



SMB protocol error.

SMB protocol error.

Procedure

Procedure




027-573, 027-574





SMB protocol error.

SMB protocol error.

Procedure

Procedure






027-576, 027-578



SMB protocol error. The SMB server is in shared security mode.

SMB protocol error. Login disabled period.

Procedure

Procedure

The SMB server may be on Windows 95, Windows 98, or Windows Me OS. Set the SMB server on an OS other than Windows 95, Windows 98, or Windows Me OS.

Check with the system administrator for the login-permitted period.


027-584, 027-585





SMB protocol error. The password has expired.

SMB protocol error. The password must be changed.

Procedure

Procedure

Obtain a valid password from the system administrator.

Log in to Windows, and change the password. Ask the system administrator to change the setting so that you do not need to change the login password next time.




027-586, 027-587



SMB protocol error. The user is invalid.

SMB protocol error. The user was locked out.

Procedure

Procedure

Ask the system administrator for validating the user.

Ask the system administrator for canceling the lockout status.


027-588, 027-589





SMB protocol error. The user was locked out.

SMB protocol error. Users are restricted. A blank password is invalid.

Procedure

Procedure

Obtain a valid user account from the system administrator. Or, ask the system administrator to extend the account expiration date.

Set the password for the user.




027-590, 027-591

027-599 SMB Protocol error 4-other codes RAP

027-702 Certificate for Recipients, was not Found RAP

SMB library internal error other than 27-547 to 27-579 has occurred.

Certificate for addresses, was not found.

Procedure

Procedure

Operate again.

Store certificate for recipient to the device.


027-599, 027-702



027-703 Certificate for Recipients, has Expired RAP

027-704 Certificate for Recipients, was Untrusted RAP

Certificate for addresses, has expired.

Certificate for addresses, was untrusted.

Procedure

Procedure

Store correct certificate for recipient to the device. Check the following:

Check certificate path of certificate for recipient, and import the required CA certificate.

- Expiration date of certificate - Device time (whether it is correct)




027-703, 027-704

027-705 Certificate for Recipients, was revoked RAP

027-706 Certificate RAP

Certificate for addresses, was revoked.

The authentication certificate is not available.

Procedure

Procedure

Store certificate for recipient that is not included in the CRL to the device.

Obtain an authentication certificate.


027-705, 027-706



027-707 Certificate Expired RAP

027-708 Certificate Valid RAP

The authentication certificate expired.

The authentication certificate is not credible.

Procedure

Procedure

Obtain new authentication certificate.

Check the authentication certificate information and retry.




027-707, 027-708

027-709 Certificate Revoked RAP

027-710 Invalid S/MIME Mail RAP

The authentication certificate is revoked.

The Mail I/O received S/MIME (Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) mail even though S/ MIME was set to [Off].

Procedure Reestablish authentication certificate or obtain a new authentication certificate.

Procedure Enable S/MIME as required.


027-709, 027-710



027-711 S/MIME Mail Certificate RAP

027-712 S/MIME Mail Certificate RAP

The Mail I/O received the S/MIME (Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) signature mail but could not obtain the sender certificate.

The Mail I/O received the S/MIME (Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) signature mail with valid sender certificate but a signature verification error is detected.

Procedure

Procedure

Request for the mail to be resent. Check the setting of the S/MIME device as required.

Request that mail to be resent with a valid sender certificate.




027-711, 027-712

027-713 S/MIME Mail Altered RAP

027-714 S/MIME Mail Invalid RAP

The Mail I/O received the S/MIME (Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) signature mail but corrupted mail is detected.

The Mail I/O received the S/MIME (Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) signature mail with different sender mail address and signature mail address.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the sender as required.

Check the sender as required.


027-713, 027-714



027-715 S/MIME Mail Certificate Registration RAP

027-716 Email Signature RAP

The certificate supported by S/MIME (Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) encrypted mail is not registered in the device.

The system detected that prohibited E-mails without a signature were received.

Procedure Procedure

Check the E-mail signatures and retry.

Check that the certificate of the destination is registered in the certificate store of the device.




027-715 , 027-716

027-730 SMTP Mail Division Error RAP

027-737 Template Server Read RAP

SMTP mail division error.

An error was received from the server for one of the following FTP commands: [TYPE A], [LIST] and [RETR] when reading from the Job Template Pool Server.

Procedure Procedure

Scan document page number exceeds threshold page number for partitioning Change the document partitioning settings (increase threshold value), or reduce the number of pages in the document to be scanned


027-730, 027-737

Check that [Read Authorization] is established for the storage destination server directory set as a resource.



027-739 Invalid Template Server Path RAP

027-740 Template Server Login RAP

An error was received from the Server for the FTP command [CWD] and the specified path of the Job Template Pool Server cannot be found.

Login to the FTP Server failed.

Procedure Procedure

Set the login name and password in the Job Template file storage destination.

Set the resource of the storage destination path from the client PC using CentreWare. From another PC connected to the network, check that login to the above account is possible. From a client PC, set a login name and password as a resource using CenterWare.




027-739, 027-740

027-741 Template Server Connect RAP

027-742 HDD File System RAP

The system failed in obtaining data connection or list data while connecting to the Job Template Pool Server using the FTP command [LIST].

BSD-ON:16.1 The HDD is full when writing to a local HDD Job Template or when writing temporary work files.

Procedure Connect the network cable from the machine correctly.


From the destination server, use [ping] to check that the machine can be [seen]. Perform the [ping] test on the destination server from the PSW.

Procedure Replace the HDD (PL 9.2).

From a client PC, check that FTP connection to the destination server is possible.


027-741 , 027-742



027-743 Template Server Install RAP

027-744 Template Address RAP

The address format of the Job Template Pool Server is incorrect.

An error occurred while recalling the DNS Resolution Library.

Procedure

Procedure

Set the parameters related to the Job Template Pool Server.

Check the connection to the DNS (Domain Name System). Check that the Job Template Pool Server domain name is registered in the DNS.




027-743, 027-744

027-745 Template Address Server RAP

027-750 Fax Document Inhibited RAP

The DNS Server address is not set during address resolution.

iFAX Document E-mail and iFAX Transfer instructions were received when iFAX Document E-mail and iFAX Transfer is prohibited.


Procedure Change the transfer setting to receive iFAX.

Procedure Set the DNS address. Check the Job Template Pool Server address using IP address.


027-745, 027-750



027-751 Job Template Analysis RAP

027-752 Required User Entry Not Entered RAP

An error is detected when analyzing the given instruction.

The instruction to start the job is issued but the required user entry not entered.

Procedure

Procedure

Verify the job set up selections.

Do not link the entry box to instructions that require user entry. Set preset values for the items in the instruction requiring user entry.




027-751, 027-752

027-753 Job Flow Service Disabled RAP

027-754 Job Flow Service File Signature Mismatch RAP

The system attempted to create a job to recall an external service while the Job Flow Service is invalid.

Job flow service File signature setting mismatch.

Procedure Procedure

A mismatch of file signatures set by instructions

Ask customer to enable the Job Flow Service.


027-753, 027-754



027-760 XJT Command Fail RAP

027-761 Web Print Time Out RAP

XJT Command Fail.

Web print job is received but printing cannot be started within “Time limit of on-demand printing”.

Procedure

Procedure


Take any of the following actions:

- parameters set by XDOD client are within system specification range

(1) To retry printing with reduced number of document when on-demand printing is requested for multiple documents using external access function.

- XDOD client / controller versions; save XDOD job ticket and request investigation to development department via TSC.

(2) To enter M/C administrator mode to elongate the time or to set 0 from [System setting/Registration]>[System setting]>[System clock/Timer setting]>[Time limit of on-demand print], when the problem still recurs. NOTE: When on-demand print using external access function is requested for multiple documents, printing process time until the last document is accepted is not considered. Therefore, timeout may occur before the last document is accepted, with large-volume document and complicated document requiring longer data processing time. Time limit shall be set according to form of document to be printed.




027-760, 027-761

027-762 Illegal Web Print Job Ticket RAP

027-772 SMTP Server Error (HELO) RAP

Web print job is received but attached job execution ticket is not correct.

SMTP server error (HELO Command refusal).

NOTE: On-demand print using external access function is requested to M/C but designated job ticket is not correct as follows:

Procedure

-Error overwrite of job ticket due to M/C software failure -Error overwrite of job ticket due to external server bug of sender -Error overwrite of job ticket due to network problem

If the device hostname is described in non-ASCII characters, set the device hostname using ASCII characters. If situation does not improve, consult network administrator and check the SMTP server supports HELO command.

-Intentional falsification of job ticket

Procedure Retry print request.


027-762, 027-772



027-773 SMTP Server Communication Timeout RAP

027-774 Address Inaccurate Character RAP

SMTP server communication timeout.

SMTP address inaccurate character.

Procedure

Procedure

Timeout in communication with SMTP server

Use only ASCII characters for the destination email address.

Wait a while before repeating the operations. If the situation does not improve, consult network administrator.




027-773, 027-774

027-775 Too Many SMTP Address RAP

027-776 SMTP Server Error (EHLO) RAP

Too many SMTP address.

SMTP server error (EHLO Command refusal).

Procedure

Procedure

Reduce the number of destination email addresses.

If the device hostname is described in non-ASCII characters, set the device hostname using ASCII characters.

If the situation does not improve, consult network administrator. If situation does not improve, consult network administrator and check the SMTP server supports EHLO command.


027-775, 027-776



027-777 SMTP Server Un-Supports SMTP-AUTH RAP

027-778 No Mode Specified by SMTP-AUTH RAP

SMTP server un-supports SMTP-AUTH.

There is no mode specified by SMTP-AUTH.

Procedure

Procedure

Send email without SMTP-AUTH.

Consult the network administrator; check the server SMTP authentication method.

If the SMTP-AUTH feature is required, consult system administrator

The Device supports the following methods: plain authentication, login (base 64) authentication, and CRAM-MD5 (challenge-response).




027-777, 027-778

027-779 It attestation-fails by SMTP-AUTH RAP

027-796 E-mail Not Printed RAP

SMTP authentication failure.

E-mails without attachments were received when the settings were set to [Do not print header and content].

Procedure Check if the authentication information (username/password) has been set properly

Procedure Ask customer to change the settings and repeat the operation. Ask customer to check the remote machine. If the problem continues, replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).


027-779, 027-796



027-797 Invalid Output Destination RAP BSD-ON:16.1 E-mail was received with E-mail to Box and E-mail to Fax not selected.

Procedure Change the settings and repeat the operation. If the problem persists check the remote machine. Replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).




027-797


027-797



033-363 Fax Control RAP


BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

There was an ESS reset when the FAX PWB did not respond.

The specified document does not exist.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB.

Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 11.3).




033-363, 033-710



BSD-ON:16.1

BSD-ON:16.1

Memory is at maximum limit.

The Chain-Link does not exist.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure




033-712, 033-713





BSD-ON:16.1

BSD-ON:16.1

The job cannot be processed with the host in the current status.

The specified mailbox does not exist.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure






033-715, 033-716



BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

Verification of the specified password failed.

The document does not exist in the Polling Send box or the specified mailbox.

Procedure

Initial Actions

Perform following as required

Power Off/On

1.

Verify machine is connected to dedicated analog line (not ISDN).

2.

Verify that no password is set.

Procedure

Customer can perform following steps if system admin is accessible with code (five one’s) 11111, or code is available.


a.

Press the Log In / Out Button on the Control Panel and enter (five one’s) 11111 using the number keypad and select Confirm.

b.


c.

Select System Settings again.

d.

Select FAX Mode Settings.

e.

Select Local Terminal Settings.

f.

Check that 3. Machine Password is (not set). If it is (not set), select close/exit as required. Go to step 3. If a password is set, go to step 3.

3.

g.

Select 3. Machine Password and select Change Settings.

h.

Select Backspace as required to delete the password.

i.

Select Save.

j.

Select Close/Exit as required.

k.

Select Close again.

l.

Select Close again.

m.

Power machine off and on to verify setting change.

Initialize NVM.


033-717, 033-718





BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

The document does not exist in the Polling Send box or the specified mailbox.

The specified page cannot be created.

Procedure

Procedure



If the problem persists check the Fax line connection (telephone line). If the problem persists check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB. If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout.




033-719, 033-721



BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

A stored Fax job is cancelled.

The upper limit for image data in a single transmission was exceeded.

Procedure

Procedure

Ask customer to resend.

Ask customer to cancel the job and resend in smaller parts. If the problem persists refer customer to User Guide to find information on lowering memory usage.


033-722, 033-724





BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

The HDD was full during Fax Receive, Format or report creation.

Two-sided printing is not available when receiving Fax (mixed-size originals for fax).

Initial Actions

Procedure

Power Off/On

Ask customer to verify that two-sided printing is not available.

Procedure Ask customer to request a re-resend.




033-725, 033-726



BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

Rotation is not available when receiving Fax (insufficient memory).

Formatting for Fax Auto Printing was aborted because the instruction for Fax Manual Printing was given during the operation.

Initial Actions Power off/on

Procedure Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

Procedure Ask customer to request a re-resend.


033-727, 033-728





BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

When the system was waiting to receive a Fax job, a simultaneous request from the user to stop the job was received.

The job document number related to the job could not be obtained.

Procedure Procedure


Ask customer to request a re-resend.




033-731, 033-733



BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

Fax Print and Fax Auto Report were started at the same time.

An error occurred in reserving fax receive memory.

Procedure

Procedure




033-734, 033-735





BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

Fax was not transferred as the data capacity exceeded the threshold value while the Fax Transfer Prohibition Function was activated, based on the data capacity of the Internet Fax Off Ramp.

The Fax Controller detected a failure and could not continue processing the job.


Power off/on






033-736, 033-737



BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

The Fax Controller detected an error in JBIG data during coding/decoding of the JBIG data.

The user canceled immediate printing upon receiving.

Procedure

Procedure




033-738 , 033-740





BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

When transferring image data to the FAX PWB, the conditions for sending the response to the FAX PWB did not match.


Procedure

Procedure






033-741, 033-742



BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1



Procedure

Procedure




033-743, 033-744





BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1



Procedure

Procedure






033-745, 033-746



BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

When requesting to start the service from the FAX PWB, the job could not be created due to causes such as job number overflow.

During Fax formatting, the enlarged image data is larger than the reserved memory.


Power off/on




033-747, 033-749




033-751 Activity Report suspended RAP

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

When a communication management report occurred at a print prohibited time period, the machine just goes into sleep mode and the report output is postponed.

Enlargement of error free image data failed when image data was retrieved from the FAX PWB.

Procedure Procedure

No action is necessary as it will automatically restart after exiting the print prohibited time period.





033-750, 033-751

033-755 Fax printing is canceled Fax RAP Because Fax Service did not work, printing a fax document was cancelled.


Procedure Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB. If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).


033-755



034-211 Fax Communication RAP


BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

Failure was detected on the Fax Option Slot 1 PWB.

Failure was detected on the Fax Option Slot 2 PWB.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the installation of the PWB in Slot 1 on the FAX PWB.

Check the installation of the PWB in Slot 2 on the FAX PWB.

If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout.







034-211 , 034-212



There is incorrect information in the dial data (Recipient telephone number).

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

Procedure

The specified channel is not installed.

Ask customer to verify the Fax number and resend.

Procedure Ask customer to verify that the specified channel is installed. If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout. If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).


034-500 , 034-501





Transmission exceeded memory capacity.

A send error is detected in the Recipients Print Sets function when the receiving Fax does not support remote collating and copying.


Procedure Ask customer to reconfigure the job and resend.




034-505, 034-506



One of the following occurred.

The Fax controller sent a reject command signal and stopped the transmission.

•

The password is incorrect.

•

An error in the mailbox number is detected.

Procedure

•

No documents for polling are found.

Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).

Procedure

Ask customer to allow a 5 minute recovery time and then resend.

Ask customer to check if the password, mailbox number or document for valid polling. Ask customer to cancel the job and then resend.


034-507, 034-508





The Fax controller stopped the transmission after receiving the invalid procedure signal from the receiving Fax.

The Fax controller stopped the transmission after receiving the reject command signal from the receiving Fax.

Procedure

Procedure



Ask customer to cancel the job and then resend.

Ask customer to allow a 5 minute recovery time and then resend. Ask customer to cancel the job and then resend.




034-509, 034-510



The receiving Fax is unable to send.

An infinite loop was detected at the receiving Fax relay broadcast.

Procedure

Procedure

There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and then resend.

There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and then resend.


034-511 , 034-512





The Fax controller received an illegal command from the receiving Fax during remote maintenance.

The Fax controller received a remote maintenance request from the receiving Fax but the Fax controller does not support this function.

Procedure

Procedure


Check Fax setup.






034-513, 034-514



BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

The number of recipients exceeded the limit.

The Fax controller received a DIS signal from the receiving Fax.

Procedure

A DCS signal is received when this function is not supported.

Ask customer to reduce the number of recipients and then resend.

An illegal command was received.

Procedure Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). Ask customer to cancel the job and then resend. If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout. If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).


034-515, 034-519




034-521 Internal I/F Error RAP

The number of services exceeded the limit.

Service designated with SI does not exist (This error may not be sent back due to cross sequence fix).

Procedure Ask customer to reduce the number of selections and then resend.


Procedure Verify software version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.




034-520, 034-521



BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

The Fax controller was unable to accept the service when it is in a prohibited state.

There is no phone line available for manual transmission when manual transmission is disabled.

Procedure

Procedure

Ask customer to allow a 5 minute recovery time and then resend.

Ask customer to allow a 5 minute recovery time and then resend. If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout. If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).


034-522, 034-523



034-527 Dial Control Error RAP


Dial Control Error

A manual transmission was requested during dialing.

Initial Actions

Procedure

Power OFF/ON

Ask customer to resend.





034-527, 034-528



BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

When confirming and receiving print jobs, the jobs cannot be printed when the document size does not match the paper size.

DTMF I/F Time-out is detected when an operation did not occur within the specified time.

Procedure Procedure


Ask customer to check if the paper tray guides are set correctly. If the problem persists check the connections on the FAX PWB. Ask customer to check the size of the paper loaded in the tray. If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout. If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout. If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).


034-529, 034-530



034-550 Write to FaxCard-ROM error detection RAP

034-700 GCPLock-G3DicepBusy-CodecHang RAP

An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the FaxCard-ROM. (During DLD method).

-GCP lock Date task noRTC ACK). Hardware failure, software I/F error. -G3 Dicep not changed to idle status, causing timeout.

Procedure Retry job. If retry failed, replace the FaxCard-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method again.

-CODEC hang-up.






034-550, 034-700

034-701 Software Reset RAP


Software Reset.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

Initial Actions

There is a presentation of an illegal event.

Power OFF/ON


Procedure Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). If the problem persists check the connections on the FAX PWB. If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout. If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).


034-701, 034-789



034-790 Fax Communication Channel 0 RAP


BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

Channel 0 outside line is not connected.


Procedure

Procedure



If the problem persists check the connections on the FAX PWB.









034-790, 034-791



BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1



Procedure

Procedure










034-792, 034-793





BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1



Procedure

Procedure












034-794, 034-795

034-796 Fax Communication Channel RAP

034-797 Communication Parameter Error RAP

Incorrect information in the dial data (Recipient Telephone Number).

Job error communication option parameter has error.

Procedure

Initial Actions

Ask customer to verify the Fax number and resend.

Power OFF/ON



034-796 , 034-797



034-798 Data Parameter Error RAP

034-799 Auto Dial Without Dial Data RAP

Job error communication data parameter has error.

Auto Dial is activated but no dial data is found.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power OFF/ON

Power OFF/ON

Procedure

Procedure

Verify software version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.

Verify software version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.




034-798, 034-799


034-798, 034-799



035-550 Write to FaxG3-ROM error detection RAP

035-700 Fax Protocol RAP

An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the FaxG3-ROM. (During DLD method).

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 A modem error occurred.

Procedure Retry job. If retry failed, replace the FaxG3-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method again.

Procedure Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout. If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).




035-550, 035-700



BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

The disconnect signal was not received from the receiving Fax after transmission was not established, or there is a time-out.

For the NSS/DTC (Non-Standard Setup/Digital Transmit Command) signal sent from the Fax controller, the DCN (Disconnect) signal was received from the receiving Fax, or transmission was rejected by the Select Receive function on the receiving Fax.

Procedure There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

Procedure There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Check the connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).


035-701, 035-702





BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

DCN (Distributed Computer Network) signal was received from the receiving Fax when sending in Phase-B (pre-message processing).

Polling could not be done because the receiving Fax does not support Polling Send function, or the stored document/original was not set.

Procedure

Procedure

There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.





035-703 , 035-704



BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

The NSS (Non-Standard Facilities Set-up) signal was sent out three times but there was no response from the receiving Fax, or the DCN (Disconnect) signal was received.

When sending the NSS (Non-Standard Facilities Set-up) signal, fall back could not be done or a fall back error occurred (In User/Auto Resend Standby).

Resending of DCS/NSS (Digital Command Signal/Non-Standard Facilities Set-up) signal exceeded the limit.




035-705, 035-706





BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

The password does not exist or it was inconsistent.

The post command was sent out three times but there was no response from the receiving Fax, or a DCN (Disconnect) signal was received.

Transmission was received from another party other than the selected party for transmission. Post messages resend over the limit.






035-707, 035-708



BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

The Fax controller received a RTN (Retrain Negative) signal from the receiving Fax.

The Fax controller received a PIN (Procedure Interrupt Negative) signal from the receiving Fax.



If the problem persists reduce the send speed and then repeat the operation.


035-709 , 035-710





BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

DCN (Disconnect) signal or an invalid command was received from the receiving Fax when sending in Phase-D.

A NSC (Non-Standard Facilities Command) signal resulted in one of the following:


•

The password was incorrect.

•

Stored documents/originals for polling was not set on the receiving Fax.

•

Document jam on the receiving Fax.





035-711, 035-712



BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

No response signal was returned from the receiving Fax after the FTT (Failure To Train) signal was sent.

A DCN (Disconnect) signal was returned from the receiving Fax to the NSC/DTC (Non-Standard Facilities Command/Digital Transmit Command) signal sent from the Fax controller for one of the following:

Procedure

•

Fax phone line may also carry a DSL (Digital Subscriber Line) internet signal, but this is not supported by the hardware. Fax requires an analog only phone line (can be used for voice only).

•

No originals for polling

•

Paper jam on the receiving Fax

Incorrect password



035-713, 035-714





BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

A password mismatch interrupted polling.

There is a time out or there is no post message.

Procedure

Procedure

Ask customer to cancel the job, verify any passwords, and resend.





035-715 , 035-716



BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

An RTN (Retrain Negative) signal was sent to the receiving Fax.

When no data was sent from the receiving Fax, or after receiving more than 1 page manually, the receiving Fax changed the resolution or the document size and the Fax controller returned to Phase-B (pre-message processing), but no data was sent from the receiving Fax.

Procedure There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. If the problem persists reduce the send speed and then repeat the operation.


035-717, 035-718






BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

A busy tone was detected in receive Phase-B (pre-message processing).

The receiving Fax has one of the following problems:

Procedure

•

A compatibility problem

•

Can not receive the DIS/NSF/NSC/DTC (DIgital Identification/Non-Standard Facilities/ Non-Standard Facilities Command/Digital Transmit Command) signals

•

Memory is full






035-719, 035-720



BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

DCN (Disconnect) signal was received from the receiving Fax when receiving in Phase-B (premessage processing).

The frame length exceeded 3.45sec in 300bps command/response.

Procedure Procedure




035-721, 035-722





BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

The Fax controller could not receive the CD (Collision Detection) signal within 3mins after receiving the signal from the receiving Fax.

The Fax controller sent a FTT (Failure To Train) signal after receiving a DCN (Disconnect) signal from the receiving Fax.

Procedure

Procedure






035-723, 035-724



BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

The receiving Fax does not support the relay broadcast and mailbox functions.

The Fax controller did not receive the TRN (Train) signal within 10 seconds after Phase-C (message transmission).

Procedure There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. If the resend fails Fax transmission cannot be used and another method of transmitting the data is required.


035-725, 035-726






BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

More than 50% of decoding errors were detected when 148mm of G3 image information was received in Phase-C (message transmission).

One of the following occurred:

Procedure

•

The Fax controller did not detect a normal line within 1 minute after it had begun to receive G3 image information.

•

The Fax controller did not detect the EOL (End of Line) signal within 13sec (default) when receiving.

•

The Fax controller could not receive the EOL (End of Line) signal within 10sec in Phase-C (message transmission).






035-727, 035-728



BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

There is a time-out drop-out when receiving the image information.

During training or when sending a command in high speed in Phase-C (message transmission), an error is detected when the modem is not turned on when a HDLC (High Level Data Link Control) signal was sent.




035-729, 035-730





BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

An error was detected during V.8 internal Fax attributes selections.

The V.34 CD (Collision Detection) is off.

Procedure

Procedure






035-731, 035-732



BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

There is an error in V.34 mode (33.6 KBPS rate).

During Polling Receive, there was no stored documents/originals for polling, or the polling operation/settings were missed during V.8 internal Fax attributes selections.




035-733, 035-734





BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

During Polling Send, there was no stored documents/originals for polling or the polling operation/settings was missed on the Fax controller during V.8 internal Fax attributes selections.

The Fax controller received the DCN (Disconnect) signal from the receiving Fax, or no response was returned from the receiving Fax to the CTC (Continue To Correct) signal sent by the Fax controller.






035-735, 035-736



BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

The Fax controller received the DCN (Disconnect) signal, or no response was returned from the receiving Fax to the EOR (End Of Retransmission) signal sent by the Fax controller.

The Fax controller received the DCN (Disconnect) signal from the receiving Fax, or no response was returned from the receiving Fax to the RR (Receive Ready) signal sent by the Fax controller.

Resending of CTC/EOR (Continue To Correct/End Of Retransmission) signal exceeded the limit.

Procedure




035-737, 035-738





BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

There is a time-out after initial 2 way transmissions are established.

After the EOR (End Of Re-transmission) signal was sent, transmission stopped or the EORQuit signal was sent from the Fax controller.






035-739, 035-740



BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

There is a time-out during Phase-C (message transmission).

After the EOR (End of Re-transmission) signal was sent, the ERR (Response For End Of Transmission) signal was returned, or the EOR-Q (End Of Re-transmission-Quit) signal was received by the Fax controller.




035-741, 035-742





BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

The receiving Fax can not receive a SUB (Sub-Address).

The receiving Fax can not receive a password.

Procedure

Procedure






035-743, 035-744



BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

The receiving Fax does not support the SEP (Separator) function.

The Fax controller detected one of the following: •

No DT1 signal before dialing.

Procedure

•

A BT1/BT2 signal before dialing.


•

A CT1 signal before dialing (a state in which PBX is busy).

•

A CT2 signal before dialing.

•

No DT1 signal during dialing (This could happen when an outside line was used without any signal sending from the PBX).

•

A BT1/BT2 signal during dialing.

•

A CT1/CT2 signal during dialing.

•

No 2nd DT2 signal during dialing.

•


•


•

No third DT3 signal during dialing.

•


•


•

A BT1/BT2 signal after dialing.

•

A CT1/CT2 signal after dialing.

•

No DT signal from the PBX before dialing.

•

A BT signal from the PBX before dialing.

•

A CT signal from the PBX before dialing.

•

A BT signal from the PBX after dialing.

•

A CT signal from the PBX after dialing.

Procedure Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout. If the connections are good then there is a problem with the customers PBX (Private Branch Exchange) line or the receiving fax.


035-745, 035-746





BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

The operation was stopped during dialing by using the Stop button.

The operation was stopped during transmission by using the Stop button.

Procedure

Procedure

The customer terminated the transmission. Ask customer to resend the job.

The customer terminated the transmission. Ask customer to resend the job.




035-747, 035-748



BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

After dialing, the Fax controller did not receive the CED/DIS (Called Station Identification/Digital Identification Signal) from the receiving Fax, causing a transmission error or re-dial to exceed the limit.

The machine power failed during transmission, causing an error.

Procedure




035-749, 035-750





BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

The operation was stopped during document sending by using the Stop button.

The number of jobs exceeded the limit.

Procedure

Procedure


Ask customer to cancel the job and resend in separate parts.




035-751, 035-752

035-753 Fax Memory Full RAP

035-754 File Management Memory Full RAP

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

This fault occurs in Fax receive of 999 sheets or more. Image information memory full, (File full, append record error)

File management area full


Power OFF/ON

Check with sender to divide the sent job.

Procedure Check S/W Version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.


035-753, 035-754



035-755 File Add Page Error RAP

035-756 Cannot Add Page RAP

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

File append record error.

No additional data of file.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power OFF/ON

Power OFF/ON

Procedure

Procedure

Check S/W Version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.





035-755, 035-756

035-757 No Receive Page RAP

035-758 No Specified File or Page RAP

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

No received page.

No designated file or page.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power OFF/ON

Power OFF/ON

Procedure

Procedure




035-757, 035-758



035-759 No Specified Job RAP

035-760 No Specified Job RAP

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

No relevant job at communication, reservation cancel.

No relevant job at communication, reservation cancel.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power OFF/ON

Power OFF/ON

Procedure

Procedure






035-759, 035-760

035-761 File Processing Error RAP BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 Timeout occurs in file error COMM file access or file handler does not send back error code at error occurrence.


Procedure Check S/W Version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.


035-761



041-340 MCU PWB Data RAP

041-500

BSD-ON:3.1

IIOT Memory (DDR DIMM) Fault.

There is a MCU PWB Data failure. Data storage address corruption occurred.

Procedure Ensure that the DIMM’s are installed correctly.

Initial Actions Ensure that the MCU PWB E-PROM is secure on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

If the problem continues, replace the DIMM’s (PL 9.2).

Ensure that the last software has been loaded.

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

Procedure Check the connection of each MCU PWB electrical connector. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Secure the connectors. Turn on the power again. [041-340] persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Initialize NVM. [041-340] persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Reload software. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).




041-340, 041-500

041-501 IOT NVM Memory (DDR DIMM) Fault.

Procedure Ensure that the DIMM’s are installed correctly. If the problem continues, replace the DIMM’s (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)


041-501



042-323 Drum K Motor Drive Failure RAP

042-325 Main Motor Failure RAP

BSD-ON:4.1

BSD-ON:4.1

The Drum Motor is not rotating at the specified speed.

The Main Motor is not rotating at the specified speed.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

•

Power OFF/ON

•

Power OFF/ON

•

Reload the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).

•

Reload the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).

Procedure

Procedure

Close the LH Cover and the Front Cover.

Close the LH Cover and the Front Cover. Execute Component Control [042-001 Main Motor ON]. The Main Motor can be heard. Y N Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).

Execute Component Control[071-037 Drum Motor ON]. The Drum Motor can be heard. Y N Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP). Check the installation of the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). The Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1) is installed correctly. Y N Install the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1) correctly. Check the wire between J408-7 and J214-8 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 4.1 Flag 7). The wire between J408-7 and J214-8 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Manually rotate the Main Motor rotor. It rotates smoothly. Y N Check for foreign substances that are interfering with operation or installation failure. Foreign substances or installation failure are found. Y N Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). Remove the foreign substances that are interfering with operation and correct the installation failure.

Check the installation of the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). The Main Drive Assembly is installed correctly. Y N Install the Main Drive Assembly correctly. Check the wire between J410 and J214 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 4.1B). The wires are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Manually rotate the Main Motor rotor. It rotates smoothly. Y N Check for foreign substances that are interfering with operation or installation failure. Foreign substances or installation failure are found. Y N Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). Remove the foreign substances that are interfering with operation and correct the installation failure. Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).




042-323, 042-325


042-323, 042-325



A Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

047-211 OCT 1 RAP BSD-ON:10.6 the OCT Home Sensor 1 did not actuate in time after the OCT1 Motor energized.

Procedure Manually operate the offset mechanism. The offset mechanism moves smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that are interfering with operation (PL 6.2). Execute Component Control [047-205 OCT Home Sensor 1]. Actuate the OCT Home Sensor 1 with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J117, P/J613, P/J432. Connections are connected correctly. Y N Connect connectors Check the wire between P/J117 and P/J432 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.6 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wires are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the OCT Home Sensor 1 (PL 6.2). Alternately execute Component Control [047-001 Offset Motor 1 (CW)] and Component Control [047-005 Offset Motor 1 (CCW)]. The Offset Motor 2 energizes. Y N Check the connections of P/J432 and P/J206. Connections are connected correctly. Y N Connect connectors Check the wire between P/J432 and P/J206 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.6 Flag 3). The wires are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Offset Motor 1 between J206-1 (COM) and each point of J2062/3/4/5 (BSD 10.6 Flag 3). The resistance is approx. 100Ohm. Y N Replace the Offset Motor 1 (PL 6.2). Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB P432-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.6 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Go to BSD 1.1 and troubleshoot the +24VDC circuit. Replace the Offset Motor 1 (PL 6.2) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230



047-211

A Replace the MCUPWB (PL 9.1).

047-212 OCT 2 RAP BSD-ON:10.7 the OCT Home Sensor 2 did not actuate in time after the OCT2 Motor energized.

Procedure Manually operate the offset mechanism. The offset mechanism moves smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that are interfering with operation (PL 6.1). Execute Component Control [047-206 OCT Home Sensor 2]. Actuate the OCT Home Sensor 2 with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J111, P606, J606, P/J434. Connections are connected correctly. Y N Connect connectors Check the wire between P/J111 and P/J434 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.7 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wires are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the OCT Home Sensor 2 (PL 6.4). Alternately execute Component Control [047-003 Offset Motor 2 (CW)] and Component Control [047-004 Offset Motor 2 (CCW)]. The Offset Motor 2 energizes. Y N Check the connections of P/J207, P606, J606, and P/J433. Connections are connected correctly. Y N Connect connectors Check the wire between J433 and P207 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.7 Flag 3). The wires are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Offset Motor 2 between J207-1 (COM) and each point of J2072/3/4/5 (BSD 10.7 Flag 3). The resistance is approx. 100Ohm. Y N Replace the Offset Motor 2 (PL 6.4). Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB P421-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.7 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Go to BSD 1.1 and troubleshoot the +24VDC circuit. Replace the Offset Motor 2 (PL 6.4) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). A Status Indicator Raps

047-212



047-213 Different Finisher Detected RAP

047-214 MCU Duplex Module RAP

BSD-ON:

BSD-ON:1.2/3.2

A Different type of Finisher connection was detected.

Communication error occurred between the MCU PWB and the Duplex Module.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power OFF the machine. Disconnect the Tray Module and the Finisher (if the machine has one). Power ON the machine. If the problem is resolved, go to RAP 077-131 or 077-307 and troubleshoot the Duplex Module.

Power OFF the machine. Disconnect the Tray Module and the Finisher (if the machine has one). Power ON the machine. If the problem is resolved, go to RAP 077-131 or 077-307 and troubleshoot the Duplex Module.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors.


Check the connection of each Duplex Module PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors.

Check the connection of each Duplex Module PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors.

Check the wire between J417 and J540 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.2 Flag 2 / BSD 3.3 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J417 and J540 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J417 and J540 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.2 Flag 2 / BSD 3.3 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J417 and J540 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P417-A1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P417-A1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).




047-213, 047-214

047-215 MCU Exit Communication Error RAP

047-216 MCU Finisher Communication RAP

BSD-ON:1.2/3.2

BSD-ON:3.4

Communication error occurred between the MCU PWB and the Exit Module.

A communication error occurred between the MCU PWB and the Finisher Module.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Check the Exit Module harness connections to the IOT.

Check the Finisher harness connections to the IOT.

Procedure

Procedure



Check the connection of each Exit PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors.

Check the connection of each Finisher PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors.

Check the wire between P/J421 and P/J431 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.2 Flag 2). The wire between P/J421 and P/J431 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between P/J416 and J8989 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.4). The wire between P/J416 and J8989 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


047-215, 047-216



047-217 MCU HCF Communication RAP BSD-ON:3.8 A communication error occurred between the MCU PWB and the HCF Module.

Initial Actions Check the HCF harness connections to the IOT.

Procedure Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the connection of each HCF PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the wire between PF/JF03 and P/J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.8). The wire between P/J416 and J8843 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the HCF PWB () If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).




047-217


047-217



061-315 Start Of Scan RAP

061-321 ROS Motor RAP

BSD-ON:6.4

BSD-ON:6.4/6.5

The light intensity of the LD2 does not reach the specified value.

•

The ROS Motor rotation speed does not reach the specified value within the specified time after the ROS Motor started rotating.

Procedure

•

The light intensity of the LD1 does not reach the specified value.

Check the connections of P/J406 on the MCU PWB and P/J140 on the ROS Unit. Connections are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J406 and P/J140.

Procedure

Check the wires between J406 and J140 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.4 Flag 1/ Flag 2). The wires are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the connections of P/J406 on the MCU PWB and P/J140 on the ROS Unit. Connections are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J406 and P/J140. Check the connections of P/J160 and P/J170. P/J160 and rectly. Y N Connect P/J160 and P/J170.

P/J170 are connected cor-

Check the wire between J406 and J140 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.4 Flag 1/ Flag 2). The wire between J406 and J140 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the wire between J406 and J130 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.5 Flag 1). The wire between J406 and J130 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Execute Component Control[061-200 ROS MOTOR ON]. The ROS Motor can be heard. Y N Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P406-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.5 Flag 2). The voltage is +24VDC. Y N Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P400-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2 Flag 1). The voltage is +24VDC. Y N Measure the voltage between the Power Unit P526-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2 Flag 1). The voltage is +24VDC. Y N Replace the Power Unit (PL 9.1). Repair the open circuit between J526 and J400. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Install the Xero/Developer Cartridge securely. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P406-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.4 Flag 3). The voltage is +5VDC.




061-315, 061-321

Y

N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

061-333 ROS Fan Defect RAP BSD-ON:6.5 ROS Fan rotation failure.

Initial Actions Clean the fan.

Procedure Execute Component Control[042-003 ROS FAN ON].Check for noise in the rotation of the ROS Fan (PL 3.1). The ROS Fan is rotating. Y N Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J407-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.5 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Check the wire between J407 and J219 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.5 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J407 and J219 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the ROS Fan (PL 3.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


061-321, 061-333



062-211 IIT/IPS PWB EEPROM RAP

062-277 IIT/IPS PWB DADF PWB Communication RAP

BSD-ON: 3.1

BSD-ON: 3.5

The IPS EEPROM failed during the Read/Write operation.

Transmission error occurred between the IIT/IPS PWB and the DADF PWB.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors.


Switch on the power. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures

Check the connection of each DADF PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors.

Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Check the wire between P/J751 and P750, and between P/J752 and P750 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.5 Flag 1). The wires between P/J751 and P750, and between P/J752 and P750 are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).




062-211, 062-277

062-300 Platen Interlock Open RAP

062-310 IIT/IPS PWB Controller Communication RAP

BSD-ON: 6.1

BSD-ON: 3.1

The Platen Interlock is open.

Transmission error occurred between the IIT/IPS PWB and the ESS PWB.

Procedure

Procedure

Check opening/closing of the Platen Cover. The Platen Cover can be opened/closed. Y N Reinstall the Platen Cover correctly.


Check the installation of the Platen Angle Sensor. The Platen Angle Sensor is installed correctly. Y N Install the Platen Angle Sensor correctly. Execute Component Control [062-301 Platen Angle Sensor]. Open and close the Platen Cover. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J725 and P/J722. P/J725 and P/J722 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J725 and P/J722.

Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the wire between P/J720, P/J7193 and P/J320 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.1 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J720, 719, and J320 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Check the wire between J725 and J722 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.1 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J725 and J722 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB P722-B7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.1 Flag 6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB P722-B9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.1 Flag 5). Actuate the Platen Angle Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Platen Angle Sensor (PL 11.4). Replace the Platen Angle Sensor (PL 13.4). Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).


062-300, 062-310



062-311 IIT/IPS Software RAP

062-345 IIT/IPS Subsystem RAP

BSD-ON: 6.2

BSD-ON: 3.1

A software error was detected by the IIT/IPS PWB.

The IPS EEPROM failed during a read/write operation.

Procedure

Procedure

Perform GP 8 Firmware version. The firmware is the latest version. Y N Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).


Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Switch on the power. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).




062-311, 062-345

062-357 CCD Fan Failure RAP

062-360 Carriage Position RAP

CCD Fan Failure

BSD-ON: 6.3

Initial Actions

•

An error occurred while counting the pulses of the Carriage Motor.

•

Check the vent has no foreign object and is not clogged.

•

•

Check there is no dust on the Fan Blade.

After the Carriage Motor turned On, the IIT Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.

Procedure Procedure Remove the Platen Glass. Execute Component Control [062-017 CCD Fan]. The operates. Y N Replace the CCD Fan (PL 6.4). Check CCD Fan connections and wiring for damage.

CCD Fan

Check the Carriage Rail for dirt or contamination or distortion. Dirt or contamination or distortion is found in the Carriage Rail. Y N Clean the rails or correct the distortion (PL 11.4). Execute Component Control [062-212 IIT Registration Sensor]. Actuate the IIT Registration Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J728 and P/J7193. P/J728 and P/J7193 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J728 and P/J7193. Check the wire between J728 and J7193 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.3 Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J728 and J7193 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB P7193-B10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.3 Flag 2/Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB P7193-B12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.3 Flag 2). Actuate the IIT Registration Sensor (PL 11.4) with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the IIT Registration Sensor (PL 11.4). Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Alternately execute Component Control[062-005 Carriage Motor SCAN ON] and Component Control[062-006 Carriage Motor RETURN ON]. The Carriage Motor starts up. Y N Check the connection P/J721. P/J721 is connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J721. Check the wires on J721 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.3 Flag 1). The wires on J721 are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A


062-357, 062-360

B



A

B Measure the resistance of the Carriage Motor (PL 11.5). The resistance between J7211/2 and J721-3/4/5/6 is approx. 1Ohm. Y N Replace the Carriage Motor (PL 11.5). Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) P721-1/2 (+) and GND (-)(BSD 6.3 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Replace the Carriage Motor (PL 11.5) If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

062-371 Lamp Illumination RAP BSD-ON: 6.3/6.2 The amount of light from Exposure Lamp is inadequate which gets incident on CCD at the start of scan or at the initialization of IIT after power on.

Procedure Check the lamp, lens, mirror and the white correcting plate for abnormalities such as contamination and deterioration. Abnormality such as contamination or deterioration of the lamp, lens, mirror or the white correcting plate is found. Y N Replace the lamp, lens, mirror or the white correcting plate.

Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Execute Component Control [062-002 IIT Exposure Lamp]. The Exposure Lamp lights up. Y N Check the connections of P/J703, P/J702 and P/J7231. P/J703, P/J702 and P/J7231 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J703, P/J702 and P/J7231. Check the wire between J702 and J7231 for an open circuit or a short circuit. The wire between J702 and J7231 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Replace the Lamp Wire Harness (PL 11.6). Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.3) P7231-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P7231-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.3 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Replace the Exposure Lamp (PL 11.6) If the problem persists, replace the Lamp Ballast PWB (PL 11.6) If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.3). Check the connections of P/J700 and P/J7101. P/J700 and P/J7101 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J700 and P/J7101. Replace the Lens Kit Assembly (PL 11.4) If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).




062-360, 062-371

062-380 Platen AGC CH1 RAP

062-386 Platen AOC CH1 RAP

BSD-ON: 6.3

BSD-ON: 6.2

At the adjustment of CCD output after power on, CCD does not make a correct output which it should when it receives a specified amount of light.

At the adjustment of CCD output after power on, CCD does not make a correct output which it should when no light is incident on it.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the lamp, lens, mirror and the white correcting plate for abnormalities such as contamination and deterioration. Abnormality such as contamination or deterioration of the lamp, lens, mirror or the white correcting plate is found. Y N Replace the lamp, lens, mirror or the white correcting plate.


Execute Component Control[062-002 IIT Exposure Lamp]. The Exposure Lamp lights up. Y N Check the connections of P/J703, P/J702 and P/J7231. P/J703, P/J702 and P/J7231 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J703, P/J702 and P/J7231.

Switch on the power. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures Replace the Lens Kit Assembly (PL 11.3) If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

Check the wire between J702 and J7231 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.3 Flag 4). The wire between J702 and J7231 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Replace the Lamp Wire Harness (PL 11.6). Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.3) P723-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P723-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.3 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Replace the Exposure Lamp (PL 11.6) If the problem persists, replace the Lamp Ballast PWB (PL 11.6) If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Check the connections of P/J700 and P/J7101. P/J700 and P/J7101 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J700 and P/J7101. Replace the Lens Kit Assembly (PL 11.3) If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).


062-380, 062-386



062-389 Carriage Over Run RAP

062-392 IIT/IPS PWB Memory Failure-1 RAP

BSD-ON: 3.1

BSD-ON: 3.1

The carriage scanned beyond safe limits.

•

The IIT/IPS PWB RAM failed during the Read/Write operation.

•

The Shading Memory failed during the Read/Write operation.

•

The Gap Memory failed during the Read/Write operation.

•

The ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit) failed.

Procedure Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Switch on the power. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

Procedure Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Switch on the power. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).




062-389, 062-392

062-393 IIT/IPS PWB RAM RAP

062-500 IISS ROM RAP

BSD-ON: 6.2

BSD-ON: 6.2

An internal processing error occurred in the IIT/IPS PWB.

IISS ROM Failure.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.3) connector. The securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors.

connectors

are

Check the connections on the IIT/IPS PWS (PL 11.3). Check that the prom on the IIT/IPS PWB is seated properly. If the above checks are OK, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

Switch on the power. If the problem persists replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). If the problem persists, replace the Lens Kit Assembly (PL 11.3).

Perform Max Setup if the IIT/IPS PWB was replaced. Perform DADF Registration Setup (ADJ 15.1.4).


062-393, 062-500



062-790 Prohibited Document Detection RAP BSD-ON: 6.2 Control logic detects a prohibited document.

Procedure Ask the customer to verify that the document is not a prohibited document. Refer to Prohibited Documents in SGS 12. If the document is not prohibited, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).




062-790


062-790



071-105 Tray 1 Registration Sensor On JAM RAP

Y

BSD-ON:8.7 After the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.

N Check the connections of P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409. P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409. Remove the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) and the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3). Replace the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor.

Initial Actions •

If jams occur after servicing components in the Left Upper Cover Assembly (PL 2.8), the Chute Assembly may be out of position (PL 2.8). Verify installation.

•

Power OFF/ON

Procedure

Execute Component Control[071-007 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard. Y N Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.

Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll.

Check the wire between J201 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.7 Flag 1). The wire between J201 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.

Execute Component Control[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes. Y N Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J104.

Replace the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1). Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control[071-007 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard.




071-105

A

071-210 Tray 1 Lift Up Failure RAP

Y

BSD-ON:7.7 After the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the Tray 1 Level Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.

Initial Actions Procedure •

Remove the tray and reinstall. The Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor can be heard. Y N Execute Component Control[071-007 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409. P/J201, P/J601 and P/ J409 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409. Remove the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) and the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3). Replace the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor.

N Connect P/J100, P/J601 and P/J409.

Check the wire between J100 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.7 Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J100 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409A-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.7 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409A-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.7 Flag 2). Activate the actuator of the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3). The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Execute Component Control[071-007 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 2 Feed/ Lift Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard. Y N Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Check the wire between J201 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.7 Flag 1). The wire between J201 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Replace the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3). Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP). Check the installation of the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3) and the operation of the actuator. The Tray 4 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works. Y N Reinstall the Tray 4 Level Sensor. Execute Component Control[071-206 Tray 1 Level Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3). The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J100, P/J601 and P/J409. P/J100, P/J601 and P/J409 are connected correctly. A Status Indicator Raps

071-210



071-211 Tray 1 Broken RAP

071-940 Tray 1 Lift Up RAP

BSD-ON:7.1

BSD-ON:7.1

The Tray 1 Paper Size Switch failed.

The Tray 1 Level Sensor does not turn on within the designated time.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

•


•

Remove and reinsert Tray 1

•


•

Realign paper in the tray

•

Power OFF/ON

•

Object other than paper is in the tray

Procedure Procedure


1.

Tray Level Sensor

2.

Drive system from motor to bottom plate

Check the installation of the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 1 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch correctly. Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).




071-211, 071-940


071-211, 071-940



A

072-101 Tray 2 MisFeed JAM RAP

Y

BSD-ON:7.8/8.2 After the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.

Remove the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) and the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3). Replace the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor. Execute Component Control[071-008 Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard. Y N Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.

Initial Actions •

N Connect P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409.

Power OFF/ON

Procedure Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll.

Check the wire between J202 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.8 Flag 1). The wire between J202 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[071-100 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410. P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410.

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Replace the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the wire between J105 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2). The wire between J105 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 1). Actuate the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control[071-008 Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409. P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409 are connected correctly. A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230



072-101

A

072-105 Tray 2 Registration Sensor On JAM RAP BSD-ON:8.2/8.7 After the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor turned On, the Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.

Initial Actions •

Power OFF/ON


B Measure the resistance of the Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4) (BSD 8.2 Flag 3). (Between P204-1 and P204-4) The resistance is approx. 250~100Ohm. Y N Replace the Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4). Check the wire between J204 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2 Flag 4). The wire between J204 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes. Y N Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J104. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1). Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control[071-015 Takeaway Roll Clutch ON]. The Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J204 and P/J410. P/J204 and P/J410 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J204 and P/J410. A B Status Indicator Raps

072-105



072-210 Tray 2 Lift Up Failure RAP

Y

BSD-ON:7.8 After the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the Tray 2 Level Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.


Initial Actions •

Reload paper in the tray correctly.

•

Remove foreign substances in the tray.

•

Power OFF/ON

N Check the connections of P/J102, P/J602 and P/J409. P/J102, P/J602 and P/J409 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J102, P/J602 and P/J409.

Procedure Remove the tray and reinstall. The Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor can be heard. Y N Execute Component Control[071-008 Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409. P/J202, P/J602 and P/ J409 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409B-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.8 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409B-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.8 Flag 2). Activate the actuator of the Tray 2 Level Sensor (PL 2.3). The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 2 Level Sensor (PL 2.3). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Remove the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) and the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3). Replace the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor.


Execute Component Control[071-008 Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 1 Feed/ Lift Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard. Y N Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Check the wire between J202 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.8 Flag 1). The wire between J202 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Replace the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3). Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP). Check the installation of the Tray 2 Level Sensor (PL 2.3) and the operation of the actuator. The Tray 4 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works. Y N Reinstall the Tray 4 Level Sensor. Execute Component Control[071-207 Tray 2 Level Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 2 Level Sensor (PL 2.3). The display changes. Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230



072-210



BSD-ON:7.2

BSD-ON:7.1


The Tray 2

Initial Actions

Level Sensor does not turn on within the designated time.

•


•


•

Power OFF/ON

Initial Actions

Procedure Remove Trays 1 and 2. Replace Tray 1 with Tray 2. [072-211] occurs. Y N Replace the faulty part of the Tray 2 Actuator.

•


•


•


Procedure


1.

Tray Level Sensor

2.


Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).


072-211 , 071-940



A

073-101 Tray 3 Miss Feed JAM RAP BSD-ON:3.3/7.9/8.3 After the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.


Initial Actions •

B Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-B4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 3.3 Flag 1). Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Power OFF/ON

Procedure Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control [071-101 Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J821, P/J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413. P/J821, P/ J841 P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J821, P/J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413.

Execute Component Control [073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 3 Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413. P/J661B, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413.

P/J220B,

Remove the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor. Execute Component Control [073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard. Y N Return the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Check the wire between J220B and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.9 Flag 1 / BSD 7.11 Flag 1). The wire between J220B and J549 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J821 and J548 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.3 Flag 1/Flag 2/Flag 3 / BSD 8.5 Flag 1/Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J821 and J548 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.3 Flag 2 / BSD 8.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Feed/Lift

Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Return the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.3 Flag 1 / BSD 8.5 Flag 1). Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5). Check the wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.3 Flag 1). The wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230



073-101

073-102 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor On JAM (Tray 3 Feed) RAP BSD-ON:8.2/8.4 After the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor turned On, the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.

Initial Actions •

If a grinding noise was reported or is heard and accompanies the 073-102 code, there may be incorrect gear mesh between TTM Takeaway Clutch (PL 13.8) and it’s drive gear, located to the right. Loosen the bracket fixing screws and reposition bracket for best gear mesh without binding.

•

Power OFF/ON

A Execute Component Control [073-006 2TM/TTM Takeaway Motor ON]. The 2TM/TTM Takeaway Motor (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J826 and P/J552. P/J826 and P/J552 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J826 and P/J552. Check the wire between J826 and J552 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.4 Flag 1 / BSD 8.6 Flag 1). The wire between J826 and J552 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).



Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control [071-100 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410. P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410. Check the wire between J105 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2). The wire between J105 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 1). Actuate the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


073-102



A

073-105 Tray 3 Registration Sensor On JAM RAP

Y

BSD-ON:8.2/8.4/8.7 After the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor turned On, the Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.

Initial Actions •

Power OFF/ON

Procedure Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll.Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes. Y N Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J104. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


Measure the resistance of the Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4) (BSD 8.2 Flag 3). (Between P204-1 and P204-2) The resistance is approx. 250~100Ohm. Y N Replace the Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4). Check the wire between J204 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2 Flag 4). The wire between J204 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control [073-006 2TM/TTM Takeaway Motor ON]. The 2TM/TTM Takeaway Motor (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J826 and P/J552. P/J826 and P/J552 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J826 and P/J552. Check the wire between J826 and J552 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.4 Flag 1/ BSD 8.6 Flag 1). The wire between J826 and J552 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1). Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control [071-015 Takeaway Roll Clutch ON]. The Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J204 and P/J410. P/J204 and P/J410 are connected correctly. A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230



073-105

073-210 Tray 3 Lift Up Failure RAP BSD-ON:7.9/7.11 •

After the 2TM-Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the 2TM-Tray 3 Level Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.

•

After the TTM-Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the TTM-Tray 3 Level Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.

Initial Actions •


•


•

Power OFF/ON

A Execute Component Control [071-208 Tray 3 Level Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J101B, P/J661B and P/J549. P/J101B, P/J661B and P/ J549 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J101B, P/J661B and P/J549. Check the wire between J101B and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.9 Flag 2/Flag 3 / BSD 7.11 Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J101B and J549 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Procedure Remove the tray and reinstall. The Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor can be heard. Y N Execute Component Control [073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J220B, P/J661B and P/J549. P/J220B, P/J661B and P/J549 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J220B, P/J661B and P/J549. Remove the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor. Execute Component Control [073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard. Y N Return the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.

Tray

4

Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-B7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.9 Flag 3 / BSD 7.11 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-B9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.9 Flag 2 / BSD 7.11 Flag 2). Activate the actuator of the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Check the wire between J220B and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.9 Flag 1 / BSD 7.11 Flag 1). The wire between J220B and J549 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Return the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP). Check the installation of the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the operation of the actuator. The Tray 4 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works. Y N Reinstall the Tray 4 Level Sensor. A Status Indicator Raps

073-210





BSD-ON:7.3/7.5

BSD-ON:7.1



Initial Actions

Initial Actions

•


•


•


•


•

Power OFF/ON

•


Procedure Procedure


1.

Tray Level Sensor

2.


Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly. Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP). [For TTM] Check the Tray 3 Actuator. The Tray 3 Actuator is not distorted. Y N Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly. Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly. Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).




073-211 , 071-940


073-211 , 071-940



A

074-101 Tray 4 Miss Feed JAM RAP BSD-ON:3.3/7.10/8.5 After the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.

Initial Actions •

Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The changes. Y N Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

voltage

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control [073-010 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 4 Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J220A, P/J661A, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413. P/J661A, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J220A, P/J661A, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413.

Power OFF/ON

Procedure Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control [071-102 Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.4) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J825, P/J842, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the wire between J825 and J548 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.5). The wire between J825 and J548 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.5). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Feed/Lift

P/J220A,

Remove the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). Replace the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor. Execute Component Control [073-010 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard. Y N Return the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Check the wire between J220A and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.10 Flag 1 / BSD 7.12 Flag 1). The wire between J220A and J549 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Return the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Replace the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.5). Actuate the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.4) with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.4). Check the wire between J541-11 and J413-B5 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.3 Flag 2). The wire between J541-11 and J413-B5 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-B5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 3.3 Flag 2). A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230



074-101

A

074-102 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor On JAM (Tray 4 Feed) RAP

Y

BSD-ON:8.2/8.4 After the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor turned On, the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.

Initial Actions •


Check the wire between J826 and J552 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.4 Flag 1 / BSD 8.6 Flag 1). The wire between J826 and J552 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Power OFF/ON Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).



Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control [071-100 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410. P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410. Check the wire between J105 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J105 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 1). Actuate the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control [073-006 2TM/TTM Takeaway Motor ON]. The 2TM/TTM Takeaway Motor (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J826 and P/J552. P/J826 and P/J552 are connected correctly. A Status Indicator Raps

074-102



A

074-103 Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor On JAM (Tray 4 Feed) RAP BSD-ON:3.3/8.3/8.4 After the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor turned On, the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.


Initial Actions •

B Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-B4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 3.3 Flag 1). Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Power OFF/ON

Procedure Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control [071-101 Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J821, P/J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413. P/J821, P/ J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J821, P/J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413.

Execute Component Control [073-006 2TM/TTM Takeaway Motor ON]. The 2TM/TTM Takeaway Motor (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J826 and P/J552. P/J826 and P/J552 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J826 and P/J552. Check the wire between J826 and J552 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.4 Flag 1/ BSD 8.6 Flag 1). The wire between J826 and J552 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Check the wire between J821 and J548 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.3 Flag 1/Flag 2/Flag 3 / BSD 8.5 Flag 1/Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J821 and J548 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.3 Flag 2 / BSD 8.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.3 Flag 1 / BSD 8.5 Flag 1). Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5). Check the wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.3 Flag 1). The wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230



074-103

A

074-105 Tray 4 Registration Sensor On JAM RAP BSD-ON:7.9/8.2/8.7 After the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor turned On, the Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.

Initial Actions •

Power OFF/ON


B Measure the resistance of the Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4) (BSD 8.2 Flag 3). (Between P204-1 and P204-2) The resistance is approx. 250~100Ohm. Y N Replace the Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4). Check the wire between J204 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2 Flag 4). The wire between J204 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes. Y N Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J104. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1). Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control [073-015 Takeaway Roll Clutch ON]. The Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J204 and P/J204. P/J204 and P/J204 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J204 and P/J204. A B Status Indicator Raps

074-105



074-210 Tray 4 Lift Up Failure RAP BSD-ON:7.10/7.12 •

After the 2TM-Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the 2TM-Tray 4 Level Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.

•

After the TTM-Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the TTM-Tray 4 Level Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.

Initial Actions •


•


•

Power OFF/ON

A Execute Component Control [071-209 Tray 4 Level Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 4 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J101B, P/J661A and P/J549. P/J101B, P/J661A and P/ J549 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J101B, P/J661A and P/J549. Check the wire between J101A and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.10 Flag 2/Flag 3 / BSD 7.12 Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J101A and J549 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Procedure Remove the tray and reinstall. The Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor can be heard. Y N Execute Component Control [073-010 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J220A, P/J661A and P/J549. P/J220A, P/J661A and P/J549 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J220A, P/J661A and P/J549. Remove the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor. Execute Component Control [073-010 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard. Y N Return the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.

Tray

3

Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-A7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.10 Flag 3 / BSD 7.12 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-A9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.10 Flag 2 / BSD 7.12 Flag 2). Activate the actuator of the Tray 4 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 4 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Check the wire between J220A and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.10 Flag 1 / BSD 7.12 Flag 1). The wire between J220A and J549 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Return the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Replace the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP). Check the installation of the Tray 4 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the operation of the actuator. The Tray 4 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works. Y N Reinstall the Tray 4 Level Sensor. A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230



074-210



BSD-ON:7.4/7.6

BSD-ON:7.1



Initial Actions

Initial Actions

•


•


•


•


•

Power OFF/ON

•


Procedure Procedure


1.

Tray Level Sensor

2.


Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch correctly. Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP). [For TTM] Check the Tray 4 Actuator. The Tray 4 Actuator is not distorted. Y N Replace the faulty part of the Tray 4 Actuator. Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch correctly. Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).


074-211, 071-940



075-135 MPT Registration Sensor On JAM RAP

Y

BSD-ON:8.1/8.7 After the MPT Feed Solenoid turned On, the Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.

Initial Actions •

Power OFF/ON

Procedure Check the guide. The guide is set correctly. Y N Set the guide correctly.

N Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).

Execute Component Control [071-012 MPT Feed Solenoid ON]. The MPT Feed Solenoid (PL 7.2) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J205 and P/J411. P/J205 and P/J411 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J205 and P/J411. Measure the resistance of the MPT Feed Solenoid (PL 7.2) (BSD 8.1 Flag 1). (Between P205-1 and P205-2). The resistance is approx. 90Ohm. Y N Replace the MPT Feed Solenoid (PL 7.2).

Check the installation of the MPT. The MPT is installed correctly. Y N Install the MPT correctly. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes. Y N Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J104.

Check the wire between P205 and J411 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.1 Flag 1). The wire between P205 and J411 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1). Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control [071-036 Main Motor ON]. The Main Motor in the Main Drive Assembly starts rotating and the Fuser starts up.




075-135


075-135



A

077-101 Registration Sensor Off JAM RAP

Y

BSD-ON:8.7 After the Registration Clutch turned On, the Registration Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.

Initial Actions •

Power OFF/ON


Measure the resistance of the Registration Clutch (PL 2.4) between P215-1 and P215-2 (BSD 8.7 Flag 3). The resistance is approx. 240Ohm. Y N Replace the Registration Clutch (PL 2.4). Check the wire between J215 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag 3). The wire between J215 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Procedure Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes. Y N Check the connection of P/J104 and P/J403. P/J104 and P/J403 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J104 and P/J403. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1). Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control [089-002 Registration Clutch ON]. The Registration Clutch (PL 2.4) can be heard. Y N Check the connection of P/J215 and P/J403. P/J215 and P/J403 are connected correctly. A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230



077-101

A

077-103 Fuser Exit Sensor Off JAM RAP

Y

BSD-ON:10.2 After the Fuser Exit Sensor turned On, the Fuser Exit Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.

Initial Actions •

Power OFF/ON

Procedure

N Replace the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control [071-036 Main Motor ON]. The Main Motor in the Main Drive Assembly starts rotating and the Fuser starts up. Y N Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the installation of the Fuser. The Fuser is installed correctly. Y N Install the Fuser correctly. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Open Left Upper Cover Assembly and verify that Exit 1 Gate (PL 6.2) is free to move. Exit Gate is free to move. Y N Repair as required.

1

Check the clearance between the Diverter Gate and the Fixed Guide on the left hand door. PL 6.4- PL 6.5). Operation is satisfactory. Y N Repair as required (PL 6.4 - PL 6.5). Execute Component Control [010-100 Fuser Exit Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1). The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J125 and P/J410. P/J125 and P/J410 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J125 and P/J410. Check the wire between J125 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.2 Flag 5/ Flag 6). The wire between J125 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 5). Actuate the Fuser Exit Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. A Status Indicator Raps

077-103



A Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

077-104 Exit Sensor off (too short) JAM RAP BSD-ON:10.2 After the Fuser Exit Sensor turned On, the Fuser Exit Sensor turned Off before the specified time.


Procedure Check the installation of the Fuser. The Fuser is installed correctly. Y N Install the Fuser correctly. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No foreign substances, distortion or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control [010-100 Fuser Exit Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1). The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J125 and P/J410. P/J125 and P/J410 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J125 and P/J410. Check the wire between J125 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.2 Flag 5/ Flag 6). The wire between J125 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 5). Actuate the Fuser Exit Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control [071-036 Main Motor ON]. The Main Motor in the Main Drive Assembly starts rotating and the Fuser starts up. Y N Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).




077-104

077-106 Fuser Exit Sensor On JAM RAP BSD-ON:9.4/10.2 After the Registration Clutch turned On, the Fuser Exit Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.


A Execute Component Control [091-004 DTS ON]. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J403A-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 9.4 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Check the wire between P/J403A-5 and P/J500-11 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 9.4 Flag 1). The wire between J403 and J500 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Procedure Re place the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). If the problem persists, replace the HVPS (PL 9.1). if the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the installation of the Fuser. The Fuser is installed correctly. Y N Install the Fuser correctly. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No foreign substances, distortion or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control [010-100 Fuser Exit Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1). The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J125 and P/J410. P/J125 and P/J410 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J125 and P/J410. Check the wire between J125 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.2 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J125 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 5). Actuate the Fuser Exit Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control [071-036 Main Motor ON]. The Main Motor in the Main Drive Assembly starts rotating and the Fuser starts up. Y N Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).


077-106



A

077-109 IOT Exit Sensor ON JAM Straight RAP

Y

BSD-ON:10.3/10.4 After the Fuser Exit Sensor turned On, the Exit 2 Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.

Initial Actions •

Power OFF/ON


Measure the resistance of the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) between J208-1 and each point of J208-2/3/4/5 (BSD 10.4 Flag 2). The resistance is approx. 10Ohm. Y N Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4). Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).

Procedure

Execute Component Control [047-024 Exit Gate Solenoid ON]. The Exit Gate Solenoid (PL 6.4) starts up and the gates start switching. Y N Check the wire between P/J209 and P/J433 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.4 Flag 3). The wire between J209 and J433 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the installation of the Exit 2 Module. The Exit 2 Module is installed correctly. Y N Install the Exit 2 Module correctly. Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Open Left Upper Cover Assembly and verify that Exit 1 Gate (PL 6.2) is free to move. Exit Gate is free to move. Y N Repair as required.

Measure the resistance of the Exit Gate Solenoid (PL 6.4) between J209-1 and J209-2 (BSD 10.4 Flag 4). The resistance is approx. 160Ohm. Y N Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4). 1

Replace the Exit Gate Solenoid (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the clearance between the Diverter Gate and the Fixed Guide on the left hand door. PL 6.4- PL 6.5). Operation is satisfactory. Y N Repair as required (PL 6.4 - PL 6.5). Execute Component Control [071-110 Exit 2 Sensor]. Actuate the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4) with paper. The display changes to H. Y N Check the wire between P/J112 and P/J434 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.3 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J112 and J434 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control [047-023 Exit 2 Motor ON]. The Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) can be heard. Y N Check the wire between P/J208 and P/J433 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.4 Flag 1). The wire between J208 and J433 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230



077-109

077-113 IOT Exit Sensor OFF JAM Straight RAP

077-114 Exit 2 Sensor Static JAM RAP

BSD-ON:10.3/10.4

BSD-ON:8.7/9.3

After the Exit 2 Sensor turned On, the Exit 2 Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.

Paper remains on the Exit 2 Sensor.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

•

•

Power OFF/ON

Power OFF/ON

Procedure

Procedure

Check the installation of the Exit 2 Module. The Exit 2 Module is installed correctly. Y N Install the Exit 2 Module correctly.

Execute Component Control [071-110 Exit 2 Sensor]. Actuate the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4) with paper. The display changes to H. Y N Check the wire between P/J112 and P/J434 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.3 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J112 and J434 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.

Replace the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).

Execute Component Control [071-110 Exit 2 Sensor]. Actuate the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4) with paper. The display changes to H. Y N Check the wire between P/J112 and P/J434 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.3 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J112 and J434 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control [047-023 Exit 2 Motor ON]. The Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) can be heard. Y N Check the wire between P/J208 and P/J433 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.4 Flag 1). The wire between J208 and J433 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) between J208-1 and each point of J208-2/3/4/5 (BSD 10.4 Flag 2). The resistance is approx. 10Ohm. Y N Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4). Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1). Status Indicator Raps

077-113 , 077-114



077-129 Registration Sensor On JAM (Duplex Feed/Stop Case) RAP BSD-ON:8.7/10.5 In the case where Duplex feeding stops, the Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified time after the Duplex Motor turned On.

A Execute Component Control [073-016 Duplex Motor ON]. The Duplex Motor (PL 8.1) can be heard. Y N Check the wire between P/J212 and P/J542 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.5 Flag 3). The wire between J212 and J542 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Initial Actions •

Replace the Duplex Motor (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1).

Power OFF/ON

Procedure Check the installation of the DUP Module. The DUP Module is installed correctly. Y N Install the DUP Module correctly.

Replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1).

Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes. Y N Check the connection of P/J104 and P/J403. P/J104 and P/J403 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J104 and P/J403. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1). Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).




077-129

077-130 Duplex Out Sensor On JAM RAP

Y

BSD-ON:8.7/9.3 In the case where there is non-stop Duplex feed, the Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified time after the Duplex Sensor turned On.

Initial Actions •

N Check the wire between P/J123 and P/J541 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.5 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J123 and J541 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Duplex Sensor (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1).

Power On/Off

Execute Component Control [073-016 Duplex Motor ON]. The Duplex Motor (PL 8.1) can be heard. Y N Check the wire between P/J212 and P/J542 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.5 Flag 3). The wire between J212 and J542 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Procedure Check the installation of the DUP Module. The DUP Module is installed correctly. Y N Install the DUP Module correctly. Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.

Replace the Duplex Motor (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1). Replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1).

Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes. Y N Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J104. Check the wire between P/J104 and P/J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1). Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control [071-105 Duplex Sensor]. Actuate the Duplex Sensor (PL 8.1) with paper. The display changes to L. Status Indicator Raps

077-130



077-131 Duplex Wait Sensor On JAM RAP

Y

BSD-ON:10.4/10.5 After the Exit 2 Motor turned On, the Duplex Sensor does not turn On within the specified time.

Initial Actions •

Power OFF/ON

N Check the wire between P/J208 and P/J433 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.4 Flag 1). The wire between J208 and J433 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) between J208-1 (COM) and each point of J208-2/3/4/5 (BSD 10.4 Flag 2). The resistance is approx. 10Ohm. Y N Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4).

Procedure Check the installation of the DUP Module. The DUP Module is installed correctly. Y N Install the DUP Module correctly.

Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll.

Replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1).

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control [071-105 Duplex Sensor]. Actuate the Duplex Sensor (PL 8.1) with paper. The display changes to L. Y N Check the wire between P/J123 and P/J541 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.5 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J123 and J541 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Duplex Sensor (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1). Execute Component Control [073-016 Duplex Motor ON]. The Duplex Motor (PL 8.1) can be heard. Y N Check the wire between P/J212 and P/J542 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.5 Flag 3). The wire between J212 and J542 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Duplex Motor (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1). Execute Component Control [047-023 Exit 2 Motor ON]. The Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) can be heard.




077-131

077-211 Detected different Type Tray Module RAP

077-300 IOT Front Cover Open RAP

BSD-ON:1.2/3.3

BSD-ON:1.3

A Tray Module with different specifications is connected.

The IOT Front Cover is open.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

•

Power OFF/ON

•

Power OFF/ON

•

Reconnect the connection cable of the TM.

•

Opening/closing of the IOT Front Cover.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the settings for the DIP SW on the Tray Module PWB. The specifications are correct. Y N Set the correct specifications.

Check the opening/closing of the IOT Front Cover. The Front Cover can be opened/closed. Y N Reinstall the Front Cover.

Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors.

Check the installation of the Front Cover Interlock Switch. The Front Cover Interlock Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Front Cover Interlock Switch correctly.

Check the connection of each 2TM PWB or TTM PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors.

Execute Component Control [071-303 Front Cover Interlock Switch]. Open/close the IOT Front Cover. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J121 and P/J405. P/J121 and P/J405 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J121 and P/J405.

Turn on the power again. [077-211] reoccurs. Y N End Check the wire between P/J541 and P/J413 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.2 Flag 3 / BSD 3.3 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J541 and J413 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-A5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the 2TM PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) or the TTM PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the wire between J405 and J121 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.3 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J405 and J121 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the conductivity of the Front Cover Interlock Switch (PL 10.1) between J405-3 and J405-4 (BSD 1.3 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J405-3 and J405-4 is connecting successfully when the Front Cover is closed, and is insulated when the cover is open. Y N Replace the Front Cover Interlock Switch (PL 10.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


077-211, 077-300



A

B

077-301 Left Hand Interlock Open RAP BSD-ON:1.2/1.3 The L/H Cover Assembly is open.

Initial Actions •

Power OFF/ON

•

The L/H Cover Assembly is open.

C

D Check the wire between J526 and J400 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.2 Flag 1). The wire between J526 and J400 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the connections of P/J521, P/J523 and P/J300, P/J301. J523 and P/J300, P/J301 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J521, P/J523 and P/J300, P/J301.

Procedure Check opening/closing of the L/H Cover Assembly. The L/H Cover Assembly can be opened/closed. Y N Reinstall the L/H Cover Assembly (PL 2.6).

Check the wire between J521, J523 and J300, J301 for an open circuit or a short circuit. The wire between J521, J523 and J300, J301 are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the installation of the L/H Cover Interlock Switch. The L/H Cover Interlock Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the L/H Cover Interlock Switch correctly. Execute Component Control [071-300 L/H Cover Interlock Switch]. Open and close the L/H Cover Assembly. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J120 and P/J405. P/J120 and P/J405 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J120 and P/J405.

P/J521, P/

Measure the voltage between the ESS PWB P301-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Replace the Power Unit (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the wire between J405 and J120 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.3 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J405 and J120 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the conductivity of the L/H Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.6) between J405-1 and J405-2 (BSD 1.3 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J405-1 and J405-2 is connecting successfully when the L/H Cover Assembly is closed, and is insulated when the cover is open. Y N Replace the L/H Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.6). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P405-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.3 Flag 3/ Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P400-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Check the connections of P/J526 and P/J400. P/J526 and P/J400 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J526 and P/J400. A B C D Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230



077-301

077-305 Tray Module Left Hand Cover Interlock Open RAP

077-307 DUP Cover Open RAP

BSD-ON:1.4

BSD-ON:1.4

•

The 2TM Cover is open.

The DUP Cover is open.

•

The TTM Cover is open.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

•

Power OFF/ON

•

Power OFF/ON

Opening/closing of the Left Cover of the 2TM or TTM.

•

Opening/closing of the DUP Cover.

•

Procedure

Procedure Check opening/closing of the Left Cover of the 2TM or TTM. The Left Cover of the 2TM or TTM can be opened/closed. Y N Reinstall the Left Cover of the 2TM or TTM (PL 12.4/PL 13.7). Check the installation of the Tray Module Interlock Switch. The Tray Module interlock Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray Module interlock Switch (PL 12.4/PL 13.7) correctly. Execute Component Control [071-301 Tray Module Left Cover Interlock Switch]. Open and close the Left Cover of the 2TM or TTM. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J554, FS812 and FS813. P/J554, FS812 and FS813 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J554, FS812 and FS813. Check the wire between J554-2 and FS812, and between J554-1 and FS813 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.4 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wires between J554-2 and FS812, and between J554-1 and FS813 are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the conductivity of the Tray Module Left Cover Interlock Switch (PL 12.4/PL 13.7) between FS813 and FS812 (BSD 1.4 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between FS813 and FS812 is connecting successfully when the 2TM Cover or TTM Cover is closed, and is insulated when the cover is open. Y N Replace the Tray Module Left Cover Interlock Switch (PL 12.4/PL 13.7).

Check opening/closing of the DUP Cover. The DUP Cover can be opened/closed. Y N Reinstall the DUP Cover. Check the installation of the Duplex Open Switch (PL 8.1). The Duplex installed correctly. Y N Install the Duplex Open Switch (PL 8.1) correctly.

Open Switch is

Execute Component Control [071-305 Duplex Open Switch]. Open and close the DUP Cover. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J124 and P/J541. P/J124 and P/J541 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J124 and P/J541. Check the wire between J124 and J541 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.4 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J124 and J541 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the conductivity of the Duplex Open Switch (PL 8.1) between J541-4 and J541-5 (BSD 1.4 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J541-4 and J541-5 is connecting successfully when the DUP Cover is closed, and is insulated when the cover is open. Y N Replace the Duplex Open Switch (PL 8.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).


077-305, 077-307



077-308 Left Hand HIGH Interlock Open RAP

077-309 Left Hand Low Interlock Open RAP

BSD-ON:1.4

BSD-ON:1.4

The L/H-H Cover is open.

The L/H Lower Cover is open.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

•

Power OFF/ON

•

Power OFF/ON

•

Opening/closing of the IOT L/H-H Cover.

•

Opening/closing the L/H Lower Cover.

Procedure

Procedure

Check opening/closing of the IOT L/H-H Cover. The IOT L/H-H Cover can be opened/ closed. Y N Reinstall the IOT L/H-H Cover.

Check opening/closing of the L/H Lower Cover. The L/H Lower Cover can be opened/ closed. Y N Reinstall the L/H Lower Cover (PL 2.5).

Check the installation of the Exit 2 Interlock Switch. The Exit 2 Interlock Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Exit 2 Interlock Switch correctly.

Check the installation of the L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch. The L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.5) correctly.

Execute Component Control [071-304 Exit 2 Interlock Switch]. Open/close the IOT L/H-H Cover. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J434, P/J116, P606, J606 and SJ1. The P/J434, P/J116, P606, J606 and SJ1 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J434, P/J116, P606, J606 and SJ1.

Execute Component Control [071-302 L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch]. Open/close the L/H Lower Cover. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J106 and P/J410. P/J106 and P/J410 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J106 and P/J410.



Check the conductivity of the Exit 2 Interlock Switch (PL 6.4) between J434-12 and J43413 (BSD 1.4 Flag 7/Flag 8). The wire between J434-12 and J434-13 is connecting successfully when the IOT L/H-H Cover is closed, and is insulated when the cover is open. Y N Replace the Exit 2 Interlock Switch (PL 6.4).

Check the conductivity of the L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.5) between J410-11 and J410-12 (BSD 1.4 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J410-11 and J410-12 is connecting successfully when the L/H Lower Cover is closed, and is insulated when the cover is open. Y N Replace the L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.5).








077-308, 077-309

077-310 Controller Failed to send image RAP

077-329 Main Motor Stop Error RAP

BSD-ON:3.1

BSD-ON:3.1

The MCU PWB did not receive the ESS PWB image-ready signal within the specified time.

Due to MCU PWB control failure, the Main Motor does not stop when no paper is being fed.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

•

•

Power OFF/ON

power OFF/ON

Procedure

Procedure

Check the ROM version by executing NVM[740-007 ROM Version]. The ROM is the latest version. Y N Replace the ROM with the latest version.

Check the ROM version by executing NVM [740-007 ROM Version]. The ROM is the latest version. Y N Replace the ROM with the latest version.




077-310, 077-329



078-101 HCF to Feed Out Sensor Fault RAP

078-102 HCF to Registration Sensor Fault RAP

BSD-ON: 8.2

BSD-ON: 8.7

The Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor did not come on within the specified time after the start of feed from Tray 6 (HCF).

The paper transported from HCF did not turn on the Registration Sensor within the specified time.


•

•

Clear any paper jam and switch the power off then on.

•

Check for out-of-spec paper.

•


•

Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper

•


Clear any jam and switch the power off then on.

Procedure Procedure Execute Component Control [071-100 Tray Feed Out Sensor]. Move the actuator of the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor manually or with paper. The display changes. Y N Go to 8.2 BSD and check the following wires for an open wire, short or poor contact: • Tray Feed Out Sensor P/J105-2 to MCU PWB P/J410-14

Execute Component Control [089-100 Reg. Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Reg. Sensor. The display changes. Y N Go to 8.7 BSD and check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact: • Reg Sensor P/J104-2 to MCU PWB P/J403-B8 •

Reg Sensor P/J104-1 to MCU PWB P/J403-B13

•

Tray Feed Out Sensor P/J105-1 to Tray Module PWB P/J410-15

•

Reg Sensor P/J104-3 to MCU PWB P/J403-B3

•

Tray Feed Out Sensor P/J105-3 to Tray Module PWB P/J410-13

If OK, replace the Reg. Sensor (PL 2.4) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

If OK, replace the Tray Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control [077-003 Takeaway Clutch]. There is operation noise from the Takeaway Clutch 1. Y N Go to 8.2 BSD and check the Takeaway Clutch for an open.

Execute Component Control [078-007 Tray 6 Takeaway Motor]. There is operation noise from the Tray 6 Takeaway Motor. Y N Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Reg. Motor is approx. 0.8 ohms at the measurement points below. • JF57-3 to pins 1/2 •


JF57-4 to pins 5/6

If OK, go to 8.9 BSD and troubleshoot the Tray 6 Takeaway Motor circuit.

•

Takeaway Rolls 1 and 2 and 3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•

HCF and IOT for a poor docking


•

HCF Transport Belt for poor tension

•

•

HCF Transport Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•

Pre Reg Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•

HCF Takeaway Rolls 1-3 for dirt/ paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•

Drive gears for wear/breakage

•

HCF Exit Roll for dirt/ paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•

Drawer Connectors and contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout

•


•

•

If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8) and the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) one at a time in the order shown.

If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8) and the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) one at a time in the order shown


Takeaway Rolls 1 and 2 and 3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation



078-101, 078-102

078-104 HCF Feed Out Sensor Fault RAP

078-210 HCF to Tray 1 Lift RAP

BSD-ON: 8.9

BSD-ON:7.7

The paper transported from HCF did not turn on the Feed Out Sensor within the specified time.

The Tray 1 Level Sensor did not actuate in time after the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor energized.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

•


Ensure the tray is set up and loaded correctly.

•


•


Procedure

Procedure Execute Component Control [078-101 Tray 6 Feed out Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor. The display changes. Y N Go to 8.9 BSD and check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact: • Feed Out Sensor PF67-2 to HCF PWB PF01-2 •

Feed Out Sensor PF67-1 to HCF PWB JF01-3

•

Feed Out Sensor PF67-3 to HCF PWB JF01-1

Execute Component Control [071-001 or 007 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 1 Feed/ Lift Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard (the lifted paper plate drops when the tray is opened). Y N Check the connections of P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409. P/J201, P/J601 and P/J549 P/ J409 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409. Remove the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) and the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3). Replace the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor. Execute Component Control [072-001/002 Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 2 Feed/ Lift Motor can be heard (the lifted paper plate drops when the tray is opened). Y N Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Check the wires between P/J201 and P/J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.7 Flag 1). The circuit between P/J201 and P/J409 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

If OK, replace the Feed Out Sensor (PL 18.7) before replacing the HCF PWB (PL 18.8). Execute Component Control [078-007 Tray 6 Takeaway Motor]. There is operation noise from the Tray 6 Takeaway Motor. Y N Check the wire-wound resistance of Tray 6 Takeaway Motor is approx. 0.8 ohms at the measurement points below. • JF57-3 to pins 1/2 •

JF57-4 to pins 5/6


Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8).

Check the HCF paper lift components and repair as required (PL 18.2, PL 18.3).

Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Replace the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3). Check the installation of the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3) and the operation of the actuator. The Tray 1 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works. Y N Reinstall the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3). Execute Component Control [071-201 Tray 1 Level Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3). The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J100, P/J601 and P/J409. P/J100, P/J601 and P/J409 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J100, P/J601 and P/J409. Check the wires between P/J100 and P/J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.7 Flag 2/Flag 3). The wires between P/J100 and P/J409 are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. A


078-104 , 078-210



A Y

078-212 NVM Read/Write Failure RAP


Cannot read from and/or write to the NVM in HCF Module.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J409-A7 (+) and P/J409-A8 (-) (BSD 7.7 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P/J409-A9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.7 Flag 2). Activate the actuator of the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3). The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 2 Level Sensor (PL 2.3).


Procedure Check wires and connectors between the HCF and the IOT. Reload Software. If the problem continues, replace the HCF PWB (PL 18.8).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Check the paper transport drives and repair as required (PL 2.3).




078-210 , 078-212

078-300 HCF Top Cover Interlock Open RAP

078-301 HCF Docking interlock Open RAP

BSD-ON:

BSD-ON:

The HCF Top Cover Interlock is open.

HCF Docking Interlock Open. The HCF and the IOT were undocked.

Procedure

Initial Actions

Execute Component Control [078-300 HCF Top Cover Interlock]. Open and close the Transport Cover. The display changes. Y N +24VDC is measured between JF05-2 on the HCF PWB and GND. Y N +24VDC is measured between JF05-1 on the HCF PWB and GND. Y N +24VDC is measured between JF04-1 on the HCF PWB and GND. Y N Check the +24VDC circuit between the IOT and the HCF PWB.

•

Check that the HCF and the IOT are docked properly.

•

Switch the power OFF then ON.

Procedure Execute Component Control [078-301 Docking Interlock Switch]. The display changes when the lever of the Docking Interlock Switch is pushed. Y N Check the Docking Interlock Switch for an open circuit. Replace the HCF PWB (PL 18.8).

Replace the HCF PWB (PL18.8). Check the wires between JF05-1 on the HCF PWB and FS001 on the HCF Top Cover Interlock Switch, and between FS002 on the HCF Top Cover Interlock Switch and JF05-2 on the HCF PWB for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the HCF Top Cover Interlock Switch (PL 18.7). Replace the HCF PWB (PL 18.8). The problem could be misalignment between the HCF Top Cover and the HCF Top Cover Interlock Switch. Check if the Switch/Cover is improperly installed and if the actuator is broken or bent. If OK, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


078-300, 078-301



078-500 Write to HCF-ROM error detection (During DLD method) RAP

078-900 HCF Feed Out Sensor Static Jam RAP BSD-ON: 8.9

An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the HCF-ROM. (During DLD method)

Procedure Retry job. If retry failed, replace the HCF-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method again.

The tray 6 Feed Out Sensor static jam.

Initial Actions •


•


•


Procedure Execute Component Control [078-101 Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor]. Move the actuator of the Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor. The display changes. Y N Go to 8.8 BSD and check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact: • Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor PF67-2 to HCF PWB PF01-2 •

Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor PF67-1 to HCF PWB PF01-3

•


If OK, replace the Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor (PL 18.7) then the HCF PWB (PL 18.8). Execute Component Control [078-007 Tray 6 Takeaway Motor: 640mm/s]. There is operation noise from the Tray 6 Takeaway Motor. Y N Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Reg. Motor is approx. 0.8 ohms at the measurement points below. • JF57-3 to pins 1/2 •

JF57-4 to pins 5/6

If OK, go to 7.14 BSD and troubleshoot the Tray 6 Takeaway Motor circuit. Execute Component Control [089-002 REgistration Clutch. Registration Clutch operates Y N Go to 8.7 BSD and check the Registration Clutch for an open. Check the following:


•


•

HCF and IOT for a poor docking

•

HCF Transport Belt for poor tension

•

HCF Transport Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•

HCF Takeaway Rolls 1-3 for dirt/ paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•

HCF Exit Roll for dirt/ paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•

If the results of the above checks are OK, replace HCF PWB (PL1.8).



078-500 , 078-900

078-940 HCF Paper Misfeed RAP

078-941 HCF Paper Tray Size Mismatch RAP

BSD-ON:8.9

BSD-ON:7.15

There is a problem with one of the following:

HCF Paper Size Mismatch.

•

HCF Lift, Lift Motor

•

HCF Feed Motor

Initial Actions Use recommended paper sizes

Procedure

Procedure

Enter Component Control [078-003 or 004 Tray 6 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 6 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 18.4) can be heard (the lifted paper plate drops when the tray is opened). Y N Check the connections of JF57 and JF06. JF57 and JF06 are connected correctly. Y N Connect JF57 and JF06.

Check connectors JF01, PF/JF51, PF/JF52, and PF/JF53 are connected correctly. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect JF01, PF/JF51, PF/JF52, and PF/JF53.

Check the wire-wound resistance of Tray 6 Takeaway Motor is approx. 0.8 ohms at the measurement points below. • JF57-3 to pins 1/2 •

JF57-4 to pins 5/6


Enter Component Control [078-202, Tray 6 Size Sensor (Letter)]. Actuate the sensor with a piece of paper. The display changes. Y N Go to 7.15 BSD and check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact: • Tray 6 Size Sensor (Letter) Sensor JF51-2 to HCF PWB JF01-11 •

Tray 6 Size Sensor (Letter) Sensor PF51-3 to HCF PWB JF01-12

•

Tray 6 Size Sensor (Letter) Sensor PF51-1 to HCF PWB JF01-10

If OK, replace the Tray 6 Size Sensor (PL 18.8) then the HCF PWB (PL 18.8). Execute Component Control [078-101 Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor]. Move the actuator of the Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor. The display changes. Y N Go to 8.9 BSD and check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact: • Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor PF67-2 to HCF PWB PF01-2 •


•


If OK, replace the Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor (PL 18.7) then the HCF PWB (PL 18.8).

Component Control [078-203, Tray 6 Size Sensor (A3)]. Actuate the sensor with a piece of paper. The display changes. Y N Go to 7.15 BSD and check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact: • Tray 6 Size Sensor (A3) Sensor JF52-2 to HCF PWB JF01-8 •

Tray 6 Size Sensor (A3) Sensor JF52-3 to HCF PWB JF01-9

•


If OK, replace the Tray 6 Size Sensor (PL 18.8) then the HCF PWB (PL 18.8). Check the HCF paper lift components and repair as required (PL 18.2, PL 18.3). Component Control [078-204, Tray 6 In Sensor]. Actuate the sensor with a piece of paper. The display changes. Y N Go to 7.15 BSD and check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact: • Tray 6 Size Sensor (A3) Sensor JF53-2 to HCF PWB JF01-5 •


•


If OK, replace the Tray 6 In Sensor (PL 18.1) then the HCF PWB (PL 18.8). Ensure the paper guilds are adjusted correctly to the paper size.


078-940, 078-941



A

078-945 TTM Tray 3 Lift RAP BSD-ON:7.9/7.11/7.12 There is a problem with the TTM Tray 3 Lift.

Procedure Enter Component Control [071-002 or 073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 3 Feed/ Lift Motor (PL 12.3) can be heard (the lifted paper plate drops when the tray is opened). Y N Check the connections of P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549. P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549.

B Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P/J549-7 (+) and P/J549-8 (-) (BSD 7.12 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8). Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P/J549-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.12 Flag 2). Activate the actuator of the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3). The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3). Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8).

Check the TTM paper lift components and repair as required (PL 12.3, PL 13.8).

Remove the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3) and the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3). Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor. Enter Component Control [071-002 or 073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 3 (2) Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3) can be heard (the lifted paper plate drops when the tray is opened). Y N Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Check the wires between P/J220B and P/J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.12 Flag 1). The circuit between J220B and J549 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8). Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3). Check the installation of the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3) and the operation of the actuator. The Tray 3 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works. Y N Reinstall the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3). Enter Component Control [071-208 Tray 3 Level Sensor]. Manually actuate the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3). The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J101B, P/J661B and P/J549. P/J101B, P/J661B and P/ J549 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J101B, P/J661B and P/J549. Check the wires between P/J101B and P/J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.12 Flag 2/Flag 3). The circuit between J101B and J549 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230



078-945

A

078-946 TTM Tray 4 Lift RAP BSD-ON:7.9/7.11/7.12 There is a problem with the TTM Tray 4 Lift.

Procedure Enter Component Control [071-004 or 073-010 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 4 Feed/ Lift Motor (PL 12.3) can be heard (the lifted paper plate drops when the tray is opened). Y N Check the connections of P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549. P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549.

B Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P/J549-7 (+) and P/J549-8 (-) (BSD 7.12 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8). Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P/J549-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.12 Flag 2). Activate the actuator of the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3). The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3). Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8).

Check the TTM paper lift components and repair as required (PL 12.3, PL 13.8).

Remove the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3) and the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3). Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor. Enter Component Control [071-002 or 073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 3 (2) Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3) can be heard (the lifted paper plate drops when the tray is opened). Y N Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Check the wires between P/J220B and P/J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.12 Flag 1). The circuit between J220B and J549 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8). Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3). Check the installation of the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3) and the operation of the actuator. The Tray 3 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works. Y N Reinstall the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3). Enter Component Control [071-208 Tray 3 Level Sensor]. Manually actuate the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3). The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J101B, P/J661B and P/J549. P/J101B, P/J661B and P/ J549 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J101B, P/J661B and P/J549. Check the wires between P/J101B and P/J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.12 Flag 2/Flag 3). The circuit between J101B and J549 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A B Status Indicator Raps

078-946



081-799 Registered Destination RAP The Fax Send destination telephone number is not registered in the Address Book.

Initial Actions Check the entries in the Address Book. Check the Send destination telephone number and repeat the operation.

Procedure Pull out and insert the FAX PWB (PL 9.3) Switch on the power. The problem persists The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Check the connection of each FAX PWB (PL 9.3) connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).




081-799


081-799



091-402 Drum Life Over RAP

091-441 Drum Life Near End of Life RAP

The Drum Cartridge must be replaced.

The Drum Cartridge must be replaced soon.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the HSFI counter. The usage is correct for the life expectancy of the drum. Y N There is no need for service at this time. Return to Service Call Procedures.

Check the HSFI counter. The usage is correct for the life expectancy of the drum. Y N There is no need for service at this time. Return to Service Call Procedures.

Replace the Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1).

Replace the Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1).




091-402, 091-441

091-910 Waste Toner Bottle Position RAP

091-911 Waste Toner Full RAP

BSD-ON:9.9

BSD-ON:9.9

The Waste Toner Bottle is not in the correct position.

The Waste Toner Bottle is full.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the installation of the Waste Toner Bottle. Waste Toner Bottle installation is correct. Y N Correct the installation problem by checking for damaged mounting points.

Check the contents level of the Waste Toner Bottle. The Waste Toner Bottle is full. Y N Verify the condition of the circuit, BSD9.9, between the Waste Toner Bottle Sensor and MCU PWB. The circuit is free of damage. Y N Repair the circuit as required.

Verify the condition of the circuit, BSD9.9, between the Waste Toner Position Sensor and MCU PWB. The circuit is free of damage. Y N Repair the circuit as required. Ensure the Waste Toner Bottle is installed correctly. Then check Waste Toner Bottle sensor operating voltage and output. The signal level voltage indicates the Waste Toner Bottle is correctly installed. Y N There is a problem with the sensor. Repair or replace the Waste Toner Position Sensor (PL 4.2). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


091-910, 091-911

Ensure the Waste Toner Bottle is installed correctly. Then check Waste Toner Bottle Full Sensor operating voltage and output. The signal level voltage indicates the Waste Toner Bottle is full. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). There is a problem with the sensor. Repair or replace the Waste Toner Full Sensor (PL 4.2). Replace the Waste Toner Bottle. If the problem persists, return to the beginning of the RAP.



091-912 Xerographics Drum Module Installation RAP

091-913 Drum Cartridge End of Life RAP

BSD-ON:9.1/4.1

BSD-ON:9.1

The Xerographics Drum is not installed.

It is time to replace the Drum Cartridge.

Procedure

Initial Actions

Check the installation of the Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1). The Drum Cartridge installation is correct. Y N Correct the installation (PL 4.1).

•

Power Off/On

•

Reload the Xero Drum Cartridge.

Verify the condition of the circuit between the Drum Cartridge Position Sensor and MCU PWB. T h e circuit is free of damage. Y N Repair the circuit as required.

Check the Drum Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There are no foreign substances and nothing has failed. Y N Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.


Check the installation of the XERO CRUM PWB. The XERO CRUM PWB is installed correctly. Y N Install the XERO CRUM PWB correctly (PL 4.2).

Procedure

Check the connection of the MCU PWB P/J419. P/J419 is connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J407. Check the connection of the XERO CRUM PWB P/J126. P/J126 is connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J142. Check the wire between J419 and P1126 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 9.1). The wire is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J419-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 9.1). Thevoltageis approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1) If the problem persists, replace the XERO CRUM PWB (PL 4.1) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).




091-912, 091-913

091-914 Xero CRUM Comm RAP

091-915 Xero CRUM Data RAP

BSD-ON:9.1

BSD-ON:9.1

There is a failure with communication between the Xero CRUM and MCU PWB.

The Control Logic detected incorrect data on the Xero CRUM.

Procedure

Initial Actions

Pull out and reinstall the Xerographics Drum Module. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures.

Check NVM location 740-047, for Geographic area: •

NA/EU = 3

•

DMO-E/W = 12

Verify the connections and condition of the circuit between Xero CRUM and MCU PWB. The circuit is free of damage and the connections are good. Y N Repair the damage as required.

•

All the World = 512

•

Metered = 3

Check CRUM operating voltage. The operating voltage is correct. Y N Check the circuit for damage. If the circuit is free of damage replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

•

Sold = 2

•

Neutral = 31

Enter diagnostics and verify NVM value for Xero CRUM data, location [751-010]. If NVM value indicates failure replace Xerographics Drum Module (PL 4.1) If NVM value indicates no failure, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Pull out and reinstall the Xerographics Drum Module. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures.

Check NVM location 740-049, for Contact Type:

Procedure

An incorrect Xerographics Drum Module was just installed. Install the correct Xerographics Drum Module.


091-914, 091-915



091-916 Xero CRUM Match RAP BSD-ON:9.1 The Control Logic detected mismatched data on the Xero CRUM.

Initial Actions Check NVM location 740-047, for Geographic area: •

NA/EU = 3

•

DMO-E/W = 12

•

All the World = 512

Check NVM location 740-049, for Contact Type: •

Metered = 3

•

Sold = 2

•

Neutral = 31

Procedure Pull out and reinstall the Xerographics Drum Module. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. An incorrect Xerographics Drum Module was installed. Verify the position of the Xerographics Drum Module. Install the correct Xerographics Drum Module.




091-916


091-916



092-661 Temperature Sensor RAP

092-662 Humidity Sensor RAP

BSD-ON:9.4

BSD-ON:9.4

There is a temperature sensor failure.

There is a humidity sensor failure.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the operating voltages between the Temperature/Humidity Sensor and the MCU PWB. T h e voltages are correct. Y N Verify that the circuit is not damaged. If no damage is found, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the operating voltages between the Temperature/Humidity Sensor and the MCU PWB. T h e voltages are correct. Y N Verify that the circuit is not damaged. If no damage is found, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the Temperature/Humidity Sensor (PL 4.2).

Replace the Temperature/Humidity Sensor (PL 4.2).




092-661, 092-662


092-661, 092-662



093-400 Black Toner Near Empty

093-406 Black Toner Pre-Near Empty

Black Toner Cartridge is near empty

Black Toner Cartridge is Pre-near empty

Procedure

Procedure



•

Replace the Black Toner Cartridge if empty (PL 4.1)

•


•

That the Black Toner Cartridge is inserted properly

•

That the Black Toner Cartridge is inserted properly

•

For Black Toner spills in the machine

•





093-400, 093-406

093-912 Black Toner Empty

093-924 Toner K Crum Communication Failure

Black Toner Cartridge is Empty.

BSD-ON:9.1

Initial Actions

K Toner CRUM Comm Failure.


Initial Actions

•


•

Ensure that the Black Toner Cartridge is seated correctly.

•

Ensure that the Black Toner Cartridge is inserted properly

•

Ensure that the Toner Cartridge Door is closed.

•


Procedure Procedure Check for Image Quality Defects. An Image Quality Defect is present. Y N Run ProCon On and follow the Corrective Actions. The Defect is Low Image Density or Uneven Density. Y N The Defect is Background. Y N Run ProCon On and follow the Corrective Actions.

Fault codes 093-940 (Y), 093-941 (M), and 093-942 (C) are also present on the UI. Y N Replace the Black Toner Cartridge (PL 4.1). Replace the Toner CRUM (Toner Cartridge Door) (PL 4.2). If the fault codes are still present, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Go to IQ6 and troubleshoot IOT Background. Go to IQ3 and troubleshoot Low Image Density or Uneven Density.


093-912, 093-924



093-925 Toner K Crum Data Broken Failure

093-926 Toner K Crum Data Mismatch Failure

BSD-ON:9.1

BSD-ON:9.1

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

•


•

Ensure a Black Toner Cartridge is installed in the Black position in the Rotary

•


•

Ensure the correct toner cartridge for this product is installed

•


Procedure

•


Fault codes 093-950 (Y), 093-951 (M), and 093-952 (C) are also present on the UI. Y N Replace the Black Toner Cartridge (PL 4.1).

Procedure

Replace the Toner CRUM (Toner Cartridge Door) (PL 4.2). If the fault codes are still present, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Fault codes 093-960 (Y), 093-961 (M), and 093-962 (C) are also present on the UI. Y N Replace the Black Toner Cartridge (PL 4.1). Replace the Toner CRUM (Toner Cartridge Door) (PL 4.2). If the fault codes are still present, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).




093-925, 093-926


093-925, 093-926



094-417 BTR Unit Pre Warning RAP

094-420 BTR Unit Warning RAP

The BTR is near end of life.

The BTR reached end of life.

Procedure

Procedure

Verify that the BTR is near end of life (Detailed Maintenance Activities). The BTR is near end of life. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Verify that the BTR Assembly is at end of life (Detailed Maintenance Activities). The Assembly is at end of life. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

There is no need for service at this time. Return to Service Call Procedures.

Replace the BTR Assembly (PL 2.6).



BTR


094-417, 094-420


094-417, 094-420



102-356 Controller Software RAP

102-380 UI Control RAP

BSD-ON:16.1

BSD-ON:16.1

An internal Controller error shut down the processor.

An internal UI controller error shut down the processor.

Procedure

Initial Actions

Check the installation of the P-Kit/HDD-Kit/RAM boards.

Power Off/On

Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

Procedure


Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).




102-356, 102-380

102-381 UI Data Link RAP

102-382 Application Layer Command RAP

BSD-ON:16.1

BSD-ON:16.1

During transmission between the ESS and the UI an initialization send error or a retrieve error for receiving data was detected by the ESS.

•

The required parameters were not sent by the UI.

•

A length error was detected in the variable length parameter.

•

A confirmation message was not received within the specified time when a request message was sent to the UI.



Procedure Check the connection between the ESS and the UI.

Procedure Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).

Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).


Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists, replace the Control Panel UI PWB (PL 11.2).



102-381, 102-382



112-700 Punch Dust Near Full RAP Punch Dust Near Full

Procedure When the Punch dust box full is detected, empty the Punch dust box.




112-700


112-700



116-210 MediaReader Fatal Error RAP

116-212 MediaLib SW Logic Fail RAP

When this error is detected in OSDD.

MediaLib internal logic fail occurs.

Procedure

Initial Actions

1.Power Off/On

Ensure that the cable is securely connected.

2.To replace either of Media Reader/USB Cable/Expanded Board for Media Reader connection.

Procedure

When the problem insists, see “CE Manual reference” for next step.

1.Power Off/On 2.To check whether the problem is existing failure (to TSC) or not and see “CE Manual reference” for next step, when the problem persists.




116-210, 116-212

116-220 Downloader Initialize Fail RAP.

116-310 ESS Font DIMM #2 RAP

Downloader Initialize Fail when going to Download mode. (When in normal mode or in Forced Download mode.).

An error is detected in the ESS Font ROM DIMM #2.


Power Off/On

No action required since Downloader Fail cannot be displayed on PSW.

Procedure Pull out and insert the FAX PWB and the DIMM (PL 11.3). If the problem persists replace the DIMM #2 (PL 11.2).


116-220, 116-310



116-311 ESS Font DIMM #3 RAP

116-312 HDD Encrypt Key RAP

An error is detected in the ESS Font ROM DIMM #3.

An error in the HDD encryption key is detected during boot.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Pull out and insert the FAX PWB and the DIMM (PL 9.3).

Check the HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists replace the DIMM #2 (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).




116-311, 116-312

116-313 HDD Encrypt Setup RAP

116-314 Ethernet Address RAP

The encryption key is set up but the HDD is not encrypted.

An Ethernet address error is detected.

Procedure

Initial Actions


Power Off/On

If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program.

Procedure

If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).

Check the EPROM on the ESS. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).


116-313, 116-314



116-315 ESS DDR DIMM #1 R/W Check RAP

116-316 ESS DDR DIMM #2 R/W Check RAP

An error is detected during the Read/Write operation of the ESS DDR DIMM #1.

An error is detected during the Read/Write operation of the ESS DDR DIMM #2.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Pull out and insert the ESS DDR DIMM #1.

Pull out and insert the ESS DDR DIMM #2.

If the problem persists, replace the ESS DDR DIMM #1 (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists, replace the ESS DDR DIMM #2 (PL 9.2).




116-315, 116-316

116-317 ESS ROM DIMM #1 Check RAP

116-318 ESS ROM DIMM #2 Check RAP

An error is detected when the standard ROM DIMM was checked.

An error is detected when the option ROM DIMM was checked.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Pull out and insert DIMM (PL 9.2).

Pull out and insert the DIMM (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists, replace DIMM (PL 9.2).


116-317 , 116-318



116-319 Controller UI Configuration

116-321 System Software RAP

There is a configuration mismatch between the Controller ROM and the UI.

An internal controller error shut down the processor.

Procedure

Initial Actions

If the Controller or UI was just serviced, check the electrical connections.

Power Off/On

If the problem occurred during customer usage, replace the Controller ROM.

Procedure

If the problem persists, replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).

Check the installation of the DDR DIMM. Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).




116-319, 116-321

116-322 WebDAV S/W Fail RAP

116-323 ESS NVRAM R/W Check RAP

Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

An error is detected during the ESS PWB NVM Read/Write Check.

Procedure

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).


116-322 , 116-323



116-324 System Controller RAP

116-325 ESS Fan RAP

An exceptional Controller error shut down the processor.

The ESS fan failed.

Initial Actions

Procedure

Power Off/On

Replace the ESS fan (PL 9.2).

Procedure Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).




116-324, 116-325

116-328 Controller Cache RAP

116-329 Serial Software RAP

A cache failure is detected in the Controller.

A system call error is detected.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure


Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).


116-328, 116-329



116-330 HDD File System RAP

116-331 Invalid Log Information RAP

The HDD Check detected an error during power on or the HDD is not formatted.

A log error is detected.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure


Remove the HD, switch off the power, reinstall the HD, and switch on the power.





If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).





116-330, 116-331

116-332 ESS ROM RAP

116-333 LocalTalk Software RAP

An error is detected in the ESS ROM.

A LocalTalk system call error caused a shutdown.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Reinstall or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).





116-332, 116-333



116-334 ESS NVRAM Data Compare Fail RAP

116-335 HDD RAP

System Cont detects [ESS-NVRAM with factory settings is installed] or [Illegal ESS-NVRAM data is occurring].

The control logic detected that the HDD failed.


Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure


As powering OFF then ON after a detection of 116-334 will presumably cause other errors 124-3xx that indicate various data mismatches between the three locations, resolve one(s) following the corrective actions for the relevant Fault Code(s).


If 116-334 reoccurs despite powering OFF/ON, disconnect and reconnect the NV-RAM Board, then turn ON the power. If the problem persists, replace the NV-RAM Board. If the problem still persists, replace the mercury battery.




116-334, 116-335

116-336 HDD Access RAP

116-337 SNTP Software RAP

A failure is detected during HDD access

An error in SNTP (Simple Network Transfer Processing) caused in internal shutdown.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure







116-336, 116-337



116-338 JBA RAP

116-340 Memory RAP

A JBA (Job Based Accounting) processing error caused in internal shutdown.

The DDR DIMM, Entry Buffer, and Work Area are insufficient.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure


Add memory (PL 9.2).


Disable the PostScript option.




116-338, 116-340

116-341 ROM Version RAP

116-342 Network Manager RAP

•

Multiple incorrect versions of the ROM DIMM are installed.

•

An invalid combination of ROM DIMMs are installed.

An internal shutdown occurred due to an error in processing SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol).

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

NOTE: When installing multiple ROM DIMMs, it is necessary to match both the major versions and the minor versions.


Check the version of the ROM DIMM and if necessary, replace it with the correct version of the DIMM (PL 9.2).


116-341, 116-342



116-343 Main PWB IC RAP

116-346 Formatter RAP

An error is detected in the IC in the ESS PWB.

Errors are detected by the Formatter.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors.

Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Switch on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).




116-343, 116-346

116-348 Redirector RAP

116-349 SIF RAP

A system function recall error is detected by the Redirector.

An error occurred using the SIF (Source Input Format) function.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).



If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).


116-348, 116-349



116-350 AppleTalk Software RAP

116-351 Ether Talk Software RAP

An internal shutdown occurred after an AppleTalk processing error.

An internal shutdown occurred after an Ether Talk processing error.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure



If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).







116-350, 116-351

116-352 NetWare Software RAP

116-353 HDD Mechanical RAP

An internal shutdown occurred after a NetWare processing error.

A mechanical error occurred in the HDD.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure


Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are correctly connected. Y N Connect the connectors.


Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Check the HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2). If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).


116-352, 116-353



116-354 HDD Product RAP

116-355 Agent Software RAP

An error occurred in the HDD.

An internal shutdown occurred after an SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) processing error.


Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are correctly connected. Y N Connect the connectors.

Procedure Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures.


Check the HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2). If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).




116-354, 116-355

116-356 HDD Format RAP

116-357 PostScript RAP

HDD formatting failed.

An internal shutdown occurred after a processing error.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure






Check the HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2). If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).


116-356, 116-357



116-358 Salutation Software RAP

116-360 SMB Software RAP

An internal shutdown occurred after a Salutation processing error.

An internal shutdown occurred after a SMB (Server Message Block) processing error.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure










116-358, 116-360

116-361 Spool HDD RAP

116-362 SSDP Software RAP

The controller spool detected an error during HDD access.

An internal shutdown occurred after an SSDP (Simple Service Discovery Protocol) processing error.



Procedure Check the HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2).

Procedure Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).


116-361, 116-362



116-363 Print Service Software RAP

116-364 Timer RAP

An internal shutdown occurred after an SNMP processing error.

A timer failure is detected in the ESS PWB.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure




Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).




116-363, 116-364

116-365 Spool RAP

116-366 Software Report RAP

An internal shutdown occurred after an SPL processing error.

An internal shutdown occurred after a reporting error.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure








116-365, 116-366



116-367 Parallel Software RAP

116-368 Dump Print RAP



Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure










116-367, 116-368

116-370 XJCL RAP

116-371 PCL Decomposer Software RAP

An internal shutdown occurred after a XJCL (X Job Control Language) processing error.

An internal shutdown occurred after a PCL (Printer Command Language) processing error.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure








116-370 , 116-371




116-373 Dynamic DNS Software RAP


An internal shutdown occurred after a DDNS (Dynamic Domain Name System) processing error.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure










116-372, 116-373

116-374 Auto Switch RAP



A response such as system function recall error is detected.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure








116-374, 116-375



116-376 Port 9100 Software RAP

116-377 Video DMA RAP


A Video DMA (Direct Memory Access) failure is detected.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure










116-376, 116-377




An internal shutdown occurred after an MCC processing error.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure








116-378, 116-379



116-380 ESS Font ROM DIMM #1 RAP

116-381 ABL Initialize RAP

An error is detected when the Font ROM DIMM #1 was checked.

Corrupted data is detected in the ABL (Address Book Library).

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Pull out and insert the Printer PWB (PL 9.2) and the PS DIMM (PL 9.2) Switch on the power. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures.


Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are correctly connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures.

Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Clear the ESS NVM. (Perform this only after explaining to the user the purpose of clearing recipient information.) If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists, replace the Printer PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists, replace the PS DIMM (PL 9.2).




116-380, 116-381

116-382 ABL Initialize RAP

116-385 IDC Software RAP

HDD access by the ABL (Address Book Library) failed.

An internal shutdown occurred after an IDC (scripting language) processing error.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors.


Switch on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures.



Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).


116-382, 116-385



116-388 MCC RAP

116-389 RAM Install RAP

The control logic detected that the HDD is not installed during an MCC operation (Mail Contents Creator).

The control logic detected that the required RAM capacity is not installed or available.


Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure


Check the electrical connections on the HDD (PL 9.2). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).




116-388, 116-389

116-390 ROM NVM Mismatch RAP

116-391 Country Code RAP

Incompatible versions of the standard ROM and NVM are detected.

An illegal country code is set.

Procedure

Procedure

If instructions are listed on the UI perform them.

Perform GP 7 Country Code Setting.

If no instructions are listed on the UI Follow the LCD display and initialize the NVM.


116-390, 116-391



116-395 USB Software RAP

116-399 Initialization RAP

There is an internal shutdown due to a USB (Universal Serial Bus) related error.

Initialization exceeded 10 minutes.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure








116-395, 116-399

116-701 Memory Duplex RAP

116-702 Substitute Font RAP

2 Sided printing requires more memory.

The print function is using a substitute font.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure


No action necessary.



116-701, 116-702



116-703 PostScript Language RAP

116-710 HP-GL/2 Memory Overflow RAP

There is an error in PostScript grammar interpretation or language interpretation.

HP-GL/2 Memory Overflow

Initial Actions

Procedure

Power Off/On

Increase HP-GL spool size or mount HDD.





116-703, 116-710

116-713 HDD Job Full RAP

116-714 HP-GL/2 Command RAP

The job output was split into batches when HDD capacity was reached.

There is a command error in the HP-GL/2 (Hewlett Packard printer control language)

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure



Perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program.

If the problem persists check the electrical connections on the HDD (PL 9.2).




116-713, 116-714



116-720 PCL Memory RAP

116-738 Overlay Size Orientation RAP

The PCL Printer Control Language) Memory capacity is insufficient.

The drawing size/orientation of the form is different from the size/orientation of the paper.

Initial Actions

Procedure

Power Off/On

Ask customer to check setups so that the paper is the same size and orientation as the overlay.

Procedure Do not start up the ports that are unnecessary. Adjust the various Buffer Memory sizes. Add additional memory.




116-720, 116-738

116-739 Form/Logo Capacity RAP

116-740 Arithmetic RAP

Form/logo registration was not possible because of insufficient RAM disk or HDD capacity.

The number calculated in the interpreter exceeded the limit value.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Ask customer to check the registered forms/logos using the Operation Panel utility, delete the forms/logos that are unnecessary.


Refer customer to User Guide heading Data Encryption to check RAM usage. If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).


116-739, 116-740



116-741 Maximum Forms Data Register RAP

116-742 Max Logo Registered RAP

The large quantity of forms put a limit on form data registration.

The number of logo data registrations is exceeded.

Initial Actions

Procedure

Power Off/On

Ask customer to check the registered logos using the UI utility and delete any unused logos.

Procedure

If the problem persists delete logos that are not required by the print job.

Ask customer to check the registered forms using the UI utility and delete the forms that are unnecessary. If the problem persists Ask customer to delete forms that are not required by the print command.




116-741, 116-742

116-743 Form/Logo Size Overflow RAP

116-746 Selected Form RAP

The received data (form/logo) exceeds the registered buffer size.

The selected form is not registered.

Initial Actions

Procedure

Power Off/On

Ask customer to use a registered form or register the required form.

Procedure Ask customer to increase the size of the Form Registration Area using the UI. If the problem persists install the HDD (PL 9.2).


116-743, 116-746



116-747 Invalid Page Margin RAP

116-748 Page Image Data RAP

Subtracting the paper margin from the valid coordinate area results in a negative value.

Drawing data does not exist in the page data.

Procedure

Initial Actions

Ask customer to reset the margins setup.

Power Off/On





116-747, 116-748

116-749 PostScript Font RAP

116-750 Banner Sheet Cancelled RAP

The specified font is not found in the ROM or the HDD.

Banner Sheet cancelled.

Initial Actions

Procedure

Power Off/On

Set the Banner Sheet Feed Tray to normal status (see “Detected when”), or change Banner sheet feed tray.

Procedure The font name specified in JIS is set.


116-749, 116-750



116-752 Print Job Ticket Description Warning RAP

116-771 Invalid JBIG Parameter DL Fixed RAP

PDF Print Job Ticket description warning.

An incorrect JBIG parameter DL was automatically corrected.

Procedure

Initial Actions


Power Off/On

Procedure No action necessary.




116-752, 116-771

116-772 Invalid JBIG Parameter D Fixed RAP

116-773 Invalid JBIG Parameter P Fixed RAP

An incorrect JBIG parameter D was automatically corrected.

An incorrect JBIG parameter P was automatically corrected.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure




116-772, 116-773



116-774 Invalid JBIG Parameter YD Fixed RAP

116-775 Invalid JBIG Parameter L0 Fixed RAP

An incorrect JBIG parameter YD was automatically corrected.

An incorrect JBIG parameter LO was automatically corrected.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure






116-774, 116-775

116-776 Invalid JBIG Parameter MX Fixed RAP

116-777 Invalid JBIG Parameter MY Fixed RAP

An incorrect JBIG parameter MX was automatically corrected.

An incorrect JBIG parameter MY was automatically corrected.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure




116-776 , 116-777



116-778 Invalid JBIG Par VLength Fixed RAP

116-780 Attached Document RAP

An incorrect JBIG parameter VLENGTH was automatically corrected.

There was an error in the document attached to the E-mail to XXX.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure






116-778, 116-780

116-790 Stapling Canceled RAP (A-Finisher)

116-790 Stapling Canceled RAP (SB-Finisher)

BSD-ON:12.5

BSD-ON:12.21

When Staple was specified, there were no staples.

When Staple was specified, there were no staples.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Execute Component Control [012-242 Low Staple Sensor]. Install and remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The display changes. Y N Check the Staple Pin Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. Therearenoforeignsubstances and nothing has failed. Y N Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.

Execute Component Control [012-242 Low Staple Sensor]. Install and remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The display changes. Y N Check the Staple Pin Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. Therearenoforeignsubstances and nothing has failed. Y N Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.

Check the connections of P/J8731 and P/J8701. nected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8731 and P/J8701.

P/J8731 and

P/J8701 are con-

Check the connections of J8886 and P/J8981. J8886 and correctly. Y N Connect J8886 and P/J8981.




Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P/J8701-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.5). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8886-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.21). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P/J8701-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.5). Install and remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8886-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.21). Install and remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4) If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4) If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


116-790, 116-790

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).



121-314 Customize User Prompts Fail RAP Error occurs due to the setting of impermissible combination below at Power On. IC Card Gate EP accessories other than IC Card Gate are connected (set) or IC Card Gate and other EP accessories are installed together (set). [Authentication/Counting]> [Authentication/Counting management/use] is set in [External Authentication/Counting].

Procedure To change System Data (Chain-Link) to prevent “Detection condition”. (For example, If Card Auditron Level2/IC Card Auditron Level2 in Network Accounting mode is requested, Customize User Prompts shall be set to “both” or “prompt 1 only”.




121-314


121-314



123-207 Communication Manager Target RAP

123-209 Controller UI Communication RAP

A mailbox operations value is incorrect.

An incorrect check value is received during Controller UI Communications.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)




If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).


If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)





123-207, 123-209

123-310 Send Queue RAP

123-311 Receive Queue RAP

The upper limit of the processing capability for sending data from the UI to the Controller was exceeded.

The data received from the Controller exceeded the upper limit of the processing capability in the UI.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure










123-310, 123-311



123-317 Receive Message Queue RAP

123-318 Receive Finish Queue RAP



Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure












123-317, 123-318

123-320 NVM Initialized for FCW Composition RAP

123-322 UI Target RAP

Automatic recovery with detection of incorrect value in system data area that is not compatible between different UI panels (FCW/HB)

Serial transmission failed.

Initial Actions NOTE: At machine startup and machine booting, the set values are out of range for currently mounted panel has been detected in the system data area that is not compatible between the different UI panel types (HB/FCW/MCW).

Power Off/On

This fault does not occur when the same UI panel type is replaced.


In case incorrect data is stored for some reason, rebooting and automatic recovery are conducted using the same mechanism as that used for physical panel replacement.

Procedure


Procedure Even when this error code is displayed, machine can be used normally after “Close” is pressed.


However, necessary machine settings shall be made before Controller NVM are initialized for FCW/MCW panel configuration.



123-320, 123-322



123-323 UI Address RAP

123-325 Object Creation RAP

Serial transmission failed.

The specified object could not be created due to UI software failure and a setting or specification error.


Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)


If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)




123-323, 123-325

123-326 Memory Overflow RAP

123-327 Button Overflow RAP

The UI software failed and memory capacity is exceeded.

The UI software failed and memory requirements exceeded the upper limit.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure










123-326 , 123-327



123-328 UI Internal Range RAP

123-329 UI Coordinates RAP

UI software failure and a coordinate value outside the range of the display screen is detected.

UI software failure and a coordinate value that cannot be displayed is detected.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure












123-328, 123-329

123-332 Interface Parameter RAP

123-333 Interface Communication RAP

The UI software failed and an incorrect parameter was received by the DM-CP driver interface.

The system detected that transmission with the Control Panel could not be established.

Initial Actions

The H/W connection in the UI is faulty and the internal connection isn’t detected.

Power Off/On

Initial Actions

Procedure

Power Off/On


Procedure





If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).


123-332, 123-333



123-337 Frame Data RAP

123-341 Event Queue RAP

The UI software failed and an incorrect data type value is detected.

The UI software failed with a full event queue.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure












123-337 , 123-341

123-342 Event Queue RAP

123-343 Invalid Class RAP

The UI software failed with an empty queue.

The UI software failed.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure










123-342, 123-343



123-344 Invalid Type RAP

123-345 Timer Queue Full RAP


The UI software failed an event timer.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure












123-344, 123-345

123-346 Invalid Timer Number RAP

123-369 Interface Value RAP

The UI software failed a timer routine.

The UI software failed with an invalid interface value.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure










123-346, 123-369



123-370 Interface Length RAP

123-371 Interface Parameter RAP

There is an error in the parameter sent from the Controller.

There is an error in the parameter sent from the Controller.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure











123-370, 123-371

123-372 Interface Sequence RAP

123-373 Channel RAP

The initialization command from the Controller was not sent within the specified time.

There is an error in the channel sent from the Controller.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure








123-372, 123-373



123-374 User Job ID RAP

123-375 Internal Resource RAP

There is an error in the Job ID parameter sent from the Controller.


Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure










123-374 , 123-375

123-376 Internal Memory RAP

123-377 UI Timer RAP



Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure










123-376 , 123-377



123-378 Interface Format RAP

123-379 Dispatch RAP

There is an error in the data format sent from the Controller.


Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure










123-378 , 123-379

123-380 Copy Interface RAP

123-381 Fax Interface RAP



Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure










123-380, 123-381



123-382 Scanner Interface RAP

123-383 Report Interface RAP



Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure












123-382, 123-383

123-384 Server Access RAP

123-385 Service Object RAP


There is an invalid service object overflow failure.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure










123-384, 123-385





There is an invalid service object attribute failure.

There is an invalid service object attribute failure.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure












123-386 , 123-387

123-388 Attribute RAP

123-389 UI Comparator RAP

The UI software failed attribute control.

The UI software failed comparator management.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure










123-388, 123-389



123-390 Job Parameter RAP

123-391 Job Parameter RAP

The UI software failed job parameter control.

The UI software failed job parameter control.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure












123-390, 123-391

123-392 Auditron RAP

123-394 File Access RAP

The UI software failed auditron control.

The UI software failed a file access routine.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure










123-392, 123-394



123-395 UI NVM RAP

123-396 UI Software RAP

The UI software failed an NVM access routine.


Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure












123-395, 123-396

123-397 UI Manager RAP

123-398 Release Queue RAP


The UI software failed a full queue release.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure










123-397, 123-398



123-399 UI Internal RAP

123-400 Internal Interface RAP


There is insufficient memory capacity or an internal error or invalid interface sequencing or a corrupt parameter was entered.


Power Off/On

Power Off/On



If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).




123-399, 123-400


123-399, 123-400



124-310 Product Designation RAP

124-311 Product Serial Number RAP

BSD-ON:3.6

BSD-ON:3.6

There is an error in the product designation nomenclature.

There is an error in the product serial number.

Procedure

Procedure






124-310, 124-311

124-312 Machine Codes Mismatch RAP

124-313 Serial Number RAP

BSD-ON:3.6

BSD-ON:3.6

The machine codes do not match.

The serial numbers did not match.

Procedure

Procedure




124-312, 124-313



124-314 IOT Speed RAP

124-315 Serial Number Mismatch RAP

The IOT is not running at the correct speed.

The Serial Numbers are not in sync.

Procedure

Initial Actions

Check the following for binding:

Power Off/On

•

Fuser/ Main Drive Controls: BSD 4.1, 4.1B

Procedure

•

Registration: BSD 8.7

Go to GP 4.

•

Xerographics: BSD 9.3, 9.7, 9.8

•

Fusing and Transportation: BSD 10.1, 10.5,10.6




124-314, 124-315

124-316 Product Mode RAP

124-317 All Product Mode RAP

BSD-ON:3.6

BSD-ON:3.6

There is an error in product mode of operation.

There is an error in all modes of product operation.

Procedure

Procedure



If the problem persists replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1)





124-316, 124-317



124-318 Product Type Software Key RAP

124-319 All Product Types Software Key RAP

BSD-ON:3.6

BSD-ON:3.6

There is a mismatch between the software key and the type of product.

There is a mismatch between the software key and any type of product.

Procedure

Procedure










124-318, 124-319

124-320 EPROM RAP

124-321 Backup SRAM RAP

BSD-ON:16.1

BSD-ON:3.6

A write error occurred in the ESS PWB SEEPROM.

A failure occurred when setting the M/C serial number.

Procedure

Procedure


Check the connection of each ESS PWB (PL 9.2) and FAX PWB (PL 9.1) connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs. If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.1).


124-320 , 124-321



124-322 Software Key RAP

124-323 Software Key Registration RAP

BSD-ON:16.1

BSD-ON:16.1

There is a software key mismatch.

There is a software key registration failure.

Procedure

Procedure








124-322, 124-323

124-324 All Billings Mismatch RAP

124-325 Billing Restoration RAP

BSD-ON:16.1

BSD-ON:3.6

The billing counters in multiple locations are all different.

Billing counter auto repair failed.

Procedure

Procedure

Power OFF/ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

Execute Serial Number/Billing Meter Data [Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting]. Compare the 3 serial numbers The 3 serial numbers match. Y N Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs.

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).


124-324, 124-325



124-326 IOT Speed Not Registered RAP

124-327 IOT Speed Change SW Failure RAP

Status 1 or 2 of speed registration procedure for IOT is detected when the system is booted.

Error is detected during IOT Speed change procedure:

Procedure

Move to Diag Mode fails.

IOT Speed change procedure starts with this fault. User to input SW key for IOT speed change according to dialog displayed on UI.

DC132 fails. SEEP ROM R/W fails. Rebooting fails.

Procedure 1. Replace IOT 2. Replace Controller board.




124-326, 124-327

124-333 ASIC RAP

124-334 Standard Font ROM RAP

BSD-ON:16.1

BSD-ON:16.1

A decompression error occurred in an ESS ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit).

An error was detected in the standard Built-In Font ROM.

Initial Actions

Procedure

Power Off/On

Replace the PS DIMM (PL 9.2)

Procedure Pull out and insert the DIMM (PL 9.2) Switch on the power. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists replace the DDR DIMM (PL 9.2).


124-333, 124-334



124-335 Font ROM RAP

124-337 ESS Standard RAM RAP

BSD-ON:16.1

BSD-ON:16.1

The Font ROM could not be detected.

An error was detected in the ESS Built-In Standard RAM.

Initial Actions

Procedure

Power Off/On

Reinstall or replace the DDR DIMM (PL 9.2).

Procedure


Pull out and insert the Printer PWB (PL 9.2) and the DIMM (PL 9.2) Switch on the power. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Replace the PS DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the Printer PWB (PL 9.2). f the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)




124-335, 124-337

124-338 Duplicate Font ROMs RAP

124-339 ROM DIMM Mismatch RAP

BSD-ON:16.1

BSD-ON:16.1

The system detected that a duplicate Font ROM is installed.

The system detected that an incorrect ROM DIMM is installed.

Procedure

Procedure

Pull out and insert or replace the PS DIMM (PL 9.2).

Check that the prescribed DDR DIMM (PL 9.2) is installed.


124-338 , 124-339



124-340 CRUM Market RAP

124-341 CRUM Market MCU RAP

BSD-ON:16.1

CRUM control failed on the MCU.

There is a general CRUM control failure.

Procedure

Procedure Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures.

Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master SYS1. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).




124-340, 124-341

124-342 CRUM Market System 1 RAP

124-343 CRUM Market System 2 RAP

CRUM control failed in system 1.


Procedure

Procedure

Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely connected. Y N Connect the connectors.




Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master MCU. If the problem persists. replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master SYS2. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).


124-342, 124-343



124-350 CRUM OEM RAP

124-351 CRUM OEM MCU RAP

OEM (Original Equipment Manufacturer) CRUM control failed.

OEM (Original Equipment Manufacturer) CRUM control failed on the MCU.

Procedure

Procedure






Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master SYS1. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).




124-350, 124-351

124-352 CRUM OEM System 1 RAP

124-353 CRUM OEM System 2 RAP

OEM (Original Equipment Manufacturer) CRUM control failed in system 1.


Procedure

Procedure








124-352, 124-353



124-360 CRUM Validation RAP

124-361 CRUM Validation MCU RAP

CRUM control failed validation.

CRUM control failed validation on the MCU.

Procedure

Initial Actions


Power Off/On

Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Procedure Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master SYS1. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).




124-360, 124-361

124-362 CRUM Validation System 1 RAP

124-363 CRUM validation System 2 RAP



Initial Actions

Procedure

Power Off/On



Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master SYS2. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).



124-362, 124-363



124-372 IOT Controller Software RAP

124-373 IOT Manager Software RAP

Due to an error in the software of the IOT Controller, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

BSD-ON:16.1

Procedure

Due to an error in the software of the IOT Manager, subsequent processes cannot be performed.


Procedure

Reinstall or replace the DDR DIMM (PL 9.2).



If the problem persists reinstall or replace the DDR DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists reinstall or replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).




124-372, 124-373

124-374 IOT IM Device Driver Software RAP

124-380 CRUM Market (2)

BSD-ON:16.1

There is a general CRUM control failure.

Due to an error in the software of the IOT IM Device Driver, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

Procedure

Procedure Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reinstall or replace the DDR DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).


124-374, 124-380



124-381 CRUM Market MCU (2)

124-382 CRUM Market System 1 (2)

CRUM control failed on the MCU.

Procedure


Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master MCU. If the problem persists. replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).





124-381, 124-382

124-383 CRUM Market System 2 (2)

124-390 OEM Market (2)


OEM (Original Equipment Manufacturer) CRUM control failed.

Procedure

Procedure








124-383, 124-390



124-391 CRU OEM MCU (2)

124-392 CRU OEM System 1 (2)

OEM (Original Equipment Manufacturer) CRUM control failed on the MCU.


Procedure

Procedure










124-391, 124-392

124-393 CRU OEM System 2 (2)

124-701 Side Tray to Center Tray RAP


The output destination was changed by the customer from the Side Tray to the Center Tray.

Procedure

Procedure



Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master SYS2. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).


124-393, 124-701



124-702 Finisher Tray to Center Tray RAP

124-705 Punching Cancelled RAP

The output destination was changed by the customer from the Finisher Tray to the Center Tray.

Punch request is canceled to continue printing.

Procedure

Procedure


Ask customer to check the job setup.




124-702, 124-705

124-706 Folding Cancelled RAP

124-708 Output Tray Changed to Sub Tray RAP

Fold request is canceled to continue printing.

Output destination is changed to Sub Tray to continue printing.

Procedure

Procedure


Paper is output to Center Tray instead of designated tray. (1) Paper of different size from paper size designated with duplex designation is fed. (2) Puncher of Finisher C has failure. [(1)Output to Sub Tray at size mismatch occurrence in duplex designation] -When size mismatch occurs, paper is output to the designated tray while Simplex is designated and to Sub Tray while Duplex is designated. -On the control panel, message saying that output destination is changed to Sub Tray is displayed when Sheet Delivered is received from IOT, with the message, “Copying in progress” displayed after Start button is pressed, until IOT is stopped. -No display on the driver. [(2) Output to Sub Tray at the occurrence of Finisher failure] -Decurler failure and Puncher failure shall be handled not as SubSystemFail but as LocalFail. -When Decurler failure occurs, paper is output to designated Finisher. -When Puncher failure occurs, paper is output to Sub Tray. -When Booklet is designated, however, paper is output to Booklet. -On the control panel, message saying that output destination is changed to Sub Tray is displayed when SheetDelivered is received from IOT, with the message, “Copying in progress” displayed after Start button is pressed, until IOT is stopped.


124-706, 124-708



124-709 Side Tray to Center Tray RAP

124-710 Output Tray Changed from MailBoxSorter RAP

The sheets entering the stapler exceeded the maximum.

Output Tray changed from MailBoxSorter.

Procedure

Procedure


Output paper that can be output to Mailbox Sorter.




124-709, 124-710


124-709, 124-710



125-311 PSW Unexpected Fail RAP PSW Cont Software Failure Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

Procedure Power OFF/ON. Check that the latest version of software is installed. Check connections on the ESS PWB. Check the wiring to the ESS PWB. If the above checks are OK, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).




125-311


125-311



127-310 ESR Task RAP

127-314 WSD Print S/W Fail RAP

BSD-ON:16.1

WSD Print S/W Fail.

A fatal error occurred in an ESR (External Server Request) Task.

Procedure

Initial Actions

Power Off/On.

Power Off/On

Procedure Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job. If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).




127-310, 127-314

127-353 LPD Software RAP

127-396 Mail I/O Software RAP

BSD-ON:16.1

BSD-ON:16.1

Due to a fatal error that occurred in processing related to the LPD, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

There is an error in Mail I/O processing.


Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure


Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job. If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).


127-353 , 127-396



127-398 IPP Software RAP

127-399 JME Software RAP

BSD-ON:16.1

BSD-ON:16.1

There is an IPP (Internet Printing Protocol) error.

Due to a fatal error that occurred in processing related to the JME, subsequent processes cannot be performed.





If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).




127-398 , 127-399


127-398 , 127-399



133-210 Fax Parameter RAP

133-211 Fax Parameter Value Invalid RAP

BSD-ON:17.1

BSD-ON:17.1

The parameter value is incorrect due to reasons such as excessive length.

A parameter value exceeds the range or the required parameter is not sent.

The required parameter is not sent.

Procedure

Procedure Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3)

Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3) If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).





133-210 , 133-211

133-212 Fax Read Error- No Data RAP

133-213 Fax Read Error- Invalid Data RAP

BSD-ON:17.1

BSD-ON:17.1

The specified data does not exist (incorrect number or channel).

Corrupted data interrupted a read on the specified data.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3)





133-212, 133-213



133-214 Fax USB Initializing RAP

133-215 Fax USB Device RAP

BSD-ON:17.1

BSD-ON:17.1

Fax failed initialization.

There is an error in the Fax USB interface.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the USB connection. If OK then replace the USB cable (PL 9.3).

Check the USB connection. If OK then replace the USB cable (PL 9.3).






133-214, 133-215

133-216 Fax USB Host Fatal RAP

133-217 Fax Manager Short of Memory RAP

BSD-ON:17.1

There is a Fax/USB processing error.


Procedure

Procedure

Turn the power Off/On.

Check the USB connection. If OK then replace the USB cable (PL 9.3). If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).


133-216, 133-217



133-218 Fax Card Message Library Short of Memory RAP

133-219 Fax Work Memory RAP


Memory capacity reached during Fax processing.

Procedure

Procedure






133-218 , 133-219

133-220 Fax Control Task RAP

133-221 Fax Card Boot RAP

BSD-ON:17.1

BSD-ON:17.1

An error during Fax Controller software processing caused a Fax shutdown.

The FAX PWB did not respond within the specified time to boot.

Procedure

Procedure






133-220, 133-221



133-222 Fax Card does not respond intervalley RAP

133-223 Fax Card Reset RAP

BSD-ON:17.1

BSD-ON:17.1

The FAX PWB did not respond within the specified time.

The controller reset when the FAX PWB did not respond.

Procedure

Procedure








133-222 , 133-223

133-224 Controller ROM Fax Card ROM RAP

133-226 Country Code RAP

BSD-ON:17.1

The Controller detects an invalid country code.

The Controller detected a version mismatch.

Procedure

Procedure

Perform GP 7 Country Code Setting.

Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3) If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).


133-224, 133-226



133-280 Fax Option Slot 1 Board RAP

133-281 Received unknown message RAP

BSD-ON:17.1

BSD-ON:17.1

Failure was detected on the Fax Option Slot 1 board.

A message not specified in I/F settings was received from the Fax Card.

Procedure

Procedure

Pull out and insert the FAX PWB (PL 9.3) Switch on the power. The problem persists. Y N Service Call Procedures.

Pull out and insert the FAX PWB (PL 9.3) Switch on the power. The problem persists. Y N Service Call Procedures.

Check the connection of each FAX PWB (PL 9.3) connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors.

Check the connection of each FAX PWB (PL 9.3) connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors.

Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Service Call Procedures.

Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Service Call Procedures.

Replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).

Replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).




133-280, 133-281

133-282 Fax Card Download RAP

133-283 Fax Report Mailbox RAP

BSD-ON:17.1

BSD-ON:17.1

An FAX PWB download could not be completed when either a FAX PWB or Fax Controller software failure occurred.

The Fax Report mailbox did not open.

Procedure Procedure


Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3) If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3). If the problem continues, replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).


133-282 , 133-283



133-700 Staple/Punch Cancelled RAP

133-710 Tray Select Fail RAP

The Controller cancelled the Staple/Punch operation due to staple relationship with the print paper, or during data format processing for fax receive document printing in the Controller.

Fax receive document is printed with bypass tray when tray inapplicable to Fax is selected. NOTE: “Tray mode function in Declaration of Received Paper Size” is provided to select “From which tray fax-received data shall be printed”. This error occurs when this function is set to “Enable”.

Staple/Punch request is canceled to continue printing.

Procedure Change Staple/Punch position designation or select paper according to Staple/Punch position.

Even when this function is set to “Disable”, this error occurs also in printing of fax report and polling reservation document

*To automatically print received FAX/IFAX document, M/C automatically selects paper tray and any of the following occurs when tray is selected: -Selected tray is set as inapplicable tray to fax document printing. M/C selects then bypass tray to continue printing. -Paper size inapplicable to fax is set for selected tray. M/C selects then bypass tray to continue printing. -Paper type unusable for fax is set for selected tray. M/C selects then bypass tray to continue printing. -When error does not correspond to any of the above cases, selected tray may have failure.

*This error occurs also if any of the above four cases is detected “when customer manually selects paper tray to print document from mailbox”.

Procedure - To set paper size applicable to fax document printing.? A3SEF, A4LEF, B4SEF, B5LEF, A4SEF, A5SEF, B5SEF, LetterSEF, Legal(14inch), Legal(13inch), Ledger, LetterLEF and Half Letter SEF are applicable. -To set paper type applicable to fax document printing. Plain paper, Quality paper, Recycle paper, Used paper and user-defined paper are applicable. -To take any of the following actions when “Tray mode function in Declaration of Received Paper Size” is set to “Enable”: (1) To add tray number that customer wants to designate for printing, to [Function setting]-->[FAX operation control]-->[Tray mode]. (2) To select tray number to be used for printing by customer, among trays set for [Function setting]->[FAX operation control]-->[Tray mode]. - To contact FX Support Division when none of the above actions is effective.




133-700 , 133-710


133-700 , 133-710



134-210 Fax Controller Parameter RAP

134-211 FAX PWB RAP

BSD-ON:17.1

BSD-ON:17.1

The parameter value is incorrect or the required parameter is not sent.

A failure is detected on the FAX PWB.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Power Off/On

Power Off/On

Procedure

Procedure

Pull out and insert the FAX PWB (PL 9.3). The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures.

Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3). If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).

Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3). The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Switch on the power. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).




134-210, 134-211


134-210, 134-211



202-399 Internal Timer RAP An internal error was detected in the machine timer.


Procedure Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).




202-399


202-399



OF 1 Paper Size Mismatch In Width RAP

OF 2 Size Switch Assy RAP

The width of the paper size is incorrect.

Procedure Manually activate the switches of the relevant Size Sensor. The relevant switches move smoothly. Y N Replace the relevant Size Sensor.

Initial Actions •

Power OFF/ON

•

Reload the tray.

Procedure

Execute the following Diag.: Activate SW5 of the relevant Size Sensor.

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray. Y N Check the guide. The guide is set correctly. Y N Set the guide correctly. Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works. Y N Set the guide correctly. Check the installation of the relevant Paper Size Switch. The relevant Paper Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the relevant Paper Size Switch (PL 2.1/PL 12.1/PL 13.1) correctly.

Tray 1: Component Control [071-210 Tray 1 Size Switch-SW5] Tray 2: Component Control [071-211 Tray 2 Size Switch-SW5] Tray 3: Component Control [071-212 Tray 3 Size Switch-SW5] Tray 4: Component Control [071-200 Tray 4 Size Switch-SW5] The display changes. Y N Check the connections of the following connectors: Tray 1: P/J109, P/J412

Size

Tray 2: P/J110, P/J412 Tray 3: P/J820, P/J548 Tray 4: P/J824, P/J548

Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP). The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors.


Check the following harnesses for an open circuit or a short circuit. Tray 1: Between J109 and J412 Tray 2: Between J110 and J412 Tray 3: Between J820 and J548 Tray 4: Between J824 and J548 The relevant harnesses are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the following points (+) and GND (-). Tray 1: MCU PWB P412-4 A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230



OF 1, OF 2

A Tray 2: MCU PWB P412-9 Tray 3: TM PWB P548-14

The relevant harnesses are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Tray 4: TM PWB P548-7

Measure the voltage between the following points (+) and GND (-).

The voltage is the specified value (MCU PWB: approx. +5VDC, Tray Module PWB: approx. +3.3VDC). Y N Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8)).

Tray 1: MCU PWB P412-4

Measure the voltage between the following points (+) and GND (-).

Tray 4: TM PWB P548-7


The voltage is the specified value (MCU PWB: approx. +5VDC, Tray Module PWB: approx. +3.3VDC). Y N Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8)).


Tray 2: MCU PWB P412-9 Tray 3: TM PWB P548-14

Tray 3: TM PWB P548-11 Measure the voltage between the following points (+) and GND (-). Tray 4: TM PWB P548-4 Tray 1: MCU PWB P412-3 Activate SW5 of the relevant Size Sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/ PL 13.8)). Replace the relevant Size Sensor. Check the connections of the following connectors:

Tray 2: MCU PWB P412-8 Tray 3: TM PWB P548-13 Tray 4: TM PWB P548-6

Tray 1: P/J109, P/J412

Activate SW1 to SW4 of the relevant Size Sensor in sequence. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the relevant Size Sensor.

Tray 2: P/J110, P/J412

Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8)).

Tray 3: P/J820, P/J548 Tray 4: P/J824, P/J548 The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the following harnesses for an open circuit or a short circuit. Tray 1: Between J109 and J412 Tray 2: Between J110 and J412 Tray 3: Between J820 and J548 Tray 4: Between J824 and J548 Status Indicator Raps

OF 2



OF 3 Main Drive Assy RAP

OF 4 Dark / Blank Display RAP

Procedure

Touch Screen is dark with minimal legibility, or no text or graphics are visible, or text or graphics are distorted, or indicator LED’s are not lit.

Execute Component Control [071-037 Drum Motor ON]. The Drum Motor can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J408 and P/J214. P/J408 and P/J214 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J408 and P/J214. Check the wire between P/J408 and P/J2144 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 4.1 Flag 3/Flag 4/Flag 5/Flag 6/Flag 7). The wire between P/J408 and P/J214 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P408-13 (+) and GND (-), and between P408-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 4.1 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Initial Actions Ensure all external cables and power cords are connected.

Procedure NOTE: If a Status Code is displayed, go to the appropriate status code RAP. There is some luminance in the UI display. Y N Switch off the power. Listen to the cooling fans on the right side and at the rear of the machine and switch on the power. Cooling fans are audible either momentarily or continuously. Y N There is a +5VDC failure. Go to BSD 1.1 and check 5VDC standby voltages. +24VDC is measured between P/J1 pin 40 and ground on Control Panel (BSD 2.3). Y N +24VDC is measured between P/J388 pin 40 and pins 25, 26 on the ESS (BSD 2.3). Y N +24VDC is measured between P/J300 pin 2 and ground on the ESS (BSD 1.1). Y N +24VDC is measured between P/J521 pin 3 and ground on Power Unit (BSD 1.1). Y N AC voltage is measured between P/J11 pin 1 and J12 pin 1 on the Power unit (BSD 1.1). Y N AC voltage is measured at wall outlet. Y N Contact key operator to resolve power problem.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P408-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 4.1 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Check the wires between the following points for an open circuit or a short circuit. The wire between the points is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. •

Between J408-3 and J214-12 (BSD 4.1 Flag 2)

•


•


Y


GFI Breaker is tripped. Y N Replace GFI Breaker (PL 9.1).

Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Reset GFI Breaker. AC voltage is measured at P/J1 pin 3 and ground (BSD 1.1). Y N Replace Main Power Switch (PL 9.1). Replace Power Unit (PL 9.1). Go to BSD 1.1 and check circuit between P/J521 on Power Unit and P/ J387 on ESS PWB. A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

B


C

D Status Indicator Raps

OF 3, OF 4

A

B

C

D Check Fuse 2 on the ESS PWB. If OK then replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Go to BSD 2.3 and check circuit between P/J1 on Control Panel and P/J388 on ESS PWB. Replace Control Panel (PL 11.1). Check the Touch screen for one of the following: •

Distortion

•

Misplaced characters

•

Lines or spots

•

Non-responsive icons

•

Some illumination in the Touch Screen

The Touch Screen exhibits one of the above characteristics. Y N Characters are visible when shining flashlight onto display. Y N Replace Inverter PWB (PL 11.2). If problem persists replace Control Panel (PL 11.1). Replace UI PWB (PL 11.2). Replace Inverter PWB (PL 11.2). If problem persists replace Control Panel (PL 11.1).


OF 4



3 Image Quality Image Quality RAPs IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP .................................................................................. IQ2 IIT Image Quality Entry RAP .................................................................................... IQ3 Low Image Density RAP .......................................................................................... IQ4 Wrinkled Image RAP ................................................................................................ IQ5 Residual Image (Ghosting) RAP .............................................................................. IQ6 Background RAP ...................................................................................................... IQ7 Deletion RAP ............................................................................................................ IQ8 Skew/Misregistration RAP ........................................................................................ IQ9 Process Direction Bands, Streaks and Smears RAP ............................................... IQ10 Unfused Copy/Toner Offset RAP ........................................................................... IQ11 Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots and Smears RAP.............................................. IQ12 Mottle RAP ............................................................................................................. IQ13 Spots RAP .............................................................................................................. IQ14 Black Prints RAP .................................................................................................... IQ15 Blank Image RAP ...................................................................................................

3-3 3-3 3-4 3-4 3-5 3-5 3-6 3-6 3-7 3-8 3-8 3-9 3-9 3-10 3-10

Light Background Due To Auto Exposure In Copies Of Originals With Frames ............. Fluctuation In Auto Exposure Values For Copies Of Originals Of Medium Density ........ Gradation Jump In Text & Photo Mode For 100 lpi Photo Originals ............................... CVT (Constant Velocity Transport) Scan Streaks ........................................................... Defects Related To Scan Print ........................................................................................ Moire In Text Mode (Fine) B/W Scan/Fax For 133 lpi Originals...................................... Black Discoloration Around White Texts In Medium Density Background ......................

3-30 3-31 3-31 3-32 3-32 3-33 3-33

Copy Quality Specifications Copy Quality Specifications ............................................................................................ IQS1 Solid Area Density Specification ............................................................................ IQS2 Uniformity Specification ......................................................................................... IQS3 Exposure Level Specification................................................................................. IQS4 Lead Edge Registration Specification .................................................................... IQS5 Side Edge Registration Specification..................................................................... IQS6 Skew Specification................................................................................................. IQS7 Lead Edge Deletion Specification .......................................................................... IQS8 Trail Edge Deletion Specification ........................................................................... IQS9 Side Edge Deletion Specification........................................................................... IQS10 Resolution Specification....................................................................................... IQS11 Skips And Smears Specification .......................................................................... IQS12 Magnification Specification .................................................................................. IQS13 Background Specification ....................................................................................

3-11 3-13 3-13 3-14 3-14 3-15 3-16 3-17 3-18 3-18 3-19 3-20 3-21 3-22

Defect Samples Image Defect Samples .................................................................................................... Auger Mark...................................................................................................................... Strobing (28mm or 14mm Pitch Density) ........................................................................ White Streaks (Process Direction) .................................................................................. Black Bands .................................................................................................................... Toner Contamination....................................................................................................... Toner Splattering............................................................................................................. White Spots (Irregular) .................................................................................................... Transparency Offset (80mm Pitch Ghosts) ..................................................................... Regular Blanks In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.) ................................. Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.) .......... Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Side 2) .......................................... Transparency Blocking.................................................................................................... Moire Due To Interference With Copy Original ............................................................... Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

3-23 3-23 3-24 3-24 3-25 3-25 3-26 3-26 3-27 3-27 3-28 3-29 3-29 3-30

February, 2008 3-1

Image Quality

Image Quality

February, 2008 3-2


IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP

IQ2 IIT Image Quality Entry RAP

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Determine whether the problem occurs in Copy Mode or Printer Mode. If the problem occurs in Copy Mode, go to IQ2 IIT Image Quality Entry RAP.

Clean the Platen Glass. Clean the mirrors and lens with lint-free cloth.

Procedure Procedure

Determine the problem and go to the relevant RAP.

Determine the problem and go to the relevant RAP. Table 1 Print Qualilty Problem

Symptoms

Low Image Density

Overall low density of images.

IQ3 RAP

Wrinkled Image

The printed paper is wrinkled, folded or torn.

IQ4 RAP

Residual Image (Ghosting)

Ghost images appear on the paper. Parts of the previous IQ5 RAP page or current page appear as ghost images on the paper.

Background

Toner smudges appear on the whole or part of the page. IQ6 RAP The smudges appear as extremely bright gray stains.

Deletion

Part of the image is missing.

Skew/Misregistration

Printed images are not parallel to the edges of the paper. IQ8 RAP

Process Direction Bands, Streaks and Smears

Vertical black lines or white streaks running in the direction of the paper orientation.

Unfused Copy/Toner Offset

Printed images are not properly fused onto the paper. The images come off easily when rubbed.

IQ10 RAP

Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots and Smears

Horizontal black lines or white streaks running in the direction of the paper orientation.

IQ11 RAP

Mottle

Uneven printed image density.

IQ12 RAP

Spots

Toner spots are spread irregularly over the whole page.

IQ13 RAP

Black Prints

Paper is printed completely black.

IQ14 RAP

Blank Image

Paper is printed completely white.

IQ15 RAP


Table 1 Image Quality

RAP

IQ7 RAP IQ9 RAP

Problem

Symptoms

RAP

Low Image Density


Background

Toner smudges appear on the whole or part of the page. IQ6 RAP The smudges appear as extremely bright gray stains.

Process Direction Bands, Streaks and Smears

Vertical black lines or white streaks running in the direction of the paper orientation.

IQ9 RAP

Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots and Smears


IQ11 RAP

Spots


IQ13 RAP

Black Prints


IQ14 RAP

February, 2008 3-3

IQ3 RAP

Image Quality

IQ1, IQ2

IQ3 Low Image Density RAP

IQ4 Wrinkled Image RAP


The printed paper is wrinkled, folded or torn.

Procedure

Procedure

Check for dirt on the Platen Glass. The Platen Glass is clean. Y N Clean the Platen Glass. If there is a stubborn stain, replace the Platen Glass.

Check the paper type. Paper used is within specifications. Y N Use paper within specifications.

Check the drum ground contact point for dirt and distortion. The drum ground contact point is clean and there is no distortion. Y N Clean the drum ground contact point and correct the distortion.

Use paper from a freshly opened packet. The problem reoccurs. Y N End

Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The lem reoccurs. Y N End

prob-

Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Check for foreign substances and distortions in the paper delivery path. There are no foreign substances or distortions in the paper delivery path. Y N Remove the foreign substances and correct the distortion. Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).

Set to print a black copy. During the print cycle, turn off the power after the feeding sound is heard (i.e. terminate processing midway through copying). Check the surface of the drum. There is a considerable amount of toner left on the surface of the drum. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Replace the BTR. If the problem persists, replace the HVPS and the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Image Quality

IQ3, IQ4

February, 2008 3-4


IQ5 Residual Image (Ghosting) RAP

IQ6 Background RAP

Ghost images appear on the paper. Parts of the previous page or current page appear as ghost images on the paper.

Toner smudges appear on the whole or part of the page. The smudges appear as extremely bright gray stains.

Procedure

Procedure

Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End

Check for dirt on the Platen Glass. The Platen Glass is clean. Y N Clean the Platen Glass. If there is a stubborn stain, replace the Platen Glass (PL 11.3).

Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The lem reoccurs. Y N End

prob-

Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check for dirt on the surface of the Heat Roll. The surface of the Heat Roll is clean. Y N Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1) Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.1).


prob-

Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and there is no distortion. Y N Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6). Remove the HVPS and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the HVPS and the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).


February, 2008 3-5

Image Quality

IQ5, IQ6

IQ7 Deletion RAP

IQ8 Skew/Misregistration RAP

Part of the image is missing.

Printed images are not parallel to the edges of the paper.

Procedure

Procedure


Check the location where the machine is installed. The machine is installed on a stable horizontal surface. Y N Install the machine on a stable horizontal surface.

Use paper from a freshly opened packet. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The lem reoccurs. Y N End

Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Check the installation of the Paper Cassette. The Paper Cassette is correctly installed. Y N Install the Paper Cassette correctly.

probCheck for distortion in the paper delivery path. There is no distortion in the paper delivery path. Y N Correct the distortion or replace the distorted part.

Check the surface of the BTR for distortion. There is no distortion on the surface of the BTR. Y N Replace the BTR (PL 2.6).



Image Quality

IQ7, IQ8

February, 2008 3-6


IQ9 Process Direction Bands, Streaks and Smears RAP Vertical black lines or white streaks running in the direction of the paper orientation.

Y

N Clean the ROS Window. If there is a scratch, replace the ROS Window.

Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Procedure Check the IIT Carriage Mirrors for scratches and dirt. There are no scratches or dirt on the mirrors. Y N Clean the mirrors. If there is a scratch or stubborn stain, replace the Number1/Number2/ Number3 Mirror (PL 11.6). Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The lem reoccurs. Y N End

prob-

Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and there is no distortion. Y N Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6). Check for dirt in the paper delivery path. The paper delivery path is clean. Y N Clean the paper delivery path. Check the IIT Carriage Mirror. The mirror is clean and there is no distortion. Y N Clean the mirror. If there is distortion, replace the mirror. Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check for dirt on the surface of the Heat Roll. The surface of the Heat Roll is clean. Y N Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and there is no distortion. Y N Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6). Check the IIT Carriage Mirror. The mirror is clean and there is no distortion. Y N Clean the mirror. If there is distortion, replace the mirror. Check the ROS Window for scratches and distortion. The ROS Window is clean and there are no scratches.


February, 2008 3-7

Image Quality

IQ9

IQ10 Unfused Copy/Toner Offset RAP

IQ11 Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots and Smears RAP

Printed images are not properly fused onto the paper. The images come off easily when rubbed.


Procedure Procedure

Check the moving parts of the IIT Carriage for foreign substances and distortion. There are no foreign substances or distortion of the parts. Y N Remove the foreign substances. If there is distortion in the Capstan Pulley, Capstan Shaft or Carriage Cable (PL 11.6), replace the parts accordingly.

Check the paper type. Paper used is within specifications. Y N Use paper within specifications. Use paper stored under room conditions. The problem reoccurs. Y N End


Check the power supply voltage. The voltage is within the specified range. Y N Connect a power supply with voltage within the specified range.


Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1) and reinstall. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Check the fusing temperature using the Diagnostics. A normal fusing temperature is set. Y N Set a normal fusing temperature. Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).

prob-

Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and there is no distortion. Y N Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6). Check the pitch of the black streaks or blanks. The pitch of the black streaks or blanks are approx.78mm (the circumference of the Heat Roll). Y N Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Image Quality

IQ10, IQ11

February, 2008 3-8


IQ12 Mottle RAP

IQ13 Spots RAP

Uneven printed image density.


Procedure

Procedure


Check for dirt on the Platen Glass. The Platen Glass is clean. Y N Clean the Platen Glass. If there is a stubborn stain, replace the Platen Glass (PL 11.3).

Use paper from a freshly opened packet. The problem reoccurs. Y N End




prob-

probCheck the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and there is no distortion. Y N Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6).

Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and there is no distortion. Y N Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6). Remove the HVPS and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Check for dirt in the paper delivery path. The paper delivery path is clean. Y N Clean the paper delivery path. Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check for dirt on the surface of the Heat Roll. The surface of the Heat Roll is clean. Y N Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check the paper type. Paper used is within specifications. Y N Use paper within specifications. Use paper from a freshly opened packet. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).


February, 2008 3-9

Image Quality

IQ12, IQ13

IQ14 Black Prints RAP

IQ15 Blank Image RAP


Paper is printed completely white.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the moving parts of the IIT Carriage for foreign substances and distortion. There are no foreign substances or distortion of the parts. Y N Remove the foreign substances. If there is distortion in the Capstan Pulley, Capstan Shaft or Carriage Cable (PL 11.6), replace the parts accordingly.

Check the installation of the ROS Unit. The ROS Unit is installed correctly. Y N Install the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) correctly.


prob-

Remove the HVPS and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Check the connections of P/J500 and P/J406. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the wire between J500-4 and J403-A12 for an open circuit or a short circuit. The wire between J500-4 and J403-A12 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the wires between J160 and J311 and between J170 and J311 for an open circuit or a short circuit. The wires between J160 and J311 and between J170 and J311 are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the HVPS. If the problem persists, replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Check the drum ground contact point for dirt and distortion. The drum ground contact point is clean and there is no distortion. Y N Clean the drum ground contact point and correct the distortion. Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The lem reoccurs. Y N End

prob-

Set to print a black copy. During the print cycle, turn off the power after the feeding sound is heard (i.e. terminate processing midway through copying). Check the surface of the drum. There is a considerable amount of toner left on the surface of the drum. Y N Check the connections of P/J140 and P/J406. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the installation of the ROS Unit. The ROS Unit is installed correctly. Y N Install the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) correctly. Measure the voltage of the MCU PWB P406-2. The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Check the wire between J140 and J406 for an open circuit or a short circuit. The wire between J140 and J406 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the BTR. If the problem persists, replace the HVPS and the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Image Quality

IQ14, IQ15

February, 2008 3-10


Copy Quality Specifications Test Patterns Procedure Test Patterns 1.

The following test patterns are used with those products. Standard Test Pattern: USCO/XCL, 82P524; XL, 82P521. Output Reference Guide: USCO/XL, SIR 542.00. Visual Scale: USCO/XL, 82P448

Standard Test Pattern, 82P524/82P521 Procedure This test pattern is the standard multinational test pattern used for the evaluation of copy quality for those products. Side A (Figure 1) is used to evaluate solid area density, uniformity, exposure level, registration, skew, and lead edge deletion.

Figure 1 Standard Test Pattern (Side A)(j0st3201) Side B (Figure 2) is used to evaluate skips and smears, resolution, and magnification.


February, 2008 3-11

Image Quality

Output Reference Guide, SIR542.00 Procedure This test document serves as a reference guide for measuring the solid area density of the Side A copies of the test pattern, 82P524 and 82P521 (Figure 3).

Figure 2 Standard Test Pattern (Side B)(j0st3202)

Figure 3 Output Reference Guide, SIR542.00 (j0st3203)

Image Quality

February, 2008 3-12


IQS1 Solid Area Density Specification

IQS2 Uniformity Specification

Procedure

Procedure

Using Side A of the Standard Test Pattern (Figure 1), evaluate the solid area density per the following table.

Make a copy of Side A of the Standard Test Pattern. The density of all the 1.0 blocks are same (Figure 1).

Figure 1 Standard Test Pattern (SideA)(j0st3204) Figure 1 Standard Test Pattern 1.0 Blocks(j0st3205) Table 1 Solid Area Density Specification Copy Copie Quality Mode s 1

Normal

Specification

Input Output Density Density

The 1.0 solid area density nearest the center of the 1.0 copy should be the 1.0 solid area density block on the Output Reference Guide.


1.0

February, 2008 3-13

Image Quality

IQS3 Exposure Level Specification

IQS4 Lead Edge Registration Specification

Procedure

Procedure

Use Side A of the Standard Test Pattern.


In the Standard Copy mode, and with the copy darkness control set at the middle of the scale, the 0.20G(Or0.20B) line pair must be copied completely.

The center 10 mm reference line on the copy must be 10 mm (plus or minus the ranges listed in the following charts) from the lead edge of a 100% copy (Figure 1).

In the Standard Copy mode, and with the copy darkness control set two level lighter from at the middle of the scale, the 0.10 line pair should not copy at all (Figure 1).

Figure 1 Lead Edge Registration(j0st3207) Table 1 Specification of Lead Edge Registration

Figure 1 Exposure Level(j0st3206)

Image Quality

Configuration

Range

Platen (Simplex)

+/-1.6mm

Platen (Duplex)

+/-2.0mm

Platen (MPT)

+/-2.2mm

February, 2008 3-14


Table 1 Specification of Lead Edge Registration

IQS5 Side Edge Registration Specification

Configuration

Range

Procedure

DADF (Simplex)

+/-2.2mm


DADF (Duplex)

+/-3.0mm For a copy that is folded in half, the crease in the copy should be within the following ranges from the center line of a 100% copy (Figure 1).

Figure 1 Side Edge Registration(j0st3208) Table 1 Specification of Side Edge Registration


Configuration

Range

Platen (Simplex)

+/-2.1mm

Platen (Duplex)

+/-2.5mm

Platen (MPT)

+/-3.0mm

February, 2008 3-15

Image Quality

Table 1 Specification of Side Edge Registration

IQS6 Skew Specification

Configuration

Range

Procedure

DADF (Simplex)

+/-2.9mm


DADF (Duplex)

+/-3.2mm Skew must be within the following ranges (with respect to each other) at the two 10 mm reference lines shown (Figure 1).

Figure 1 1 Skew(j0st3209) Table 1 Specification of Skew

Image Quality

Configuration

Range

Platen (Simplex)

+/-1.42

Platen (Duplex)

+/-1.87

Platen (MPT)

+/-1.78

DADF (Simplex)

+/-2.04

February, 2008 3-16


Table 1 Specification of Skew

IQS7 Lead Edge Deletion Specification

Configuration

Range

Procedure

DADF (Duplex)

+/-2.40

Use Side A of the Standard Test Pattern. The image deleted intentionally along the lead edge must be 2.0 mm from the lead edge of the copy (Figure 1).(maximum is 4mm)

Figure 1 Lead Edge Deletion(j0st3210)


February, 2008 3-17

Image Quality

IQS8 Trail Edge Deletion Specification

IQS9 Side Edge Deletion Specification

Procedure

Procedure



The image deleted intentionally along the trail edge must be 2mm from the trail edge of the copy (Figure 1). (maximum is 4mm)

The image deleted intentionally along both of side edge must be 2mm from the side edge of the copy (Figure 1). (maximum is 4mm)

Figure 1 Side Edge Deletion(j0st3212) Figure 1 Trail Edge Deletion(j0st3211)

Image Quality

February, 2008 3-18


IQS10 Resolution Specification Procedure Use Side B of the Standard Test Pattern. The complete resolution of designated LP/mm lines for specific magnification percentages is listed in Table below. It is also required that the designated LP/mm lines be resolved in the top-to-bottom direction and the side-to-side direction over the entire copy (Figure 1).

Figure 1 Resolution(j0st3213) Table 1 Resolution Specifications


Magnification(%)

Resolution LP/mm

70

2.5

100

4.3

141

3.5

200

3.5

February, 2008 3-19

Image Quality

IQS11 Skips And Smears Specification Procedure Use Side B of the Standard Test Pattern. [Reduction] Except for the first 2 mm from the lead edge of the copy, 1.8 ladder chart must be completely resolved. [100% /Enlargement] Except for the first 2 mm from the lead edge of the copy, 2.5 ladder chart must be completely resolved (Figure 1).

Figure 1 Skips and Smears(j0st3214) Table 1 Skips and Smears Specifications

Image Quality

Magnification(%)

Ladder LP/mm

70

1.8

100

2.5

141

2.5

200

2.5

February, 2008 3-20


IQS12 Magnification Specification Procedure Use Side B of the Standard Test Pattern. The tolerance for each magnification setting in the lead edge to trail edge direction and the front to rear direction are listed in Table below. Table 1 Magnification Specifications Magnification(%)

Measurement

65

130+/-2mm

101

202+/-2mm

154

154+/-2mm

Refer to Figure 1 for the areas to be measured. For 65% and 101%, use areas A and B for the magnification in the lead edge to trail edge direction; and areas C and D for magnification in the front to rear direction. For 154% use areas A and E for magnification in the lead edge to trail edge direction; and areas C and F for magnification in the front to rear direction.(Figure 1)

Figure 1 Areas of Side B to be Measured(j0st3202)


February, 2008 3-21

Image Quality

IQS13 Background Specification Procedure Use Side A of the Standard Test Pattern. Compare images of the test pattern,(Figure 1) made from the document glass, with the visual scale,82P448. The background of the images must not be darker than the reference area “C” (Figure 1).

Figure 1 Test Pattern(j0st3215)

Image Quality

February, 2008 3-22


Image Defect Samples

Auger Mark

IOT The following figures contain examples of defects and their possible causes. •

Auger Mark

•

Strobing (28mm or 14mm Pitch Density)

•

White Streaks (Process Direction)

•

Black Bands

•

Toner Contamination

•

Toner Splattering

•

White Spots (Irregular)

•

Transparency Offset (80mm Pitch Ghosts)

•

Regular Blanks In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.)

•

Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.)

•

Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Side 2)

•

Transparency Blocking

IIT The following figures contain examples of defects and their possible causes. •

Moire Due To Interference With Copy Original

•

Light Background Due To Auto Exposure In Copies Of Originals With Frames

•

Fluctuation In Auto Exposure Values For Copies Of Originals Of Medium Density

•

Gradation Jump In Text & Photo Mode For 100 lpi Photo Originals

•

CVT (Constant Velocity Transport) Scan Streaks

•

Defects Related To Scan Print

•

Moire In Text Mode (Fine) B/W Scan/Fax For 133 lpi Originals

•

Black Discoloration Around White Texts In Medium Density Background

Figure 1 Auger Mark Defect Sample (j0st3217)

Cause 1.

The Developer Magnetic Roll magnetic field failed.

2.

There was a drop in the level of developer material.

Corrective Action 1.

Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge. NOTE: This may occur immediately after a new CRU is installed. -> Correct by feeding a few sheets of paper.


February, 2008 3-23

Image Quality

Auger Mark

Strobing (28mm or 14mm Pitch Density)

White Streaks (Process Direction)

Figure 1 White Streaks (Process Direction) Defect Sample (j0st3219) Figure 1 Strobing (28mm or 14mm Pitch Density) Defect Sample (j0st3218)

Cause 1.

Foreign substances are blocking the ROS Laser.

Cause

2.

Developer material clogging on the Developer Magnetic Roll due to foreign substances.

1.

Corrective Action

Developer Magnetic Roll bias.

Corrective Action

1.

Clean the light path between the ROS and the Xero/Developer Cartridge and the seal glass.

1.

2.

Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge.


Image Quality

Strobing (28mm or 14mm Pitch Density), White

February, 2008 3-24


Black Bands

Toner Contamination

Figure 1 Black Bands Defect Sample (j0st3220)

Figure 1 Toner Contamination Defect Sample (j0st3221)

Cause

Cause

1.

1.

The developer material is not well mixed.

Cloud toner dropped from the Xero/Developer Cartridge.

Corrective Action

Corrective Action

1.

1.

Mix the developer material by processing blank paper.

2.


Mix the developer material by processing blank paper.


February, 2008 3-25

Image Quality

Black Bands, Toner Contamination

Toner Splattering

White Spots (Irregular)

Figure 1 Toner Splattering Defect Sample (j0st3222)

Figure 1 White Spots (Irregular) Defect Sample (j0st3223)

Cause

Cause

1.

Paper size mismatch occurred (tray settings and paper size are different).

1.

The resistance of the paper increased under dry conditions.

1.

2.

The resistance of the paper increased under dry conditions.

Corrective Action Use paper from a freshly opened packet.


Check the tray settings.

2.

Use paper from a freshly opened packet.

Image Quality

Toner Splattering, White Spots (Irregular)

February, 2008 3-26


Transparency Offset (80mm Pitch Ghosts)

Regular Blanks In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.)

Figure 1 Regular Blanks In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.) Defect Sample (j0st3225) Figure 1 Transparency Offset (80mm Pitch Ghosts) Defect Sample (j0st3224)

Cause 1.

94mm pitch -> Drum: Scratches or foreign substances

Cause

2.

28mm pitch -> Developer Roll: Developer material fixed on the Developer Roll

1.

3.

44mm pitch -> Charger: Scratches or foreign substances

Corrective Action

4.

80mm pitch -> Fuser H/R: Scratches or foreign substances

1.

Corrective Action

Transparencies were processed in Plain Paper mode. Select Transparency mode.


1.

1, 4: Clean or replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge or the Fuser Unit.

2.

2, 3: Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge.

February, 2008 3-27

Image Quality

Transparency Offset (80mm Pitch Ghosts), Regular

Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.)

5.

19mm pitch -> Fuser Roll-Exit: Dirt

6.

44mm pitch -> Registration: Dirt


1, 4, 5, 6: Clean or replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge or the Fuser Unit.

2.

2, 3: Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge.

Figure 1 Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.) Defect Sample (j0st3226)

Cause 1.

94mm pitch -> Drum: Scratches or foreign substances

2.

28mm pitch -> Magnetic Roll: Developer material fixed on the Magnetic Roll

3.

44mm pitch -> BCR: Scratches or foreign substances

4.

80mm pitch -> Heat Roll: Scratches or foreign substances

Image Quality

Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction

February, 2008 3-28


Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Side 2)

Transparency Blocking

Figure 1 Transparency Blocking Sample Image (j0st3228) Figure 1 Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Side 2) Defect Sample (j0st3227)

Cause 1.

Transparencies were continuously printed in Plain Paper mode.

Cause

Corrective Action

1.

94mm pitch -> Fuser Pressure Roll: Scratches or foreign substances

1.

2.

59mm pitch -> BRT Roll: Dirt, scratches or paper size mismatch

3.

44mm pitch -> Pinch Roll: Dirt

Select Transparency mode.


1, 2, 3: Clean or replace the relevant parts.

2.

2: Change the tray settings.


February, 2008 3-29

Image Quality

Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction

Moire Due To Interference With Copy Original Cause

Light Background Due To Auto Exposure In Copies Of Originals With Frames When Auto Exposure is turned [On] for originals with dark frames along the Lead Registration Edge, the suppression value is set so large such that areas of medium density appear extremely light.

When copying, interference with the original may cause moire. Combinations of certain angles of screen ruling near 150lpi and Reduce/Enlarge ratio may cause moire. Precautions should be taken during enlargement.

Corrective Action •

Reduce sharpness.

•

Make copies at a different Reduce/Enlarge ratio.

•

Change the orientation of the original.

Secondary defect: Text is blurred.

Figure 1 Light Background (in circled area for example) Due To Auto Exposure In Copies Of Originals With Frames Defect Sample (j0st3229)

Cause Auto Exposure performs background detection of images at a distance of up to 10mm from the Lead Registration Edge. As there were dark frames along the Lead Registration Edge, Auto Exposure could not detect the original background density. Therefore, Auto Exposure was performed based on the density of the frames.


Disable Auto Exposure.

Image Quality

Moire Due To Interference With Copy Original, Light

February, 2008 3-30


Fluctuation In Auto Exposure Values For Copies Of Originals Of Medium Density

Gradation Jump In Text & Photo Mode For 100 lpi Photo Originals In Text mode, making copies of images of 100 lpi (halftone dot) gradation may result in a tone jump.

When Auto Exposure is turned [On] for originals with background of medium density (0.5G), the effectiveness of Auto Exposure fluctuates for each job.

Cause As medium density (0.5G) is near the upper limit value for background detection, the Auto Exposure value fluctuates according to the result of background detection that varies according to the variations in the density of the original and how the original is placed.


Disable Auto Exposure.

Figure 1 Gradation Jump In Text & Photo Mode For 100 lpi Photo Originals Defect Sample (j0st3230)

Cause As Text & Photo mode gives priority to 175 lpi halftone dots and text quality, Sharpen Edge is performed for lower lpi.


Make copies in Photo mode.

•

Change the setting from [More Text] to [Text], and then to [Photo] and [More Photo].

Secondary defect: Text is blurred. Secondary defect: Image quality of photographs deteriorate in [More Text] and [Text] settings. Text becomes blurred in [More Photo] and [Photo] settings.


February, 2008 3-31

Image Quality

Fluctuation In Auto Exposure Values For Copies Of

CVT (Constant Velocity Transport) Scan Streaks

Defects Related To Scan Print

Streaks may occur in the CVT, even if they do not occur in the Platen.

Moire may occur when scanned images are printed.

Cause

Cause

Even though CVT streak detection is performed for both color and B/W scans, there may be cases where foreign substances on the CVT Glass could not be detected and removed.

Interference with the printer screen and printer driver resolution conversion processing by the original causes moire.

Corrective Action

Corrective Action

•

•

Clean the CVT Glass.

Reduce sharpness. Secondary defect: Text is blurred.

Image Quality

CVT (Constant Velocity Transport) Scan Streaks, De-

February, 2008 3-32


Moire In Text Mode (Fine) B/W Scan/Fax For 133 lpi Originals

Black Discoloration Around White Texts In Medium Density Background

During Fax Scan and B/W Scan mode, moire occurs in Text mode halftone dot images. Or, moire is especially obvious in Text mode (Fine) 133 lpi halftone dot images.

Black discoloration occurs around white texts with a certain background density, causing difficulties in reading the text.

Cause

Cause

In Text mode, text is given priority, causing halftone dot moires.

Discoloration occurs during resolution conversion in Fax Send.

Corrective Action

Due to separation error in text graphic separation, parts determined as text are darkened and are output as graphics that look like dark smears.

•

Change from Text mode to Text & Photo mode or Photo mode. However, as the amount of data increases in Text & Photo mode, the machine takes a longer time for transmission.

Occurrences and severity of the occurrences vary according to the combinations of Send/ Receive type, Send route and Receive settings.


Perform sending and document storage according to the capabilities of the receiver. It is possible to suppress resolution conversion during Send/Receive by preventing a mismatch in Send image quality (resolution).

•

Change the setting for resolution conversion processing to [More Photo]. Secondary defect: As this reduces the sensitivity for separation between text and photographs, edges appear less smooth.


February, 2008 3-33

Image Quality

Moire In Text Mode (Fine) B/W Scan/Fax For 133 lpi

Image Quality

Moire In Text Mode (Fine) B/W Scan/Fax For 133 lpi

February, 2008 3-34


4 Repairs and Adjustments 01. Drives REP 1.1.1 Main Drive Assembly .....................................................................................

REP 10.2.1 Rear Lower Cover........................................................................................ 4-3

02. Paper Transportation REP 2.1.1 Feeder 1 Assembly........................................................................................ REP 2.1.2 Feeder 2 Assembly........................................................................................ REP 2.3.1 Tray Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll....................................................................... REP 2.4.1 Registration Unit ............................................................................................ REP 2.5.1 Takeaway Roll ............................................................................................... REP 2.6.1 BTR Roll ........................................................................................................ REP 2.6.2 L/H Upper Cover Unit ....................................................................................

4-7 4-9 4-10 4-12 4-13 4-15 4-16

03. ROS REP 3.1.1 ROS Unit........................................................................................................

4-19

04. Xerographic/Development REP 4.1.1 Xero/Developer Cartridge .............................................................................. REP 4.1.2 Toner Cartridge.............................................................................................. REP 4.2.1 Dispense Motor..............................................................................................

4-23 4-24 4-25 4-29

06. Exit REP 6.1.1 Exit2 + OCT2 .................................................................................................

4-31

07. HCF REP 7.1.1 MPT Assembly............................................................................................... REP 7.2.1 MPT Feed Roll/Retard Pad............................................................................ REP 7.3.1 HCF Tray 6 .................................................................................................... REP 7.3.2 HCF Feeder ................................................................................................... REP 7.3.3 HCF Un-docking and Docking ....................................................................... REP 7.3.4 HCF Tray Cables ........................................................................................... REP 7.3.5 HCF Retard / Feed / Nudger Rolls................................................................. REP 7.3.6 HCF Feed Shaft............................................................................................. REP 7.3.7 HCF Retard Lever Spring .............................................................................. REP 7.3.8 HCF Nudger Bracket/Nudger Lever/Torsion Spring ...................................... REP 7.3.9 HCF Casters .................................................................................................. REP 7.3.10 HCF Takeaway Roll..................................................................................... REP 7.3.11 HCF PWB .................................................................................................... REP 7.3.12 HCF Feed Motor ..........................................................................................

4-33 4-35 4-37 4-37 4-38 4-39 4-45 4-46 4-47 4-48 4-48 4-49 4-49 4-50

09. Electrical Components REP 9.1.1 MCU PWB ..................................................................................................... REP 9.1.2 MCU PWB EPROM ....................................................................................... REP 9.2.1 ESS PWB ...................................................................................................... REP 9.2.2 ESS PWB EPROM ........................................................................................

4-51 4-53 4-54 4-56

10. Covers REP 10.1.1 Top Cover Assembly ................................................................................... Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

11. IIT REP 11.1.1 Platen Cushion............................................................................................. REP 11.1.2 Control Panel Assembly............................................................................... REP 11.3.1 Platen Glass................................................................................................. REP 11.3.2 IIT/IPS PWB................................................................................................. REP 11.4.1 Lens Kit Assembly ....................................................................................... REP 11.5.1 Carriage Cable............................................................................................. REP 11.5.2 Carriage Motor Assembly ............................................................................ REP 11.6.1 Exposure Lamp............................................................................................ REP 11.6.2 Lamp Wire Harness .....................................................................................

4-61 4-62 4-62 4-63 4-65 4-69 4-75 4-77 4-78

12 Tray Module - 2TM REP 12.1 Tray 3 Feeder (2TM)....................................................................................... REP 12.2 Tray 4 Feeder (2TM)....................................................................................... REP 12.3 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (2TM) ..................................................................... REP 12.4 2TM PWB........................................................................................................

4-81 4-84 4-87 4-88

13. TTM Tray Module

05. Fuser REP 5.1.1 Fuser Unit ......................................................................................................

4-59

4-57

REP 13.1.1 Tray 3 Assembly (TTM) ............................................................................... REP 13.1.2 Tray 4 Assembly (TTM) ............................................................................... REP 13.3.1 Front/Rear Tray Cable (TTM) ...................................................................... REP 13.4.1 Tray 4 Feeder (TTM).................................................................................... REP 13.5.1 Tray 3 Feeder (TTM).................................................................................... REP 13.6.1 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (TTM) .................................................................. REP 13.8.1 TTM PWB ....................................................................................................

4-89 4-90 4-91 4-93 4-96 4-98 4-100

15. DADF REP 15.1.1 DADF ........................................................................................................... REP 15.1.2 DADF Platen Cushion.................................................................................. REP 15.2.1 DADF Document Tray.................................................................................. REP 15.2.2 DADF Feeder Assembly .............................................................................. REP 15.2.3 DADF Front Cover ....................................................................................... REP 15.2.4 DADF Rear Cover........................................................................................ REP 15.3.1 DADF PWB .................................................................................................. REP 15.3.2 Left Counter Balance ................................................................................... REP 15.3.3 Right Counter Balance................................................................................. REP 15.4.1 Retard Roll ................................................................................................... REP 15.4.2 Top Cover Assembly.................................................................................... REP 15.6.1 Nudger Roll, Feed Roll................................................................................. REP 15.8.1 Registration Roll...........................................................................................

4-101 4-103 4-104 4-106 4-108 4-108 4-110 4-111 4-112 4-113 4-115 4-120 4-125

16. SB Finisher REP 16.1.1 H-Transport Assembly ................................................................................. REP 16.1.2 Hole Punch Assembly.................................................................................. REP 16.1.3 H-Transport Belt........................................................................................... REP 16.1.4 H-Transport Motor........................................................................................ REP 16.2.1 SB-Finisher Undocking ................................................................................

February, 2008 4-1

4-131 4-131 4-132 4-132 4-133

Repairs and Adjustments

REP 16.2.2 Front Cover Assembly ................................................................................. REP 16.2.3 Rear Upper Cover........................................................................................ REP 16.2.4 Rear Lower Cover........................................................................................ REP 16.2.5 Eject Cover .................................................................................................. REP 16.2.6 Foot Cover ................................................................................................... REP 16.2.7 Stacker Lower Cover ................................................................................... REP 16.2.8 Stacker Upper Cover ................................................................................... REP 16.2.9 Stack Height Sensors 1 and 2 ..................................................................... REP 16.2.10 Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly................................................................. REP 16.2.11 Finisher Stapler Move Motor...................................................................... REP 16.2.12 Finisher Stapler Assembly ......................................................................... REP 16.2.13 Compiler Tray Assembly............................................................................ REP 16.2.14 Folder Knife Assembly ............................................................................... REP 16.2.15 Stacker Elevator Motor .............................................................................. REP 16.2.16 Stacker Tray .............................................................................................. REP 16.2.18 Eject Belt.................................................................................................... REP 16.2.19 Eject Motor Assembly ................................................................................ REP 16.2.21 Finisher PWB............................................................................................. REP 16.2.22 Finisher LVPS............................................................................................ REP 16.2.23 Eject Motor................................................................................................. REP 16.2.24 Front/Rear Tamper Motor .......................................................................... REP 16.2.25 Front/Rear Tamper Home Sensors ........................................................... REP 16.2.26 Compiler No Paper Sensor........................................................................ REP 16.2.27 Front/Rear Carriage Assembly .................................................................. REP 16.3.1 Booklet PWB................................................................................................ REP 16.3.2 Booklet Maker Assembly ............................................................................. REP 16.3.3 Booklet Front Cover ..................................................................................... REP 16.3.4 Booklet Rear Cover ..................................................................................... REP 16.3.5 Booklet Top Cover ....................................................................................... REP 16.3.6 Booklet PWB Cover ..................................................................................... REP 16.3.7 Booklet Left Cover ....................................................................................... REP 16.3.8 Booklet Front/Rear Stapler .......................................................................... REP 16.3.9 Booklet Stapler Move Motor ........................................................................

4-134 4-135 4-135 4-136 4-139 4-139 4-140 4-140 4-141 4-141 4-143 4-144 4-154 4-155 4-155 4-156 4-156 4-157 4-157 4-158 4-158 4-159 4-159 4-160 4-161 4-162 4-164 4-165 4-167 4-167 4-168 4-168 4-170

REP 22.8.3 Stacker Motor............................................................................................... REP 22.8.4 Stacker Stack Sensor .................................................................................. REP 22.9.1 Compile Assembly ....................................................................................... REP 22.9.2 Set Clamp Shaft........................................................................................... REP 22.9.3 Eject Belts .................................................................................................... REP 22.9.4 Eject/Set Clamp Motor Assembly ................................................................ REP 22.9.5 Rear Tamper Home Sensor......................................................................... REP 22.9.6 Eject Shaft Assembly ................................................................................... REP 22.10.1 Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly.......................................................... REP 22.10.2 Front Tamper Home Sensor ...................................................................... REP 22.10.3 Eject Clamp Home Sensor......................................................................... REP 22.10.4 Stack Height Sensor ..................................................................................

4-202 4-204 4-204 4-206 4-208 4-209 4-211 4-213 4-214 4-216 4-217 4-219

7. HCF ADJ 7.1.2 HCF Side Edge Registration ..........................................................................

4-221

9. Electrical Components ADJ 9.1.1 IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration ......................................................... ADJ 9.2.1 Edge Erase Value Adjustment........................................................................ ADJ 9.3.1 Firmware Version Downloading......................................................................

4-223 4-225 4-226

11. IIT ADJ 11.1.1 IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration ......................................................... ADJ 11.2.1 Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment......................................................................... ADJ 11.6.1 Full/Half Rate Carriage Position Adjustment ................................................

4-229 4-230 4-231

15. DADF ADJ 15.1.1 DADF Side Edge Registration ...................................................................... ADJ 15.1.3 DADF Non-Standard Sized Original Customized Registration Function ...... ADJ 15.1.4 DADF Lead Edge Registration ..................................................................... ADJ 15.1.5 DADF Height Adjustment ............................................................................. ADJ 15.1.6 DADF Position (Skew) Adjustment...............................................................

4-235 4-236 4-237 4-239 4-240

22. A Finisher REP 22.1 A-Finisher ....................................................................................................... REP 22.3.1 Paddle Belt .................................................................................................. REP 22.3.2 Sub Paddle Solenoid ................................................................................... REP 22.4.1 Exit Roll Assembly ....................................................................................... REP 22.4.2 Staple Assembly .......................................................................................... REP 22.4.3 Set Clamp Home Sensor ............................................................................. REP 22.4.4 Exit Roll Assembly ....................................................................................... REP 22.5.1 Pinch Roll..................................................................................................... REP 22.5.2 Finisher Entrance Sensor ............................................................................ REP 22.5.3 Compile Exit Sensor .................................................................................... REP 22.5.4 Main Paddle Shaft Assembly....................................................................... REP 22.5.5 Lower Chute Assembly................................................................................ REP 22.6.1 ENT Roll Assembly...................................................................................... REP 22.6.2 Upper Chute Assembly................................................................................ REP 22.7.1 Finisher Control PWB .................................................................................. REP 22.8.1 Stacker Tray Assembly................................................................................ REP 22.8.2 Stacker Shaft Assembly...............................................................................

4-173 4-175 4-177 4-179 4-181 4-182 4-184 4-186 4-186 4-188 4-189 4-191 4-194 4-196 4-197 4-198 4-199


February, 2008 4-2


REP 1.1.1 Main Drive Assembly

2.

Parts List on PL 1.1 Removal

Remove the Rear Middle Cover. (Figure 2) 1.

Remove the screws (x2).

2.

Remove the Rear Middle Cover.

WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. Remove the ESS Cover Assembly. (Figure 1) 1.

Loosen the screws (x2).

2.

Remove the ESS Cover Assembly.

Figure 2 Removing the Rear Middle Cover (j0st41006)

Figure 1 Removing the ESS Cover Assembly (j0st41005)


February, 2008 4-3


REP 1.1.1

3.

Open the L/H Upper Cover.

4.

Disconnect the belt and connector. (Figure 3) a.

5.

Remove the bracket. (Figure 4)

Remove the flange (item 1).

Remove the belt (item 2). Disconnect (item 3). Disconnect (item 4).

2

3

1

Remove the screws (2)

Remove the Bracket

Disconnect the wire clamp from the bracket

Figure 4 Removing the bracket 6.

Remove the Main Drive Assembly. (Figure 5) a.

Open Left Cover Assembly (not shown).

b.


c.

Remove the Main Drive Assembly.

Figure 3 Disconnecting the belt and connector (j0st40101)


REP 1.1.1

February, 2008 4-4


Figure 5 Removing the Main Drive Assembly (j0st40103)

Replacement 1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.


February, 2008 4-5


REP 1.1.1


REP 1.1.1

February, 2008 4-6


REP 2.1.1 Feeder 1 Assembly

a.

Remove the Gear Assembly


b.

Disconnect the connector

WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. Remove the MPT Assembly. (REP 7.1.1) 2.

Disconnect the HCF (Paper Tray 6) and move it aside.

3.

Remove the L/H Upper Cover Unit. (REP 2.6.2)

4.

Preparing to remove the Gear Assembly. (Figure 1) a.

Remove the wire harness from the Gear Assembly holder

b.


a

b



Figure 2 Disconnecting the connector

b

a

Remove screws (2)

Remove harness

6.

Remove Tray 1.

7.

Preparing to remove the Feeder 1 Assembly. (Figure 3) 1.

Disconnect the connector.

2.

Release the Wire Harness from the clamps (2).

3.

Remove the screws (2).

Figure 1 Removing the Gear Assembly (j0st40201) 5.

Removing the Gear Assembly (Figure 2)


February, 2008 4-7


REP 2.1.1

1

2

Move the Feeder Assembly toward the front

Remove the Feeder 1 Assembly

Figure 4 Removing the Feeder 1 Assembly

Replacement 1.


Figure 3 Preparing to removing the Feeder 1 Assembly 8.

Removing the Feeder 1 Assembly. (Figure 4)


REP 2.1.1

February, 2008 4-8


REP 2.1.2 Feeder 2 Assembly Parts List on PL 2.1 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. Disconnect the HCF (Paper Tray 6) and move it aside. 2.

Remove the MPT Assembly. (REP 7.1.1)

3.

Remove Tray 2.

4.

Remove the L/H Upper Cover. (REP 2.6.2)

5.

Open the Left Hand Lower Cover.

6.

Remove the Gear Assembly. (Figure 1) 1.


2.

Remove the wire harness and remove the Gear Assembly.

3.


1

3

2



Remove the wire harness and remove the Gear Assembly

Figure 1 Removing the Gear Assembly 7.

Remove the Feeder 2 Assembly. (Figure 2) 1.



2.

Release the Wire Harness from the clamp.

3.


4.

Move the white guide to rear, then remove the Feeder 2 Assembly.

February, 2008 4-9


REP 2.1.2

REP 2.3.1 Tray Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll Parts List on PL 2.3 Removal NOTE: Only the replacement procedure for the Tray 1 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll is described here. Tray 2 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll replacement is the same as for Tray 1. NOTE: When replacing the Tray 1 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll, enter Diagnostic mode and clear the counter for the Tray 1 Feed counter (sheets). 741/511 (For Tray 2 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll: 741/512])

WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. NOTE: The Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll must be replaced at the same time. 1.

Remove Tray 1.

2.

Slide the guide to the front. (Figure 1) 1.

Slide the guide.

Figure 2 Removing the Feeder 2 Assembly (j0st40208)

Replacement CAUTION When installing the Feeder 2 Assembly, be careful to avoid trapping the Gear Assembly Sensor Connector behind the Feeder. 1.



REP 2.1.2, REP 2.3.1

February, 2008 4-10


Figure 1 Sliding the guide to the front (j0st40205) 3.

Figure 2 Removing the Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll (j0st40206)

Remove the Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll. (Figure 2)

Replacement

1.

1.

Remove the Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll.



February, 2008 4-11


REP 2.3.1

REP 2.4.1 Registration Unit Parts List on PL 2.4 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. Disconnect the HCF (Paper Tray 6) and move it aside. 2.

Remove the L/H Upper Cover Unit. (REP 2.6.2)

3.

Free the Registration Assembly. (Figure 1) NOTE: The connectors are connected on the inner side of the Registration Assembly. 1.Remove the screws (x2). 2.Slide the Registration Assembly to the rear. 3.Slightly lift up the Registration Assembly and remove it.

Figure 1 Setting free the Registration Assembly (j0st40212) 4.

Remove the Registration Assembly. (Figure 2) 1.Turn over the Registration Assembly. 2.Disconnect the connector. 3.Disconnect the connector. 4.Release the Wire Harness from the clamp. 5.Remove the Registration Assembly.


REP 2.4.1

February, 2008 4-12


REP 2.5.1 Takeaway Roll Parts List on PL 2.5 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. Remove the MPT Assembly. (REP 7.1.1) 2.

Disconnect the HCF (Paper Tray 6) and move it aside.

3.

Remove the L/H Upper Cover. (REP 2.6.2)

4.

Open the L/H Lower Cover.

5.

Remove the Gear Assembly. (Figure 1) a.

Remove the wire harness from the Gear Assembly holder

b.


Figure 2 Removing the Registration Assembly (j0st40213)

Replacement 1.


b

a


Remove the wire harness

Figure 1 Removing the Gear Assembly 6. Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

Removing the Gear Assembly (Figure 2)

February, 2008 4-13


REP 2.4.1, REP 2.5.1

a.


b.


a

b



Figure 2 Disconnecting the connector 7.

Remove the chute. (Figure 3) 1.Remove the screws (x2).

Figure 3 Removing the chute (j0st40202)

2.Remove the chute. 8.

Remove the Takeaway Roll. (Figure 4) 1.Remove the KL-Clip. 2.Slide out the Takeaway Roll.


REP 2.5.1

February, 2008 4-14


REP 2.6.1 BTR Roll Parts List on PL 2.6 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. Open the L/H Upper Cover. 2.

Remove the BTR Roll Assembly. (Figure 1) 1.

Remove the BTR Roll Assembly.

Figure 4 Removing the Takeaway Roll (j0st40209)

Replacement 1.


Figure 1 Removing the BTR Roll Assembly (j0st40216) 3.

Remove the BTR Roll. (Figure 2) NOTE: Do not remove the cover at the front.


1.

Remove the cover at the rear.

2.

Remove the BTR Roll.

February, 2008 4-15


REP 2.5.1, REP 2.6.1

REP 2.6.2 L/H Upper Cover Unit Parts List on PL 2.6 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. Open the L/H Upper Cover. 2.

Disconnect the Duplex Unit Cable.

3.

Remove the screw while holding the L/H Upper Cover. (Figure 1) 1.

Remove the screw.

Figure 2 Removing the BTR Roll (j0st40210)

Replacement 1.


Figure 1 Removing the screw (j0st40217) 4.


REP 2.6.1, REP 2.6.2

Remove the L/H Upper Cover Unit. (Figure 2) 1.

Open the L/H Upper Cover Unit until it becomes horizontal.

2.

Lift up the unit and remove it.

February, 2008 4-16


Figure 2 Removing the L/H Upper Cover Unit (j0st40215)

Replacement 1.



February, 2008 4-17


REP 2.6.2


REP 2.6.2

February, 2008 4-18


REP 3.1.1 ROS Unit

2.

Remove the Front Cover and the Inner Cover. (Figure 2) 1.Remove the screws (x3).


2.Remove the Inner Cover.

WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. Remove the following parts: a.

Xero/Developer Cartridge (REP 4.1.1)

b.

Toner Cartridge (REP 4.1.2)

c.

Top Cover Assembly (REP 10.1.1)

d.

Remove the Front L/H Cover (1 screw).

2

1

Remove the Front L/H Cover

Remove the screw (1) Figure 2 Removing the Inner Cover (j0st40305)

Figure 1 Removing the Front L/H Cover 3.

Remove the L/H Upper Cover.

4.

Disconnect the connector. (Figure 3) 1.Disconnect the connector. 2.Release the Wire Harness from the Wire Harness Guide. 3.Release the Wire Harness from the Wire Harness Guide.


February, 2008 4-19


REP 3.1.1

2

1

Loosen the screw (1) and remove the ROS Shade

Remove the screw (1)

Figure 4 Removing the ROS Shade Assembly NOTE: There may be toner in the Toner Box and in the tube. If the Toner Box is turned upside down or the tube is disconnected from the Toner Box, toner might spill out. 6. Figure 3 Disconnecting the connector (j0st40301) 5.

1.Loosen the screws (x2). 2.Remove the screw on the tube.

Remove the ROS Shade assembly. a.

From the Left Hand side of the machine, remove the screw from the outboard end of the shade.

b.

Loosen the screw on the endboard end of the ROS Shade and slide the shade outboard (toward the front) and remove.


REP 3.1.1

Remove the Toner Box. (Figure 5)

3.Remove the Toner Box.

February, 2008 4-20


3.Disconnect connector. 4.Disconnect connector. 5. Release the Wire Harness from the clamp.

Figure 6 Disconnecting the ROS Unit connectors (x4) (j0st40303) CAUTION 8.

Do not touch the ROS Unit window when holding it up. Remove the ROS Fan and move aside.

Figure 5 Removing the Toner Box (j0st40302) 7.

Disconnect the ROS Unit connectors (x4). (Figure 6) 1.Disconnect connector. 2.Disconnect connector.


February, 2008 4-21


REP 3.1.1

1 Remove the screws (2)

Figure 7 Removing the ROS Fan and set it aside 9.

Remove the ROS Unit. (Figure 8) 1.Remove the screws (x5). 2.Remove the ROS Unit. Figure 8 Removing the ROS Unit (j0st40304)

Replacement CAUTION When connecting the connector of the Toner Crum PWB, be careful not to press too hard such that the PWB is shifted. NOTE: When the ROS Unit is being installed, be careful to properly seat the ROS Unit in to the two locating holes in the machine frame. 1.


REP 3.1.1


February, 2008 4-22


REP 4.1.1 Xero/Developer Cartridge Parts List on PL 4.1 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. FAX Models Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. Printer Models Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.


2.

Open the Front Cover.

3.

Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge. (Figure 1) 1.Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge.

Figure 1 Removing the Xero/Developer Cartridge (j0st40402)

Replacement NOTE: Push in the handle of the Xero/Developer Cartridge until the handle latches securely. 1.



February, 2008 4-23


REP 4.1.1

REP 4.1.2 Toner Cartridge Parts List on PL 4.1 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. FAX Models Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. Printer Models Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.

Open the Front Cover.

2.

Remove the Toner Cartridge. (Figure 1) 1.Remove the Toner Cartridge.

Figure 1 Removing the Toner Cartridge (j0st40403)

Replacement 1.


REP 4.1.2


February, 2008 4-24


REP 4.2.1 Dispense Motor Parts List on PL 4.2 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. FAX Models Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. Printer Models Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.

2.

Remove the following parts: •

Xero/Developer Cartridge (REP 4.1.1)

•

Toner Cartridge (REP 4.1.2)

•

Top Cover Assembly (REP 10.1.1)

Remove the Front Cover and the Inner Cover. (Figure 1) 1.Remove the screws (x3). 2.Remove the Inner Cover.

Figure 1 Removing the Inner Cover (j0st40305) 3.

Disconnect the connector. (Figure 2) 1.Disconnect the connector. 2.Release the Wire Harness from the Wire Harness Guide. 3.Release the Wire Harness from the Wire Harness Guide.


February, 2008 4-25


REP 4.2.1

Figure 2 Disconnecting the connector (j0st40301) 4.

Remove the Toner Box. (Figure 3) 1.Loosen the screws (x2). 2.Remove the screw on the hose. 3.Remove the Toner Box.

Figure 3 Removing the Toner Box (j0st40302) 5.

Remove the Dispense Motor. (Figure 4) 1.Disconnect the connector. 2.Remove the screws (x3).


REP 4.2.1

February, 2008 4-26


3.Remove the Dispense Motor.

Figure 4 Removing the Dispense Motor (j0st40401)

Replacement 1.



February, 2008 4-27


REP 4.2.1


REP 4.2.1

February, 2008 4-28


REP 5.1.1 Fuser Unit Parts List on PL 5.1 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. FAX Models Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. Printer Models Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display. CAUTION Do not start servicing until the Fuser has cooled down. 1.


2.

Remove the Fuser Unit. (Figure 1) 1.Free the knobs (x2) by turning them. 2.Hold the Fuser by the handles (x2).

Figure 1 Removing the Fuser Unit (j0st40501)

Replacement 1.



February, 2008 4-29


REP 5.1.1


REP 5.1.1

February, 2008 4-30


REP 6.1.1 Exit2 + OCT2 Parts List on PL 6.1 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.


2.

Remove the Exit2 + OCT2. (Figure 1) 1.

Lift up the front and rear levers and remove the Exit2 + OCT2.

Figure 1 Removing the Exit2+OCT2 (j0st40601)

Replacement 1.



February, 2008 4-31


REP 6.1.1


REP 6.1.1

February, 2008 4-32


REP 7.1.1 MPT Assembly Parts List on PL 7.1 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.

Remove the MPT Rear Cover. (Figure 1) 1.Remove the screw. 2.Remove the MPT Rear Cover.

Figure 1 Removing the MPT Rear Cover (j0st40706) 2.

Disconnect the connector. (Figure 2) 1.Release the Wire Harness from the clamp. 2.Disconnect connector.


February, 2008 4-33


REP 7.1.1


Figure 3 Removing the MPT Assembly (j0st40702)

Remove the MPT Assembly. (Figure 3)

Replacement

1.Remove the screws (x2).

1.


2.Remove the MPT Assembly.


REP 7.1.1

February, 2008 4-34


REP 7.2.1 MPT Feed Roll/Retard Pad Parts List on PL 7.2 Removal NOTE: When replacing the MPT Feed Roll/Retard Pad, enter the Diag. mode and clear the counter for MPT Feed. 741/516]

WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display. NOTE: The MPT Feed Roll and MPT Retard Pad must both be replaced at the same time. 1.

Remove the MPT Assembly. (REP 7.1.1)

2.

Remove the plate. (Figure 1) 1.Remove the screws (x2). 2.Remove the plate.

Figure 1 Removing the plate (j0st40703) 3.

Remove the MPT Feed Roll. (Figure 2) 1.Remove the ends of the roll and slide them out. 2.Remove the ends of the roll and slide them out. 3.Slide the MPT Feed Roll to the front and remove it.


February, 2008 4-35


REP 7.2.1

Figure 2 Removing the MPT Feed Roll (j0st40704) 4.

Figure 3 Removing the MPT Retard Pad (j0st40705)

Remove the MPT Retard Pad. (Figure 3)

Replacement

1.Remove the springs (x2).

1.


2.Remove the MPT Retard Pad. 3.Pull out the shaft.


REP 7.2.1

February, 2008 4-36


REP 7.3.1 HCF Tray 6

REP 7.3.2 HCF Feeder


Parts List on PL 18.1 Removal WARNING

WARNING

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.


1.

Open the HCF Tray by pulling the tray toward you. (PL 18.1)

1.

Remove the HCF Tray. (REP 7.3.1)

2.

Remove all paper from the tray.

2.

Remove the (2) screws used to secure the HCF Feeder on its rail. (Figure 1)

3.

Using a small screwdriver, or other small, blunt instrument, release the stopper on each rail of the tray by inserting the screwdriver into the hole of the stopper and pulling the tray toward you.

4.

Remove the tray by pulling it toward you and off of its rails.

NOTE: For a better view of both the HCF Feeder and its securing screws, open the Feeder Top Cover of the HCF.

Replacement 1.

Slide the rails (2) into the HCF housing.

2.

Line up the rails of the tray with the adjoining rails of the HCF and push the tray into place.

3.

Place previously removed paper, or fresh paper, into the tray.

1 Feeder Securing Screws

Figure 1 Feeder Securing Screws


February, 2008 4-37


REP 7.3.1, REP 7.3.2

3.

Slide the HCF Feeder toward you off its rail to remove it from the HCF.

Replacement 1.

Position the HCF Feeder’s bottom rail-following feet (2) onto the internal HCF rail.

2.

Slide the HCF Feeder back into the HCF until it seats.

REP 7.3.3 HCF Un-docking and Docking Parts List on PL 18.8 Removal WARNING

CAUTION Do not over tighten the two HCF Feeder screws.


3.

1.

Unplug the HCF Power Cable connected to the left rear of the copier/printer.

2.

Grasping the HCF by its upper corners, pull the HCF away from the copier/printer to expose the HCF Docking Base. (Figure 1)

Reinstall the two securing screws and tighten until snug.

Docking Points

HCF Docking Base

Docking Latch Spring Lever

Figure 1 Exposing the docking base 3.

Release the Docking Latch Spring Lever on the right side of the Docking Base.

4.

Pull the HCF away from the copier/printer to un-dock it from the copier/printer.

Replacement


REP 7.3.2, REP 7.3.3

1.

Push the HCF toward the two Docking Points on the left side of the printer.

2.

Align the two holes in the HCF Docking Base with the two Docking Points on the printer/ copier.

February, 2008 4-38


NOTE: Make sure that the Caster of the copier/printer is rotated out of the way (fully rotated underneath the copier/printer) so that it does not interfere with HCF docking. 3.

Push the HCF into place against the copier/printer.

4.

Reattach the HCF Power Cable to the left rear of the copier/printer.

REP 7.3.4 HCF Tray Cables Parts List on PL 18.3 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. PART 1 Removing the HCF Rear Tray Cables


1.

Remove the HCF Tray (REP 7.3.1)

2.

At the rear of the HCF Tray, remove the Gear Bracket Assembly. (Figure 1) 1.

Remove (2) E-Rings securing the oval-shaped Plate and remove the Plate.

2.

Slide the (2) gears, that were being retained by the Plate, off their shafts and set the gears aside.

3.

Remove (3) screws securing the Gear Bracket Assembly.

4.

Remove the Gear Bracket Assembly, being careful to maneuver it around the cable as required for removal.

February, 2008 4-39


REP 7.3.3, REP 7.3.4

3 2


Slide the Bushing away from the frame

2 Remove the gears (2)

Tray Cable Pulley

1 Remove the E-ring

Figure 2 Lift Shaft rear Tray Cable Pulley 6.

4

1 Remove the oval shaped Plate

Remove the Gear Bracket Assembly

Preparing to remove the Rear Tray Cable. (Figure 3) a.

Remove (2) E-Rings, (2) Wire Guides, and (2) Pulleys. See also Figure 6 (a).

Figure 1 Gear Bracket Assembly 5.

At the rear of the HCF Tray, begin to free up movement of the Tray Cable Pulley. (Figure 2) a.

Remove the E-Ring on the Lift Shaft.

b.

Slide the Bushing to the left on the Lift Shaft. NOTE: You will not be able to release the cable ends from underneath the Tray Cable Pulley until you perform the next step, which puts slack in the cable enabling the Lift Shaft to be disengaged from its bracket, and the Tray Cable Pulley moved farther to the left releasing the cable ends.


REP 7.3.4

February, 2008 4-40


2 Slide the Tray Cable Pulley to the front

3 Remove the cable ends from the shaft

Remove the E-Rings (2), Wire Guides (2), and Pulleys (2)

1 Disengage the Lift Shaft from the frame Figure 3 Preparing to remove the Rear Tray Cable 7.

Figure 4 Releasing the Cable ends from the Lift Shaft

When both sections of the cable are slack, disengage the Lift Shaft from the frame and slide the Tray Cable Pulley to the front of the Lift Shaft to release the Rear Lift Cable ends that are trapped in the pocket underneath the Tray Cable Pulley. (Figure 4)


8.

Removing the Rear Tray Cable. (Figure 5, Figure 6) a.

Remove (1) E-Ring, (1) Wire Guide, and (1) Pulley.

b.

Disengage the Tray Cable from the Bottom Plate in 2 places and remove the Tray Cable.

February, 2008 4-41


REP 7.3.4

1 Remove the E-Ring (1), Wire Guide (1), and Pulley (1)

2 Remove the Cables

Figure 5 Removing the Rear Tray Cables Figure 6 Rear Tray Cable details PART II Removing the HCF Front Tray Cables 1.

Remove the HCF Tray (REP 7.3.1)

2.

Remove the (5) screws securing the HCF Tray’s Front Cover.

3.

At the front of the HCF Tray, begin to free up movement of the front Tray Cable Pulley. (Figure 7) a.

Remove the E-Ring on the Lift Shaft.

b.

Slide the bearing to the rear on the Lift Shaft.

c.

Front Tray Cable Pulley NOTE: You will not be able to release the cable ends from underneath the Tray Cable Pulley until you perform the next step, which puts slack in the cable enabling the Lift Shaft to be disengaged from its bracket, and the Tray Cable Pulley moved farther to the right releasing the cable ends.


REP 7.3.4

February, 2008 4-42


1 Remove E-Rings (2), Wire Guides (2), and Pulleys (2)

Figure 8 Preparing to remove the front Tray Cables

Figure 7 Lift Shaft front Tray Cable Pulley 4.

Remove the E-Rings, Wire Guides, and Pulleys from the front of the HCF Tray. (Figure 8) 1.

Remove (2) E-Rings, (2) Wire Guides, and (2) Pulleys.


2.

When both sections of the cable are slack, disengage the Lift Shaft from the frame and slide the Tray Cable Pulley to the front of the Lift Shaft to release the Rear Lift Cable ends that are trapped in the pocket underneath the Tray Cable Pulley. (Figure 9)

February, 2008 4-43


REP 7.3.4

1 Remove the E-Ring (1), Wire guide (1), and Pulley (1)

2 Remove the Cables

Figure 9 Releasing the Cable ends from the Lift Shaft 3.

Figure 10 Removing the front Tray Cables

Removing the Front Tray Cables. (Figure 10, Figure 11) a.

Remove (1) E-Ring, (1) Wire Guide, and (1) Pulley.

b.

Disengage the Tray Cable from the Bottom Plate in 2 places and remove the Tray Cable.


REP 7.3.4

February, 2008 4-44


REP 7.3.5 HCF Retard / Feed / Nudger Rolls Parts List on PL 18.5 PL 18.6 Removal NOTE: Remove and replace the Retard/Feed/Nudger Rolls simultaneously.

WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. 1.

Open the Feeder Top Cover of the HCF.

2.

Release the green Lever to open the Upper Feeder Assembly to reveal the (3) rolls. NOTE: For reference purposes, the single roll in the Upper Feeder Assembly is the Nudger roll. The double roll in the Upper Feeder Assembly is the Feed Roll. The larger double roll in the Lower Feeder component is the Retard Roll.

3.

Remove each roll by squeezing the roll’s shaft at both ends (with the thumb and forefinger of one hand) and lifting the roll up and out of the HCF. (Figure 1)

Figure 11 Front Tray Cable details

Replacement 1.

Install the front Tray Cable by carrying out the removal steps in reverse order.

2.

Install the rear Tray Cable by carrying out the removal steps in reverse order.

3.

Reinstall the HCF Tray’s Front Cover. a.

Make sure to raise the gear on the Indicator Shaft so that it meshes with the adjoining Lift Shaft gear.

b.

Replace the (5) Installation Screws.

4.

Reinstall the HCF Tray by lining up the rails of the tray with the adjoining rails of the HCF and pushing the tray into place.

5.

Place previously removed paper, or fresh paper, into the tray.

Figure 1 Removing rolls


February, 2008 4-45


REP 7.3.4, REP 7.3.5

Replacement

REP 7.3.6 HCF Feed Shaft

1.

Install each new roll by squeezing its shaft at both ends and sliding the roll into place.

2.

Use your fingers to roll each roll in place to assure its movement.


3.

Flip down the Upper Feeder Assembly.

4.

Close the Feeder Top Cover of the HCF.


Remove the HCF Feeder. (REP 7.3.2)

2.

Place the Feeder on a flat surface.

3.

Open the Upper Feeder Assembly by releasing the green lever.

4.

Remove the Nudger Roll by squeezing the roll’s shaft at both ends (with the thumb and forefinger of one hand) and lifting the roll up and out of the HCF.

5.

Remove the E-Ring and bearing on the Feed Shaft (at the Nudger Roll end of the shaft).

6.

Move the bearing at the opposite end of the shaft to the right, and slide the Feed Shaft to the right to remove.

Replacement 1.


REP 7.3.5, REP 7.3.6


February, 2008 4-46


REP 7.3.7 HCF Retard Lever Spring

Replacement


NOTE: Make sure the plastic pads on the Lower Chute fit in the track before pushing it in. 1.



Remove the HCF Feeder. (REP 7.3.2)

2.

Place the Feeder on a flat surface and release the green Lever to open the Upper Feeder Assembly.

3.

Remove the Lower Chute.

4.

Remove the plastic Cover by removing (4) screws.

•

Remove the (2) securing screws.

5.

Remove the Retard Roll.

6.

Remove the E-Rings on the Lever and Spring.

7.

Remove the Lever.

8.

Remove the Spring. (Figure 1)

Retard Roll

Lever Spring. Note how extension fits into Lever.

Cover

Lower Chute Figure 1 Removing the Retard Lever Spring


February, 2008 4-47


REP 7.3.7

REP 7.3.8 HCF Nudger Bracket/Nudger Lever/Torsion Spring

REP 7.3.9 HCF Casters Parts List on PL 18.8 Removal


WARNING WARNING

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2.

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. 1.

Un-dock (remove) the HCF. (REP 7.3.3)

Remove the HCF Feed Shaft. (REP 7.3.6)

2.

Remove all paper from the HCF Tray.

Disassemble the Feed Shaft by removing (4) E-Rings and unscrewing the Nudger Support that retains the Torsion Spring.

3.

Roll the HCF away from the copier/printer.

4.

Turn the HCF over onto its left side to expose the casters on the underside of the HCF.

Replacement

5.

Remove (3) installation screws per caster.

1.

Install replacement parts.

Replacement

2.

Carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

1.


REP 7.3.8, REP 7.3.9

Install a new caster or casters, by tightening the (3) installation screws per caster.

2.

Turn the HCF back up to an upright position.

3.

Roll the HCF back toward the copier/printer.

4.

Place previously removed paper, or fresh paper, into the HCF Tray.

5.

Dock the HCF.

February, 2008 4-48


REP 7.3.10 HCF Takeaway Roll

REP 7.3.11 HCF PWB



WARNING



1.

Remove the HCF Feed Motor. (REP 7.3.12)

1.


2.

Remove the Lower Chute. (Figure 1)

2.

Remove the plastic Rear Cover.

3.

Disconnect all of the connectors connected to the HCF PWB.

4.

Remove the (4) screws securing the HCF PWB.

5.

Remove the HCF PWB.

•


•

Takeaway Roll (includes Shaft)


Replacement 1.


Figure 1 Removing the Lower Chute 3.

Slide the Takeaway Roll to the right until the left side is released, then lower the roll to remove.

Replacement 1.


2.

When replacing, enter into Diagnostic mode and then clear the DC135HFSI counter.


February, 2008 4-49


REP 7.3.10, REP 7.3.11

REP 7.3.12 HCF Feed Motor

NOTE: Be careful when removing the motor as it is meshed to a hidden gear.

Parts List on PL 18.4 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. 1.


2.

Remove the plastic Rear Cover.

3.

Supporting the motor with one hand, remove the HCF Feed Motor. (Figure 1)

•


•

Disconnect the electrical Connector (1).

•


HCF Feed Motor

Figure 1 Removing the HCF Feed Motor

Replacement 1.


REP 7.3.12


February, 2008 4-50


REP 9.1.1 MCU PWB Parts List on PL 9.1 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION Damage to electrical components is likely if static discharge reaches components. ESD procedures must be used when removing or replacing PWBs. Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. CAUTION A disabled machine with loss of serialization and billing data occurs if both the ESS PWB with EPROM and the MCU PWB with EPROM are replaced at the same time. 1.

2.

3.

Access the MCU PWB. a.

Loosen screws (2) and remove ESS Cover Assembly (PL 9.2).

b.

Remove the screws (2) and remove the Rear Middle Cover (PL 10.2).

c.

Remove the screws (2) and remove the Rear Lower Cover (PL 10.2).

Remove MCU PWB (PL 9.1). a.

Disconnect P/Js.

b.

Remove screws and remove MCU PWB.

Figure 1 MCU PWB EPROM Location (j0st40901)

If a new MCU PWB will be installed, go to step 4. If the MCU PWB will be reinstalled after service actions in other areas, reinstall the MCU PWB when appropriate to do so. CAUTION

Pin breakage occurs if the EPROM is carelessly removed. 4.

Remove EPROM from old MCU PWB and save for installation on new MCU PWB (Figure 1).


February, 2008 4-51


REP 9.1.1

Replacement CAUTION

2.

Install the MCU PWB and connect P/Js.

3.

Install the rear covers.

Fatal error occurs to machine software if MCU PWB is replaced before EPROM is installed on MCU PWB and powered on.

a.

Install the Rear Lower Cover (PL 10.2).

b.

Install the Rear Middle Cover (PL 10.2).

This procedure installs a new MCU PWB. Refer to step 3 of Remove to install the same MCU PWB.

c.

Install the ESS Cover Assembly (PL 9.2).

4.

Switch on the machine power.

CAUTION

5.

Verify that the serial numbers and billing data are the same.

Pin breakage occurs if the EPROM is carelessly replaced. 1.

a.

Install the EPROM from the old MCU PWB on the new MCU PWB (Figure 2). b.

Access Diagnostic Routines. i.


ii.


Check serial number and billing data. i.

Select Adjustment/Others.

ii.

Select Machine ID/Billing Data.

iii.

Check that the Serial Number and Billing Data for IOT, Sys1, and Sys2 are the same. If they are the same, return to Service Call Procedures in Section 1. If the data are different, perform GP 4 Serialization/Billing Maintenance.



REP 9.1.1

February, 2008 4-52


REP 9.1.2 MCU PWB EPROM Removal CAUTION Damage to electrical components is likely if static discharge reaches components. ESD procedures must be used when removing or replacing PWBs. Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. CAUTION A disabled machine with loss of serialization and billing data occurs if both the ESS PWB with EPROM and the MCU PWB with EPROM are replaced at the same time. NOTE: Refer to REP 9.1.1 to remove or replace the MCU PWB EPROM (Figure 1).



February, 2008 4-53


REP 9.1.2

REP 9.2.1 ESS PWB Parts List on PL 9.2 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION Damage to electrical components is likely if static discharge reaches components. ESD procedures must be used when removing or replacing PWBs. Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. CAUTION A disabled machine with loss of serialization and billing data occurs if both the ESS PWB with EPROM and the MCU PWB with EPROM are replaced at the same time. 1.

Remove the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). a.

b.

2.

If present, remove Printer PWB (PL 9.2). i.

Disconnect network connection.

ii.

Loosen thumbscrews and pullout Printer PWB to disconnect it from the ESS PWB.

If present, remove FID PWB (PL 9.2), or FMO PWB (PL 9.2), or Hard Drive (PL 9.2).

c.

Loosen screws (2) and remove ESS Cover Assembly (PL 9.2).

d.

Disconnect P/Js form ESS PWB.

e.

Remove the screws and remove ESS PWB.

Figure 1 ESS PWB EPROM Location (j0st40902)

If a new ESS PWB will be installed, go to step 3. If the ESS PWB will be reinstalled after service actions in other areas, reinstall the ESS PWB when appropriate to do so. CAUTION

Pin breakage occurs if the EPROM is carelessly removed. 3.

Remove EPROM from ESS PWB and save for installation on new or original ESS PWB (Figure 1).


REP 9.2.1

February, 2008 4-54


Replacement CAUTION

2.

Install the ESS PWB and connect P/Js.

3.

If present, install the Printer PWB.

Fatal error occurs to machine software if ESS PWB is replaced before EPROM is installed on ESS PWB and powered on. This procedure installs a new ESS PWB. Refer to step 2 of Remove to install the same ESS PWB.

a.

Install Printer PWB while connecting it to ESS PWB and tighten thumbscrews.

b.

Connect network connection.

4.

Install the ESS Cover.

5.

Perform GP 4 Serialization/Billing Maintenance.

CAUTION Pin breakage occurs if the EPROM is carelessly replaced. 1.

Install the EPROM from the old ESS PWB on the new ESS PWB (Figure 1).



February, 2008 4-55


REP 9.2.1

REP 9.2.2 ESS PWB EPROM Removal CAUTION Damage to electrical components is likely if static discharge reaches components. ESD procedures must be used when removing or replacing PWBs. Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. CAUTION A disabled machine with loss of serialization and billing data occurs if both the ESS PWB with EPROM and the MCU PWB with EPROM are replaced at the same time. NOTE: Refer to REP 9.2.1 ESS PWB to remove or reinstall the ESS PWB EPROM (Figure 1).



REP 9.2.2

February, 2008 4-56


REP 10.1.1 Top Cover Assembly Parts List on PL 10.1 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. FAX Models Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. Printer Models Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.

Remove the Toner Cartridge. (REP 4.1.2)

2.

Remove the Front Left Cover. (Figure 1) 1.Remove the screw. 2.Remove the Front Left Cover.

Figure 1 Removing the Front Left Cover (j0st41001) 3.

Remove the Paper Weight Assembly. (Figure 2) 1.Remove the Paper Weight Assembly.


February, 2008 4-57


REP 10.1.1

Figure 2 Removing the Paper Weight Assembly (j0st41003) 4.

Figure 3 Removing the Top Cover Assembly (j0st41004)

Remove the Top Cover Assembly. (Figure 3)

Replacement


1.


2.Remove the Top Cover Assembly.


REP 10.1.1

February, 2008 4-58


REP 10.2.1 Rear Lower Cover

2.

Remove the Rear Middle Cover. (Figure 2) 1.Remove the screws (x2).


2.Remove the Rear Middle Cover.

WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. FAX Models Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. Printer Models Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.

Remove the ESS Cover Assembly. (Figure 1) 1.Loosen the screws (x2). 2.Remove the ESS Cover Assembly.

Figure 2 Removing the Rear Middle Cover (j0st41006) 3.

For the Duplex and Finisher models, remove the cover. (Figure 3) 1.Slide the cover downwards to remove it.

Figure 1 Removing the ESS Cover Assembly (j0st41005)


February, 2008 4-59


REP 10.2.1

Figure 3 Removing the cover (j0st41007) 4.

Figure 4 Removing the Rear Lower Cover (j0st41008)

Remove the Rear Lower Cover. (Figure 4)

Replacement


1.


2.Remove the Rear Lower Cover.


REP 10.2.1

February, 2008 4-60


REP 11.1.1 Platen Cushion

Replacement


NOTE: Remove all remaining tapes on the Platen Cover after the Platen Cushion has been removed.

WARNING

1.

Install the Platen Cushion. (Figure 2)


1.

Remove the seal.

2.

Press gently in the direction of the arrow.

1.

3.

Slowly lower the Platen Cover pressing on the Platen Cushion.

Remove the Platen Cushion. (Figure 1) 1.

Remove the Platen Cushion.

Figure 2 Installing the Platen Cushion (j0st41102)

Figure 1 Removing the Platen Cushion (j0st41101)


February, 2008 4-61


REP 11.1.1

REP 11.1.2 Control Panel Assembly

REP 11.3.1 Platen Glass



WARNING



1.

1.

Remove the Control Panel Assembly. (Figure 1)

Remove the Platen Glass. (Figure 1)

1.


1.

2.


2.

Remove the plate.

3.

Slide the Control Panel Assembly to front a little.

3.

Remove the Platen Glass.

4.

Release the connector.

5.

Release the wire harness from the frame.

6.

Remove the Control Panel Assembly.


Figure 1 Removing the Control Panel Assembly (j0st41103)

Replacement 1.

Figure 1 Removing the Platen Glass (j0st41104)


Replacement 1. Repairs and Adjustments

REP 11.1.2, REP 11.3.1

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order taking note of the following:

February, 2008 4-62


NOTE: To install the Platen Glass, push the Platen Glass in the direction of arrow A and the plate in the direction of arrow B. (Figure 2)

REP 11.3.2 IIT/IPS PWB Parts List on PL 11.3 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1.

Remove the following parts:

2.

Remove the IPS Cover. (Figure 1)

•

Platen Glass (REP 11.3.1)

1.Remove the screws (x7). 2.

Remove the IPS Cover.

Figure 2 Installing the Platen Glass (j0st41105)

Figure 1 Removing the IPS Cover (j0st41134) 3. Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

Disconnect the cable (IIT-DADF).

February, 2008 4-63


REP 11.3.1, REP 11.3.2

4.

Disconnect the connector. (Figure 2) 1.Disconnect the connectors (x5).


Remove the IIT/IPS PWB. (Figure 3) 1.


2.


3.

Remove the IIT/IPS PWB.

Figure 3 Removing the IIT/IPS PWB (j0st41107)

Replacement 1.


REP 11.3.2


February, 2008 4-64


2.

When having replaced the IIT/IPS PWB, install the EP ROM from the old IIT/IPS PWB on the new IIT/IPS PWB. (Figure 4)

REP 11.4.1 Lens Kit Assembly Parts List on PL 11.4 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1.

Remove the Platen Glass. (REP 11.3.1)

2.

Remove the APS Sensor. (Figure 1) 1. Remove the Screw. 2. Remove the APS Sensor.

Figure 4 EP ROM Replacement (j0st41142)

Figure 1 Removing the APS Sensor (j0st41108) 3.

Remove the Lens Cover. (Figure 2) 1.Remove the screws (x2).


February, 2008 4-65


REP 11.3.2, REP 11.4.1

2.Remove the Lens Cover.

Figure 3 Disconnecting the CCD Flat Cable (j0st41109) Figure 2 Removing the Lens Cover (j0st41135) 5. 4.

Replace the Lens Kit Assembly. (Figure 4)

Disconnect the CCD Flat Cable. (Figure 3)

1.


1.Take off the hook.

2.

Replace the Lens Kit Assembly.

2.Disconnect the CCD Flat Cable.


REP 11.4.1

February, 2008 4-66


8.

Turn on the power. Print the Controller built-in Total Chart (Pattern 052) and check that the IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge fall within the specifications. If they do not fall within the specifications, perform ADJ 9.1.1 IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Adjustment.

9.

Place the Test Chart (82P521) on the Platen and make a copy. (A3, 100%, 1 sheet)

10. Measure the length of A and B indicated in the diagram using the scale. Record the measurements as L0 and R0. (Scan in 0.5mm increments) Adjustment is complete if L0 and R0 satisfy the specifications (L0=15+/-1.6 mm, R0=15+/ -1.6 mm). If they do not satisfy the specifications, go to Step 4. (Figure 5)

Figure 5 Chart for checking L0 and R0 (j0st41143) Figure 4 Removing the Lens Kit Assembly (j0st41110) 6.

Connect the CCD Flat Cable and install the Lens Cover.

7.

Install the Platen Glass. (No need to install the Glass Press Guide.)


11. With the measurements taken for L0 and R0, refer to the adjustment table below for the required rotation amount for the nuts on the CCD Assembly Bracket. •

February, 2008 4-67

Unit (L0, R0): mm


REP 11.4.1

•

Rotation: degree

•

Direction: +ve: Right, -ve: Left

NOTE: As it is difficult to control the rotation amount, draw a line on the paper to make a mark at the tip of the Box Driver using tape as shown in the figure below.

Table 1 Adjustment Table (Nut Rotation Amount) R0=13 R0=13.5 R0=14 R0=14.5 R0=15 R0=15.5 R0=16 R0=16.5 R0=17 L0=13

Front +165

+240

+315

+390

+465

+555

+630

+705

+780

Rear +165

+45

-90

-210

-330

-450

-570

-690

-810

+120

+195

+270

+360

+435

+510

+585

+660

Rear +240

+120

0

-120

-240

-375

-495

-615

-735

Front -75

0

+75

+165

+240

+315

+390

+465

+555

Rear +330

+195

+75

-45

-165

-285

-405

-525

-645

L0=14.5 Front -195

-120

-45

+45

+120

+195

+270

+345

+435

Rear +405

+285

+165

+45

-75

-210

-330

-450

-570

Front -315

-240

-150

-75

0

+75

+150

+240

+315

Rear +495

+360

+240

+120

0

-120

-240

-360

-495

L0=15.5 Front -435

-345

-270

-195

-120

-45

+45

+120

+195

Rear +570

+450

+330

+210

+75

-45

-165

-285

-405

Front -555

-465

-390

-315

-240

-165

-75

0

+75

Rear +645

+525

+405

+285

+165

+45

-75

-195

-330

L0=16.5 Front -660

-585

-510

-435

-360

-270

-195

-120

-45

Rear +735

+615

+495

+375

+240

+120

0

-120

-240

Front -780

-705

-630

-555

-465

-390

-315

-240

-165

Rear +810

+690

+570

+450

+330

+210

+90

-45

-165

L0=13.5 Front +45 L0=14

L0=15

L0=16

L0=17

12. Turn off the power. 13. Remove the Platen Glass. Turn the respective nuts using the Box Driver according to the direction and amount given in Step 11. (Figure 6)

Figure 6 Making the mark(j0st41112) 14. Turn on the power again and repeat Steps 9 and 10. 15. Adjustment is complete if L0 and R0 satisfy the specifications. Repeat Steps 11 to 14 until L0 and R0 satisfy the specifications (L0=15+/-1.6 mm, R0=15+/-1.6 mm). 16. Check the Side Registration. If it does not fall within the specifications, perform ADJ 11.1.1 IIT Lead/Side Registration Adjustment. Repairs and Adjustments

REP 11.4.1

February, 2008 4-68


17. Reinstall all the parts removed.

REP 11.5.1 Carriage Cable Parts List on PL 11.5 Removal NOTE: Only the replacement procedure for the Rear Carriage Cable is described here. The replacement procedure for the Front Carriage Cable is the same as for the Rear Carriage Cable. NOTE: The Front and Rear Carriage Cables must be replaced separately.

WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1.

For the Platen models, remove the Platen Cover. (Figure 1) 1.

Remove the Platen Cover.

Figure 1 Removing the Platen Cover (j0st41136) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 4-69


REP 11.4.1, REP 11.5.1

2.

3.


Platen Glass (REP 11.3.1)

•

Control Panel (REP 11.1.2)

•

DADF Assembly (REP 15.1.1)

Remove the Left Side Plate. (Figure 2) 1.


2.

Remove the Support Glass on both sides.

3.

Remove the Left Side Platen.

Figure 2 Removing the Left Side Platen (j0st41139) 4.

Unfasten the Full Rate Carriage from the Carriage Cable. (Figure 3) 1.

Figure 3 Unfastening the Full Rate Carriage (j0st41113)

Remove the screws (x2). 5.


REP 11.5.1

Remove the Carriage Cable. (Figure 4) 1.

Remove the spring from the frame.

2.

Detach the cable from the spring.

February, 2008 4-70


Figure 4 Removing the spring (j0st41114)

Figure 5 Winding the Carriage Cable around the pulley. 1/3 (j0st41115)

Replacement 1.

Wind the Carriage Cable around the pulley. (Figure 5, Figure 6, Figure 7) 1.Insert the Carriage Cable ball into the ditch of the pulley. 2.Wind the spring end of the cable around the pulley for 1.5 rounds. 3.Fix the cable at the spring end on the frame with tape. 4.Wind the cable at the ball end around the pulley for 2 rounds. 5.Fix the cable on the pulley with tape to prevent it from moving.


February, 2008 4-71


REP 11.5.1



REP 11.5.1


February, 2008 4-72


NOTE: Indicates the number of coils made by the Carriage Cable at the front and rear. (Figure 8)

Figure 9 Installing the Carriage Cable (j0st41119) Figure 8 The number of coils made by Carriage Cable at the front and rear (j0st41118) 2.

3.

Install the spring end of the Carriage Cable. (Figure 10) 1. Route the spring end of the Carriage Cable along the frame and on the pulley.

Install the ball end of the Carriage Cable. (Figure 9)

2.Route the cable on the pulley at the rear of the Half Rate Carriage.

1. Route the Carriage Cable on the pulley in front of it.

3.Attach the spring to the Carriage Cable and route the cable along the frame as indicated.

2.

Hang the ball on the notch of the frame.

4. Fix the Full Rate Carriage on the Carriage Cable.


February, 2008 4-73


REP 11.5.1

Figure 11 Installing the Carriage Cable at the front (j0st41121) 5.

Remove the tape used for keeping the cable in place.

6.

Adjust the position of Full Rate/Half Rate Carriages. (ADJ 11.6.1)

7.

Manually move the Full Rate Carriage to ensure that it moves smoothly.

Figure 10 Installing the spring (j0st41120) 4.

Fix the Full Rate Carriage at the front side. (Figure 11) 1. Fix the Full Rate Carriage on the Carriage Cable.


REP 11.5.1

February, 2008 4-74


REP 11.5.2 Carriage Motor Assembly Parts List on PL 11.5 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1.

For the DADF models, disconnect the IIT-DATA Cable. (Figure 1) 1.

Disconnect the IIT-DATA Cable.

Figure 2 Removing the Rear Upper Cover (j0st82020) 3.

Disconnect the connector. (Figure 3) 1.

Remove the spring.

2.


Figure 1 Disconnecting the cable (j0st82019) 2.

Remove the Rear Upper Cover. (Figure 2) 1.


2.

Remove the Rear Upper Cover.


February, 2008 4-75


REP 11.5.2


Figure 4 Removing the Carriage Motor Assembly (j0st41123)

Remove the Carriage Motor Assembly. (Figure 4)

Replacement

1.


1.

2.

Remove the Carriage Motor Assembly.


REP 11.5.2


February, 2008 4-76


REP 11.6.1 Exposure Lamp

Replacement


1.



Open the Platen Cover or DADF.

2.


3.

Move the Full Rate Carriage to the frame notch.

4.

Remove the Exposure Lamp. (Figure 1) 1.


2.

Remove the screw.

3.

Remove the Exposure Lamp.

Figure 1 Removing the Exposure Lamp (j0st41124) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 4-77


REP 11.6.1

REP 11.6.2 Lamp Wire Harness

1.


2.

Pull the connector out of the hole.

3.

Release the connector from the hook.



Remove the DADF. (REP 15.1.1)

2.


3.

Remove the IPS Cover. (Figure 1) 1.


2.

Remove the IPS Cover.

Figure 1 Removing the IPS Cover (j0st41134) 4.

Figure 2 Disconnecting the connector (j0st41125)

Disconnect the connector of the Lamp Wire Harness. (Figure 2)


REP 11.6.2

February, 2008 4-78


5.

Remove the Full Rate Carriage. (Figure 3) 1.


2.

Remove the Full Rate Carriage.

Figure 4 Removing the Lamp Wire Harness (j0st41127)

Replacement Figure 3 Removing the Full Rate Carriage (j0st41126) 6.

Remove the Lamp Wire Harness from the Full Rate Carriage. (Figure 4) 1.

Turn over the Full Rate Carriage.

2.

Remove the screw.

3.

Remove the guide.

4.


5.

Remove the Lamp Wire Harness.


1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE: Adjust the positions of the Full Rate/Half Rate Carriages after installation. (ADJ 11.6.1)

February, 2008 4-79


REP 11.6.2


REP 11.6.2

February, 2008 4-80


REP 12.1 Tray 3 Feeder (2TM)

2.

Remove the Left Lower Cover.

Parts List on PL 12.1 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1.

Pull out Tray 3.

2.

Remove the Foot Covers. (Figure 1) 1.

Loosen the screw (1).

2.

Remove the Foot Cover (1).

Figure 2 Removing the Left Lower Cover (j0st41213) 4.

Open the Left Cover Assembly.

5.

Remove the bracket. (Figure 3) 1.

Remove the screw.

2.

Remove the bracket.

Figure 1 Removing the Foot Covers (j0st41212) 3.

Remove the Left Lower Cover. (Figure 2) 1.



February, 2008 4-81


REP 12.1

Figure 3 Removing the bracket (j0st41201) 6.

Remove the Feed Out Chute. (Figure 4) 1.

Remove the Feed Out Chute.


REP 12.1

Figure 4 Removing the Feed Out Chute (j0st41202) 7.



2.

Release the clamp to remove the wire.

February, 2008 4-82



Figure 6 Removing the Tray 3 Feeder (j0st41204)

Remove the Tray 3 Feeder. (Figure 6)

Replacement

1.


1.


2.

Remove the Tray 3 Feeder.

2.

When replacing, enter Diagnostic. mode. Clear the counter. Tray 3 “Chain Link:954-802 Tray Feed Counter Tray3-1”


February, 2008 4-83


REP 12.1

REP 12.2 Tray 4 Feeder (2TM) Parts List on PL 12.1 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1.

Pull out Tray 3/4.

2.

Remove the Foot Covers. (Figure 1) 1.

Loosen the screw (1).

2.

Remove the Foot Cover (1).

Figure 2 Removing the Left Lower Cover (j0st41213) 4.


5.

Remove the screws. (Figure 3) 1.

Remove the screws.

Figure 1 Removing the Foot Covers (j0st41212) 3.

Remove the Left Lower Cover. (Figure 2) 1.

Removing the screws (x2).

2.

Removing the Left Lower Cover.


REP 12.2

February, 2008 4-84


Figure 3 Removing the screws (j0st41205) 6.

Remove the Feed Out Chute. (Figure 4) 1.

Remove the Feed Out Chute.


Figure 4 Removing the Feed Out Chute (j0st41206) 7.



2.

Release the clamp to remove the wire.

February, 2008 4-85


REP 12.2




Replacement

1.


1.


2.

Remove the Tray 4 Feeder.

2.

When replacing, enter Diagnostic mode. Clear the counter. Tray 4 “Chain Link:954-803 Tray Feed Counter Tray4-1”


REP 12.2

February, 2008 4-86


REP 12.3 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (2TM)

3.

Remove the Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll. (Figure 2) 1.


Release the hooks (x3) to remove the Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll.

WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. NOTE: The Feed, Retard and Nudger Roll must be replaced at the same time. 1.

2.

Remove the Tray 3/4 Feeder. •

Tray 3 Feeder (REP 12.1)

•

Tray 4 Feeder (REP 12.2)

Move the Front Chute in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 1) 1.

Remove the Front Chute.

Figure 2 Removing the Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (j0st41210)

Replacement 1.


2.

When replacing, enter Diagnostic mode. Clear the counter.

Figure 1 Moving the Front Chute (j0st41209) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 4-87


REP 12.3

REP 12.4 2TM PWB Parts List on PL 12.6 Clean Replacement


When replacing the 2TM PWB, set the 2TM PWB Dip Switch to the position as shown. (Figure 1)

Figure 1 Setting the Dip Switch (j0st41211)


REP 12.4

February, 2008 4-88


REP 13.1.1 Tray 3 Assembly (TTM) Parts List on PL 13.1 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. FAX Models Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. Printer Models Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.

Pull out Tray 3.

2.

Remove the paper from Tray 3.

3.


4.

Remove the Tray 3 Assembly. (Figure 1) 1.

Remove the screw.

2.

Slide the stopper.

3.

Remove the Tray 3 Assembly.

Figure 1 Removing the Tray 3 Assembly (j0st41301)

Replacement 1.



February, 2008 4-89


REP 13.1.1

REP 13.1.2 Tray 4 Assembly (TTM) Parts List on PL 13.1 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. FAX Models Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. Printer Models Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.

Pull out Tray 4.

2.

Remove the paper from Tray 4.

3.

Remove the Tray 4 Assembly. (Figure 1) 1.


2.

Push in Tray 4 Transport Assembly.

3.

Remove the screw.

4.

Remove the stopper.

5.


Figure 1 Removing the Tray 4 Assembly (j0st41302)

Replacement 1.


REP 13.1.2


February, 2008 4-90


REP 13.3.1 Front/Rear Tray Cable (TTM) Parts List on PL 13.3 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. FAX Models Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. Printer Models Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.

Remove the Tray 4 Assembly. (REP 13.1.2)

2.

Remove the Tray 4 Cover together with the frame.(Figure 1) 1.


2.

Remove the Tray 4 Cover together with the frame.

Figure 1 Removing the Tray 4 Cover (j0st41303) 3.

Remove the Tray Cable. (Figure 2) NOTE: Only the replacement procedure for the Front Tray Cable is described here. The Rear Tray Cable is removed in the same way.


1.

Remove the E-Clip.

2.

Remove the Cable Guide.

3.

Remove the Tray Cable.

4.

Remove the E-Clip.

5.

Remove the Cable Guide.

6.

Remove the Tray Cable.

February, 2008 4-91


REP 13.3.1

Figure 2 Removing the Tray Cable (j0st41304) 4.

Figure 3 Removing the Left Shaft Assembly to remove the Tray Cable (j0st41305)

Remove the Left Shaft Assembly to remove the Tray Cable. (Figure 3)

Replacement

1.

Remove the E-Clip.

1.

2.

Slide the bearings (x2).

3.

Remove the Lift Shaft Assembly.


REP 13.3.1


February, 2008 4-92


REP 13.4.1 Tray 4 Feeder (TTM) Parts List on PL 13.4 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. FAX Models Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. Printer Models Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.


2.


3.

Remove the Tray 4 Transport Assembly. (Figure 1) 1.

Remove the Tray 4 Transport Assembly.

Figure 1 Removing the Tray 4 Transport Assembly (j0st41312) 4.


Remove the Stud Bracket. (Figure 2) 1.

Remove the screw.

2.

Remove the Stud Bracket.

February, 2008 4-93


REP 13.4.1

Figure 2 Removing the Stud Bracket (j0st41306) 5.

Remove the Tray 4 Feeder Assembly. (Figure 3) 1.

Disconnect the connectors (x2).

2.


3.

Remove the Tray 4 Feeder Assembly.

Figure 3 Removing the Tray 4 Feeder Assembly (j0st41307) 6.


REP 13.4.1

Remove the Tray 4 Feeder. (Figure 4) 1.


2.

Remove the Upper Chute.

February, 2008 4-94


3.


4.


Figure 5 Removing the Tray 4 Feeder (j0st41309) Figure 4 Removing the Lower Chute (j0st41308) 7.

Remove the Tray 4 Feeder. (Figure 5) 1.


2.

Remove the bracket.

3.

Remove the screw.

4.

Remove the bracket.

5.

Remove the screw.

6.

Remove the bracket.


Replacement 1.


2.

When replacing, enter Diag. mode. Clear the counter. HFSI Chain Link 954-803

February, 2008 4-95


REP 13.4.1

REP 13.5.1 Tray 3 Feeder (TTM) Parts List on PL 13.5 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. FAX Models Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. Printer Models Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.

Remove Tray 3.

2.

Open the Left Cover.

3.

Remove the Upper/Lower Chute. (Figure 1) 1.

Remove the Upper Chute.

2.


Figure 1 Removing the Upper/Lower Chute (j0st41313) 4.

Remove the screw. (Figure 2) 1.


REP 13.5.1

February, 2008 4-96

Remove the screw.


Figure 2 Removing the screw (j0st41315) 5.

Remove the Tray 3 Feeder Assembly. (Figure 3)

Figure 3 Removing the Tray 3 Assembly (j0st41310) 6.


1. Remove the screws.

1.


2.

Release the Wire Harness from the clamp.

2.

Remove the bracket.

3.


4.


5.



February, 2008 4-97


REP 13.5.1

REP 13.6.1 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (TTM) Parts List on PL 13.6 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. FAX Models Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. Printer Models Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display. NOTE: The Feed, Retard and Nudger Roll must be replaced at the same time. 1.

2.

Remove the Tray 3/4 Feeder. •

Tray 3 Feeder (REP 13.1.1)

•

Tray 4 Feeder (REP 13.1.2)

Move the Front Chute in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 1) 1.Remove the Front Chute.


Replacement 1.


2.

When replacing, enter Diag. mode. Clear the counter. Chain Link: 954-802


REP 13.5.1, REP 13.6.1

February, 2008 4-98


Figure 1 Moving the Front Chute (j0st41209) 3.

Figure 2 Removing the Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (j0st41210)

Remove the Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll. (Figure 2)

Replacement

1.

1.


2.

When replacing, enter Diag. mode. Clear the counter.

Release the hooks (x3) to remove the Feed Roll/Retard/Nudger Roll.

Tray 3 “Chain Link:954-802 Tray Feed Counter Tray3-1]”


February, 2008 4-99


REP 13.6.1

REP 13.8.1 TTM PWB Parts List on PL 13.8 Replacement WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. FAX Models Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. Printer Models Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1.

When replacing the TTM PWB, set the TTM PWB Dip Switch to the position as shown. (Figure 1)

Figure 1 Setting the Dip Switch (j0st41314)


REP 13.8.1



REP 15.1.1 DADF

1.



Loosen the screws (x2) and disconnect the connector.

WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION The DADF is a heavy component. Take care when lifting the DADF.

Figure 1 Disconnecting the connector 2.


Remove the DADF. (Figure 2) 1.

Remove the Knob Screws (x2).

2.

Remove the DADF.



REP 15.1.1

Replacement 1.

When installing the DADF, push the DADF to the front, then secure. (Figure 3)

Figure 2 Removing the DADF

Figure 3 Installing the DADF


REP 15.1.1



REP 15.1.2 DADF Platen Cushion

1.

Remove the DADF Platen Cushion. (Figure 1) 1.


Peel the DADF Platen Cushion from the Velcro Fastening at 10 locations.

WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. NOTE: The DADF Platen Cushion is attached with Velcro Fastening.

Figure 1 Removing the DADF Platen Cushion 2.

Attach the DADF Platen Cushion. (Figure 2) 1.


Place the DADF Platen Cushion on the Platen Glass.

2.

Set up the gaps from the Registration Guide and Platen Guide.

3.

Slowly lower the DADF and press on to the Platen Cushion.



REP 15.1.2

REP 15.2.1 DADF Document Tray Parts List on PL 15.2 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1.


DADF Front Cover (REP 15.2.3)

•

DADF Rear Cover (REP 15.2.4)

2.

Open the Top Cover.

3.

Disconnect the connectors. (Figure 1) 1.

Remove the clamp.

2.

Disconnect connector.

3.

Disconnect connector.

4.

Remove the screw (1).

5.

Disconnect the Ground Wire.

6.

Unhook the Wire Harness (x2).

Figure 2 Installing the DADF Platen Cushion

Replacement 1.



REP 15.1.2, REP 15.2.1



Figure 1 Disconnecting the connectors 4.

Remove the DADF Document Tray. (Figure 2) 1.

Remove the Tapping Screws (1).

2.

Remove the Tray Holder.

3.

Remove the DADF Document Tray.

4.

Pull out the Wire Harness.

Figure 2 Removing the DADF Document Tray

Replacement 1.





REP 15.2.1

REP 15.2.2 DADF Feeder Assembly Parts List on PL 15.2 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1.


2.

Remove the following covers.

3.

•


•


Open the Top Cover Assembly.

4.

Remove the DADF Document Tray. (REP 15.2.1)

5.

Disconnect the DADF PWB connectors. (Figure 1) 1.

Disconnect the connectors (6).

Figure 1 Disconnecting the DADF PWB connectors 6.

Remove the lever and Wire Harness. (Figure 2) 1.


REP 15.2.2

Loosen the Set Screw and remove the disk.

2.

Release the hook and remove the lever.

3.

Remove the screw.

4.

Remove the washer.

5.

Move the DADF Interlock Switch.

6.


7.


8.

Remove the Wire Harness from the clamps (x3).



Figure 2 Removing the Lever and Wire Harness 7.

Remove the DADF Feeder Assembly. (Figure 3)

Figure 3 Removing the DADF Feeder Assembly

1.


Replacement

2.


1.


3.

Release the wire harness from clamp.

2.

When replacing, enter Diagnostic mode. Clear the [HFSI] counter.

4.

Remove the DADF Feeder Assembly.

5.

Remove the plunger.

6.

When installing: Align the boss with the boss hole.




REP 15.2.2

REP 15.2.3 DADF Front Cover

REP 15.2.4 DADF Rear Cover



WARNING



1.


1.

Open the Top Cover.

2.

Remove the DADF Front Cover. (Figure 1)

2.

Open the DADF Document Tray.

1.

Remove the Tapping Screw (1).

3.

Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (Figure 1)

2.

Remove the tabs (x2) from the Tab Slots and remove the DADF Front Cover.

1.


2.


3.

Release the hooks (x2).

4.

Remove the harness from the notch of the DADF Rear Cover.

5.

Remove the tabs (x4) from the Tab Slot and remove the DADF Rear Cover.

Figure 1 Removing the DADF Front Cover

Replacement 1.



REP 15.2.3, REP 15.2.4



Replacement 1.

Pull the harness to the notch of the DADF Rear Cover when installing the DADF Rear Cover. (Figure 2) 1.

Pull the harness to the notch of DADF Rear Cover.

Figure 1 Removing the DADF Rear Cover

Figure 2 Installing the DADF Rear Cover




REP 15.2.4

REP 15.3.1 DADF PWB Parts List on PL 15.3 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1.

Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (REP 15.2.4)

2.

Disconnect the DADF PWB connectors. (Figure 1) 1.


Figure 2 Removing the DADF PWB

Replacement 1.


2.

Check the S/W version and upgrade if necessary.

Figure 1 Disconnecting the DADF PWB connectors 3.

Remove the DADF PWB. (Figure 2) 1.


2.


3.

Remove the Earth Wires (x2).

4.

Remove the DADF PWB.


REP 15.3.1



REP 15.3.2 Left Counter Balance Parts List on PL 15.3 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. NOTE: Left/Right Counter Balance is identified by Compression Spring pressure. Left Counter Balance: Compression Spring pressure strong Right Counter Balance: Compression Spring pressure weak 1.


2.

Remove the following covers. •


•


3.


4.


5.

Remove the DADF Feeder Assembly. (REP 15.2.2)

6.

Remove the Left Counter Balance. (Figure 1) 1.


2.

Remove the Left Counter Balance.

Figure 1 Removing the Left Counter Balance

Replacement 1.





REP 15.3.2

REP 15.3.3 Right Counter Balance Parts List on PL 15.3 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. NOTE: Left/Right Counter Balance is identified by Compression Spring pressure. Left Counter Balance: Compression Spring pressure strong Right Counter Balance: Compression Spring pressure weak 1.


2.

Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (PL 15.2).

3.

Remove the screw that secure the Right Counter Balance. (Figure 1) 1.

Check the calibration.

2.


3.

Disconnect the Ground Wire.

4.


Figure 1 Unfastening the Right Counter Balance 4.

Remove the Right Counter Balance. (Figure 2) 1.

To remove, slide the Right Counter Balance in the direction of the arrow.

2.

Precautions during installation: A.Slot B.Boss C.Cutout


REP 15.3.3



REP 15.4.1 Retard Roll Parts List on PL 15.4 Removal NOTE: The Nudger Roll, Feed Roll (REP 15.6.1) and Retard Roll must be replaced at the same time. 1.

Open the Top Cover Assembly. (Figure 1)

Figure 2 Removing the Right Counter Balance Figure 1 Open the Top Cover

Replacement 1.

2.

With a 6 inch screwdriver, lift up on the outboard end of the Retard Roll Shaft. (Figure 2)

Check the DADF (ADJ 15.1.6).




REP 15.3.3, REP 15.4.1

Raise the Retard Roll and remove

Figure 2 Lift up the Retard Roll Shaft 3.

Remove the Retard Roll. (Figure 3)

Figure 3 Removing the Retard Roll

Replacement 1.

Install the Shaft into the Torque Limiter and then into the Retard Roll. (Figure 4) 1.


REP 15.4.1

The shaft.

2.

The Retard Roll.

3.

The Torque Limiter.



REP 15.4.2 Top Cover Assembly Parts List on PL 15.5 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1.


2.

Remove the following covers:

3.

•


•


Remove the Feed Upper Chute. (Figure 1) 1.


2.

Remove the Feed Upper Chute.

3.

Take note of the following at installation: A. Insert the Bosses into the U-grooves. B. Insert the Tabs into the Tab Slots.

Figure 4 Installing the Retard Roll 2.

Install the Retard Roll into the DADF.




REP 15.4.1, REP 15.4.2

Figure 2 Removing the Harness Guide 5.

Remove the Plate Spring. (Figure 3) 1.


2.

Remove the Plate Spring.

Figure 1 Removing the Feed Upper Chute 4.

Remove the Harness Guide. (Figure 2) 1.

Loosen the screw.

2.

Remove the Earth Wire.

3.


4.

Unfasten the Harness Guide.


REP 15.4.2



Figure 3 Removing the Plate Spring 6.

Remove the Top Cover with the Wire Harness connected. (Figure 4)

Figure 4 Removing the Top Cover Assembly 7.

Unfasten the Wire Harness. (Figure 5)

1.


1.


2.

Remove the Stud Bracket.

2.

Remove the Topping Screw (1).

3.

Remove the stud.

3.

Remove the Earth Wire.

4.

Remove the Top Cover Assembly.

4.


5.

Unfasten the Harness Guide.




REP 15.4.2

Figure 5 Unfastening the Wire Harness 8.

Figure 6 Removing the Wire Harness

Remove the Wire Harness from the Top Cover. (Figure 6) 1.


2.

Remove the Wire Harness from the Harness Guide.

3.

Remove the Wire Harnesses (3) from the square hole and remove the Top Cover.


REP 15.4.2



Replacement 1.

Remove the Wire Harness from the new Top Cover Assembly when installing the cover.

2.

Remove the Feed Upper Chute and Plate Spring from the new Top Cover Assembly. (Figure 7) 1.


2.


3.


4.

Remove the Plate Spring.

Figure 8 Removing the Wire Harness 4.

Hook on the spring when securing the Harness Guide. (Figure 9)

Figure 7 Removing the Feed Upper Chute and Plate Spring 3.

Remove the Wire Harness from the new Top Cover. (Figure 8) 1.


2.

Removing the Tapping Screw (3).

3.

Removing the Wire Harness (x3) from the square hole.




REP 15.4.2

REP 15.6.1 Nudger Roll, Feed Roll Parts List on PL 15.6 Removal NOTE: The Feed, Retard and Nudger Rolls must be replaced at the same time. 1.


2.

Remove the Feed Upper Chute. (Figure 1) 1.


2.


3.

Precautions during Installation: A.

Insert the Boss into the U-groove.

B.

Insert the Tab into the Tab Slot.

Figure 9 Hooking on the spring


REP 15.4.2, REP 15.6.1



Figure 2 Rotate the gear to extend the Retard Roll 4.

Lift the retaining clip from the Nudger Roll. (Figure 3)

Figure 1 Removing the Feed Upper Chute 3.

To remove the Nudger Roll rotate the inboard gear of the Torque Limiter until the Nudger Roll is fully extended. (Figure 2)




REP 15.6.1

Nudger Roll Shaft

Retraining Clip

Figure 3 Removing the retaining clip from the Nudger Roll 5.

Remove the Nudger Roll Shaft and remove the Nudger Roll. (Figure 4)


REP 15.6.1

Figure 4 Removing the Nudger Roll shaft and the Nudger Roll 6.

Retract the Nudger Roll by rotating the Torque Limiter inboard gear.

7.

To remove the Feed Roll, remove the locking tab. (Figure 5)



Feed Roll Locking Tab

Feed Roll Shaft

Figure 5 Removing the Feed Roll Locking Tab 8.

Remove the Feed Roll Shaft and remove the Feed Roll. (Figure 6)


Figure 6 Removing the Feed Roll shaft and the Feed Roll

Replacement 1.

Extend the Nudger Roll by rotating the Torque Limiter inboard gear.

2.

Install the Nudger Roll and Nudger Roll shaft. The shaft is spring loaded so push in the shaft and hold it and install the locking clip. (Figure 7)



REP 15.6.1

Figure 7 Installing the Nudger Roll, Nudger Roll shaft and locking clip

Figure 8 Installing the Feed Roll and Feed Roll shaft.

3.

Retract the Nudger Roll by rotating the Torque Limiter inboard gear.

4.

Install the Feed Roll and Feed Roll shaft. The shaft is spring loaded so push in the shaft and hold it and install the locking clip. (Figure 8)


REP 15.6.1

5.

Observe following while installing Upper Feed Chute. (Figure 9) •

Insert the Boss into the U-groove (A).

•

Insert the Tab into the Tab Slot (B).

•

Install the screw (1)



REP 15.8.1 Registration Roll Parts List on PL 15.8 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1.


2.

Remove the following covers. •


•


3.

Open the Top Cover.

4.


5.

Remove the DADF Feeder Assembly. (REP 15.2.2)

6.

Loosen the belt tension on the DADF Registration Motor. (Figure 1) 1.

Remove the spring.

2.

Loosen the screws (2).

Figure 9 Installing the Feed Upper Chute




REP 15.6.1, REP 15.8.1

Figure 1 Loosening the belt tension 7.

Move the motor unit. (Figure 2) 1.


2.


3.

Remove the guide.

4.

Remove the Stud Screw.

5.

Move the motor unit.

6.

Remove the belt. Figure 2 Moving the motor unit


REP 15.8.1

8.

Open the chute.

9.

Remove the Feed Guide. (Figure 3) 1.


2.

Remove the Feed Guide.



Figure 3 Removing the Feed Guide 10. Remove the sensor holder. (Figure 4)

Figure 4 Removing the sensor holder 11. Loosen the belt tension. (Figure 5)

1.


1.

Remove the spring.

2.

Remove the sensor holder.

2.

Loosen the screw.


3.

Loosen the belt tension.

4.

Remove the E-Clip.

5.

Remove the gear.



REP 15.8.1

Figure 5 Loosening the belt tension

Figure 6 Removing the Registration Roll

12. Remove the Registration Roll. (Figure 6) 1.

Remove the E-Clip.

2.

Remove the bearings (2).

3.

Remove the Registration Roll.


REP 15.8.1



Replacement 1.

When installing the motor unit, pull the Wire Harness as shown in Fig. 7. (Figure 7)

Figure 7 Pulling the Wire Harness




REP 15.8.1


REP 15.8.1



REP 16.1.1 H-Transport Assembly

REP 16.1.2 Hole Punch Assembly



WARNING



1.

Undock the Finisher Assembly (REP 16.2.1)

1.

2.

Move the H-Transport Assembly. (Figure 1)

2.

Open the H-Transport Front Cover.

a.

Disconnect the cable ties and the connector.

3.

Remove the Hole Punch Assembly. (Figure 1)

b.


a.

Disconnect the cable clamp.

c.

Remove the Docking Plate.

b.

Remove the Connector cover and disconnect the Connector

d.

Remove the H-Transport Assembly.

c.

Remove the Thumb screw (1).

d.

Lift the Hole Punch Assembly and pull outboard to remove.

Open the H-Transport Top Cover and hold it open.

3

1

Remove the Thumb Screw

Disconnect connector and Cable

Front Cover

4 4 Remove the H-Transport

3 Remove Docking Plate

Remove the Hole Punch Assembly


Figure 1 Removing the Docking Bracket (j0st41662.jpg)

Replacement 1.


2

1

Remove the Connector Cover and disconnect the connector

Disconnect the cable clamp

Figure 1 Removing the Hole Punch Assembly (j0st41663.jpg)

Replacement


1.

Insert the Hole Punch Assembly rear locating pin into the H-Transport frame.

2.

Install the Hole Punch Assembly in reverse order of removal.



REP 16.1.1, REP 16.1.2

REP 16.1.3 H-Transport Belt

REP 16.1.4 H-Transport Motor



WARNING



1.

Remove the H-Transport Assembly (REP 16.1.1)

1.

2.

Remove the screws (2) on the H-transport Rear Cover and remove the Cover.

2.

Remove the H-Transport Rear Cover.

3.

Loosen the screws (2) on the Tension Bracket. (Figure 1)

3.

Place the H-Transport top down on a work surface.

4.

Remove the Belt.

4.

Remove the H-Transport motor. (Figure 1)

Remove the H-Transport Assembly. (REP 16.1.1)

a.

Loosen the H-Transport Belt Idler Bracket. (REP 16.1.3)

b.

Disconnect the Connector.

c.


d.

Remove the H-Transport Motor.

3 Remove the screws (2) and remove the motor

2

1

Remove the Belt

Loosen the screws (2)

Figure 1 Removing the H-Transport Belt (j0st41664.jpg)

Replacement

2

1


Loosen the screws (2)

Install the H-Transport Belt in reverse order of removal. Figure 1 Removing the H-Transport Drive Motor (j0st41665.jpg)

Replacement Replace in reverse order of removal.


REP 16.1.3, REP 16.1.4



REP 16.2.1 SB-Finisher Undocking Parts List on PL 23.1 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1.

Switch off the power and disconnect the Printer power cord.

2.

Disconnect the Finisher Power Cord, the H-Transport Connector and the Finisher Connector from the IOT. CAUTION

The Finisher is unstable when not docked with the Printer. Use care when handling an undocked Finisher so that it does not fall over. 3.

Release the Docking Latch on the Finisher and move the Finisher away from the Printer. a.

The docking latch is difficult to see when the Finisher is docked to the IOT. The figure is shown with the finisher undocked to show the location of the latch and how to actuate it.

b.

Locate the docking latch from the rear of the Finisher and Printer. (Figure 1) The docking latch release from the rear of the Finisher and Printer

Figure 1 Locating the docking latch release (j0st41730.jpg) c.



With a large common screwdriver release the docking latch by moving the latch toward the front of the Finisher and move the Finisher away from the Printer. (Figure 2)


REP 16.2.1

REP 16.2.2 Front Cover Assembly 2


Docking latch will move also


Undock the Finisher. (REP 16.2.1) CAUTION

Do not drop the Booklet Maker Thumb screw into the Finisher. 2.

Remove the Booklet Maker and set aside. (REP 16.3.2)

3.

Open the Finisher upper Front Door.

4.


5.

Remove the Front Cover Assembly.

Replacement 1.


1 Using a large common screwdriver, move the docking latch release toward the front of the Finisher

Figure 2 Releasing the docking latch (j0st41731.jpg)

Replacement 1.

Align the Printer Docking Bracket with the cut outs in the Finisher Docking Bracket.

2.

Mate the Printer and the Finisher until it latches.

3.

Check that the Finisher is firmly latched to the Printer.

4.

Perform the remainder of the replacement procedure in reverse order of removal.


REP 16.2.1, REP 16.2.2



REP 16.2.3 Rear Upper Cover

REP 16.2.4 Rear Lower Cover



WARNING



1.

Undock the Finisher. (REP 16.2.1)

1.


2.

Remove the Booklet Maker. (REP 16.3.2)

2.

Remove the Rear Lower Cover.

3.


a.


a.


b.

Remove the Cover.

b.


Replacement 1.

Replacement 1.






REP 16.2.3, REP 16.2.4

REP 16.2.5 Eject Cover

Replacement


1.

Align the Eject Cover with the Pins (2) on both sides, and slide it to the right. (Figure 2) NOTE: The left side of the Cover is now captured by the Pins and cannot be lifted up.


Remove the Eject Cover. (Figure 1) a.

Unlatch the Eject Cover, and move it to the left.

b.

Remove the Retaining Screw (1).

c.

Push the Latch through the hole in the Cover.

d.

Remove the Cover by moving it to the left.

Eject Cover

Retaining Screw Pin (2)

Figure 2 Aligning the Eject Cover (j0st41681)

Eject Cover

Latch

Figure 1 Removing the Eject Cover (j0st41682)


REP 16.2.5



2.

Position the Eject Cover so that the Latch is inserted in the hole. (Figure 3)

3.

Place the Latch Spring in the position shown. (Figure 4)

NOTE: The Latch must be outside the hole. Latch Spring

Eject Cover Latch Figure 4 Positioning the Latch Spring (j0st41692) Figure 3 Inserting the Latch through the hole in the Cover (j0st41688)




REP 16.2.5

4.

Make sure the Latch Hook and Latch Pin are positioned as shown. (Figure 5)

Latch Hook

5.

Install the Retaining Screw (1). (Figure 6)

Latch Pin

Retaining Screw

Figure 5 Positioning the Latch Hook and Latch Pin (j0st41689)

Figure 6 Installing the Retaining Screw (j0st41683)


REP 16.2.5



REP 16.2.6 Foot Cover

REP 16.2.7 Stacker Lower Cover



WARNING



1.

Remove the Screw (1). (Figure 1)

1.

Remove the Foot Cover. (REP 16.2.6)

2.

Remove the Foot Cover.

2.

Remove the Screws (2). (Figure 1)

3.

Remove the Stacker Lower Cover.

Stacker Lower Cover Foot Cover Screw (2)

Screw

Figure 1 Removing the Foot Cover (j0st41699) Figure 1 Removing the Stacker Lower Cover (j0st41699)

Replacement 1.

Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

Replacement 1.





REP 16.2.6, REP 16.2.7

REP 16.2.8 Stacker Upper Cover

REP 16.2.9 Stack Height Sensors 1 and 2



WARNING



1.

Remove the Stacker Tray. (REP 16.2.16)

1.

Remove the Rear Upper Cover. (REP 16.2.3)

2.

Remove the Stacker Lower Cover. (REP 16.2.7)

2.

Remove the Stack Height Sensor 1 or 2. (Figure 1)

3.


a.


4.

Remove the Stacker Upper Cover.

b.

Remove the Sensor.

1 Disconnect the connector

2 Remove the Sensor

Stacker Upper Cover

Screw (6)

Stack Height Sensor 1


Figure 1 Removing the Stacker Upper Cover (j0st41700) Figure 1 Removing the Stack Height Sensor 1 or 2

Replacement 1.



REP 16.2.8, REP 16.2.9



REP 16.2.10 Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly

REP 16.2.11 Finisher Stapler Move Motor



WARNING



1.

Remove the Eject Cover. (REP 16.2.5)

1.

Remove the Finisher Stapler Assembly. (REP 16.2.12)

2.

Remove the Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly.

2.


a.


b.

Remove the wires from the wire clamps

c.

Remove the screw (1) from the Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly.

d.

Remove the Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly.

1 Disconnect the Connector

2 Remove wires from wire clamp

Screws

3 Remove the screw (1)

Figure 1 Removing the Screws (2) (j0st41697) Figure 1 Removing the Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly (j0st41736)




REP 16.2.10, REP 16.2.11

3.

Remove the Wire Guide. (Figure 2)

4.

Remove the Stapler Move Motor. (Figure 3)

a.

Pull out the Cable Clamps (3), and remove the wires from the Wire Guide.

a.

Remove the wires from the Cable Clamp.

b.

Remove the Screws (2).

b.


c.

Remove the Wire Guide.

c.


d.

Remove the Stapler Move Motor.

Screws Connector

Cable Clamps

Wire Guide

Cable Clamp

Stapler Move Motor

Figure 2 Removing the Wire Guide (j0st41698)

Screws

Figure 3 Removing the Stapler Move Motor (j0st41696)

Replacement 1.


REP 16.2.11




REP 16.2.12 Finisher Stapler Assembly

4.


Remove the Finisher Stapler Assembly. (Figure 2) a.

Disconnect the Connectors (2).

b.


c.

Remove the Finisher Stapler Assembly.


Remove the Folder Knife Assembly. (REP 16.2.14)

2.

Remove the Front Cover Assembly. (REP 16.2.2)

3.

Remove the Stapler Cover. (Figure 1) a.

Remove the Screw.

b.

Remove the Stapler Cover.

Stapler Cover

Finisher Stapler Assembly

Screw

Connectors (2)

Screws (3)

Figure 2 Removing the Finisher Stapler Assembly (jost41737.jpg)

Replacement Reverse the removal procedure for replacement. Figure 1 Removing the Stapler Cover (jost41722.jpg)




REP 16.2.12

REP 16.2.13 Compiler Tray Assembly

c.

Slide the Eject Roller shaft toward the front.


d.

Remove the Gear, and brass bushing.

e.

Remove the Eject Roll from the Finisher.

WARNING

3

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1.

Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord.

2.

Undock the SB Finisher. (REP 16.2.1)

3.

Remove the Front Cover. (REP 16.2.2)

4.


5.

Remove the Foot Cover. (REP 16.2.6)

6.

Remove the Stacker Lower Cover. (REP 16.2.7)

7.

Remove the Stacker Tray. (REP 16.2.16)

8.

Remove the Stacker Upper Cover. (REP 16.2.8)

9.

Remove the Eject Cover. (REP 16.2.5)

Remove the Gear and brass bearing

10. Preparing to remove the Eject Roller Shaft. (Figure 1)

1

2 Slide the shaft toward front

Remove the E-ring

4 Remove the shaft

Figure 2 Removing the Eject Roll Shaft (j0st41720.jpg) 12. Remove the Compiler Tray screw. (Figure 3)

Figure 1 Removing the E-ring and brass bearing from the front Eject Roller shaft. (j0st41719.jpg) 11. Remove the Eject Roll Shaft. (Figure 2) a.

Remove the E-ring and brass bearing from the front of the shaft.

b.

Remove the E-ring,


REP 16.2.13



NOTE: Notice the position of the Set Clamp Holders

Figure 3 Removing the Compiler Tray screw (j0st41721.jpg)

Disconnect spring from the Holders (3)

NOTE: Notice the position and orientation of the Set Clamp Holders. 13. Disconnect the springs from the Set Clamp Holders (3). (Figure 4)

Figure 4 Disconnecting the Set Clamp Holder springs (3) (j0st41727.jpg) 14. Remove the front E-ring and the bushing from the Set Clamp Shaft Assembly. (Figure 5)




REP 16.2.13

Remove the Ering and the bushing

NOTE: Notice the orientation of the gears on the shaft

Figure 5 Removing the front E-ring from the Set Clamp Shaft (j0st41722)t NOTE: Notice the position and orientation of the Set Clamp Shaft gear and the cam gear that it engages. When installing the Set Clamp Shaft these gears must engage in the same manner. (Figure 6)

Figure 6 Notice the Set Clamp Shaft gear orientation (j0st41723)

15. Remove the rear E-ring from the Set Clamp Shaft. (Figure 7)


REP 16.2.13



3

2

Disconnect the Spring Slide the Gear away from the frame from the Gear

1

2

Remove the E-ring

Slide the Gear, Spring and Bushing toward the end of the Shaft

Figure 7 Preparing to remove the Set Clamp Shaft (j0st41723) 16. Slide the Gear, Spring and the Bushing away from the frame. (Figure 8)


1 Unlock and remove the Flag

Figure 8 Preparing to remove the Set Clamp Shaft (j0st41724) 17. Slide the Set Clamp Shaft to the front to clear the rear frame then slide the Shaft to the rear and remove it from the Finisher. (Figure 9)



REP 16.2.13

1 Slide the Shaft toward the front

2

Remove the Compiler Tray Assembly

Slide the Shaft toward the rear and remove

Figure 10 Remove the Compiler Tray Assembly (j0st41723)

Figure 9 Removing the Set Clamp Shaft (j0st41725) 18. Remove the Compiler Tray Assembly. (Figure 10)

19. Usually this level of Compiler Tray Assembly removal is for the purpose of removing the Front or Rear Tamper Motors, or the Front or Rear Tamper Home Sensors or the Compiler Tray No Paper Sensor. However if the Compiler Tray Assembly must be completely removed from the Finisher, it will be necessary to disconnect all of the wire harness connectors to the Tamper Motors, Tamper Home Sensors and No Paper Sensor and disconnect the wires from all wire harness guides.

Replacement


REP 16.2.13

1.

Route the wire harness through the wire guides and connect the proper connectors to the No Paper Sensor, the Tamper Home Sensors and the Tamper Motors.

2.

Place the Compiler Tray Assembly into position.

3.

Install the Set Clamp Shaft front end into the front frame. (Figure 11)

4.

Slide the Shaft toward the front until the rear end of the Shaft can be inserted into the rear frame. (Figure 11)



1 Insert the front end of the shaft into the front frame

2 Insert the rear end of the Shaft into the rear frame

Holders and Springs in correct location on the Shaft

Figure 11 Installing the Set Clamp Shaft into position (j0st41725) 5.

Slide the 3 Set Clamp Holders with Springs into the correct location on the Shaft. (Figure 12)

Figure 12 Preparing to install the Holder Springs (3) (j0st41729) 6.


Install the Bushing, Spring and Gear onto the rear end of the Set Clamp Shaft. (Figure 13)



REP 16.2.13

1

2

3

4

2

1

Bearing

Spring

Gear

Install the Stack Height Sensor Flag onto the rear end of the Shaft as shown

Position the 2 Gears into the position shown here

Rotate shaft until Stack Height Flag is in position

Figure 13 Installing the Bushing, Spring and Gear onto the rear of the Shaft (j0st41724) 7.

Rotate the Set Clamp Shaft until the Stack Height Sensor Flag is in the position shown in Figure 14. Then position the 2 gears into the configuration as shown in Figure 14.


REP 16.2.13

Figure 14 Aligning the Gears and Stack Height Sensor Flag (j0st41723) 8.

Attach the Spring to the gear and slide the Gear into position.

9.

Ensure that the 2 Gears and Stack Height Sensor Flag is in the position shown Figure 15 and install the E-ring.



Install the Bushing and the Ering

Figure 16 Installing the Bushing and E-ring (j0st41722) Shaft Gear position on Pinion Gear

Install the Ering

Pinion Gear position

11. Ensure that the Set Clamp Holder Springs are connected. (Figure 17) Flag

Figure 15 Orientation of 2 Gears and Stack Height Sensor Flag (j0st41728) 10. Install the Bushing onto the front end of the Set Clamp Shaft and install the E-ring. (Figure 16)




REP 16.2.13

Spring attaches in 2 spots

Eject Roll Shaft in position

Figure 17 Attaching the Set Clamp Holder Springs (3) (j0st41727) 12. Install the Eject Roll Shaft. a.

Figure 18 Preparing to install the Eject Roll Shaft (j0st41732) b.

Place the Eject Roll Shaft into position in the front and rear frame. (Figure 18)


REP 16.2.13


Install the brass bearing, the Gear and the E-ring onto the rear of the Eject Roll Shaft. (Figure 19)


1 Install the brass Bearing

2 Install the Gear

3 Install the E-ring Figure 20 Installing the brass bearing and E-ring on the front of the Shaft (j0st41719) Figure 19 Installing the Eject Roll Shaft rear parts (j0st41720) 13. Install the Compiler Tray screw (1). c.

Install the brass bearing and E-ring onto the front of the Eject Roll Shaft. (Figure 20)

14. Install the Eject Cover. (REP 16.2.5) 15. Install the Stacker Upper Cover. (REP 16.2.8) 16. Install the Stacker Tray. (REP 16.2.16) 17. Install the Stacker Lower Cover. (REP 16.2.7) 18. Install the Foot Cover. (REP 16.2.6) 19. Install the Rear Upper Cover. (REP 16.2.3) 20. Install the Front Cover. (REP 16.2.2) 21. Dock the SB Finisher to the Printer IOT. (REP 16.2.1)




REP 16.2.13

REP 16.2.14 Folder Knife Assembly

Replacement


NOTE: Make sure the Locating Pins (2) are properly engaged. (Figure 2) 1.



Remove the Folder Knife Assembly. (Figure 1) a.

Open the Finisher Front Door.

b.

Remove the Guard. NOTE: Pull out the Cable Tie to obtain additional slack in the wires.

c.

Disconnect the Cable.

d.

Remove the Thumbscrew.

e.

Pull the Folder Knife Assembly straight out.

Guard

Thumbscrew Locating Pins

Figure 2 Folder Knife Assembly (j0st41685)

Cable Tie

Cable

Folder Knife Assembly

Figure 1 Removing the Folder Knife Assembly (j0st41686)


REP 16.2.14



REP 16.2.15 Stacker Elevator Motor

REP 16.2.16 Stacker Tray



WARNING



1.


1.

2.

Remove the Finisher Rear Upper Cover. (REP 16.2.3)

a.

Booklet Maker Assembly (if installed). (REP 22.4.2)

3.

Disconnect P/J8988 on the Finisher Control PWB.

b.

Front Cover Assembly. (REP 16.2.2)

4.

Release the wires from the cable clamps.

c.

Rear Upper Cover. (REP 16.2.3)

5.

Remove the wires from the wire guide, remove the screws (2) and move the wire guide to one side.

6.

Remove the screws (2) from the motor mount using a 5.5 mm combination wrench.

7.

Remove the Stacker Elevator Motor.

2.

Remove the following:

Remove the Stacker Tray. (Figure 1) a.


b.

Remove the Stacker Tray.

Replacement Install in reverse order of removal procedure.

Stacker Tray

Screws Figure 1 Removing the Stacker Tray (j0st41693)

Replacement Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.




REP 16.2.15, REP 16.2.16

REP 16.2.18 Eject Belt

REP 16.2.19 Eject Motor Assembly



WARNING



1.


1.


2.


2.


3.

Remove the Rear upper Cover. (REP 16.2.3)

3.


4.

Remove the Eject Motor Assembly. (REP 16.2.19)

4.

Preparing to remove the Eject Motor Assembly.

5.

Remove the Eject Motor. (REP 16.2.23)

a.

Disconnect the Eject Motor connector

6.

Remove the Eject Belt.

b.

Remove the wire harness from the Harness Guide

Replacement

c.

Disconnect the wire harness clamps (2)

1.

d.

Remove the screws (2) from the Harness Guide and move the Harness Guide aside.

e.

Disconnect the Spring

f.

Remove the Eject Motor Assembly screws (4)


5.

Remove the Eject Motor Assembly.

Replacement 1.


REP 16.2.18, REP 16.2.19




REP 16.2.21 Finisher PWB

REP 16.2.22 Finisher LVPS



WARNING



1.


1.

Remove the Rear Lower Cover. (REP 16.2.4)

2.

Remove the Finisher PWB. (Figure 1)

2.

Remove the Finisher LVPS. (Figure 1)

a.


a.


b.


b.


c.

Remove the Finisher PWB.

c.

Remove the Finisher LVPS.

Finisher LVPS

Screw

Connector

Screw

Screws

Connectors Screw

Screws

Finisher PWB

Figure 1 Removing the Finisher PWB (j0st41684) Screw

Replacement 1.

Connector

Screw

Figure 1 Removing the Finisher LVPS (j0st41691)


Replacement Reverse the removal procedure for replacement. Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230



REP 16.2.21, REP 16.2.22

REP 16.2.23 Eject Motor

REP 16.2.24 Front/Rear Tamper Motor



WARNING



1.


1.

Remove the Compiler Tray. (REP 16.2.13)

2.


2.

Turn the Compiler Tray over on a work surface.

3.


3.

Remove the Tamper Motor. (Figure 1)

4.

Remove the Eject Motor Assembly. (REP 16.2.19)

a.

Release the wires from the wire guide.

5.

Remove the Eject Motor.

b.

Remove the screw (1) and remove the wire guide.

a.


c.

Disconnect the Tamper Motor connector.

b.

Remove the Eject motor

Replacement 1.


NOTE: The Rear Tamper Motor connector has already been disconnected. d.


e.

Remove the Tamper Motor.



2

1


Remove wires from guide

Figure 1 Removing the Tamper Motor (j0st41728)

Replacement Replace in reverse order of removal.


REP 16.2.23, REP 16.2.24



REP 16.2.25 Front/Rear Tamper Home Sensors

REP 16.2.26 Compiler No Paper Sensor



WARNING



1.

Remove the Compiler Tray Assembly. (REP 16.2.13)

1.

Remove the Compiler Tray Assembly. (REP 16.2.13)

2.

Turn the Compiler Tray over on a work surface. (Figure 1)

2.

Turn the Compiler tray over on a work surface.

3.


3.

Remove the screw (1) that secures the bracket. (PL 23.12) (Figure 1)

4.

Remove the Front or Rear Tamper Home Sensor. (PL 23.12)

Rear Tamper Home Sensor Remove the screw (1)


Figure 1 Removing the Bracket (j0st41733)

Figure 1 Removing the Front or Rear Tamper Home Sensor (j0st41733)


4.

Disconnect the connector. (Figure 2)

5.

Remove the screw (1) that secures the sensor.

6.

Remove the Compiler No Paper Sensor.



REP 16.2.25, REP 16.2.26

REP 16.2.27 Front/Rear Carriage Assembly Parts List on PL 23.7 Removal



2

NOTE: Ensure that the Stacker Tray is in the top position.


1.

3 Remove the Sensor


2.

Remove the Finisher Front Cover. (REP 16.2.2)

3.

Remove the Rear Upper and Rear Lower Covers. (REP 16.2.3, REP 16.2.4)

4.

Remove the Stacker Tray. (PL 23.7)

5.

Removing the Carriage Assembly. (Figure 1) a.

Disconnect and remove the Spring.

NOTE: The Carriage Bearings (2 each Assembly) are not fastened to the shafts. Use care to catch the Bearings when the Carriage Assembly is removed. b.

With a 6 inch common screwdriver, move the belt Clamp latch aside and remove the Stacker Belt and Carriage Assembly.

1

Figure 2 Removing the Compiler No Paper Sensor (j0st41735)

Remove the Spring

2 Release latch and remove Belt

3 Remove the Carriage Assembly

Figure 1 Removing the Carriage Assembly (j0st41717)


REP 16.2.26, REP 16.2.27



Replacement

REP 16.3.1 Booklet PWB

NOTE: Ensure that the Front and Rear Carriage Assemblies are installed at the same height.


1.

Install the Front or Rear Carriage Assemblies in the reverse order of removal.



1.

Remove the Booklet PWB Cover. (REP 16.3.6)

2.

Remove the Booklet PWB. (Figure 1) a.


b.


c.

Remove the Booklet PWB.



REP 16.2.27, REP 16.3.1

REP 16.3.2 Booklet Maker Assembly Screws


Unlatch the Eject Cover, and move it all the way to the left. (Figure 1)

2.

Remove the Thumbscrews (2). (Figure 1)

Thumbscrew (2) Connectors

Booklet PWB Screws Figure 1 Removing the Booklet PWB (j0st41680)

Replacement 1.

Reverse the removal procedure for replacement. Eject Cover Figure 1 Eject Cover and Thumbscrew (j0st41701)


REP 16.3.1, REP 16.3.2



3.

Disconnect the Booklet Maker Assembly from the SB Finisher.

b.

Disconnect the Connector. (Figure 3)

a.

c.

Pull out the Cable Ties (4).

Remove the Connector Cover. (Figure 2)

Connector

Cable Tie (4) Figure 3 Disconnecting the Booklet Maker Assembly (j0st41667) Connector Cover

SB Finisher

Figure 2 Connector Cover (j0st41666)




REP 16.3.2

4.

Lift the Booklet Maker Assembly off the Locating Pins (4), and remove. (Figure 4)

Booklet Maker Assembly

REP 16.3.3 Booklet Front Cover Parts List on PL 23.17 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1.

Remove the Booklet Maker Assembly from the Finisher. (REP 16.3.2)

2.

Remove the Booklet Front Cover. a.


Locating Pins Figure 4 Removing the Booklet Maker Assembly (j0st41673)

Replacement 1.


Screw

Figure 1 Removing the Booklet Front Cover (j0st41668)


REP 16.3.2, REP 16.3.3



b.


REP 16.3.4 Booklet Rear Cover

c.

Remove the Booklet Front Cover.

Parts List on PL 23.17 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine.

Booklet Front Cover

1.


2.

Remove the Booklet PWB Cover. (REP 16.3.6)

3.

Remove the Booklet Rear Cover. a.

Remove the Tapping Screws (2). (Figure 1)

b.

Remove the Booklet Side Cover.

Booklet Side Cover Screws Tapping Screws Figure 2 Removing the Booklet Front Cover (j0st41669)

Replacement 1.

Figure 1 Removing the Booklet Side Cover (j0st41676)





REP 16.3.3, REP 16.3.4

c.


d.

Remove the Booklet Rear Cover.

Booklet Rear Cover

Screw

Figure 2 Removing the Booklet Rear Cover (j0st41675)

Replacement 1.



REP 16.3.4



REP 16.3.5 Booklet Top Cover

REP 16.3.6 Booklet PWB Cover



WARNING



1.

Remove the Booklet Front Cover. (REP 16.3.3)

1.

2.

Remove the Booklet Rear Cover. (REP 16.3.4)

a.


3.

Remove the Booklet Top Cover. (Figure 1)

b.


a.


c.

Remove the Booklet PWB Cover.

b.

Remove the Booklet Top Cover.

Remove the Booklet PWB Cover. (Figure 1)

Booklet Top Cover Tapping Screw

Screws

Booklet PWB Cover Screws

Figure 1 Removing the Booklet Top Cover (j0st41679)

Tapping Screw

Replacement Reverse the removal procedure for replacement. Figure 1 Removing the Booklet PWB Cover (j0st41674)

Replacement Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.




REP 16.3.5, REP 16.3.6

REP 16.3.7 Booklet Left Cover

REP 16.3.8 Booklet Front/Rear Stapler


Parts List on PL 23.19, PL 23.20 Removal WARNING

WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repairs or adjustments with electrical power applied to the machine.


1.

Remove the Booklet Maker from the Finisher. (REP 16.3.2)

1.


2.

Remove the Booklet Maker Left Cover. (Figure 1)

2.

Remove the Stapler Guard. (Figure 1)

3.

Align the slots at the front and rear of the Booklet Maker Left Cover with the flats on the Mounting Pins.

4.

a.

Remove the Screw (1).

b.

Remove the Stapler Guide.

Move the Booklet Maker Left Cover by allowing the flats on the Mounting Pins to slide through the slots in the Cover. Screw

Screw

Stapler Guide

Stapler Lower Cover

Figure 1 Removing the Stapler Guard (j0st41677)

Figure 1 Removing the Stapler Lower Cover (j0st41695)

Replacement 1.



REP 16.3.7, REP 16.3.8



3.

Remove the Stapler Lower Cover. (Figure 2)

4.

Remove the Chute. (Figure 3)

a.


a.


b.

Remove the Stapler Lower Cover.

b.

Remove the Chute.

5. Screw

Stapler Lower Cover

Remove the Stapler Rear Cover. (Figure 3) a.


b.

Remove the Stapler Rear Cover.

Screws Chute

Screw

Stapler Rear Cover

Figure 2 Removing the Stapler Lower Cover (j0st41695)

Figure 3 Removing the Chute and Stapler Rear Cover (j0st41694)




REP 16.3.8

6.

Remove the Stapler. (Figure 4)

REP 16.3.9 Booklet Stapler Move Motor

a.

Release the wires from the Clip.

b.



c.


d.

Remove the Stapler.



2.

Remove the Cover for the Booklet Stapler Move Motor. (Figure 1) a.


b.

Remove the Cover.

Cover

Stapler

Screw

Clip Screws Connector

Figure 4 Removing the Stapler (j0st41678)

Replacement 1.


Figure 1 Removing the Cover (j0st41671)


REP 16.3.8, REP 16.3.9



3.

Remove the Booklet Stapler Move Motor. (Figure 2) a.

Open the Clip and release the wires.

b.


c.


d.

Remove the Booklet Stapler Move Motor. Connector

Clip

Screws

Booklet Stapler Move Motor

Figure 2 Removing the Booklet Stapler Move Motor (j0st41672)

Replacement 1.





REP 16.3.9


REP 16.3.9



REP 22.1 A-Finisher

2.

Disconnect the A-Finisher Wire Harness. (Figure 2) (1)Remove the Cable Clamp from the hole in the Frame.


(2)Disconnect the Connectors (2).

WARNING Connectors


Remove the Connector Cover. (Figure 1) Cable Clamp

Figure 2 Disconnecting the A-Finisher Wire Harness (af422110) Connector Cover

Figure 1 Removing the Connector Cover (af422109)




REP 22.1

3.

Loosen the Thumb Screws. (Figure 3)

4.

Remove the A-Finisher. (Figure 4)

(1) Loosen the Thumb Screws (2).

A-Finisher

Figure 4 Removing the A-Finisher (af422106)

Replacement 1.


Figure 3 Loosening the Thumb Screws (af422105)


REP 22.1



REP 22.3.1 Paddle Belt

4.

Remove the front Bearing. (Figure 2) (1)Remove Bearing.


Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1)

2.

Remove the Compile Assembly. (REP 22.9.1)

3.

Remove the front Pulley. (Figure 1) (1)Remove E-Clip. (2)Remove Flange. (3)Remove Belt from Pulley. (4)Remove Pulley.

Figure 2 Removing the Bearing (j0fa42202) 5.

Remove the rear Gear. (Figure 3) (1)Remove E-Clip. (2)Remove Gear.

Figure 1 Removing the Pulley (j0fa42201)

Figure 3 Removing the Gear (j0fa42203)




REP 22.3.1

6.

Remove the rear Bearing. (Figure 4)

8.

(1)Remove Bearing.

Remove the Bearing. (Figure 6) (1)Remove E-Clip. (2)Remove Bearing.

Figure 6 Removing Bearing (0fa42206)

Figure 4 Removing the Bearing (j0fa42204) 7.

Remove the Paddle Link Assembly. (Figure 5) (1)Remove Paddle Link Assembly.

9.

Remove the Shaft Assembly. (Figure 7) (1)Remove Paddle Belt from Pulley. (2)Remove Shaft Assembly in the direction of the arrow.

Figure 7 Removing Shaft Assembly (j0fa42207)

Figure 5 Removing the Paddle Link Assembly (j0fa42205) Repairs and Adjustments

REP 22.3.1



10. Remove the Paddle Belt. (Figure 8) (1)Remove E-Clips (2). (2)Move Bearings (2) in the direction of the arrows. (3)Remove Sub Paddle Shaft Assembly.

REP 22.3.2 Sub Paddle Solenoid Parts List on PL 22.3 Removal WARNING

(4)Remove Paddle Belt.



2.

Remove the Inner Front Cover. (PL 22.1)

3.

Turn over the A-Finisher.

4.

Remove the Bottom Cover. (PL 22.2)

5.

Disconnect the Connector. (Figure 1) (1)Release Clamps (3) and remove the wires. (2)Disconnect Connector.

Figure 8 Removing the Paddle Belt (j0fa42208)

Replacement 1.


2.

Install the Paddle Link Assembly as shown in the figure. (Figure 9)

Figure 1 Disconnecting the Connector (j0fa42210) 6.


Paddle Link Assembly Figure 9 Installing the Paddle Link Assembly (j0fa42209)




REP 22.3.1, REP 22.3.2

7.

Remove the Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly. (Figure 2)

8.

Remove the Support. (Figure 3)

(1)Disconnect Connector.

(1)Remove Screw.

(2)Release wires from Hooks.

(2)Remove Support.

(3)Remove Screws (2). (4)Remove Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly.

Figure 3 Removing the Support (j0fa42212) 9.

Remove the Sub Paddle Solenoid. (Figure 4) (1)Remove Screws (2). (2)Remove the Sub Paddle Solenoid.

Figure 2 Removing the Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly (j0fa42211)

Figure 4 Removing the Sub Paddle Solenoid (j0fa42213)


REP 22.3.2



Replacement

REP 22.4.1 Exit Roll Assembly

1.


2.

Install the Sub Paddle Assembly as shown in the figure. (Figure 5)



2.


3.

Remove the Pinch Roll. (REP 22.5.1)

4.

Remove the Gear. (Figure 1) (1)Remove KL-Clip. (2)Remove Gear.

Figure 5 Installing the Sub Paddle Assembly (j0fa42214)

Figure 1 Removing the Gear (j0fa42215)




REP 22.3.2, REP 22.4.1

5.

Remove the front Bearing. (Figure 2)

6.

Remove the rear Bearing. (Figure 3)

(1)Remove E-Clip.

(1)Remove E-Clip.

(2)Remove Bearing.

(2)Remove Bearing.

Figure 2 Removing the front Bearing (j0fa42216)


REP 22.4.1

Figure 3 Removing the rear Bearing (j0fa42217)



7.

Remove the Exit Roll Assembly. (Figure 4)

REP 22.4.2 Staple Assembly

(1)Remove Exit Roll Assembly.



2.


3.

Remove the Staple Assembly. (Figure 2) (1)Remove Clamps (2). (2)Disconnect Connectors (2). (3)Remove Screws (2). (4)Remove Staple Assembly.

Figure 4 Removing the Exit Roll Assembly (j0fa42218)

Replacement 1.


Figure 1 Removing the Staple Assembly (j0fa42219)




REP 22.4.1, REP 22.4.2

4.

Remove the Bracket from the Staple Assembly. (Figure 2)

REP 22.4.3 Set Clamp Home Sensor

(1)Remove Screws (2).


(2)Remove Bracket.



2.

Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 22.1)

3.

Disconnect the Connector. (Figure 1) (1)Release Clamp and remove the wires. (2)Disconnect Connector.

Figure 2 Removing the Bracket (j0fa42220)

Replacement 1.


Figure 1 Disconnecting Connector (j0fa42221)


REP 22.4.2, REP 22.4.3



4.

Remove the Set Clamp Home Sensor Assembly. (Figure 2)

5.

Remove the Set Clamp Home Sensor. (Figure 3)

(1)Remove Screw.

(1)Remove Set Clamp Home Sensor from Bracket.

(2)Remove Set Clamp Home Sensor Assembly.


Figure 2 Removing the Set Clamp Home Sensor Assembly (j0fa42222)

Figure 3 Removing the Set Clamp Home Sensor (j0fa42223)

Replacement 1.





REP 22.4.3

REP 22.4.4 Exit Roll Assembly Parts List on PL 22.4 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1.


2.


3.


4.

Remove the Left Cover. (PL 22.2)

5.

Remove the Upper Frame Section. (Figure 1) (1)Remove Screw and Bracket. (2)Remove Screws (2). (3)Remove Screw and Bracket. (4)Remove Screws (2). (5)Remove the Upper Frame Section

Figure 1 Removing the Upper Frame Section (af422101)


REP 22.4.4



NOTE: The screws do not thread into the Upper Chute. They are used like pins to secure the Upper Chute in place. 6.

7.

Remove the Exit Roll Assembly. (Figure 3) (1)Remove E-ring and Bearing.

Remove the Upper Chute Assembly. (Figure 2)

(2)Remove E-ring and Bearing.


(3)Remove the Exit Roll Assembly.

(2)Remove Screw. (3)Carefully Remove the Upper Chute Assembly.

Figure 3 Removing the Exit Roll Assembly (af422103) Figure 2 Removing the Upper Chute Assembly (af422100)

Replacement 1.

Reverse the removal procedure for replacement. NOTE: Ensure that the Paper Guides on the Upper Chute (PL 22.6) are not folded back on top of the Exit Roll Assembly (PL 22.5).




REP 22.4.4

REP 22.5.1 Pinch Roll

REP 22.5.2 Finisher Entrance Sensor



WARNING



1.


1.


2.


2.


3.

Remove the Pinch Roll. (Figure 1)

3.


(1)Raise Springs (4) in the direction of the arrow.

4.

Remove the Connector Bracket. (Figure 1)

(2)Remove Pinch Rolls (4).

(1)Release Clamps (3) and remove the wires. (2)Disconnect Connectors (5). (3)Remove Screws (2). (4)Remove Connector Bracket.

Figure 1 Removing the Pinch Rolls (j0fa42224)

Replacement 1.



REP 22.5.1, REP 22.5.2

Figure 1 Removing the Connector Bracket (j0fa42266)



5.

Remove the Bottom Plate. (Figure 2) (1)Release Clamps (5) and remove the wires. (2)Disconnect Connectors (8). (3)Remove wires from Hooks (4). (4)Remove Screws (4). (5)Remove Bottom Plate.

Figure 3 Removing the Finisher Entrance Sensor Assembly (j0fa42225) 7.

Remove the Finisher Entrance Sensor. (Figure 4) (1)Remove Finisher Entrance Sensor from Bracket.

Figure 2 Removing the Bottom Plate (j0fa42267) 6.

Remove the Finisher Entrance Sensor Assembly. (Figure 3) (1)Disconnect Connector. (2)Remove Tapping Screw. (3)Remove Finisher Entrance Sensor Assembly.

Figure 4 Removing the Finisher Entrance Sensor (j0fa42226)

Replacement 1.





REP 22.5.2

REP 22.5.3 Compile Exit Sensor

5.

Remove the Bottom Plate. (Figure 2) (1)Release Clamps (5) and remove the wires.


(2)Disconnect Connectors (8). (3)Release wires from Hooks (4).

WARNING




2.


3.


4.


(5)Remove Bottom Plate.

(1)Release Clamps (3) and remove the wires. (2)Disconnect Connectors (5). (3)Remove Screws (2). (4)Remove Connector Bracket.

Figure 2 Moving the Bottom Plate (j0fa42267) 6.

Remove the Compile Exit Sensor Assembly. (Figure 3) (1)Remove Screw. (2)Remove Compile Exit Sensor Assembly.

Figure 1 Removing the Connector Bracket (0fa42266)

Figure 3 Removing the Compile Exit Sensor Assembly (j0fa42227)


REP 22.5.3



7.

Remove the Compile Exit Sensor. (Figure 4)

REP 22.5.4 Main Paddle Shaft Assembly

(1)Release Clamps (2) and remove the wire.


(2)Disconnect Connector. (3)Remove Compile Exit Sensor.



2.


3.

Remove the Gears. (Figure 1) (1)Remove E-Clip. (2)Remove Gear. (3)Remove KL-Clip. (4)Remove Gear.

Figure 4 Removing the Compile Exit Sensor (j0fa42228)

Replacement 1.


Figure 1 Removing the Gears (j0fa42292)




REP 22.5.3, REP 22.5.4

4.

Remove the Gear Pulley. (Figure 2)

6.

Remove the Support Bearing from the ENT Lower Chute Assembly. (Figure 4)

(1)Remove E-Clip.

(1)Remove Tapping Screw.

(2)Remove Gear.

(2)Remove Support Bearing (with Shaft still attached).

(3)Remove Belt. (4)Remove Flange.

Figure 4 Removing the Support Bearing (j0fa42232)

Figure 2 Removing the Gear Pulley (j0fa42293) 5.

Remove the Bearing. (Figure 3) (1)Remove Bearing.

7.

Remove the Main Paddle Shaft Assembly. (Figure 5) (1)Remove Main Paddle Shaft Assembly.

Figure 5 Removing the Main Paddle Shaft Assembly (j0fa42233)

Figure 3 Removing the Bearing (j0fa42294) Repairs and Adjustments

REP 22.5.4



8.

Remove the Support Bearing from the Main Paddle Shaft Assembly. (Figure 6)

REP 22.5.5 Lower Chute Assembly

(1)Remove E-Clip.


(2)Remove Support Bearing.



2.


3.

Turn over the A-Finisher (Transport).

4.

Remove the Stapler Assembly. (Figure 1) (1)Release Clamps (2) and remove the wires. (2)Disconnect Connectors (2). (3)Remove Screws (2). (4)Remove Stapler Assembly.

Figure 6 Removing the Support Bearing (j0fa42234)

Replacement 1.


Figure 1 Removing the Stapler Assembly (j0fa42219) 5.





REP 22.5.4, REP 22.5.5

6.

Remove the Transport Motor. (Figure 2)

7.

Remove the Gears. (Figure 3)


(1)Remove E-Clip.

(2)Remove Belt from Pulley.

(2)Remove Gear.

(3)Remove Transport Motor.

(3)Remove KL-Clip. (4)Remove Gear.

Figure 2 Removing the Transport Motor (j0fa42236) Figure 3 Removing the Gears (j0fa42229)


REP 22.5.5



8.

Remove the Gear. (Figure 4)

10. Remove the ENT Lower Chute Assembly. (Figure 6)

(1)Remove E-Clip.


(2)Pull out Gear.

(2)Loosen Screws (2).

(3)Release Belt from Gear, and remove Gear.

(3)Remove ENT Lower Chute Assembly.

(4)Remove Flange.

Figure 6 Removing the ENT Lower Chute Assembly (j0fa42237) Figure 4 Removing the Gear (j0fa42230) 9.

Remove the Bearing. (Figure 5)

Replacement 1.


(1)Remove Bearing.

Figure 5 Removing the Bearing (j0fa42231)




REP 22.5.5

REP 22.6.1 ENT Roll Assembly Parts List on PL 22.6 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1.


2.


3.


4.


5.




REP 22.6.1




7.

Remove the ENT Roll Assembly. (Figure 3) (1)Disconnect Spring.

Remove the Upper Chute Assembly. (Figure 2)

(2)Remove E-Rings (2).


NOTE: Capture the Bearing.

(2)Remove Screw.

(3)Remove Arm.

(3)Carefully Remove the Upper Chute Assembly.

(4)Slide Shaft out of the Bearing in the Arm.

Figure 2 Removing the Upper Chute Assembly (af422100)

Figure 3 Removing the Gear (af422102)

Replacement 1.

Reverse the removal procedure for replacement. NOTE: Ensure that the Paper Guides on the Upper Chute (PL 22.6) are not folded back on top of the Exit Roll Assembly (PL 22.5).




REP 22.6.1

REP 22.6.2 Upper Chute Assembly Parts List on PL 22.6 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1.


2.


3.


4.


5.




REP 22.6.2




Remove the Upper Chute Assembly. (Figure 2) (1)Remove Screws (2).

REP 22.7.1 Finisher Control PWB Parts List on PL 22.7 Removal WARNING

(2)Remove Screw.


(3)Carefully Remove the Upper Chute Assembly.

1.


2.

Turn over the Finisher.

3.


4.

Remove the Finisher Control PWB. (Figure 1) (1)Disconnect Connectors (12). (2)Remove Screws (4). (3)Remove Finisher Control PWB.

Figure 1 Removing the Finisher Control PWB (j0fa42245)

Replacement 1.


Figure 2 Removing the Upper Chute Assembly (af422100)

Replacement 1.

Reverse the removal procedure for replacement. NOTE: Ensure that the Paper Guides (PL 22.6) are not folded back on top of the Exit Roll Assembly (PL 22.5).




REP 22.6.2, REP 22.7.1

REP 22.8.1 Stacker Tray Assembly

8.

Release the Clamps and the Hooks to remove the wires. (Figure 2) (1)Release Clamps (5).


(2)Remove wires from Hooks.



2.


3.


4.


5.


6.

Remove the Tray Cover. (PL 22.2)

7.

Disconnect Connector. (Figure 1) (1)Release Clamp. (2)Remove Clamp. (3)Release and remove wires from Hook. (4)Release Clamp. (5)Disconnect Connector. (6)Release and remove wires from Hook.

Figure 2 Disconnecting the Wire (j0fa42248) 9.

Remove the Stacker Stack Sensor Assembly. (Figure 3) (1)Remove Screw. (2)Remove Stacker Stack Sensor Assembly. (3)Release Clamps (4). (4)Disconnect Connectors (2).

Figure 1 Disconnecting the Connector (j0fa42247)

Figure 3 Removing the Stacker Sensor Assembly (j0fa42249)


REP 22.8.1



10. Remove the Stacker Tray Assembly. (Figure 4) (1)Remove Screws (5). (2)Remove Stacker Tray Assembly.

REP 22.8.2 Stacker Shaft Assembly Parts List on PL 22.8 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1.


2.


3.


4.


5.

Remove the rear Bracket. (Figure 1) (1)Remove Screw. (2)Remove Bracket.

Figure 4 Removing the Stacker Tray Assembly (j0fa42250)

Replacement 1.


2.

Install the Stacker Tray Assembly and A-Finisher as shown in the figure. (Figure 5) Figure 1 Removing the rear Bracket (j0fa42252)

Figure 5 Installing the Stacker Tray Assembly (j0fa42251)




REP 22.8.1, REP 22.8.2

6.

Remove the front Bracket. (Figure 2)

8.

Disconnect Connector. (Figure 4)

(1)Remove Screw.

(1)Release Clamps (3) and remove the wires.

(2)Remove Bracket.

(2)Release wires from Hook. (3)Disconnect Connector.

Figure 2 Removing the front Bracket (j0fa42253) 7.

Remove the Top Tray. (Figure 3) (1)Raise A-Finisher slightly in the direction of the arrow. (2)Remove Top Tray.


Figure 3 Removing the Top Tray (j0fa42254)


REP 22.8.2



9.

Remove the Stacker Stack Sensor Assembly. (Figure 5)

10. Remove the Stacker Assembly. (Figure 6)

(1)Remove Screw.

(1)Remove Tapping Screws (5).

(2)Remove Stacker Stack Sensor Assembly.

(2)Remove Screw.

(3)Remove wires from Clamps (4)

(3)Remove Stacker Assembly.

Clamp (4)

Figure 6 Removing the Stacker Assembly (j0fa42257) Figure 5 Removing the Stacker Stack Sensor Assembly (j0fa42256) 11. Remove the Actuator. (Figure 7) (1)Unhook. (2)Remove Actuator.

Figure 7 Removing the Actuator (j0fa42258) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230



REP 22.8.2

12. Move the Bearing. (Figure 8) (1)Remove E-Clip. (2)Move Bearing in the direction of the arrow.

REP 22.8.3 Stacker Motor Parts List on PL 22.8 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1.


2.


3.


4.


5.

Disconnect the Connector. (Figure 1) (1)Release Clamps (3) and remove the wires. (2)Release wires from Hook. (3)Disconnect Connector.

Figure 8 Moving the Bearing (j0fa42259) 13. Remove the Stacker Shaft Assembly. (Figure 9) (1)Remove Stacker Shaft Assembly in the direction of the arrows (lift up then out).


Figure 9 Removing the Stacker Shaft Assembly (j0fa42260)

Replacement 1.



REP 22.8.2, REP 22.8.3



6.

Remove the Bracket. (Figure 2)

8.

Remove the Stacker Motor. (Figure 4)

(1)Remove Screw.


(2)Remove Bracket.

(2)Remove Belt from Pulley. (3)Remove Stacker Motor.

Figure 4 Removing the Stacker Motor (j0fa42264) Figure 2 Removing the Bracket (j0fa42262) 7.

Remove the Stacker Motor Assembly. (Figure 3)

Replacement 1.


2.

Install the Stacker Motor as shown in the figure. (Figure 5)

(1)Remove Screws (2). (2)Remove Stacker Motor Assembly.

Figure 5 Installing the Stacker Motor (j0fa42265)

Figure 3 Removing the Stacker Motor Assembly (j0fa42263)




REP 22.8.3

REP 22.8.4 Stacker Stack Sensor

REP 22.9.1 Compile Assembly



WARNING



1.


1.

2.


2.


3.


3.


4.


4.


5.

Remove the Stacker Stack Sensor Assembly. (Figure 1)

5.


NOTE: The Stacker Stack Sensor Assembly has 2 Sensors.

6.


7.



(1)Release the wires from the Clamp.


(2)Remove Screw.

(2)Disconnect Connectors (5).

(3)Remove Stacker Stack Sensor Assembly.


(4)Disconnect appropriate Sensor Connector, and remove Sensor from Bracket.

(4)Remove Connector Bracket.

Sensor

Sensor Figure 1 Removing the Connector Bracket (j0fa42266) Figure 1 Removing the Stacker Stack Sensor Assembly (af422108)

Replacement 1.



REP 22.8.4, REP 22.9.1



8.

Remove the Bottom Plate. (Figure 2)

10. Remove the Stacker Tray. (Figure 4)


(1)Release wires from Clamps (5).


(2)Disconnect the Connector.

(3)Remove wires from Hooks (4).



(4)Remove the Stacker Tray.


Figure 4 Removing the Stacker Tray (af422107) 11. Remove the front Tapping Screw. (Figure 5) Figure 2 Removing the Bottom Plate (j0fa42267) 9.

(1)Remove front Tapping Screw.

Release the Clamp from the wires. (Figure 3) (1)Release Clamp and remove the wires.

Figure 5 Removing the front Tapping Screw (j0fa42269)

Figure 3 Releasing the Clamp (j0fa42268)




REP 22.9.1

12. Remove the rear Screw. (Figure 6) (1)Remove the rear Screw.

REP 22.9.2 Set Clamp Shaft Parts List on PL 22.9 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1.


2.


3.

Remove the Bracket Assembly. (Figure 1) (1)Release Clamps (2) and remove the wire. (2)Remove Screws (2). (3)Remove Bracket Assembly.

Figure 6 Removing the rear Screw (j0fa42270) 13. Remove the Compile Assembly. (Figure 7) (1)Remove Compile Assembly.

Figure 1 Removing the Bracket Assembly (j0fa42272)

Figure 7 Removing the Compile Assembly (j0fa42271)

Replacement 1.



REP 22.9.1, REP 22.9.2



4.

Remove the KL-Clips from the Eject Shaft. (Figure 2)

6.

(1)Remove KL-Clips (2).

Remove the Actuator and the Bearing. (Figure 4) (1)Remove E-Clip. (2)Remove Actuator. (3)Remove E-Clip. (4)Remove Bearing.

Figure 2 Removing the KL-Clips (j0fa42273) 5.

Remove the Eject Shaft from the Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly. (Figure 3)

Figure 4 Removing the Actuator and Bearing (j0fa42275)

(1)Move Bearings (2) in the direction of the arrows. (2)Remove Eject Shaft in the direction of the arrow. (3)Remove Belt from Pulley.

7.

Remove the Bearing. (Figure 5) (1)Remove E-Clip. (2)Remove Bearing.

Figure 3 Removing the Eject Shaft (j0fa42274)


Figure 5 Removing the Bearing (j0fa42276)



REP 22.9.2

8.

Remove the Set Clamp Shaft. (Figure 6)

REP 22.9.3 Eject Belts

(1)Move Set Clamp Shaft in the direction of the arrows.


(2)Remove Belts (3) from Pulleys (3). (3)Remove Set Clamp Shaft in the direction of the arrow.



2.


3.

Remove the Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly. (REP 22.10.1)

4.

Move the Eject Home Sensor Assembly. (Figure 1) (1)Remove Screw. (2)Move Eject Home Sensor Assembly.

Figure 6 Removing the Set Clamp Shaft (j0fa42277)

Replacement 1.


2.

Install and align the Eject Belts with marks on the Pulleys. (Figure 7)

Figure 1 Moving the Eject Home Sensor Assembly (j0fa42279)

Figure 7 Installing the Eject Belts (j0fa42278)


REP 22.9.2, REP 22.9.3



5.

Remove the Eject Belts. (Figure 2)

REP 22.9.4 Eject/Set Clamp Motor Assembly

(1)Move the blades of Set Clamp Shaft in the direction of the arrow.


(2)Remove Eject Belts in the direction of the arrow.



2.


3.


4.


5.


6.

Remove the Connector Bracket. (Figure 1) (1)Release Clamps (3) and remove the wires. (2)Disconnect Connectors (5). (3)Remove Screws (2). (4)Remove Connector Bracket.

Figure 2 Removing the Eject Belts (j0fa42280)

Replacement 1.


2.







REP 22.9.3, REP 22.9.4

7.


9.

Remove the screws securing the Eject/Set Clamp Motor Assembly. (Figure 4)





(3)Remove wires from Hooks (4).

(3)Remove Tapping Screws (2).

(4)Remove Screws (4). (5)Remove Bottom Plate.

Figure 4 Removing Screws (j0fa42281)


Remove the Stacker Tray. (Figure 3) (1)Release wires from Clamps (5). (2)Disconnect the Connector. (3)Remove Screws (5). (4)Remove the Stacker Tray.

Figure 3 Removing the Stacker Tray (af422107) Repairs and Adjustments

REP 22.9.4



10. Remove the Eject/Set Clamp Motor Assembly. (Figure 5) (1)Remove Belts (2) from Pulleys. (2)Remove Eject/Set Clamp Motor Assembly.

REP 22.9.5 Rear Tamper Home Sensor Parts List on PL 22.10 Removal WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1.


2.


3.


4.


5.


6.


Figure 5 Removing the Eject/Set Clamp Motor Assembly (j0fa42282)

Replacement 1.






REP 22.9.4, REP 22.9.5

7.


9.


Remove the Rear Tamper Home Sensor. (Figure 4) (1)Remove Rear Tamper Home Sensor from the Bracket.

(2)Disconnect Connectors (8). (3)Remove wires from Hooks (4). (4)Remove Screw (4). (5)Remove Bottom Plate.

Figure 4 Removing the Rear Tamper Home Sensor (j0fa42284)

Replacement 1.


Figure 2 Moving the Bottom Plate (j0fa42267) 8.

Remove the Rear Tamper Home Sensor Assembly. (Figure 3) (1) Release Clamps (2) and remove the wires. (2) Remove Tapping Screw. (3) Move Rear Tamper Home Sensor Assembly. (4) Disconnect the Connector.

Figure 3 Removing the Rear Tamper Home Sensor Assembly (j0fa42283)


REP 22.9.5



REP 22.9.6 Eject Shaft Assembly

4.

Remove the KL-Clips from the Eject Shaft. (Figure 2) (1)Remove KL-Clips (2).



2.


3.

Remove the Bracket Assembly. (Figure 1) (1)Release Clamps (2) and remove the wires. (2)Remove Screws (2). (3)Remove Bracket Assembly.

Figure 2 Removing the KL-Clips (j0fa42273) 5.

Remove the Eject Shaft from the Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly. (Figure 3) (1)Move Bearings (2) in the direction of the arrows. (2)Remove Eject Shaft in the direction of the arrow. (3)Remove the Belts from the Pulleys.






REP 22.9.6

Replacement

REP 22.10.1 Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly

1.


2.




2.


3.





REP 22.9.6, REP 22.10.1



4.

Remove the KL-Clips from the Eject Shaft. (Figure 2)

6.

(1)Remove KL-Clips (2).

Remove the Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly. (Figure 4) (1)Remove Tapping Screws (2). (2)Remove Screw. (3)Remove Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly.

Figure 4 Removing the Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly (j0fa42285) Figure 2 Removing the KL-Clips (j0fa42273)

Replacement 5.

Remove the Eject Shaft from the Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly. (Figure 3)

1.


(1)Move Bearings (2) in the direction of the arrows.

2.

Install and align the Eject Belts with the marks on the Pulleys. (Figure 5)

(2)Remove Eject Shaft in the direction of the arrow. (3)Remove the Belts from the Pulleys.






REP 22.10.1

REP 22.10.2 Front Tamper Home Sensor

7.



(2)Disconnect Connectors (8). (3)Remove wires from Hooks (4).

WARNING






2.


3.


4.


5.


6.



Remove the Front Tamper Home Sensor Assembly. (Figure 3) (1)Remove Screw. (2)Remove Front Tamper Home Sensor Assembly.


Figure 3 Removing the Front Tamper Home Sensor Assembly (j0fa42286)


REP 22.10.2



9.

Remove the Front Tamper Home Sensor. (Figure 4)

REP 22.10.3 Eject Clamp Home Sensor



(2)Remove Front Tamper Home Sensor.



2.


3.


4.


Figure 4 Removing the Front Tamper Home Sensor (j0fa42287)

Replacement 1.






REP 22.10.2, REP 22.10.3

5.


Replacement


1.


(2)Disconnect Connectors (8). (3)Remove wires from Hooks (4). (4)Remove Screws (4). (5)Remove Bottom Plate.


Remove the Eject Clamp Home Sensor. (Figure 3) (1)Release Clamp and remove the wires. (2)Disconnect Connector. (3)Remove Eject Clamp Home Sensor from the Bracket.

Figure 3 Removing the Eject Clamp Home Sensor (j0fa42288)


REP 22.10.3



REP 22.10.4 Stack Height Sensor

7.



(2)Disconnect Connectors (8). (3)Remove wires from Hooks (4).

WARNING






2.


3.


4.


5.


6.



Remove the Stacker Tray. (Figure 3) (1)Release wires from Clamps (5). (2)Disconnect the Connector. (3)Remove Screws (5). (4)Remove the Stacker Tray.


Figure 3 Removing the Stacker Tray (af422107)




REP 22.10.4

9.


Figure 4 Removing the Bracket Assembly (j0fa42272) 10. Remove the Stack Height Sensor. (Figure 5) (1)Remove Clamp. (2)Release Clamps (4) and remove the wires. (3)Disconnect Connector. (4)Remove Stack Height Sensor from the bracket.

Figure 5 Removing the Stack Height Sensor (j0fa42289)

Replacement 1.



REP 22.10.4



ADJ 7.1.2 HCF Side Edge Registration Purpose The purpose of this adjustment is to properly align the ROS image to the paper / media, for the High Capacity Feeder, (Tray 6), print and copy modes. This adjustment can only be accomplished after the IOT Image Registration, and the IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration.

Measurement points Side Edge 10mm =/- 0.5mm

Check 1.


2.

Select Print Test Pattern and enter test pattern number 58.

a.


3.

Under Paper Supply select Tray 6 (HCF) and select Save.

4.

Press the Start button.

5.

Measure the distance from the last horizontal line to the edge of the paper on the inboard end and the outboard end of the page. The measurement should be 10mm =/- 0.5mm. (Figure 1)

6.

If the measurement is not within specifications, perform the adjustment. Do not perform side 2 adjustments until side 1 adjustments are correct.

Measurement points Side Edge 10mm =/- 0.5mm

Figure 1 Test Pattern #58 Measurement points CHECKING SIDE 2 PLAIN PAPER FROM TRAY 6 1.

To check for side 1 to side 2 side edge registration place the side 1 test pattern on the document glass and use this test pattern to create a duplex copy from tray 6. NOTE: Before making side 2, place a small piece of paper, with the words “side 2” written on it, face down under the test pattern.

2.


Hold the sheet in front of a strong light source to pass light through the paper to see a side 1 and side 2 comparison. Adjust side 1 or side 2 as necessary.



ADJ 7.1.2

Adjustment NOTE: To enter a negative number (a number less than 0) into NVM, press the Dial Pause button on the Control Panel before entering the New Value. 1.


2.

Select NVM Read / Write, and enter Chain-Link for plain paper, side 1 (742-464).

3.

Select Conform / Change.

a.


4.

Under Change Current Value enter the New Value. See the Table 1.

5.

Select Save.

NOTE: When adjusting the inboard to outboard images from the HCF (Tray 6), negative numbers will move the image outboard and positive numbers will move the image inboard. NOTE: In Table 1, all Descriptions are for Black and White and Color unless otherwise stated. NOTE: The adjustment is 0.2mm per bit. Table 1 HCF (Tray 6) NVM Settings for Side Edge Registration Description

NVM

Default Values

Range

Plain Paper Side 1

742-464

0

-25 to 25

Plain Paper Side 2

742-463

0

-25 to 25

Heavyweight 1 BW

742-465

0

-25 to 25

Heavyweight 1 Color

742-466

0

-25 to 25

Heavyweight 2

742-467

0

-25 to 25

Labels, BW

742-468

0

-25 to 25

Labels, Color

742-469

0

-25 to 25

Transparency

742-470

0

-25 to 25


ADJ 7.1.2



ADJ 9.1.1 IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration Purpose To align the image on the drum with the Lead/Side Edge of the paper.

Check 1.


2.

Select Print Test Pattern.

3.

Load A3 or 11x17 into tray 1 or 2.

a.


NOTE: If A3 or 11x17 is not available, set the paper guides in the tray to A3 or 11x17. Load A4 or 8.5x11 with the paper against the tray (feeder end). An error will occur but the test print will output. 4.

Enter 052-1 for tray 1 or 052-2 for tray 2 using the number key pad and press the Start button. NOTE: Print Test Pattern routine will auto-select the tray set with A3 or 11x17 paper regardless of which tray is selected.

5.

Measure the Lead and Side Edges of the print pattern. (Figure 1) Lead Edge: Part A of the pattern Side Edge: Part B of the pattern

Figure 1 IOT Registration (j0st40950) 6.

Check that the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) fall within the specifications of the specified mode (A3 Table 1) (11x17 Table 2). Table 1 A3 Specification

Item

Simplex

Duplex

MPT

Lead Edge (A)

15 ± 1.3mm

15 ± 1.7mm

15 ± 2.0mm

Side Edge (B)

148.5 ± 1.8mm

148.5 ± 2.2mm

148.5 ± 2.5mm

Table 2 11x17 Specification


Item

Simplex

Duplex

MPT

Lead Edge (A)

21 ± 1.3mm

21 ± 1.7mm

21 ± 2.0mm

Side Edge (B)

140 ± 1.8mm

140 ± 2.2mm

140 ± 2.5mm



ADJ 9.1.1

Adjustment 1.

Table 3 NVM List of Lead Edge Chain Link Name

Min.

Initia l Max

Increment



2.


760-24

33

66

0.363mm

Adjust the measured values of the Lead (A) and Side Edges (B) using the following NVM so that the measured values fall within the specifications of the respective supporting modes.

Tray 2-=4, HCF for Thick-1 Paper-REGI LOOP TIMER

0

3.

760-25

Tray3-4, HCF for Thick-2 Paper-REGI LOOP TIMER

0

33

66

0.363mm

If the measured value is shorter than specification above (A or B): Set a larger value.

760-031

TRAY1 for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

0

33

66

0.363mm

760-032

TRAY2-4 for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

0

33

66

0.363mm

760-033

MPT for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

0

33

66

0.363mm

760-034

DUP ALL SIZE for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

0

33

66

0.363mm

If the measured value is longer than specification above (A or B): Set a smaller value. •

Adjustment of A (Lead Edge), refer to Table 3 below.

•

Adjustment of B (Side Edge), refer to Table 4 below. Table 3 NVM List of Lead Edge

Chain Link Name

Min.

Initia Max l

742-027

LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT - ALL TRAY

0

33

66

0.2175mm

760-001

TRAY1 for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

0

33

66

0.363mm

760-002

TRAY2-4 for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

0

33

66

0.363mm

760-003

MPT for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

0

33

66

0.363mm

760-005

Min.

Initia Max l

Increment

749-001

ALL TRAY-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT

1

50

99

0.254mm

749-002

TRAY1-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT

1

50

99

0.254mm

749-003


1

50

99

0.254mm

749-004


1

50

99

0.254mm

749-005


1

50

99

0.254mm

749-007

MPT-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT

1

50

99

0.254mm

DUP A3 Group - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

0

760-014

DUP A4S Group - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

0

10

16

0.363mm

749-009

DUP ALL TRAY-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT

1

50

99

0.254mm

760-015

DUP A4L Group - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

0

10

16

0.363mm

749-010

DUP TRAY1-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT

1

50

99

0.254mm

760-016


0

33

66

0.363mm

749-011


1

50

99

0.254mm

760-017


0

33

66

0.363mm

749-012


1

50

99

0.254mm

760-018


0

33

66

0.363mm

749-013


1

50

99

0.254mm

760-019


0

33

66

0.363mm

749-015

DUP MPT-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT

1

50

99

0.254mm

760-020


0

33

66

0.363mm

760-021


0

33

66

0.363mm

760-022


0

33

66

0.363mm

760-023


0

33

66

0.363mm


ADJ 9.1.1

16

0.363mm

Chain Link Name

0

10

66

Table 4 NVM List of Side Edge

DUP ALL SIZE for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

760-013

33

Increment

0.363mm

4.

After adjustment, print the test pattern in the same mode and measure the Lead and Side Edge values. Repeat this procedure until the values fall within the specifications.

5.

Repeat the procedure until the measured values of the Lead (A) and Side Edges (B) fall within the specifications.



ADJ 9.2.1 Edge Erase Value Adjustment Purpose To correct the Lead, Tail Edge and both Side Edge (rear/front) erase values. NOTE: The IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration must be adjusted.

Check 1.


2.


a.


3.

Set Chain-Link Number 749-516 (Image Area) to 0.

4.

Specify a tray with paper. Make a black copy with the Platen Cover open.

5.

Check that the white sections of the Lead, Tail and Side Edges are 2mm.

Adjustment 1.


2.


3.

Adjust the measured values using the following NVM so that the measured values fall within the specifications (2mm).

a.


If the setting value is increased, the erase value increases. Table 1 NVM List Chain Link

Name

Min.

Initia l Max

Increment

749-522

END ERASE OFFSET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

0

50

99

0.363mm

749-523

SIDE NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT

0

8

16

0.254mm

749-524

TOP NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT

0

9

18

0.217mm

749-527

END NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT

0

9

18

0.217mm

4.

After adjustment, make another black copy without using any originals and leaving the Platen Cover open.

5.

Repeat the procedure until the white sections of the Lead, Tail and Side Edges fall within the specifications (2mm).




ADJ 9.2.1

ADJ 9.3.1 Firmware Version Downloading

18. Compare a new System Settings List (GP 5 Printing Reports) to the one printed at the start of the instructions and enable any Options needed.

Purpose The purpose is to load software in the ESS PWB, FCB PWB, IIT/IPS PWB, DADF PWB ROM. NOTE: Software can be loaded utilizing any of the three ports. •

USB port

•

Network port

•

Parallel port

M123 USB Port NOTE: If PWS has Windows 98 operating system then refer to Firmware Upload Utility CD for detailed instructions on how to enable the USB port on the PWS. 1.

Print out a System Settings List (GP 5 Printing Reports) to compare options at the completion of the download.

2.

Power off the Machine and the PWS.

3.

Remove the ESS cover and plug the USB cable into the USB port on the ESS PWB and to your PWS.

4.

Power on the Machine into the Download Mode. (Hold the Power Saver Button down while powering on the Machine)

5.

Power on the PWS.

6.

A “Device Found” window will pop-up on your PWS. Select Cancel on this pop-up.

7.

Open the PWS Firmware Update Tool. (FWDLMgr.exe)

8.

Click on Agree in the License Screen.

9.

On the Firmware Update Tool screen select the following: Printer Model: CopyCentre/ WorkCentre M123 or 128 as appropriate. File name: Click on Browse. (On the next screen you need to find the.bin file to Download. The file should read either: SHXC_STDXXXXX.bin for WorkCentre machines or SHXC_PSXXXXX.bin for WorkCentre Pro machines that have the PostScript option. The X's in the file indicate the version. Highlight the file that you want and click on Open.) Click on Add once you have found the File name. Click on Version to check the version of the software you are about to download.

10. Click on Next. 11. In the Firmware Update Tool select USB port. 12. Click Next. 13. The Download will start and takes approximately 20 minutes. 14. The PWS will Transfer the file to the machine in about 3 minutes. Do not unplug the USB cable until the download is complete. On the PWS you will see - IIT Finish, ADF Finish, Finisher Finish etc. as the machine unpacks each piece of the firmware. On the machine you will see “TRANSFERRING” as the file is transferred, then “PROCESSING”, 0-5 progressing to 4-5 as the file is unpacked. 15. The Machine will reboot and come up to the Ready to Copy Mode when finished. 16. On the PWS select Finish and Click Yes, exit the program. 17. The Software Download is now complete.


ADJ 9.3.1



M123 PARALLEL Port

M123 NETWORK Port

1.

Print out a System Settings List (GP 5 Printing Reports) to compare options at the completion of the download.

1.

Print out a System Settings List (GP 5 Printing Reports) to compare options at the completion of the download and to locate the machine IP address.

2.


2.

3.

Plug in the parallel cable to both the Machine and the PWS.

Set the IP address on your PWS to be 1 different from the machine and the subnet mask to be the same as the machine.

4.

Power on the Machine into the Download Mode.(Hold the Power Saver Button down while powering on the Machine)

3.


4.

Plug in the Crossover cable to both the Machine and the PWS.

5.

Power on the PWS.

5.

6.


Power on the Machine. Do NOT put the machine into Download Mode. The machine must be in the ready state.

7.


6.

Power on the PWS.

On the Firmware Update Tool screen select the following:

7.


Printer Model: CopyCentre/ WorkCentre M123 or 128 as appropriate.

8.


File name: Click on Browse. (On the next screen you need to find the.bin file to Download. The file should read similar to the following: SHXC_STDXXXXX.bin or SHXC_PSXXXXX.bin. The file with the STD is for CopyCentre and WorkCentre machines. The file with PS is for WorkCentre Pro machines that have the PostScript option. The X's in the file indicate the version. Highlight the file that you want and click on Open.)

9.

On the Firmware Update Tool screen select the following:

8.

Click on Add once you have found the File name. 9.

Click on Next.

Printer Model: CopyCentre/ WorkCentre M123 or 128 as appropriate. File name: Click on Browse. (On the next screen you need to find the.bin file to Download. The file should read similar to the following: SHXC_STDXXXXX.bin or SHXC_PSXXXXX.bin. The file with the STD is for CopyCentre and WorkCentre machines. The file with PS is for WorkCentre Pro machines that have the PostScript option. The X's in the file indicate the version. Highlight the file that you want and click on Open.) Click on Add once you have found the File name.

10. In the Firmware Update Tool select Parallel Port(P) 11. Click Next.

10. Click on Next.

12. The Download will start and takes approximately 20 minutes.

11. In the Firmware Update Tool select Network (Port 9100).

13. The Machine will reboot and come up to the Ready to Copy Mode when finished.

12. Click Next.

14. On the PWS select Finish and Click Yes exit the program.

13. Select Search, wait until the machine is found.

15. The Software Download is now complete.

14. Check that the correct machine IP address is displayed, and select it.

16. Compare a new System Settings List (GP 5 Printing Reports) to the one printed at the start of the instructions and enable any Options needed.

15. Check the Version. This will display the version of the software you are about to download. 16. Select Next. 17. The Download will start and takes approximately 20 minutes. The machine will automatically go into Download Mode. Progress and download status is shown on the PWS. 18. The Machine will reboot and come up to the Ready to Copy Mode when finished. 19. On the PWS select Finish and Click Yes to exit the program. 20. The Software Download is now complete. 21. Compare a new System Settings List (GP 5 Printing Reports) to the one printed at the start of the instructions and enable any Options needed.




ADJ 9.3.1


ADJ 9.3.1



ADJ 11.1.1 IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration

3.

Purpose To set the home position for the IIT Lead Edge (Slow Scan) direction/IIT Side Edge (Fast Scan) direction. NOTE: The IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration must be adjusted.

Check 1.

Register Side A of Test Chart 82P521 (A3) or 82P524 (Legal) on the Platen. Make 5 100% copies of the Test Chart on A3SEF or Legal SEF paper.

2.

Measure the Lead Edge and Side Edge of the third copy (Figure 1).

Table 1 Specification Item

Simplex

Duplex

MPT

Lead Edge (A)

10 ± 1.6mm

10 ± 2.0mm

10 ± 2.2mm

Side Edge (B)

5 ± 2.1mm

5 ± 2.5mm

5 ± 3.0mm

Adjustment 1.


2.


3.

Adjust the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) using the following NVM so that the measured values fall within the specifications.

a.

Lead Edge: Part A of the pattern Side Edge: Part B of the pattern

Check that the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) fall within the specifications of the supporting mode.


Side Edge If the measured value is short: Set a smaller value. If the measured value is long: Set a larger value. Lead Edge If the measured value is short: Set a larger value. If the measured value is long: Set a smaller value. NOTE: After performing the IIT side Edge Registration Adjustment, perform the DADF side Edge Registration Adjustment. (ADJ 15.1.1) Table 2 NVM List Chain Link

Name

Initia Min. l Max

Increment

715

050

Platen SS Registration Adjustment

16

100

184

0.036mm

715

053

Platen FS Registration Adjustment

0

120

240

0.085mm

4.

After adjustment, place Side A of Test Chart 82P521 (A3) or 82P524 (Legal) on the Platen so that there is no gap between the chart and the Registration Guide at the rear of the Platen. Make another 100% copy on A3SEF or Legal SEF paper.

5.

Repeat the procedure until the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) fall within the specifications.

Figure 1 IIT Registration (j0st41137)




ADJ 11.1.1

ADJ 11.2.1 Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment Purpose To obtain the proper Reduce/Enlarge ratio for Copy in the Lead Edge to Trail Edge direction and the Front to Rear direction.

Check 1.

Use Side B of the Standard Test Pattern (82P521 or 82P524). The tolerance for each Reduce/Enlarge setting in the Lead Edge to Trail Edge direction and the Front to Rear direction are listed in the following table. Table 1 Measurement

Reduce/Enlarge (%)

Measurement

65

130 ± 2mm

101

202 ± 2mm

154

154 ± 1.5mm Refer to Figure 1 for the areas to be measured. For 65% and 101%, use areas A and B for reduction/enlargement in the Lead Edge to Trail Edge direction, and areas C and D for enlargement in the Front to Rear direction. For 154%, use areas A and E for enlargement in the Lead Edge to Trail Edge direction, and areas C and F for enlargement in the Front to Rear direction. (Figure 1)

Figure 1 Enlargement areas to be measured (j0st41138)

Adjustment 1.


2.


3.

Adjust the distance between the reference points in the copy using the following NVM so that it is the same as the distance between the same points in the Test Chart.

a.


If the measured value in the copy is shorter than the measured value in the Test Chart: Set a larger value.


ADJ 11.2.1



If the measured value in the copy is longer than the measured value in the Test Chart: Set a smaller value. Table 2 NVM List

ADJ 11.6.1 Full/Half Rate Carriage Position Adjustment Purpose To adjust the position of the Full/Half Rate Carriage.

Chain Link

Name

Min.

Initia Max l

715

051

Platen SS Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment

44

50

56

0.1%

WARNING

715

702

Platen FS Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment

0

50

100

0.1%


Increment

Adjustment

NOTE: Adjust the position of the Front and Rear Full/Half Rate Carriage separately. 1.

Remove the DADF Assembly. (REP 15.1.1)

2.

(Platen models) Remove the Platen Cover. (Figure 1) 1.

Remove the Platen Cover.

Figure 1 Removing the Platen Cover (j0st41136)




ADJ 11.2.1, ADJ 11.6.1

3.


4.

Prepare the tools (x2) for determining the position. (Figure 2) 1.


2.

Take out the tools (x2).

Figure 3 Position Adjustment of Half Rate Carriage 1/3 (j0st41129) 6.

NOTE: Install the tools near the edges (the front tool to the front and the rear tool to the rear).

Figure 2 Taking out the tools (j0st41128) 5.

Align the tool hole in the Half Rate Carriage with the tool hole of the rail (Front/Rear). (Figure 3)


ADJ 11.6.1

Fix the tool to the Half Rate Carriage. (Figure 4)

1.

Fix the tool. (Front/Rear)

2.

Secure it with a screw.



Figure 4 Position Adjustment of Half Rate Carriage 2/3 (j0st41130)

Figure 5 Position Adjustment of Half Rate Carriage 3/3 (j0st41131)

NOTE: The fixing position of the pulley can be changed if the tool holes of the Half Rate Carriage and the rail are not aligned and the tool is not fixed in place. (Figure 5)

7.

Fix the tool to the tool hole on the frame and check the tool holes of the frame and the Full Rate Carriage. (Figure 6)

1.

Loosen the screws (x2).

2.

Turn the Pulley until the tool hole aligns.

NOTE: When adjusting the position of Full Rate Carriage from the rear side, to it with the rear tool for Half Rate Carriage installed.

3.

Align the shaft with the Pulley end face and tighten the screws (x2).

1.

Fix the tool.

2.

Secure it with a screw.




ADJ 11.6.1

Figure 6 Position Adjustment of Full Rate Carriage 1/2 (j0st41132)

Figure 7 Position Adjustment of Full Rate Carriage 2/2 (j0st41133)

NOTE: Loosen the securing screw of the Carriage Cable and align the tool holes if the tool holes of the frame and the Full Rate Carriage are not aligned, and the tool is not fixed in place. (Figure 7) 1.

Loosen the screw.

2.

Move the Full Rate Carriage until the tool hole aligns.

3.

Tighten the screw.


ADJ 11.6.1

8.

When adjusting the front position of Full Rate Carriage, move the tool for Half Rate Carriage to the front of Full Rate Carriage before doing the adjustment. At this time the rear tool for Full Rate Carriage remains installed.



ADJ 15.1.1 DADF Side Edge Registration Purpose TOP

To set the DADF Scan Position (original scan position) Side Edge (Fast Scan Direction). NOTE: The following adjustments must be checked. •

IOT Image Registration Adjustment (ADJ 9.1.1)

•

IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration Adjustment (ADJ 11.1.1)

•

DADF Height Adjustment (ADJ 15.1.5)

•

DADF Position (Skew) Adjustment (ADJ 15.1.6) Lead

For this sequence of checks and adjustments, an original Cross Line Test Pattern with lines drawn exactly down the center and across in both directions, will need to be created.

Check DADF Side Edge Registration Side 1 1.

To create a Cross Line Test Pattern Original, use a plain white sheet of 8.5x11” paper and fold the sheet precisely in half lengthwise and width wise. Then with a straight edge draw a straight line in the lengthwise crease and a straight line in the width wise crease. Label the top for orientation purposes. (Figure 1)

Figure 1 Creating a Test Pattern Original 2.

Load Tray 1 with 8.5x11” paper.

3.

Place the new Cross Line Test Pattern on the DADF with the word TOP Face Up and towards the rear of the DADF.

4.

Select Tray 1, 1-1 Sided.

5.

100% 1->1 Sided 1 copy

6.

Make one copy to the center tray.

7.

Remove the copy from the center tray and Flip the copy left to right.

8.

Fold the copy in half in the 8.5 inch direction.

9.

If adjustment is required, enter UI Diagnostic Mode, NVM 711-272 to place the Center line on the fold. See Figure 1. NOTE: Increase the value to move the image toward the lead edge.




ADJ 15.1.1

DADF Side Edge Registration Side 2 1.

Place the new Cross Line Test Pattern on the DADF with the word TOP Face Down and towards the rear of the DADF.

2.

Select Tray 1, 2-2 Sided.

3.

100%

ADJ 15.1.3 DADF Non-Standard Sized Original Customized Registration Function Purpose To enable non-standard sized originals to be fed as standard sized originals by registering original sizes that cannot be detected (non-standard sizes) by the DADF. This enables the feeding of customized original sizes for different users.

1->1 Sided 1 copy 4.

Make one copy to the center tray.

5.

Remove the copy from the center tray but DO NOT FLIP the copy this time.

6.

Fold the copy in half in the 8.5 inch direction.

7.

If adjustment is required, enter UI Diagnostic Mode, NVM 711-274 to place the center line on the fold. See Table 1.

[Outline] Original size detection is based on the customized registered data. The DADF then processes the original in the specified original size. Customized registration is limited to only 1 entry. If the registration data is valid, the original size is detected based on the priorities in the detection table.

NOTE: Increase the value to move the image toward the lead edge. NOTE: The Values of NVM 711-272 and 711-274 are written to NVM’s 715-110, 715-111, 715-112, and 715-113, when the machine power is switched on. •

711-272 = 715-110

•

711-274 = 715-111, 715-112, 715-113 Table 1 NVM List

Preparation 1.

Borrow a non-standard sized original to be registered from the customer.

2.

Check in which direction (LEF or SEF) the customer wants to process the original using the DADF.

3.

Check in which paper size and direction the customer wants the copy.

4.

Check and make a note of the Fast Scan Direction Length (X) and Slow Scan Direction Length (Y) of the original using the scale.

Chain Link Name

Min.

Initial Max

Increment

711-272

CVT FS Offset Side 1 Replace All

0

120

240

.06mm

Adjustment

711-274

CVT FS Offset Side 2 Replace All

0

120

240

.06mm

1.

Enter UI Diagnostic Mode.

2.

Set the following NVM Data for customized registration detection. NOTE: Fast Scan Direction Max
Fast Scan Direction Max: 2190~2290

•

Fast Scan Direction Min.: 2810~2910

For the measurements X and Y obtained in the preparation:


ADJ 15.1.1, ADJ 15.1.3

•

Set the data for 710-565 to 1. (Customized registration is valid.)

•

Set (X+10)x10 to be resident in the data for 710-559. (Fast Scan Direction Max Value Setting)

•

Set (X-10)x10 to be resident in the data for 710-560. (Fast Scan Direction Max Value Setting)

•

Set (Y+10)x10 to be resident in the data for 710-561. (Slow Scan Direction Max Value Setting)

•

Set (Y-10)x10 to be resident in the data for 710-562. (Slow Scan Direction Min. Value Setting)

•

Enter the data for 710-563. (Enter the data for a paper size selected from the table below based on the size specified by the customer.)



•

Enter the data for 710-564. (Enter the data for a paper size selected from the table below based on the size specified by the customer.) The information that is related to the NVM to be entered is as follows.

ADJ 15.1.4 DADF Lead Edge Registration Purpose To set the DADF Lead Edge Registration in side 1 and side 2.

Table 1 NVM List NOTE: The following adjustments must have been completed.

Chain-Link Display Data Name

Remarks

•

IOT Image Registration Adjustment (ADJ 9.1.1)

710-559

Setting Range=1297~3070 in increments of 0.1mm (Initial Value=2970)

•

IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration Adjustment (ADJ 11.1.1)

710-560

Fast Scan Direction Min. Value Note 1) Setting Range=1297~3070 in increments of 0.1mm (Initial Value=2970)

•

DADF Height Adjustment (ADJ 15.1.5)

•

DADF Position (Skew) Adjustment (ADJ 15.1.6)

710-561

Slow Scan Direction Max Value Note 2) Setting Range=1297~4418 in increments of 0.1mm (Initial Value=2100)

710-562

Slow Scan Direction Min. Value Note 2) Setting Range=1297~4418 in increments of 0.1mm (Initial Value=2100)

710-563

Specified Paper Code for Customized Registration

Fast Scan Direction Max Value Note 1)

03: 5.5”x 8.5” 04: A5 05: B5 08: A4 09: 8”x10” 10: 8.5”x11” 11: 8.5”x12.4” 12: 8.5”x13” 13: 8.5”x14” 14: B4 15: A3 16: 11”x17” 17: 8K 20: ILLEGAL SIZE (Initial Value=08)

710-564

Feed Direction for Original Size

0: LEF, 1: SEF (Initial Value=0)

710-565

Specified Customized Registration for DADF Original Size Detection Table

Do not use Specified Customized Registration for Original Size Detection Table: 0 Use Specified Customized Registration for Original Size Detection Table: 1 (Initial Value=0)

3.

Check the NVM Data setting.

4.

Feed the customized original registered in the Size Detection Table into the DADF.

NOTE: As non-standard sized originals are handled as standard sized originals, there may be problems such as image loss in the scan data.


1.

Place the 82E8220 Test Pattern on the Document glass with the trade mark and part number as the lead edge.

2.

Set up the machine to make two sided copies of the test pattern as follows: a.

On the UI Ready to Copy Screen, select the Copy tab.

b.

Under Output Color select Black.

c.

Under the Paper Supply select 11x17” paper size.

d.

Under 2 Sided Copying select 1 to 2 Sided.

e.

Reduce / Enlarge should be set to 100%.

f.

On the UI Ready to Copy Screen, select the Layout Adjustment tab, Image Shift should be Side 1 and Side 2 No Shift. Select Save.

3.

Select a Quantity of 5.

4.

Press the Start button to make side 1.

5.

After side 1 is made, place a small piece of paper with the words side 2 written on it, onto the Document Glass and under the 82E8220 Test Pattern. NOTE: Side 2 can now be identified by the word “side 2” copied from the small piece of paper placed on the Document Glass under the test pattern from previous step.

6.

Press the Start button to make side 2. NOTE: The 2 sided copies will be used to run duplex sets for measurement through the DADF.

7.

Place the 2 sided copies into the DADF and make one set of 2 sided copies.

8.

On side 1 and side 2, measure on the scale from the 10 mm line to the edge of the paper. The measurement should as follows. (Table 1) Table 1 Specification

→ Check that the original size is detected according to the settings.

Launch Version

Check

Item

Simplex

Duplex

Lead Edge

10 ± 0.5mm

10 ± 0.5mm



ADJ 15.1.3, ADJ 15.1.4

The 10 mm line is located on this scale

Piece of paper to identify side 2

2.


3.

Adjust the Lead Edge using the following NVM so that the measured value falls within specifications. If the measured value is short: Set a smaller value. If the measured value is long: Set a larger value. Table 2 NVM List

Chain Link Name

Min.

Initial Max

Increment

711-140

DADF Lead Reg. Adjustment (Side 1) Replace All

80

129

230

0.458mm

711-141

DADF Lead Reg. Adjustment (Side 2) Replace All

80

129

230

0.458mm

4.

After adjustment is complete, perform the check following the steps in the Check procedure.

5.

Repeat the procedure until the measured value of the Lead Edge falls within the specifications.

Figure 1 Identifying side 2

Adjustment 1.



ADJ 15.1.4



ADJ 15.1.5 DADF Height Adjustment

Adjustment

Purpose To correct the feeding of the original by adjusting the height of the DADF.

NOTE: DADF height adjustment is basically carried out using the Left Counter Balance. In cases where such adjustment is not possible, adjustment is carried out using the Right Counter Balance.

Check

1.

1.

Check the gap between the DADF Platen Guide tips (x3) and the Platen Glass or DADF Platen Glass. (Figure 1) 1.

The DADF Platen Guide tip at the rear is touching the DADF Platen Glass.

2.

The DADF Platen Guide tips (x2) at the front are touching the Platen Glass.

Loosen the nut of the Left/Right Counter Balance and turn the screw to adjust the height and slant of the DADF. (Figure 2) •

Turning the screw in direction A will cause the front of the DADF to rise and the rear to fall. (Direction of arrow A)

•

Turning the screw in direction B will cause the front of the DADF to fall and the rear to rise. (Direction of arrow B)

Figure 1 Checking the gap between the DADF Platen Guide and the Platen Glass Figure 2 Adjusting the DADF Height NOTE: Ensure that the nut is securely tightened after adjustment.




ADJ 15.1.5

ADJ 15.1.6 DADF Position (Skew) Adjustment Purpose To correct the feeding of the original by adjusting the height of the DADF. (DADF Skew)

Check 1.

Place the Test Chart 82E8220 on the Platen Glass.

2.

Place 11x17” paper in Tray 1.

3.

Make a copy using the following settings in Copy mode. a.

On the UI Ready to Copy Screen, select the Copy tab.

b.

Under Output Color select Black.

Check from the paper edge to the parallel line at the 100mm mark and the 300mm mark

c.

Under the Paper Supply select 11x17” paper size.

d.

Under 2 Sided Copying select 1 Sided.

e.

Reduce / Enlarge should be set to 100%.

f.

On the UI Ready to Copy Screen, select the Layout Adjustment tab, Image Shift should be Side 1 No Shift. Select Save if necessary.

NOTE: The copy made from the Platen Glass will be used as the original in the DADF. 4.

Place the copy made from the Platen Glass into the DADF and make 3 copies.

5.

Check that the difference in the distance between the side and the Edges at the 100mm mark and the 300mm mark in the 3 copies is within 00.5mm. (Figure 1)

Figure 1 Checking the Skew


ADJ 15.1.6



Adjustment 1.

Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (REP 15.2.4)

2.

Adjust the position of the DADF by moving the DADF in direction A or B. (Figure 2) 1.

Loosen the screws (5).

2.

Move the DADF in direction A or B.

3.

Tighten the screws (5).

Figure 3 Output copy after adjustment •

The DADF moved in direction B. (Figure 4)

Figure 2 Adjusting the DADF Position •

The DADF moved in direction A. (Figure 3)




ADJ 15.1.6

Figure 4 Output copy after adjustment 3.

Reinstall the DADF Rear Cover.

4.

After adjustment, carry out DADF Side Edge Registration Adjustment (ADJ 15.1.1) and DADF Lead Edge Registration (ADJ 15.1.4).


ADJ 15.1.6



5 Parts List Overview Introduction ..................................................................................................................... Subsystem Information ................................................................................................... Symbology ......................................................................................................................

5-3 5-4 5-5

PL 10.1 Cover-Front, Left................................................................................................ PL 10.2 Cover-Rear, Right ..............................................................................................

Drives

IIT 5-8 5-9 5-10 5-11 5-12 5-13 5-14 5-15

Paper Transport PL 2.9 Envelope Tray Assembly .....................................................................................

5-16

ROS PL 3.1 ROS .....................................................................................................................

5-17

Xerographics/Develoment PL 4.1 CRU, Toner Cartridge.......................................................................................... PL 4.2 Toner System ......................................................................................................

5-18 5-19

Fuser PL 5.1 Fuser Unit ............................................................................................................

5-20

Exit PL 6.1 Exit ....................................................................................................................... PL 6.2 Exit 1.................................................................................................................... PL 6.3 L/H Upper Chute Assembly ................................................................................. PL 6.4 Tray Guide Assembly .......................................................................................... PL 6.5 Tray Guide Assembly ..........................................................................................

5-21 5-22 5-23 5-24 5-25

PL 11.1 Platen/Cover ...................................................................................................... PL 11.2 Control Panel ..................................................................................................... PL 11.3 Platen Glass....................................................................................................... PL 11.4 CCD PWB, Sensor............................................................................................. PL 11.5 Carriage Cable/Motor......................................................................................... PL 11.6 Full/Half Rate Carriage ......................................................................................

MSI 5-26 5-27 5-28

Duplex PL 8.1 Duplex Unit .......................................................................................................... PL 8.2 Inner Chute Assembly .........................................................................................

Electrical Components


5-29 5-30

5-37 5-38 5-39 5-40 5-41 5-42

Tray Module-2T PL 12.1 Tray, Feeder Assembly-2 Tray .......................................................................... PL 12.2 Tray 3/4 Assembly-2 Tray.................................................................................. PL 12.3 Tray 3/4 Feeder- 2 Tray ..................................................................................... PL 12.4 Left Cover-2Tray ................................................................................................ PL 12.5 Takeaway Roll-2Tray ......................................................................................... PL 12.6 Electrical-2Tray .................................................................................................. PL 12.7 Cover-2Tray .......................................................................................................

5-43 5-44 5-45 5-46 5-47 5-48 5-49

Tray Module-TT PL 13.1 Tray 3/4 Assembly-Tandem............................................................................... PL 13.2 Tray 3 Assembly-Tandem.................................................................................. PL 13.3 Tray 4 Assembly-Tandem.................................................................................. PL 13.4 Paper Feed (1/2)-Tandem ................................................................................. PL 13.5 Paper Feed (2/2)-Tandem ................................................................................. PL 13.6 Tray 3/4 Feeder-Tandem Tray........................................................................... PL 13.7 Left Cover Assembly-Tandem ........................................................................... PL 13.8 Electrical-Tandem Tray...................................................................................... PL 13.9 Cover-Tandem Tray...........................................................................................

5-50 5-51 5-52 5-53 5-54 5-55 5-56 5-57 5-58

Mobile Stand PL 14.1 Mobile Stand ......................................................................................................

PL 7.1 MSI Assembly ...................................................................................................... PL 7.2 Lower Frame Assembly ....................................................................................... PL 7.3 MSI Tray Assembly..............................................................................................

5-35 5-36

5-7

Paper Transportation PL 2.1 Tray, Feeder 1/2 Assembly.................................................................................. PL 2.2 Tray 1/2................................................................................................................ PL 2.3 Feeder 1/2 Assembly ........................................................................................... PL 2.4 Registration.......................................................................................................... PL 2.5 Vertical Transport Cover...................................................................................... PL 2.6 Transfer Cover Assembly .................................................................................... PL 2.7 L/H Upper Chute Assembly ................................................................................. PL 2.8 L/H Upper Cover Assembly .................................................................................

5-31 5-32 5-33 5-34

Covers

Parts Lists PL 1.1 Main Drive............................................................................................................

PL 9.1 Electrical .............................................................................................................. PL 9.2 ESS...................................................................................................................... PL 9.3 FAX Unit............................................................................................................... PL 9.4 Wire Harnesses ...................................................................................................

5-59

DADF PL 15.1 DADF Accessory................................................................................................ PL 15.2 DADF Component Cover ................................................................................... PL 15.3 DADF Base Cover ............................................................................................. PL 15.4 DADF Feeder Component ................................................................................. PL 15.5 Top Cover Component....................................................................................... PL 15.6 Takeaway Pinch Roll, Nudger Motor, Nudger/Feed Roll ................................... PL 15.7 DADF Feeder-Chute .......................................................................................... PL 15.8 DADF Feeder-Roll .............................................................................................

February, 2008 5-1

5-60 5-61 5-62 5-63 5-64 5-65 5-66 5-67

Parts List

PL 15.9 Motor Unit Assembly.......................................................................................... PL 15.10 DADF Document Tray .....................................................................................

5-68 5-69

HCF PL 18.1 HCF Unit ............................................................................................................ PL 18.2 HCF Tray 6 (1 of 2)............................................................................................ PL 18.3 HCF Tray 6 (2 of 2)............................................................................................ PL 18.4 HCF Feeder (1 of 3)........................................................................................... PL 18.5 HCF Feeder (2 of 3)........................................................................................... PL 18.6 HCF Feeder (3 of 3)........................................................................................... PL 18.7 HCF Top Cover Unit .......................................................................................... PL 18.8 HCF Electrical and Rail......................................................................................

5-70 5-71 5-72 5-73 5-74 5-75 5-76 5-77

A-Finisher PL 22.1 Finisher Assembly (Part 1 of 2) ......................................................................... PL 22.2 Finisher Assembly (Part 2 of 2) ......................................................................... PL 22.3 Stacker Base Assembly (Part 1 of 5)................................................................. PL 22.4 Stacker Base Assembly (Part 2 of 5)................................................................. PL 22.5 Stacker Base Assembly (Part 3 of 5)................................................................. PL 22.6 Stacker Base Assembly (Part 4 of 5)................................................................. PL 22.7 Stacker Base Assembly (Part 5 of 5)................................................................. PL 22.8 Stacker Tray Assembly...................................................................................... PL 22.9 Compile Assembly (Part 1 of 2) ......................................................................... PL 22.10 Compile Assembly (Part 2 of 2) .......................................................................

5-78 5-79 5-80 5-81 5-82 5-83 5-84 5-85 5-86 5-87

SB Finisher PL 23.1 H-Transport Assembly (1 of 5)........................................................................... PL 23.2 H - Transport Assembly (2 of 5)......................................................................... PL 23.3 H - Transport Assembly (3 of 5)......................................................................... PL 23.4 H - Transport Assembly (4 of 5)......................................................................... PL 23.5 H - Transport Assembly (5 of 5)......................................................................... PL 23.6 Finisher Cover ................................................................................................... PL 23.7 Finisher Stacker................................................................................................. PL 23.8 Finisher Stapler.................................................................................................. PL 23.9 Finisher Eject (1 of 5)......................................................................................... PL 23.10 Finisher Eject (2 of 5)....................................................................................... PL 23.11 Finisher Eject (3 of 5)....................................................................................... PL 23.12 Finisher Eject (4 of 5)....................................................................................... PL 23.13 Finisher Eject (5 of 5)....................................................................................... PL 23.14 Finisher Exit/Folder Assembly ......................................................................... PL 23.15 Folder Assembly .............................................................................................. PL 23.16 Finisher Electrical ............................................................................................ PL 23.17 Booklet Cover .................................................................................................. PL 23.18 Booklet Stapler Assembly................................................................................ PL 23.19 Booklet Front Stapler Assembly ...................................................................... PL 23.20 Booklet Rear Stapler Assembly ....................................................................... PL 23.21 Booklet Electrical .............................................................................................

5-88 5-89 5-90 5-91 5-92 5-93 5-94 5-95 5-96 5-97 5-98 5-99 5-100 5-101 5-102 5-103 5-104 5-105 5-106 5-107 5-108

Common Hardware Common Hardware ......................................................................................................... Part Number Index ..........................................................................................................

5-109 5-119

Parts List

February, 2008 5-2


Introduction

Table 1 Abbreviation size

Overview

Abbreviation

The Parts List section identifies all part numbers and the corresponding location of all spared subsystem components.

R/E

Reduction/Enlargement

REF:

Refer to

SCSI

Small Computer Systems Interface

Organization

W/

With

Parts Lists

W/O

Without

Each item number in the part number listing corresponds to an item number in the related illustration. All the parts in a given subsystem of the machine will be located in the same illustration or in a series of associated illustrations.

Meaning

Table 2 Meaning Operating Companies

Electrical Connectors and Fasteners

Abbreviation

This section contains the illustrations and descriptions of the plugs, jacks, and fasteners used in the machine. A part number listing of the connectors is included.

AO

Americas Operations

NASG - US

North American Solutions Group - US

Common Hardware

NASG Canada

North American Solutions Group Canada

XE

Xerox Europe

The common hardware is listed in alphabetical order by the letter or letters used to identify each item in the part number listing and in the illustrations. Dimensions are in millimeters unless otherwise identified.

Meaning

Symbology Part Number Index

Symbology used in the Parts List section is identified in the Symbology section.

This index lists all the spared parts in the machine in numerical order. Each number is followed by a reference to the parts list on which the part may be found.

Service Procedure Referencing If a part or assembly has an associated repair or adjustment procedure, the procedure number will be listed at the end of the part description in the parts lists e.g. (REP 5.1, ADJ 5.3)

Other Information Abbreviations Abbreviations are used in the parts lists and the exploded view illustrations to provide information in a limited amount of space. The following abbreviations are used in this manual: Table 1 Abbreviation size Abbreviation

Meaning

A3

297 x 594 Millimeters

A4


A5


AD

Auto Duplex

AWG

American Wire Gauge

EMI

Electro Magnetic Induction

GB

Giga Byte

KB

Kilo Byte

MB

Mega Byte

MM

Millimeters

MOD

Magneto Optical Drive

NOHAD

Noise Ozone Heat Air Dirt

PL

Parts List

P/O

Part of


February, 2008 5-3

Parts List

Introduction

Subsystem Information Use of the Term “Assembly” The term “assembly” will be used for items in the part number listing that include other itemized parts in the part number listing. When the word “assembly” is found in the part number listing, there will be a corresponding item number on the illustrations followed by a bracket and a listing of the contents of the assembly.

Brackets A bracket is used when an assembly or kit is spared, but is not shown in the illustration. The item number of the assembly or kit precedes the bracket; the item numbers of the piece parts follow the bracket.

Tag The notation “W/Tag” in the parts description indicates that the part configuration has been updated. Check the change Tag index in the General Information section of the Service Data for the name and purpose of the modification. In some cases, a part or assembly may be spared in two versions: with the Tag and without the Tag. In those cases, use whichever part is appropriate for the configuration of the machine on which the part is to be installed. If the machine does not have a particular Tag and the only replacement part available is listed as “W/Tag”, install the Tag kit or all of the piece parts. The Change Tag Index tells you which kit or piece parts you need. Whenever you install a Tag kit or all the piece parts that make up a Tag, mark the appropriate number on the Tag matrix.

Parts List

Subsystem Information

February, 2008 5-4


Symbology A Tag number within a circle pointing to an item number shows that the part has been changed by the tag number within the circle (Figure 1). Information on the modification is in the Change Tag Index.

A Tag number within a circle having a shaded bar and pointing to an item number shows that the configuration of the part shown is the configuration before the part was changed by the Tag number within the circle (Figure 2).

Figure 2 Without Tag Symbol Figure 1 With Tag Symbol


February, 2008 5-5

Parts List

Symbology

A tag number within a circle with no apex shows that the entire drawing has been changed by the tag number within the circle (Figure 3). Information on the modification is in the Change Tag Index.

A tag number within a circle with no apex and having a shaded bar shows that the entire drawing was the configuration before being changed by the tag number within the circle (Figure 4).

Figure 3 Entire Drawing With Tag Symbol

Figure 4 Entire Drawing Without Tag Symbol

Parts List

Symbology

February, 2008 5-6


PL 1.1 Main Drive Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

– – – – – 007K88585 –

8 9 10

– 005E17860 604K20500

Collar (P/O PL 1.1 Item 10) Gear (21/21T) (P/O PL 1.1 Item 10) Gear (18T) (P/O PL 1.1 Item 10) Gear (21T) (P/O PL 1.1 Item 10) Belt (P/O PL 1.1 Item 10) Main Drive Unit Main Drive Assembly (P/O PL 1.1 Item 6) (REP 1.1.1) Pulley (P/O PL 1.1 Item 6, 10) Flange Drive Gear Kit


February, 2008 5-7

Parts List

PL 1.1

PL 2.1 Tray, Feeder 1/2 Assembly Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4

003E61510 – 050K61180 110K12100

5 6 7

– 054K24091 059K42524

8 9 10

– 054E25722 –

11 12

– –

13

604K20550

Stopper Spacer (Not Spared) Tray Assembly Tray 1 Paper Size Switch, Tray 2 Paper Size Switch Bracket (Not Spared) Feed Out Chute Feeder 1 Assembly, Feeder 2 Assembly (REP 2.1.1) Slide Look (Not Spared) Feed Out Chute Label Tray 1, Label Tray 2 (P/O PL 2.1 Item 13) Label Size (Not Spared) Label (Instruction) (P/O PL 2.1 Item 13) Tray Label Kit

Parts List

PL 2.1

February, 2008 5-8


PL 2.2 Tray 1/2 Item

Part

Description

1 2

– –

3 4 5 6

– – – –

7 8 9

604K20541 – –

10 11 12

– – –

13 14 15 16 17 18

– – – – – –

19 20 21 22 23 24

– – – – – –

Stopper (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) (SCC) Tray Cover (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Seal (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Label (Max) (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Bottom Pad (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Front Side Guide (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Tray Gear Kit Tray Pad (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Rear Side Guide (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Bottom Plate (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Tray (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Side Guide Actuator (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Guide Actuator (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Spring (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Pinion Gear (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) End Guide (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Spring (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) End Guide Actuator (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Link (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Coupling Gear (P/O PL 2.2 Item 7) Gear (13T/60T) (P/O PL 2.2 Item 7) Sector Gear (P/O PL 2.2 Item 7) Bracket (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Lift Up Shaft (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3)


February, 2008 5-9

Parts List

PL 2.2

PL 2.3 Feeder 1/2 Assembly Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

– 127K38171 – – – – – – – – – – 120E22481 930W00113

15 16 17 18 19 20

113E37571 962K19692 – – – –

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

005K05890 005K06760 – – – 005K81880 – –

29 30 31

– – –

32

–

33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

– – – – – – – 604K20360

Upper Frame (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Tray 1/2 Feed/Lift Up Motor Bracket (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Spacer (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Gear (31T) (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Spring (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Oneway Clutch (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Oneway Gear (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Gear (13T) (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Bearing (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Shaft (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Front Chute (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Actuator Tray 1/2 Level Sensor, Tray 1/2 No Paper Sensor Harness Holder Wire Harness Gear (28T/21T) (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Gear (29T) (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Spring (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Feed Roll (P/O PL 2.3 Item 40) (REP 2.3.1) Oneway Clutch Oneway Gear (22T) Shaft (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Chute (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Spring (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Friction Clutch Support (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Retard Roll (P/O PL 2.3 Item 40) (REP 2.3.1) Spacer (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Gear (33T) (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Support Assembly (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Nudger Roll (P/O PL 2.3 Item 40) (REP 2.3.1) Gear (25T) (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Lower Frame (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Bearing (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Gear (34T) (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Lever (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Bearing (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Washer (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Tray Feed Roller Kit (3/Kit) (REP 2.3.1)

Parts List

PL 2.3

February, 2008 5-10


PL 2.4 Registration Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Part

Description

054K35390 013E26760 054E23940 059E98590 059K31021 121K32660 130K64270 – – 054K23940 013E26060 013E26091 – 121K32730 007E79320 –

Chute Bearing Registration Chute Idler Roll Registration Roll Registration Roll Registration Sensor Earth Plate (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Chute Assembly Bearing Bearing Shaft (Not Spared) Takeaway Roll Clutch (Alternate) Gear (19T) (23/28CPM) Wire Harness (Not Spared)


February, 2008 5-11

Parts List

PL 2.4

PL 2.5 Vertical Transport Cover Item

Part

Description

1 2

015K73510 –

3

–

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

– – 059K26840 – – – – 059E98371 – – – – – 802E55701 – 007E79270 013E29830 013E30110 – –

Gear Assembly Bracket Assembly (P/O PL 2.5 Item 1) L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch (P/O PL 2.5 Item 1) Cap (Not Spared) Lower Chute (Not Spared) Takeaway Roll (REP 2.5.1) Handle (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Bearing (Not Spared) Bearing (Not Spared) Pinch Roller Gear (31T) (P/O PL 2.5 Item 1) Spring (Not Spared) Spring (Not Spared) Gear (22T) (P/O PL 2.5 Item 1) Earth Plate (Not Spared) L/H Lower Cover Spring (Not Spared) Gear (18T) Bearing Bearing Gear (21T) (P/O PL 2.5 Item 1) Gear (23T) (P/O PL 2.5 Item 1)

Parts List

PL 2.5

February, 2008 5-12


PL 2.6 Transfer Cover Assembly Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6

012K94341 802K81270 – – – –

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

– – – 054K24055 802K88890 – – 802K49240 110E94770 – – –

Link Assembly BTR Roll Assembly Lever (Rear) (P/O PL 2.6 Item 2) Lever (Front) (P/O PL 2.6 Item 2) Bearing (P/O PL 2.6 Item 2) BTR Roll (P/O PL 2.6 Item 2) (REP 2.6.1) Housing (P/O PL 2.6 Item 2) Spring (P/O PL 2.6 Item 2) Spring (P/O PL 2.6 Item 2) L/H Upper Chute Assembly L/H Upper Cover Assembly Stud (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Wire Assembly L/H Cover Inter Lock Switch Label 220V (Not Spared) Label 110V (Not Spared) Screw (Not Spared)


February, 2008 5-13

Parts List

PL 2.6

PL 2.7 L/H Upper Chute Assembly Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6

– – – – – –

7 8 9 10 11 12

– – – – – –

Bearing (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10) Earth Plate (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10) Guide (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10) L/H Chute (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10) Eliminator (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10) Spring Contact (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10) Spring Chute (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10) Pinch Roll (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10) Spring (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10) Spring (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10) Plate (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10) Guide (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10)

Parts List

PL 2.7

February, 2008 5-14


PL 2.8 L/H Upper Cover Assembly Item

Part

Description

1 2

003E59833 –

3 4 5 6 7

– 054E23950 054K30770 – 802K86921

8 9

– 849E13981

Handle Xerographics/Developer Cartridge Shutter (P/O PL 2.6 Item 11) Handle Guide (P/O PL 2.6 Item 11) L/H Cover Chute Chute Assembly Frame (P/O PL 2.6 Item 11) L/H Upper Cover (P/O PL 2.6 Item 11) Spring (P/O PL 2.6 Item 11) Support


February, 2008 5-15

Parts List

PL 2.8

PL 2.9 Envelope Tray Assembly Item 1

Part

Description

050K61320

Envelope Tray Assembly (Optional)

Parts List

PL 2.9

February, 2008 5-16


PL 3.1 ROS Item 1 2 3 4

Part

Description

062K13584 927W00111 – –

ROS Unit (REP 3.1.1) ROS Fan Bracket (Not Spared) Connector (Not Spared)


February, 2008 5-17

Parts List

PL 3.1

PL 4.1 CRU, Toner Cartridge Item

Part

Description

1

–

2

–

Xerographics/Developer Cartridge (Not Spared) (REP 4.1.1) Toner Cartridge (Not Spared) (REP 4.1.2)

Parts List

PL 4.1

February, 2008 5-18


PL 4.2 Toner System Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

– – – 110K11810 130K87980 – 962K13060 – – – –

12 13 14 15

807E01360 849E23310 127K38040 160K95831

16 17 18 19 20

– 127K37881 – – 032K96941

Stopper (Not Spared) Screw (Not Spared) Guide Assembly (Not Spared) Xerographics Interlock Switch HUM and Temp Sensor Plate (Not Spared) Wire Harness Stopper (P/O PL 4.2 Item 20) Shaft (P/O PL 4.2 Item 20) Toner Box (P/O PL 4.2 Item 20) Dispense Motor (P/O PL 4.2 Item 20) Gear (13T) Support Dispense Motor (REP 4.2.1) Toner Crum PWB, Xerographic Crum PWB Duct (Not Spared) Fuser Fan Housing Assembly (Not Spared) Housing Assembly (Not Spared) Toner Box Assembly


February, 2008 5-19

Parts List

PL 4.2

PL 5.1 Fuser Unit Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 –

Part

Description

– – 120E29881 130E87090 809E42201 – 126K24980 126K24990

Shaft (Not Spared) Insulator (Not Spared) Actuator Fuser Exit Sensor Spring Bracket (Not Spared) Fuser Unit (110V) (REP 5.1.1) Fuser Unit (220V) (REP 5.1.1)

Parts List

PL 5.1

February, 2008 5-20


PL 6.1 Exit Item

Part

Description

1 2 3

– 059K55870 –

4

–

5

059K55880

Exit 1 (REF: PL 6.2 Item 3) Exit 2 And OCT2 (REP 6.1.1) L/H Upper Chute Assembly (P/O PL 6.1 Item 2) Tray Guide Assembly (P/O PL 6.1 Item 2) Exit 2 And Inverter


February, 2008 5-21

Parts List

PL 6.1

PL 6.2 Exit 1 Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

Part

Description

036K91620 038E26725 059K55770 – – – – 013E25550 013E30050 – 050E19804 – 054E23844 604K47020 059K26760 127K57200 – 604K20420 – – – 930W00113 962K15241 – – – 105E12940

Paper Weight Assembly Exit 1 Tray Guide Exit 1 Assembly Gear (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3) Gear (19T) (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3) Offset Gear (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3) Bearing (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3) Bearing Bearing Cap (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3) Exit 1 Gate Lower Chute (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3) OCT Chute Roller Kit (2/Kit) Exit 1 Roll Offset Motor 1 Spring (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3) Spring Kit (2/Kit) Earth Plate (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3) Earth Plate (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3) Bracket (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3) OCT Home Sensor Wire Harness Screw (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3) Exit 1 Top Cover (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Eliminator

Parts List

PL 6.2

February, 2008 5-22


PL 6.3 L/H Upper Chute Assembly Item

Part

Description

1

–

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

003E60161 050E20010 – 054E24372 – – – – – –

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

– – – 809E37170 – – – –

L/H Upper Chute (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3) Latch Exit 2 Gate Spring (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3) Upper FU Chute Stopper (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3) Gear Cover (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3) Gear (52T) (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3) Bracket (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3) Earth Plate (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3) Face Up Exit Cover (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3) Earth Plate (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3) Bracket (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3) Link (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3) Spring Bearing (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3) Label (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3) Gear (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3) Invert Roll Assembly (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3)


February, 2008 5-23

Parts List

PL 6.3

PL 6.4 Tray Guide Assembly Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35

– 105E12940 – 604K20680 054E24331 – 059K26760 – 807E00180 604K20690 604K20700 003E60171 809E50210 – – – 120E22451 110E11580 – – – – 121K32370 – – – 604K20430 – 121K41700 127K57200 604K20400 059E98780 – 809E37332 –

36 37 38 39 40 41

962K18882 127K51680 604K20450 – – 809E54971

Tray Guide (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Eliminator Bearing (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Exit Bear Roll Kit (2/Kit) OCT 2 Chute Earth Plate (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Exit 2 Roll Bearing (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Gear (19T) Exit Roll Kit (2/Kit) Exit Spring Kit (2/Kit) Latch Spring Front Plate (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Earth Plate (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Earth plate (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Actuator Exit 2 Interlock Switch Offset Gear (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Rear Plate (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Spring (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Link (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Face Up Solenoid Gear (20T) (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Shaft (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Gear (19T/44T) (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Spring Kit (2 Per Kit) Exit Gate Link (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Exit 2 Gate Solenoid Offset Motor 2 Roller Kit (2/Kit) Actuator Lower Chute (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Spring Actuator Exit 2 Sensor, OCT Home Sensor 2 (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Wire Harness Exit 2 Motor Pinch Roll Kit (2/Kit) Cover (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Exit Fan (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Pinch Spring

Parts List

PL 6.4

February, 2008 5-24


PL 6.5 Tray Guide Assembly Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

– – 930W00113 809E37332 – 059E98780 604K20400 – 121K41700 – 604K20430 003E60171 809E50210 – – – 120E22451 –

19 20 21 22 23 24

– – – – – –

Tray Guide (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5) Cover (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5) Exit 2 Sensor (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5) Spring Actuator Lower Chute (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5) Actuator Roller Kit (2/Kit) Exit Fan (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5) Exit 2 Gate Solenoid Exit Gate Link (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5) Spring Kit (2/Kit) Latch Spring Front Plate (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5) Earth Plate (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5) Earth Plate (P/O Pl6.1 Item 5) Actuator Exit 2 Interlock Switch (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5) Offset Gear (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5) Rear Plate (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5) Spring (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5) Shaft (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5) Gear (19T/44T) (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5) Gear (40T) (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5)


February, 2008 5-25

Parts List

PL 6.5

PL 7.1 MSI Assembly Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

– – – – 050K56600 962K13120 – – – – 604K20410 – 120E22231 –

15 16 17 18 19

– 930W00113 802E55201 802E55212 604K20520

Label (P/O PL 7.1 Item 19) Label (Max) (P/O PL 7.1 Item 19) Upper Frame (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) MPT Tray Assembly Wire Harness Chute (Not Spared) Shaft (Not Spared) Spacer (Not Spared) Guide (Not Spared) Roller Kit (2/Kit) Spring (Not Spared) Actuator Lower Frame Assembly (Not Spared) Spring (Not Spared) MPT No Paper Sensor MPT Front Cover MPT Rear Cover MPT Label Kit

Parts List

PL 7.1

February, 2008 5-26


PL 7.2 Lower Frame Assembly Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

801K30720 – – – – – 007E79710 011E15150 – 019E56551 – 019K09420 032E21061 059K27141 121E92780 – –

18

–

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

– 059K40654 – 807E02610 – – – – – – – –

Lower Frame Assembly Lower Frame (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Stopper Lever (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Collar (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Retard Shaft (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Pick Up Gear (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Gear (18T) Gear Lever Bearing (8) (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Pad Bottom Plate (P/O PL 7.1 Item 14) MPT Retard Pad (REP 7.2.1) Paper Guide Drive Roll MSI Feed Solenoid Shaft (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Pick Up Cam (Rear) (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Pick Up Cam (Front) (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Core (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Feed Roll (REP 7.2.1) Bearing (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Cam Gear Spring (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Earth Plate (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Earth Plate (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Lower Chute (Not Spared) Paper Guide (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1)


February, 2008 5-27

Parts List

PL 7.2

PL 7.3 MSI Tray Assembly Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

– – – – – – – – –

10 11 12

– – –

Pinion Gear (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5) Front Rack (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5) Rear Rack (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5) Link (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5) Side Guide (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5) Side Guide (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5) Tray MPT (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5) Tray Exit (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5) MPT Paper Size Sensor (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5) Cover Tray (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5) Spring (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5) Wire Harness (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5)

Parts List

PL 7.3

February, 2008 5-28


PL 8.1 Duplex Unit Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

059K55760 – – – – 011E14582 011E14590 – 110E11580 120E21261 127K57210 160K94227 802E55173 – – – – 930W00113 –

20 21 22 23 24

– – – – 127E83681

Duplex Unit Gear (28T) (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1) Gear (33/37T) (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1) Gear (33T) (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1) Gear (42T) (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1) Latch Lever (Rear) Latch Lever (Front) Lower Chute (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1) Duplex Open Chute Actuator Duplex Motor Duplex PWB Cover Spring (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1) Bracket (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1) Latch Plate (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1) Duplex Sensor Inner Chute Assembly (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1) Wire Harness (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1) Wire Harness (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1) Wire Harness (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1) Label (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1) Fan


February, 2008 5-29

Parts List

PL 8.1

PL 8.2 Inner Chute Assembly Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Part

Description

– – – – – – – – 604K20460 604K20470

Stopper (P/O PL 8.1 Item 19) Lock (P/O PL 8.1 Item 19) Bearing (P/O PL 8.1 Item 19) Pin (P/O PL 8.1 Item 19) Outer Chute (P/O PL 8.1 Item 19) Inner Chute (P/O PL 8.1 Item 19) Duplex Roller (P/O PL 8.1 Item 19) Duplex Roller (P/O PL 8.1 Item 19) Roller (4/Kit) Spring (4/Kit)

Parts List

PL 8.2

February, 2008 5-30


PL 9.1 Electrical Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 – 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Part

Description

105E17880 110E11230 – 960K37900 960K35862 – – 105E17920 105E17930 104E94080 101K55280 – – 908W01201 962K18690 – – – – – – 962K57510

HVPS-Y1C Main Switch Bracket (Not Spared) Exit PWB MCU PWB (REP 9.1.1) PWB Support (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Power Unit - B1 (110V) Power Unit (220V) Choke Coil (220/240V) AC Chassis Assembly Screw (P/O PL 9.1 Item 10) Bracket (P/O PL 9.1 Item 10) GFI Breaker Wire Harness Wire Harness (P/O PL 9.1 Item 10) Outlet (P/O PL 9.1 Item 10) Screw (Not Spared) Holder (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) 110V Power Cord (Not Spared) HCF Harness Assembly


February, 2008 5-31

Parts List

PL 9.1

PL 9.2 ESS Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Part

Description

– – – – – – – 101K55270 133K25440 – 960K35820 – 540K08771 540K08781

Panel (Not Spared) ESS Chassis (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Screw (Not Spared) Panel (Not Spared) Panel (Not Spared) ESS PWB (REP 9.2.1) DDR DIMM (256MB) ESS Cover (Not Spared) HDD (40GB) Wire Harness (Not Spared) PS DIMM Printer PWB

Parts List

PL 9.2

February, 2008 5-32


PL 9.3 FAX Unit Item 1 2 3 4 – – 5 6 7 8

Part

Description

– – – 960K32180 960K32190 960K32200 – 117K38480 962K61060 –

FAX Box (Not Spared) Panel (Not Spared) Speaker (Not Spared) FAX PWB (110V) FAX PWB (220V) FAX PWB (ARZ) Bracket (Not Spared) USB Cable Wire Harness Data Cable (Not Spared)


February, 2008 5-33

Parts List

PL 9.3

PL 9.4 Wire Harnesses Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

962K13510 962K13080 962K13090 – – 962K13140 962K13200 962K13211 –

10 11 12 13 14 15

960K16185 962K19220 962K23600 962K13500 – –

Wire Harness Switch 2 Wire Harness ROS Wire Harness Drive Wire Harness Feeder Wire Harness PH (Not Spared) Wire Harness Size Wire Harness Crum Wire Harness Exit Wire Harness LVPS Power (Not Spared) Wire Harness Fuser AC Wire Harness Interlock Wire Harness MPT Wire Harness Switch 1 Shoulder Screw (Not Spared) Shoulder Screw (Not Spared)

Parts List

PL 9.4

February, 2008 5-34


PL 10.1 Cover-Front, Left Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Part

Description

802E55223 802E55392 – 802E55431 848K09590 – 848E21070 – – – – 848E21010 – – 802E55312 – – – 848K06221 110E94770 – – – 892E99040

Left Front Cover Front Left Cover Top Rear Cover (Not Spared) Exit Cover Left Cover Magnet (Not Spared) Front Cover Strip (Not Spared) Stopper (Not Spared) ADD Tray (Not Spared) Duct (Not Spared) Top Cover Panel Cover (Not Spared) Spring (Not Spared) Inner Cover Cap (Not Spared) Plate (Not Spared) Sheet Guide (Not Spared) Logo Label Front Cover Interlock Switch Bracket (Not Spared) Foot (Not Spared) E-Star Label (Not Spared) Xerographic/Developer Cartridge Label


February, 2008 5-35

Parts List

PL 10.1

PL 10.2 Cover-Rear, Right Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Part

Description

802E55231 802E55242 – 802E55271 848E14800 848E19410 – – – – – –

Right Upper Cover Right Lower Cover ESS Right Cover (Not Spared) Rear Middle Cover Rear Upper Cover Rear Lower Cover (REP 10.2.1) Cover (Not Spared) Label (Not Spared) Foot (Not Spared) Foot (Not Spared) Data Plate (Not Spared) Label (220V) (Not Spared)

Parts List

PL 10.2

February, 2008 5-36


PL 11.1 Platen/Cover Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Part

Description

802K55690 802K59201 – – – 004E13450 802E54563 802E90180 802E90161 062K18631 – – –

Platen Cover Assembly Platen Cover Hinge Cover (Not Spared) Hinge (P/O PL 11.1 Item 1) Magnet (P/O PL 11.1 Item 1) Platen Cushion (REP 11.1.1) Top Cover Right Cover Left Cover Frame Assembly Control Panel Assembly UI Cable (Not Spared) Name Plate


February, 2008 5-37

Parts List

PL 11.1

PL 11.2 Control Panel Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5

802E55521 802K60062 848E25740 – –

6 7

– –

8 9 10 11 12 13

160K91631 110K11610 123K94951 – 960K02444 –

14 15

802K57132 –

16

–

17

–

18

–

19 20

– –

21 22

802K64718 –

Panel (Center) Panel (Left) Panel (Right) Contrast PWB (P/O PL 11.2 Item 2) Panel Housing (P/O PL 11.2 Item 21) Adjust Pen (P/O PL 11.2 Item 21) Control Panel PWB (P/O PL 11.2 Item 21) Inverter PWB Touch Panel Display Bracket (P/O PL 11.2 Item 21) UI PWB UI Base Frame (P/O PL 11.2 Item 21) UI Top Cover UI Lower Cover (P/O PL 11.2 Item 21) Wire Harness (P/O PL 11.2 Item 21) Wire Harness (P/O PL 11.2 Item 21) Wire Harness (P/O PL 11.2 Item 21) Support (P/O PL 11.2 Item 21) Wire Harness (P/O PL 11.2 Item 21) Control Panel Assembly Panel (P/O PL 11.2 Item 2)

Parts List

PL 11.2

February, 2008 5-38


PL 11.3 Platen Glass Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6

090K93210 815E36330 – 960K32481 117E27750 –

7 8

090K93011 –

9 10 11 12

– – – –

13

–

Platen Glass (REP 11.3.1) Right Side Plate IPS Cover (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) IIT/IPS PWB (REP 11.3.2) CCD Flat Cable Wire Harness (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) Left Side Plate Platen Glass Plate (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) Lock Screw (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) Screw (Not Spared) ESS Flat Cable (Not Spared) Support Glass (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) Support Glass (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10)


February, 2008 5-39

Parts List

PL 11.3

PL 11.4 CCD PWB, Sensor Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

062K19060 – – 130K64150 – 110K11960 130E87280

8 9 10

– 120E22031 –

Lens Kit (REP 11.4.1) Lens Cover (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) Bracket (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) APS Sensor Seal (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) Platen Open Switch IIT Registration Sensor, Platen Angle Sensor Support (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) Actuator Spring (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10)

Parts List

PL 11.4

February, 2008 5-40


PL 11.5 Carriage Cable/Motor Item

Part

Description

1

–

2

–

3

–

4

–

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

020E37030 604K20440 – – – – 023E21210 – 127K52340

14

–

15 16

– 604K20510

Capstan Pulley (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) Capstan Shaft (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) Front Carriage Cable (P/O PL 11.5 Item 16) (REP 11.5.1) Rear Carriage Cable (P/O PL 11.5 Item 16) (REP 11.5.1) Pulley Spring Kit Tape (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) Tape (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) Frame (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) Bearing (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) Belt Timing Pulley (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) Carriage Motor Assembly (REP 11.5.2) Carriage Motor (P/O PL 11.5 Item 13) Bracket (P/O PL 11.5 Item 13) Cable Kit


February, 2008 5-41

Parts List

PL 11.5

PL 11.6 Full/Half Rate Carriage Item

Part

Description

1 2 3

– 041K95940 –

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

117E27590 – 062E10800 – – 122K93780 105E16210 – 041K94910

13

–

14 15

– –

16 17 18 19

– – – –

Harness Guide (Not Spared) Full Rate Carriage Assembly Full Rate Carriage (P/O PL 11.6 Item 2) Lamp Wire Harness (REP 11.6.2) Guide (P/O PL 11.6 Item 2) No. Mirror Clip (P/O PL 11.6 Item 2) Insulator (P/O PL 11.6 Item 2) Exposure Lamp (REP 11.6.1) Lamp Ballast PWB Pad (P/O PL 11.6 Item 2) Half Rate Carriage Assembly (ADJ 11.6.1) No.2 Mirror, No.3 Mirror (P/O PL 11.6 Item 12) Clip (P/O PL 11.6 Item 12) Half Rate Carriage (P/O PL 11.6 Item 12) Pulley (P/O PL 11.6 Item 12) Pulley (P/O PL 11.6 Item 12) Pad (P/O PL 11.6 Item 12) Guide (P/O PL 11.6 Item 12)

Parts List

PL 11.6

February, 2008 5-42


PL 12.1 Tray, Feeder Assembly-2 Tray Item

Part

Description

1 2

050K53945 –

3 4 5 6

110K12100 014E51110 003E61510 –

7 8 9 10 11

604K20550 054E22622 – – –

Tray 3/4 Assembly Label (No. 3), Label (No. 4) (P/O PL 12.1 Item 7) Tray 3/4 Paper Size Switch Tray Spacer Tray Stopper Tray 3 Feeder, Tray 4 Feeder (P/O PL 12.1 Item 11) Tray Label Kit Feed Out Chute Sensor Cover (Not Spared) Cover (Not Spared) Tray 3/4 Feeder Kit


February, 2008 5-43

Parts List

PL 12.1

PL 12.2 Tray 3/4 Assembly-2 Tray Item

Part

Description

1 2 3

604K20541 – –

4 5 6 7

– – – –

8 9

– –

10

–

11

–

12 13 14 15 16

– – – – –

17 18

– –

19

–

20 21 22 23 24 25 26

– – – – – – 010E94240

Tray Gear Kit Tray Cover (Not Spared) Label (Instruction) (P/O PL 12.1 Item 7) Label (Max) (P/O PL 12.1 Item 7) Bottom Plate (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Bottom Pad (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Front Side Guide (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Tray Pad (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Rear Side Guide (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Side Guide Actuator (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Guide Actuator (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Pinion Gear (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) End Guide (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) End Guide Actuator (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Link (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Coupling Gear (13T) (P/O PL 12.2 Item 1) Gear (13T/60T) (P/O PL 12.2 Item 1) Sector Gear (P/O PL 12.2 Item 1) Bracket (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Lift Up Shaft (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Stopper (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Seal (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Tray (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Slide Lock

Parts List

PL 12.2

February, 2008 5-44


PL 12.3 Tray 3/4 Feeder- 2 Tray Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Part – 127K38171 – – – – –

8 9 10 11 12 13 14

– – – – – 120E22481 930W00113

15 16 17

– 962K18912 –

18 19 20

– – –

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

005K05890 005K06760 – – – 005K81880 – –

29 30 31 32

– – – –

33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43

– – – – – – – – – 930W00211 604K20360


Description Upper Frame (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Tray 3/4 Feed/Lift Up Motor Bracket (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Spacer (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Gear (31T) (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Spring (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Oneway Clutch (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Oneway Gear (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Gear (33T) (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Bearing (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Shaft (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Front Chute (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Actuator Tray 3/4 Level Sensor, Tray 3/4 No Paper Sensor Harness Holder (CTR) Wire Harness Gear (28T/21T) (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Gear (29T) (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Spring (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Feed Roll (P/O PL 12.3 Item 43) (REP 12.3) Oneway Clutch Oneway Gear (22T) Shaft (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Chute (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Spring (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Friction Clutch Support (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Retard Roll (P/O PL 12.3 Item 43) (REP 12.3) Spacer (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Gear (13T) (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Support (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Nudger Roll (P/O PL 12.3 Item 43) (REP 12.3) Gear (25T) (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Bearing (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Gear (34T) (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Lever (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Bearing (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Washer (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Lower Frame (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Holder (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Spring (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Tray 3/4 Per Feed Sensor Feeder Roll Kit (Feeder/Nudger/Retard)

February, 2008 5-45

Parts List

PL 12.3

PL 12.4 Left Cover-2Tray Item

Part

Description

1 2

802K70855 –

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

– – – – – – – – – – 059E98190 830E45710 110E12220

16 17

– –

Left Cover Assembly Latch Assembly (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1) Hook (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1) Handle (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1) Left Cover (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1) Chute (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1) Actuator (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1) Bracket (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1) Bearing (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1) Bearing (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1) Pinch Roll Support Strap Tray Module Left Cover Interlock Switch Bracket (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared)

Parts List

PL 12.4

February, 2008 5-46


PL 12.5 Takeaway Roll-2Tray Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Part

Description

– – 130K64121 962K18171 – 130K64471 962K18900 059K40370 604K20720 – – –

Chute (Not Spared) Cover (Not Spared) Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor Wire Harness Chute (Not Spared) Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor Wire Harness Takeaway Roll Assembly Bearing Kit Gear (16T) (P/O PL 12.5 Item 8) Bearing (P/O PL 12.5 Item 8) Takeaway Roll (P/O PL 12.5 Item 8)


February, 2008 5-47

Parts List

PL 12.5

PL 12.6 Electrical-2Tray Item

Part

Description

1 2

960K16185 121K31530

3 4 5 6 7

– – – – 007K93801

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

– – – – – 962K18900 – 604K20720 – – –

19

–

2 Tray Module PWB (REP 12.4) 2 Tray Module Takeaway Roll Clutch Bracket (Not Spared) Shaft (Not Spared) Bearing (Not Spared) Gear (38T) (Not Spared) 2 Tray Module Takeaway Motor Assembly Gear (22T/40T) (Not Spared) Gear (126T) (Not Spared) Gear (37T) (Not Spared) Gear (37T) (Not Spared) Gear (32T) (Not Spared) Wire Harness Gasket (Not Spared) Bearing Bracket (Not Spared) Bracket (P/O PL 12.6 Item 7) 2Tray Takeaway Module Motor (P/O PL 12.6 Item 7) Gear (50T) (P/O PL 12.6 Item 7)

Parts List

PL 12.6

February, 2008 5-48


PL 12.7 Cover-2Tray Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Part

Description

– – 802E54750 802E54762 802E54771 – – – –

Top Cover (Not Spared) Foot Cover (Not Spared) Right Cover Left Cover Rear Cover Caster (Stopper) (Not Spared) Caster (Not Spared) Foot (Not Spared) Foot Cover (Not Spared)


February, 2008 5-49

Parts List

PL 12.7

PL 13.1 Tray 3/4 Assembly-Tandem Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4

050K53962 – 050K53952 –

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

– – – 110K11820 059E98210 – – 604K20550

Tray 3 Assembly (REP 13.1.1) Label (3) (P/O PL 13.1 Item 12) Tray 4 Assembly (REP 13.1.2) Tray 4 Stopper (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Label (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Label (4) (Not Spared) Tray 3 Stopper (Not Spared) Tray 3/4 Paper Size Switch Roll Shaft (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Tray Label Kit

Parts List

PL 13.1

February, 2008 5-50


PL 13.2 Tray 3 Assembly-Tandem Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

– – – 006K23014 020E36560 032E20890 – – – – – – – –

15 16

– –

17 18

– –

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

– – – 003E79750 030K75541 – – – – – 604K20730 604K20750 604K20740

Tray 3 Cover (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Handle Tray (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Pulley (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Lift Shaft Pulley Cable Guide Pulley (P/O PL 13.2 Item 29) Cable Guide (P/O PL 13.2 Item 31) Tray Cable (P/O PL 13.2 Item 30) Tray Cable (P/O PL 13.2 Item 30) Tray Cable (P/O PL 13.2 Item 30) Bottom Plate (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Pad (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Front Side Guide (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Knob (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Knob Assembly (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Rear Side Guide (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Bracket (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Lack Rear (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Pinion (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Stopper Brake Bracket Rail Spacer (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Spacer (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Actuator (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Pad (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Frame (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Pulley Kit Tray Cable Kit Cable Guide Kit


February, 2008 5-51

Parts List

PL 13.2

PL 13.3 Tray 4 Assembly-Tandem Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

– 059K26340 – 006K23014 020E36821 – – –

9

–

10 11 12

– – –

13 14

– –

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

– – 007E78390 – – – – – 003E79750 – – – –

Tray Cover (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Tray 4 Transport Assembly Frame (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Lift Shaft Pulley Pulley (P/O PL 13.2 Item 29) Cable Guide (P/O PL 13.2 Item 31) Rear Tray Cable (P/O PL 13.2 Item 30) Front Tray Cable (P/O PL 13.2 Item 30) Bottom Plate (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Pad (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Front Side Guide (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Knob (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Knob Assembly (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Spring (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Brake Bracket (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Gear Rack Gear (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Pinion (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Bracket (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Rail Roll (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Shaft (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Stopper Actuator (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Pad (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Frame (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Rear Side Guide (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3)

Parts List

PL 13.3

February, 2008 5-52


PL 13.4 Paper Feed (1/2)-Tandem Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

Part

Description

– – – – 059K26350 – – 059E98860 – – – – – – – – – 930W00212 – – – –

Spacer (Not Spared) Guide (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Not Spared) Upper Chute (P/O PL 13.3 Item 2) Takeaway Roll Bearing (P/O PL 13.3 Item 2) Cover (P/O PL 13.3 Item 2) Pinch Roll Bearing (P/O PL 13.3 Item 2) Spring (P/O PL 13.3 Item 2) Bearing (P/O PL 13.3 Item 2) Spacer (P/O PL 13.3 Item 2) Transport Rail (P/O PL 13.3 Item 2) Lower Chute (P/O PL 13.3 Item 2) Tray 4 Feeder (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Cover (Not Spared) Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor Upper Chute (Not Spared) Lower Chute (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Stand Bracket (Not Spared)


February, 2008 5-53

Parts List

PL 13.4

PL 13.5 Paper Feed (2/2)-Tandem Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Part

Description

059K42524 – 059K40370 – – – 962K18171 130K64121 – 054E22622 – – –

Tray 3 Feeder Cover (Not Spared) Takeaway Roll Assembly Bearing (Not Spared) Cover (Not Spared) Chute (Not Spared) Wire Harness Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor Upper Chute (Not Spared) Lower Chute Gear (16T) (P/O PL 13.5 Item 3) Bearing (P/O PL 13.5 Item 3) Takeaway Roll (P/O PL 13.5 Item 3)

Parts List

PL 13.5

February, 2008 5-54


PL 13.6 Tray 3/4 Feeder-Tandem Tray Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Part – 127K38171 – 014E44770 – – –

8 9 10 11 12 13 14

– – – – – 120E22481 930W00113

15

–

16 17

962K18912 –

18 19 20

– – –

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

005K05890 005K06760 – 054E23170 – 005K81880 – –

29 30 31 32

– – – –

33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43

– – – – – – – – – 930W00211 604K20360


Description Upper Frame (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Tray 3/4 Feed/Lift Up Motor Bracket (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Spacer Gear (31T) (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Oneway Clutch (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Oneway Gear (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Gear (33T) (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Bearing (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Shaft (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Front Chute (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Actuator Tray 3/4 Level Sensor, Tray 3/4 No Paper Sensor Harness Holder (CTR) (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Wire Harness Gear (28T/21T) (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Gear (29T) (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Feed Roll (P/O PL 13.6 Item 43) (REP 12.3) Oneway Clutch Oneway Gear (22T) Shaft (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Chute Spring (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Friction Clutch Support (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Retard Roll (P/O PL 13.6 Item 43) (REP 12.3) Spacer (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Gear (13T) (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Support (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Nudger Roll (P/O PL 13.6 Item 43) (REP 12.3) Gear (25T) (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Bearing (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Gear (34T) (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Lever (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Bearing (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Washer (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Lower Frame (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Holder (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Tray 3/4 Per Feed Sensor Feeder Roll Kit (Feeder/Nudger/Retard)

February, 2008 5-55

Parts List

PL 13.6

PL 13.7 Left Cover Assembly-Tandem Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

848K20560 – – – – – – – – – – – – 830E45710 110E12220

16 17

– –

Left Cover Assembly Latch (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1) Hook (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1) Handle (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1) Left Cover (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1) Chute (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1) Actuator (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1) Bracket (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1) Bearing (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1) Bearing (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1) Pinch Roll (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1) Support Tray Module Left Cover Interlock Switch Bracket (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared)

Parts List

PL 13.7

February, 2008 5-56


PL 13.8 Electrical-Tandem Tray Item

Part

Description

1 2 3

– – 007K93801

4 5 6 7

– 960K16185 – 121K31530

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

23

–

Gear Assembly (Not Spared) Gear Assembly (Not Spared) Tandem Tray Module Takeaway Motor Assembly Gear (22T/40T) (Not Spared) Tandem Tray Module PWB Bracket (Not Spared) Tandem Tray Module Takeaway Roll Clutch Bracket (Not Spared) Bearing (Not Spared) Gear (38T) (Not Spared) Shaft (Not Spared) Gear (37T) (Not Spared) Gear (32T) (Not Spared) Gear (60T) (Not Spared) Gear (60T) (Not Spared) Bracket Assembly (Not Spared) Bearing (Not Spared) Gasket (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Bracket (P/O PL 13.8 Item 3) Tandem Tray Module Takeaway Motor (P/O PL 13.8 Item 3) Gear (36T/72T) (P/O PL 13.8 Item 3)


February, 2008 5-57

Parts List

PL 13.8

PL 13.9 Cover-Tandem Tray Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Part

Description

– – 802E54750 802E54762 802E54771 – – – –

Top Cover (Not Spared) Foot Cover (Not Spared) Right Cover Left Cover Rear Cover Caster (Stopper) (Not Spared) Caster (Not Spared) Foot (Not Spared) Foot Cover (Not Spared)

Parts List

PL 13.9

February, 2008 5-58


PL 14.1 Mobile Stand Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Part

Description

– – – – – – – – – – – –

Front Cover (Not Spared) Magnet (Not Spared) Left Cover (Not Spared) Rear Cover (Not Spared) Right Cover (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Caster (Not Spared) Caster (Not Spared) Upper Hinge (Not Spared) Lower Caster (Not Spared) Front Cover (Not Spared) Foot (Not Spared)


February, 2008 5-59

Parts List

PL 14.1

PL 15.1 DADF Accessory Item

Part

Description

1 2

– –

3

059K54576

Knob Screw (Not Spared) DADF Platen Cushion (Not Spared) (REP 15.1.2) DADF (With Item 2 Without PL 15.3 Item 31) (PL 15.2) (REP 15.1.1)

Parts List

PL 15.1

February, 2008 5-60


PL 15.2 DADF Component Cover Item

Part

Description

1 2

801K22542 –

3 4 5 6 7 8

050K56180 – – 802E57293 802E57445 –

9

–

10

–

11

–

DADF Base Cover Assembly DADF Feeder Assembly (P/O PL 15.1 Item 3) (REP 15.2.2) DADF Document Tray (REP 15.2.1) Tray Holder (P/O PL 15.1 Item 3) LED Cap (P/O PL 15.2 Item 9) DADF Front Cover (REP 15.2.3) DADF Rear Cover (REP 15.2.4) Stamp Solenoid Connector Holder (P/O PL 15.1 Item 3) DADF Front Cover (P/O PL 15.1 Item 3) Velcro Fastening (P/O PL 15.1 Item 3) Velcro Fastening (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)


February, 2008 5-61

Parts List

PL 15.2

PL 15.3 DADF Base Cover Item 1

Part –

2 3

– –

4

–

5

–

6

–

7

–

8

–

9

–

10

–

11

–

12 13 14

– – –

15 16 17 18

– – – –

19

–

20

–

21

–

22

–

23

–

24 25 26 27

– – 028E94260 –

28 29 30

– 036K91551 036K91561

31 32 33 34 35 36 37

117E27450 – 960K32501 – – – 962K19793

Parts List

PL 15.3

Description DADF Base Cover (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Gate Pad (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Seal (Chute-Front) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Seal (Chute-Rear) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Seal (Out Roll) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Seal (Out Roll) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Cushion (Solenoid) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Seal (Registration-Front) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Seal (Registration-Rear) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Magnet (Interlock) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Tapping Screw (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Shaft (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Holder (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Pinch Roll (Exit) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Bearing (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Shaft (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Pinch Roll (Registration-Plastics) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Pinch Roll (Registration-Plastics) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Spring (20mm) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Pinch Roll (Out Roll-Rubber) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Pinch Roll (Out-Rubber) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Spring (17mm) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Pad (Sensor) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Cover (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) K-Clip Lever (Solenoid) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Cap (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Left Counter Balance (REP 15.3.2) Right Counter Balance (REP 15.3.3) IIT-DADF Cable Clamp (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) DADF PWB (REP 15.3.1) PWB Bracket (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Bush (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Earth Wire (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Wire Harness (Feeder Front)

February, 2008 5-62


PL 15.4 DADF Feeder Component Item

Part

Description

1 2 3

– – –

4 5

059K45218 –

6

–

7

–

8

–

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

019K98770 – – – 019K99070 – – – – 962K19731 962K19740 962K19750 – –

23 24

– 059K45234

Stud (P/O PL 15.2 Item 2) Stud Bracket (P/O PL 15.2 Item 2) Harness Guide (P/O PL 15.2 Item 2) Top Cover Assembly DADF Feeder (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24) Retard Roll Chute (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24) Retard Roll Holder (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24) Retard Roll (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24) (REP 15.4.1) Torque Limiter Shaft (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24) Spring (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24) Pad (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24) Pad (Actuator) Seal (Rear) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24) C-Clip (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24) Guide (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24) Label (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24) Wire Harness (Sensor) Wire Harness (Registration Motor) Wire Harness (Feed Motor) Seal (Front) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24) Seal (Retard) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24) Guide (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24) DADF Feeder (With out Motor Unit)


February, 2008 5-63

Parts List

PL 15.4

PL 15.5 Top Cover Component Item

Part

Description

1 2 3

– – –

4 5 6 7 8 9 10

– – 059K60740 127K38412 930W00111 962K19705 –

11 12 13

– 059K48900 –

14 15

– –

16 17 18 19 20 21

028E94260 – – – – –

Top Cover (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4) Handle Lever (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4) Actuator (Feed Out) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4) Bracket (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4) Bracket (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4) Takeaway Pinch Roll DADF Nudger Motor DADF Nudger Sensor Wire Harness Harness Guide (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4) Set Guide (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4) Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly Harness Guide (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4) Label (Size) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4) Label (Jam Clear) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4) K-Clip Plate Spring (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4) Spring (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4) Actuator (Set) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4) Chute (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4) Pad (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4)

Parts List

PL 15.5

February, 2008 5-64


PL 15.6 Takeaway Pinch Roll, Nudger Motor, Nudger/Feed Roll Item

Part

Description

1 2

– –

3 4 5 6 7 8

– – – – – –

9

–

10

–

11

–

12 13 14 15 16

– – – – –

17 18

– –

19

–

20

–

21 22 23 24

– – 807E18980 –

25 26 27 28 29 30

– – – – 007K88751 604K20760

Bracket (P/O PL 15.5 Item 6) Shaft (Takeaway Pinch Roll) (P/O PL 15.5 Item 6) Roll (P/O PL 15.5 Item 6) Roll (P/O PL 15.5 Item 6) Gear Bracket (P/O PL 15.5 Item 6) Spring (P/O PL 15.5 Item 6) Gear Bracket (P/O PL 15.5 Item 6) Gear (18T/19T) (P/O PL 15.5 Item 6) Gear (36T/19T) (P/O PL 15.5 Item 6) Gear (36T/36T) (P/O PL 15.5 Item 6) DADF Nudger Motor (P/O PL 15.5 Item 7) Bracket (P/O PL 15.5 Item 7) Motor Bracket (P/O PL 15.5 Item 7) Housing (P/O PL 15.5 Item 7) Sector Gear (P/O PL 15.5 Item 7) Gear (Idler-36T) (P/O PL 15.5 Item 12) Shaft (P/O PL 15.5 Item 12) Gear (Nudger-34T) (P/O PL 15.5 Item 12) Nudger Roll (P/O PL 15.6 Item 30) (REP 15.6.1) Shaft (Nudger) (P/O PL 15.5 Item 12) Set Gate (P/O PL 15.5 Item 12) Shaft (Feed) (P/O PL 15.5 Item 12) Gear (Feed-26T) Feed Roll (P/O PL 15.6 Item 30) (REP 15.6.1) C-Clip (P/O PL 15.5 Item 12) Spring (P/O PL 15.5 Item 12) Spring (P/O PL 15.5 Item 12) Bearing (P/O PL 15.5 Item 12) Gear DADF Roll Kit (Feeder/Nudger/Retard)


February, 2008 5-65

Parts List

PL 15.6

PL 15.7 DADF Feeder-Chute Item

Part

Description

1 2

– –

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

– – – – – 110K11981 – – –

12

930W00111

13 14 15 16 17 18 19

160K97600 121K31912 962K19722 – 930W00211 – –

20

–

21

–

22

–

23

–

24 25

– –

26

–

27 28 29 30 31

– – – – 604K20770

Lower Chute (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Chute (Scan Position) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Spring (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Seal (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Seal (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Seal (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Frame (Front) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) DADF Interlock Switch Frame (Rear) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Sensor Guide (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Sensor Bracket (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) DADF APS 1 Sensor, DADF APS 2 Sensor, DADF APS 3 Sensor, DADF Preregistration Sensor, DADF Invert Sensor DADF Document Set LED Exit Nip Release Solenoid Wire Harness Invert Guide (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Registration Sensor Feeder Housing (Not Spared) Actuator (Preregistation) (P/O PL 15.7 Item 31) Actuator (APS 1) (P/O PL 15.7 Item 31) Actuator (APS 2) (P/O PL 15.7 Item 31) Actuator (APS3) (P/O PL 15.7 Item 31) Actuator (Invert) (P/O PL 15.7 Item 31) Spring (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Bracket (Front) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Bracket (Rear) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Eliminator (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Eliminator (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Seal (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Seal (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Actuator Kit

Parts List

PL 15.7

February, 2008 5-66


PL 15.8 DADF Feeder-Roll Item

Part

Description

1

–

2 3 4 5 6

– – – – –

7

–

8

–

9 10 11

– – –

12 13 14 15

– – – –

16

–

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

– – – – 930W00111 – – – – – – 604K47010

Registration Roll (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) (REP 15.8.1) Out Roll (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Exit Roll (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Takeaway Roll (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Ball Bearing (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Bearing (10mm) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Bearing (6mm) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Pulley (Registration) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Pulley (Out) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Pulley (Exit) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Gear (Takeaway) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Pulley (Out) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Belt (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Handle Pulley (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Motor Unit Assembly (P/O PL 15.1 Item 3) Tension Bracket (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Tension Roll (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Spring (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Pulley (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Belt (P/O PL 15.8 Item 22) DADF Document Set Sensor KL-Clip (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Guide (P/O PL 15.2 Item 2) Belt (P/O PL 15.8 Item 22) Disk (P/O PL 15.2 Item 2) Belt (P/O PL 15.8 Item 22) Stud Screw (P/O PL 15.2 Item 2) Belt Kit


February, 2008 5-67

Parts List

PL 15.8

PL 15.9 Motor Unit Assembly Item

Part

Description

1

–

2

–

3

–

4 5 6 7 8 9 10

127K38440 930W00111 – 423W08055 423W29955 127K38460 809E50763

Motor Bracket (P/O PL 15.8 Item 15) Gear Pulley (20/50) (P/O PL 15.8 Item 15) Gear Pulley (14/32/37) (P/O PL 15.8 Item 15) DADF Feed Motor DADF Feed Out Sensor Spring (P/O PL 15.8 Item 15) Takeaway Belt (4mm) Feed Belt (6mm) DADF Registration Motor Spring

Parts List

PL 15.9

February, 2008 5-68


PL 15.10 DADF Document Tray Item

Part

Description

1 2

– –

3

–

4 5 6 7 8

– – 120E22370 809E51860 –

9

–

10 11 12

– – 930W00111

13

–

14

–

15

130E89950

16 17 18 19

962K19712 105E06910 – –

20

–

Hinge Tray (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3) Side Guide (Rear) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3) Side Guide (Front) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3) Rack Gear (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3) Pinion Gear (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3) Rack Gear and Actuator Rack Spring Tray Upper Cover (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3) Sensor Bracket (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3) Tray Spring (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3) Roll (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3) DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 1, DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 2, DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 3 Harness Guide (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3) Tray Lower Cover (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3) DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor, DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor Tray Wire Harness Eliminator Earth Bracket (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3) Label (Installation) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3) Label (Max) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3)


February, 2008 5-69

Parts List

PL 15.10

PL 18.1 HCF Unit Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5

– 003K91881 130K55590 801K15700 –

6 7 8 9 10 11

– – – – – –

12 13 14 15 16

– – – – –

Joint Plate (Not Spared) Knob HCF Tray Set Sensor Tray Rail HCF Tray 6 (Not Spared) (REP 7.3.1) Left Top Cover (Not Spared) Right Cover (Not Spared) Front Right Cover (Not Spared) Left Cover (Not Spared) Rear Cover (Not Spared) HCF Feeder (Not Spared) (REP 7.3.2) Label (Top) (Not Spared) Label (Tray Number) (Not Spared) Label (Size) (Not Spared) Label (End) (Not Spared) Frame Assembly (Not Spared)

Parts List

PL 18.1

February, 2008 5-70


PL 18.2 HCF Tray 6 (1 of 2) Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Part

Description

– 003K13591 – – – – – – – – – – – – –

Tray Latch Assembly (Not Spared) Tray Latch Spring (P/O PL 18.2 Item 1) Latch Lever (P/O PL 18.2 Item 1) Magnet (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Wave Washer (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Front Cover (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Gear Bracket (Not Spared) Label (Gauge) (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Frame (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Plate (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Bracket (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Pin (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Spring (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Top Plate (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5)


February, 2008 5-71

Parts List

PL 18.2

PL 18.3 HCF Tray 6 (2 of 2) Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

– – – 020E37620 – – 815E09030 019E58620 –

10

–

11 12 13 14

604K19981 032E22410 – –

15 16 17 18 19

– – 015K65531 – –

20 21 22 23 24 25

– – – – 807E04500 –

Lift Shaft (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Bearing (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Bearing (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Tray Cable Pulley Gear (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Gear (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Bottom Plate Pad front Side Guide (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Rear Side Guide (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Tray Cable Pulley (REP 7.3.4) Wire Guide (L) Pulley Wire Guide (S) (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Pulley (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Screw Gear Bracket Assembly Gear Bracket (P/O PL 18.3 Item 17) Contact Gear (P/O PL 18.3 Item 17) Gear (P/O PL 18.3 Item 17) Gear (P/O PL 18.3 Item 17) Brake (P/O PL 18.3 Item 17) Spring (P/O PL 18.3 Item 17) Lift Gear Plate (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5)

Parts List

PL 18.3

February, 2008 5-72


PL 18.4 HCF Feeder (1 of 3) Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

– 007E78760 – 007E78780 007E78790 013E25530 – – 019E56470 –

11

–

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

413W66250 – – – – – – –

20 21 22 23 24 25

– 007K88520 007K88530 127K37901 – –

Shaft (P/O PL 18.1 Item 11) Gear (19T) Gear (25T) (Not Spared) Gear (25T) Gear (40) Bearing (Not Spared) Block (P/O PL 18.1 Item 11) Spacer (P/O PL 18.1 Item 11) Holder Upper Feeder Assembly (P/O PL 18.1 Item 11) Lower Feeder Assembly (P/O PL 18.1 Item 11) Ball Bearing (Not Spared) Front Frame (P/O PL 18.1 Item 11) Pin (Not Spared) Down Bracket (Not Spared) Link Bracket (Not Spared) Rear Frame (P/O PL 18.1 Item 11) Tension Spring (Not Spared) Lift/Motor Frame (P/O PL 18.1 Item 11) Bracket (P/O PL 18.4 Item 19) Gear (23T/27T) Gear (31T/36T) Lift/Feed Motor (REP 7.3.12) Plate Spring (Not Spared)


February, 2008 5-73

Parts List

PL 18.4


Part

Description

1

–

2 3 4 5

003E59570 – 006K23123 –

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

413W66250 – 007E78180 – – – – – –

15 16 17 18 19

– 120E21900 – – 930W00112

20 21 22 23

930W00211 – 059K26691 059K26701

Upper Feeder Assembly (P/O PL 18.4 Item 10) Latch Shaft Latch (P/O PL 18.5 Item 1) Feed Shaft Assembly Feed Shaft (P/O PL 18.5 Item 4) (REP 7.3.6) Ball Bearing Gear (20T) (P/O PL 18.5 Item 4) Feed Gear (25T) Lever (P/O PL 18.5 Item 1) Bearing (P/O PL 18.5 Item 1) Spacer (P/O PL 18.5 Item 1) Pin Drive (P/O PL 18.5 Item 1) Guide Rear Upper Chute (P/O PL 18.5 Item 1) Upper Chute (P/O PL 18.5 Item 1) Actuator Upper Frame (P/O PL 18.5 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 18.5 Item 1) HCF Stack Height Sensor, HCF Paper Sensor HCF Pre Feed Sensor Wire Harness (P/O PL 18.5 Item 1) Feed Roll (REP 7.3.5) Nudger Roll (REP 7.3.5)

Parts List

PL 18.5

February, 2008 5-74



Part

Description

1 2 3

059K26591 – –

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

– 005K06701 – 007E78170 007E89760 013E23600 013E23610 –

12 13 14 15 16 17

– – – – – –

Retard Roll (REP 7.3.5) Lower Feeder Assembly Retard Shaft Assembly (Not Spared) Collar (P/O PL 18.6 Item 3) Friction Clutch Shaft (P/O PL 18.6 Item 3) Gear (15T) Gear (22T) Bearing Bearing Retard Bracket (P/O PL 18.6 Item 1) Slide (P/O PL 18.6 Item 1) Lever (P/O PL 18.6 Item 1) Lower Chute (P/O PL 18.6 Item 1) Lower Frame (P/O PL 18.6 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 18.6 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 18.6 Item 1) (REP 7.3.7)


February, 2008 5-75

Parts List

PL 18.6

PL 18.7 HCF Top Cover Unit Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

013E17100 – – – – – – – – – – 059E01430 – – – – – 059K36260 – –

21 22 23 24 25 26

– – – – 130K88150 110E94770

Bearing Bracket (Not Spared) Pivot Bracket (Not Spared) Top Cover Assembly (Not Spared) Bearing (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4) Upper Chute (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4) Top Cover (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4) Knob (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4) Latch (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4) Latch (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4) Spring (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4) Pinch Roller Shaft (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4) Shaft (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4) Spring (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4) Spring (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4) Gasket (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4) Takeaway Roll (REP 7.3.10) Spring (Left) (P/O PL 18.1 Item 16) Spring (Right) (P/O PL 18.1 Item 16) Pivot Shaft (P/O PL 18.1 Item 16) Bracket (P/O PL 18.1 Item 16) Bracket (P/O PL 18.1 Item 16) Lower Chute (P/O PL 18.1 Item 16) Takeaway Sensor Top Cover Interlock Switch

Parts List

PL 18.7

February, 2008 5-76


PL 18.8 HCF Electrical and Rail Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

– 017E92820 – – – 801K15690 127K47150 – 960K31491 –

11 12

130K55590 –

Plate (Not Spared) Rack Caster (REP 7.3.9) Foot (Not Spared) Latch Lever (Not Spared) Spring (Not Spared) Rail Takeaway Motor Docking Interlock Switch HCF PWB (REP 7.3.11) Wire Harness (P/O PL 18.1 Item 16) HCF Size Sensor R and L Bracket (P/O PL 18.1 Item 16)


February, 2008 5-77

Parts List

PL 18.8

PL 22.1 Finisher Assembly (Part 1 of 2) Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

Part

Description

848K16210 – – – – – 068K29871 068K29880 848K07550 – – – – 848E14680 – – 042E92330

Front Cover Assembly Front Cover (P/O PL 22.1 Item 1) Bracket (P/O PL 22.1 Item 1) Magnet (P/O PL 22.1 Item 1) Label (P/O PL 22.1 Item 1) Front Inner Cover (Not Spared) Hinge Hinge Top Cover Assembly Top Cover (P/O PL 22.1 Item 9) Bracket (P/O PL 22.1 Item 9) Stopper (P/O PL 22.1 Item 9) Magnet (P/O PL 22.1 Item 9) Rear Cover Hinge (Not Spared) ITT Cover (Not Spared) Eliminator

Parts List

PL 22.1

February, 2008 5-78


PL 22.2 Finisher Assembly (Part 2 of 2) Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

– – – 848E26250 068K58981 – 962K42291 050K61270

9

–

10 11

050K62810 –

Bottom Cover (Not Spared) Spacer (Not Spared) Tray Cover (Not Spared) Left Cover Tray Support Rear Bracket (Not Spared) Wire Harness Stacker Tray Assembly (REP 22.8.1) Stacker Base Assembly (Not Spared) Extended Tray Assembly Screw (Not Spared)


February, 2008 5-79

Parts List

PL 22.2

PL 22.3 Stacker Base Assembly (Part 1 of 5) Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

003E65500 005E89470 423W10454 012K96370 – 012E16150 –

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

– 423W06054 413W75959 020K13900 005E89490 807E13260 120E27240 802K85560 – – 012K94990 – 130K88780

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

110K12980 – – – – – 121K34620 –

Knob Collar Belt Link Shaft Assembly Link Shaft (P/O PL 22.3 Item 4) Support Sub Paddle Shaft Assembly (P/O PL 22.3 Item 4) Bearing (P/O PL 22.3 Item 4) Paddle Belt (REP 22.3.1) Bearing Pulley Collar Gear (21T) Actuator Knob Cover Assembly Knob Cover (P/O PL 22.3 Item 15) Spring (P/O PL 22.3 Item 15) Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly Bracket (Not Spared) Finisher Top Cover Interlock Sensor Finisher Top Cover Interlock (+24V) Support (P/O PL 22.3 Item 18) Cushion (P/O PL 22.3 Item 18) Link (P/O PL 22.3 Item 18) Arm (P/O PL 22.3 Item 18) Bracket (P/O PL 22.3 Item 18) Sub Paddle Solenoid (REP 22.3.2) Spring (P/O PL 22.3 Item 18)

Parts List

PL 22.3

February, 2008 5-80



Part

Description

1 2

050K61290 029K92350

3 4 5 6 7

– – – – 930W00111

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

962K44980 022K72790 – 004E15340 004E15330 – 007K94220 005E89470 807E13230 127K49800 423W06954

Compile Assembly (REP 22.9.1) (SCC) Staple Assembly (REP 22.4.2) Cartridge (P/O PL 22.4 Item 2) Stapler (P/O PL 22.4 Item 2) Bracket (Not Spared) Support (Not Spared) Set Clamp Home Sensor (REP 22.4.3) Wire Harness Exit Roll Assembly (REP 22.4.1) Exit Roll (P/O PL 22.4 Item 9) Damper Center Damper Bearing (Not Spared) Oneway Gear Collar Gear Pulley (16T/18T) Finisher Transport Motor Belt


February, 2008 5-81

Parts List

PL 22.4


Part

Description

1 2 3 4

807E13250 005E89480 413W75959 006K25001

5 6 7 8 9

423W09854 – 413W77559 020E43500 054K30361

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

– 022K73190 809E65931 – – – 130K93251 807E13240 – 130K88190

Gear Pulley (37T/45T) Collar Bearing Main Paddle Shaft Assembly (REP 22.5.4) Belt Shaft (Not Spared) Bearing Pulley (19T) Lower Chute Assembly (REP 22.5.5) Lower Chute (P/O PL 22.5 Item 9) Pinch Roll (REP 22.5.1) Spring Support (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Compile Exit Sensor (REP 22.5.3) Gear (27T) Bracket (Not Spared) Finisher Entrance Sensor (REP 22.5.2)

Parts List

PL 22.5

February, 2008 5-82



Part

Description

1 2 3

068K29930 068K29940 054K30600

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

– 042E92241 022K72782 031E97041 031E97020 413W66250 – 042E92330 –

Bracket Bracket Upper Chute Assembly (REP 22.6.2) Upper Chute (P/O PL 22.6 Item 3) Eliminator ENT Roll Assembly (REP 22.6.1) Arm Arm Ball Bearing Spring (Not Spared) Eliminator Guide Paper (P/O PL 22.6 Item 3)


February, 2008 5-83

Parts List

PL 22.6


Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6

960K38285 055K30850 – – – –

7

–

8

–

9

–

10

–

11 12

– 110E97990

Finisher PWB (REP 22.7.1) Connector Bracket Harness Guide (Not Spared) PWB Bracket (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Drive) (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Stapler) (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Interlock) (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Front Sensor) (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Compile) (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Stacker) (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Finisher Front Interlock Switch

Parts List

PL 22.7

February, 2008 5-84


PL 22.8 Stacker Tray Assembly Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

– – – – – – – 006K25031

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

127K49420 – – – – – – 423W07354 – 930W00111

19 20

– –

Bearing (Not Spared) Top Tray (Not Spared) bracket (Not Spared) Plate (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Base Tray (Not Spared) Base Bracket (Not Spared) Stacker Shaft Assembly (REP 22.8.2) Stacker Motor (REP 22.8.3) Pulley (60) (Not Spared) Worm Gear (Not Spared) Gear (16T/32T) (Not Spared) Stud (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Bearing (Not Spared) Belt Bracket (Not Spared) Stacker Stack Sensor 1 (Q1), Sensor 2 (Q2) (REP 22.8.4) Actuator (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Not Spared)


February, 2008 5-85

Parts List

PL 22.8

PL 22.9 Compile Assembly (Part 1 of 2) Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

006K25010 120E27220 413W11860 006K25020 – – – 068K29830

9

930W00111

10 11 12 13 14 15

– 423W26754 423W29554 023K91530 – –

16

–

Set Clamp Shaft (REP 22.9.2) Actuator Bearing Eject Shaft Assembly (REP 22.9.6) Eject Shaft (P/O PL 22.9 Item 4) Spacer (P/O PL 22.9 Item 4) Pulley (P/O PL 22.9 Item 4) Eject/Set Clamp Motor Assembly (REP 22.9.4) Rear Tamper Home Sensor (REP 22.9.5) Support (P/O item 8) Belt Belt Eject Belt (REP 22.9.3) Spring (P/O item 8) Eject Motor, Set Clamp Motor (P/O item 8) Bracket (P/O item 8)

Parts List

PL 22.9

February, 2008 5-86


PL 22.10 Compile Assembly (Part 2 of 2) Item

Part

Description

1 2 3

068K30510 – –

4 5 6

050E24260 – 930W00111

7 8 9

038E34860 – 930W00212

– 10 11 12

– 962K42270 – –

13 14

038K88990 068K30740

15

–

16 17 18

– 001E70981 038K89260

Bracket Assembly Bracket (P/O PL 22.10 Item 1) Wire Harness (P/O PL 22.10 Item 1) Compile Tray Support (Not Spared) (SCC) Front Tamper Home Sensor (REP 22.10.2) Paper Guide Bracket (Not Spared) Eject Home Sensor (P/O PL 22.10 Item 7) (REP 22.10.3) Stack Height Sensor (REP 22.10.4) Wire Harness Bracket (P/O PL 22.10 Item 10) Wire Harness (P/O PL 22.10 Item 10) Tamper Guide, Rear Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly (REP 22.10.1) Front / Rear Tamper Motor (P/O PL 22.10 Item 14) Bracket (P/O PL 22.10 Item 14) Rail Tamper Guide, Front


February, 2008 5-87

Parts List

PL 22.10

PL 23.1 H-Transport Assembly (1 of 5) Item

Part

Description

1

059K55690

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

068K59492 – – – – – – –

H-Transport Assembly (REP 16.1.1) Docking Plate Assembly Docking Plate (P/O PL 23.1 Item 2) Side Guide (P/O PL 23.1 Item 2) Center Guide (P/O PL 23.1 Item 2) Thumb Screw (Not Spared) Bracket Plate (Not Spared) SB Finisher Assembly (Not Spared) (REP 16.2.1)

Parts List

PL 23.1

February, 2008 5-88


PL 23.2 H - Transport Assembly (2 of 5) Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5

848K09313 848K09340 038E36420 848K09320 –

6

–

7 8 9 10

054K35261 026K81200 848E15160 180K00390

–

180K00400

11 12

– –

Left Cover Assembly Left Cover Paper Guide Top Over Assembly Lower Chute Assembly (P/O PL 23.1 Item 1) Lower Chute Assembly (P/O PL 23.2 Item 5) Chute Assembly Thumb Screw Rear Cover Punch Assembly (2/3 Hole) (REP 16.1.2) Punch Assembly (2/4 Hole) (REP 16.1.2) Dust Box (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10) Wire Harness (Not Spared)


February, 2008 5-89

Parts List

PL 23.2


Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

– 054K35236 – – – 054K35243 – 022E27660 809E76210 – 003K15983

12

–

13 14

809E76240 809E78940

Bracket (P/O PL 23.2 Item 4) Left Chute Assembly Left Chute (P/O PL 23.3 Item 2) Pinch Spring (P/O PL 23.3 Item 2) Pinch Roller (P/O PL 23.3 Item 2) Right Chute Assembly Right Chute (P/O PL 23.3 Item 6) Pinch Roller Pinch Spring Top Cover (P/O PL 23.2 Item 4) H - Transport Counter Balance Assembly (Left) H - Transport Counter Balance Assembly (Right) (P/O PL 23.2 Item 4) Spring Spring

Parts List

PL 23.3

February, 2008 5-90



Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

– 121E92720 130E81600 868E15540 809E81720 930W00211 848K14231

8 9 10 11 12

848E15151 921W41162 – – –

13 14 15 16 17

127K57622 020E45330 020K15720 020E45210 –

18 19 20 21 22 23 24

809E78950 059K54480 059K55070 013E33140 423W01154 413W14660 962K60422

Lower Chute (P/O PL 23.2 Item 6) Magnet H - Transport Open Sensor Sensor Bracket Actuator H - Transport Entrance Sensor H - Transport Front Cover Assembly H - Transport Front Cover Gasket Hinge (P/O PL 23.4 Item 7) Bracket (P/O PL 23.2 Item 6) Rear Frame Assembly (P/O PL 23.2 Item 6) H - Transport Motor (REP 16.1.4) Tension Pulley Pulley (T43) Pulley (T43) Tension Bracket (P/O PL 23.2 Item 6) Spring Tension Drive Roll Drive Roll Bearing H - Transport Belt (REP 16.1.3) Sleeve Bearing Wire Harness


February, 2008 5-91

Parts List

PL 23.4


Part

Description

1 2

– –

3

–

4

–

5

–

6

–

7

–

8 9

– –

10

–

11 12

– –

13

–

Punch Motor (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10) Punch Lower Cover (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10) Punch Motor Cover (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10) Sensor Bracket (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10) Punch Encoder Sensor (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10) Punch Home Sensor (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10) Encoder / Gear Assembly (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10) Gear (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10) Motor Bracket (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10) Punch Top Cover (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10) Bracket (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10) Punch Frame Assembly (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10) Punch Box Set Sensor (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10)

Parts List

PL 23.5

February, 2008 5-92


PL 23.6 Finisher Cover Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

– – – 848E15190 848K09330 – – 848E15210 848E15221 848E15231 848E15240 – – – 848E22450 801K30700 826E09910 – – –

21

921W41162

Plate (Not Spared) Lower Plate (Not Spared) Docking Lever Front Cover (REP 16.2.2) Front Door Bracket (Not Spared) Hinge (Not Spared) Rear Lower Cover (REP 16.2.4) Rear Upper Cover (REP 16.2.3) Connector Cover Stacker Lower Cover (REP 16.2.7) LH Cover Cover (Not Spared) Spring (Not Spared) Foot Cover (REP 16.2.6) Booklet Assembly (REP 16.3.2) Thumb Screw Upper Adjust Cover (Not Spared) Lower Adjust Cover Base Frame Assembly (Not Spared) Gasket


February, 2008 5-93

Parts List

PL 23.6

PL 23.7 Finisher Stacker Item

Part

Description

1

041K95980

2 3 4

– 809E56850 –

5 6

– –

7

041K95990

8 9 10 11

– – 017K94620 –

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

– – – 050K61104 – 807E08990 020E37710 146E90650 809E56860 020E37720 068K58303

23 24 25

– 020E44181 –

26

–

27 28 29

– – –

30

–

31 32

– –

33 34 35 36 37

– 930W00111 017K94630 251W31178 413W79359

Front Carriage Assembly (REP 16.2.27) Bearing (P/O PL 23.7 Item 1) Spring Front Stacker Belt (P/O PL 23.7 Item 1) Clamp (P/O PL 23.7 Item 1) Front Carriage Assembly (P/O PL 23.7 Item 1) Rear Carriage Assembly (REP 16.2.27) Bearing (P/O PL 23.7 Item 7) Clamp (P/O PL 23.7 Item 7) Knob Caster Assembly Rear Stacker Belt (P/O PL 23.7 Item 7) Rear Carriage (P/O PL 23.7 Item 7) Actuator (P/O PL 23.7 Item 7) Carriage Tray (Not Spared) Stacker Tray (REP 16.2.16) Shaft (Not Spared) Gear Pulley Encoder Spring Pulley (T18) Stacker Elevator Motor Assembly (REP 16.2.15) Bearing (P/O PL 23.7 Item 22) Pulley (T60) Gear (Z15/Z37) (P/O PL 23.7 Item 22) Motor Bracket (P/O PL 23.7 Item 22) Worm Shaft (P/O PL 23.7 Item 22) Belt (P/O PL 23.7 Item 22) Stacker Elevator Motor (P/O PL 23.7 Item 22) Stacker Encoder Sensor Assembly (Not Spared) Bracket (P/O PL 23.7 Item 30) Stacker Encoder Sensor (P/O PL 23.7 Item 30) Stacker Upper Cover (REP 16.2.8) Stacker No Paper Sensor Caster Assembly Washer Bearing

Parts List

PL 23.7

February, 2008 5-94


PL 23.8 Finisher Stapler Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6

– – – 029K92350 – –

7 8 9

– 130E94940 –

10

–

11

–

12

–

13 14 15

– – –

16 17 18 19

– – – –

20

127K57622

Base Frame (P/O PL 23.8 Item 16) Rail (P/O PL 23.8 Item 16) Harness Guide Stapler Assembly (REP 16.2.12) Holder (Not Spared) Stapler Move Position Sensor Assembly (Not Spared) Bracket (P/O PL 23.8 Item 6) Stapler Move Position Sensor Stapler Move Motor Assembly (Not Spared) Harness Guide (P/O PL 23.8 Item 16) Harness Support Guide (P/O PL 23.8 Item 16) Harness Guide (P/O PL 23.8 Item 16) Stapler Cover (Not Spared) Clamp (Not Spared) (SCC) Stapler Cartridge (Not Spared) Stapler Unit (Not Spared) Cable Band (Not Spared) Harness Guide (Not Spared) Stapler Motor Assembly (P/O PL 23.8 Item 9) (REP 16.2.11) Motor Assembly


February, 2008 5-95

Parts List

PL 23.8

PL 23.9 Finisher Eject (1 of 5) Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

– – 031K93790 807E21370 059K55110 807E21380 807E21391 120E29770 006K86731 – 019K09391 – 809E79060 809E79080 006K86741 –

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

– – 807E21420 807E21400 038E36490 005E25820 807E21970 – – – –

28 29 30 31 32 33 34

– – – – – – –

Eject Cover Assembly (PL 23.10) Eject Assembly (PL 23.11) Clamp Arm Assembly Gear (Z25) Eject Roller Gear (Z72) Gear (Z18) Actuator Set Clamp Shaft Assembly Spring (P/O PL 23.9 Item 9) Set Clamp Holder Shaft (Not Spared) Spring Spring Guide Paper Shaft Assembly Guide Paper Shaft (P/O PL 23.9 Item 15) Gear (Z20) (P/O PL 23.9 Item 15) Shaft (Not Spared) Gear (Z19) Gear (Z31) Guide Paper (Left/Right) Clutch Gear (Z23) Stopper (Not Spared) Bracket (Front) (Not Spared) Bracket (Rear) (Not Spared) Option Switch Assembly (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Option Switch (Not Spared) Sleeve Bearing (Not Spared) Bearing (Not Spared) Clamp Arm (P/O PL 23.9 Item 3) Roll (Not Spared) Shaft (P/O PL 23.9 Item 3)

Parts List

PL 23.9

February, 2008 5-96



Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

848E15291 011E20781 003E76111 – 809E79030 848E15301 054K35301 121K41632

9 10 11

– – –

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

– 031K93770 – 423W08655 – – – – –

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

– 059K55102 – – – – 809E79050 006K86690 – – –

Open Cover Top Cover Lever Top Cover Latch Shaft (Not Spared) Spring Eject Cover (REP 16.2.5) Eject Chute Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly (REP 16.2.10) Bracket (P/O PL 23.10 Item 8) Damper (P/O PL 23.10 Item 8) Sub Paddle Solenoid (P/O PL 23.10 Item 8) Eject Roller Assembly (Not Spared) Paddle Arm Assembly Sub Paddle Arm (Not Spared) Belt Sub Paddle (P/O PL 23.10 Item 13) Pulley (P/O PL 23.10 Item 13) Pulley (P/O PL 23.10 Item 13) Gear/Pulley (Z31/T20) (Not Spared) Eject Pinch Roller Assembly (Not Spared) Bearing (P/O PL 23.10 Item 20) Eject Pinch Roller Bracket (P/O PL 23.10 Item 20) Shaft (P/O PL 23.10 Item 12) Spring (Not Spared) Bracket (P/O PL 23.10 Item 12) Spring Drive Eject Shaft Bearing (Not Spared) Bearing (Not Spared) Eject Chute Assembly (Not Spared)


February, 2008 5-97

Parts List

PL 23.10


Part

Description

1 2 3

807E20931 807E20940 –

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

127K53140 – 807E22030 423W31054 807E21330 807E21340 807E21350 807E21360 121K34631 120E29591 130K72170 – 930W00111

17 18 19

130K72180 – –

20 21 22

– 120E29850 –

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

– – – 008E96770 – – – 008E96691 413W11660 –

33 34

005E25810 130K72190

35 36 37

– – –

38 39 40

809E79820 807E22040 –

Gear (Z82/Z77/Z51) Gear (Z38) Eject Motor Assembly (Not Spared) (REP 16.2.19) Eject Motor (REP 16.2.23) Bracket (P/O PL 23.11 Item 3) Gear/Pulley (Z20/T49) Belt Gear (Z28/Z22/T38) Gear (Z25) Gear/Pulley (Z32L/T25) Gear (Z23L) Set Clamp Clutch (Z34) Set Clamp Cam Actuator Stacker Height Sensor 1 Assembly Bracket (P/O PL 23.11 Item 14) Stacker Height Sensor 1, Stacker Height Sensor 2, Eject Clamp Home Sensor, Set Clamp Home Sensor (REP 16.2.9) Stacker Height Sensor 2 Assembly Bracket (P/O PL 23.11 Item 17) Eject Cover Switch (P/O PL 23.11 Item 37) Harness Guide (Not Spared) Gear Select Actuator Eject Drive Bracket Assembly (Not Spared) Bracket (P/O PL 23.11 Item 22) Bracket (P/O PL 23.11 Item 22) Shaft (P/O PL 23.11 Item 22) Clamp Set Cam Spring (P/O PL 23.11 Item 22) Bracket (P/O PL 23.11 Item 22) Shaft (P/O PL 23.11 Item 22) Eject Clamp Cam Sleeve Bearing Sleeve Bearing (P/O PL 23.11 Item 22) Drive Eject Flange Eject Clamp Home Sensor Assembly Bracket (P/O PL 23.11 Item 34) Bracket (P/O PL 23.11 Item 37) Eject Cover Switch Assembly (Not Spared) Spring Gear (Z30) Belt (Not Spared)

Parts List

PL 23.11

February, 2008 5-98



Part

Description

1

050K61090

2 3

038E36461 –

4

–

5 6 7 8

– 127K48210 – 930W00111

9

130E81600

10 11

– –

12

–

13 14

– –

15 16

809E79000 –

17

–

18 19 20

– – –

21 22 23

120E29760 801E04902 038E36451

Compile Tray Assembly (REP 16.2.13) Tamper Guide, Rear Compile Center Paper Guide (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1) Compile Rear Paper Guide (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1) Bracket (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1) Tamper Motor (REP 16.2.24) Rack (Front) (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1) Front Tamper Home Sensor, Rear Tamper Home Sensor (REP 16.2.25) Compile Tray No Paper Sensor (REP 16.2.26) Spring (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1) Tamper Front Guide (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1) Tamper Rear Guide (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1) Compile Tray (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1) Paper Paddle Guide (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1) Spring Paper End Guide (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1) Paper Tray Guide (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1) Harness Guide (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1) Actuator Tamper Base (REP 16.2.24) Tamper Guide, Front


February, 2008 5-99

Parts List

PL 23.12

PL 23.13 Finisher Eject (5 of 5) Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Part

Description

068K58822 068K58832 809E78980 020E45340 020E45570 807E20890 007K98300 059K55080 059K55090 – 006K86812 033E92850 –

Transport Motor Tension Roller Assembly Spring Pulley (T30) Pulley (T41) Gear/Pulley (Z27/T30) Gear Entrance Roller Exit Roller Eject Belt (REP 16.2.18) Paddle Shaft Assembly Cyclone Paddle Paddle Shaft (P/O PL 23.13 Item 11)

Parts List

PL 23.13



PL 23.14 Finisher Exit/Folder Assembly Item

Part

Description

1

–

2 3 4 5 6 7

– – 059E03710 809E78960 054K35540 –

8 9 10

105E18000 – 130K88311

11 12

054K35555 –

13 14 15 16 17

059K56321 – – – –

18

–

19

–

20 21

– 695K18691

Lower Chute Assembly (Not Spared) Lower Chute (P/O PL 23.14 Item 1) Shaft (P/O PL 23.14 Item 1) Pinch Roll Spring Exit Upper Chute Assembly Exit Upper Chute (P/O PL 23.14 Item 6) Static Eliminator Paper Guide (P/O PL 23.14 Item 6) Compiler Exit Sensor, Finisher Entrance Sensor Exit Lower Chute Assembly Exit Lower Chute (P/O PL 23.14 Item 11) Pinch Roll Assembly Spring (P/O PL 23.14 Item 13) Pinch Roll (P/O PL 23.14 Item 13) Chute Assembly (Not Spared) Lower Chute (P/O PL 23.14 Item 16) Upper Chute (P/O PL 23.14 Item 16) Thumb Screw (P/O PL 23.14 Item 16) Chute Assembly (Not Spared) Folder Assembly (Option) (REP 16.2.14)



Parts List

PL 23.14

PL 23.15 Folder Assembly Item

Part

Description

1

–

2 3

– –

4 5

– –

6

–

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

– – – – – – –

14

–

15

–

16

–

17

–

18 19

– –

20 21 22

– – –

23

–

24

–

25

–

Upper Chute (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21) Upper Plate (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21) Knife Assembly (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21) Blade Holder (P/O PL 23.15 Item 3) Lower Holder 1 (P/O PL 23.15 Item 3) Lower Holder 2 (P/O PL 23.15 Item 3) Bracket (P/O PL 23.15 Item 3) Blade (P/O PL 23.15 Item 3) Spring (P/O PL 23.14 Item 2) Frame (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21) Front Cover (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21) Bracket (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21) Folder Knife Motor Assembly (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21) Motor Bracket (P/O PL 23.15 Item 13) Folder Knife Motor (P/O PL 23.15 Item 13) Folder Home Sensor (P/O PL 23.15 Item 13) Cam Shaft Assembly (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21) Guide (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21) Gear (T28/T8) (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21) Encoder (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21) Bearing (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21) Gear (T12/T27) (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21) Gear (T12/T30) (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21) Gear (T12/T51) (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21) Wire Harness (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21)

Parts List

PL 23.15



PL 23.16 Finisher Electrical Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

Part

Description

– 960K32534 – – – – 015K78041 – – – – – 962K60480 – – 962K60511 105E17550 – 110E97990

LVPS Cover (Not Spared) Finisher Main PWB (REP 16.2.21) Harness Guide (Not Spared) Harness Guide (Not Spared) Harness Guide (Not Spared) Magnet (Not Spared) Gasket Plate Assembly Wire Harness (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Not Spared) Wire Harness Wire Harness (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Not Spared) Power Cable (Not Spared) Finisher LVPS (REP 16.2.22) Bracket (Not Spared) Finisher Front Door Interlock Switch



Parts List

PL 23.16

PL 23.17 Booklet Cover Item

Part

Description

1 2

– –

3 4 5 6 7 8 9

848E15321 848E15332 848E15340 848E15350 848E15361 848K09340 –

Frame Assembly (REF: PL 23.21) Booklet Stapler Assembly (REF: PL 23.18) Front Cover (REP 16.3.3) Rear Cover (REP 16.3.4) Top Cover (REP 16.3.5) Side Cover PWB Cover (REP 16.3.6) Left Cover (REP 16.3.7) Harness Guide (Not Spared)

Parts List

PL 23.17



PL 23.18 Booklet Stapler Assembly Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4

– – – 127K57050

5 6 7 8 9

– – – – –

10

–

11

–

12

–

13

930W00111

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

– – – – – – 848E15400 032K05221 –

23

–

24

–

25 26 27 28

– – 920W01210 –

Front Carriage Rail (Not Spared) Frame (P/O PL 23.18 Item 1) Core (P/O PL 23.18 Item 1) Booklet Stapler Move Motor Assembly (REP 16.3.9) Belt (P/O PL 23.18 Item 4) Bracket (P/O PL 23.18 Item 4) Gear (Z12) (P/O PL 23.18 Item 4) Pulley (T50) (P/O PL 23.18 Item 4) Booklet Stapler Move Motor (P/O PL 23.18 Item 4) Wire Harness (P/O PL 23.18 Item 4) Sensor Bracket Assembly (P/O PL 23.18 Item 1) Sensor Bracket (P/O PL 23.18 Item 11) Booklet Stapler Move Home Sensor, Booklet Stapler Move Position Sensor Rear Rack Gear (Not Spared) Carriage Assembly (Not Spared) Carriage (P/O PL 23.18 Item 15) Core (P/O PL 23.18 Item 15) Core (Not Spared) Front Rack Gear (Not Spared) Motor Cover Harness Guide Assembly Booklet Front Stapler Assembly (REF: PL 23.19) Booklet Rear Stapler Assembly (REF: PL 23.20) Harness Guide (Front) (Not Spared) Harness Guide (Rear) (Not Spared) Rear Rack Guide (Not Spared) Locking Clamp Harness Strap (P/O PL 23.18 Item 21)



Parts List

PL 23.18

PL 23.19 Booklet Front Stapler Assembly Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

029K92490 – – – 054K35272 – – – –

10 11 12 13

– – 848E15421 –

14

–

15 16

– –

Booklet Front Stapler Assembly Bracket (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1) Rear Cover (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1) Bracket (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1) Chute Sub Chute (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1) Support (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1) Exit Sub Chute (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1) Front Cover (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1) Lower Cover Booklet Stapler Assembly (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1) (REP 16.3.8) Wire Harness (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1) Guide (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1) Booklet Staple Cassette Assembly (Not Spared)

Parts List

PL 23.19



PL 23.20 Booklet Rear Stapler Assembly Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

029K92500 – – – 054K35282 – – – – – – 848E15421 –

14

–

15 16

– –

Booklet Rear Stapler Assembly Bracket (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1) Rear Cover (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1) Bracket (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1) Chute Sub Chute (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1) Support (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1) Sub Chute (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1) Front Cover (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1) Lower Cover Booklet Stapler Assembly (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1) (REP 16.3.8) Wire Harness (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1) Guide (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1) Booklet Staple Cassette Assembly (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1)



Parts List

PL 23.20

PL 23.21 Booklet Electrical Item

Part

Description

1

068K58350

2 3 4 5 6 7 8

110E12970 – 960K32541 – – – –

9 10

– –

11 12 13

– 962K60531 962K60540

Booklet Stapler Safety Switch Assembly Booklet Stapler Safety Switch Bracket (P/O PL 23.21 Item 1) Booklet PWB (REP 16.3.1) Wire Harness (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Not Spared) Booklet Stapler Cover Switch Assembly (Not Spared) Bracket (P/O PL 23.21 Item 8) Booklet Stapler Cover Switch (P/O PL 23.21 Item 8) Plate (Not Spared) Wire Harness Wire Harness

Parts List

PL 23.21



Common Hardware Item

Part

Description

A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U V W X Y Z AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM AN AP AQ AR AS AT AU AV AW AX AY AZ BA

112W27677 112W27678 112W27851 112W27898 113W15488 113W20678 113W20857 113W21278 113W21778 113W27688 113W36278 114W27678 141W35651 153W17688 153W17888 153W18088 153W27678 158W27878 158W27655 158W27663 158W27677 158W27678 158W27855 158W27863 153W27878 158W28078 158W28255 158W28278 158W35678 220W21278 271W21250 285W16251 285W28051 354W15251 354W15278 354W21251 354W21278 354W24251 354W24254 354W24278 354W26278 354W27251 354W27254 354W28278 354W27278 354W29251 354W29278 251W21278 113W27651

Screw (Red) (M3 x 6) Screw (M3 x 8) Screw (M3 x 8) Screw (M3 x 8) Screw (M2 x 4) Screw (M3 x 6) Screw (M3 x 8) Screw (M3 x 12) Screw (M3 x 18) Screw (M3 x 6) Screw (M4 x 12) Screw (M3 x 6) Set Screw (M4 x 6) Tapping Screw (M3 x 6) Tapping Screw (M3 x 8) Tapping Screw (M3 x 10) Tapping Screw (M3 x 6) Screw (M3 x 8) Screw (M3 x 6) Screw (M3 x 6) Screw (Red) (M3 x 6) Screw (M3 x 6) Screw (M3 x 8) Screw (M3 x 8) Tapping Screw (M3 x 8) Screw (M3 x 10) Screw (M3 x 12) Screw (M3 x 12) Screw (M4 x 6) Nut (M3) Dowel Pin (2.5 x 12) Spring Pin (2 x 12) Spring Pin (3 x 10) E-Clip (2) E-Clip (2) E-Clip (2) E-Clip (3) E-Clip (4) KL-Clip (4) E-Clip (4) E-Clip (5) E-Clip (6) KL-Clip (6) E-Clip (7) E-Clip (6) E-Clip (8) E-Clip (8) Washer T.05 (3) Screw (M3 x 6)


BB BC BD BE BF BG BH BJ BK BL BM BN BP BQ BR BT BU BV BW BX BY BZ CA CB CC CH CJ CK CL CM CN CP CS CW

112W27659 113W16088 113W20688 113W27551 141W27451 153W15888 153W16288 158W35878 271W16050 285W16051 153W17655 153W17855 252W29450 158W36255 354W26251 113W20457 113W27451 113W20657 112W35651 112W27859 158W28678 285W21851 252W26450 251W19278 113W21478 354W13278 113W20478 153W27278 285W15851 158W27688 354W19278 113W35578 153W27855 113W27488

Screw (M3 x 6) Screw (M2 x 10) Screw (M2.5 x 6) Screw (M3 x 5) Setscrew (M3 x 4) Tapping Screw (M4 x 12) Tapping Screw (M4 x 12) Screw (M4 x 8) Dowel Pin (2 x 10) Spring Pin (2 x 10) Tapping Screw (M3 x 6) Tapping Screw (M3 x 8) Nylon Washer (t1) (8) Screw (M4 x 12) E-Clip (5) Screw (M3 x 4) Screw (M3 x 4) Screw (M3 x 6) Screw (M4 x 6) Screw (M3 x 8) Screw (M3 x 16) Spring Pin (2.5 x 20) Nylon Washer (t1) (5) Washer (t0.5) (2.5) Screw (M3 x 14) E-Clip (1.5) tAPING sCREW sCREW Pin Spring Taping Screw E-Clip Screw (M4) Tapping Screw (M3 x 8) Pan Head Screw


Parts List

Common Hardware

Parts List

Common Hardware





Parts List

Common Hardware

Parts List

Common Hardware





Parts List

Common Hardware

Parts List

Common Hardware





Parts List

Common Hardware

Parts List

Common Hardware





Parts List

Common Hardware

Parts List

Common Hardware



Part Number Index The Part Number Index Table has been deleted from the EDOC. Use SearchLite to search for Part Numbers and Part Descriptions.



Parts List

Parts List



6 General Procedures and Information How to use UI Diagnostics UI Diagnostic Mode.........................................................................................................

Change Tag Information 6-3

Various Reports Jam Report...................................................................................................................... Failure Report ................................................................................................................. Shutdown Report ............................................................................................................

Change Tag Introduction................................................................................................. IOT/Processor (P) Tags ..................................................................................................

6-159 6-159

6-5 6-5 6-6

Diagnostics (NVM) NVM Read/Write ............................................................................................................. IOT NVM List................................................................................................................... IIT NVM List .................................................................................................................... Controller & Fax NVM List...............................................................................................

6-7 6-8 6-31 6-43

Diagnostics (Others) Serial Number/Billing Meter Data.................................................................................... Reading HFSI.................................................................................................................. Initialize HFSI Counters .................................................................................................. Adjust Tone Up / Down ................................................................................................... Tray5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment .................................................................................. Initialize NVM .................................................................................................................. Component Control ......................................................................................................... Hard Disk Diagnostic Program ........................................................................................ Test Pattern Print ............................................................................................................ Webpage Administrator Password.................................................................................. Center Tray Offsetting..................................................................................................... E-Mail Icon ...................................................................................................................... FAX Output Separation ...................................................................................................

6-113 6-114 6-115 6-119 6-120 6-121 6-123 6-134 6-135 6-137 6-138 6-138 6-139

General Procedures GP 1 Intermittent Problem RAP ...................................................................................... GP 2 Fax Diagnostics ..................................................................................................... GP 3 Resetting the Administrator Password................................................................... GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs ......................................................................................... GP 5 Printing Reports ..................................................................................................... GP 6 Special Boot Modes ............................................................................................... GP 7 Country Code Setting............................................................................................. GP 8 Firmware Version................................................................................................... GP 9 Key Operator Log In...............................................................................................

6-141 6-142 6-144 6-145 6-146 6-147 6-148 6-149 6-150

General Information Space Requirements....................................................................................................... Product Specs. ................................................................................................................ Common Tools ................................................................................................................ Product Tools and Test Patterns..................................................................................... Log Book Storage ........................................................................................................... Cleaning Materials .......................................................................................................... Machine Consumables.................................................................................................... Glossary of Terms...........................................................................................................

6-151 6-152 6-154 6-155 6-155 6-156 6-156 6-157

Launch Version

February, 2008 6-1


General Procedures

General Procedures

February, 2008 6-2


UI Diagnostic Mode Procedure Access UI Diagnostics by following the procedures below. Entering UI Diagnostics 1.

At the Control Panel, press and hold the 0 key for 6 seconds, then press the Start button while still pressing the 0 key.

2.

Enter the Access Number 6789 and press Confirm.

The CE - Passcode screen will appear. The colors on the display are reversed to indicate that UI Diagnostics mode is active. Accessing Diagnostic routines 1.

Press the Machine Status button on the Control Panel.

2.

Select the Tools tab on the UI.

3.

Under Features column, use the down arrow and scroll to and select Maintenance / Diagnostics.

1.

The following Diagnostics Routines can be accessed from the UI screen. (Figure 1) a.

NVM Read/Write –

b. c.

d.

Follow the instructions on the screen. If one or more NVM locations is changed, the machine will reboot upon exit.

IO Check Sub System –

Initialize Hard Disk

–

Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test

–

Delete All Data

–

Software Options

–

Fax Diagnostics

Print Test Pattern

e.

Max Setup

f.

Initialize NVM

g.

Adjustment/Others –

h.

Machine ID/Billing Data

–

Initialize HFSI Counter

–

Tray 5(Bypass) Guide Adjustment

Faults

Figure 1 Maintenance/Diagnostics


February, 2008 6-3

General Procedures

UI Diagnostic Mode

Printing Service Reports 1.

To access service reports, follow the Entering UI Diagnostics procedure.

2.

Press the Machine Statue button then select the Print Report.

3.

Using the down arrow find and select the CE button.

4.

The following reports can be printed.

5.

•

Debug Log Report

•

HFSI Report

•

Jam Report

•

Shutdown Report

•

Failure Report

Select the required report and press the Start button. The selected report will be printed.

Exiting UI Diagnostics CAUTION Ensure that the machine is not inadvertently left in UI Diagnostics. There are three ways to exit from UI Diagnostics. •

Switch the power off and on.

•

Perform the following:

•

–

Press Close to exit any of the service screens that were opened.

–

When the System Settings screen is displayed, press Exit.

–

When the reversed-color Main Menu screen is displayed, press the Start button while the 0 key is pressed.

If the Restart button is displayed on the screen, pressing the button will exit UI Diagnostics and restart the operation.

General Procedures

UI Diagnostic Mode

February, 2008 6-4


Jam Report

Failure Report

Purpose

Purpose

To check the frequency of jams.

To display the frequency of failures.

Print Contents

Print Contents

Perform following to print Jam Report

Perform following to print Failure Report.

1.


1.


2.


2.


3.

Select the Billing Meter/Print Reports tab on the display.

3.


4.

Select the Print Reports/List button.

4.


5.

Select the Jam Report button.

5.

Select the Failure Report button.

6.

Press the Start button to print Jam Report

6.

Press the Start button to print Failure Report.


February, 2008 6-5

General Procedures

Jam Report, Failure Report

Shutdown Report Purpose To output the Shutdown history.

Print Contents Perform following to print Shutdown Report. 1.


2.


3.


4.


5.

Select the Shutdown Report button.

6.

Press the Start button to print Shutdown Report.

General Procedures

Shutdown Report

February, 2008 6-6


NVM Read/Write

Table 1 Component VS Chain number

Purpose

Component Item

IOT/IIT/Controller

Chain Number Allocation

Reads, sets or changes the NVM data.

IOT

Controller

780

IIT

Controller

785

Procedure

UI

Controller

790

1.


Copy Service

Controller

790, 810

a.


Print Service

Controller

800, 806

b.

Access Diagnostic Routines (UI Diagnostic Mode).

Fax Service

Controller

820, 823, 825

iFax Service

Controller

830

Diagnostics

Controller

870, 900

2.


Reading NVM 1.

Input Chain-Link number(6 digits) on NVM Read/Write screen.

2.

Select Confirm/Change.

3.

Current Value appears in Current Value column.

Writing NVM 1.

Input New number in New Value column.

2.

Select Save.

3.

New number appears on Current Value column. Table 1 Component VS Chain number

Component Item

IOT/IIT/Controller

Chain Number Allocation

ESS IF

IOT

740

Recycle

IOT

740

Billing

IOT

740

Drive

IOT

741

NOHAD

IOT

741

PH

IOT

740, 742, 760

EXIT

IOT

740, 742, 764

Tray

IOT

742

Fuser

IOT

744

ROS

IOT

749

Process Control

IOT

740, 751, 752, 753

Xero

IOT

740, 751

CRU

IOT

751

Finisher

IOT

763, 764

DADF

IIT

711

IISS (DADF)

IIT

710

IISS

IIT

715

IISS (Config)

IIT

719

Common

Controller

700

Meter Counter

Controller

720

Stored Data

Controller

731, 732, 733, 734

I/O Port Protocol

Controller

770

Scan Service

Controller

770, 840


February, 2008 6-7

General Procedures

NVM Read/Write

IOT NVM List

Chain 740-xxx ESS IF Table 1 Chain 740-xxx ESS IF

ChainLink

Name

Default

Range

1 Count

Remarks

740-001

Check System Data Set up

0

0~99

-

Controller will write in the optional value when System Data setting is completed.

740-007

MCU VERSION

-

0~1

-

Not available

740-008

MCU Release Number

-

0~99

-

Not available

740-009

MCU Patch Level

-

0~99

-

Not available

740-010

DM ROM Version

-

0~99

-

Not available

740-011

DM ROM Release Number

-

0~99

-

Not available

740-012

Exit Version

-

0~99

-

Not available

740-013

Exit Release Number

-

0~99

-

Not available

740-022

The Area 1 that Controller is free to use

0

0~99

1

Not available

740-023


0

0~99

1

Not available

740-024


0

0~99

1

Not available

740-025


0

0~99

1

Not available

740-026


0

0~99

1

Not available

740-027


0

0~99

1

Not available

740-028


0

0~99

1

Not available

740-029


0

0~99

1

Not available

740-030


0

0~99

1

Not available

740-031


0

0~99

1

Not available

740-062

Firmware Download Status

1

0~254

740-082

Finisher Version major

-

0~99

-

Not available

740-083

Finisher Version minor

-

0~99

-

Not available

740-084

Finisher Patch Level

-

0~99

-

Not available

740-085

HCF Version major

-

0~99

-

Not available

740-086

HCF Version minor

-

0~99

-

Not available

740-087

HCF Patch Level

-

0~99

-

Not available

740-088

TM-Version

-

0~99

-

Not available

740-089

TM-Release Number

-

0~99

-

Not available

For the firmware downloaded by PC-TOOL

Chain 740-xxx Billing Table 2 Billing ChainLink

Name

Default

Range

1 Count

Remarks

740-563

Tray Feed Capacity MAX Over

0

0~1

1

Displays whether the number of feeds exceeds 4,000,000. 0: No, 1: Yes

740-564

IOT Starting Number MAX Over

0

0~1

1

Displays whether the IOT Starting Number NVM was written more than 1,000,000 times. 0: No, 1: Yes

740-565

Billing Counter MAX Over

0

0~1

1

Displays whether the Billing Counter Number NVM was written more than 5,000,000 times. 0: No, 1: Yes

General Procedures

IOT NVM List

February, 2008 6-8


Chain 741-xxx Drive Table 3 Drive ChainLink

Name

Default

Range

1 Count

Remarks

741-001

Fine-Tuning of Main and Drum Motor Speed

24

0~53

0.1%

Diag50-28 Adjust Main and Drum Motor Speed at the same time so that they rotate at the same speed. Min(0)=-2.7%, Max(53)=2.6%, Initial(27)=0%

Chain 741-xxx NOHAD Table 4 NOHAD ChainLink

Name

Default

Range

1 Count

Remarks

741-509

Non-condensation mode

-

0~1

1

0: Normal mode 1: Condensation mode

741-510

Condensation Time

0

0~120

1 minute

741-519

ROS Fan Control Temp

24

15~30

1 deg.C

Threshold temperature for operating ROS Fan during print

741-520

ROS Fan Off Delay Time

10

6~14

1 sec.

Time period during which ROS Fan stops (ROS Motor is off) after print ends

Chain 740-xxx Chain 742-xxx Chain 760-xxx PH Table 5 PH ChainLink

Name

Default

Range

1 Count

Remarks

740-090

Output Tray

0

0~4

-

0: FACE DOWN TRAY#1, 1: FACE DOWN TRAY#2, 2: FACE UP TRAY, 3: FINISHER Bin1, 4: FINISHER Top Tray

742-003

Exit SNR1 Short Off Check

0

0~1

-

0: Enable 1: Disable

742-006

TRAY2 for Heavyweight2 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

33

0~66

0.363mm

Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.

742-012

TRAY2 for Heavyweight2 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER

24

0~66

0.435mm

Loop increases when Set Value is increased.

742-015

The Timer which turns OFF TACL

87

37~137

3.0ms

Not available

742-018

The Timer which turns ON TACL

11

0~41

3.0ms

Not available

742-027

LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT - ALL TRAY

26

0~66

0.2175mm

Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Min(0)=-7.18mm, Max(66)=7.18mm, Initial(26)=-1.5225mm

742-030

INVERT TIMING - ALL TRAY

33

0~66

0.435mm

Invert timing is delayed when Set Value is increased. Min(0)=-14.96mm, Max(66)=14.96mm, Initial(33)=0mm

742-031

Exit Gate Solenoid On Time

50

47~53

10 ms

742-032

Exit Gate Solenoid Off Time

0

0~99

10 ms

742-090

Paper Path Sensor (Tray Module)

-

0~127

-

Bit0: Not available Bit1: Not available Bit2: PREFEED #2 SENSOR Bit3: PREFEED #1 SENSOR Bit4: FEED OUT#4 SENSOR Bit5: FEED OUT#3 SENSOR Bit6: FEED OUT#2 SENSOR Bit7: * The meaning of the bit, 0: Out of paper, 1: Paper detected. The renewal precision is 10 ms.

742-091

Paper Path Sensor (HCF / DM / EXIT/ IOT)

-

0~127

-

Bit0: HCF PREFEED SENSOR Bit1: HCF FEED OUT SENSOR Bit2: DM WAIT SENSOR Bit3: EXIT#2 SENSOR Bit7: EXIT#1 SENSOR Bit6: REGI SENSOR * The meaning of the bit, 0: Out of paper, 1: Paper detected. The renewal precision is 10 ms.


February, 2008 6-9

General Procedures

IOT NVM List

Table 5 PH ChainLink

Name

Default

Range

1 Count

Remarks

742-093

Paper Path Sensor (FINISHER)

-

0~63

-

Bit0: Fin H-X'port Ent. SENSOR Bit1: Fin H-X'port EXIT SENSOR Bit2: Fin X'port Ent.SENSOR Bit3: Fin Buffer PATH SENSOR Bit4: COMPILE TRAY EXIT PATH SENSOR Bit5: Not available Bit6: Top Tray Exit Sensor * The meaning of the bit, 0: Out of paper, 1: Paper detected. The renewal precision is 10 ms.

760-001

TRAY1 for Plain Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

33

0~66

0.363mm


760-002

TRAY2-4,HCF for Plain Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

33

0~66

0.363mm


760-003

MPT for Plain Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

33

0~66

0.363mm


760-005

DUP ALL SIZE for Plain Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

33

0~66

0.363mm


760-006

ALL TRAY - REGI LOOP TIMER

33

0~66

0.363mm


760-007

TRAY1 for Plain Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER

33

0~66

0.363mm


760-008

TRAY2-4,HCF - REGI LOOP TIMER

33

0~66

0.363mm


760-009

MPT for Plain Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER

12

0~66

0.363mm


760-010

DUP for Plain Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER

33

0~66

0.363mm


760-011

REGI CLUTCH OFF TIMER - ALL TRAY

33

0~66

0.363mm

Clutch off is delayed by 2ms when Set Value is increased.

760-012

TOP SIGNAL OFFSET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

0

0~99

0.363mm

Not available

760-013

DUP A3 Group - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

10

0~16

0.363mm


760-014

DUP A4S Group - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

10

0~16

0.363mm


760-015

DUP A4L Group - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

10

0~16

0.363mm


760-016


33

0~66

0.363mm


760-017


33

0~66

0.363mm


760-018

TRAY2-4,HCFfor Heavyweight1 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

33

0~66

0.363mm


760-019

TRAY3-4,HCFfor Heavyweight2 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

33

0~66

0.363mm


760-020

MPT for Heavyweight1 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

33

0~66

0.363mm


760-021


33

0~66

0.363mm


760-022

DUP ALL SIZE for Heavyweight1 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

33

0~66

0.363mm


760-023


33

0~66

0.363mm


760-024

TRAY2-4,HCF for Heavyweight1 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER

33

0~66

0.363mm


760-025


33

0~66

0.363mm


760-026

MPT for Heavyweight1 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 24

0~66

0.435mm


General Procedures

IOT NVM List

February, 2008 6-10


Table 5 PH ChainLink

Name

760-027 760-028

Default

Range

1 Count

Remarks


0~66

0.435mm


DUP for Heavyweight1 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 33

0~66

0.363mm


760-029


0~66

0.363mm


760-031


33

0~66

0.363mm


760-032

TRAY2-4,HCF for Heavyweight4 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

33

0~66

0.363mm


760-033


33

0~66

0.363mm


760-034


33

0~66

0.363mm


760-035


33

0~66

0.363mm


760-036


33

0~66

0.363mm


760-037


24

0~66

0.363mm


760-038


24

0~66

0.363mm


760-039


0~66

0.363mm


760-040


0~66

0.363mm


Chain 740-xxx Chain 742-xxx Chain 764-xxx EXIT Table 6 EXIT ChainLink

Name

Default

Range

1 Count

Remarks

740-544

Low Noise Measure Exit2

1

0~1

-

0: Not supported, 1: Supported

742-098

Enable Face Down Tray#2

0

0~1

-

0: Disable Face Down Tray#2 1: Enable Face Down Tray#2 1 is taken with M0.

742-099

Enable Face Up Tray

0

0~1

-

0: Disable Face Up Tray 1: Enable Face Up Tray

742-100

EXIT2 Unit Type

0

0~1

-

0: Type A (Enable Inverter, Disable OCT2 and FDT#2) 1: Type B (Enable Inverter and OCT2 and FDT#2)

764-005

FACE DOWN TRAY#1,#2 Offset Mode

0

0~2

-

0: No Offset 1: Front Offset 2: Rear Offset Applies only when the Output Tray is set to FACE DOWN TRAY#1 & #2.

Chain-Link Name

Default

Range

1 Count

Remarks

742-001

0

0~247

1mm

0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, “90 - 247"=”140mm - 297mm”, “1-89”=cannot use

Chain 742-xxx TRAY Table 7 TRAY

Tray1-Default width of Universal-size paper


February, 2008 6-11

General Procedures

IOT NVM List

Table 7 TRAY Chain-Link Name

Default

Range

1 Count

742-002

Tray1- First digit of default length of Universal-size paper

0

0~4

100mm

742-002

Tray1- Last two digits of default length of Universal- 0 size paper

0~99

1mm

0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, “98 - 432"=”98mm - 432mm”, “1-97”and “433499”=cannot use

742-004


0

0~247

1mm


742-005


0

0~4

100mm

742-005

Tray2-Last two digits of default length of Universalsize paper

0

0~99

1mm


742-007


0

0~247

1mm

0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, “90 - 247"=”140mm - 297mm”. “1-89”=cannot use

742-008


0

0~4

100mm

742-008


0

0~99

1mm


742-009

Enable Tray4

0

0~1

-

0: Disable Tray4 1: Enable Tray4

742-010


0

0~247

1mm


742-011


0

0~4

100mm

742-011


0

0~99

1mm

742-013

Size of Universal-size width in Tray1

-

90~247

1mm

742-014

Tray1- First digit of length of Universal-size

-

0~4

100mm

742-014

Tray1 Last two digits of length Universal-size

-

0~99

1mm

This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT resets.

742-016

Tray2 Width of Universal-size paper

-

90~247

1mm

“90 - 247"=”140mm - 297mm” This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT resets.

742-017


-

0~4

100mm

742-017

Tray2- Last 2 digits of length Universal-size

-

0~99

1mm


742-019


-

90~247

1mm


742-020


-

0~4

100mm

742-020

Tray3 Last 2Dig of length Universal-size

-

0~99

1mm


742-022


-

90~247

1mm


742-023


-

1~4

100mm

742-023

Tray4 Last 2Dig of length Universal-size

-

0~99

1mm


742-028

MPT Size Detection Offset Value (delta T)

15

0~30

1mm

See Diag 20-5 20-6 MSI Side Guide Adjustment Min(0)=0mm, Max(30)=30mm, Initial(15)=15mm

742-029

HCF Lift Up Time

60

0~150

2 ms

742-075

Kind of the default plain paper

0

0~1

-

General Procedures

IOT NVM List

Remarks

0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, “182 - 432"=”182mm - 432mm”, “1-181”and “433499”=cannot use “90 - 247"=”140mm - 297mm” This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT resets.

0: Thicker than 70gsm for multinational market 1: 70gsm or under for domestic market

February, 2008 6-12


Table 7 TRAY Chain-Link Name

Default

Range

1 Count

Remarks

742-087

MPT Width of Universal-size paper

-

39~247

1mm


742-102

MPT- First digit of length of Universal-size

-

0~4

100mm

742-102

MPT Last 2Dig of length Universal-size

-

0~99

1mm


Chain 744-xxx FUSER Table 8 FUSER ChainLink

Name

Default

Range

1 Count

Remarks

744-006

Fuser Standby Lamp ON Temp

45

0~99

1 deg.C

Nominal=175 deg.C

744-010

Fuser Standby Lamp OFF Temp

20

0~99

1 deg.C

Nominal=180 deg.C

744-043

Fuser C1 Ready Temperature-(T-READY)

25

0~70

1 deg.C

Nominal=155 deg.C

744-061

Fuser Low Run Temperature-(T42)

15

0~40

1 deg.C

Nominal=15 deg.C

744-065

Fuser OHP Run Temperature-(T43)

15

0~40

1 deg.C

744-080

Fuser SSTSctrlExceTM(t13)

30

0~99

1sec

Nominal=30sec

744-081

Fuser SSTSctrlExceAppP(M)

10

0~99

1page

Nominal=10pages

744-133

Fuser WU STRT T70(ForSB2)

0

0~99

1 deg.C

Nominal=80 deg.C

744-134

Fuser Standby 2 On Temp(T71)

60

0~70

1 deg.C

Nominal=190 deg.C

744-135

Fuser Standby 2 Off Temp(T72)

41

0~70

1 deg.C

Nominal=191 deg.C

744-136

FSR WU STRT T70 (From V113700)

59

0~80

1 deg.C

Nominal=59 deg.C

744-180

Fuser Flicker Lamp On TM

7

0~99

1.5ms

Nominal=10.5 ms

744-181

Fuser Flicker Lamp Off TM

13

0~99

1.5ms

Nominal=19.5 ms

744-182

Fuser Lamp Change t8

15

0~99

40ms

Wave Control Time (For Flicker Precycle, Cycle) 600ms

744-183


30

0~99

40ms

Wave Control Time (For Flicker Stby) 1200ms

744-184


12

0~99

40ms

Wave Control Time (For Flicker Warm Up) 480ms

744-220

Fuser Reset FuserOverTemp

0

0~99

-

0: Reset, 1: FS1 Detected over temp, 2: FS2 Detected over temp, 3: ON time fail, 5: Cold Sagging fail, 7: PR temperature rising fail (only reset is possible in the diagnostics mode), 8: On time fail (detects anomalous high temperature)

744-301

Fuser Very Low Tmp T80

15

0~30

1 deg.C

Nominal=15 deg.C

744-302


10

0~30

1 deg.C

Nominal=180 deg.C

744-303


0

0~20

1 deg.C

Nominal=190 deg.C

744-304


15

0~35

1 deg.C

Nominal=175 deg.C

744-305

Fuser Very Low Tmp TR2

30

0~40

1 deg.C

Nominal=180 deg.C

744-306

Fuser Very Low Tmp tP2

10

0~99

1sec

Nominal=10sec

744-932

U4_2_CHK_FLG

0

0~1

U4-2 confirmation function. 0: Enable, 1: Disable

744-933

U4_2_FSR_CTL_STATE

0

0~99

FSR_State when System stops for high temperature detection

744-934

U4_2_FSR_CTL_STATE_OLD

0

0~99

FSR_State immediately before System stops for high temperature detection

744-935

U4_2_FSR_FS1_TMP

0

0~99

FS1_Tem when System stops for high temperature detection

744-935

U4_2_FSR_FS1_TMP

0

0~99


February, 2008 6-13

General Procedures

IOT NVM List

Table 8 FUSER ChainLink

Name

Default

Range

744-936

U4_2_FSR_FS1_TMP_OLD1

0

0~99

744-936


0

0~99

744-937


0

0~99

744-937


0

0~99

744-938


0

0~99

744-938


0

0~99

744-939

U4_2_FSR_FS2_TMP

0

0~99

744-939

U4_2_FSR_FS2_TMP

0

0~99

744-940


0

0~99

744-940


0

0~99

744-941


0

0~99

744-941


0

0~99

744-942


0

0~99

744-942


0

0~99

1 Count

Remarks FS1_Temp1 immediately before System stops for high temperature detection FS1_Temp2 immediately before System stops for high temperature detection FS1_Temp3 immediately before System stops for high temperature detection FS2_Tem when System stops for high temperature detection FS2_Temp1 immediately before System stops for high temperature detection FS2_Temp2 immediately before System stops for high temperature detection FS2_Temp3 immediately before System stops for high temperature detection

Chain 749-xxx ROS Table 9 ROS ChainLink

Name

Default

Range

1 Count

Remarks

749-001

ALL TRAY-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT

50

1~99

0.254mm

Not available

749-002


50

1~99

0.254mm

Not available

749-003


50

1~99

0.254mm

Not available

749-004


50

1~99

0.254mm

Not available

749-005


50

1~99

0.254mm

Not available

749-006

HCF-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT

50

1~99

0.254mm

Not available

749-007

MSI-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT

50

1~99

0.254mm

Not available

749-009

DUP ALL TRAY-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 50

1~99

0.254mm

Not available

749-010


50

1~99

0.254mm

Not available

749-011


50

1~99

0.254mm

Not available

749-012


50

1~99

0.254mm

Not available

749-013


50

1~99

0.254mm

Not available

749-014

DUP HCF-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT

50

1~99

0.254mm

Not available

749-015

DUP MSI-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT

50

1~99

0.254mm

Not available

749-505

ROS Beam Position LD2

10

0~20

1

Not available

749-516

IMAGE AREA

0

0~1

-

0: NORMAL IMAGE AREA 1: WIDE IMAGE AREA

749-522

END ERASE OFFSET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

50

0~99

0.363mm

Not available

749-523

SIDE NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT

8

0~16

0.254mm

Nominal=2.032mm

749-524

TOP NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT

9

0~18

0.217mm

Nominal=1.953mm

749-527

END NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT

9

0~18

0.217mm

Nominal=1.953mm

General Procedures

IOT NVM List

February, 2008 6-14


Chain 740-xxx Chain 751-xxx 752-xxx Chain 753-xxx Procon Table 10 Procon ChainLink

Name

Default

Range

1 Count

Remarks

740-529

SL_CRU/LL_CRU Selection for Third Party Consumables

0

0~99

-

0: SL (standard life) Drum CRU, 1: LL (long life) Drum CRU

751-005

Toner Empty on Toner Cartridge (for CRUM Read)

0

0~1

-

0: Toner Cartridge is not empty 1: Toner Cartridge is empty

751-012

Enable Drum Life Adjust

1

0~1

1

1: Perform subtraction for DRUM CRUM data (DRUM life threshold value) 0: Do not perform subtraction for DRUM CRUM data (DRUM life threshold value)

751-709

Toner Refill History in Customer Mode A

0

0~99

1

752-003

ATC OUT First 2Dig

3

00~19

1

752-003

ATC OUT Last 2Dig

70

00~99

1

752-006

ATC Target First 2Dig

-

00~19

1

752-006

ATC Target Last 2Dig

-

0~99

1

752-007

Result of ATC Check

-

0~4

752-503

Humidity Sensor Judge

-

0~1

1

Not available

752-504

Temperature Sensor Judge

-

0~1

1

Not available

752-509

Toner Empty

0

0~1

1

0: Normal, 1: Abnormal

752-523

Current Humidity (%)

-

0~99

1

Not available

752-541

Current Temperature [deg.C]

-

0~99

1

Not available

752-725

First 2Digits of LD2

-

00~19

1

752-725

Last 2Digits of LD2

-

00~99

1

Not available

752-747

Barcode LD_Ref

77

0~99

1

Default value that is the coefficient of Barcode LD

752-747

Barcode LD_Ref

0

0~2

1

752-748

Barcode LD_H

78

0~99

1

752-748

Barcode LD_H

0

0~2

1

752-749

Barcode LD_L

76

0~99

1

752-749

Barcode LD_L

0

0~2

1

752-756

Barcode_Switch

0

0~2

1

Barcode LD operating mode: 0: follows mode selected by the controller 1: forced ON 2: forced OFF

752-843

Accumulated Dispense Time in M/C Last Two Digits

0

0~99

100 ms

Because the value indicates accumulated time in M/C, initialization of the value is not permitted.

752-843

Accumulated Dispense Time in M/C Middle Two Digits (2)

0

0~99

100 ms


752-843

Accumulated Dispense Time in M/C Middle Two Digits (1)

0

0~99

100 ms


752-843

Accumulated Dispense Time in M/C First Two Digits

0

0~99

100 ms


752-844

Level of Remaining Drum Life Amount

100

0~100

1%


Not available Not available 0=Low, 1=Normal, 2=High, 3=False, 4=Abnormal end

Maximum value that is the coefficient of Barcode LD Minimum value that is the coefficient of Barcode LD

February, 2008 6-15

General Procedures

IOT NVM List

Table 10 Procon ChainLink

Name

Default

Range

1 Count

Remarks

752-893

First 2Digits of Manual Light Volume Adjustment LDman

50

47~52

1

Not available

752-893

Last 2Digits of Manual Light Volume Adjustment LDman

00

00~99

1

752-954

ATC Sensor

0

0~1

1

ATC Sensor 0: Normal, 1: Abnormal

752-955

First 2Digits of Delta ATCman

50

49~50

1

ATC manual correction (higher digits)

752-955

Last 2Digits of Delta ATCman

0

0~99

1

ATC manual correction (lower digits)

753-001

Toner Empty (for CRUM Read)

0

0~1

1

Not available

753-004

ATC OUT Last 2Digits (for CRUM Read)

70

00~255

1

Not available

753-005

ATC OUT First 2Digits (for CRUM Read)

3

00~255

1

Not available

753-006

ATC Sensor (for CRUM Read)

0

0~1

-

For reading 42-3 data stored in the CRUM.

753-007

CRU New or Old (for CRUM Read)

0

0~1

-

For reading 49-63 (0: New/1: Old) data stored in the CRUM.

753-008

First 2Digits of CRU ATC S

3

0~10

1

753-008

Last 2Digits of CRU ATC S

80

0~99

1

Not available

753-009

Exchange DRUM in No CRUM Country

0

0~1

1

Not available

753-612

Toner Refill Rate [mg/s]

22

0~254

1

Not available

753-619

Toner Empty Status

0

0~4

1

Not available

753-645

PreNear Threshold Value (Threshold Value of Remaining Toner [%])

114

0~254

1

Not available

753-673

Remaining Toner [%]

-

0~200

1

Not available

753-705

Flag indicating CRU Layer Formation Complete

0

0~1

1

Not available

753-716

ATC Code (ATC Sensor Properties)

55

0~99

1

Not available

753-725

Last 2Digits of ICDC Accumulative Value since Empty until TC Lower Limit

0

0~99

1

Not available

753-726

First 2Digits of ICDC Accumulative Value since Empty until TC Lower Limit

0

0~99

1

Not available

753-731

PR_VL

87

30~150

1

Not available

753-737

Toner Empty Status (for CRUM Read)

0

0~255

1

Not available

753-742

ATC Code (ATC Sensor Properties) (for CRUM Read)

55

0~255

1

Not available

Chain 740-xxx Chain 749-xxx Chain-751-xxx XERO Table 11 XERO ChainLink

Name

Default

Range

1 Count

740-560

Print Volume Setting for Forced Drum Reverse

0

0~10

50 sheets

749-016

Pre-Exposure Control

0

0~254

1 kHz

General Procedures

IOT NVM List

Remarks 0: Off (Always) 254: On (Always) 1~253: On (Drum Cycle mode change) For 1~253 preexposure (Drum Cycle mode change), 1 count is equivalent to 1 Kcycle. The recommended value is 122 (Kcycle).

February, 2008 6-16


Table 11 XERO ChainLink

Name

Default

Range

1 Count

Remarks

751-034


33

0~66

0.363mm


751-035

TRAY2-4, HCF for Heavyweight3 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

33

0~66

0.363mm


751-036


33

0~66

0.363mm


751-037


33

0~66

0.363mm


751-560

Component Control Independent Output Selection

0

0~1

1

0: Simultaneous Output (Independent Output disabled) 1: Independent Output

751-849

Drum Cycle Count, 1st and 2nd digits

0

0~99

1

751-849

Drum Cycle Count, 3rd and 4th digits

0

0~99

1

751-849

Drum Cycle Count, 5th and 6th digits

0

0~99

1

Used only in mode for countries where wireless transmission is inhibited.

751-881

BCR Iac Control Threshold Value of the Number of Drum Cycles

1

0~40

10 kHz

Valid when BCR Iac control change is On (the value is 1).

751-882

BCR Iac Output SC UNDER (Temperature is less than 11deg.C. The number of drum cycles is less than the threshold value.)

100

0~100

1%

Valid when BCR Iac control change is On (the value is 1). Min (0): 1.30 mA, Max (100): 1.6 mA, init (100): 1.6 mA

751-883

BCR Iac Output SC OVER (Temperature is less than 11deg.C. The number of drum cycles is more than or equal to the threshold value.)

67

0~100

1%


751-884

BCR Iac Output C UNDER 50 (Temperature is from 11deg.C to less than 20deg.C. The number of drum cycles is less than the threshold value.)

0~100

1%


751-885

BCR Iac Output C OVER 50 (Temperature is from 11deg.C to less than 20deg.C. The number of drum cycles is more than or equal to the threshold value.)

0~100

1%


751-886

BCR Iac Output B UNDER 33 (Temperature is from 20deg.C to less than 28deg.C. The number of drum cycles is less than the threshold value.)

0~100

1%


751-887

BCR Iac Output B OVER 33 (Temperature is from 20deg.C to less than 28deg.C. The number of drum cycles is more than or equal to the threshold value.)

0~100

1%


751-888

BCR Iac Output A UNDER (Temperature is 28deg.C or more. The number of drum cycles is less than the threshold value.)

33

0~100

1%


751-889

BCR Iac Output A OVER (Temperature is 28deg.C or more. The number of drum cycles is more than or equal to the threshold value.)

33

0~100

1%



February, 2008 6-17

General Procedures

IOT NVM List

Table 11 XERO ChainLink

Name

Default

Range

1 Count

Remarks

751-890

BCR Iac Output A UNDER (for LL) (Temperature is 28deg.C or more. The number of drum cycles is less than the threshold value.)

0

0~100

1%


751-891

BCR Iac Output A OVER (for LL) (Temperature is 28deg.C or more. The number of drum cycles is more than or equal to the threshold value.)

0

0~100

1%


Chain 751-xxx CRU Table 12 CRU ChainLink

Name

Default

Range

1 Count

751-001

Drum Rotation Time(Cycle Count), 1st & 2nd digits

0

0~255

1

751-001

Drum Rotation Time(Cycle Count), 3rd & 4th digits

0

0~255

1

751-001

Drum Rotation Time(Cycle Count), 5th & 6th digits

0

0~255

1

751-001

Drum Rotation Time(Cycle Count), 7th & 8th digits

0

0~255

1

751-003

Return Normal CRU MODE

0

0~1

-

Return to Normal CRU MODE

751-009

Drum Life Pre Warning Detection Cycle

40

1~254

0.5 kHz

Sets the timing (the number of Drum cycles until Drum Life End) to display a Pre-Warning. (Initial value= 20.0 kHz.) (Only a value that is larger than the value for Drum Life Warning can be entered.)

751-010

Drum Life Warning Detection Cycle

12

1~254

0.5 kHz

Sets the timing (the number of Drum cycles until Drum Life End) to display a Warning. (Initial value = 6.0 kHz.) (Only a value that is smaller than the value for Drum Life PreWarning can be entered.)

751-041

Toner Disp Time 0

-

0~255

-

TONER: Dispense motor driving time (the 0th byte)

751-041

Toner Disp Time 1

-

0~255

-

TONER: Dispense motor driving time (the 1st byte)

751-041

Toner Disp Time 2

-

0~255

-

TONER: Dispense motor driving time (the 2nd byte)

751-041

Toner Disp Time 3

-

0~255

-

TONER: Dispense motor driving time (the 3rd byte)

751-042

Toner Filling 0

-

0~255

-

TONER: The amount of toner supplied from the toner bottle (the 0th byte)

751-043

Toner Filling 1

-

0~255

-

TONER: The amount of toner supplied from the toner bottle (the 1st byte)

751-044

Toner Capacity

-

0~255

-

TONER: The capacity of the toner bottle

751-089

Drum Life Pre Warning Detection Cycle (for LL)

40

1~254

0.5 kHz

Sets the timing (the number of Drum cycles until Drum Life End) to display a Pre-Warning. (Initial value= 20.0 kHz.) (Only a value that is larger than the value for Drum Life Warning can be entered.)

751-090

Drum Life Warning Detection Cycle (for LL)

12

1~254

0.5 kHz

Sets the timing (the number of Drum cycles until Drum Life End) to display a Warning. (Initial value = 6.0 kHz.) (Only a value that is smaller than the value for Drum Life PreWarning can be entered.)

751-503

Custom Mode

0

0~2

General Procedures

IOT NVM List

Remarks

Sets the accuracy of the Drum/Toner life misdetection prevention function. 0: Custom Mode normal 1: Invalid (operates as in custom mode normal) 2: Custom Mode A (Toner can be refilled)

February, 2008 6-18


Chain 763-xxx SB Finisher Table 13 SB Finisher Chain-link Name

Default

Range

763-600

Ex_Finisher_Major_Version - 1, 2 Digit

-

0~99

763-600


-

0~99

763-600


-

0~6

763-601

Ex_Finisher_Minor_Version - 1, 2 Digit

-

0~99

763-601


-

0~99

763-601


-

0~6

763-602

Ex_Finisher_Local_Version

-

0~255

Finisher Software Local Version.

763-603

Ex_Finisher_Patch_Version - 1, 2 Digit

-

0~99

Finisher Software Patch Version.

763-603


-

0~99

763-603


-

0~6

763-605

NVM_Puncher_Type

0

0~6

Type of Puncher installed. 0: None, 1: 2 holes, 2: 3 holes, 3: 2/3 holes, 5: 2/4 holes, 6: Swd 4 holes.

763-608

NVM_Buffer_Request

0

0~1

Buffer operation request. 0: Request, 1: Do not request.

763-610

NVM_Add_Pitch_Sheet

0

0~255

Maximum volume of stapled paper that can be compiled.

763-611

NVM_Add_Pitch_Set

0

0~255

Maximum volume of small-sized and Unstapled paper that can be compiled.

763-613

Diag_Fault_Clear_Check_Enble

0

0~1

Static jam detection in diagnostic mode. 0: FaultClear is detected in diagnostic mode. 1: FaultClear is not detected in diagnostic mode.

763-616

NVM_S_Stpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_S_Size

63

1~135

Full stack positional Encoder limitation during single staple mode or single staple/unstaple mode for small size paper (paper length = or < 216 mm).

763-617

NVM_S_Stpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_L_Size

50

1~135

Full stack positional Encoder limitation during single staple mode or single staple/unstaple mode for large size paper (paper length > 216 mm).

763-618

NVM_D_Stpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_S_Size

50

1~135

Full stack positional Encoder limitation during dual staple mode or single staple/unstaple/dual staple mode for small size paper (paper length = or < 216 mm).

763-619

NVM_D_Stpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_L_Size

50

1~135

Full stack positional Encoder limitation during dual staple mode or single staple/unstaple/dual staple mode for large size paper (paper length > 216 mm).

763-620

NVM_Unstpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_S_Size

116

1~135

Full stack positional Encoder limitation during unstaple mode for small size paper (paper length = or < 216 mm).

763-621

NVM_Unstpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_L_Size

63

1~135

Full stack positional Encoder limitation during unstaple mode for small size paper (paper length > 216 mm).

763-622

NVM_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_Limit

26

1~28

Mix full stack positional Encoder limitation.

763-623

NVM_Mixsize_Full_Check_Enable

1

0~1

Mix size stack after mix stack position is detected. 0: Not prohibited, 1: Prohibited

763-624

Ex_Max_Compile_Sheet_Count_For_Unstaple_Sm 5 all

2~50

Number of sheets of small-sized paper in an ejected unstapled set.

763-625

Ex_Max_Compile_Sheet_Count_For_Unstaple_Big 25

2~50

Number of sheets of large-sized paper in an ejected unstapled set.

763-626

NVM_Staple_Stack_Set_Limit_S_Size

100

1~255

Maximum number of copies of small-sized paper allowed in the Stacker in single staple mode or unstaple and single staple mode.

763-627

NVM_Large_Staple_Stack_Set_Limit_L_Size

75

1~255

Full stack positional Encoder limitation during unstaple mode for large size paper (paper length > 216 mm).


1 Count

Remarks Finisher Software Major Version.

Finisher Software Minor Version.

February, 2008 6-19

General Procedures

IOT NVM List

Table 13 SB Finisher Chain-link Name

Default

Range

763-628

NVM_Dual_Staple_Stack_Set_Limit_S_Size

75

1~255

Maximum number of small-sized copies allowed in the Stacker in unstaple, single staple, and dual staple mode.

763-629

NVM_Dual_Staple_Stack_Set_Limit_L_Size

75

1~255

Maximum number of large-sized copies allowed in the Stacker in unstaple, single staple, and dual staple mode.

763-630

NVM_Max_Stapling_50Sheets

50

25~75

Maximum number of sheets than can be stapled using a 50-sheet Staple Cartridge.

763-631

NVM_Puncher_Full_Count_Num_24 - 1, 2 Digit

50

0~99

763-631


7

0~15

The number of sheets required to generate a Puncher Rubbish Full message (2-4 hole punch). Effective when NVM 763-605 is 5.

763-631


0

0~0

763-632

[Unused] NVM_Eject_Exit_Ctrl_Encoder_Limit

0

0~255

[Unused] When the Encoder position reaches this value, the eject speed is switched.

763-633

NVM_Bklt_Stpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_S_Size

90

1~90

Full stack positional Encoder limitation during booklet staple mode for small size paper (paper size < B4).

763-634

NVM_Bklt_Stpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_L_Size

90

1~90

Full stack positional Encoder limitation during booklet staple mode for large size paper (paper size = or > B4).

763-635

NVM_Bklt_Unstpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_S_Siz 90 e

1~90

Full stack positional Encoder limitation during booklet unstaple mode for small size paper (paper size < B4).

763-636

NVM_Bklt_Unstpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_L_Siz 90 e

1~90

Full stack positional Encoder limitation during booklet unstaple mode for large size paper (paper size = or > B4).

763-637

NVM_Bklt_Staple_Stack_Sheet_Limit

60

1~200

Maximum number of sheets allowed in the Stacker during booklet staple mode.

763-638

NVM_Bklt_Unstaple_Stack_Sheet_Limit

50

1~200

Maximum number of sheets allowed in the Stacker during booklet unstaple mode.

763-639

NVM_Puncher_Near_Full_Count_Num_24 - 1, 2 Digit

0

0~99

Sheet count when punch rubbish warning is declared (valid when NVM 763-605 = 5).

763-639

NVM_Puncher_Near_Full_Count_Num_24 - 3, 4 Digit

5

0~15

763-641

NVM_Thick_Paper_Puncher_Count

1

1~5

Adjusts sheet count for NVM 763-639 to compensate for thick paper.

763-642

NVM_Pre_Punch_Stop_Pulse_B4_More

100

0~120

Number of pulses between stopping of Transport Motor and paper punch (paper length = or > 364.0 mm [B4]).

763-643

NVM_Pre_Punch_Stop_Pulse_B4_Less

100

0~120

Number of pulses between stopping of Transport Motor and paper punch (paper length < 364.0 mm [B4]).

763-644

NVM_Pre_Punch_Stop_Tim

5

5~100

Time delay until punch operation starts.

763-645

NVM_Pre_Fold_Stop_Pulse_B4_More

100

0~200

Number of pulses between stopping of Transport Motor and paper fold (paper length = or > 364.0 mm [B4]).

763-646

NVM_Pre_Fold_Stop_Pulse_B4_Less

100

0~200

Number of pulses between stopping of Transport Motor and paper fold (paper length < 364.0 mm [B4]).

763-647

NVM_Pre_Fold_Stop_Tim

5

5~100

Time delay until fold operation starts.

763-648

NVM_Stk_Eject_Exit_Speed_Mode

79

1~255

Eject exit speed in Stacker job mode.

763-649

NVM_Tmp_Strt_Tim

250

0~250

Time delay until tamping operation starts.

763-650

NVM_Set_Clmp_Off_Tim

120

0~200

Off time for the Set Clamp Clutch after paper is outputted. Usage: 200 + NVM_Set_Clmp_Off_Tim (initialize 300 ms).

763-651

NVM_Stk_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Strt_Tim

100

0~200

Time between Compile Exit Sensor OFF and Sub Paddle Solenoid ON during job stacking mode. Usage: 25 (5 with Filter) + NVM_Stk_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Strt_Tim = operation start time (initialize 70 [50] ms)

General Procedures

IOT NVM List

1 Count

February, 2008 6-20

Remarks



Default

Range

763-652

NVM_Stk_Sml_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim - 1, 2 Digit

90

0~99

763-652

NVM_Stk_Sml_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim - 3, 4 Digit

0

0~3

763-653

NVM_Stk_Sml_More_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim - 1, 2 Digit

50

0~99

763-653

NVM_Stk_Sml_More_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim - 3, 4 Digit

0

0~3

763-654

NVM_Set_Clmp_Escape_Strt_Tim - 1, 2 Digit

50

0~0

1 ms

763-654

NVM_Set_Clmp_Escape_Strt_Tim - 3, 4 Digit

2

0~4

1 ms

763-655

NVM_Set_Clmp_Escape_Keep_Tim

100

0~200

1 ms

763-656

NVM_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Pre_On_Tim

20

5~60

763-657

NVM_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Pre_Off_Tim

25

5~60

763-658

NVM_Skew_Adjust_B4_More

50

10~255

1 ms

Adjusts the amount of skew correction to the paper loop during a folding operation (paper length > or = 364.0 [B4]).

763-659

NVM_Skew_Adjust_B4_Less

50

10~255

1 ms

Adjusts the amount of skew correction to the paper loop during a folding operation (paper length < 364.0 [B4]).

763-660

NVM_Skew_Adjust_Pulse_B4_More

20

0~255

1 pulse

Allows the Transport Motor to perform a skew correction during a folding operation. Adjusts the output pulse, from TransportEnt Snr On to start XportMot emergency stop (paper length > or = 364.0 [B4]).

763-661

NVM_Skew_Adjust_Pulse_B4_Less

20

0~255

1 pulse

Allows the Transport Motor to perform a skew correction during a folding operation. Adjusts the output pulse, from TransportEnt Snr On to start XportMot emergency stop (paper length < 364.0 [B4]).

763-662

NVM_Stk_Lrg_Less_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim - 1, 2 Digit

90

0~99

763-662

NVM_Stk_Lrg_Less_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim - 3, 4 Digit

0

0~3

763-663

NVM_Stk_Lrg_More_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim - 1, 2 Digit

50

0~99

763-663

NVM_Stk_Lrg_More_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim - 3, 4 Digit

0

0~3

763-664

NVM_Front_Nml_Add_Tmp_Cnt

2

1~10

Number of additional tamps for a front, rear, or dual staple job.

763-665

NVM_Front_Set_Add_Tmp_Cnt

2

1~10

Number of additional tamps for a front, rear, or dual staple job.

763-666

NVM_Stk_Sml_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Papernum_B Order

25

1~50

Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Time (Stack Job or Paper Length < 364.0 [B4]) or the sheet switch number

763-667

NVM_Stk_Sml_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Papernum_B Order

25

1~50

Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Time (Stack Job or Paper Length >/= 364.0 [B4]) or the sheet switch number

763-671

NVM_Num_Of_Eject_Single_Staple_Set

0

0~255

Number of stapled copies outputted to the Stacker Tray.


1 Count

Remarks Change at Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Time (Stack Job or Paper Length < 364.0 [B4] or the amount by which the sheet set number exceeds the sheet switch number [NVM 763666]). Usage: 100 + NVM_Stk_Sml_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim = On Time (initialize 190 ms). Change at Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Time (Stack Job or Paper Length >/= 364.0 [B4] or the amount by which the sheet set number exceeds the sheet switch number [NVM 763666]). Usage: 100 + NVM_Stk_Sml_More_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim = On Time (initialize 150 ms). Sets the time when the Set Clamp starts to go back and when the Clutch turns on. Usage: 200 + NVM_Set_Clmp_Escape_Strt_Tim (initialize 400 ms). Sets the time when the Set Clamp Clutch turns on after the paper is exhausted. Usage: 185 + NVM_Set_Clmp_Escape_Keep_Tim (initialize 285 ms). Time at which Sub Paddle Solenoid enters low noise operation. Time at which Sub Paddle Solenoid exits from low noise operation.

Change at Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Time (Stack Job or Paper Length >/= 364.0 [B4] or the amount by which the sheet set number exceeds the sheet switch number [NVM 763666]). Usage: 100 + NVM_Stk_Lrg_Less_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim = On Time (initialize 190 ms). Change at Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Time (Stack Job or Paper Length >/= 364.0 [B4] or the amount by which the sheet set number exceeds the sheet switch number [NVM 763667]). Usage: 100 + NVM_Stk_Lrg_More_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim = On Time (initialize 150 ms).

February, 2008 6-21

General Procedures

IOT NVM List


Default

Range

763-672

Ex_Sheet_Width_Of_Last_Ejected_Sheet - 1, 2 Digit

0

0~99

763-672


0

0~99

763-672


0

0~6

763-673

Ex_Sheet_Length_Of_Last_Ejected_Sheet - 1, 2 Digit

0

0~99

763-673


0

0~99

763-673


0

0~6

763-674

Ex_Sheet_Width_Of_Maximum_Size_Sheet - 1, 2 Digit

0

0~99

763-674


0

0~99

763-674


0

0~6

763-675

Ex_Sheet_Length_Of_Maximum_Size_Sheet - 1, 2 0 Digit

0~99

763-675


0~99

763-675


0~6

763-677

Ex_Offset_Position

0

0~1

Final offset position. 0: Rear, 1: Front

763-679

NVM_Mix_Stack

0

0~1

Mix Full Stack detect. 0: Not detected, 1: Detected.

763-680

NVM_Puncher_Dust_Count - 1, 2 Digit

0

0~99

The number of sheets required to generate a Puncher Rubbish Full message.

763-680


0

0~99

763-680


0

0~6

763-684

NVM_Num_Of_Stack_Tray_Sheets - 1, 2 Digit

0

0~99

763-684


0

0~99

763-684


0

0~6

763-685

Ex_Stacker_Feed_Count_Lower - 1, 2 Digit

0

0~99

763-685


0

0~99

763-685


0

0~6

763-686

Ex_Stacker_Feed_Count_Upper - 1, 2 Digit

0

0~99

763-686


0

0~99

763-686


0

0~6

763-687

Ex_Stacker_Staple_Count_Lower - 1, 2 Digit

0

0~99

763-687


0

0~99

763-687


0

0~6

General Procedures

IOT NVM List

1 Count

Remarks Width of top sheet in Stacker Tray (0x0000~0xFFFF).

Length of top sheet in Stacker Tray (0x0000~0xFFFF).

Maximum width paper in Stacker Tray (0x0000~0xFFFF).

Maximum length paper in Stacker Tray (0x0000~0xFFFF).

Number of output sheets for Full detection.

Number of Stacker output sheets (lower value). Total number of sheets = (upper value) x 65535 + (lower value). Number of Stacker output sheets (upper value). Total number of sheets = (upper value) x 65535 + (lower value). Total staple frequency of Stacker (lower value). Total staple frequency of Stacker = (upper value) x 65535 + (lower value).

February, 2008 6-22



Default

Range

763-688

Ex_Stacker_Staple_Count_Upper - 1, 2 Digit

0

0~99

763-688


0

0~99

763-688


0

0~6

763-689

Ex_Total_Punching_Counter_Lower - 1, 2 Digit

0

0~99

763-689


0

0~99

763-689


0

0~6

763-690

Ex_Total_Punching_Counter_Upper - 1, 2 Digit

0

0~99

763-690


0

0~99

763-690


0

0~6

763-691

Ex_Total_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Count_Lower - 1, 2 Digit

0

0~99

763-691


0

0~99

763-691


0

0~6

763-692

Ex_Total_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Count_Upper - 1, 2 Digit

0

0~99

763-692


0

0~99

763-692


0

0~6

763-693

Ex_Total_Set_Clamp_Count_Lower - 1, 2 Digit

0

0~99

763-693


0

0~99

763-693


0

0~6

763-694

Ex_Total_Set_Clamp_Count_Upper - 1, 2 Digit

0

0~99

763-694


0

0~99

763-694


0

0~6

763-695

Ex_Elevator_Mot_Up_Count_Lower - 1, 2 Digit

0

0~99

763-695


0

0~99

763-695


0

0~6

763-696

Ex_Elevator_Mot_Up_Count_Upper - 1, 2 Digit

0

0~99

763-696


0

0~99

763-696


0

0~6

763-697

Ex_Elevator_Mot_Down_Count_Lower - 1, 2 Digit

0

0~99

763-697


0

0~99

763-697


0

0~6

763-698

Ex_Elevator_Mot_Down_Count_Upper - 1, 2 Digit

0

0~99

763-698


0

0~99

763-698


0

0~6

763-699

NVM_Stacker_Tray_Position

0

0~150

Positional record of Stacker Tray (0 = uppermost position).

763-700

NVM_Booklet_Sub_CPU_Ver

-

0~255

Booklet Sub CPU software version (for booklet control).

763-703

NVM_Book_Unstp_Eject_Exit_Speed_S

5

1~6

Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length = or < 300 mm) during booklet unstaple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.


1 Count

Remarks Total staple frequency of Stacker (upper value). Total staple frequency of Stacker = (upper value) x 65535 + (lower value). Total punch frequency (lower value) Operation frequency of Punch Unit (lower value) Total punch frequency = (upper value) x 65536 + (lower value) Total punch frequency (upper value) Operation frequency of Punch Unit (upper value) Total punch frequency = (upper value) x 65536 + (lower value) Sub Paddle Solenoid operating frequency (lower value). Total operating frequency = (upper value) x 65535 + (lower value). Sub Paddle Solenoid operating frequency (upper value). Total operating frequency = (upper value) x 65535 + (lower value). Set Clamp operating frequency (lower value). Total Set Clamp operating frequency = (upper value) x 65535 + (lower value). Set Clamp operating frequency (upper value). Total Set Clamp operating frequency = (upper value) x 65535 + (lower value). Elevator Motor UP operation frequency (lower value). Total UP frequency of Elevator Motor = (upper value) x 65536 + (lower value). Elevator Motor UP operation frequency (upper value). Total UP frequency of Elevator Motor = (upper value) x 65536 + (lower value). Elevator Motor DOWN operation frequency (lower value). Total DOWN frequency of Elevator Motor = (upper value) x 65536 + (lower value). Elevator Motor DOWN operation frequency (upper value). Total DOWN frequency of Elevator Motor = (upper value) x 65536 + (lower value).

February, 2008 6-23

General Procedures

IOT NVM List


Default

Range

763-704

NVM_Book_Unstp_Eject_Exit_Speed_L

6

1~6

Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length > 300 mm) during booklet unstaple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.

763-705

NVM_Bookstpl_Posshift_S

0

0~1

Stapler position shift for small-sized booklet staple job. 0: No shift, 1: Shift

763-706

NVM_Bookstpl_Posshift_L

0

0~1

Stapler position shift for large-sized (paper length > 330 mm) booklet staple job. 0: No shift, 1: Shift

763-707

NVM_Bookstpl_Posshift_Pls

57

27~170

763-710

Ex_Max_Booklet_Stapling

15

2~25

Maximum number of sheets at the binding fold in booklet staple mode.

763-711

NVM_Booklet_Full_Set_Count_S

50

1~255

Number of paper sets required for Booklet Full detection (standard = 15 pieces/set) (paper length < B4S).

763-712

NVM_Booklet_Full_Set_Count_L

50

1~255

Number of paper sets required for Booklet Full detection (standard = 15 pieces/set) (paper length = or > B4S).

763-713

Ex_Max_Booklet_Unstapling

5

1~15

Maximum number of sheets at the binding fold in booklet unstaple mode.

763-714

[Unused] NVM_Booklet_Unstaple_Stack_Set_Count

100

1~255

[Unused] The maximum number of copies in a set allowed in the Stacker during booklet unstaple mode.

763-715

NVM_Bklt_Mix_Full_Job_End_Chk_Setting

1

0~1

A limit of 1 job in booklet mode (staple or unstaple) when deciding a mixed-size stack. 0: No limit, 1: Limit

763-716

NVM_Bklt_Mix_Full_Job_Start_Chk_Setting

1

0~1

Immediately notice a mixed stack full condition when starting a mixed-size stack in booklet mode. 0: Do not immediately notice, 1: Immediately notice

763-717

NVM_Bklt_Mix_Full_Job_End_Chk_Encoder_Cnt

6

1~255

Mix Full Detection Encoder position setting when a booklet job ends (booklet staple or unstaple mode).

763-718

NVM_Tray_Full_Clear_Encoder_Cnt

6

1~255

763-719

NVM_Encoder_Cnt_Tim

10

0~10

763-720

NVM_Book_Frnt_Nml_Tmp_Cnt

2

0~10

Normal tamping frequency of Front Tamper when booklet is ejected.

763-721

NVM_Book_Rear_Nml_Tmp_Cnt

2

0~10

Normal tamping frequency of Rear Tamper when booklet is ejected.

763-722

NVM_Book_Frnt_Set_Tmp_Cnt

6

0~10

Last tamping frequency of Front Tamper when booklet is ejected.

763-723

NVM_Book_Rear_Set_Tmp_Cnt

5

0~10

Last tamping frequency of Rear Tamper when booklet is ejected.

763-724

[Unused] NVM_Book_Eject_Exit_Speed_Mode

0

0~255

[Unused] Sets the eject output speed in booklet job mode.

763-725

NVM_Book_Size_Pos_Pls

17

0~33

Adjusts the pulse for Booklet Stapler Move size position. Usage: pulse = 1230 + NVM_Book_Size_Pos_Pls - (Paper Width) / 0.3532.

763-726

NVM_Book_Trns_S_Adjust

52

0~90

Adjusts the pulse for the Eject Motor booklet transport operation when the booklet is ejected (paper length < 364 mm [B4]). Usage: pulse = 954.4 - (paper length)/0.495 + NVM_Book_Trns_S_Adjust. NOTE: Increasing the value moves the staple position toward rear end of paper.

763-727

NVM_Book_Trns_L_Adjust

49

0~90

Adjusts the pulse for the Eject Motor booklet transport operation when the booklet is ejected (paper length = or > 364 mm [B4]). Usage: pulse = 954.4 - (paper length)/0.495 + NVM_Book_Trns_L_Adjust. NOTE: Increasing the value moves the staple position toward rear end of paper.

763-728

NVM_Book_Tmp_Pls

12

0~24

Adjusts number of tamping pulses after booklet is ejected: F Tamper = 32 + NVM_Book_Tmp_Pls R Tamper = 51 - NVM_Book_Tmp_Pls

General Procedures

IOT NVM List

1 Count

1 pulse

Remarks

The amount of position shift (valid when NVM 763-705 or 763-706 = 1). 1 pulse = 0.1766 mm

Position at which Tray Encoder is cleared for Full, Mix Full, StackerTrayFull. 10 ms

February, 2008 6-24

Increase the Encoder count time after the Stacker Tray Motor stops.



Default

Range

763-729

NVM_Book_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Strt_Tim

50

0~200

Time from CompileExitSnrOff to energizing Sub Paddle Solenoid (in booklet job mode). 25 (5 with Filter) + NVM_Book_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Strt_Tim = operation start time (initialize 75 [55] ms)

763-730

NVM_Book_R_Stpl_Strt_Tim - 1, 2 Digit

0

5~99

In booklet staple mode, time at which rear staple operation begins.

763-730

NVM_Book_R_Stpl_Strt_Tim - 3, 4 Digit

2

0~5

763-731

NVM_Book_Tray_Down

20

0~40

Sets a pulse count for the Stacker Encoder when the TrayAjust operation was completed. Limit of input value is “[NVM 763-731] > or = [NVM 763-732]”.

763-732

NVM_Book_Tray_Up1

8

0~40

Sets the limit of upward travel for the first time the Tray goes up after the Booklet Staple Job Limit of the input value is “[NVM 763-731] > or = [NVM 763-732]”.

763-733

NVM_Book_Adjust_Start_Tim - 1, 2 Digit

0

0~0

1 ms

763-733

NVM_Book_Adjust_Start_Tim - 3, 4 Digit

0

0~50

1 ms

763-734

NVM_Book_Staple_Move_Escape_Start_Tim - 1, 2 0 Digit

5~99

1 ms

763-734

NVM_Book_Staple_Move_Escape_Start_Tim - 3, 4 5 Digit

0~50

1 ms

763-735

NVM_Book_Sml_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Intvl_Tim - 1, 2 Digit

50

0~99

1 ms

763-735

NVM_Book_Sml_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Intvl_Tim - 3, 4 Digit

0

0~2

1 ms

763-736

NVM_Book_Lrg_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Intvl_Tim - 1, 2 Digit 50

0~99

1 ms

763-736

NVM_Book_Lrg_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Intvl_Tim - 3, 4 Digit 0

0~2

1 ms

763-737

[Unused] NVM_Set_Clmp_Book_Off_Tim

100

0~200

[Unused] The amount of time to retain the status of Set Clamp Goback when a booklet uses large size paper. Usage: 170 + NVM_Set_Clmp_Book_Escape_Keep_Tim (initialize 270 ms).

763-738

[Unused] NVM_Set_Clmp_Book_Escape_Keep_Tim

100

0~200

[Unused] The amount of time the Clutch is on to operate the Set Clamp when outputting large-size booklets. Usage: 185 + NVM_Set_Clmp_Book_Clon_Tim (initialize 285 ms).

763-739

NVM_Set_Clmp_Book_Eject_Rev_Pls - 1, 2 Digit

20

0~99

The amount of time the Eject Motor operates in reverse when outputting small-size (paper size < 322 mm) booklets. Usage: [1207.4 - (2x paper length) + 50] - 529 -120 + NVM (Default: 134 pulses on A4S).

763-739

NVM_Set_Clmp_Book_Eject_Rev_Pls - 3, 4 Digit

1

0~3

763-740

NVM_Book_Eject_Border_Sheet_Num_S

5

2~25

The number of sheets of the Eject Motor speed switch when outputting small-size (paper length = or < 330 mm) booklets.

763-741

NVM_Book_Eject_Exit_Speed_Less_S

3

1~4

When outputting small-size booklets, if the Eject Motor speed switch count is less than the set value (NVM 763-740), the exit speed of the Eject Motor is set as follows: 1 = low speed, 2 = middle speed, 3 = high speed, 4 = super high speed.

763-742

NVM_Book_Eject_Exit_Speed_More_S

3

1~4

When outputting small-size (paper length = or < 330 mm) booklets, if the Eject Motor speed switch count is more than the set value (NVM 763-740), the exit speed of the Eject Motor is set as follows: 1 = low speed, 2 = middle speed, 3 = high speed, 4 = super high speed.

763-743

NVM_Book_Eject_Border_Sheet_Num_L

5

2~25

The number of sheets of the Eject Motor speed switch when outputting large-size (paper length > 330 mm) booklets.


1 Count

February, 2008 6-25

Remarks

[Unused] Time until beginning of booklet exhaust operation. [Unused] Booklet Staple Move Motor starts to go back after this time.

Effective interval time (off time) to repeat a dragging (Sub Paddle Sol On operating). Can be set with NVM 736-746 (booklet job and length of paper < 364.0 [B4]).

Effective interval time (off time) to repeat a dragging (Sub Paddle Sol On operating). Can be set with NVM 736-746 (booklet job and length of paper < 364.0 [B4]).

General Procedures

IOT NVM List


Default

Range

763-744

NVM_Book_Eject_Exit_Speed_Less_L

4

1~4

When outputting large-size (paper length > 330 mm) booklets, the exit speed of the Eject Motor is set as follows: 1 = low speed, 2 = middle speed, 3 = high speed, 4 = super high speed.

763-745

NVM_Book_Eject_Exit_Speed_More_L

4

1~4

When outputting large-size (paper length > 330 mm) booklets, if the Eject Motor speed switch count is more than the set value (NVM 763-743), the exit speed of the Eject Motor is set as follows: 1 = low speed, 2 = middle speed, 3 = high speed, 4 = super high speed.

763-746

NVM_Book_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Times

1

1~5

The Sub Paddle Sol On operating frequency is set at Booklet Job.

763-747

NVM_Book_Transport_Select

4

1~6

Sets the transport speed from the Eject Motor to the booklet staple position. Also corrects the timing for the Set Clamp Goback operation. 1: 1617 pps (403.0 mm/sec.), 2: 400 pps (99.7 mm/sec.), 3: 645 pps (160.7 mm/sec.), 4: 839 pps (209.1 mm/sec.), 5: 1034 pps (257.7 mm/sec.), 6: 1210 pps (301.5 mm/ sec.).

763-748

NVM_Book_Tray_Up2

12

0~40

Sets the limit of upward travel for the first time the Tray goes up after the Booklet Staple Job. Default is “[NVM 763-731] - [NVM 763-732]”.

763-749

NVM_Fold_Tray_Down_Sheet_Count

12

1~50

In Fold Job mode (Booklet UnStaple Job, BiFold Job), the number of sheets which causes the Output Tray to move down 1 increment.

763-750

NVM_Stk_Eject_Unstpl_Exit_Speed_1

6

1~6

Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length < Letter L) for sheets 13 of the set during Stacker unstaple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.

763-751


5

1~6

Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length < Letter L) for sheets 46 of the set during Stacker unstaple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.

763-752


3

1~6

Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length < Letter L) for sheets 7 and above of the set during Stacker unstaple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.

763-753

NVM_Stk_Eject_Unstpl_Exit_Speed_L

6

1~6

Exit speed of the Eject Motor for large size paper (paper length > Letter L) during Stacker unstaple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.

763-755

NVM_Stk_Eject_Stpl_Exit_Speed_L

6

1~6

Exit speed of the Eject Motor for large size paper (paper length = or > 13 inches) during front/rear staple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.

763-756

NVM_Book_Traydown_Setcount_S1

4

1~15

The number of increments the Tray moves down after a booklet staple set is outputted. Small size: Each increment ~ 3 copies.

763-757


5

1~15

The number of increments the Tray moves down after a booklet staple set is outputted. Small size: Each increment 4 ~ 7 copies.

763-758


3

1~15

The number of increments the Tray moves down after a booklet staple set is outputted. Small size: Each increment 8 ~ 10 copies.

763-759


1

1~15

The number of increments the Tray moves down after a booklet staple set is outputted. Small size: Each increment 11 ~ copies.

General Procedures

IOT NVM List

1 Count

February, 2008 6-26

Remarks



Default

Range

763-760

NVM_Book_Traydown_Setcount_L1

4

1~15

The number of increments the Tray moves down after a booklet staple set is outputted. Large size: Each increment ~ 3 copies.

763-761


2

1~15

The number of increments the Tray moves down after a booklet staple set is outputted. Large size: Each increment 4 ~ 7 copies.

763-762


3

1~15

The number of increments the Tray moves down after a booklet staple set is outputted. Large size: Each increment 8 ~ 10 copies.

763-763


1

1~15

The number of increments the Tray moves down after a booklet staple set is outputted. Large size: Each increment 11 ~ copies.

763-764

NVM_Book_Traydown_Addpulse_S1

2

1~15

Number of pulses added to Tray Down increment. Small size: ~ 3 copies.

763-765


3

1~15

Number of pulses added to Tray Down increment. Small size: 4 ~ 7 copies.

763-766


2

1~15

Number of pulses added to Tray Down increment. Small size: 8 ~ 10 copies.

763-767


1

1~15

Number of pulses added to Tray Down increment. Small size: 11 ~ copies.

763-768

NVM_Book_Traydown_Addpulse_L1

2

1~15

Number of pulses added to Tray Down increment. Large size: ~ 3 copies.

763-769


1

1~15

Number of pulses added to Tray Down increment. Large size: 4 ~ 7 copies.

763-770

NVM_Num_Of_Ejected_Booklet_Staple_Set

0

0~255

The saddle-stapled number of copies outputted to the Booklet Tray.

763-771


2

0~15

Number of pulses added to Tray Down increment. Large size: 8 ~ 10 copies.

763-772


1

0~15

Number of pulses added to Tray Down increment. Large size: 11 ~ copies.

763-773


50

0~99

763-773


7

0~15

The number of sheets required to generate a Puncher Rubbish Full message (2-3 hole punch). Effective when NVM 763-605 is 5.

763-774

NVM_Puncher_Full_Count_Num_SW4 - 1, 2 Digit

75

0~99

763-774

NVM_Puncher_Full_Count_Num_SW4 - 3, 4 Digit

3

0~15

763-775

NVM_Puncher_Near_Count_Num_233 - 1, 2 Digit

0

0~99

763-775

NVM_Puncher_Near_Count_Num_233 - 3, 4 Digit

5

0~15

763-776

NVM_Puncher_Near_Count_Num_SW4 - 1, 2 Digit 50

0~99

763-776

NVM_Puncher_Near_Count_Num_SW4 - 3, 4 Digit 2

0~15

763-777

NVM_Stk_Eject_Stpl_Exit_Speed_S1

5

1~6

Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length < Letter L) for sheets 19 during front/rear staple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.

763-778


5

1~6

Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length < Letter L) for sheets 10-29 during front/rear staple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.

763-779


5

1~6

Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length < Letter L) for sheets 30 and above during front/rear staple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.

763-780

NVM_Stk_Eject_Stpl_Exit_Speed_M1

6

1~6

Exit speed of the Eject Motor for medium size paper (paper length > Letter L~13 inches) for sheets 9 and above during front/rear staple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.


1 Count

Remarks

The number of sheets required to generate a Puncher Rubbish Full message (6 hole punch). Effective when NVM 763-605 is 5. The number of sheets required to generate a Puncher Rubbish warning (2-3 hole punch). Effective when NVM 763-605 is 2 or 3. The number of sheets required to generate a Puncher Rubbish warning (6 hole punch). Effective when NVM 763-605 is 6.

February, 2008 6-27

General Procedures

IOT NVM List


Default

Range

763-781


6

1~6

Exit speed of the Eject Motor for medium size paper (paper length > Letter L~13 inches) for sheets 10-29 during front/rear staple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.

763-782


6

1~6

Exit speed of the Eject Motor for medium size paper (paper length > Letter L~13 inches) for sheets 30 and above during front/rear staple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.

763-783

NVM_Stk_Eject_Dual_Stpl_Exit_Speed_S1

5

1~6

Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length < Letter L) for sheets 19 during dual staple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.

763-784


3

1~6

Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length < Letter L) for sheets 10-29 during dual staple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.

763-785


3

1~6

Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length < Letter L) for sheets 30 and above during dual staple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.

763-786

NVM_Stk_Eject_Dual_Stpl_Exit_Speed_M1

6

1~6

Exit speed of the Eject Motor for medium size paper (paper length > Letter L~13 inches) for sheets 1-9 during dual staple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.

763-787

Ex_Booklet_Fold_Count_Lower - 1, 2 Digit

0

0~99

763-787


0

0~99

Booklet fold frequency (lower value). Total fold frequency = (upper value) x 65536 + (lower value).

763-787


0

0~6

763-788

Ex_Booklet_Fold_Count_Upper - 1, 2 Digit

0

0~99

763-788


0

0~99

763-788


0

0~6

763-789

Ex_Total_Booklet_Stapling_Counter_Lower - 1, 2 Digit

0

0~99

763-789


0

0~99

763-789


0

0~6

763-790

Ex_Total_Booklet_Stapling_Counter_Upper - 1, 2 Digit

0

0~99

763-790


0

0~99

763-790


0

0~6

General Procedures

IOT NVM List

1 Count

Remarks

Booklet fold frequency (upper value). Total fold frequency = (upper value) x 65536 + (lower value). Booklet staple operation frequency (lower value). Total staple frequency = (upper value) x 65536 + (lower value).

Booklet staple operation frequency (upper value). Total staple frequency = (upper value) x 65536 + (lower value).

February, 2008 6-28



Default

Range

763-791


1

1~6

1 Count

Remarks Exit speed of the Eject Motor for medium size paper (paper length > Letter L~13 inches) for sheets 10-29 during dual staple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.

763-792


1

1~6

Exit speed of the Eject Motor for medium size paper (paper length > Letter L~13 inches) for sheets 1-30 during dual staple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.

763-793

NVM_Stk_Eject_Dual_Stpl_Exit_Speed_L

6

1~6

Exit speed of the Eject Motor for large size paper (paper length = or > 13 inches) during dual staple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.

763-797

NVM_Write_Address

0

0~3

763-798

NVM_Write_Count_Lower - 1, 2 Digit

0

0~99

763-798


0

0~99

763-798


0

0~6

763-799

NVM_Write_Count_Upper - 1, 2 Digit

0

0~99

763-799


0

0~99

763-799


0

0~6

Chain-link Name

Default

Range

1 Count

Remarks

764-100

Mix Stack Enable/Disable

0

0~1

-

0: Enable (mix size stack is detected) 1: Disable (mix size stack is not detected)

764-101

Maximum Set Count

50

0~100

-

Maximum number of document sets that can be stacked (A-Finisher)

764-102

Maximum Compile Sheet Count for Staple

50

0~100

-

Maximum volume of large-sized and unstapled paper that can be compiled

764-103

Maximum Compile Sheet Count for Un-Staple/Big paper size

25

10~100

-

Maximum volume of large-sized and unstapled paper that can be compiled

764-104

Maximum Compile Sheet Count for Un-Staple/ Small paper size

50

10~100

-

Maximum volume of small-sized and unstapled paper that can be compiled

764-112

Sleep Mode Recovery Indicate

0

0~1

-

Not available

764-120

Maximum Set Count(A-fin)

30

30~300

Maximum number of document sets that can be stacked (A-Fin)

764-121

Maximum Compile Sheet Count(Staple/Big)

30

10~50

Maximum volume of large-sized and stapled paper that can be compiled. (Paper length is more than 297.0 mm) (A-Fin)

764-122

Maximum Compile Sheet Count(Staple/Small)

50

10~70

Maximum volume of small-sized and stapled paper that can be compiled. (Paper length is 297.0 mm or less) (A-Fin)

764-123

Max Compile Sheet Count(Un-Staple/Plain Big)

1

1~25

Maximum volume of large-sized and unstapled plain paper that can be compiled. (Paper length is more than 297.0 mm) (A-Fin)

NVM write frequency (lower value). Total NVM write frequency = (upper value) x 65535 + (lower value)

NVM write frequency (upper value). Total NVM write frequency = (upper value) x 65535 + (lower value)

Chain 764-xxx Finisher Table 14 Finisher


February, 2008 6-29

General Procedures

IOT NVM List

Table 14 Finisher Chain-link Name

Default

Range

764-124

Max Compile Sheet Count(Un-Staple/Plain Small)

10

1~50

1 Count

Remarks Maximum volume of small-sized and unstapled plain paper that can be compiled. (Paper length is 297.0 mm or less) (A-Fin)

764-125

Max Compile Sheet Count(Un-Staple/Heavy weight 1 paper 1 Big)

1~25

Maximum volume of large-sized and unstapled heavy weight paper 1 that can be compiled. (Paper length is more than 297.0 mm) (A-Fin)

764-126

Max Compile Sheet Count(Un-Staple/Heavy weight 5 paper 1 Small)

1~50

Maximum volume of small-sized and unstapled heavy weight paper 1 that can be compiled. (Paper length is 297.0 mm or less) (A-Fin)

764-127

Max Compile Sheet Count(Un-Staple/Special paper 1 Big)

1~25

Maximum volume of large-sized and unstapled special paper (heavy weight paper 2, labels, transparency) that can be compiled. (Paper length is more than 297.0 mm) (AFin)

764-128

Max Compile Sheet Count(Un-Staple/Special paper 1 Small)

1~50

Maximum volume of small-sized and unstapled special paper (heavy weight paper 2, labels, and transparency) that can be compiled. (Paper length is 297.0 mm or less) (AFin)

Chain 954-xxx HFSI Table 15 HFSI ChainLink

Name

Default

Range

1 Count

Remarks

954-800

Tray1 Last Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0

0~99

1

Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (“0 clearance” means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.)

954-800

Tray1 Fifth and Sixth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Dig- 0 its)

0~99

1


954-800

Tray1 Third and Fourth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0

0~99

1


954-800

Tray1 First Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0

0~3

1


954-801


0

0~99

1


954-801


0~99

1


954-801


0

0~99

1


954-801


0

0~3

1


954-802


0

0~99

1


954-802


0~99

1


954-802


0

0~99

1


954-802


0

0~3

1


954-803


0

0~99

1


General Procedures

IOT NVM List

February, 2008 6-30


Table 15 HFSI ChainLink

Name

Default

Range

1 Count

Remarks

954-803


0~99

1


954-803


0

0~99

1


954-803


0

0~3

1


954-804

HCF Last Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0

0~99

1


954-804

HCF Fifth and Sixth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Dig- 0 its)

0~99

1


954-804

HCF Third and Fourth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0

0~99

1


954-804

HCF First Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0

0~3

1


954-805

MSI Last Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0

0~99

1


954-805

MSI Fifth and Sixth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0

0~99

1


954-805

MSI Third and Fourth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0

0~99

1


954-805

MSI First Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0

0~3

1


954-807

Last Two Digits of Fuser Discharging Number (8 Digits)

0

0~99

1


954-807

Fifth and Sixth Digits of Fuser Discharging Number (8 Digits)

0

0~99

1


954-807

Third and Fourth Digits of Fuser Discharging Number (8 Digits)

0

0~99

1


954-807

First Two Digits of Fuser Discharging Number (8 Digits)

0

0~3

1


954-808

Last Two Digits of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll (8 Digits)

0

0~99

1


954-808

Fifth and Sixth Digits of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll (8 Digits)

0

0~99

1


954-808

Third and Fourth Digits of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll (8 Digits)

0

0~99

1


954-808

First Two Digits of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll (8 Digits)

0

0~3

1


IIT NVM List


February, 2008 6-31

General Procedures

IOT NVM List, IIT NVM List

Chain 710-xxx DADF Table 1 DADF Chain-Link Content

Default

Range

Meaning

710-501

Fax Document Size Detection Method for DADF

0

0~1

Switches detection methods when Fax Document Size Detection is specified in DADF mode. 0: A/B series, 1: Inch series

710-551

JAM Bypass

0

0~1

0: Do not bypass, 1: Bypass. Also applies to CVT mode.

710-556

8.5”x11” LEF Threshold

2093

1993~2193 Threshold value for distinguishing 8.5”x11” LEF from 8”x10” LEF

710-557

B5 SEF/8”x10” SEF Switching

0

0~1

0: B5 SEF (FX/XE/AP), 1: 8”x10” SEF (XC)

710-558

11”x15” SEF/8-k Switching (for AP market)

0

0~1

0: 11”x15” SEF, 1: 8 k

710-559

FS MAX Value

2970

1297~3070 DADF document size detection table for registration by customers

710-560

FS MIN Value

2970


710-561

SS MAX Value

2100


710-562

SS MIN Value

2100


710-563

Document Size

8

3~20

DADF document size detection table for registration by customers

710-564

Document Process Direction

0

0~1


710-565

DADF Document Size Detection Table

0

0~1


710-566

Lead Registration Correction for Side 2 of S-sized 250 documents

217~283

Lead registration correction value for Side 2 of S-sized documents. (Unit = step.) S-sized paper with a length between 131.7mm and 158.0mm in the slow scan direction.

710-567

Lead Registration Correction for Side 2 of M-sized 250 documents

217~283

Lead registration correction value for Side 2 of M-sized documents. (Unit = step.) M-sized paper with a length between 158.1mm and 245.9mm in the slow scan direction.

710-568

Lead Registration Correction for Side 2 of L-sized 250 documents

217~283

Lead registration correction value for Side 2 of L-sized documents. (Unit = step.) L-sized paper with a length between 246.0mm and 460.0mm in the slow scan direction.

710-600

Size Mismatch Jam Detection Setting (Applicable only in Simplex mode)

1

1~2

1: Size Mismatch Jam Detection On 2: Size Mismatch Jam Detection Off

710-601

Alternate Size Set 1

1

1~2

PF1: Switches between 8.5x13 SEF and 8.46x12.4 SEF No-Mix/Size-Mix: Inch 13 1: 8.5x13 SEF, 2: 8.46x12.4 SEF

710-602

Alternate Size Set 2

1

1~2

PF1: Switches between 8.5x14 SEF and 8.46x12.4 SEF No-Mix/Size-Mix: Inch 14 1: 8.5x14 SEF, 2: 8.46x12.4 SEF

710-603

Alternate Size Set3

0

0~2

PF1: Switches between 11x15S and 11x17S. No-Mix: mm, No-Mix/Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14,0: Default,1: 11x17S,2: 11x15S PF2: Switches between 11x15S and 11x17S. No-Mix: mm/Inch13/ Inch14, Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14,0: Default,1: 11x17S,2: 11x15S

710-604

Alternate Size Set4

0

0~2

PF1: Switches between 8.46x12.4S, 8.5x13S and 8.5x14S. No-Mix/Size-Mix: mm,0: Default,1: 8.5x13S,2: 8.5x14S PF2: Switches between 8.5x13S and 8.5x14S. No-Mix/Size-Mix: mm Initial value: 2,0: Default,1: 8.5x13S,2: 8.5x14S

710-605

Alternate Size Set5

0

0~2

PF1: Switches between BS5 and 16KS. No-Mix: mm,0: Default,1: B5S,2: 16KS PF2: Switches between B5S and 16KS. No-Mix/Size-Mix: mm 0: Default,1: B5S, 2: 16KS

710-606

Alternate Size Set6

0

0~3

PF1: Switches between 8x10S, 8x10.5S and 8.5x11S. Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14,0: Default,1: 8.5x11S,2: 8x10S,3: 8x10.5S PF2: Switches between 8x10S, 8x10.5S and 8.5x11S. Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14,0: Default,1: 8.5x11S,2: 8x10S,3: 8x10.5S

710-607

Alternate Size Set7

0

0~3

PF1: Switches between 8x10L, 8x10.5L and 8.5x11L. Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14,0: Default,1: 8.5x11L,2: 8x10L,3: 8x10.5L PF2: Switches between 8x10L, 8x10.5L and 8.5x11L. Size-Mix: Inch13/ Inch14,0: Default,1: 8.5x11L,2: 8x10L,3: 8x10.5L

710-608

Alternate Size Set8

0

0~3

PF2: Switches between B4S, 8KS, 11x15S and 11x17S. Size-Mix: mm,0: Default,1: B4S,2: 8KS 3: 11x15S 4: 11x17S PF2: Switches between B4S, 8KS and 11x17S. Size-Mix: mm,0: Default,1: B4S,2: 8KS 3: 11x17S PF2 setting range is 0~3.

General Procedures

IIT NVM List

February, 2008 6-32


Table 1 DADF Chain-Link Content

Default

Range

Meaning

710-609

Alternate Size Set9

0

0~2

PF1: Switches between 8x10S and 8x10.5S. No-Mix: Inch13/Inch14,0: Default,1: 8x10S,2: 8x10.5S PF2: Switches between 8x10S and 8x10.5S. No-Mix: Inch13/Inch14,0: Default,1: 8x10S,2: 8x10.5S

710-610

Alternate Size Set10

0

0~2

PF1: Switches between B5L and 16KL. Size-Mix: mm,0: Default,1: B5L,2: 16KL PF2: Switches between B5L, 16KL and 8.5x11L. Size-Mix: mm,0: Default 1: B5L,2: 16KL 3: 8.5x11L PF2 setting range is 0~3.

710-611

Alternate Size Set11

0

0~3

PF1: Switches between B5S/16KS/8.5x11S. Size-Mix: mm, 0: Default, 1: B5S, 2: 16KS, 3: 8.5x11S

710-612

Size-Mix Mode Size Orientation

1

0~1

Switches between LEF and SEF.,0: LEF,1: SEF

710-613

Mixed Size Selection

1

0~1

Switches the size (standard size/non-standard size) to be transmitted from DADF to IISS in mixed size mode of fax job. 0: Non-standard size mode, 1: Standard size mode

Chain 715-xxx IISS Table 2 IISS Chain-Link Content

Default

Range

Meaning

715-017

IIT Fail Bypass

0

0~1

0: Fail Bypass Off, 1: Fail Bypass On

715-018

Fan Control Mode

0

0~1

0: Normal, 1: Extended mode

715-020

Number of APS

1

0~1

0: 1 APS, 1: 2 APS

715-022

Lamp Fan Fail Bypass

0

0~1

On/Off of Lamp Fan Fail Detection. 0: On, 1: Off

715-023

Lamp Fan On Time (Low Rotation)

15

0~60

Time period to operate Lamp Fan at low rotation (value can be set in 1-minute increments)

715-024

Lamp Fan Off Time

0

0~60

Time period during which Lamp Fan stops (value can be set in 1-minute increments)

715-025

FL Timer Set

0

0~1

0: Standard FL Timer settings (30min rest/0.5sec On), 1: Condensation mode setting (Diag 715026, 715-027 timer settings apply)

715-026

Lamp ON Interval

30

1~60

Interval setting (time between Lamp OFF and Lamp ON again) (unit: min.)

715-027

Lamp ON Time

1

1~60

Lamp ON time setting (unit: sec.)

715-030

IIT Failure Part Diagnosis

0

0-65535

By writing 1, diagnosis for IIT failed part starts. The numbers of failed parts that are predicted to read this NVM are displayed after the failed parts diagnosis ends. When Fail occurs during the failed parts diagnosis, Fail code is recorded in this NVM and the failed parts diagnosis ends. Even when 1 is entered, the value is not actually written. When values other than 1 are entered, the values are invalid.

715-050

Platen SS Registration Adjustment

100

16~184

Slow Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (0.036mm/increment), Factory Settings

715-051

Platen SS Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment

50

44~56

Slow Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (0.1%/increment), Factory Settings

715-052

Platen Glass Type

2

0~2

0: Platen model, 1: Belt DADF, 2: CVT, Factory Settings

715-053

Platen PRadjF

120

0~240

Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (Dot), VLSS=PROMVLSS+(PRadjF-120)x2, Factory Settings

715-056

CVT FS Offset Side1-1 (139.7-148)

120

0~240

Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings

715-057

CVT FS Offset Rear Side2-1 (139.7~148)

120

0~240


715-058

CVT FS Offset Side1-2 (182-194)

120

0~240


715-059


120

0~240


715-060

CVT FS Offset Side1-3 (203.2)

120

0~240


715-061


120

0~240


715-062

CVT FS Offset Side1-4 (210)

120

0~240


715-063


120

0~240



February, 2008 6-33

General Procedures

IIT NVM List

Table 2 IISS Chain-Link Content

Default

Range

Meaning

715-064

CVT FS Offset Side1-5 (214.9-215.9)

120

0~240


715-065


120

0~240


715-066


120

0~240


715-067


120

0~240


715-068


120

0~240


715-069


120

0~240


715-070


120

0~240


715-071


120

0~240


715-072


120

0~240


715-073


120

0~240


715-074


120

0~240


715-075


120

0~240


715-076


120

0~240


715-077


120

0~240


715-078


120

0~240


715-079


120

0~240


715-080


120

0~240


715-081


120

0~240


715-082


120

0~240


715-083


120

0~240


715-084


120

0~240


715-085


120

0~240


715-086


120

0~240


715-087


120

0~240


715-088


120

0~240


715-089


120

0~240


715-090


120

0~240


715-091


120

0~240


715-092

WREF_ADJ_R

140

70-255

715-093

WREF_ADJ_G

140

70-255

715-094

WREF_ADJ_B

140

70-255

715-095

WREF_ADJ__BWX

140

70~255

BW-X W-Ref correction coefficient, Factory Settings

715-096

WREF_ADJ__BWY

140

70~255

BW-Y W-Ref correction coefficient, Factory Settings

715-102

WREF_Offset_R

63

0~127

715-103

WREF_Offset_G

63

0~127

715-104

WREF_Offset_B

63

0~127

715-105

WREF_ADJ_BW (Individual Paper)

63

0~127

BW W-Ref correction coefficient for each individual paper type.

715-106

IIT Paper Code

0

0~8

0: NVM uses coefficient for each individual paper type 1: J paper, 2: P paper, 3: C2 paper, 4: Green100 paper, 5: Digital Color Xpression, 6: Color Tech+, 7: Xerox4200 paper, 8: Xerox Business

715-107

Nut_Angle_Front

990

0~1980

Light Axis Front Nut rotation angle (990~1980: Right revolution angle, 0~990: Left revolution angle)

715-108

Nut_Angle_Rear

990

0~1980

Light Axis Rear Nut rotation angle (990~1980: Right revolution angle, 0~990: Left revolution angle)

General Procedures

IIT NVM List

February, 2008 6-34



Default

Range

Meaning

715-110

CVT FS Offset Side1

120

0~240

Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings. When the power is turned on, the value changes to that of DADF NVM (711-272).

715-111

CVT FS Offset Side2

120

0~240


715-112

CVT FS Offset Side3

120

0~240


715-113

CVT FS Offset Side4

120

0~240


715-201

ACS Detection Level Extension

0

0~1

0: Normal, 1: Extends levels to be detected

715-241

Black Line Correction Level Value (for Color)

8

0~15

Black Line Correction Strength Level Setting when reading Color, the larger the value, the stronger the correction strength (“0” means no correction).

715-242

Black Line Correction Level Value (for BW)

9

0~15

Black Line Correction Strength Level Setting when reading BW, the larger the value, the stronger the correction strength (“0” means correction reset).

715-243

DCIC TEST MODE

0

0~7

Test Mode Setting for Designing Black Line Correction Parameter, “0” means normal operation.

715-244

BWC Table

0

0~7

B/W correction table for registration by customers. (BWC) B/W correction is not performed by setting “0.”

715-245

Sampling timing optimization

0

0~1

Optimizes the timing of image sampling. The optimization starts only when 1 is written. *When values other than 1 are entered, the values are invalid.

715-246

Threshold level of tuning

4

1~7

Threshold value for density difference that is used when calculating the optimal timing of image sampling. Can be changed between 1 and 7.

715-280

HOSEI_SCAN

3

0~6

Correction coefficient number. *The value adjusted at shipment is applied.

715-281

HOSEI_SCAN

3

0~6

Correction coefficient number. *The value adjusted at shipment is applied.

715-282

CCD Calib Y Scan Red

0

0~1023

CCD Calibration. Red at the time of scanning Y patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment.

715-283

CCD Calib Y Scan Green

0

0~1023

CCD Calibration. Green at the time of scanning Y patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment.

715-284

CCD Calib Y Scan Blue

0

0~1023

CCD Calibration. Blue at the time of scanning Y patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment.

715-285

CCD Calib M Scan Red

0

0~1023

CCD Calibration. Red at the time of scanning M patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment.

715-286

CCD Calib M Scan Green

0

0~1023

CCD Calibration. Green at the time of scanning M patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment.

715-287

CCD Calib M Scan Blue

0

0~1023

CCD Calibration. Blue at the time of scanning M patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment.

715-288

CCD Calib C Scan Red

0

0~1023

CCD Calibration. Red at the time of scanning C patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment.

715-289

CCD Calib C Scan Green

0

0~1023

CCD Calibration. Green at the time of scanning C patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment.

715-290

CCD Calib C Scan Blue

0

0~1023

CCD Calibration. Blue at the time of scanning C patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment.

715-291

CCD Calib PK Scan Red

0

0~1023

CCD Calibration. Red at the time of scanning PK patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment.

715-292

CCD Calib PK Scan Green

0

0~1023

CCD Calibration. Green at the time of scanning PK patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment.

715-293

CCD Calib PK Scan Blue

0

0~1023

CCD Calibration. Blue at the time of scanning PK patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment.

715-302

A4S/8.5in Detection 2

3

0~6

0: 210mm, 1: 211mm, 2: 212mm, 3: 213mm, 4: 214mm, 5: 215mm, 6: 216mm

715-303

B5/8x10 Detection

0

0~3

0: Table default 1: B5LEF or ExecutiveLEF 2: 8x10LEF/8x10.5LEF 3: This value is for design test. Performance is not guaranteed.

715-305

8.5x13/8.5x14 Detection

0

0~3

0: Table default. 1: This value is for design test. Performance is not guaranteed. 2: 13inch 3: 14inch

715-306

Original Detection Table for Special Paper

0

0~2

0: Do not use Special Table 1: APS OFF, A4; APS ON, A3 2: APS OFF, Letter; APS ON, 17inch

715-307

Original Size Detection Table Switch

2

1~5

1: Inch13-2 2: mm-2 3: mm 4: Inch13-1 5: Inch14

715-308

5.5x8.5/Postcard Detection

0

0~2

0: Table default 1: A5SEF or 5.5x8.5SEF 2: PostCardLEF


February, 2008 6-35

General Procedures

IIT NVM List


Default

Range

Meaning

715-310

A3/11x17 Detection

0

0~3

0: Table default 1: A3SEF 2: This value is for design test. Performance is not guaranteed. 3: A3SEF, 11x17SEF

715-311

A4/8.5x11 Detection

0

0~3

0: Table default 1: A4LEF 2: This value is for design test. Performance is not guaranteed. 3: 8.5x11LEF, A4LEF

715-312

A6S Threshold

90

50~110

Changes the threshold value in the fast scan direction between non-standard size paper, postcard SEF, and A6 SEF. When values outside the setting range (50~100) are set, the threshold value in the fast scan direction is 90mm. 50 ~ 100mm in 1mm increments.

715-344

Original Size Detection, Platen Background Countermeasure for Dirt

0

0~1

0: Detection by 4 registers 1: Detection by 3 registers (countermeasure for dirt)

715-345

GCO/TFX Size Switch

1

0~1

0: GCO (16K/8K=270x195/270x390) 1: TFX (16K/8K=267x194/267x388)

715-346

B4/8K Fast Scan Threshold Value Setting

3

0~6

0: 256mm, 1: 258mm, 2: 260mm, 3: 262mm, 4: 264mm, 5: 266mm, 6: 268mm

715-347

8K/11x17SEF Fast Scan Threshold Value Setting 3

0~6

0: 269mm, 1: 271mm, 2: 273mm, 3: 275mm, 4: 277mm, 5: 279mm, 6: 281mm

715-349

B6/5x7 Detection

0

0~2

0: Table default 1: B6SEF 2: 5x7SEF

715-362

FL_CHK_NG_Count

0

0~65535

Lamp Check NG Count (Reset when lamp is replaced)

715-363

FL_CHK_NG_Data

0

0~1023

Data obtained when Lamp Check Fails (Read G Write data compared at checking)

715-418

AOCerr

0

0~255

Number of times the AOC flow has ended abnormally

715-550

TP_BW_Copy BGR-AE-Level

0

0~4095

Removal amount is “the value (0 to 15) X 3” (8-bit conversion). (For 10-bit conversion, “the value [0 to 15] X 12”.) Last 0 to 3 bits: Platen, 4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF, 8 to 11 bits: CVT or machines with DADF (duplex copy)

715-551

TP_CL_Copy BGR-AE-Level

0

0~4095


715-552

TX_BW_Copy BGR-AE-Level

0

0~4095


715-553

TX_CL_Copy BGR-AE-Level

0

0~4095


715-554

TP_BW_Contone BGR-AE-Level

0

0~4095


715-555

TP_CL_Contone BGR-AE-Level

0

0~4095


715-560

BWPG Density

128

0~255

Solid PG density of the whole page (0: Black)

715-600

AE1 FS External Area

255

0~65535

High Speed AE/Fast Scan Direction undetected area INSTV At SMPST, SMPED setting

715-601


255

0~65535

High Speed AE/Fast Scan Direction undetected area INSTV At HAEFST, HAEFSE setting

715-602


255

0~65535

High Speed AE/Fast Scan Direction undetected area INSTV At MAEFST, MAEFSE setting (* Area used as detection area is used for PreIPS noise removal as well)

715-603


255

0~65535

High Speed AE/Fast Scan Direction undetected area INSTV At NAEFST, NAEFSE setting

715-604

Line to Fix Variation

60

0~65535

High Speed AE/Slow Scan Direction variable fixed position/NCON Slow Scan Edge AE Detection Amount (0.16mm increments)

715-605

HAE Line to Fix Variation

240

0~65535

End position for AE in the slow scan direction. Width in the slow scan direction for detecting background density with RAE. HAESSE

General Procedures

IIT NVM List

February, 2008 6-36



Default

Range

Meaning

715-606

MAE Line to Fix Variation

240

0~65535

End position for AE in the slow scan direction. Width in the slow scan direction for detecting background density with RAE. MAESSE (*Also applies to detection area for PreIPS noise deletion.)

715-607

NAE Line to Fix Variation

240

0~65535

End position for AE in the slow scan direction. Width in the slow scan direction for detecting background density with RAE. NAESSE

715-608

Variation Control for BW Copy

1

0~1

LIM Control mode

715-609

CL_Copy Variation Control

1

0~1

LIM Control mode

715-610

Variation Control for FAX, BinScan

1

0~1

LIM Control mode

715-611

Variation Control for ContoneScan

1

0~1

LIM Control mode

715-612

HAE Threshold for Background Color Suppression

127

0~255

Threshold value for histogram of HAE. Set in 100/255 increments. HAETH

715-613

NAE1 Threshold for Background Color Suppression

33

0~255

Threshold value for the number of color blocks of NAE. Set in 100/255% increments. NAEBLKTHC

715-614


204

0~255

Threshold value for the number of designated color blocks of NAE. Set in 100/255% increments. NAEBLKTHY

715-615


8

0~65535

Threshold value for the number of color lines of NAE. Designates the number of lines. NAETHC

715-616


4

0~65535

Threshold value for the number of color lines of NAE. The number of lines is set. NAETHY

715-617

AE Control of FS Length

0

0~1

0: Always use the document size detection result, 1: Detects the document size which the user enters for calculating the AES parameter

715-618

Minimum FS Length for AE

500

0~65535

Fast Scan Detection Min range (0.1mm increments) for AES parameter calculation.

715-619

RAE Upper Limit 1 of SS Enlargement Correction 4000 Value for Adjusting AE Parameter

0~4000

Slow Scan Detection Max range (0.1% increments) for RAE.

715-620

MAE Upper Limit 1 of SS Enlargement Correction 4000 Value for Adjusting AE Parameter

0~4000

Slow Scan Detection Max range (0.1% increments) for MAE.

715-621

HAE Upper Limit 1 of SS Enlargement Correction 4000 Value for Adjusting AE Parameter

0~4000

Slow Scan Detection Max range (0.1% increments) for HAE.

715-622

NAE Upper Limit 1 of SS Enlargement Correction 4000 Value for Adjusting AE Parameter

0~4000

Slow Scan Detection Max range (0.1% increments) for NAE.

715-629

TX_BW_Fax Offset Level of AE

0

0~8191

0 to 3 bits: Platen 0: Strength level 0 (standard), 1: Strength level 1, 2: Strength level 2, 3: Strength level 3, 4: Strength level 4, 5or more: Strength level 0 (standard) 4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF 0: Strength level 0 (standard), 1: Strength level 1, 2: Strength level 2, 3: Strength level 3, 4: Strength level 4, 5or more: Strength level 0 (standard) 8 to 11 bits: CVT or machines with DADF (duplex copy) 0: Strength level 0 (standard), 1: Strength level 1, 2: Strength level 2, 3: Strength level 3, 4: Strength level 4, 5or more: Strength level 0 (standard) 12 bits: On/Off of this register 1: On

715-630

TP_BW_Copy_Fax Suppression Level of AE (Print, Photograph, Copy)

0

0~4095

0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength Level 0 (standard) 0bit~3bit, Platen 4bit~7bit, CVT or DADF 8bit~11bit, CVT or DADF 2 Sided Copy (* Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT suppression level as well)

715-631

TP_BW_Copy_Fax Offset Level of AE (Print, Photograph, Copy)

273

0~4095

0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength Level 0 (standard) 0bit~3bit, Platen 4bit~7bit, CVT or DADF 8bit~11bit, CVT or DADF 2 Sided Copy


February, 2008 6-37

General Procedures

IIT NVM List


Default

Range

Meaning

715-632

TX_BW_Copy_Fax Suppression Level of AE (Normal, Pencil Text)

0

0~4095

0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength Level 0 (standard) 0bit~3bit, Platen 4bit~7bit, CVT or DADF. 8bit~11bit, CVT or DADF 2 Sided Copy (* Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT suppression level as well)

715-633

TX_BW_Copy_Fax Offset Level of AE (Normal, Pencil Text)

273

0~4095


715-634

TPL_BW_Copy_Fax Suppression Level of AE (Light Document)

0

0~4095


715-635

TPL_BW_Copy_Fax Offset Level of AE (Light Document)

273

0~4095


715-636

TRP_BW_Copy_Fax Suppression Level of AE (Tracing Paper)

0

0~4095


715-637

TRP_BW_Copy_Fax Offset Level of AE (Tracing Paper)

273

0~4095


715-638

TP_CL_Copy Removal Level of AE

0

0~4095

0: Strength level 0 (standard), 1: Strength level 1, 2: Strength level 2, 3: Strength level 3, 4: Strength level 4, 5or more: Strength level 0 (standard) 0 to 3 bits: Platen 4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF 8 to 11 bits: CVT or machines with DADF (duplex copy) Coordination with TOOLS to determine the parameter selection level by adding the value for TOOLS (level 0 to 4) and the level number of this NVM (0 to 4). When the result is level 4 or higher, the level is 4. (Also applies to removal level of PreIPS EAER_DAT.)

715-639

TP_CL_Copy Offset Level of AE

0

0~4095

0: Strength level 0 (standard), 1: Strength level 1, 2: Strength level 2, 3: Strength level 3, 4: Strength level 4, 5or more: Strength level 0 (standard) 0 to 3 bits: Platen 4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF 8 to 11 bits: CVT or machines with DADF (duplex copy)

715-640

TX_CL_Copy Removal Level of AE

715-641

TX_CL_Copy Offset Level of AE

General Procedures

IIT NVM List

0: Strength level 0 (standard), 1: Strength level 1, 2: Strength level 2, 3: Strength level 3, 4: Strength level 4, 5or more: Strength level 0 (standard) 0 to 3 bits: Platen 4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF 8 to 11 bits: CVT or machines with DADF (duplex copy) Coordination with TOOLS to determine the parameter selection level by adding the value for TOOLS (level 0 to 4) and the level number of this NVM (0 to 4). When the result is level 4 or higher, the level is 4. (Also applies to removal level of PreIPS EAER_DAT.) 0

0~4095


February, 2008 6-38



Default

Range

Meaning

715-642

TP_BW_Contone Suppression Level of AE

819

0~4095


715-643

TP_BW_Contone Offset Level of AE

0

0~4095


715-644

woTP_BW_Contone Suppression Level of AE

819

0~4095


715-645

woTP_BW_Contone Offset Level of AE

0

0~4095


715-646

TP_CL_Contone Removal Level of AE

0

0~4095


715-647

TP_CL_Contone Offset Level of AE

0

0~4095


715-648

woTP_CL_Contone Removal Level of AE

0

0~4095


715-649

woTP_CL_Contone Offset Level of AE

0

0~4095


715-660

2F-AE Lower Limit of Multiplied Value

0

0~255

Used when calculating HAE background density. In 1/255 increments. 255=1

715-661

2F-AE Upper Limit of Multiplied Value

255

0~255

Used when calculating HAE background density. Set so that the sum of “2F-AE Upper Limit of Multiplied Value” and “2F-AE Lower Limit of Multiplied Value” is 255. In 1/255 increments. 255=1

715-662

Offset for 2F-AE Control

8

0~255

Value to be added (subtracted) to the HAE background density when comparing the RAE background density and the HAE background density. With a larger value, 2-side AE is less likely to be selected.


February, 2008 6-39

General Procedures

IIT NVM List


Default

Range

Meaning

715-663

Threshold for 2F AE Control

16

0~255

Value to be compared with the HAE background density when deciding whether to select 2-side AE. When the background density of HAE is less than the value in this NVM, 2-side AE is not selected.

715-664

Mode Control of 2F AE

0

0~3

0: Conduct 2-side AE control, 1: Selection of 1-side AE is enforced (L0), 2: Output of 2-side AE is enforced (L1)

715-668

Control of 2C Copy

0

0~1

2-color copy reproduction control. 0: Normal (same as Imari-MF), 1: 1301a series (yellow is not recreated)

715-669

Control of Tracing Paper Mode

0

0~1

0:,Normal, 1: Tracing Paper mode (*applies to PreIPS C mode as well)

715-680

CL Balance Def Y / Low Density

4

0~8

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level Y Color Low Density

715-681

CL Balance Def Y / Medium Density

4

0~8

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level Y Color Medium Density

715-682

CL Balance Def Y / High Density

4

0~8

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level Y Color High Density

715-683

CL Balance Def M / Low Density

4

0~8

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level M Color Low Density

715-684

CL Balance Def M / Medium Density

4

0~8

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level M Color Medium Density

715-685

CL Balance Def M / High Density

4

0~8

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level M Color High Density

715-686

CL Balance Def C / Low Density

4

0~8

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level C Color Low Density

715-687

CL Balance Def C / Medium Density

4

0~8

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level C Color Medium Density

715-688

CL Balance Def C / High Density

4

0~8

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level C Color High Density

715-689

CL Balance Def K / Low Density

4

0~8

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level K Color Low Density

715-690

CL Balance Def K / Medium Density

4

0~8

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level K Color Medium Density

715-691

CL Balance Def K / High Density

4

0~8

Default Color Balance Adjustment Level K Color High Density

715-692

BW-PH Lighter3 Density

0

0~64

Fine adjustment for density. Coefficient value is calculated by dividing the set value by 64. Values between 0 and 64 can be set. 0 is handled as 64.

715-693


0

0~64


715-694


0

0~64


715-702

PLTN/Belt FS Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment

50

0~100

Fine adjustment for Fast Scan Direction Reduce/Enlarge ratios. Specify within the range of 0 and 100 in increments of 1. The value indicates the fine adjustment with 0=-5%, 50=0% and 100=5% at +/-5% (0.1% increments). (No adjustment in Factory Settings)

715-703

CVT FS Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment

50

0~100

Fine adjustment for Fast Scan Direction Reduce/Enlarge ratios. Specify within the range of 0 and 100 in increments of 1. The value indicates the fine adjustment with 0=-5%, 50=0% and 100=5% at +/-5% (0.1% increments). (No adjustment in Factory Settings)

715-704

IPS Through Setting1

0

0~65535

IPS Through Setting 1. Force to skip Image Processing functions at memory sample scan. Change a value at S/W & H/W DEBUG. Always set “0” in normal use. (Handle with care) --The usage is as follows: Whether to execute/force to skip functions is assigned to each bit. However, you can specify multiple bits at a time. [PF1/SHIPS]| [PF2],D'0: AES | BEXG_TH,D'1: DF39 | FSRE_TH,D'2: SSR | SSR_TH,D'3: FSRE | NSP_TH,D'4: NSP | AER_TH,D'5: 4DLUT | TRC2_TH,D'6: 5AER | ED_TH,D'7: 5MUL | SEL_TH,D'8: 5MWA | SEL2_TH,D'9: 4AER | (spare),D'10: 4MUL | (spare),D'11: TRC | (spare),D'12: ED | (spare),D'13: DIRECT | (spare),D'14: AMAOSEL (SHIPS) | (spare),D'15: (spare) | (spare) The specified bit value is: B'0: Unchanged, B'1: Forced to skip.

715-705

IPS Through Setting2

0

0~65535

IPS Through Setting 2. Sets the bypass mode for 4DLUT. Valid only when 4DLUT is set to be forcibly bypassed at “IPS Bypass Setting 1”. Value is changed at the time of S/W & H/W debug. 0: Data from Y block bypass L*a*b*, 1: Data from M block bypass L*a*b*, 2: Data from C block bypass L*a*b*, 3: Data from K block bypass L*a*b*, 4: Data from YMCK blocks bypass L*, 5: Data from YMCK blocks bypass a*, 6: Data from YMCK blocks bypass b*, 7 to 65535: 0 output

General Procedures

IIT NVM List

February, 2008 6-40



Default

Range

Meaning

715-720

Normal Density Text (BW Copy)

128

0~256

B/W COPY Text Normal Density Adjustment

715-721

High Density Text (BW Copy)

128

0~256

B/W COPY Text Darker 3 Density Adjustment

715-722

Normal Density Text (Scan/Fax)

128

0~256

Scan/FAX Text Normal Density Adjustment

715-723

High Density Text (Scan/Fax)

128

0~256

Scan/FAX Text Darker 3 Density Adjustment

715-724

PLTN RAE SS Not Detect Area

0

0~65535

Slow Scan Non-detection area Setup Value at Real Time AE for Platen model. BASE, HAEST, MAESST, NAESS

715-725

DADF-P-Job RAE SS Not Detect Area

0

0~65535

Slow Scan Non-detection area Setup Value at Real Time AE for DADF model Platen job. Or, Slow Scan Non-detection area Setup Value at Real Time AE for CVT job. BASE, HAEST, MAESST, NAESS

715-726

DADF-D-Job RAE SS Not Detect Area

0

0~65535

Slow Scan Non-detection area Setup Value at Real Time AE for DADF model DADF job. HAEST, MAESST, NAESS

715-780

B-Hue Start Degree

270

0~360

The value can be set in 1 degree (C) increments

715-781

B-Hue End Degree

320

0~360


715-782

G-Hue Start Degree

110

0~360


715-783

G-Hue End Degree

200

0~360


715-784

R-Hue Start Degree

350

0~360


715-785

R-Hue End Degree

60

0~360


715-786

Y-Hue Start Degree

60

0~360


715-787

Y-Hue End Degree

120

0~360


715-788

M-Hue Start Degree

320

0~360


715-789

M-Hue End Degree

10

0~360


715-790

C-Hue Start Degree

190

0~360


715-791

C-Hue End Degree

280

0~360


715-800

IISS-DADF Communication Fail (Overall Total)

0

0~65535

Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted)

715-801

IISS-DADF Communication Fail (Since Reset)

0

0~65535

Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)

715-802

IISS-Controller Communication Fail (Overall Total)

0

0~65535


715-803

IISS-Controller Communication Fail (Since Reset) 0

0~65535


715-804

DADF EEPROM Fail (Overall Total)

0

0~65535


715-805

DADF EEPROM Fail (Since Reset)

0

0~65535


715-806

IPS Fan Failure Count (Overall Total)

0

0~65535


715-807

IPS Fan Failure Count (Since Reset)

0

0~65535


715-808

CRG Position Fail (Overall Total)

0

0~65535


715-809

CRG Position Fail (Since Reset)

0

0~65535


715-810

IISS LOGIC Fail (Overall Total)

0

0~65535


715-811

IISS LOGIC Fail (Since Reset)

0

0~65535


715-814

Lamp Illumination Fail (Overall Total)

0

0~65535


715-815

Lamp Illumination Fail (Since Reset)

0

0~65535


715-816

CRG Over Run Fail (Overall Total)

0

0~65535


715-817

CRG Over Run Fail (Since Reset)

0

0~65535


715-818

Lamp Fan Fail (Overall Total)

0

0~65535



February, 2008 6-41

BASE,

General Procedures

IIT NVM List


Default

Range

Meaning

715-819

Lamp Fan Fail (Since Reset)

0

0~65535


715-820

CCD Fan Fail (Overall Total)

0

0~65535


715-821

CCD Fan Fail (Since Reset)

0

0~65535


715-822

AGC Fail (Overall Total)

0

0~65535


715-823

AGC Fail (Since Reset)

0

0~65535


715-824

AOC Fail (Overall Total)

0

0~65535


715-825

AOC Fail (Since Reset)

0

0~65535


715-826

IPS PWBA Fail (Overall Total)

0

0~65535


715-827

IPS PWBA Fail (Since Reset)

0

0~65535


715-828

IISS/EXT Communication Fail (Overall Total)

0

0~65535


715-829

IISS/EXT Communication Fail (Since Reset)

0

0~65535


715-830

Extension EEPROM Fail (Overall Total)

0

0~65535


715-831

Extension EEPROM Fail (Since Reset)

0

0~65535


715-832

IPS-EXT Connection Fail (Overall Total)

0

0~65535


715-833

IPS-EXT Connection Fail (Since Reset)

0

0~65535


715-834

IPS-YATA Connection Fail (Overall Total)

0

0~65535


715-835

IPS-YATA Connection Fail (Since Reset)

0

0~65535


715-836

EXT-YATA Connection Fail (Overall Total)

0

0~65535


715-837

EXT-YATA Connection Fail (Since Reset)

0

0~65535


715-838

YATA PWBA Fail (Overall Total)

0

0~65535


715-839

YATA PWBA Fail (Since Reset)

0

0~65535


715-840

ITS PWBA Memory Fail (Overall Total)

0

0~65535


715-841

ITS PWBA Memory Fail (Since Reset)

0

0~65535


715-856

IIT Hot Line Fail (Overall Total)

0

0~65535


715-857

IIT Hot Line Fail (Since Reset)

0

0~65535


715-860

Scan Replacement Life Count (upper digits)

91

0~65535

Scan Replacement Life Count (upper digits) (write not permitted): 6,000,000 times (including Pre Scan)

715-861

Scan Replacement Life Count (lower digits)

36224

0~65535

Scan Replacement Life Count (lower digits) (write not permitted): 6,000,000 times (including Pre Scan)

715-875

Lamp On Time Replacement Life Count (upper digits)

109

0~65535

Lamp On Time Replacement Life Count (upper digits) (write not permitted): 7,200,000 sec. (2,000 hr.)

715-876

Lamp On Time Replacement Life Count (lower digits)

56576

0~65535

Lamp On Time Replacement Life Count (lower digits) (write not permitted): 7,200,000 sec. (2,000 hr.)

715-890

Lamp On Replacement Life Count (upper digits)

91

0~65535

Lamp On Replacement Life Count (upper digits) (write not permitted): 6,000,000 times

715-891

Lamp On Replacement Life Count (lower digits)

36224

0~65535

Lamp On Replacement Life Count (lower digits) (write not permitted): 6,000,000 times

Chain 719-xxx Configuration

General Procedures

IIT NVM List

February, 2008 6-42


Table 3 Configuration Chain-Link Name

Default

Range

Remarks

719-008

Market Information

0

0~4

0: FX, 1: AP, 2: XC, 3: XE, 4: SA *NVM value is updated when the power is turned on according to the market information of the SystemCapabilitiesUpdate command

719-009

IISS Major Version

0

0~65535

IISS Major Version Number (Same as when downloaded)

719-010

IISS Minor Version

0

0~65535

IISS Minor Version Number (Same as when downloaded)

719-011

IISS Revision Version

0

0~65535

IISS Revision Version Number (Same as when downloaded)

719-012

IISS Patch Version

0

0~65535

IISS Patch Version Number (Same as when downloaded)

719-013

ADF Major Version

0

0~65535

ADF Major Version Number (Same as when downloaded)

719-014

ADF Minor Version

0

0~65535

ADF Minor Version Number (Same as when downloaded)

719-015

ADF Revision Version

0

0~65535

ADF Revision Version Number (Same as when downloaded)

719-016

ADF Patch Version

0

0~65535

ADF Patch Version Number (Same as when downloaded)

719-017

IPL Version

0

0~65535

IPL Version Number

Controller & Fax NVM List

Chain 700-xxx Common Table 1 Common

ChainLink

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

700-006

Configuration

-

1~15

P(rinter), F(ax), C(opy), S(can) are allocated the following bits and are expressed in the following logic. P: 01, F: 02, C 04, S: 08. To differentiate between SP and MF-CSP, SP is allocated 0x09.

700-061

Fax Card Available

-

-2~0

0: Normal, -1: Error, -2: Not installed

700-064

Fax Card Available for Ch0

0=None

0~1

0=None, 1=Available (Implemented on Host. Only automatic detection is necessary for Fax card.)

700-071

USB User Buffer Size

64KB

64~1024

[64KB~1MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte

700-073

Page Memory Size

-

64~256

bytes (Auto Set)

700-075

ART User Buffer Size

32KB

32~2048

[32KB~2048KB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte

700-076

PostScript Buffer Size

24MB (24x1024)

16~96

[16MB~96MB] (0.25MB increments) Unit: Kbyte (Valid when PS option is available)

700-078

Form Buffer Size

128KB

128~2048

[128KB~2048KB] Unit: Kbyte

700-080

HPGL/Auto Layout Buffer Size

64KB

64~5120

[64KB~5120KB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte

700-081

Parallel Buffer Size

64KB

64~1024


700-082

Port9100 Buffer Size

256KB

64~1024


700-083

Lpd Buffer Size

1024KB

1024~2048

[1MB~2MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte

700-084

NetWare Buffer Size

256KB

64~1024


700-085

AppleTalk Buffer Size

1024KB

1024~2048

[1MB~2MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte

700-086

SMB Buffer Size

256KB

64~1024


700-087

IPP Buffer Size

256KB

64~1024


700-089

HDD Status

-

-2~0

[0: Installed, -1: Failed, -2: Not installed] (Auto Detect)

700-100

Forced Warmup Function Enable

0

0~1

0: Cannot be set, 1: Can be set

700-109

Forced Warmup Mode

0

0~1

0: Disable, 1: Enable

700-110

Forced Warmup Time (Hour)

23

0~23

0 to 23 (Hour)

700-111

Forced Warmup Time (Minute)

59

0~59

0 to 59 (Minute)


February, 2008 6-43

General Procedures

IIT NVM List

Table 1 Common ChainLink

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

700-119

Image Log Supported Service

0x000f

0~0x000f

Designation of service for which logs/images are to be created (designated with logical OR). 0x0001: Copy, 0x0002: Print, 0x0004: Fax, 0x0008: Scan, 0x0000: None

700-120

Time Zone

+540 (FX Default) +600 (AP Default) -300 (XC Default)

-2460~2460

Displays time difference (min.) from GMT. For example, Japan: 540, Hawaii: -600

700-124

Auto Clear Timer

1min (MF: 60, P: 1)

0~900

When entering from the menu, MF: 0 (prohibit), 60, 120, 180, 240 (sec.) P: 0 (prohibit), 1~30 (min.) When entering from a Chain Link, 0 (prohibit)~900 can be entered for MF and P but for normal operation, they must fall within the above range.

700-125

Job Cancel Timer

600sec

0~5940

0, 240~5940: [Prohibit, 4~99min] (unit: second at 60-second increments) (The value is different from the MF-UI SOD value. This value is extracted from the COPY SOD.)

700-126

Operating Timer

10sec

0~240

0: Off 1~240: [1~240sec] (1-sec. increments)

700-127

Job End Timer

6sec

0~240

0: Off 1~240: [1~240sec] (1-sec. increments)

700-128

Scanning Timer

4sec

1~20

1~20: [1~20sec (1-sec. increments)]

700-129

Low Power Mode Timer

2min

2~60

2~60 [2~60min (1-min. increments)] (Ignored if not in Low Power mode)

700-130

Sleep Mode Timer

2min

2~60

2~60 [2~60min (1-min. increments)] (Ignored if not in Sleep mode)

700-131

Sleep Mode Available

1: Enable

0~1

[0: Disable, 1: Enable]

700-132

Panel Select Tone

2: Normal

0~3

[0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud]

700-133

Panel Alert Tone

2: Normal

0~3


700-134

Job Complete Tone (Copy)

2: Normal

0~3


700-135

Job Complete Tone (without Copy)

2: Normal

0~3


700-136

Error Alert Tone

0: Off

0~3

[0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud] (For P Models, there is no volume adjustment. Any setting of soft, normal or loud means On.)

700-137

Job Incomplete Tone

2: Normal

0~3


700-138

Ready Tone

2: Normal

0~3


700-139

Toner Empty Alert Tone

2: Normal

0~3


700-140

Bell Tone

2: Normal

0~3


700-141

Line Monitor Tone

2: Normal

1~3

[1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud]

700-142

Low Power Mode Available

1: Enable

0~1


700-143

Job Memory Entry Tone

2: Normal

0~3


700-144

Auto Log Print Flag

0: Off

0~1

0: Off 1: On

700-145

Report Duplex Print

0: Off

0~1

0: Off 1: On

700-146

Mail Box Receive Report

1: On

0~1

0: Off 1: On

700-147

Protocol Monitor Output Control

When print instruction is specified (0)

0~2

0=When print instruction is specified 1=When error occurs 2=Always

700-148

Broadcast / Multi-Poll Report Print Control

1=Print

0~1

1=Do not print 1=Print

700-149

Relayed Broadcast Report Output Control

1: Send to Relay Station

0~3

0=Do not print 1=Send to Relay Station 2=Print on machine 3=Send to Relay Station and print on machine

700-150

FAX Communication Report Output Control 1: Print

0~1


700-151

Transmission Report on Error Output Con- 1 trol

0~3

0: Do not print, 1: Print only when ended with a error, 2: Always print, 3: Print only at the time of successful termination. Note: Transmission reports are printed only when designated at the Panel. However, when the setting is 1, a transmission report is printed automatically at the time of transmission failure.

General Procedures

February, 2008 6-44



Content

Default

Range

Meaning

700-152

User Abort Transmission Report Output Control

0 (Do not print)

0~1


700-153

No Paper Alert

2: Normal

0~3


700-154

Auto Clear Pre Notification Tone

0: Off

0~3


700-155

Base Tone

2: Normal

0~3


700-156

Job Flow Transmission Report Control

1

0~1

0=Do not print 1=Print according to Net Transfer/Fax Send setting

700-158

Batch Print Blank Page Control

1

1~2

1=Print blank page 2=Do not print blank page

700-159

Pay for Print Info

0

0~1

0=Ordinary processing only 1=Give higher priority on mailbox storage than on private storage

700-160

Ignore Case of User ID

0

0~1

0=Do not ignore 1=Ignore

700-161

Use Related User ID

1

0~1

0=Use input ID 1=Use related ID

700-162

Security SNTP Server Address

Null

700-164

Language

1: Japanese 2: English

1~32

1: Japanese, 2: English, 3: French, 4: German, 5: Italian, 6: Spanish, 7: Portuguese, 8: Russian, 9: Chinese, 10: Korean, 11: Thai, 12: Vietnamese, 13: Taiwanese, 14: Dutch, 15: Danish, 16: Swedish, 17: Finnish, 18: Norwegian, 19: Brazilian Portuguese, 20: Bulgarian, 21: Polish, 22: Hungarian, 23: Rumanian, 24: Czech, 25: Greek, 26: Turkish, 27: Arabic, 28: Persian, 29: Hebrew

700-165

Country Code

-

-

0=Not Defined, 840=USA, 124=Canada, 076=Brazil, 826= UK, 276=Germany, 380=Italy, 250=France, 724=Spain, 528=Holland, 756=Swiss, 752=Sweden, 056=Belgium, 040=Austria, 620=Portugal, 246=Finland, 208=Denmark, 578=Norway, 300=Greece, 372=Ireland, 036=Australia, 554=New Zealand, 360=Indonesia, 702=Singapore, 458=Malaysia, 608=Philippines, 764=Thailand, 344=Hong Kong, 704=Vietnam, 392=Japan, 158=Taiwan, 410=Korea, Mexico=484, Chile=152, Argentina=032, Venezuela=862, Columbia=170, Peru=604, India=356, Egypt=818, South Africa=710, Turkey=792, Russia=643, Czech Republic=203, Poland=616, Hungary=348, Romania=642, Bulgaria=100, Morocco=504, 156=China, 703=Slovakia, 048=Bahrain, 072=Botswana, 196=Cyprus, 231=Ethiopia, 238=Falklands, 292=Gibraltar, 364=Iran, 376=Israel, 400=Jordan, 414=Kuwait, 422=Lebanon, 586=Pakistan, 634=Qatar, 682=Saudi Arabia, 512=Oman, 784=UAE, 232=Eritrea, 270=Gambia, 288=Ghana, 404=Kenya, 426=Lesotho, 454=Malawi, 470=Malta, 516=Namibia, 566=Nigeria, 736=Sudan, 694=Sierra Leone, 748=Swaziland, 760=Syria, 834=Tanzania, 800=Uganda, 894=Zambia, 887=Yemen, 716=Zimbabwe, 012=Algeria, 450=Madagascar, 480=Mauritius, 148=Chad, 788=Tunisia, 562=Niger, 108=Burundi, 178=Congo, 266=Gabon, 384=Cote dlvoire, 024=Angola, 854=Burkina Faso, 120=Cameroon, 132=Cape Verde, 140=CAR, 180=DR Congo, 466=Mali, 508=Mozambique, 686=Senegal, 690=Seychelles, 768=Togo, 218=Ecuador, 780=Trinidad and Tobago

700-172

Forced Warmup Duration

20

1~240

1 to 240 minutes

700-173

Off Hook Alert

2

0~3


700-174

Information Sequence of Transaction Report Log

0

0~2

0: Destination name>Name of destination address>Remote ID>Phone Number>Communication Mode, 1: Remote ID>Destination Name>Phone number>Name of destination address>Communication mode, 2: Destination Name>Phone number>Name of destination address>Remote ID>Communication mode

700-175

Transaction Report Display Point

0=Display first 40 digits

0~1

0=Display first 40 digits 1=Display last 40 digits


Address can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be nullterminated. Restrictions: Only ASCII characters are supported. Notation and characters that can be used conform to RFC1034.

February, 2008 6-45

General Procedures


Content

Default

Range

Meaning

700-176

Auto Doc Delete

0

0~2

0: Do not delete automatically, 1: Delete based on the specified saving period, 2: Delete based on the specified elapsed time

700-177

Auto Doc Delete - Elapsed Time

4

4~23

4 to 23

700-179

Accounting Accessory Relation

0

0~3

0: Operate with accessory, 1: Operate without accessory

700-184

IPSEC Enable

0

0~1


700-185

IPSEC Authorization Mode

0

0~1

0: IKE - pre-shared key authentication (PSK), 1: IKE - digital signature authentication (PKI)

700-186

IPSEC Key

Null

700-187

IPSEC Certificate

0

0~0xffffffff

Certificate number (sequential certificate number used in VKCM is to be set to this certificate number)

700-188

IPSEC IKE-SA Life

480

5~28800

5 to 28800 minutes (must be greater than or equal to IPSEC-SA life)

700-189

IPSEC IPSC-SA Life

3600

300~172800

300 to 172800 seconds

700-190

IPSEC DH Group

0

0~1


700-191

IPSEC PFS

0

0~1


700-193

IPSEC Address IPv4

Null

IPv4 address with IPSEC policy applied. [The character string shall be null-terminated. Only one-byte alphanumerical characters (0 to 9, a to f) can be used in IPv4 format. Colons (:) and hyphens (-) can be used to designate range.]

700-195

IPSEC Address IPv6

Null

IPv6 address with IPSEC policy applied. [The character string shall be null-terminated. Only one-byte alphanumerical characters (0 to 9, a to f) can be used in IPv6 format. Colons (:) and hyphens (-) can be used to designate range.]

700-196

IPSEC Defect Policy

0

0~1

0: Bypass, 1: Discard

700-197

Max. Job Numbers

0

0~600

0 to 600. 0: the value determined by the system according to the configuration

700-198

Job Passing Available

0

0~1

Allow: 1, Prohibit: 0

700-202

Auditron Color Mode for Print

0

0~1

0: Prohibit, 1: BW

700-207

Detect Error State 2-Byte (RFC2790)

0

0~1

1: Enable 2-byte operation (RFC2790), 0: Disable 2-byte operation (RFC1514)

700-211

Operation Permission - Job Cancel

0

0~1

0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted (KO/System Administrator only)

700-212

Auth Mode

0

0~3

0: None, 1: Local, 2: Remote, 3: CA (Convenience Authentication)

700-213

Auth Pathway Access - Service/Feature

0

0~1

0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted

700-214

Auth Pathway Access - Job Status

0

0~1


700-215

Auth Pathway Access - Device Status

0

0~1


700-216

Auth Service Access - Copy

0

0~2

0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible)

700-217

Auth Service Access - Fax

0

0~2


700-218

Auth Service Access - IFax

0

0~2


700-219

Auth Service Access - Scan to Mail

0

0~2


700-220

Auth Service Access - Scan to Box

0

0~2


700-221

Auth Service Access - Scan to Server

0

0~2


700-222

Auth Service Access - Scan to PC

0

0~2


700-223

Auth Service Access - Document Print

0

0~2


700-224

Auth Service Access - Photo Print

0

0~2


700-225

Auth Service Access - Box

1

0~2


700-226

Auth Service Access - Job Memory

0

0~2


700-227

Auth Service Access - Job Flow

1

1~2

1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible)

General Procedures

Key character string (null-terminated ASCII character string)

February, 2008 6-46



Content

Default

Range

Meaning

700-228

Auth Service Access - Web Access

1

1~2


700-229

Auth Service Access - BMLinkS

0

0~2


700-230

Auth Service Access - CUI

1

1~2


700-231

Auth Service Access - Copy Color

0

0~1


700-232

MiniOS Version

-

0~255

0 to 255

700-258

Smart Card Certificate

0

0~1


700-259

SMIME File Certificate

0

0~1

0: Device Certificate, 1: IC Card (SmartCard) Certificate

700-260

Scan File Certificate

0

0~1

0: Device Certificate, 1: IC Card (SmartCard) Certificate

700-297

Serial# Prefix (1st Digit)

-

Alphanumerics (ASCII)

700-298

Serial# Prefix (2nd Digit)

-


700-299

Serial# Prefix (3rd Digit)

-


700-300

Serial# Model Code

-


700-301

SEEPROM Serial# (1st digit)

-


700-302

SEEPROM Serial# (2nd digit)

-


700-303

SEEPROM Serial# (3rd digit)

-


700-304

SEEPROM Serial# (4th digit)

-


700-305


-


700-306


-


700-307


-


700-308


-


700-309


-


700-310


-


700-311

Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (1st digit)

-


700-312

Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (2nd digit)

-


700-313

Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (3rd digit)

-


700-314

Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (4th digit)

-


700-315


-


700-316


-


700-317


-


700-318


-


700-319


-


700-320


-


700-321

SEEPROM Product# (1st digit)

-

Numbers (ASCII)

700-322

SEEPROM Product# (2nd digit)

-

Numbers (ASCII)

700-323

SEEPROM Product# (3rd digit)

-

Numbers (ASCII)

700-324

SEEPROM Product# (4th digit)

-

Numbers (ASCII)

700-325

Battery Backup SRAM Product# (1st digit)

-

Numbers (ASCII)

700-326

Battery Backup SRAM Product# (2nd digit) -

Numbers (ASCII)

700-327

Battery Backup SRAM Product# (3rd digit) -

Numbers (ASCII)

700-328

Battery Backup SRAM Product# (4th digit) -

Numbers (ASCII)


February, 2008 6-47

General Procedures


Content

Default

700-329

SEEPROM Product Code (1st digit)

-


700-330

SEEPROM Product Code (2nd digit)

-


700-331

SEEPROM Product Code (3rd digit)

-


700-332

SEEPROM Product Code (4th digit)

-


700-333


-


700-334


-


700-335


-


700-336


-


700-337

Configuration (Info. on SEEPROM)

-

[P, SP, CSP, CFSP (,C)] (C is requested by M/N) Adjusted at Factory Settings P(rinter), F(ax), C(opy), S(can) are allocated the following bits and are expressed in the following logic. P: 0x01, F: 0x02, C: 0x04, S: 0x08 (700-006 works in connection)

700-338

Territory (SEEPROM)

-

1~4

[1=FX, 2=XC, 3=XE, 4=AP]

700-368

Lpd Buffer Size (Memory Spool)

1MB (1x1024)

512~32768

When spooling memory: [512KB~32MB] (256KB increments) Unit: Kbyte

700-370

SA Group DN

Null

ASCII 255 bytes

700-371

AA Group DN

Null

ASCII 255 bytes

700-372

LDAP Search Filter

Null

700-390

Memory Size for E-mail Print

256

64~1024

64K~1MB Unit: Kbyte

700-396

Auditron Color Mode for Copy

0: Prohibit

0~2

0: Prohibit, 1: BW, 2: BW & Low Price Color

700-397

Default Input Medium Size

44: Letter

700-398

CE Auditron Mode

1

0~1

0: Do not display, 1: Display

700-399

Default Unit of Measure (mm/inch)

1

1~3

1: mm, 3: Inch

700-401

Paper Size Group NVM

Value set in Paper Size Group

1~5

[1: Japan, 2: NA (North America), 3: EU, 4: AP, 5: SA (South America)] (Factory set value SEEPROM.)

700-402

Paper Size Group SEEPROM

Set for each region

1~5

[1: Japan, 2: NA (North America), 3: EU, 4: AP, 5: SA (South America)]

700-404

802.1x Authentication Enable

0

0~1


700-405

802.1x Authentication Type

0

0~2

0: EAP_MDS, 1: EAP_MSCHAPv2, 2: EAP_PEAP_MSCHAPv2

700-406

802.1x Authentication User Name

Null

700-407

802.1x Authentication Password

Null

700-408

802.1x Authentication Validate Certificate

0

700-410

RAM Disk Size for Print

Standard Memory, 33M Additional 128M, 50M Additional 256M, 66M

General Procedures

Range

Meaning

ASCII 512 bytes

5: A4, 44: Letter

ASCII character string of 128 bytes or less (null-terminated) ASCII character string of 128 bytes or less (null-terminated) 0~1

0: Disable, 1: Enable (valid only in the case of EAP_PEAPv0/EAP_MSCHAPv2) This setting is valid only when the HDD is not installed while the Printer Kit is installed. Do not set for other cases. The setting range is 0~[current value + available memory capacity]. Unit is 1M. The current value can be checked using the Settings List report. The available memory capacity can be checked in the Control Panel or the CWIS Memory Settings menu. Note 1: If a value above [current value + available memory capacity] is entered, Factory Settings for all memory settings (including Host IF Receive Buffer, Form Memory etc.) will be restored. Note 2: If the field for Auto Collate printing is also changed, change so that the sum of all increments does not exceed the available memory capacity. Note 3: If set to 0, Auto Collate will be turned off. When setting to 0, always set both this setting and the field for Auto Collate printing to 0.

February, 2008 6-48



Content

Default

700-411

RAM Disk Size for Copy

Standard Memory, 33M Additional 128M, 50M Additional 256M, 66M Additional 386M, 100M

This setting is valid only when the HDD is not installed. Do not set for other cases. The setting range is 0~[current value + available memory capacity]. Unit is 1M. The current value can be checked using the Settings List report. The available memory capacity can be checked in the Control Panel or the CWIS Memory Settings menu. Note 1: If a value above [current value + available memory capacity] is entered, Factory Settings for all memory settings will be restored. Note 2: If the field for Auto Collate printing is also changed, so that the sum of all the increments does not exceed the available memory capacity.

700-412

RAM Disk Size for Box

7M

Setting not allowed.

700-413

Xerox Secure Access Server Address

Null

Specified with FQDN/IPv6/IPv4. 127-character string with null termination.

700-414

Xerox Secure Access Server Pass

Null

700-415

Xerox Secure Access Enable Local Login

0

0~1

0: Login cannot be instructed from device, 1: Login can be instructed from device

700-416

Xerox Secure Access Enable Accounting Code

0

0~1

0: Accounting code cannot be obtained, 1: Accounting code can be obtained

700-417

Xerox Secure Access Timeout

8

1~300

1 to 300 seconds

700-418

Xerox Secure Access Prompt Default

“Please complete all steps required by the authentication device to gain access to the system.”

700-419

Xerox Secure Access Title Default

“Login”

700-420

Download Disable Flag

0: Allow

700-421

Product ID(1) of Download File

NULL

ASCII

700-422


NULL

ASCII

700-423


NULL

ASCII

700-424


NULL

ASCII

700-425


NULL

ASCII

700-426


NULL

ASCII

700-427


NULL

ASCII

700-428


NULL

700-430

Security PKI Mode Level

1: Level 1

1~3

[1: Level 1, 2: Level 2, 3: Level 3]

700-431

Security PKI Certification Type

0: Not registered

0~2

[0: Not registered, 1: Available (Self-generate), 2: Available (Import)]

700-437

Security SSL Enable

0: False Invalid

0~1

[0: False Invalid, 1: True Valid]

700-440

Security S/MIME Mode Enable

0

0~1


700-441

Security S/MIME Certification Index

0

0~0xffffffff

Index number of the certification used in S/MIME

700-442

Security S/MIME Message Digest Mode

0

0~1

0: SHA1, 1: MD5

700-443

Security S/MIME Content Cipher Mode

0

0~3

0: 3DES, 1: RC4-40, 2: RC4-64, 3: RC4-128

700-444

Security S/MIME Signature Type

0

0~2

0: Fixed to device certificate, 1: Fixed to personal certificate, 2: Fixed to user certificate

700-445

Security SSL Enable

443

1~65535

1 to 65535

700-446

Security HDD Overwrite Enable

1

0~1


700-447

Security HDD Overwrite Count Set

3

1~3

1, 3

700-454

Security SNTP Info Enable

0: Disable

0~1


700-455

Security SNTP Info Interval Time

168

1~500

1~500 hours


Range

Meaning

Server path. 255-character string with null termination.

255-character string with null termination.

63-character string with null termination. 0~1

0: Allow, 1: Prohibit

ASCII

February, 2008 6-49

General Procedures


Content

Default

Range

Meaning

700-458

MIO No Signed Reject

0

0~1

0: Do not inhibit, 1: Inhibit

700-459

MIO Cert Auto Store

0

0~1


700-460

Security SEC Data Restriction

0

0~1


700-461

IFAX No Signed Reject

0

0~1


700-462

Security Scan File Cert Number

0

0~0xffffffff

0: Not set, 1 to 0xffffffff: Certificate index number

700-463

Security Scan File Signer

0

0~2

0: Fixed to device certificate, 1: Fixed to personal certificate, 2: Fixed to user certificate

700-464

Security DocuWorks Sign

4

1~4

2: Always place signature (visible), 3: Never place signature, 4: User selection

700-465

Security PDF Sign

4

0~4

1: Always place signature (not visible) 2: Always place signature (visible), 3: Never place signature, 4: User selection

700-466

Inhibit Auto Print Valid

0

0~1


700-467

Inhibit Auto Print Start Hour

21 (9 P.M.)

0~23

0 to 23 hours

700-468

Inhibit Auto Print Start Minute

0

0~59

0 to 59 minutes (after the hour)

700-469

Inhibit Auto Print End Hour

9 (9 A.M.)

0~23

0 to 23 hours

700-470

Inhibit Auto Print End Minute

0

0~59

0 to 59 minutes (after the hour)

700-471

CO Report

1

0~1

0: Inhibited, 1: Permitted

700-490

Stored Document LED ON Control

0: All documents

0~1

0: All documents, 1: Received Fax documents

700-500

iFAX to iFAX Via Box Enable

0

0~1

1: On, 0: Off

700-501

iFAX to E-mail Via Box Enable

0

0~1

1: On, 0: Off

700-502

Auto Doc Delete From Box

0: Do not auto delete

0~1

1: Auto delete, 0: Do not auto delete

700-503

Pass Days of Auto Doc Delete From Box

7

1~14

1~14 days

700-504

Hour at Auto Doc Delete From Box

3 (3 A.M.)

0~23

0~23 hours

700-505

Minute at Auto Doc Delete From Box

0

0~59

0~59 minutes (after the hour)

700-506

Doc Delete From Box After Client Pull

0: Follow Box settings

0~1

0: Follow Box settings, 1: Delete

700-513

Box Print Deletion Confirm

1

0~1


700-520

SESAMI Manager Port Number

80

1~65535

1 to 65535

700-521

SESAMI Manager Max Sessions

3

1~5

1~5

700-522

SESAMI Manager Connection Timeout

30

1~255

1~255

700-523

SESAMI Job Flow Service Connection Tim- 60 eout

1~900

1~900

700-530

Reboot When Fault Occurs

1: Reboot

0~1

0: Do not reboot, 1: Reboot

700-540

Auditron Mode

0: Off

0~4

0: Off, 1: Internal Auditron, 2: Network Accounting, 3: Remote Authentication, 4: XS Accounting (XC/AP only)

700-541

Auditron Mode Enable for MBOX Print

1: On

0~1

0: Off (Do not limit), 1: On (Limit)

700-542

Auditron Mode Enable for MBOX Output

1: On

0~1

0: Off (Do not limit), 1: On (Limit)

700-543

User Information Memory Location

0: NVM

0~1

0: NVRAM, 1: HDD

700-544

Auditron Check Info Enable

1: Enable

0~1


700-545

Auditron Password Mode OFF/ON

0: Off

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

700-546

Auditron No Account Action

0: Cancel

0~1

0=Cancel, 1=Store

700-547

Auditron User ID

User ID

1~15 characters (7Bit ASCII)

700-548

Auditron Account ID

Account ID

1~15 characters (7Bit ASCII)

General Procedures

February, 2008 6-50



Content

Default

Range

Meaning

700-549

Auditron Conceal User ID

0: False

0~1

0: False, 1: True

700-550

Auditron Conceal Account ID

0: False

0~1

0: False, 1: True

700-551

Remote Authentication Mode for Scan

0: Off

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

700-552

Remote Authentication Service

0: Kerberos (Windows2000)

0~4

0: Kerberos (Windows2000), 1: Kerberos (Solaris), 2: Authentication Agent, 3: LDAP, 4: SMB

700-553

Guest Password

guest

700-555

KDC Server Port Number

88

700-556

KDC FQDN

Null character

700-557

KDC Realm Name

Null character

700-558

DV Pay for Print Forced Store

0=Off

0~2

0=Off, 1=On, 2=Forcibly store print job (with user ID for authentication as a key)

700-559

DV Pay for Print XPJL Command Enable

0=Disable

0~1

0=Disable, 1=Enable

700-560

DV Pay for Print Error Account Action

0=Cancel

0~1

0=Cancel, 1=Store

700-561

DV Pay for Print Job Command Enable

0=Disable

0~1

0=Disable, 1=Enable

700-562

No Account User Print Permission

0=Disable

0~1

0=Disable, 1=Enable

700-563

User Auth Error Max Number for Auth Lock 5

0~10

0~10

700-564

User Auth Error Max Number for Access Log

10

0~600

0~600

700-566

KDC Server Port Number-2

88

0-65535

Value from 1 to 65535

700-567

KDC FQDN-2

Null

700-568

KDC Realm Name-2

Null

700-580


88

700-581

KDC FQDN-3

Null

700-582

KDC Realm Name-3

Null

700-584


88

700-585

KDC FQDN-4

Null

700-586

KDC Realm Name-4

Null

700-588


88

700-589

KDC FQDN-5

Null


4~12 characters (7Bit ASCII) 0~65535

Values between 1~65535 Can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: Only 1-byte alphanumerical characters, 1-byte hyphens (-) and dots (.) used in the address as separators, and colons (:) can be used. 1-byte hyphens (-) cannot be used at the beginning or the end of the character string. Character string of 64 bytes or below

Can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: Only 1-byte alphanumerical characters, 1-byte hyphens (-) and dots (.) used in the address as separators, and colons (:) can be used. 1-byte hyphens (-) cannot be used at the beginning or the end of the character string. Characters in 64 bytes or below 0-65535

Value from 1 to 65535 Can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: Only 1-byte alphanumerical characters, 1-byte hyphens (-) and dots (.) used in the address as separators, and colons (:) can be used. 1-byte hyphens (-) cannot be used at the beginning or the end of the character string. Characters in 64 bytes or below

0-65535

Value from 1 to 65535 Can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: Only 1-byte alphanumerical characters, 1-byte hyphens (-) and dots (.) used in the address as separators, and colons (:) can be used. 1-byte hyphens (-) cannot be used at the beginning or the end of the character string. Characters in 64 bytes or below

0-65535

Value from 1 to 65535 Can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: Only 1-byte alphanumerical characters, 1-byte hyphens (-) and dots (.) used in the address as separators, and colons (:) can be used. 1-byte hyphens (-) cannot be used at the beginning or the end of the character string.

February, 2008 6-51

General Procedures


Content

Default

700-590

KDC Realm Name-5

Null

700-591

Security Direct FAX Restriction

0

0~1

0: Permit, 1: Inhibit

700-592

Auth Check Info for Net Job

1

0~1

0: Do not check, 1: Check

700-594

Customize User Prompts

0

0~3

0: Both, 1: Prompt (for User ID only), 2: Prompt2 (for Account ID only), 3: Neither

700-595

Minimum Password Length

0

0~12

0 to 12

700-596

SSMM

0

0~1


700-600

Group1(IOT)

-

(Auto Set)

700-601

Group1(SYS1)

-

(Auto Set)

700-602

Group1(SYS2)

-

(Auto Set)

700-603

Group2(IOT)

-

(Auto Set)

700-604

Group2(SYS1)

-

(Auto Set)

700-605

Group2(SYS2)

-

(Auto Set)

700-606

Group3(IOT)

-

(Auto Set)

700-607

Group3(SYS1)

-

(Auto Set)

700-608

Group3(SYS2)

-

700-609

Security XPS Sign

4

1~4

1: Always place signature (not visible), 3: Never place signature, 4: Follow user’s instruction

700-610

IT Option Enable

0

0~1

0: Not connected, 1: Connected

700-616

Netauth KDC Info - Server Name for Backup 1

Null

Can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: Only 1-byte alphanumerical characters, 1-byte hyphens (-) and dots (.) used in the address as separators, and colons (:) can be used. 1-byte hyphens (-) cannot be used at the beginning or the end of the character string.

700-617


Null


700-618


Null


700-619


Null


700-620


Null


700-621

Netauth KDC Info - Server Port Number for 88 Backup 1

1~65535

1 to 65535

700-622


1~65535

1 to 65535

700-623


1~65535

1 to 65535

General Procedures

Range

Meaning Characters in 64 bytes or below

(Auto Set)

February, 2008 6-52



Content

Default

Range

Meaning

700-624


1~65535

1 to 65535

700-625


1~65535

1 to 65535

700-626

Netauth Authagent Info - Timeout

60

1~300

1 to 300 (seconds)

700-627

Netauth LDAP Info - Auth Sequence

0

0~1

0: Direct login, 1: Search and login

700-628

Netauth LDAP Info - Login User Login Attribute

“samAccountName”

Character string (32 ASCII characters)

700-629

Netauth LDAP Info - Login User Search Attribute

“mail”


700-630

Netauth LDAP Info - User String Added

Null

700-631

Netauth LDAP Info - Add User String

0

700-632

Netauth SMB Info - Domain Name 1

Null


700-633


Null


700-634


Null


700-635


Null


700-636


Null


700-642

Netauth SMB Info - Server/SMB Name 1

Null

One of the following can be entered:FQDN, IPv6 address (literal format), IPv4 (literal format). The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions when specifying NetBIOS host name: the following 15 characters cannot be used: “* +, /:; < = >? [\] | Entry is prohibited if space is designated either at the end or beginning of the character string or if the character string consists of period only. The maximum number of bytes shall be 16 (including null characters). Restrictions when specifying FQDN: The following characters can be used: 1-byte alphanumeric characters, 1-byte hyphens (-), and periods (.). Entry is prohibited if 1-byte hyphen is specified either at the beginning or the end of the character string.

700-643


Null



Character string (64 ASCII characters) 0~1


February, 2008 6-53

General Procedures


Content

Default

700-644


Null


700-645


Null


700-646


Null


700-652

Netauth SMB Config - Specified By

0

700-653

Search User Login Attribute

“samAccountName”

700-654

Search User Search Attribute

Null

700-655

Password Mode for Option

1

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

702-932

DFE Scan Config Feature

0

0~2

0: None, 1: ExtNetScan, 2: CDIScan

702-934

IDC Report Feature Enable

0

0~1

0: Do not output automatically, 1: Output automatically

702-935

Stored Print Confirmation

1

0~1


702-940

SFMT Size for FAX

2

1~2

1: Standard size, 2: Custom size

702-941

SFMT SS Length Threshold

10

0~10

0 to 10 mm

702-942

SFMT A3 Ledger Mixed

RECEIVE_DOCSIZE_SE 1~2 LECT in Fax Card Functional Description (A10 System Data Default per country)

General Procedures

Range

0~1

Meaning

0: Domain name, 1: Server Character string (32 bytes ASCII) Character string (32 bytes ASCII)

1: Mixture of A3 and ledger permitted, 2: Mixture of A3 and ledger not permitted

February, 2008 6-54


Chain 711-xxx CVT DADF NVM LIST Table 2 CVT DADF NVM LIST Chain-Link Content

Default

Range

1 Count

Meaning

711-001

DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1) (37.5mm/sec.)

129

0~214

0.0458mm

Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)

711-002


129

0~214

0.0458mm


711-003


129

0~214

0.0458mm


711-004


129

0~214

0.0458mm


711-005


129

0~214

0.0458mm


711-006


129

0~214

0.0458mm


711-007


129

0~214

0.0458mm


711-008


129

0~214

0.0458mm


711-009


129

0~214

0.0458mm


711-015


129

0~214

0.0458mm


711-016


129

0~214

0.0458mm


711-017


129

0~214

0.0458mm


711-018


129

0~214

0.0458mm


711-019


129

0~214

0.0458mm


711-020


129

0~214

0.0458mm


711-021


129

0~214

0.0458mm


711-022


129

0~214

0.0458mm


711-023


129

0~214

0.0458mm


711-029

DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) (37.5mm/sec.)

129

0~255

0.0458mm

Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value

711-030


129

0~255

0.0458mm


711-031


129

0~255

0.0458mm



February, 2008 6-55

General Procedures

Table 2 CVT DADF NVM LIST Chain-Link Content

Default

Range

1 Count

Meaning

711-032


129

0~255

0.0458mm


711-033


129

0~255

0.0458mm


711-034


129

0~255

0.0458mm


711-035


129

0~255

0.0458mm


711-036


129

0~255

0.0458mm


711-037


129

0~255

0.0458mm


711-043


129

0~255

0.0458mm


711-044


129

0~255

0.0458mm


711-045


129

0~255

0.0458mm


711-046


129

0~255

0.0458mm


711-047


129

0~255

0.0458mm


711-048


129

0~255

0.0458mm


711-049


129

0~255

0.0458mm


711-050


129

0~255

0.0458mm


711-051


129

0~255

0.0458mm


711-057

Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment (37.5mm/sec.)

20

0~40

0.001

Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor and Regi Motor.

711-058


20

0~40

0.001


711-059


20

0~40

0.001


711-060


20

0~40

0.001


711-061


20

0~40

0.001


711-062


20

0~40

0.001


711-063


20

0~40

0.001


General Procedures

February, 2008 6-56



Default

Range

1 Count

Meaning

711-064


20

0~40

0.001


711-065


20

0~40

0.001


711-070

T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1) (37.5mm/sec.)

15

0~50

0.001

Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor.

711-071


15

0~50

0.001


711-072


15

0~50

0.001


711-073


15

0~50

0.001


711-074


15

0~50

0.001


711-075


15

0~50

0.001


711-076


15

0~50

0.001


711-077


15

0~50

0.001


711-078


15

0~50

0.001


711-080


0

0~50

0.001

Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor.

711-081


0

0~50

0.001


711-082


0

0~50

0.001


711-083


0

0~50

0.001


711-084


0

0~50

0.001


711-085


0

0~50

0.001


711-086


0

0~50

0.001


711-087


0

0~50

0.001


711-088


0

0~50

0.001


711-140

DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1) Replace All

129

0~214

0.0458mm

Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse) Rewrites all data of 711-001 to 711-009 with specified data.

711-141

DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side2) Replace All

129

0~214

0.0458mm



February, 2008 6-57

General Procedures


Range

1 Count

Meaning

711-142

DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) Replace 129 All

0~255

0.0458mm


711-143

DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) Replace 129 All

0~255

0.0458mm


711-144

Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment Replace All

20

0~40

0.001

Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor and Regi Motor. Rewrites all data of 711-057 to 711-065 with specified data.

711-145

T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1) Replace All

15

0~50

0.001

Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor. Rewrites all data of 711-070 to 711-078 with specified data.

711-146

T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2) Replace All

0

0~50

0.001

Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor. Rewrites all data of 711-080 to 711-088 with specified data.

711-150

Loop Amount Adjustment (Side1) (x1 Pulse)

3

0~9

0.6835mm

Initial value 3.6mm (172 pulse, 130 pulse for High Speed mode) +4.1mm/-2.1mm 10 pulse increments

711-151

Loop Amount Adjustment (Side2) (x6 Pulse)

5

0~14

0.4581mm

Initial value 4.0mm (256 pulse) +4.1mm (346 pulse) / -2.3mm (206 pulse) 10 pulse increments

711-152

Simplex Speed Mode Switch

0

0~1

-

0: High Speed mode Off 1: High Speed mode On

711-158

Position Adjustment for End Position during Invert 10 (x4 Pulse)

20

0.4581mm


711-164

Slow Scan Original Size Correction Value

50

0~100

0.1mm

Correction value for [Size Detection Auto-Correction Function] Original Size Correction Value: +/-5mm

711-200

Position Adjustment for Pre Regist End Position (Original Lead Edge Eject Amount from Regi Roll in x2 Pulse Increments)

8

0~16

0.6249mm

Initial value 0mm (0 pulse) +5.0mm (80 pulse) / -5.0mm (-80 pulse) 10 pulse increments This value also applies to Scan Position Transport Time.

711-201

Position Adjustment for Feed Motor Off Start Posi- 8 tion (x3 Pulse)

1~15

0.6249mm


711-202

Position Adjustment for Position to Start Increasing 10 Speed in Duplex (x5 Pulse)

0~20

0.4581mm


711-203

Position Adjustment for First-Out Pre Feed Position in Duplex (x7 Pulse)

0~10

0.6835mm


711-204

Position Adjustment for N.R. Solenoid On Position 10 during Invert Output (x8 Pulse)

0~20

0.4581mm


711-205

Side2 Feed Motor Reverse Start Time Adjustment 4 Value (T1 ms)

0~20

4msec

Initial value 0ms +80ms/-20ms, 4ms increments

711-207

Next Feed Start Time Adjustment Value (T3 ms)

5

2~27

4msec

Initial value 0m +88ms/-12ms, 4ms increments

711-208

Simplex Next Pre Regist Start Time Adjustment Value (T4 ms)

6

6~25

4msec

Initial value 4ms +76ms/0ms, 4ms increments

711-209

Invert Start Time Adjustment Value (T6 ms)

5

0~25

4msec


711-210

N.R. Solenoid On Start Time Adjustment Value during Invert Output (T7 ms)

5

0~15

4msec

Initial value0ms +40ms/-20ms, 4ms increments

711-211

First-Out Original Feed Start Time Adjustment Value (T8 ms)

5

0~25

4msec


711-212

Duplex Next Pre Regist Start Time Adjustment Value (T9 ms)

6

6~25

4msec

Initial value 4ms +76ms/0ms, 4ms increments

General Procedures

Default

5

February, 2008 6-58



Default

Range

1 Count

Meaning

711-213

DADF Stamp Solenoid On Time Adjustment

5

3~20

2msec


711-214

DADF Stamp Position Adjustment

15

0~30

0.5mm

Initial value 0mm +7.5mm/-7.5mm, approx. 0.5mm increments Initial value is 10mm from Tail Edge.

711-215

Slow Down Start Time Adjustment Value during Nudger Lift Down (T11 ms)

10

0~20

4msec

Initial value 0ms +/-40ms, 4ms increments

711-216

Slow Down Start Time Adjustment Value during Nudger Lift Up (T12 ms)

10

10~20

4msec

Initial value0ms +40ms/-0ms, 4ms increments

711-217

Feed Out Sensor Static Jam Detection Sampling No. Setting

20

1~40

1 time

Initial value 20 times +20 times/-19 times, 1 time increments

711-218

Feed Out Sensor Act. Correction Coefficient - A9

59

0~255

0.01

Initial value 0.59 0.00~2.55, 0.01 increments

711-219

Feed Out Sensor Act. Correction Coefficient - B9

104

0~255

1

Initial value 104 0~255, 1 increments

711-270

ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 1

0

0~255

-

Adjustment Value Data 1 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine.

711-271


0

0~255

-


711-272


0

0~255

-


711-273


0

0~255

-


711-274


0

0~255

-


711-275


0

0~255

-


711-276


0

0~255

-


711-277


0

0~255

-


711-278


0

0~255

-


711-279


0

0~255

-


711-280


0

0~255

-


711-281


0

0~255

-


711-282


0

0~255

-


711-283


0

0~255

-


711-284


0

0~255

-


711-297

Communication Fail Bypass

0

0~1

-

0: Disable Communication Fail Bypass 1: Enable Communication Fail Bypass

711-468

DADF Open/Close Life Count (upper digits)

3

0~65535

-

260K * Life value may be changed in Counter Write Command. It cannot be written in Chain Link setting.

711-469

DADF Open/Close Life Count (lower digits)

63392

0~65535

-

711-470

DADF Document Feed Life Count (upper digits)

3

0~65535

-

711-471

DADF Document Feed Life Count (lower digits)

3392

0~65535

-

711-472

DADF Simplex and Duplex Document Feed Life Count (upper digits)

13

0~65535

-

711-473

DADF Simplex and Duplex Document Feed Life Count (lower digits)

60032

0~65535

-

711-474

Invert Solenoid Life Count (upper digits)

7

0~65535

-

711-475

Invert Solenoid Life Count (lower digits)

41248

0~65535

-

711-476

DADF Stamp Solenoid Life Count (upper digits)

1

0~65535

-


February, 2008 6-59

200K * Life value may be changed in Counter Write Command. It cannot be written in Chain Link setting. 912K * Life value may be changed in Counter Write Command. It cannot be written in Chain Link setting.

500K * Life value may be changed in Counter Write Command. It cannot be written in Chain Link setting. 100K * Life value may be changed in Counter Write Command. It cannot be written in Chain Link setting.

General Procedures


Default

Range

1 Count

711-477

DADF Stamp Solenoid Life Count (lower digits)

34464

0~65535

-

711-478

DADF Stamp Solenoid Ink Life Count (upper digits)

0

0~65535

-

711-479

DADF Stamp Solenoid Ink Life Count (lower digits) 3000

0~65535

-

Meaning 3K * Life value may be changed in Counter Write Command. It cannot be written in Chain Link setting.

Chain 720-xxx Meter Counter Table 3 Meter Counter ChainLink

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

720-002

Billing

1

1~7

Billing1: 1, Billing2: 2, Billing3: 3, Billing4: 4, Billing5: 5, Billing6: 6, Billing7: 7

720-003

Master Print-Full Color

-

0~19999999

[0~19,999,999]

720-004

Master Print-Color1

-

0~19999999

[0~19,999,999]

720-005

Master Print-Color2

-

0~19999999

[0~19,999,999]

720-006

Master Print-B

-

0~19999999

[0~19,999,999]

720-007

Master Copy-Full Color Counter

-

0~19999999

[0~19,999,999]

720-008

Master Copy-Color2 Counter

-

0~19999999

[0~19,999,999]

720-009

Master Copy-B Counter

-

0~19999999

[0~19,999,999]

720-010

Master FAX-Full Color Counter

-

0~19999999

[0~19,999,999]

720-011

Master FAX-B Counter

-

0~19999999

[0~19,999,999]

720-046

Master Large Size B Counter

-

0~19999999

[0~19,999,999]

720-047

Master Large Size Color Counter

-

0~19999999

[0~19,999,999]

720-052

Billing Type

STANDARD: 0

0~2

[STANDARD: 0, CUSTOM1: 1, CUSTOM2: 2]

720-053

Master Modal Color Counter

-

0~19999999

[0~19,999,999]

720-054

Master Modal B Counter

-

0~19999999

[0~19,999,999]

720-057

Billing Modal Break Point

10

10~100

[10~100]

730-010

Pay for Print - Correct Account

0

0~1

0: Print, 1: Forcibly store

730-011

Device Total Impressions

0

0~FFFFFFFF 0 to FFFFFFFF

730-012

Device Impressions Limit

9,999,999

0~9,999,999

0: Print prohibited, 1 to 9,999,998: Upper limit, 9,999,999: No limit

730-013

Device Impressions Limit Warning Rate

80

0~100

Percentage (%) with respect to the maximum number of print impressions used for indicating warning

Chain 731-xxx Chain 732-xxx Stored Data Table 4 Stored Data ChainLink

Content

731001~999

Speed Dial setting for Modem Speed (Link 0: Follow system data for 1-500) modem speed

General Procedures

Default

Range

Meaning

0~14

[Follow system data for modem speed=0, 2400bps=1, 4800bps=2, 7200bps=3, 9600bps=4, 12000bps=5, 144000bps=6, 16800bps=7, 19200bps=8, 21600bps=9, 24000bps=10, 26400bps=11, 28800bps=12, 31200bps=13, 33600bps=14]

February, 2008 6-60


Table 4 Stored Data ChainLink

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

732001~999

Speed Dial setting for Super G3 (Link 1500=Dial

0: Do not prohibit

0~1

[0: Do not prohibit, 1: Prohibit]

733001~999

Speed Dial setting for ECM (Link 1500=Dial)

0: Do not prohibit

0~1


734001~999

Speed Dial setting for JBIG (Link 1500=Dial)

0: Do not prohibit

0~1


Chain 770-xxx I/O Port Protocol Table 5 I/O Port Protocol ChainLink

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

770-001

Parallel Port Enable

1: Enable

0~1


770-002

Parallel Print ModeType

1: Auto

1~29

1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 9: 201H, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF 2: PCL, 17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895

770-003

Parallel JCL(FX)/PJL(AP) Switch

On

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

770-004

Parallel Adobe Protocol

0: Standard

0~2

0: Standard, 1: Binary, 2: TBCP

770-005

Parallel Auto Feed Time

6 (30sec)

1~255

1~255 (5~1275 sec.) (unit: 5 sec.)

770-006

Parallel Input Prime

1

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

770-007

Parallel COMM Mode

0

0~1

0: On, 1: Off

770-009

Parallel Corresponding Standard

0: IEEE P1284

0~1

0: IEEE P1284, 1: Centronics

770-010

Ethernet Transfer Rate

127: Auto

1~127

127: Auto, 17: 10BASE-T (Half-Duplex), 18: 100BASE-TX (Half-Duplex), 33: 10BASE-T (Full Duplex), 34: 100BASE-TX (Full Duplex)

770-011

JBA 2004 Extensions

0

0~1

0: Not supported, 1: Operates by expansion mode

770-012

Bonjour Port Enable

1

0~1


770-020

TokenRing Transfer Rate

4

1~4

Auto: 4, 4MB/s: 1, 16MB/s: 2, 100MB/s: 3

770-021

TokenRing Packet Length

1500

770-030

NetWare Frame Type

255: Auto

0~255

255: Auto 2: Ethernet II 4: Ethernet SNAP 3: Ethernet 802.2 1: Ethernet 802.3 6: Token SNAP 5: Token 802.5

770-039

LPD Max Session

5

1~10

1 to 10

770-040

EtherTalk Port Enable

0: Disable

0~1


770-041

EtherTalk Print Type

5: PostScript

770-042

EtherTalk JCL(FX)/PJL(AP) Enable

1

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

770-050

Netware Port Enable

0: Disable

0~1


770-051

Netware Print Mode Type

1: Auto

1~29

1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF, 2: PCL, 17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895

770-052

Netware JCL(FX)/PJL(AP) Enable

1

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

770-053

NetWare TBCP Valid

0: None

0~1

0: None, 1: TBCP

770-054

NetWare Trans. Protocol

1: IPX/SPX

1~3

1: IPX/SPX, 2: TCP/IP, 3: Both

770-055

Burst transfer

1

0~1

0: Not used, 1: Used

770-060

Lpd Port Enable

1: Start

0~1

0: Stop, 1: Start


1500, 2088, 4472, 8232

5: PostScript

February, 2008 6-61

General Procedures

Table 5 I/O Port Protocol ChainLink

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

770-061

Lpd Print Mode Type

1: Auto

1~29


770-062

Lpd JCL(FX)/PJL(AP) Enable

1

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

770-063

TBCP Valid Flag

0: None

0~1

0: None, 1: TBCP

770-064

Lpd Spool Mode

0: Non Spool

0~1

0: Non Spool, 1: Spool

770-065

Lpd Timeout

16sec

2~3600

2~3600sec (Setting range: 2~65,535)

770-068

Lpd Port Number

515

1~65535

1 to 65535

770-069

IT Option Address

Null

770-070

Lpd Address Limitation

0: Do not limit

0~1

0: Do not limit, 1: Limit

770-077

SMTP Port Number

25

1~65535

25, 8000~9999

770-080

SMB Port Enable

1: Enable

0~1


770-081

SMB Print Mode Type

1: Auto

1~29


770-082

SMB JCL(FX)/PJL(AP) Enable

1

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

770-083

SMB TBCP Valid Flag

0: None

0~1

0: None, 1: TBCP

770-084

SMB Spool Mode

0: Non Spool

0~1


770-085

SMB Transport Protocol

6: Both

2~6

2: TCP/IP, 4: NetBeui, 6: Both

770-087

Timeout of BMLinkS Discovery

5

1~255

1 to 255 seconds

770-088

Max TTL of BMLinkS Discovery

1

1~10

1 to 10

770-089

Filtering Policy of BMLinkS Discovery

1

0~1

0: Not provided, 1: Provided

770-090

IPP Port Enable

0: Disable

0~1


770-091

IPP Print Mode Type

1: Auto

1~29


770-092

IPP JCL(FX)/PJL(AP) Enable

1

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

770-093

IPP TBCP Valid Flag

0: None

0~1

0: None, 1: TBCP

770-094

Acl Authorization

0: Off (none)

0~1

1: On (local), 0: Off (none)

770-095

Use DNS Name

1: On

0~1

1: On, 0: Off

770-097

Port number

80

0~65535

0, 1 to 65535

770-098

IPP Spool Mode

0: Non Spool

0~1


770-099

Timeout of IPP Port

60

0~65535

0~65535 sec.

770-100

DHCP Mode

2: DHCP

1~16

16: Manual, 4: BOOTP, 2: DHCP, 1: RARP

770-104

IP Mode

10

4~10

4: Activate IPv4 Protocol only, 6: Activate IPv6 Protocol only, 10: Activate both IPv4 and IPv6 Protocols

770-110

DNS Auto Config.

0x02

0~0x10

0x10: Manual setting, 0x02: DHCP

770-112

DNS Domain Name

NULL

770-113

WSD Print Starting Setup

1

0~1


770-114

WSD Print Port No.

80

1~65535

1 to 65535

General Procedures

Can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: Only 1-byte alphanumerical characters, dots (.) used in the address as separators, and colons (:) can be used.

DNS Domain Name (Usually 255 characters or less including the last “.” (dot) that is not displayed.)

February, 2008 6-62



Content

Default

770-116

IP Address

Null

Valid only in the case of IPv4 Protocol. Entry is possible in IPv4 literal format. The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: only 0 to 9 and dots (.) can be used.

770-117

Subnet Mask

Null


770-118

WINS Server Address 1

Null

Valid only in the case of IPv4 Protocol. Entry is possible in IPv4 literal format. The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: only 0 to 9 and dots (.) used in the address as separators can be used.

770-119

WINS Server Address 2

Null

Valid only in the case of IPv4 Protocol. Entry is possible in IPv4 literal format. The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: only 0 to 9 and dots (.) used in the address as separators can be used.

770-120

WINS Auto Config

DHCP

0x10: Manual setting, 0x02: DHCP

770-122

Gateway Address

Null


770-126

IPv6 Validate Flag for Manual Configuration 0

0~1

0: Disable this function, 1: Enable this function

770-127

IPv6 Address Prefix Length for Manual Configuration

0

0~128

0 to 128 bits

770-128

IPv6 Address for Manual Configuration

Null

Indicates IPv6 address in (null-terminated) literal format

770-129

IPv6 Gateway Address for Manual Configu- Null ration


770-130

Agent Port Enable

1: Enable

0~1


770-131

Agent Transport Flag

2: UDP

0~3

0: Both Off, 1: IPX, 2: UDP, 3: Both On

770-133

Agent Community Name 1 ~ 10

NULL (Replace with “fxSystemMgr” on the PDU)

JISX0201 character code (12 characters)

770-135

lpd Valid IP Address 1

Null

IPv4 address in (null-terminated) literal format will be stored. Default is null.

770-136


Null


770-137


Null


770-138


Null


770-139


Null

770-140

EWS Port Enable

1: Enable

0~1


770-151

IPv6 Access Control

0

0~1

0: Disable access control, 1: Enable access control

770-152

IPv6 Address 1 for Auto Configuration

Null


770-153


Null


770-154


Null

770-155

IPv6 Address 1 Prefix Length for Auto Con- 0 figuration

0~128

0 to 128 bits

770-156


0~128

0 to 128 bits

770-157


0~128

0 to 128 bits

770-158

IPv6 Link Local Address


Null

Range

Meaning




February, 2008 6-63

General Procedures


Content

Default

Range

Meaning

770-159

IPv6 Gateway Address for Auto Configura- Null tion

Indicates IPv6 address in (null-terminated) literal format (prefix is 64 bits)

770-160

MFIO Port Enable

0: Disable

0~1


770-163

SNMP Protocol version

1

1~255

1: V1/V2C, 2: V3 (The bit corresponding to the valid bit is turned on)

770-166

HTTP Max Session

5

1~15

1~15

770-179

SLP Version

1

1~2

1: PFRSC_SYS_SLP_V1, 2: PFRSC_SYS_SLP_V2

770-190

Mail Service Start/Stop

1: Start

0~1

1: Start, 0: Stop

770-191

Address of Mail Sender

NULL

770-222

port9100 Starting setup

1

0~1

0: Disable 1: Enable

770-250

USB Adobe Protocol

0

0~3

0: Standard 1: Binary 2: TBCP, 3: RAW Mode

770-251

USB JCL(FX)/PJL(AP) Enable

1

0~1

0: Off 1: On

770-252

USB Print Mode Type

1

1~29

1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF, 2: PCL, 17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895 Refer to the FF Host I/F of each product for the setting range.

770-254

USB Port Enable

1

0~1


770-255

USB Auto Feed Time

6 (30sec)

1~255

1~255 (5~1275 sec.) (unit: 5 sec.)

770-280

Mail Print Starting Setup

1: Enable

0~1


770-281

Mail Print File Type

1

1~29


770-282

Mail Print JCL Switch

1

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

770-283

Mail Print Filter

0

0~1

0: None, 1: TBCP

770-284

Mail Print Spool Type

0: Non Spool

0~1

0: Non Spool (Ring Buffer), 1: Spool (RAM Disk)

770-285

Mail Print with Header Print

1: Print basic headers and 0~4 contents

0: Print all headers and contents, 1: Print basic headers and contents, 2: Do not print headers or contents, 3: Auto print according to content, 4: Print entire header and body (S/MIME data included)

770-286

POP Server User Name

NULL

-

770-287

POP Server Password

NULL

770-290

UPnP Enable

1: Enable

0~1


770-291

UPnP Port Number

80

1~65535

1 to 65535

770-295

BMLinkS Print Service Enable

1: Enable

0~1


770-296

BMLinkS Discovery Service Port No.

80

1~65535

1 to 65535

770-297

BMLinkS Print Service Port No.

80

1~65535

1 to 65535

770-320

Sesami Port Enable

1: Enable

0~1


ASCII Max number of characters 128 (Character type: alphabet, [@] [.] [+] [-] [=] [_] (underscore) [/] [<] [>]) in the format [email protected]

-

Chain 770-xxx 840-xxx Scan Service Table 6 Scan Service ChainLink

Content

Default

770-301

LDAP Server Name Primary

NULL

General Procedures

Range

Meaning 64bytes or below. Refer to RFC1034 for the available characters.

February, 2008 6-64


Table 6 Scan Service ChainLink

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

770-303

LDAP Server Port Number Primary

389

1~65535

1~65535

770-304

LDAP Server Name Secondary

NULL

770-306

LDAP Server Port Number Secondary

389

1~65535

1~65535

770-307

LDAP Referral Enable

0

0~1

0: Referral disabled, 1: Referral enabled

770-308

LDAP Referral MAX HOPs

5

1~5

See the maximum number of HOPs in LDAP referral

770-310

Mail Notify Receivers Request Type 1

0~2

0

0: Not specified (null), 1: Request of regular status notification (STATUS_REPORT), 2: Request of immediate status notification (IMMEDIATE_STATUS_REPORT)

770-311


0~2

0


770-312


0~2

0


770-320

Sesami Port Enable

1

0~1

0: Stop, 1: Start

770-339

Sys IF Entry Enable

0

0~1

0: Do not start, 1: Start

770-340

IT Option MAC Address

0x0~0xFF

0x0

770-342

IT Option MAC Address 1

0x0~0xFF

0x0

1st byte of IT Option MAC Address

770-343


0x0~0xFF

0x0

2nd byte of IT Option MAC Address

770-344


0x0~0xFF

0x0

3rd byte of IT Option MAC Address

770-345


0x0~0xFF

0x0

4th byte of IT Option MAC Address

770-346


0x0~0xFF

0x0


770-347


0x0~0xFF

0x0


770-400

WebDAV Port Enable

0

0~1


770-401

WebDAV Port No.

80

1~65535

Port No.

770-402

Timeout of WebDAV Port No.

30

1~65535

Timeout (seconds)

840-001

Scan Service Enable

Enable

0~1

[0: Enable, 1: Disable]

840-002

Scan Illegal Operation

1

0~1

[0: Discard stored documents, 1: Enable stored documents as valid]

840-003

MAX Store Number in Scan Service

999 sheets

1~999

[1~999 sheets]

840-004

Brightness3 Setting in Scan Service

192: [92(density)]

0~200

0~200: [-100~100]

840-005


161: [61(density)]

0~200

0~200: [-100~100]

840-006


131: [31(density)]

0~200

0~200: [-100~100]

840-007

Brightness-1 Setting in Scan Service

99: [1(density)]

0~200

0~200: [-100~100]

840-008


98: [2(density)]

0~200

0~200: [-100~100]

840-009


97: [3(density)]

0~200

0~200: [-100~100]

840-010

Contrast [Hard] Setting in Scan Service

150: [50]

0~200

0~200: [-100~100]

840-011

Contrast [Medium Hard] Setting in Scan Service

125: [25]

0~200

0~200: [-100~100]

840-012

Contrast [Medium Soft] Setting in Scan Service

75: [-25]

0~200

0~200: [-100~100]

840-013

Contrast [Soft] Setting in Scan Service

50: [-50]

0~200

0~200: [-100~100]

840-019

RGB Color Space in Scan Service

0

0~1

[Standard Color Space]: 0 [Color Space on Device]: 1

840-021

Scan ACS Display

0

0~1

[0: Do not display, 1: Display]

840-024

Remove Bleed Through Level in Scan

2

0~4

0: Low, 1: Lower, 2: Standard, 3: Higher, 4: High


64bytes or below. Refer to RFC1034 for the available characters.

February, 2008 6-65

General Procedures


Content

Default

Range

Meaning

840-031

Switch System of ServerFax and EnbeddedFax

1

1~2

1: Priority on Server Fax, 2: Priority on Analog Fax

840-032

ServerFax Confirmation Sheet Control

2

1~3

1: Always output report, 2: Output report only when error occurs, 3: Do not output report

840-034

ServerFax Transfer Protocol

1

1~5

1: FTP, 2: NCP, 3: SMB, 4: SMTP, 5: HTTP

840-041

SMB Browsing Timeout Setting

5

1~300

1 to 300 seconds

840-046

Use cn for LDAP Search Filter

1

1~2

1: On, 2: Off

840-047

Use sn for LDAP Search Filter

2

1~2

1: On, 2: Off

840-048

Use givenname for LDAP Search Filter

2

1~2

1: On, 2: Off

840-049

Use custom attribute for LDAP Search Filter

2

1~2

1: On, 2: Off

840-080

ABL LDAP Valid

1

0~1


840-081

ABL LDAP CN

cn

Character string within 32bytes.

840-082

ABL LDAP SN

sn


840-083

ABL LDAP Given Name

given name


840-084

ABL LDAP Mail

mail


840-085

ABL LDAP Alt Name1

Telephone number (FX default)

Character string within 16bytes (for Japan). Default character string differs per shipment destination.

840-086

ABL LDAP Alt Name1 Type

Telephone number


840-087

ABL LDAP Alt Name2

Office (FX default)


840-088


o


840-089

ABL LDAP Alt Name3

Department (FX default)


840-090


ou


840-091

ABL LDAP Max Hit Count

50

5~100

840-092

ABL LDAP DN

NULL

Within 256bytes. Do not set if LDAP authentication is not required.

840-093

ABL LDAP Password

NULL

Within 32bytes. Do not set if password is not required in LDAP authentication.

840-094

ABL LDAP Root

NULL

840-095

ABL LDAP Scope

3

840-096

ABL LDAP Object Class

*

Within 32bytes.

840-097

ABL LDAP Timeout

30

For 0 or 5~120 detected by the device, set the timeout value to a numerical value other than 0. If 0 is specified, the device will not detect timeout. The timeout setting will follow the setting in the Directory Server Service.

840-098

ABL LDAP Directory Application

NULL

840-104

Custom Attribute for LDAP Search Filter

NULL

840-115

Scan Template Management Enable

0

0~1

0: Do not enable, 1: Enable

840-116

Scan to E-Mail Net Config Sign

3

1~3

1: Always place signature, 2: Never place signature, 3: User selection

840-117

IFAX Net Config Sign

3

1~3

1: Always place signature, 2: Never place signature, 3: User selection

General Procedures

Within 255bytes. 1~3

0~3

1: Root entry only, 2: One level below root entry only, 3: All levels below root entry

0: None (other application server that is not defined), 1: Microsoft (ActiveDirectory or Microsoft ExchangeServer5.5), 2: Novel* NetWare5*, 3: IBM Domino 6*. * Mapping of properties for retrieval and LDAP properties are done based on this setting. Maximum of 32 bytes including null-terminated character string. Upper case and lower case letters are distinguished. For this system data’s character string to be valid, “Use of Custom LDAP Attribute Type” needs to be set to “On.”

February, 2008 6-66



Content

Default

840-118

ABL LDAP Config

“userCertificate;binary”

840-119

MetaData Validation Export UserID Enable 1

0~1

0: No output, 1: Output

840-123

S-FMT Scan to IFAX Binary

1

1~2

1: Priority on speed, 2: Priority on profile

840-125

ABL LDAP Info - Use SSL

0

0~1


840-126

Default Message of Scan to E-Mail

NULL

840-127

Authenticated User Name in Mail Body

1

0~1


840-128

Authenticated User E-Mail Address in Mail 1 Body

0~1


840-129

Number of Pages in Mail Body

1

0~1


840-130

File Format in Mail Body

1

0~1


840-131

IP Address in Mail Body

1

0~1


840-132

Serial Number in Mail Body

1

0~1


840-133

MAC Address in Mail Body

1

0~1


840-134

Device Name in Mail Body

1

0~1


840-135

Device Location in Mail Body

1

0~1


840-136

Default Signature Message of Scan to EMail

NULL

840-137

Change from Address Enable for Login User

0

0~1

0: Prohibited, 1: Permitted

840-138

Change from Address Enable for Login Invalid User

1

0~1


840-139

Change from Address Enable for Guest User

0

840-140

Change from Address Enable for Not-Login 0 User

0~1


840-141

E-Mail Enable for Invalid Mail Address User 1

0~1


840-142

Netsend Transmission Report Control

2

1~3


840-144

CWSS Confirmation Sheet Control

2

1~3


840-147

Scan OCR Default

1

1~2

1: Follow the direction of OCR result page, 2: Follow the direction of input page

840-148

Scan to Home Enable

0

0~1


840-149

Scan to My Folder Enable

0

0~1



Range

Meaning Character string that indicates certificate attribute name


February, 2008 6-67

General Procedures

Chain 780-xxx IOT Table 7 IOT ChainLink

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

780-013

Tray1 Paper Type

1

1~255

1: STATIONERY, 2: TRANSPARENCY, 3: ENVELOPE, 4: ENVELOPE_PLAIN, 5: ENVELOPE_WINDOW, 6: LABEL, 7: FORM, 8:COATING1, 9: TRACABLE, 10: THICK1, 11:THICK1_REV, 12: THICK2, 13: THICK2_REV, 14: RECYCLED, 15: CONTINUOUS_LONG, 16: CONTINUOUS_SHORT, 17: TAB_STOCK, 18: MULTI_LAYER, 19: OPAQUE_FILM, 20: TACK_FILM, 21: THIN, 22: FINE, 23: USER1, 24: USER2, 25: USER3, 26: USER4, 27: USER5, 28: OTHER, 29: WRAPPINGPAPER, 30: EXLUSTERPAPER, 31: COATING2, 32: COATING1_REV, 33: COATING2_REV, 34: THICK1_FINISHER, 35: COATING1_FINISHER, 36: THICK1_A, 37: THICK1_B, 38: THICK1_C, 39: THICK1_S, 40: THICK2_A, 41: THICK2_B, 42: THICK2_C, 43: THICK2_D, 44: THICK2_S, 45: THICK1_FINISHER_A, 46: THICK1_FINISHER_B, 47: THICK1_FINISHER_C, 48: THICK1_FINISHER_S, 49: HAGAKI, 50: HAGAKI_REV, 51: STATIONARY_REV, 52: FINE_REV, 53: RECYCLED_REV, 54: SPECIAL, 55: SPECIAL_REV 56: USED, 57: PREPUNCHED, 58: TAB_THICK1, 59: TAB_THICK2.

780-014

Tray2 Paper Type

1: Plain

1~255

Same as above

780-015

Tray3 Paper Type

1: Plain

1~255

Same as above

780-016

Tray4 Paper Type

1: Plain

1~255

Same as above

780-018

SMH Paper Type

1: Plain

1~255

Same as above

780-019

Custom Paper Name 1

NULL

ASCII numerals, symbols Max. 24 characters (M/N)

780-020

Custom Paper Name 2

NULL

Same as above

780-021

Custom Paper Name 3

NULL

Same as above

780-022

Custom Paper Name 4

NULL

Same as above

780-023

Custom Paper Name 5

NULL

780-024

IOT Control SMH Free Size Detect for Print 0 Job

0~1

0: Do not perform, 1: Perform

780-025

Image Quality Control Category: Height

0~60

-

780-026

Image Quality Control Category: Plain Paper

0~60

-

780-027

Image Quality Control Category: Recycle Paper

0~60

-

780-028

Image Quality Control Category: User Defined Paper 1

0~60

-

780-029


0~60

-

780-030


0~60

-

780-031


0~60

-

780-032


0~60

-

780-033

Image Quality Control Category: Heavyweight Paper 1

0~60

-

General Procedures

Same as above

February, 2008 6-68


Table 7 IOT ChainLink

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

780-034

Image Quality Control Category: Heavyweight Paper 1: Finisher

0~60

-

780-035

Image Quality Control Category: Heavyweight Paper 1 (Side 2)

0~60

-

780-036

Image Quality Control Category: Heavyweight Paper 2

0~60

-

780-037

Image Quality Control Category: Heavyweight Paper 2 (Side 2)

0~60

-

780-038

Image Quality Control Category: Side 2

0~60

-

780-050

Paper Type Priority: High Quality Paper

X: 255

1~255

1~n: 1~n, X (Not applicable for Priority Tray for APS/ATS): 255 Duplication allowed. n is the max. number of settings for paper type.

780-051

Paper Type Priority: Plain Paper

1

1~255

Same as above

780-052

Paper Type Priority: Recycled Paper

2

1~255

Same as above

780-053

Paper Type Priority: Custom 1

X (Not applicable for ATS) 1~255

Same as above

780-054



Same as above

780-055



Same as above

780-056



Same as above

780-057



Same as above

780-060

Tray 1 Priority

1

0~6

0 to 6. Note: Priority is in order of the numbers with 1 first in priority. Multiple paper types cannot be set. Note: Depending on the number of installed Trays, 4 to 6 cannot be selected. Note: 0 means not to include this Tray in APS/ATS candidate Trays.

780-061

Tray 2 Priority

2

0~6

Same as above

780-062

Tray 3 Priority

3

0~6

Same as above

780-063

Tray 4 Priority

4

0~6

Same as above

780-069

Image Enhancement Enable

1

0~1

0: OFF, 1: ON

780-071

User Define: Number of Paper Color 1

Null

780-072

Center Tray Offset Enable

Offset per set

1~3

1: Offset per set, 2: Offset per job, 3: No offset

780-073

Finisher Tray Offset Enable

Offset per set

1~3


780-074

Availability of Large Waste Toner Box

0

0~1

0: Not available, 1: Available

780-075

Stop Printing When Drum Life Ends

1: Stop printing

0~1

TRUE (1): Stop printing, FALSE (0): Do not stop printing

780-076

Paper Type Priority: Thick 1 Finisher Paper X: 255

1~255


780-077

Paper Type Priority: Thick 1 Finisher (A) Paper

X: 255

1~255


780-078

Paper Type Priority: Thick 1 Finisher (B) Paper

X: 255

1~255


780-079

Paper Type Priority: Thick 1 Finisher (C) Paper

X: 255

1~255


780-080

Paper Type Priority: Thick 1 Finisher (S) Paper

X: 255

1~255



8 (1-byte) characters of alphanumerics and Katakana, For Japan: Maximum of 12 (2-byte) characters in alphanumerics, symbols, Katakana, hiraganas, and kanji. For M/N: Maximum of 24 characters in ASCII.

February, 2008 6-69

General Procedures


Content

Default

Range

Meaning

780-081

Paper Type Priority: Coating 1 Finisher Paper

X: 255

1~255


780-084

Paper Type Priority: Reverse

X: 255

1~255


780-096


Null


780-097


Null


780-098


Null


780-099


Null


780-108

Tray 6 (HCF) Paper Type

1: Plain paper

1~255

-

780-109

Tray 7 (HCF) Paper Type

1: Plain paper

1~255

-

780-110

Tray 6 (HCF) Priority

5

0~6


780-111

Tray 7 (HCF) Priority

6

0~6


780-141

Center Tray2 Offset Enable

Offset per set

1~3


780-142

Forced Duplex

0

0~1

0: 1 Sided, 1: 2 Sided

780-145

IOT Control Offset Mode Staple

Offset per set

1~3


780-146

IOT Control Non Same FS Mix Size Staple Release

0~1

TRUE (1): Staple, FALSE (0): Release

780-147

Max Staple Capacity

50

10~150

10 to 100 sheets (B Finisher), 25 to 75 sheets (C Finisher/D Finisher [50 sheets]), 50 to 100 sheets (D Finisher [100 sheets])

780-148

Max Staple Capacity: Small Size

100

2~200

2 to 200 sheets

780-149

Max Staple Capacity: Large Size

65

2~200

2 to 200 sheets

780-150

Max BiFold Capacity

5

1~15

1 to 15 sheets

780-151

Max Booklet Capacity

15 sheets

2~25

2~25 sheets

780-153

Medium Type APS Ignore Confirm

2

0~2

0: No user intervention (job is continued automatically by disregarding paper type specified by job), 1: User intervention (choices are: [a] continue job by disregarding paper type specified by job) or [b] cancel job), 2: User intervention (choices are: [a] continue job by changing type of paper in Tray or [b] cancel job).

780-161

IOT Control SMH Free Size Detect

Auto Size Detect

0~1

TRUE (1): Detect custom size, FALSE (0): Auto Size Detect

780-162

Tray1 Medium Attribute

0

0~2

0: Not specified, 1: Paper for color copy, 2: Paper for B/W copy

780-163


0

0~2


780-164


0

0~2


780-165


0

0~2


General Procedures

February, 2008 6-70



Content

Default

Range

Meaning

780-166


0

0~2


780-167


0

0~2


780-170

Use Tray Paper Attr Color

1

0~1

0: Do not use, 1: Use

780-171

Use Tray Paper Attr Pre-Punched

0

0~1


780-172

Tray 1 Medium Pre-Punched

1

1~2

1: Paper with no pre-punched holes, 2: Paper with pre-punched holes (number/position of holes is disregarded)

780-173


1

1~2


780-174


1

1~2


780-175


1

1~2


780-176


1

1~2


780-177


1

1~2


780-178


1

1~2


780-192

Image Quality Control Category: Cort

0~60

-

780-193

Image Quality Control Category: Cort Rev

0~60

-

780-196

IOT Oottray OCT Enable

-

0~1

0: Not provided (automatic detection), 1: Provided

780-203

Tray 1 Fixed Medium Direction

0

0~2

0: Not specified, 1: LEF, 2: SEF

780-204

Tray 1 Fixed Medium Size

0

0~255

0: Not specified

780-205


0

0~2


780-206


0

0~255

0: Not specified

780-207


0

0~2


780-208


0

0~255

0: Not specified

780-209


0

0~2


780-210


0

0~255

0: Not specified

780-211


0

0~2


780-212


0

0~255

0: Not specified

780-213


0

0~2


780-214


0

0~255

0: Not specified

780-215

HCS Tray Offset Enable

1

1~3

1: Per set, 2: Per job, 3: No offset

Chain 785-xxx IIT Table 8 IIT ChainLink

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

785-003

Image Processing Method of FAX Photo

Error Diffusion

0~1

0: Error Diffusion (1bit, ED), 1: Dither


February, 2008 6-71

General Procedures

Table 8 IIT ChainLink

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

785-004

Ground Color Remove Method in B&W Mode

1

0~1

0: Priority on image quality, 1: Priority on speed

785-008

DADF Control Type

0

0~3

0: Not specified (auto recognition), 1: PF1, 2: PF2, 3: PF1.5

785-010

FAX Document Size Detect Method in DADF

0

0~1

0: A/B series, 1: Inch series

785-015

Text / Photo Detect Level

3

1~5

1: More Text, 2: Text, 3: Normal, 4: Photo, 5: More Photo

785-021

HWM H/W Setting

0

0~1

0: Not set, 1: Set

785-024

Adjust 100 Fast Scan

100.0%

980~1020

980: 98.0%~1020: 102.0%, 0.1% increments

785-025

Adjust 100 Slow Scan

100.0%

980~1020

980: 98.0%~1020: 102.0%, 0.1% increments

785-026

DADF Adjust 100

0

0~1

0: Do not apply, 1: Apply

785-027

Copy Photo Process Errdifusion or Dither

0

0~1

0: Error Diffusion, 1: Dither

785-028

CVT Org Size Required Off/On

1: Required

0~1

0: Not required, 1: Required

785-030

Copy APS Size OFF/ON[5.5.x8.5(Statement)]

Set for each region

0~1

[0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable]

785-031

Copy APS Size OFF/ON[A5]

Set for each region

0~1


785-032

Copy APS Size OFF/ON[B5]

Set for each region

0~1


785-033

Copy APS Size OFF/ON[8.25x10.5(Execu- Set for each region tive)]

0~1


785-034

Copy APS Size OFF/ON[8x10]

Set for each region

0~1


785-035

Copy APS Size OFF/ON[16K]

Set for each region

0~1


785-036

Copy APS Size OFF/ON[8.5x11(Letter)]

Set for each region

0~1


785-037


Set for each region

0~1


785-038

Copy APS Size OFF/ON[8.5x13(Foolscap)] Set for each region

0~1


785-039

Copy APS Size OFF/ON[8.5x14(Legal)]

Set for each region

0~1


785-040

Copy APS Size OFF/ON[B4]

Set for each region

0~1


785-041

Copy APS Size OFF/ON[8K]

Set for each region

0~1


785-042

Copy APS Size OFF/ON[11x17(Ledger)]

Set for each region

0~1


785-043


Set for each region

0~1


785-050

Original Application Range

0

0~1

0: Apply only for that original, 1: Apply for all subsequent non-standard sized originals

785-051

DADF Dup Simultaneous in Copy

1

0~1

0: Do not conduct simultaneous scanning of both sides, 1: Conduct simultaneous scanning of both sides

785-052

DADF Dup Simultaneous in FAX

1

0~1


785-053

DADF Dup Simultaneous in Scan

1

0~1


785-065

Switching Between Center and Corner for Positioning Image on Large Size Paper

1

0~255

0: Paste at the corner, 1: Paste at the center

785-080

Copy Edge Erase Margin

5

0~10

0~10mm (1mm increments)

General Procedures

February, 2008 6-72


Table 8 IIT ChainLink

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

785-081

DADF Elevator Tray Active Mode

1

1~2

1: The earlier of (A) or (B) shall be the trigger: (A) When a specified time (set in NVM) elapses since the Document Set Sensor was turned On. The timer will be reset if the Original Document Guide is moved (i.e., if the level of the APS Sensor on Tray 1 to 3 changes). A change in the level while the Tray is moving upward is disregarded. (B) When the Start button is pressed while the Document Set Sensor is On. 2: Only when the Start button is pressed while the Document Set Sensor is On.

Chain 790-xxx UI Table 9 UI ChainLink

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-001

Start Up Display Setting

0

0~2

0: Settings List, 1: Job Management, 2: Machine Information

790-002

Function Set Display Setting

1 (DC) 0 (MF/P)

0~255

0: Menu, 1: Copy, 2: FAX/iFAX, 3: Scan to E-mail, 4: Scan to Mailbox, 5: Scan to Server, 6: Scan to PC, 7: BOX, 8: Print, 9: Job Flow Service, 10: Job Memory, 11: Multi Service, 12: Gemini, 13: DocuShare, 14: Media Print (Digital Camera Print), 15: Media Print (Text Print), 16: CUI_IFAX, 17: BM LinkS

790-003

FAX Broadcast / Multi-Poll Display

1: Display

0~1


790-005

Ad Hoc Address Enable

0

0~1


790-019

Pause Print Job Cancel Timer (By Connected Accessory)

15

1~59

1 to 59 seconds

790-050

Preset Tray 1 in Copy

1

0~255

0: None (not in use) 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray 2, 3: Tray 3, 4: Tray 4, 5: MPT, 6: Tray 6 (HCF1), 7: Tray 7 (HCF2)

790-051


2

0~255

Same as above

790-052


5

0~255

Same as above

790-056

EWB - Web Access v2.0

0

0~1

0: Do not operate in old version (v2.0), 1: Operate

790-057

EWB - Access Permission

0

0~1

0: Cannot access general websites, 1: Can access general websites

790-058

EWB - Init Cookie

0

0~1


790-059

EWB - Init Cache

0

0~1


790-060

Preset Reduce/Enlarge 1 in Copy

R/E Preset 2 (FX, AP) R/E Preset 3 (XC) R/E Preset 4 (XE): 3

0~12

0: None 1~12: R/E Preset 1 ~ R/E Preset 12

790-061

Preset Reduce/Enlarge 2 in Copy

R/E Preset 7 (FX, AP) R/E Preset 5 (XC) R/E Preset 6 (XE): 5

12

Same as above

790-063

EWB - Java Script

1

0~1

0: Do not use Java Script, 1: Use Java Script

790-064

EWB - Cache

1

0~1

0: Do not use cache, 1: Use cache

790-065

EWB - Verify Cache

0

0~3

0: Check automatically, 1: Check each time when displaying a page, 2: Check only once after the initiation when displaying a page, 3: Do not check

790-066

EWB - Verify Cookie

2

0~2

0: Disable cookie (Do not use cookie), 1: Enable cookie (Use cookie), 2: Check data saving each time cookie is received

790-067

EWB - TLS 1.0

1

0~1

0: Do not use TLS 1.0, 1: Use TLS 1.0

790-068

EWB - SSL 2.0

1

0~1

0: Do not use SSL 2.0, 1: Use SSL 2.0

790-069

EWB - SSL 3.0

1

0~1

0: Do not use SSL 3.0, 1: Use SSL 3.0


February, 2008 6-73

General Procedures

Table 9 UI ChainLink

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-070

Default Tray in Copy

0

0~7

0: Auto, 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray 2, 3: Tray 3, 4: Tray 4, 5: MPT, 6: Tray 6 (HCF), 7: Tray 7 (HCF). Refer to the Copy Service Func FF for the setting range.

790-071

Default Tray on Release ATS in Copy

1

1~7

1: Tray 1, 2: Tray 2, 3: Tray 3, 4: Tray 4, 5: MPT, 6: Tray 6 (HCF), 7: Tray 7 (HCF). Refer to the Copy Service Func FF for the setting range.

790-072

Default Reduce/Enlarge in Copy

0

0~255

0:100% 1~12: R/E Preset 1 ~ R/E Preset 12 255: Auto

790-073

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 1 in Copy

XE/DMO-E: 1001 (25%), DMO-W: 1003 (50%), XC:1001 (25%)

25~1026

1~24: Not in use, 25~400:%, 401~1000: Not in use, 1001: 25.00%, 1002: 35.30%, 1003: 50.00%, 1004: 57.70%, 1005: 61.20%, 1006:64.70%, 1007: 70.70%, 1008: 78.50%, 1009: 81.60%, 1010: 86.60%, 1011: 94.00%, 1012: 97.30%, 1013: 115.40%, 1014: 122.50%, 1015: 127.30%, 1016: 129.40%, 1017: 141.40%, 1018: 154.50%, 1019: 163.20%, 1020: 173.20%, 1021: 180.00%, 1022: 200.00%, 1023: 220.00%, 1024: 282.80%, 1025: 400.00%, 1026: 300.00%

790-074


XE/DMO-E: 1003(50%), DMO-W: 1006 (64.7%), XC:1003(50%)

1001~1026

1~1000: Not in use, 1001: 25.00%, 1002: 35.30%, 1003: 50.00%, 1004: 57.70%, 1005: 61.20%, 1006: 64.70%, 1007: 70.70%, 1008: 78.50%, 1009: 81.60%, 1010: 86.60%, 1011: 94.00%, 1012: 97.30%, 1013: 115.40%, 1014: 122.50%, 1015: 127.30%, 1016: 129.40%, 1017: 141.40%, 1018: 154.50%, 1019: 163.20%, 1020: 173.20%, 1021: 180.00%, 1022: 200.00%, 1023: 220.00%, 1024: 282.80%, 1025: 400.00%, 1026: 300.00%

790-075


XE/DMO-E: 1007(70.7%), DMO-W: 1007 (70.7%), XC:1006(64.7%)

1001~1026

Same as above

790-076


XE/DMO-E: 1012(97.3%), DMO-W: 1008 (78.5%), XC:1008(78.5%)

1001~1026

Same as above

790-077


XE/DMO-E: 1017(141.4%), DMO-W: 1012 (97.3%), XC:1016(129.4%)

1001~1026

Same as above

790-078


XE/DMO-E: 1022(200%), DMO-W: 1017 (141.4%), XC:1025(400%)

1001~1026

Same as above

790-079


XE/DMO-E: 1025(400%), DMO-W: 1017 (141.4%), XC:1025(400%)

1001~1026

Same as above

790-085

EWB - Site Scan Warn

0

0~1

0: Do not give warning regarding the availability of protection at the time of moving to a different website, 1: Give warning

790-086

EWB - Redirect

2

0~2

0: Do not give warning when redirected at the time of form transmission, 1: Give warning, 2: Give warning when redirected to a different host

790-087

EWB - Cert Valid

1

0~1

0: Stop temporary access to unreliable server, 1: Ask user

790-088

Display Logout Confirm Popup

0

0~1


790-094

Default BW Original Type in Copy

1

1~4

1: Text, 2: Text & Photo, 3: Photo, 4: Pencil Text

790-097

Default Background Suppression in Copy

1

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

790-098

Default Density Adjustment in Copy

3

0~6

0: Lighter 3, 1: Lighter 2, 2: Lighter 1, 3: Normal, 4: Darker 1, 5: Darker 2, 6: Darker 3

790-099

Mixed Size Default

0

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

790-122

Default Sharpness in Copy

2

0~4

0: Sharper, 1: Sharp, 2: Normal, 3: Soft, 4: Softer

790-124

Default Center / Corner Shift Position (Side1)

0

0~9

0: No shift, 1: Center, 2: Top Right, 3: Bottom Right, 4: Top Left, 5: Bottom Left, 6: Top Center, 7: Bottom Center, 8: Left Center, 9: Right Center

790-125

Default Center / Corner Shift Position (Side2)

10

0~10

0: No shift, 1: Center, 2: Top Right, 3: Bottom Right, 4: Top Left, 5: Bottom Left, 6: Top Center, 7: Bottom Center, 8: Left Center, 9: Right Center, 10: Opposite to Side 1

General Procedures

February, 2008 6-74



Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-126

FAX Broadcast

0

0~2

0: Broadcast prohibited, 1: Broadcast permitted (re-entry not required), 2: Broadcast permitted (re-entry required)

790-127

FAX Second Input Method

0

0~2

0: Speed dial, 1: Full dial, 2: No input for the second time

790-128

Center Erase in Copy

0 (mm)

0~50

0 (mm) ~ 50 (mm) in 1mm increments

790-129

Rotation Enable in Copy

1

0~2

0: Always ON 1: ON only for APS/AMS 2: Always OFF

790-130

Default of Direction of Image

Finisher models: 0, No Finisher: 1

0~2

0: Auto, 1: Portrait Original - Left Edge, 2: Portrait Original - Right Edge

790-131

Fixed Original Size 1 in Copy

XE/DMO-E: 10 (A3S), DMO-W: 10 (A3S), XC: 89 (8.5x11L)

2~255

1: Not defined, 10: A3SEF, 11: A4LEF, 12:A4SEF, 13: A5LEF, 14: A5SEF, 15: A6LEF, 16: A6SEF, 50: C4 Envelope SEF, 51: C5 Envelope SEF, 55: DL Envelope LEF, 66: B4SEF, 67: B5LEF, 68: B5SEF, 69: B6LEF, 70: B6SEF, 80: 11x17SEF, 87: PostcardLEF, 88: PostcardSEF, 89: 8.5x11LEF, 90: 8.5x11SEF, 92: 8.5x14SEF, 94: 12x18SEF, 98: 12x19SEF, 101: 16K LEF, 102: 16K SEF, 104: 8K SEF, 105: Postcard (3.5x5.5) LEF, 106: Postcard (3.5x5.5) SEF, 107: Postcard (4x6) LEF, 108: Postcard (4x6) SEF, 109: Postcard (5x7) LEF, 110: Postcard (5x7) SEF, 111: 5.5x8.5LEF, 112: 5.5x8.5SEF, 113: Postcard (6x9) LEF, 114: Postcard (6x9) SEF, 115: 8x10LEF, 116: 8x10SEF, 118: 8.5x13SEF, 119: 7.25x10.5LEF, 120: 7.25x10.5SEF, 123: Youkei 0 LEF, 124: Choukei 3 SEF, 126: Choukei 4 SEF, 132: 11x15SEF, 135: Photo L LEF, 136: Photo L SEF, 137: Commercial 10 LEF, 139: 215x315mm (8.46x12.4) SEF, 141: SRA3 SEF, 142: Special A3SEF, 143: Special A4LEF, 144: Special A4SEF, 145: A4 Cover SEF, 146: A4 Cover LEF, 147: 13x19SEF, 148: 13x18SEF, 149: 12.6x19.2SEF, 150: Letter Cover (9x11) SEF, 151: Letter Cover (9x11) LEF, 152: Monarch Envelope LEF, 154: Prepaid Postcard LEF, 155: Prepaid Postcard SEF, 156: 16K LEF (GCO), 157: 16K SEF (GCO), 159: 8K SEF (GCO)

790-132


XE/DMO-E: 12 (A4SEF), DMO-W: 12 1~255 (A4SEF), XC: 90 (8.5x11SEF)

Same as above

790-133


XE/DMO-E: 11 (A4LEF), DMO-W: 11 (A4LEF), XC: 92 (8.5x14SEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-134


XE/DMO-E: 14 (A5SEF), DMO-W: 14 1~255 (A5SEF), XC: 80 (11x17SEF)

Same as above

790-135


XE/DMO-E: 16 (A6SEF), DMO-W: 16 1~255 (A6SEF), XC: 112 (5.5x8.5SEF)

Same as above

790-136


XE/DMO-E: 66 (B4SEF), DMO-W: 66 1~255 (B4SEF), XC:120 (7.25x10.5SEF)

Same as above

790-137


XE/DMO-E: 68 (B5SEF), DMO-W: 68 1~255 (B5SEF), XC:110 (5x7SEF)

Same as above

790-138


XE/DMO-E: 67 (B5LEF), DMO-W: 67 1~255 (B5LEF), XC:107 (4x6SEF)

Same as above

790-139


XE/DMO-E: 80 (11x17SEF), DMO-W: 1~255 92 (8.5x14SEF), XC:12 (A4SEF)

Same as above

790-140


XE/DMO-E: 118 (8.5x13SEF), DMOW: 118 (8.5x13SEF), XC:11 (A4LEF)

1~255

Same as above

790-141


XE/DMO-E: 89 (8.5x11LEF), DMO-W: 1~255 89 (8.5x11LEF), XC:10 (A3SEF)

Same as above

790-148

Action Type of Select List Item in JFS

1

0: Select list, 1: Open detail/setting screen


0~1

February, 2008 6-75

General Procedures


Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-149

Max Copy Volume

999

1~9999

1 to 9999 sheets

790-172

Paper Type for Copy APS

0

0~255

0: Conform to conventional priority sequence. Note: Types of paper, other than tabbed sheet, that can be set to Trays other than SMH and Interposer can be specified.

790-173

Paper Color for Copy APS

1

0~21

0: All paper colors, 1: White, 2: Pink, 3: Yellow, 4: Ocher, 5: Gold, 6: Blue, 7: Green, 8: Transparent, 10: Red, 13: Other, 14: Cream, 15: Gray, 16: Orange, 17: Userdefined color 1, 18: User-defined color 2, 19: User-defined color 3, 20: User-defined color 4, 21: User-defined color 5

790-175

Box Service Print Order

0

0~3

0: In the ascending order of document registration time and date, 1: In the descending order of document registration time and date

790-180

Default of Right Image direction

0

0~1

0: Head to Top, 1: Head to Left

790-181

Default Duplex Setting

0

0~3

0: None (1->1 Sided), 1: 1->2 Sided, 2: 2->1 Sided, 3: 2->2 Sided

790-182

Default Sort Mode in Copy

0

0~3

0: Auto, 1: Collate, 2: Uncollated, 3: Uncollated with separator insertion

790-183

Default Exit Tray in Copy

Out of the installed destination Trays, 0~8 the destination Tray is determined based on the following priority order: 1) 0: Center Tray (Center Tray 1) 2) 3: Center Tray 2 3) 5: HCS1 Top Tray 4) 4: Top Tray 5) 2: Finisher Tray

0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2, 4: Top Tray, 5: HCS1 Top Tray, 6: HCS1 Stacker Tray, 7: HCS2 Top Tray, 8: HCS2 Stacker Tray *Options cannot be selected if they are not installed

790-184

Sending Display Enable

0

0~1

0: Off 1: On

790-185

Initial Display of Address

0

0~4

0: Off 1: On 2: Destination address screen 3: Basic screen 4: Address book

790-186

Default Communication Mode in FAX

2

0~6

1: G4 Auto, 2: G3 Auto, 3: F4800 (Communication speeds below 4800bps) The following are additional settings for M/N: 4: G3 5: G3 (ECM) 6: G3 (ECM)? Forced4800

790-187

Default Scanning Density in FAX

3

0~6

0: Lighter 3, 1: Lighter 2, 2: Lighter 1, 3: Normal, 4: Darker 1, 5: Darker 2, 6: Darker 3

790-188

Default Original Type in FAX

0

0~2

0=Text, 1=Photo, 2=Text & Photo

790-189

Default Scanning Resolution in FAX

0

0~3

0: Standard, 1: Fine (200x200), 2: Fine (400x400), 3: Fine (600x600)

790-190

FAX Monitor Print Enable

0

0~1

0: Off 1: On

790-191

Default Subject of Internet Fax

Null

790-192

Send Header Enable

1

0~1

0: Off 1: On

790-193

Destination Table in FAX

1

1~999999

1~999999

790-194

Mix Size Enable in FAX

0

0~1

0: Off 1: On

790-195

FAX Receive Mode

0

0~1

0: Auto Receive, 1: Manual Receive

790-196

Delayed Send Time Setting-hour

21

0~23

Hour (0~23) (24-hour clock)

790-197

Delayed Send Time Setting-minutes

0

0~59

Minute (0~59)

790-198

FAX Manual Send Receive

1

0~1

0: Manual Receive, 1: Manual Send

790-200

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 1 in FAX

XE/DMO-E: 1003 (50%), DMO-W: 1003 (50%), XC: 1003 (50%)

50~1026

1~49: Not in use, 50~400%, 401~1000: Not in use, 1001: 25.00%, 1002: 35.30%, 1003: 50.00%, 1004: 57.70%, 1005: 61.20%, 1006: 64.70%, 1007: 70.70%, 1008: 78.50%, 1009: 81.60%, 1010: 86.60%, 1011: 94.00%, 1012: 97.30%, 1013: 115.40%, 1014: 122.50%, 1015: 127.30%, 1016: 129.40%, 1017: 141.40%, 1018: 154.50%, 1019: 163.20%, 1020: 173.20%, 1021: 180.00%, 1022: 200.00%, 1023: 220.00%, 1024: 282.80%, 1025: 400.00%, 1026: 300.00%

General Procedures

128 bytes maximum, null-terminated

February, 2008 6-76



Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-201


XE/DMO-E: 1007 (70.7%), DMO-W: 1006 (64.7%), XC: 1006 (64.7%)

50~1026

Same as above

790-202


XE/DMO-E: 1009 (81.6%), DMO-W: 1007 (70.7%), XC: 1008 (78.5%)

50~1026

Same as above

790-203


XE/DMO-E: 1012 (97.3%), DMO-W: 1008 (78.5%), XC: 1012 (97.3%)

50~1026

Same as above

790-204


XE/DMO-E: 1017 (141.4%), DMO-W: 50~1026 1012 (97.3%), XC: 1016 (129.4%)

Same as above

790-205


XE/DMO-E: 1022 (200%), DMO-W: 1016 (129.4%), XC: 1023 (220%)

50~1026

Same as above

790-206


XE/DMO-E: 1025 (400%), DMO-W: 1017 (141.4%), XC: 1025 (400%)

50~1026

Same as above

790-207

Add Sender to Address

0

0~1

0: Do not add, 1: Add

790-208

Add Sender to CC

0

0~1


790-209

Modify Address

1

0~1


790-210

Fixed Original Size 1 in FAX Scan

XE/DMO-E: 10 (A3SEF), DMO-W: 10 0~255 (A3SEF), XC: 89 (8.5x11LEF)


790-211



Same as above

790-212



0~255

Same as above

790-213


XE/DMO-E: 14 (A5SEF), DMO-W: 14 0~255 (A5SEF), XC: 80 (11x17SEF)

Same as above

790-214


XE/DMO-E: 16 (A6SEF), DMO-W: 16 0~255 (A6SEF), XC: 112 (5.5x8.5SEF)

Same as above

790-215


XE/DMO-E: 66 (B4SEF), DMO-W: 66 0~255 (B4SEF), XC: 120 (7.25x10.5SEF)

Same as above

790-216


XE/DMO-E: 68 (B5SEF), DMO-W: 68 0~255 (B5SEF), XC: 109 (5x7LEF)

Same as above


February, 2008 6-77

General Procedures


Content

Default

790-217


XE/DMO-E: 67 (B5LEF), DMO-W: 67 0~255 (B5LEF), XC: 107 (4x6LEF)

Same as above

790-218


XE/DMO-E: 80 (11x17SEF), DMO-W: 0~255 92 (8.5x14SEF), XC: 12 (A4SEF)

Same as above

790-219


XE/DMO-E: 118 (8.5x13SEF), DMO- 0~255 W: 118 (8.5x13SEF), XC: 11 (A4LEF)

Same as above

790-220


XE/DMO-E: 89 (8.5x11LEF), DMO-W: 0~255 89 (8.5x11LEF), XC: 10 (A3SEF)

Same as above

790-221

iFAX Profile

0

0~2

[0: TIFF-S, 1: TIFF-F, 2: TIFF-J]

790-222

Mix Size Enable in Scan

0

0~1

0: Off 1: On

790-223

Default Color Mode in Scan

2

0~3

0: Full Color, 1: Grayscale, 2: Dual Color, 3: Auto

790-224

Default Original Type in Scan

0

0~2

0: Text, 1: Photo, 2: Text & Photo

790-225

Default Scanning Resolution in Scan

0

0~4

0: 200dpi, 1: 300dpi, 2: 400dpi, 3: 600dpi, 4: Refer to Scan FF (Input Common) for the setting range.

790-226

Top & Bottom Edge Erase in Scan

2 (mm)

0~50


790-227

Left & Right Edge Erase in Scan

2 (mm)

0~50


790-228

Center Erase in Scan

0 (mm)

0~50


790-229

Density / Brightness Adjust in Scan

3

0~6

0: Brightness (Density) 3, 1 Brightness (Density) 2, 2 Brightness (Density) 1, 3 Standard, 4: Brightness (Density) -1, 5 Brightness (Density) -2, 6 Brightness (Density) -3

790-230

Contrast Adjust in Scan

2

0~4

0: Higher, 1: High, 2: Standard, 3: Low, 4: Lower

790-231

Fixed Original Size 1 in Scan



790-232



Same as above

790-233



1~255

Same as above

790-234



Same as above

General Procedures

Range

February, 2008 6-78

Meaning



Content

Default

790-235


XE/DMO-E: 15 (A5LEF), DMO-W: 15 1~255 (A5LEF), XC: 132 (11x15SEF)

Same as above

790-236


XE/DMO-E: 66 (B4SEF), DMO-W: 66 1~255 (B4SEF), XC: 80 (11x17SEF)

Same as above

790-237



Same as above

790-238


XE/DMO-E: 67 (B5LEF), DMO-W: 67 1~255 (B5LEF), XC: 119 (7.25x10.5LEF)

Same as above

790-239



Same as above

790-240


XE/DMO-E: 80 (11x17SEF), DMO-W: 1~255 80 (11x17SEF), XC: 115 (8x10LEF)

Same as above

790-241


XE/DMO-E: 92 (8.5x14SEF), DMO-W: 1~255 92 (8.5x14SEF), XC: 109 (5x7SEF)

Same as above

790-242

Download Print from Browser

1

0~1


790-250

Fixed Size 1 Fast Scan

NULL (0mm)

0~297

15~297mm. * Initial value is '0'.

790-251

Fixed Size 1 Slow Scan

NULL (0mm)

0~432


790-252


NULL (0mm)

0~297


790-253


NULL (0mm)

0~432


790-254


NULL (0mm)

0~297


790-255


NULL (0mm)

0~432


790-256


NULL (0mm)

0~297


790-257


NULL (0mm)

0~432


790-258


NULL (0mm)

0~297


790-259


NULL (0mm)

0~432


790-260


NULL (0mm)

0~297


790-261


NULL (0mm)

0~432


790-262


NULL (0mm)

0~297


790-263


NULL (0mm)

0~432


790-264


NULL (0mm)

0~297


790-265


NULL (0mm)

0~432


790-266


NULL (0mm)

0~297


790-267


NULL (0mm)

0~432


790-268


NULL (0mm)

0~297


790-269


NULL (0mm)

0~432


790-270


NULL (0mm)

0~297


790-271


NULL (0mm)

0~432


790-272

Top Direction Define in Scan

1

0~1

0: Head to Top, 1: Head to Left


Range

February, 2008 6-79

Meaning

General Procedures


Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-273

Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 1 in Scan

XE/DMO-E: 1001 (25%), DMO-W: 1001 (25%), XC: 1001 (25%)

25~1026

1~24: Not in use, 25~400:%, 401~1000: Not in use, 1001: 25.00%, 1002: 35.30%, 1003: 50.00%, 1004: 57.70%, 1005: 61.20%, 1006: 64.70%, 1007: 70.70%, 1008: 78.50%, 1009: 81.60%, 1010: 86.60%, 1011: 94.00%, 1012: 97.30%, 1013: 115.40%, 1014: 122.50%, 1015: 127.30%, 1016: 129.40%, 1017: 141.40%, 1018: 154.50%, 1019: 163.20%, 1020: 173.20%, 1021: 180.00%, 1022: 200.00%, 1023: 220.00%, 1024: 282.80%, 1025: 400.00%, 1026: 300.00%

790-274


XE/DMO-E: 1003 (50%), DMO-W: 1003 (50%), XC: 1003 (50%)

25~1026

Same as above

790-275


XE/DMO-E: 1006 (64.7%), DMO-W: 1006 (64.7%), XC: 1006 (64.7%)

25~1026

Same as above

790-276


XE/DMO-E: 1007 (70.7%), DMO-W: 1007 (70.7%), XC: 1007 (70.7%)

25~1026

Same as above

790-277


XE/DMO-E: 1008 (78.5%), DMO-W: 1008 (78.5%), XC: 1008 (78.5%)

25~1026

Same as above

790-278


XE/DMO-E: 1011 (94%), DMO-W: 1011 (94%), XC: 1011 (94%)

25~1026

Same as above

790-279


XE/DMO-E: 1012 (97.3%), DMO-W: 1012 (97.3%), XC: 1012 (129.4%)

25~1026

Same as above

790-280

Output Size 1 in Scan



790-281



Same as above

790-282



1~255

Same as above

790-283



Same as above

790-284


XE/DMO-E: 15 (A5LEF), DMO-W: 15 1~255 (A5LEF), XC: 132 (11x15SEF)

Same as above

790-285


XE/DMO-E: 66 (B4SEF), DMO-W: 66 1~255 (B4SEF), XC: 80 (11x17SEF)

Same as above

General Procedures

February, 2008 6-80



Content

Default

790-286



Same as above

790-287


XE/DMO-E: 67 (B5LEF), DMO-W: 67 1~255 (B5LEF), XC: 119 (7.25x10.5LEF)

Same as above

790-288

Default Background Suppression in Scan

1

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

790-289

COPY Select Button

0

0~1

0: 4 buttons, 1: 5 buttons

790-290

Preset Reduce/Enlarge 1 in Scan

XE/DMO-E: 2 (R/E Preset 2), DMOW: 1 (R/E Preset 1), XC: 3 (R/E Preset 3)

0~12

0: Not specified, 1~12: R/E Preset 1~12

790-291



0~12

Same as above

790-292



0~12

Same as above

790-297

Default Compression of Scanned Data

0

0~1

0: Automatic selection, 1: User selection

790-298

Default Compression of Binary

1

0~3

0: MH Compression, 1: MMR Compression, 2: JBIG2 Compression (arithmetic coding), 3: JBIG2 Compression (Huffman coding)

790-300

Special Document Select Switch Enable

0

0~1


790-301

Top Edge Erase in Copy

2 (mm)

0~50


790-302

Bottom Edge Erase in Copy

2 (mm)

0~50


790-303

Left Edge Erase in Copy

2 (mm)

0~50


790-304

Right Edge Erase in Copy

2 (mm)

0~50


790-306

Remove Bleed Through in Scan

0

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

790-307

Sharpness Adjust in Scan

2

0~4

0: More Compression, 1: Compression, 2: Standard, 3: Image Quality, 4: More Image Quality

790-308

Transfer Protocol in Scan

0

0~2

0: FTP, 1: SMB, 2: SMB (UNC)

790-309

File Format in Scan

Color: 0 B/W: 2

0~8

0: TIFF/JFIF Auto Select, 1: TIFF (1 page per file), 2: TIFF (Multi-page), 3: PDF 4: XDW (Not applicable for XC/XE) 5: High compression PDF 6: High compression XDW (Not applicable for XC/XE), 7: XPS, 8: High compression XPS

790-310

Delivery Confirm in iFAX

0: Off

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

790-311

Sharpness Adjust in Scan

2

0~4

0: Sharper, 1: Sharp, 2: Standard, 3: Soft, 4: Softer

790-312

Edge Erase in Scan

0

0~1

0: On, 1: Off

790-317

Display Color Space in Scan

0

0~1

0: On, 1: Off

790-322

Reverse Edge Erase in Copy

0

0~1

0: Same as Side1, 1: Opposite to Side1

790-356

Display Complete Job

0

0~2

0: Always display, 1: Display during authentication, 2: Do not display

790-357

Display Complete Job - Display Job Type

0

0~1

0: All, 1: Authenticated user’s job only

790-358

Display Complete Job - Conceal

0

0~1


790-359

Display Incomplete Job - Conceal

0

0~1


790-400

Display Remaining - Percent

1

0~1



Range

February, 2008 6-81

Meaning

General Procedures


Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-401

1-Menu Display Customize Service Set

XE/DMO-E: 1 (Copy), DMO-W: 1 (Copy), XC: 1 (Copy)

0~255

0: No features, 1: Copy, 2: FAX/iFAX, 3: Scan to E-mail, 4: Scan to Mailbox, 5: Scan to Server, 6: Scan to PC, 7: BOX, 8: Print, 9: Job Flow Service, 10: Job Memory, 11: Multi Service, 12: Gemini, 13: DocuShare, 14: Media Print, 101: Auto Gradation Adjustment, 102: FAX Receive mode, 103: Activity Report, 104: Language, 105: Create, 106: Printer mode, 107: Help

790-402


XE/DMO-E: 3 (Scan to E-mail), DMO- 0~255 W: 3 (Scan to E-mail), XC: 3 (Scan to E-mail)

Same as above

790-403


XE/DMO-E: 2 (FAX/iFAX), DMO-W: 2 0~255 (FAX/iFAX), XC: 2 (FAX/iFAX)

Same as above

790-404


XE/DMO-E: 5 (Scan to Server), DMO- 0~255 W: 5 (Scan to Server), XC: 5 (Scan to Server)

Same as above

790-405


XE/DMO-E: 4 (Scan to MailBox), DMO-W: 4 (Scan to MailBox), XC: 4 (Scan to MailBox)

0~255

Same as above

790-406


XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 (No feature), XC: 0 (No feature)

Same as above

790-407



Same as above

790-408



Same as above

790-409



Same as above

790-410


XE/DMO-E: 6 (Scan to PC), DMO-W: 0~255 6 (Scan to PC), XC: 6 (Scan to PC)

Same as above

790-411


XE/DMO-E: 7 (Box), DMO-W: 7 (Box), 0~255 XC: 7 (Box)

Same as above

790-412


XE/DMO-E: 105 (Create), DMO-W: 105 (Create), XC: 105 (Create)

0~255

Same as above

790-413


XE/DMO-E: 10 (Job Memory), DMOW: 10 (Job Memory), XC: 10 (Job Memory)

0~255

Same as above

790-414



Same as above

790-415



Same as above

790-416



Same as above

790-417

1-Menu Display Utility Service Set

0: Not set

0~255

0: Not set, 101: Auto Gradation Adjustment, 102: FAX Receive mode, 103: Activity Report, 104: Language, 105: Create, 160: Printer mode, 107: Help

790-418


0: Not set

0~255

Same as above

790-419


0: Not set

0~255

Same as above

790-420


0: Not set

0~255

Same as above

General Procedures

February, 2008 6-82



Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-421

Copy Custom Func No

1: Customized L1

0~2

0: No customization, 1: Customized L1, 2: Customized L2

790-422

Copy Custom Func L1_1

26 (HB) 3 (FCW)

0~255

Refer to the UI Dialogue Specifications for the setting range as the contents of this column varies according to the launch. 0: Not set, 1: Color mode, 2: Image Quality Presets, 3: Original Type, 4: Lighten/Darken / Contrast (Color), 5: Lighten/Darken, 6: Sharpness/Color Saturation (Color) 7: Sharpness/Color Saturation (BW), 8: Auto Exposure, 9: Color Balance, 10: Color Shift, 21: 2 Sided, 22: Bound Originals, 23: 2 Sided Book Copy, 24: Original Size, 25: Border Erase, 26: Margin Shift, 27: Image Rotation, 28: Mirror Image/Negative Image, 29: Original Orientation, 30: Mixed Size Originals, 41: Copy Output, 42: Booklet Creation, 43: Covers, 44: Transparency Separators, 45: Multiple-Up, 46: Poster, 47: Repeat Image, 48: Chapter Division/ Inserter/Tab Sheet, 49: Annotation, 50: Set Numbering, 51: Output Side, 52: Folding, 61: Build Job, 62: Image Overlay, 63: Delete Outside/Delete Inside, 64: Double Copy, 65: Tabbed sheet copy, 66: Gloss, 67: Sample copy, 68: High volume copy, 69: HWM, 70: Auto Background Suppression / Contrast, 71: Density/Sharpness/ Brightness, 72: ID card copy, 101: 2 Sided (1->2 Sided (H to H)), 102: 2 Sided (2->2 Sided (H to H)), 103: Mixed Size Originals (Direct selection of parameter), 104: Margin Shift (Center), 105: Copy Output (Collate), 106: Copy Output (Staple (One Staple, Top Left), 107: Copy Output (Staple (Two Staples, Left), 108: Multiple-Up (2Up (Right->Left)), 109: Multiple-Up (2Up (Right->Left/Top->Bottom)), 110: Output (Reverse), 111: Folding (Z-fold), 112: Sample Set, 113: Large Volume Document, 114: Double Copy (Direct selection of parameter), 115: Slight Reduction, 116: Auto Exposure (Direct selection of parameter), 117: Original Orientation (Head to Left) (Direct selection of parameter), 118: Folding (Direct selection of parameter), 119: Build Job (Direct selection of parameter), 120: Image Overlay (Direct selection of parameter), 121: Sort (punch [left dual]), 122: Upper-left single staple / left dual staple, 123: Left dual staple / left dual punch, 124: 2 sheets --> 1 sheet / 4 sheets ---> 1 sheet (See UI Dialogue specification for target range because descriptions in this column include information not relevant to all products and products at different stage after launch.)

790-423


25 (HB-UI), 41 (FCW-UI)

0~255

Same as above

790-424


5 (HB-UI), 45 (FCW-UI)

0~255

Same as above

790-425


26 (HB-UI B/W, FCW-UI), 1 (HB-UI Color)

0~255

Same as above

790-426



0~255

Same as above

790-427



0~255

Same as above

790-428



0~255

Same as above

790-429



0~255

Same as above

790-430



0~255

Same as above

790-431



0~255

Same as above

790-432

Scan Custom Func No

0: No customization

0~1

0: No customization, 1: Customized L1

790-433

Scan Custom Func 1

0: Not set

0~255

0: Not set, 1: 2 Sided, 2: Scan Resolution, 3: Lighten/Darken, 4: Reduce/Enlarge

790-434

Scan Custom Func 2

0: Not set

0~255

0: Not set, 1: 2 Sided, 2: Scan Resolution, 3: Lighten/Darken, 4: Reduce/Enlarge


February, 2008 6-83

General Procedures


Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-435

Current Display Language

1: Japanese

1~32

1: Japanese, 2: English, 3: French, 4: German, 5: Italian, 6: Spanish, 7: Portuguese, 8: Russian, 9: Chinese, 10: Korean, 11: Thai, 12: Vietnamese, 13: Taiwanese, 14: Dutch, 15: Danish, 16: Swedish, 17: Finnish, 18: Norwegian, 19: Brazilian Portuguese, 20: Bulgarian, 21: Polish, 22: Hungarian, 23: Rumanian, 24: Czech, 25: Greek, 26: Turkish, 27: Arabic, 28: Persian, 29: Hebrew

790-436

Service Customize Key1

1: Copy

0~255

0: No features, 1: Copy, 2: FAX/iFAX, 3: Scan to E-mail, 4: Scan to Mailbox, 5: Scan to Server, 6: Scan to PC, 7: BOX, 8: Print, 9: Job Flow Service, 10: Job Memory, 11: Multi Service, 12: Gemini, 13: DocuShare, 14: Media Print (print from digital camera),15: Media Print (text print), 17: BMLinkS, 101: Auto Gradation Adjustment, 102: FAX Receive mode, 103: Activity Report, 104: Language, 105: Registration, 106: Printer mode, 107: Help, 108: Authentication Print Box, 109: Security Print Box, 110: Sample Print Box, 111: Delayed Start Print Box, 112: Private Authentication Print Box

790-437


0: Not set

0~255

Same as above

790-438


0: Not set

0~255

Same as above

790-439

Keyboard Type Switch

0: Qwerty

0~1

0: Qwerty, 1: ABC

790-440

Keyboard Limit

1: Display all other than ASCII

0~1

0: Display only ASCII, 1: Display all other than ASCII

790-441

1-UI Display Language Limit

1: Display

0~1

0: Do not display 1: Display

790-442


1: Display

0~1


790-443


1: Display

0~1


790-444


1: Display

0~1


790-445


1: Display

0~1


790-446


1: Display

0~1


790-447


1: Display

0~1


790-448


1: Display

0~1


790-449


1: Display

0~1


790-450


1: Display

0~1


790-451


1: Display

0~1


790-452


1: Display

0~1


790-453


1: Display

0~1


790-454


1: Display

0~1


790-455


1: Display

0~1


790-456


1: Display

0~1


790-457


1: Display

0~1


790-458


1: Display

0~1


790-459


1: Display

0~1


790-460


1: Display

0~1


790-461


1: Display

0~1


790-462


1: Display

0~1


790-463


1: Display

0~1


790-464


1: Display

0~1


790-465


1: Display

0~1


General Procedures

February, 2008 6-84



Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-466


1: Display

0~1


790-467


1: Display

0~1


790-468


1: Display

0~1


790-469


1: Display

0~1


790-470


1: Display

0~1


790-471


1: Display

0~1


790-472


1: Display

0~1


790-473

Job List Display Filter

0: Display all

0~3

0: Display all, 1: Transfer, 2: Print, 3: Communications

790-478

Panel UI Key Repeat Set

1: On

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

790-488




790-489



Same as above.

790-495

Scan OCR Default

0

0~1

0: Do not perform OCR, 1: Perform OCR

790-496

Scan OCR Default - Lang

0

0~PFV_MAX_ 0: Auto (panel display language), 2: English, 3: French, 6: Spanish LANG

790-497

Scan OCR Default - Compression

1

0~1

790-531




790-532



Same as above.

790-533



Same as above.

790-534



Same as above.

790-535



Same as above.

790-536



Same as above.

790-566

FAX Pass Stamp UI Default

0

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

790-570

PTT Customization

0: Do not allow

0~3

0: Do not allow, 1: Allow for EU country settings, 2: Allow for NA country settings, 3: Countries in EU/NA/DMO area can be set

790-621

Scan Run Frame

0: Do not display 7sec “Scanning completed” and “Transferring data” messages

0~3

0: Do not display 7sec “Scanning completed” and “Transferring data” messages 1: Display 7sec “Scanning completed” but do not display “Transferring data” messages 2: Display message after transfer completes, 3: Display transfer screen


February, 2008 6-85

0: Do not compress, 1: Compress

General Procedures


Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-630

Virtual Address Book

0

0~6

0: Address Book 3: 3-digit Virtual Address Book 4: 4-digit Virtual Address Book 5: 5digit Virtual Address Book 6: 6-digit Virtual Address Book (* Settings 1 and 2 are not allowed)

790-631

Address Book NVM Data Transfer To New 0 HDD

0~1

0: Do not transfer 1: Transfer

Chain 790-xxx Copy Service Table 10 Copy Service ChainLink

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-600

Poster Overlap Width

10mm

1~25

10mm~25mm

790-605

Sample Copy Enable

0: Disable

0~1


790-606

Annotation Page No-Pattern

1

1~6

1: N, 2: -N-, 3: Page N, 4: N/M, 5: -N/M-, 6: Page N/M

790-607

Annotation Page No-Position

6

1~6

1: Top Left, 2: Top Right, 3: Top Center, 4: Bottom Left, 5: Bottom Right, 6: Bottom Center

790-609

Annotation Page No-Position_Side2

0

0~1

0: Opposite to Side 1, 1: Same as Side 1

790-611

Annotation Date-Position

5

1~6

1: Top Left, 2: Top Right, 3: Top Center, 4: Bottom Left, 5: Bottom Right, 6: Bottom Center

790-613

Annotation Date-Position_Side2

0

0~1


790-614

Annotation Stamp-Position

2

1~9

1: Top Left, 2: Top Right, 3: Top Center, 4: Bottom Left, 5: Bottom Right, 6: Bottom Center, 7: Left Center, 8: Right Center 9: Center

790-617

Annotation Stamp-Density

0

0~2

0: 0% (solid), 1: [25%], 2: [50%]

790-618

Annotation Stamp-Position_side2

1

0~1


790-619

Annotation Stamp-dirCheck

1

0~1

0: Set for first sheet, 1: Set for each sheet

790-620

Allover Copy Enable

1

1~2

1: Do not copy whole image (copy all with reduction), 2: Copy whole image

790-632

Added Thumbnail Default Net

1

0~1


790-633

Added Thumbnail Default Mail

0

0~1


790-639

Default Copy - Staple Position Information

Automatically set at the time of initiation

0~255

Logical OR of the following: 0x01: Single at left trail edge 0x02: Single at right trail edge 0x04: Single at center trail edge 0x08: Dual at center trail edge 0x10: Quad at center trail edge

790-640

Paper Change Display

0

0~255


790-641

Paper Color Display

1

1~1

1: Display

790-642

Paper Information Display

1

0~255

0: Do not display, 1: Display applied size, 2: Display hole-punch attribute

790-661

Report Store Box ID

1

1~500

Box Number

790-662

Consumable Auto Display Timing

0

0~2

0: Do not display, 1: Display only when system becomes ready after power is turned on and initialization sequence completes, 2: Display each time auto clear occurs

790-664

Address Book Import Mode

0

0~1

0: Addition mode, 1: Replacement mode

790-665

Default Display Tray Setting

1

0~1


790-666

Display DADF FAX Read Mode

1

0~1


General Procedures

February, 2008 6-86


Table 10 Copy Service ChainLink

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-667

UI Default FAX Auto Blankpage Detection

0

0~1

0: No, 1: Yes

790-668

Job Memory Register Restriction

0

0~1

0: Do not permit, 1: Permit

790-670

UI FAX Auto Blank Page Detection

0

0~1


790-671

Auto Resume Function

1

0~1

0: Do not Auto Resume, 1: Auto Resume

790-672

UI Default Auto Clear Time Out

1

0~1

0: Retain previous service, 1: Conform to M/C configuration

790-674

FAX Custom Function

0

0~255

0: Function not provided, 1: Duplex document feed, 2: Monitor report, 3: Communication mode, 4: Send header

790-676

UI Default Initial Inserter Tray

5

1~8

1: Tray 1, 2: Tray2, 3: Tray3, 4: Tray4, 5: SMH, 6: Tray6 (HCF), 7: Tray7 (HCF), 8: Interposer

790-677

UI Default Cover Front Tray

5

1~8


790-678

UI Default Cover Back Tray

5

1~8


790-679

UI Default Signature Cover

5

1~8


790-680

FAX Description TEL No Input Twice Regu- 0 lation

0~1

0: No two-time entry, 1: Two-time entry

790-681

Default Copy Org Erase

0

0~3

0: Do not erase (standard), 1: Same for facing edges (top-bottom, right-left), 2: Different for all 4 edges (top, bottom, right, left), 3: Same for all 4 edges (top, bottom, right, left)

790-682

Separator Tray

5

0~8

0: Auto, 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray2, 3: Tray3, 4: Tray4, 5: SMH, 6: Tray6 (HCF), 7: Tray7 (HCF), 8: Interposer. See FF of Copy Service Func for supported range.

790-684

UI Initial Popup

0

0~1

0: Do not display anything, 1: Display authentication screen

790-685

1 - Extended Service - Service Type

0

0~255

0: Function not provided, 1: Copy, 2: FAX/iFAX, 3: Scan To Email, 4: Scan To Mailbox, 5: Scan To Server, 6: Scan To PC, 7: BOX, 8: Print, 9: Job Flow Service, 10: Job Memory, 11: Multi Service, 12: Gemini, 13: DocuShare, 14: Media Print (Digital Camera Print), 15 : Media Print (Text Print), 16: CUI_IFAX, 17: BM LinkS, 61: Extension

790-686


0

0~255

Same as above.

790-687


0

0~255

Same as above.

790-688


0

0~255

Same as above.

790-689


0

0~255

Same as above.

790-690


0

0~255

Same as above.

790-691


0

0~255

Same as above.

790-692


0

0~255

Same as above.

790-693


0

0~255

Same as above.

790-694


0

0~255

Same as above.

790-695

1 - Extended Service - Info Type

0

0~1

0: None, 1: Index

790-696


0

0~1

0: None, 1: Index

790-697


0

0~1

0: None, 1: Index

790-698


0

0~1

0: None, 1: Index

790-699


0

0~1

0: None, 1: Index

790-700


0

0~1

0: None, 1: Index

790-701


0

0~1

0: None, 1: Index

790-702


0

0~1

0: None, 1: Index

790-703


0

0~1

0: None, 1: Index

790-704


0

0~1

0: None, 1: Index


February, 2008 6-87

General Procedures


Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-705

1 - Extended Service - Info

0

0~0xffffffff

Arbitrary 4-byte value according to target service and added data type

790-706


0

0~0xffffffff


790-707


0

0~0xffffffff


790-708


0

0~0xffffffff


790-709


0

0~0xffffffff


790-710


0

0~0xffffffff


790-711


0

0~0xffffffff


790-712


0

0~0xffffffff


790-713


0

0~0xffffffff


790-714


0

0~0xffffffff


790-760

25 - Menu Display Customize Service Set

See Appendix 1: Menu Screen Customize Service Set Default.

0~255


790-761


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-762


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-763


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-764


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-765


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-766


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-767


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-768


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-769


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-770


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-771


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-772


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-773


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-774


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-775


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-776


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-777


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-778


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-779


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-780


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-781


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-782


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-783


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-784


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-785


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

General Procedures

February, 2008 6-88



Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-786


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-787


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-788


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-789


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-790


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-791


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-792


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-793


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-794


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-795


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-796


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-797


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-798


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-799


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-800


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-801


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-802


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-803


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-804


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-805


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-806


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-807


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-808


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-809


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-810


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-811


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-812


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-813


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-814


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-815


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-816


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-817


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-818


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-819


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-820


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-821


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-822


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-823


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-824


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-825


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.


February, 2008 6-89

General Procedures


Content

Default

Range

Meaning

790-826


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-827


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-828


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-829


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-830


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

790-831


Same as above.

0~255

Same as above.

810-129

Store Copy Max

999

1~999

1-999 (pages)

810-132

ATS Mode

1

0~2

0: Always permit ATS, 1: Execute only when APS is selected, 2: Always permit ATS (Permit only the same paper type when selecting tray)

810-136

Duplex APS Chapter Division Enable

0

0~1


810-155

Analog Watermark - User Information

0

0~1

0: Print user management number, 1: Print user ID

810-156

Analog Watermark

3: Text

1~3

1: Embossed, 2: Outline, 3: Text (stamped)

810-157

Analog Watermark Font Size

48

1~255

24 to 80 (points)

810-158

Analog Watermark Pattern

8

1~8

1: Wave, 2: Circle, 3: Stripe, 4: Chain, 5: Beam, 6: Rhombic, 7: Sunflower, 8: Fan

810-159

Analog Watermark Color

9

9~12

9: Black, 11: Magenta, 12 Cyan

810-160

Analog Watermark Darkness

8

7~9

9: Light, 8: Normal, 7: Dark

810-161

Analog Watermark Contrast

7

0~13

Contrast 1: 11, Contrast 2: 10, Contrast 3: 9, Contrast 4, 8, Contrast 5: 7, Contrast 6: 6, Contrast 7: 5, Contrast 8: 4, Contrast 9: 3

810-162

Analog Watermark Date Format

FX: 1 MN: 2

1~4

1: 20yy/mm/dd (hh:mm), 2: mm/dd/20yy (hh:mm), 3: dd/mm/20yy (hh:mm), 4: FX only (Japanese)

810-163

Force Analog Watermark Copy

0

0~1

0: Do not print, 1: Print

810-164

Force Analog Watermark Printer

0

0~1


810-165

Force Analog Watermark PBBox

0

0~1


810-166

Force Analog Watermark Media

0

0~1


810-170

Annotation Horizontal Page Adjust Top Left 12

0~200

0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm

810-171

Annotation Vertical Page Adjust Top Left

12

0~200


810-172

Annotation Horizontal Page Adjust Top Right

12

0~200


810-173

Annotation Vertical Page Adjust Top Right

12

0~200


810-174

Annotation Horizontal Page Adjust Top Center

200

0~400


810-175

Annotation Vertical Page Adjust Top Center 12

0~200


810-176

Annotation Horizontal Page Adjust Bottom 12 Left

0~200


810-177

Annotation Vertical Page Adjust Bottom Left

12

0~200


810-178

Annotation Horizontal Page Adjust Bottom 12 Right

0~200


810-179

Annotation Vertical Page Adjust Bottom Right

0~200


General Procedures

12

February, 2008 6-90



Content

Default

Range

Meaning

810-180

Annotation Horizontal Page Adjust Bottom 200 Center

0~400


810-181

Annotation Vertical Page Adjust Bottom Center

12

0~200


810-182

Annotation Horizontal Data Adjust Top Left 12

0~200


810-183

Annotation Vertical Data Adjust Top Left

12

0~200


810-184

Annotation Horizontal Data Adjust Top Right

12

0~200


810-185

Annotation Vertical Data Adjust Top Right

12

0~200


810-186

Annotation Horizontal Data Adjust Top Center

200

0~400


810-187

Annotation Vertical Data Adjust Top Center 12

0~200


810-188

Annotation Horizontal Data Adjust Bottom Left

12

0~200


810-189

Annotation Vertical Data Adjust Bottom Left 12

0~200


810-190

Annotation Horizontal Data Adjust Bottom Right

12

0~200


810-191

Annotation Vertical Data Adjust Bottom Right

12

0~200


810-192

Annotation Horizontal Data Adjust Bottom Center

200

0~400


810-193

Annotation Vertical Data Adjust Bottom Center

12

0~200


810-194

Annotation Horizontal Stamp Adjust Top Left

28

0~200


810-195

Annotation Vertical Stamp Adjust Top Left

28

0~200


810-196

Annotation Horizontal Stamp Adjust Top Right

28

0~200


810-197

Annotation Vertical Stamp Adjust Top Right 28

0~200


810-198

Annotation Horizontal Stamp Adjust Top Center

0~400


810-199

Annotation Vertical Stamp Adjust Top Cen- 28 ter

0~200


810-200

Annotation Horizontal Stamp Adjust Bottom 28 Left

0~200


810-201

Annotation Vertical Stamp Adjust Bottom Left

28

0~200


810-202

Annotation Horizontal Stamp Adjust Bottom 28 Right

0~200


810-203

Annotation Vertical Stamp Adjust Bottom Right

0~200


810-204

Annotation Horizontal Stamp Adjust Bottom 200 Center

0~400



200

28

February, 2008 6-91

General Procedures


Content

Default

Range

Meaning

810-205

Annotation Vertical Stamp Adjust Bottom Center

28

0~200


810-206

Annotation Horizontal Stamp Adjust Left Center

28

0~200


810-207

Annotation Vertical Stamp Adjust Left Cen- 200 ter

0~400


810-208

Annotation Horizontal Stamp Adjust Right Center

28

0~200


810-209

Annotation Vertical Stamp Adjust Right Center

200

0~400


810-210

Annotation Horizontal Stamp Adjust Center 200

0~400


810-211

Annotation Vertical Stamp Adjust Center

200

0~400


810-212

Annotation Horizontal Back Side Page

200

0~400


810-213

Annotation Vertical Back Side Page

200

0~400


810-214

Annotation Stamp String 1

Null

64 + 1 bytes (32 two-byte characters, 64 one-byte characters)

810-215


Null


810-216


Null


810-217


Null


810-218


Null


810-219


Null


810-220


Null


810-221


Null


810-222

Analog Watermark String 1

Null


810-223


Null


810-224


Null

810-225

Annotation Stamp - Font Size

48

1~255

6 to 64 (points)

810-226

Annotation Date - Font Size

10

1~255

6 to 64 (points)

810-227

Annotation Page No. - Font Size

10

1~255

6 to 64 (points)

810-228

Annotation Stamp String

1

1~71

1: CONFIDENTIAL, 2: VOID, 4: Copy Prohibited, 6: IMPORTANT, 7: Circulate, 8: URGENT, 9: Ignore Side 2, 10: DRAFT

810-229

AWM String

4

1~34

3: Duplicate, 4: Copy prohibited, 5: Copy

810-264

Annotation Bates Numbering Digits

0

0~9

0: Not specified, 1 to 9: 1 to 9 digits

810-265

Annotation Bates Numbering Position

6

1~6

1: Upper left, 2: Upper right, 3: Upper center, 4: Lower left, 5: Lower right, 6: Lower center

810-266

Annotation Bates Numbering Size

10

6~24

6 to 24 (points)

810-267

Annotation Bates Numbering Position Side 1 2

0~1

0: Symmetrical position, 1: Same position

810-268

Annotation Horizontal Bates Numbering Adjust Top Left

12

0~200

0 to 200: Setting value x 0.5 (mm)

810-269

Annotation Vertical Bates Numbering Adjust Top Left

12

0~200


General Procedures


February, 2008 6-92



Content

Default

Range

Meaning

810-270

Annotation Horizontal Bates Numbering Adjust Top Right

12

0~200


810-271

Annotation Vertical Bates Numbering Adjust Top Right

12

0~200


810-272

Annotation Horizontal Bates Numbering Adjust Top Center

200

0~400


810-273

Annotation Vertical Bates Numbering Adjust Top Center

12

0~200


810-274

Annotation Horizontal Bates Numbering Adjust Bottom Left

12

0~200


810-275

Annotation Vertical Bates Numbering Adjust Bottom Left

12

0~200


810-276

Annotation Horizontal Bates Numbering Adjust Bottom Right

12

0~200


810-277

Annotation Vertical Bates Numbering Adjust Bottom Right

12

0~200


810-278

Annotation Horizontal Bates Numbering Adjust Bottom Center

200

0~400


810-279

Annotation Vertical Bates Numbering Adjust Bottom Center

12

0~200


Chain 800-xxx Print Service Table 11 Print Service ChainLink

Content

Default

800-001

APS Job Recovery Method

6

800-002

Index Print - Select

0

0~3

0: Not specified, 1: Do not perform Index Print, 2: Print only tab section, 3: Print page and tab section

800-003

Index Print - Shift

130

0~150

1 to 150 (unit: 0.1mm)

800-004

Default Output Tray for E-Mail Printing

No C/D Finisher: 0 C/D Finisher: 4 HCS1: 5

0~127

0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray2, 4: Top Tray, 5: HCS1 Top Tray, 6: HCS1 Stacker Tray, 33 to 42: Mailbox 1 to 10, 127: AUTO (Uninstalled options cannot be selected.)

800-005

PJL EOJ Filter for RAW I/F

0

0~1

0: Make @PJL EOJ command valid and terminate job. 1: Ignore @PJL EOJ command and do not terminate job.

800-006

Expand Print Mode

1: Standard

1~2

1: Standard, 2: Expanded

800-016

ID Print Stamp Position or Enable

5: Disable

1~5

1: Top Left, 2: Top Right, 3: Bottom Left, 4: Bottom Right, 5: Disable

800-017

Device Print Permission

1

0~1

1: Allow device print 0: Prohibit device print

800-018

Force Extend Print

1

1~2

1: Do not force copying of whole images, 2: Force copying of whole images (For Katakana, installed from P/L)

800-019

XPS Print Ticket Mode

2

1~3

1: Do not process, 2: Standard, 3: Compatible with Microsoft specification


Range

Meaning 6: Displays add paper message (SPS Off), 5: Uses a larger paper size (no adjustment), 2: Uses nearest paper size (with adjustment), 8: Feed from Bypass tray

February, 2008 6-93

General Procedures

Table 11 Print Service ChainLink

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

800-020

Error Diffusion Initial [K-Light]

1

0~64

0 to 64

800-023

Error Diffusion Initial [K-Normal]

1

0~64

0 to 64

800-026

Error Diffusion Initial [K-Dark]

3

0~64

0 to 64

800-029

Error Diffusion Step [K-Light]

3

1~20

1 to 20

800-032

Error Diffusion Step [K-Normal]

4

1~20

1 to 20

800-035

Error Diffusion Step [K-Dark]

4

1~20

1 to 20

800-039

Signature Legacy Mode

0

0~1

0: With margin (Process in the ordinary way). 1: Without margin (Emulate conventional machine type failure [AR86313]).

800-040

Dither Value of Sublimit [K-Light]

12

0~128

0 to 128

800-043

Dither Value of Sublimit [K-Normal]

16

0~128

0 to 128

800-046

Dither Value of Sublimit [K-Dark]

24

0~128

0 to 128

803-505

HPGL Job Mem Current

0

0~1

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-506

HPGL Job Mem 1

0

0~1

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-507

HPGL Job Mem 2

0

0~1

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-508

HPGL Job Mem 3

0

0~1

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-509

HPGL Job Mem 4

0

0~1

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-510

HPGL Job Mem 5

0

0~1

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-511

HPGL Job Mem 6

0

0~1

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-512

HPGL Job Mem 7

0

0~1

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-513

HPGL Job Mem 8

0

0~1

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-514

HPGL Job Mem 9

0

0~1

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-515

HPGL Job Mem 10

0

0~1

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-516

HPGL Job Mem 11

0

0~1

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-517

HPGL Job Mem 12

0

0~1

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-518

HPGL Job Mem 13

0

0~1

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-519

HPGL Job Mem 14

0

0~1

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-520

HPGL Job Mem 15

0

0~1

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-521

HPGL Job Mem 16

0

0~1

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-522

HPGL Job Mem 17

0

0~1

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-523

HPGL Job Mem 18

0

0~1

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-524

HPGL Job Mem 19

0

0~1

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-525

HPGL Job Mem 20

0

0~1

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

805-781

TIFF Logical Printer 1 Bypass Tray Feed Direction

0

0~1

0: Higher priority on SEF 1: Higher priority on LEF

805-782


0

0~1


805-783


0

0~1


805-784


0

0~1


General Procedures

February, 2008 6-94


Table 11 Print Service ChainLink

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

805-785


0

0~1


805-786


0

0~1


805-787


0

0~1


805-788


0

0~1


805-789


0

0~1


805-790


0

0~1


805-791


0

0~1


805-792


0

0~1


805-793


0

0~1


805-794


0

0~1


805-795


0

0~1


805-796


0

0~1


805-797


0

0~1


805-798


0

0~1


805-799


0

0~1


805-800


0

0~1


806-996

PS Font Mismatch Default

0: Use a substitute font

0~1

[0: Use a substitute font, 1: End the job]

806-997

PS ATCX Default

0: On

0~1

[0: On, 1: Off]

806-998

PS Color Default

1

0~1

[0: On, 1: Off]

806-999

PS Deferred Media Selection Enable

1: Enable

0~1


809-257

PC Prjob Mem Current

0

0~1


809-258

PC Prjob Mem 1

0

0~1


809-259

PC Prjob Mem 2

0

0~1


809-260

PC Prjob Mem 3

0

0~1


809-261

PC Prjob Mem 4

0

0~1


809-262

PC Prjob Mem 5

0

0~1



February, 2008 6-95

General Procedures

Chain 820-xxx FAX Service Table 12 FAX Service ChainLink

Range

Meaning

820-002

Content

Input Tray Specification in User Declaration 0xDE Mode

0~255

bit0: (unused), bit1: Tray1, bit2: Tray2, bit3: Tray3, bit4: Tray4, bit5: (unused), bit6: HCF1, bit7: HCF

820-004

Selection Whether to Switch to Larger Size 1 Input Tray When Printing Paper Is Empty

0~1

0: Do not perform larger size ATS, 1: Perform larger size ATS

820-005

Select PrivateOutTray for Fax

0

0~1

0: Do not make tray exclusively for fax, 1: Make tray exclusively for fax

820-006

Output Tray of Confidential Box Print

[Without C/D-Fin] 0 [With C/D-Fin] 4 [With HCS1] 5

0~42

0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2, 4: Top Tray, 5: HCS1 Top Tray, 6: HCS1 Stacker Tray, 33 to 42: Mailbox 1 to 10 *Options cannot be selected if they are not installed

820-010

Tray Selection for Ch0


0~42


820-011



0~42


820-012



0~42


820-013



0~42


820-014



0~42


820-015



0~42


820-016

2 Sided Print Setting for Print

0: 1 Sided

0~2

0: 1 Sided, 1: 2 Sided

820-019

Forced Polling

0: Off

0~1

0: Off, 1: Forced Polling (When print becomes impossible due to printer failure, received documents and other documents that became substitutional documents are forcibly retrieved by polling from external Fax. --> Referred to by Host [FAXCont])

820-024

Broadcast / Multi-Poll Enable

0: Allow

0~1


820-025

90 Degree Rotation Setting for FAX Scan

1

0~1

0: 90 angle rotation setting Off, 1: 90 angle rotation setting On

820-026

FAX Scan Illegal Operation

1: Enable stored docu0~1 ments (Default before PL2 was 0)

General Procedures

Default

0: Discard stored documents, 1: Enable stored documents

February, 2008 6-96


Table 12 FAX Service ChainLink

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

820-027

Scan Resolution for G3 Auto or F4800bps

2

0~2

0: Select resolution in mm, 1: Select resolution in inches, 2: Fine (600/400) in inches, others in mm

820-028

Scan Reduce for Letter/Legal to A4

0: 100%

0~1

0: 100%, 1: Reduce to A4

820-030

Status of FAX Card

-

820-031

Status of FAX Ch0

-

0~255

0=Preparing for use. Checking whether the machine can switch to Ready mode. 2=G3 PSTN can be used 3=G3 ISDN can be used 4=G4 ISDN can be used 5=G3 can be used 255=Cannot be used

820-032

Status of FAX Ch1

-

0~255


820-033

Status of FAX Ch2

-

0~255


820-034

Status of FAX Ch3

-

0~255


820-035

Status of FAX Ch4

-

0~255


820-036

Status of FAX Ch5

-

0~255


820-037

Max. Number of Pages Stored

999 pages

1~999

[1~999 pages]

820-038

FAX Auto Report Tray Selection


0~3


820-039

FAX Auto Report Tray Selection


0~3


820-040

FAX Info Attribute Priority[0] in Mailbox

0: F Code

0~4

0: F Code, 1: Caller.ID, 2: Remote ID, 3: Remote Name, 4: Dial-in Number

820-041


1: Caller ID (FX default) 2: 0~4 Remote ID (M/N, AP default)


820-042


2: Remote ID (FX default) 0~4 3: Remote Name (M/N, AP default)


820-043


3: Remote Name (FX 0~4 default) 1: Caller ID (M/N, AP default)


820-044


4: Dial-in Number

0~4


820-045

Fax Scan Org Erase Top and Bottom

0mm

0~20

0~20. Unit: mm


0=Preparing for use. Checking whether the machine can switch to Ready mode. 1=Can be used 255=Cannot be used

February, 2008 6-97

General Procedures


Content

Default

Range

Meaning

820-046

Fax Scan Org Erase Right and Left

0mm

0~20

0~20. Unit: mm

820-047

Fax Manual Send Display

1: Display

0~1

[0: Do not display, 1: Display]

820-048

Send Header Log for iFAX Off Ramp

1: Attach

0~1

0: Do not attach, 1: Attach

820-052

Fax Immediate Memory Threshold TX

No HDD=20% HDD=0% (Immediate Send Off)

0~99

0~99% 1% increments

820-053

Fax Immediate Memory Threshold Scan

No HDD=5% HDD=0%

0~100

0~100% 1% increments

820-054

Fax Immediate Memory Threshold RX

No HDD=20% HDD=0% (Immediate Receive Off)

0~99

0~99% 1% increments

820-056

Fax Receiving Input Tray Map for Tray 1

0

0~500

Mailbox number for Tray 1

820-057


0

0~500


820-058


0

0~500


820-059


0

0~500


820-120

Fax RX Pix Data Threshold

0

0~255

0~255, 0=No limit (0.1Mbyte increments) RAM Disk minimum value: 20 (2.0Mbytes)

820-122

Control Info DADF Fax Read Mode

1

1~2

1: Custom size scan, 2: Standard size scan

820-123

FAX SCAN Auto Blankpage Detection

0

0~1


820-125

FAX Disable Tx Capab Bit

0

0~1

0: Do not disable, 1: Disable

820-126

FAX AutoBlankPage DetectionThreshold

34729

0~65535

34729 to 52094

820-127

FAX AutoBlankPage Estimate Correction

1000

0~65535

1000 to 1500

820-128

FAX AutoBlankPage Correction Threshold 250

0~65535

0 to 500

820-129

FAX Resend Doc Enable

0

0~1

0: Do not resend, 1: Resend

820-130

FAX Resend Doc Delete Mode

1

0~1

0: Do not erase automatically, 1: Erase automatically after the elapse of 24 hours or more

820-131

FAX Resend Doc Stop Enable

0

0~1


820-132

FAX Protocol XIPS Enable

0

0~1

0: Not provided, 1: Provided

823-001

Receive Mode Setting

0: Auto Receive

0~1

0: Auto Receive (Auto Call Response On) 1: Manual Receive (Auto Call Response Off)

823-002

Direct Mail Guard

0: Off

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

823-006

G4 Receive Header

0: Do not attach

0~1


823-007

Send Header Log

1: Attach

0~1


823-011

G4 Protocol Packet Size

2048bytes

0x07~0x0b

Send packet size 0x07: 128 0x08: 256 0x09: 512 0x0a: 1024 0x0b: 2048

823-012

Mailbox Enable by FAX Service

0

0~1


823-013

Mailbox Enable by Receiving Line

0

0~1


823-014

Mailbox Priority by Telephone Number

0

0~1

0=Dial-in number at highest priority 1=Caller ID at highest priority

823-015

Line Monitor Setting

On

0~1

0=Off 1=On

823-016

Redial Attempts

5 times (5)

0~9

0~9 (0: Do not redial) 1 time increments

823-017

Redial Interval

1min (1)

0~15

0min (0) ~ 15min (0x0F) 1min increments

823-018

FAX Communication Interval

8sec (8)

3~255

3sec (3) ~ 255sec (0xFF) 1sec increments

823-019

FAX Printing 2 Up Enable

0: 2 Up Off

0~1

0: 2 Up Off, 1: 2 Up On 1=2 Up On

823-020

FAX Printing Page Segmentation Threshold

16mm(0x10)

0x00~0x7F

0mm (0) ~ 127mm (0x7F) 1mm increments

823-021

FAX Print Auto Reduce Mode Enable

1: Auto Reduce

0~1

0: Print at 100%, 1: Auto Reduce

823-022

FAX Batch Send Enable

1: On

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

General Procedures

February, 2008 6-98



Content

Default

Range

Meaning

823-023

FAX Local ID Send Enable

1: On

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

823-024

ISDN Tel Number Send Enable for Ch0

0: Do not send

0~1

0: Do not send, 1: Send

823-025


0: Do not send

0~1


823-026


0: Do not send

0~1


823-027


0: Do not send

0~1


823-028


0: Do not send

0~1


823-029


0: Do not send

0~1


823-030

Dial Type for Ch0

0

0~2

0 = PB (DTMF) 1 = DP (10PPS) 2 = DP (20PPS)

823-031

Dial Type for Ch1

0

0~2


823-032

Dial Type for Ch2

0

0~2


823-033

Dial Type for Ch3

0

0~2


823-034

Dial Type for Ch4

0

0~2


823-035

Dial Type for Ch5

0

0~2


823-036

Line Type for Ch0

1

0~1

0 = PSTN (Public Telephone Network) 1 = PBX (Private Branch Exchange)

823-037

Line Type for Ch1

0

0~1


823-038

Line Type for Ch2

0

0~1


823-039

Line Type for Ch3

0

0~1


823-040

Line Type for Ch4

0

0~1


823-041

Line Type for Ch5

0

0~1


823-042

FAX Service Setting for Ch0

0=Normal line

Assign the service in bits and display the service (for which the contract is made) in that disjunction. MSB LSB xxxx xxx1 = Caller ID Notification Service Line xxxx xxx1 = Modem Dial-In Service Line

823-043


0=Normal line


823-044


0=Normal line


823-045


0=Normal line


823-046


0=Normal line


823-047


0=Normal line


823-049

ISDN Transmission Capability Setting

0=3.1K Audio

0~1

0=3.1K Audio, 1=Speech

823-050

Ring Detect Frequency

0 times

0~9

0~9 (times)

823-051

Declaration of Received Paper Size

0: Tray Selection

0~1

0: Tray Selection, 1: User Selection


February, 2008 6-99

General Procedures


Content

Default

823-052

Paper Size for User Declare in Fax Protocol

All paper sizes

825-001

1300Hz Receive ON/OFF

1=ON (Receive)

0~1

0=OFF (Do not receive), 1=ON (Receive)

825-002

Boot Registration into Transmission Log

0

0~1

0: Do not log, 1: Log

825-009

Pausing Time

60 (3 seconds)

0~240

0 to 240 (12 seconds) (unit: 50 ms)

825-017

Disconnection Detection for CH0

1

0~1

0: Do not detect disconnection, 1: Detect disconnection

825-018

Disconnect Detection for Ch1

1

0~1


825-019


1

0~1


825-020


1

0~1


825-021


1

0~1


825-022


1

0~1


825-024

G4 to G3 Fallback Redial Enable/Disable

0

0 = Fallback Redial Off, 1= Fallback Redial On

825-025

ZZF: Continuation Judge When Receiving RTN

0

0: Determine the fallback from the TCF check result and continue sending 1: Stop transmission (The document becomes eligible for resend)

825-033

Time of Tone Detection before Dial (PBX)

4

825-046

PB Sending Level for Ch0

6

0~15

0dBm (0) ~ -15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments

825-047


6

0~15


825-048


6

0~15


825-049


6

0~15


825-050


6

0~15


825-051


6

0~15


825-052

PB Sending Level (High-Low (dB))for Ch0

0

High pass - Low pass (dB) 0: 2.0 1: 2.5 2: 3.0 3: 3.5 4: 4.0 5: 4.5 6: 5.0 7: 5.5 8: -2.0 9: -1.5 10: -1.0 11: -0.5 12: 0 13: 0.5 14: 1.0 15: 1.5

825-053


0


825-054


0


825-055


0


825-056


0


825-057


0


825-058

Busy Tone Detection before Dial for Ch0

0

0~1

0: Do not detect, 1: Detect

825-059


0

0~1


825-060


0

0~1


825-061


0

0~1


825-062


0

0~1


825-063


0

0~1


General Procedures

Range

Meaning bit=0: No paper bit=1: Paper detected bit10(0x00000400): A4LEF, bit11(0x00000800): A5LEF, bit14(0x00004000): B5LEF, bit16(0x00010000): LetterSEF, bit25(0x02000000): A3SEF, bit26(0x04000000): A4SEF, bit29(0x20000000): B4SEF

0~255 (sec.)




Content

Default

Range

Meaning

825-064

Dial Tone Detection before Dial for Ch0

1

0~1


825-065


1

0~1


825-066


1

0~1


825-067


1

0~1


825-068


1

0~1


825-069


1

0~1


825-070

Dial Tone Detection before Dial for PBX

0

0~1


825-071

Time of Tone Detection before Dial for Ch0 4

0~255

0~255 (sec.)

825-072


0~255

0~255 (sec.)

825-073


0~255

0~255 (sec.)

825-074


0~255

0~255 (sec.)

825-075


0~255

0~255 (sec.)

825-076


0~255

0~255 (sec.)

825-077

Dialing Restriction for Ch0

0

0: Allow 1: Restrict

825-078


0


825-079


0


825-080


0


825-081


0


825-082


0

825-103

RX Gain in G3 Transmission Mode

6 (-6dB)

0~15

0~15 (0~-15dB)

825-104

TX Gain in ISDN G3 Transmission Mode

0

0~15

0~15 (0~-15dB)

825-110

TEI (TEI acquisition method = valid when assigned manually)

0

0~63

0 to 63

825-111

TEI Acquisition Method

0

0~1

0: Assign manually, 1: Assign automatically

825-115

PB Pause Time. Inter-digit Pause Time in PB (DTMF) Dial

102

0~255

0 to 255 (ms)

825-127

Analogue Sending Dropoff by Modem for Ch0

8

8~15

8dBm (8) ~ 15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments

825-128


8

8~15


825-129


8

8~15


825-130


15

8~15


825-131


8

8~15


825-132


15

8~15


825-133

Busy Tone Detection Enable

1: Detect

0~1


825-134

Dial Tone Detection Enable

0: Do not detect

0~1





General Procedures


Content

Default

Range

Meaning

825-158

Transmission Completion Number on Transmission Log

0

0~1

0: Total Number of sheets transmitted not including those resent 1: Total Number of sheets transmitted for each line connection

825-159

ECM Ability

1: Enable

0~1


825-160

CNG Sending Time

60 (3000ms)

20~140

1sec (20) ~ 7sec (140) (1 unit = 50msec)

825-161

CED Hz

1

0~1

0: 1080Hz 1: 2100Hz

825-162

T1 Timer Value on FAX Receiving

39sec

1~90

1~90 (sec.)

825-163

Silent Time

0

0~1

0: 75msec, 1: 1sec

825-164

Enable FSK Detection before Receiving Image (Non-ECM)

1: Detect

0~1


825-165

Enable FSK Detection before Receiving Image

0: Do not detect

0~1


825-166

G3M CSI Send

0: Transmit

0~1

0: Transmit, 1: Off

825-168

Local Name Send

1: On

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

825-169

Local Name Resend

0: Do not resend

0~1


825-170

ECM Frame Size

0

0: 256 bytes, 1: 64 bytes

825-171

G3M ECM T5 Time

0: 1(min)

0: 1 (min.) 1: 3 (min.) 2: No limit

825-173

RTN Command Sending Threshold (Ratio) 0: 5%

0: 5% 1: 10% 2: 15% 3: 20%

825-174

RTN Command Sending Threshold (Line)

2

0: No limit 1: 3 lines 2: 6 lines 3: 12 lines

825-175

DIS/DTC FIF Sending Byte Number

0

825-176

EMC Ability

1: Enable

825-177

CCITT Trellis Ability

2

0: V.27ter and below 1: V.29 and below 2: V.17 and below

825-178

CCITT Trellis Ability (International Commu- 2 nications)

0: V.27ter and below 1: V.29 and below 2: V.17 and below

825-179

ECM Block Synchronize for Ch0

0

0: 200ms, 1: 500ms, 2: 1sec

825-180


0

0: 200ms, 1: 500ms, 2: 1sec

825-181


0

0: 200ms, 1: 500ms, 2: 1sec

825-182


0

0: 200ms, 1: 500ms, 2: 1sec

825-183


0

0: 200ms, 1: 500ms, 2: 1sec

825-184


0

825-185

ECM CTC Number for Ch0

5

0~7

0=000 ~ 7=111

825-186


5

0~7

0=000 ~ 7=111

825-187


5

0~7

0=000 ~ 7=111

825-188


5

0~7

0=000 ~ 7=111

825-189


5

0~7

0=000 ~ 7=111

825-190


5

0~7

0=000 ~ 7=111

825-191

ECM CTC Speed Shift Down for Ch0

1

0: DO NOT SHIFT DOWN, 1: SHIFT DOWN

825-192


1


825-193


1


825-194


1


825-195


1


General Procedures

0: No limit 1: 4-byte system 0~1


0: 200ms, 1: 500ms, 2: 1sec




Content

Default

825-196


1


825-197

G3 DIS Ignore for Ch0

0

0: Do Not Ignore DIS 1: Ignore DIS once

825-198


0


825-199


0


825-200


0


825-201


0


825-202


0


825-203

G3 ECM EOR_Q Command for Ch0

1 (Domestic)

0: Stop 1: Continue

825-209

G3 Modem Mode for Ch0

AUTO

0: CCITT G3 1: AUTO

825-210


AUTO

0: CCITT G3 1: AUTO

825-211


AUTO

0: CCITT G3 1: AUTO

825-212


AUTO

0: CCITT G3 1: AUTO

825-213


AUTO

0: CCITT G3 1: AUTO

825-214


AUTO

825-215

G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch0 except V.34 8

1~8

1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5: 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17

825-216


1~8


825-217


1~8


825-218


1~8


825-219


1~8


825-220


1~8


825-221

G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch0 on V.34

14

1~14

1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7: 16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13: 31200bps, 14: 33600bps

825-222


14

1~14


825-223


14

1~14


825-224


14

1~14


825-225


14

1~14



Range

Meaning

0: CCITT G3 1: AUTO


General Procedures


Content

Default

Range

Meaning

825-226


14

1~14


825-227

G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch0 except 8 V.34

1~8


825-228


1~8


825-229


1~8


825-230


1~8


825-231


1~8


825-232


1~8


825-233

G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch0 except 2 V.34 Overseas

1~8


825-234


1~8


825-235


1~8


825-236


1~8


825-237


1~8


825-238


1~8


825-239

G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch0 on V.34 14

1~14


825-240


1~14


825-241


1~14


825-242


1~14


825-243


1~14


General Procedures




Content

825-244

Range

Meaning


1~14


825-245

G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch0 on V.34 14 Overseas

1~14


825-246


1~14


825-247


1~14


825-248


1~14


825-249


1~14


825-250


1~14


825-251

G3 RX Cable Equalizer for Ch0

1

0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB

825-252


1

0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB

825-253


1

0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB

825-254


1

0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB

825-255


1

0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB

825-256


1

0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB

825-257

G3 TSI / CIG Send TSI for Ch0

0

0 to 255. 0: AUTO, 1: Forced transmission, 2: Do not transmit

825-263

G3 TX Cable Equalizer for Ch0

1

0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB

825-264


1

0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB

825-265


1

0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB

825-266


1

0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB

825-267


1

0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB

825-268


1

0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB

825-274

Error Line Control

0: No limit

0: No limit 1: 128 lines 2: 256 lines 3: 512 lines 4: 1024 lines 5: 2048 lines

825-275

Error Judge Selection on RTN Sending

0: Proportion

0: Proportion 1: Number of lines

825-276

Tone Receiving Detect Level for Ch0

1: -43dBm

0: -48dBm 1: -43dBm 2: -38dBm 3: -33dBm

825-277


1: -43dBm

0: -48dBm 1: -43dBm 2: -38dBm 3: -33dBm

825-278


1: -43dBm

0: -48dBm 1: -43dBm 2: -38dBm 3: -33dBm

825-279


1: -43dBm

0: -48dBm 1: -43dBm 2: -38dBm 3: -33dBm

825-280


1: -43dBm

0: -48dBm 1: -43dBm 2: -38dBm 3: -33dBm

825-281


1: -43dBm

0: -48dBm 1: -43dBm 2: -38dBm 3: -33dBm


Default


General Procedures


Content

Default

825-285

Transmission Declaration Paper Size

0x014c 0726: A3, A4, B4, A4LEF, A5LEF, B5LEF, Letter, Legal, Ledger, Letter LEF

825-322

V34 Modulate Ability Enable

1=On

0~1

0=Off, 1=On

825-417

For TEI (TEI acquisition method = valid when assigned manually) Option Board 2

1

0~63

0 to 63

825-421

CED Start Time

2=1.0sec

0~3

0=2.0sec 1=0.2sec 2=1.0sec 3=2.3sec

825-422

Outside Line Number Detect TX Mode Ch0 0: Do not set (Follow machine settings)

0~2

0: Do not set (Follow machine settings), 1: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in other than V.34, 2: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in other than V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in V.34

825-423


0~2


825-424


0~2


825-425


0~2


825-426


0~2


825-427


0~2


825-428

Outside Line Detect Number Ch0

0~11

0: 0 ~ 9: 9, 10: #, 11: *

General Procedures

0

Range

Meaning 0x0000 0002: A3 0x0000 0004: A4 0x0000 0020: B4 0x0000 0100: Letter 0x0000 0200: Legal 0x0000 0400: Ledger 0x0000 0800: 8.5x13” 0x0004 0000: A4LEF 0x0008 0000: A5LEF 0x0040 0000: B5LEF 0x0100 0000: Letter LEF 0x0200 0000: Letter Half LEF




Content

Default

Range

Meaning

825-429


0

0~11

0: 0 ~ 9: 9, 10: #, 11: *

825-430


0

0~11

0: 0 ~ 9: 9, 10: #, 11: *

825-431


0

0~11

0: 0 ~ 9: 9, 10: #, 11: *

825-432


0

0~11

0: 0 ~ 9: 9, 10: #, 11: *

825-433


0

0~11

0: 0 ~ 9: 9, 10: #, 11: *

825-434

Hand Set Control in Sleep Mode

1

0~1

0: Not connected (no tone), 1: Connected (tone)

825-444

DAA Ringer Threshold CH1

0

0~1

0: 11~22Vms 1: 17~33Vms This is usually adjusted in the hardware to 11~22Vms.

825-445


0

0~1


825-446


0

0~1


825-516

IFAX Header (Receive) Capability

0

0~1


Chain 830-xxx iFAX Service Table 13 iFAX Service ChainLink

Content

Default

830-007

POP User Name

NULL

ASCII 64 characters

830-009

POP User Name 2

NULL

ASCII 64 characters

830-011

POP User Name 3

NULL

ASCII 64 characters

830-013

POP User Name 4

NULL

ASCII 64 characters

830-015

POP User Name 5

NULL

830-022

SMTP / POP3 Receiving Start

1: POP Receive

0~1

0: SMTP Receive, 1: POP Receive

830-023

POP Receiving Interval

10min

1~120

1~120min

830-024

Delete after POP Receiving

0: Delete

0~1

1: Do not delete, 0: Delete

830-025

Target of Mail Header Printing

1: Print headers and con- 0~4 tents

0: Print all headers and contents, 1: Print basic headers and contents, 2: Do not print headers or contents, 3: Auto print according to content, 4: Print all of header and body (with S/MIME data)

830-026

Error Mail Print Enable

1: Always print headers and contents

0~1

0: Do not print, 1: Always print headers and contents

830-027

Error Mail Send Enable

0: Do not send

0~1

1: Send, 0: Do not send

830-030

Mail Receiving Limit Enable

0: Do not limit

0~2

0: Do not limit, 1: Set domains to allow, 2: Set domains to prohibit

830-081

FAX Forward Limit Enable by Address Note 0: Do not limit

0~1

1: Limit, 0: Do not limit

830-083

SMTP Send Enable

1: Enable

0~1


830-084

Profile of Broadcast

0: TIFF-S

0~2

[0: TIFF-S, 1: TIFF-F, 2: TIFF-J]

830-085

Sending Mode of Broadcast

0: G3 Auto

0~2

[0: G3 Auto, 1: F4800, 2: G4 Auto]

830-086

Mail Send Page Segmentation Threshold-B 10

0~999

[0~999 pages] (0: No limit)

830-087

Delivery Check for Broadcast Transmission 0: Off

0~1

0: Off, 1: On

830-088

Delivery Check System

1: MDN

0~1

0: DNS, 1: MDN

830-090

Fax Relay Limit Size

8192

0~65535

0~65535KB (0: No limit)

830-091

POP Authentication (1)

0

0~1

0: Panel authentication, 1: APOP authentication


Range

Meaning

ASCII 64 characters


General Procedures

Table 13 iFAX Service ChainLink

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

830-092

POP Server Port Number

110

1~65535

110, 8000~9999

830-103

DNS Return Mail Print

2

0~2

0: Do not print, 1: Always print headers and contents, 2: Print only when fail

830-109

Reply MDN Mail

1

0~1

0: Never reply, 1: Always reply

830-116

IFAX Neto Config Route

1

1~2

1: Via MTA, 2: P2P connection, 3: Specified by user (not available in immediate future)

830-118

IFAX Neto Config Retry Cont

1

0~5

0: Do not retry, 1-5: Number of times to retry

830-119

IFAX Neto Config Retry Interval

1

0~60

0: Retry immediately, 1-60: Interval (minutes)

830-120

IFAX Print Mode

0

0~1

0: Sort automatically, 1: Print as IFAX data

830-121

Default Message of Internet Fax

Null

830-122

Authenticated User Name in Internet Fax Body

1

0~1


830-123

Authenticated User E-mail Address in Inter- 1 net Fax Body

0~1


830-124

Number of Pages in Internet Fax Body

1

0~1


830-125

File Format in Internet Fax Body

1

0~1


830-126

IP Address in Internet Fax Body

0

0~1


830-127

Serial Number in Internet Fax Body

0

0~1


830-128

MAC Address in Internet Fax Body

0

0~1


830-129

Device Name in Internet Fax Body

1

0~1


830-130

Device Location in Internet Fax Body

1

0~1


830-131

Signature Message in Internet Fax Body

Null

256 bytes maximum. Null terminated.

128 bytes maximum. Null terminated.

Chain 850-xxx EP-SV Table 14 EP-SV ChainLink

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

850-001

Availability of EP-SV & EP Goods

0=No

0~1

[0=No, 1=Yes]

850-002

Availability of Telephone Line

0=No

0~1

[0=No, 1=Yes]

850-003

EP Data Dispatch Type

0=Send to the EP-SV

0~2

[0=Send to the EP-SV, 1=Send to the EP-DX, 2=Send to both]

850-004

Display Time of Bundle

0=Prohibit

0~1

[0=Prohibit, 1=Process]

850-007

Type of EP Goods

-

0~12

Refer to Common EP Accessories.

850-009

Print Control Function

0=Do not control

0~1

[0=Do not control, 1=Control]

850-010

Interrupt Operation When Countdown Type 1=Interrupt Off is Connected

0~1

[0=Interrupt On, 1=Interrupt Off]

850-011

CRU Life Notice Enable in EP-SV

0=Prohibit

0~1

[0=Prohibit, 1=Allow]

850-012

CRU Warning Notice Enable in EP-SV

0=Prohibit

0~1

[0=Prohibit, 1=Allow]

850-014

ICCG-H WakeUp Reentry Timer

0

0~9

0 to 9. 0: Do not make retry of WakeUp command (Timeout after 10 seconds), 1~9: Wait for specified time (minutes)

850-015

Accessory Control Enable in Scan & FAX

0=Do not control

0~1

[0=Do not control, 1=Control]

850-016

Disable Control at Countdown Accessory

0=Cancel job (Cancel)

0~2

[0=Cancel job (Cancel), 1=Pause job, 2=Abort or suspend, depending on the status]

General Procedures



Table 14 EP-SV ChainLink

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

850-017

Use Card Number In Print Control

1: Use card number

0~1

[0: Do not use card number, 1: Use card number]

850-019

Remaining Job Auto Cancel Mode Exit Timer

15

10~300

10 to 300 (seconds)

Chain 860-xxx EP-DX Table 15 EP-DX ChainLink

Content

Default

Range

Meaning

860-011

Remote Center Call Function Enable

1

0~1

0: Off 1: On

860-012

Alert Send Function Enable

0

0~1

0: Off 1: On

860-032

CRU Exchange Frequency

0

0~0xFFFFFFFF

Chain 870-xxx Diag Table 16 Diag ChainLink

Content

Default

870-010

XERO:CRU #1 PR Wear previous value

-

[0~99999999]

870-011


-

[0~99999999]

870-012


-

[0~99999999]

870-013


-

[0~99999999]

870-014

XERO:#1CRU WARNING previous value

-

[0~99999999]

870-015

XERO:#1DRUM Total CYCLE previous value

-

[0~99999999]

870-016


-

[0~99999999]

870-017


-

[0~99999999]

870-018


-

[0~99999999]

870-019

XERO:#1DRUM DC CYCLE previous value

-

[0~99999999]

870-020


-

[0~99999999]

870-021


-

[0~99999999]

870-022


-

[0~99999999]

870-023

XERO:#1DRUM AC CYCLE previous value -

[0~99999999]

870-024


[0~99999999]


Range

Meaning


General Procedures

Table 16 Diag ChainLink

Content

870-025


[0~99999999]

870-026


[0~99999999]

870-027

Xfer:IBT Belt(IMPS) previous value

-

[0~99999999]

870-028

Xfer:IBT Belt(CYCLE) previous value

-

[0~99999999]

870-029

Xfer:1st BTR previous value

-

[0~99999999]

870-030

Xfer:Back Up Roll previous value

-

[0~99999999]

870-031

Xfer:2nd BTR Unit previous value

-

[0~99999999]

870-032

Xfer:Bearing BTR previous value

-

[0~99999999]

870-033

Xfer:Trim within Transfer Module previous value

-

[0~99999999]

870-034

Xfer:Belt Cleaner Blade previous value

-

[0~99999999]

870-035

Xfer:Belt Cleaner Film Seal previous value -

[0~99999999]

870-036

PH:1Tray NMBR of Feeds previous value

-

[0~99999999]

870-037

PH:MSI NMBR of Feeds previous value

-

[0~99999999]

870-038

PH:3TM 2Tray NMBR of Feeds previous value

-

[0~99999999]

870-039


-

[0~99999999]

870-040


-

[0~99999999]

870-041


-

[0~99999999]

870-042

PH:TTM 2Tray NMBR of Feeds previous value

-

[0~99999999]

870-043


-

[0~99999999]

870-044


-

[0~99999999]

870-045

PV(CV) Counter for FILTER Life previous value

-

[0~99999999]

870-200

UI Diag Parameters Input Tray

1: Tray 1

0~9

[0: Auto, 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray 2, 3: Tray 3, 4: Tray 4, 5: Tray 5, 6: SMH, 7: HCF1, 8: HCF2, 9: Interposer

870-202

UI Diag Parameters Total Sets In Job

1: 1 set

1~999

[1~999 sets]

870-203

UI Diag Parameters Paper Plex

0: 1 Sided

0~2

[0: 1 Sided, 1: 2: 2 Sided (H to H), 2: 2: 2 Sided (H to T)]

General Procedures

Default

Range

Meaning




Content

Default

Range

Meaning

870-204

UI Diag Parameters Media Type

0: Plain

0~79

[0: Plain, 1: Recycled, 2: Bond, 3: Lightweight, 4: Heavyweight 1, 5: Heavyweight 2, 6: Heavyweight 1 (Side 2), 7: Heavyweight 2 (Side 2), 8: Extra Heavyweight, 9: Extra Heavyweight (Side 2), 10: Transparency, 11: Adhesive, 12: Labels, 13~31: Plain A~S, 32: Heavyweight 1A, 33: Heavyweight 1B, 34: Heavyweight 1S, 35: Heavyweight 1(S2)A, 36: Heavyweight 1(S2)B, 37: Heavyweight 1(S2)S, 38: Heavyweight 2A, 39: Heavyweight 2B, 40: Heavyweight 2S, 41: Heavyweight 2(S2)A, 42: Heavyweight 2(S2)B, 43: Heavyweight 2(S2)S, 44: Heavyweight 1C, 45: Heavyweight 1C(2S), 46: Heavyweight 2C, 47: Heavyweight 2C(2S), 48: Heavyweight 2D, 49: Heavyweight 2D(2S), 50: Coated 1, 51: Coated 1(S2), 52: Coated 2, 53: Coated 2(S2), 54: Coated 1 Special (Coated Paper), 55~59: Custom Paper 1~5, 60: Tracing Paper, 61: Copied Paper, 62: Tabbed Paper Heavyweight 1, 63: Tabbed Paper Heavyweight 2, 64: Labels 1, 65: Labels 2, 66: Hole-Punched, 67: Plain paper S1, 68: Plain paper S2, 69: Recycled paper (Recycled paper A), 70: Recycled paper (Recycled paper B), 71: Heavyweight paper 1S1, 72: Heavyweight paper 1S2, 73: Heavyweight paper 2E, 74: Heavyweight paper 2S1, 75: Heavyweight paper 2S2, 76: Tabbed sheet 1, 77: Tabbed sheet 2, 78: Coated paper 1A, 79: Coated paper 1B]

870-205

UI Diag Parameters Color Mode

0: 4-color mode

0~3

[0: 4-color mode, 1: Tri-color mode, 2: Monochrome, 3: BW]

870-206

UI Diag Parameters Single Color

0: Black

0~6

[0: Black, 1: Yellow, 2: Magenta, 3: Cyan, 4: Red, 5: Green, 6: Blue]

870-207

UI Diag Parameters Screen

0: Text

0~11

[0: Text, 1: Photo, 2: Binary ED, 3: 24ED, 4: 300DACS, 5: 600, 6: 300, 7: 200C, 8: 200R, 9: 150, 10: Fine, 11: 106 lines]

870-208

UI Diag Parameters LUT

3

0~3

[0: All Off, 1: IOT On, 2: Ctrack On, 3: IOT and Ctrack On]

870-209

UI Diag Parameters Coverage

0: 0%

0~100

[0~100%]

870-210

UI Diag Parameters Resolution

0: 1200x1200

0~4

[0: 1200x1200, 1: 1200x600, 2: 600x600, 3: 300x300, 4: Not used]

870-211

UI Diag Parameters Media Size

5: A4LEF

0~50

[0: A6SEF, 1: A6LEF, 2: A5SEF, 3: A5LEF, 4: A4SEF, 5: A4LEF, 6: A3SEF, 7: B6SEF, 8: B6LEF, 9: B5SEF, 10: B5LEF, 11: B4SEF, 12: 5.5x8.5(Statement)SEF, 13: 5.5x8.5(Statement)LEF, 14: 7.25x10.5(Executive)SEF, 15: 7.25x10.5(Executive)LEF, 16: 8x10SEF, 17: 8x10LEF, 18: LetterSEF, 19: LetterLEF, 20: 8.46x12.4(Spanish)SEF, 21: 8.5x13(Legal13)SEF, 22: 8.5x14 (Legal14)SEF, 23: 11x15SEF, 24: 11x17(Ledger)SEF, 25: A4CoverLEF, 26: 9x11 (LetterCover)LEF, 27: 12.0x18.0SEF, 28: 12.6x17.7(SRA3)SEF, 29: 12.6x19.2SEF, 30: 13x18SEF, 31: 13x19SEF, 32: 16K(TFX)SEF, 33: 16K(TFX)LEF, 34: 8K(TFX)SEF, 35: 16K(GCO)SEF, 36: 16K(GCO)LEF, 37: 8K(GCO)SEF, 38: Postcard SEF, 39: Postcard LEF, 40: Prepaid Postcard SEF, 41: Postcard(4x6)SEF, 42: Postcard(4x6)LEF, 43: Postcard(5x7)SEF, 44: Choukei 3SEF, 45: Choukei 3LEF, 46: Commercial 10LEF, 47: Monarch LEF, 48: DL LEF, 49: Kakukei 20SEF, 50: Kakukei 6LEF]

880-001

ESR Poolserver Config Enable

0

0~1


880-002

ESR Poolserver Config Port No.

80

1~65535

1 to 65535

880-003

ESR Poolserver Config Schema

1

1~2

1: HTTP, 2: HTTPS

880-004

ESR Poolserver Config Use Static Auth Info

0

0~1


880-005

ESR Poolserver Config Timeout

60

1~300

1 to 300

880-006

Default Job Flow Repository

0

0~1

0: Device, 1: Pool server

880-007

Job Flow Search Keyword 1

Null

For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte characters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji.

880-008


Null




General Procedures


Content

Default

880-009


Null


880-010


Null


880-011


Null


880-012


Null


880-013


Null


880-014


Null


880-015


Null


880-016


Null


880-017


Null


880-018


Null


880-019


Null


880-020


Null


880-021


Null


900001~999

Tag 1V~Tag 999V

0

General Procedures

Range

0~1

Meaning

Tag information 1V~999V[0: Off, 1: On]



Serial Number/Billing Meter Data Purpose Displays the Serial Number, Product Number, and Billing Data.

Procedure For access from customer UI go to Billing Meter/Print Report from Customer UI below. 1.


2.

Select the Maintenance / Diagnostic tab.

3.


4.


a.


NOTE: Serial Numbers, the Product Number, and Billing Data is displayed for IOT, Sys1, and Sys2. NOTE: When exiting the Diagnostics Mode after viewing the Billing Information, the machine will reboot. CAUTION Failure to perform GP 1 if the MCU PWB EPROM, or ESS PWB or ESS PWB EPROM is replaced could result in NVM corruption and disabling the machine. Refer to REP 9.2.1 MCU PWB EPROM or REP 9.2.1 ESS PWB or REP 9.2.2 ESS PWB EPROM before installing a new MCU PWB EPROM, ESS PWB, or ESS PWB EPROM. NOTE: GP 1 procedure is used to serialize components and load billing data on the MCU PWB EPROM, or ESS PWB, or ESS PWB EPROM. NOTE: Machine Serial Number Plate is located on side frame below rear yellow Fuser mounting screw.

Billing Meter/Print Report from Customer UI 1.

Press Machine Status button.

2.

Select Billing Information tab.

3.

Select Billing Information. NOTE: Machine Serial Number and Current Meter Reading are displayed.



General Procedures

Serial Number/Billing Meter Data

Reading HFSI

Table 1 High Frequency Service Items

Purpose

Counter Name


Read status of all HFSI items.

955-830 DADF Stamp Solenoid

-

FX, FXAP only.

Procedure Perform following to read the HFSI Items. 1.

Enter the Diagnostic Mode (UI Diagnostic Mode).

2.

Select the Maintenance / Diagnostics tab.

3.

Select Adjustment / Others.

4.

Select HFSI Counter.

5.

Refer to Table 1 to identify the components on the HFSI Report.

6.

Enter the counter Chain Link from Table 1.

7.

Select Confirm.

8.

Compare the Current Value with Replacement Life. Table 1 High Frequency Service Items

Counter Name


954-800 Tray 1 Feed counter 300K


Reset only 954-801 Tray 2 Feed counter 300K






954-805 MPT Feed counter

300K

Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Pad.

954-807 Fuser

175K

Replace the Fuser.

954-808 Bias Transfer Roll

300K

Replace the Bias Transfer Roll.

956-802 IIT Scan

-

No action required - counter only. (Max count value = 6000 k times.)

956-803 Lamp On Time

-

No action required - count after HFSI Counter Clear. (Max count value = 7200 k seconds)

956-804 Lamp On Count

-

No action required - count after HFSI Counter Clear. (Max count value = 6000 k times)

955-806 Document Feed

-

No action required - counter only.

955-807 Simplex Document Feed

-


955-808 Duplex Document Feed

-


956-808 Platen Open Count

-

No action required - counter only. (Platen models.) (Max count value = 1000 k times.)

955-810 DADF Platen Open Count

-

No action required - counter only. (DADF models)

955-829 Invert Solenoid ON Count

-


General Procedures

Reading HFSI



Initialize HFSI Counters

2.

Purpose

3.

Select HFSI Counter.

4.

Reset Correct Value

Initialize the HFSI Counter.

Procedure

Select Adjustment/Other.

a.

Enter the Chain-Link Number

b.

Select Reset Correct Value. Diagnostics routine completed will be displayed

Reading and resetting HFSI 1.

NOTE: Diagnostics routine completed will be displayed. The HFSI Counter is reset.


HFSI

Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode). Table 1 IOT HFSI

Chain-Link

Name

Initial Value

Value

1Count Remarks

954-807

Last 2Digits of Fuser discharging Number

0

0~99

1

Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(“0 clearance” means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.)

954-807

5th&6thDigits of Fuser discharging Number

0

0~99

1


954-807

3rd&4thDigits of Fuser discharging Number

0

0~99

1


954-807

First 2Digits of Fuser discharging Number

0

0~3

1


954-800

Tray1 Last 2Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0

0~99

1


954-800

Tray1 5th&6thDigits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0

0~99

1


954-800

Tray1 3rd&4thDigits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0

0~99

1


954-800

Tray1 First 2Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0

0~3

1


954-801


0

0~99

1


954-801


0

0~99

1


954-801


0

0~99

1


954-801


0

0~3

1


954-802


0

0~99

1


954-802


0

0~99

1


954-802


0

0~99

1


954-802


0

0~3

1


954-803


0

0~99

1




General Procedures


Table 1 IOT HFSI Chain-Link

Name

Initial Value

Value

1Count Remarks

954-803


0

0~99

1


954-803


0

0~99

1


954-803


0

0~3

1


954-804

HCF Last 2Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0

0~99

1


954-804

HCF 5th&6thDigits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0

0~99

1


954-804

HCF 3rd&4thDigits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0

0~99

1


954-804

HCF First 2Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0

0~3

1


954-805

MPT Last 2Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0

0~99

1


954-805

MPT 5th&6thDigits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0

0~99

1


954-805

MPT 3rd&4thDigits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0

0~99

1


954-805

MPT First 2Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0

0~3

1


954-808

Last 2Digits of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll(8 Digits)

0

0~99

1


954-808

5th&6thDigits of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll(8 Digits)

0

0~99

1


954-808

3rd&4thDigits of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll(8 Digits)

0

0~99

1


954-808

First 2Digits of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll(8 Digits)

0

0~3

1


General Procedures




IIT PF-HFSI/Recycle List Table 2 IIT HFSI Chain-Link

Name

Initial Setting Value Range

956-802

IIT Scan

0

0~6,881,175 Scan Count (including pre-Scan) Counts up with each scan. HFSI to Scan count after clearing HFSI Counter Recycle to Total Scan count without clearing

1 time increments Max count value=above 6,000,000 times Only count Platen Scans, not CVT Scans.

956-803

Lamp ON Time

0

0~7,864,200 Lamp ON Time Starts timing when the lamp turns on. Stops timing when the lamp turns off. Writes to the NVM during CRG Initialize. HFSI to Lamp ON time after clearing HFSI Counter Recycle to Total Lamp ON time without clearing

Lamp Life 2000 hours 1 time increments Max count value=7,200,000sec and above Times the total duration when the lamp is on (including AGOC, Lamp Check).

956-804

Lamp ON Count

0

0~6,881,175 Lamp ON count after clearing HFSI Counter Counts up when the lamp turns on. Writes to the NVM during CRG Initialize.

Lamp Life 6,000,000 times 1 time increments Max count value=above 6,000,000 times Counts the number of times the lamp turns on (including AGOC, Lamp Check).

956-808

Platen Open/Close Count 0 (Platen models)

0~1,966,050 Counts up when the Angle Sensor is forced fully open.

1 time increments Max count value=above 1,000,000 times

955-806

Document Feed (CVT, DADF models)

0

0~5,000,000 Counts up when the Feed Sensor turns on. Number of sheets fed from the CVT Tray HFSI to Document Feed count after clearing HFSI The NVM is controlled by the CVT. Counter Recycle to Total Document Feed count without clearing

955-807

Document Feed Simp (CVT, DADF models)

0

0~5,000,000 Counts the number of document sheets fed in Simplex mode.

The NVM is controlled by the CVT. * Life is common to 955-808.

955-808

Document Feed Dup (CVT, DADF models)

0

0~5,000,000 Counts the number of document pages fed in Duplex mode. Counts up when Invert Sensor turns off during Duplex transport.

The NVM is controlled by the CVT. * Life is common to 955-807.

955-810

Platen Open/Close Count 0 (CVT, DADF models)

0~1,000,000 Counts up when the Platen Interlock is open.

Belt/CVT judgement is processed in the IISS. The NVM is controlled by the CVT.

955-829

Invert Solenoid ON Count 0

0~5,000,000 Counts up when the Invert Solenoid turns on. CVT(PF2) HFSI to Invert Solenoid ON count after clearing The NVM is controlled by the CVT. the counter Recycle to Total Invert Solenoid ON count without clearing

955-830

DADF Stamp Solenoid 0 ON Count (Solenoid Life)

0~300,000


Count Condition

Remarks

Counts up when the Stamp Solenoid turns on. CVT(PF2) HFSI to Stamp Solenoid ON count after clearing The NVM is controlled by the CVT. the counter Recycle to Total Stamp Solenoid ON count without clearing


General Procedures


Table 2 IIT HFSI Chain-Link

Name

955-831

DADF Stamp Solenoid ON Count (Ink Life)

General Procedures


Initial Setting Value Range 0

0~300,000

Count Condition

Remarks

Counts up when the Stamp Solenoid turns on. Stamp Solenoid ON count after clearing the HFSI Counter

CVT(PF2) The NVM is controlled by the CVT.



Adjust Tone Up / Down Purpose To perform manual adjustment for toner density.

Procedure 1.


2.

Select Maintenance/Diagnostics.

3.

Select Max Setup.

4.

Select Tone Up / Down.

5.

Select Adjust Toner Density.

a.


6.

Adjust Up or Down.

7.

Press the Start Button.

8.

Select Close.



General Procedures

Adjust Tone Up / Down

Tray5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment Purpose This guide adjustment item is provided for the following purposes: •

To check that size detection of the MPT Guide width detection is properly performed.

•

To set the sensor output values for the maximum and minimum positions for the MPT Guide using NVM.

•

To display the detected size in the width direction of the MPT Guide.

Procedure 1.

Select Maintenance/Diagnostics UI Diagnostic Mode.

2.


3.

Select Tray5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment.

4.

Set the MPT Guide on the machine at the minimum position.

5.

Select Minimum Size Position, then press the Start button.

6.

Result appears in Result column. When “OK”: The minimum position is set by the NVM. When NG: Repeat the procedure.

7.

Set the MPT Guide on the machine at the maximum position.

8.

Select Maximum Position then press the Start button.

9.

Result appears in Result column. When “OK”: Set the value of the maximum position by the NVM. When NG: Repeat the procedure.

10. Select Close].

General Procedures

Tray5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment



Initialize NVM

5.

Purpose This procedure may be needed when the machine is unrecoverable, including problems such as producing blank copies/prints, continuous system faults, etc. It is also required as part of the software upgrade process.

After initialization is complete, use the data accumulated in Initial Actions to restore the machine to its previous configuration. Table 1 NVM Initialization

Name

Description

IOT

The following NVM locations will be initialized:

Fax configured machine only

•

Chain - Link 740 - 001, 022 through 31, 062, 090

•

Chain - Link 741 - 001

NOTE: The fax module must be started up (the fax icon must be displayed) before the initialization is performed.

•

Chain - Link 742 - 001 through 012, 015, 018, 027 through 030, 075, 083, 084, 086, 098 through 101

If the initialization is performed with the fax module off, the initialization will not finish.

•

Chain - Link 744 - 005, 006, 010, 043, 045, 046, 061, 065, 077, 078, 080, 081, 086, 133 through 135, 180 through 184, 220, 301 through 306

(The fax module requires powering off then on.)

Initial Actions

•

Chain - Link 746 - 500, 502 through 516

•

Chain - Link 749 - 001 through 003, 006, 007, 009 through 016, 516, 521 through 524, 527

•

Chain - Link 751 - 010, 011, 034 through 037, 511, 560, 631, 699, 701, 703, 710, 718 through 748, 750, 752, 754, 756, 758, 760, 762, 764 through 792, 794, 796, 798, 800, 802, 804, 806, 808 through 836, 838, 840, 842, 844, 846, 848 through 850

Procedure

•

Chain - Link 752 - 003, 509, 893 through 895

1.


•

Chain - Link 753 - 003, 008, 009, 612, 619, 645, 705, 716, 717, 724 through 726, 729, 731

2.


•

Chain - Link 760 - 001 through 003, 005 through 012, 016 through 029, 031 through 040

3.

Select Initialize NVM.

•

Chain - Link 764 - 001, 002, 005, 100 through 104, 112

4.

Select the desired item, then press the Start button.

•

Disconnect any Foreign Interface devices.

•

Obtain all of the following information: –

NVM value factory setting report (typically it is located in the Inner Cover pocket)

–

Any customer setting Auditron account from the system administrator

–

Any setting changes (specifically NVM settings) shown on the machine’s service log.

–

Any customer settings in the Tools mode.

a.



IIT/IPS


The following NVM locations will be initialized: •

Chain - Link 710 - 501, 550, 551, 554 through 568, 600 through 612

•

Chain - Link 715 - 013, 017, 018, 023 through027, 050 through 096, 102 through 108, 110 through 113, 201, 241 through 244, 280 through 293, 299 through 311, 344 through 349, 362, 363, 418, 550 through 555, 560, 600 through 622, 630 through 649, 660 through 664, 668, 669, 680 through 691, 702 through 705, 720 through 726, 780 through 791

•

Chain - Link 716 - 001 through 030, 032, 033, 035, 037 through 047, 050 through 064, 070 through 081, 100 through 102, 110, 112, 113, 120 through 122, 126 through 128

•

Chain - Link 717 - 001 through 015

General Procedures

Initialize NVM

Table 1 NVM Initialization Name

Description

SYS-System

The following NVM locations will be initialized:

SYS-User

•

Chain - Link 700 - 071, 075, 076, 078, 080 through 088, 127, 128, 368, 389, 390, 396, 398, 410 through 412

•

Chain - Link 780 - 072, 073, 141, 145

•


•


•


•

Chain - Link 820 - 003, 024, 026, 038 through 047, 052 through 054, 060 through 119, 121

•


•

Chain - Link 830 - 081, 090

•

Chain - Link 850 - 001 through 004, 007, 009 through 012, 015 through 018

•


All user settable NVM locations in the following chains will be reset: •

General Procedures

Initialize NVM

Chain - Link 700 - 071, 075, 076, 078, 080 through 088, 368, 389, 390



Component Control Purpose The purpose of the Component Control is to display the logic state of input signals and to energize output components. NOTE: Refer to Table 1, Table 2 for a list of all Input Components listed by Chain/Link ID number. Refer to Table 2, Table 4 for a list of all Output Components listed by Chain/Link ID number.

Procedure 1.


2.


3.

Select IO Checks.

4.

Select Component Control.

5.

Input Chain-Link number, then press Start button.

a.

•


In case of INPUT Component: Indicates current status in Status column. Count up (+1) when switching. (High to Low, Low to High)

•

In case of OUTPUT Component: Activates component

6.

Press Stop button after confirming.



General Procedures

Component Control

Stacking Component Codes

2.

When confirm the status of another component still in progress, select Enter Number then input Chain-Link number of applicable component.

NOTE: Some components cannot be energized at the same time as another component. If you activate such a combination of components, the first component switched on will be automatically switched off.

3.

Select Stop key after confirming.

1.

When perform multiple component checking. input new Chain-Link number after one (or several) component(s) is (are) in operating. NOTE: Only latest Chain-Link number indicates.

Stop operation of component indicated on screen. NOTE: There are no Cyclic Component in below category: •

IIT Input Component.

•

IIT Output Component.

•

IOT Input Component.

Table 1 Input Component Control Codes IOT Chain-Link Name

Connector Level Meaning

Remarks

010-100

EXIT SENSOR

L

with paper

Not Available

010-101

EXIT SENSOR1(EXIT)

H

with paper Sensor level detected by EXIT MODULE

EXIT

010-200

Fuser Control Sensor FS1

Analog

Min 0, Max 1023

Standby temperature monitor

010-201

Fuser Control Sensor FS2

Analog

Min 0, Max 1023

Standby temperature monitor

012-100

Transport Entrance Sensor

H

with paper (M1-1); without paper (M1-1.5)

012-110

Registration Clutch ON

H

IOT Regi Clutch OFF (A-Finisher, B/C-Finisher); IOT Regi Clutch ON (SBFinisher)

Not Available

012-111

IOT Exit Sensor

H

with paper (A-Finisher, B/C-Finisher); without paper (SB-Finisher)

Not Available

012-140

Entrance Sensor

H

with paper

Not available

012-150

Compile Exit Sensor

H

with paper (A-Finisher, B/C-Finisher, SB-Finisher M1-1)

Not Available

012-151

Compile Tray No Paper Sensor

H

with paper (B/C-Finisher)

SB-Finisher: Before Sensor change: H with paper After Sensor change: H without paper

012-190

H-Transport Ent. Sensor

H

with paper

Not Available

012-191

H-Transport Exit Sensor

H

with paper

Not Available

012-220

Front Tamper Home Sensor

H

home position (B/C, SB-Finishers); other than home position (A-Finisher)

Not Available

012-221

Rear Tamper Home Sensor

H

home position (B/C, SB-Finishers); other than home position (A-Finisher)

Not Available

012-240

Stapler Move Home Sensor

H

other than home position

Not Available

012-241

Stapler Move Position Sensor

H

other than home position (B/C-Finisher); Stapler Unit position detection (SB- Not Available Finisher)

012-242

Low Staple Sensor

H

without staples (A, B/C-Finishers); without/low staples (SB-Finisher)

Not Available

012-243

Self Priming Sensor

H

staple not ready (A, B/C-Finishers); staple ready (SB-Finisher)

Not Available

012-244

Staple Home Sensor

H


Not Available

012-250

Eject Clamp Home Sensor

H


Not Available

012-251

Set Clamp Home Sensor

H


Not Available

012-252

Eject Home Sensor

H


Not Available

012-260

Upper Limit Sensor

H

upper limit position

Not Available

012-262

Stacker No Paper Sensor

H

without paper (B/C-Finisher)

uppermost position of Stacker Tray detected (no paper) (SB-Finisher)

012-263

Stack Encoder Sensor

H

Encoder pulse detected

012-264


H

paper detected (C-Finisher)

General Procedures

Component Control


Stacker Tray position detected (SB-Finisher)




012-265


H

paper detected (C-Finisher)

Stacker Tray position detected (SB-Finisher)

012-267

Stacker Height Sensor

H

Stacker Tray paper detection

Not Available

012-268

Stacker Stock A Sensor

H

Stacker Tray position detection

Not Available

012-269

Stacker Stock B Sensor

H

Stacker Tray position detection

Not Available

012-271

Puncher Home Sensor

H

home position (C-Finisher); other than home position (SB-Finisher)

012-274

Puncher Encoder Sensor

H

Puncher Encoder pulse detected

012-275

Punch Box Set Sensor

H

Box is seated (C-Finisher); Box is not seated (SB-Finisher)

012-277

Puncher Detect

H

Puncher Unit is not detected

012-278

Stacker Stock A Sensor

H

Stacker Tray position detection (With Light Shield Plate)

Not Available

012-279

Stacker Stock B Sensor

H

Stacker Tray position detection (With Light Shield Plate)

Not Available

012-280

Compiler Cover Safety Switch

H

Compiler Upper Chute open

Not Available

012-300

Eject Cover Switch

H

Eject Cover is open (B/C-Finisher); Eject Cover is closed (SB-Finisher)

Not Available

012-301

Eject Cover Switch

H

Eject Cover is closed (B/C-Finisher); Eject Cover is open (SB-Finisher)

Not Available

012-302

Finisher Front Cover Switch

H

Finisher Front Cover is open

Not Available

012-303

H-Transport Interlock Sensor

H

H-Transport is open

Not Available

013-101

Booklet Knife Home Sensor

H


013-107

Booklet Low Staple Front Switch

H

low staples or Staple Cartridge pulled out (C-Finisher); with staples (SB-Finisher

013-108

Booklet Low Staple Rear Switch

013-141

Booklet Staple Cam Front Switch

H

Front Booklet Stapler Head is not in home position

013-142

Booklet Staple Cam Rear Switch

H

Rear Booklet Stapler Head is not in home position

013-143

Booklet Staple Move Home Sensor

H

Booklet Stapler Unit is in home position

013-144

Booklet Staple Move Position Home Sensor

H

Staple position of Booklet Stapler Unit is detected

013-160

Folder Detect

H

Folder Unit is detected

013-161

Booklet Detect

H

Booklet Unit is detected

013-300

Booklet Cover Open Switch

H

Cover is open

013-301

Booklet Safety Switch

H

Normal

L = obstruction detected

047-200

FACE UP TRAY DETECTED

L

Detected

EXIT

047-201

OCT2 DETECTED

L

Detected

EXIT

047-205

OCT1 HOME POSITION SENSOR

L

OCT1 is at its home position

EXIT

047-206

OCT2 HOME POSITION SENSOR

L

OCT2 is at its home position

EXIT

071-100

FEED OUT#2 SENSOR

L

with paper

Not Available

071-101

T/A F/O3 SENSOR

L

with paper

Not Available

071-102

T/A F/O4 SENSOR

L

with paper

Not Available

071-105

DUP WAIT SENSOR

L

with paper

DM

071-106

T/A F/O3 SENSOR

L

with paper Hot-Line Control

Not Available

071-107

T/A F/O4 SENSOR

L

with paper Hot-Line Control

Not Available


Remarks

low staples or Staple Cartridge pulled out (C-Finisher); with staples (SB-Finisher


General Procedures

Component Control



Remarks

071-110

EXIT SENSOR2

L

with paper

EXIT

071-200

TRAY4 SIZE digital SENSOR

L

It is used for size detection auxiliary.

TTM does not have Digital Sensor (always 0)

071-201

TRAY1 NO PAPER SENSOR

L

Without paper

Not Available

071-202


L

Without paper

Not Available

071-203


L

Without paper

Not Available

071-204


L

Without paper

Not Available

071-205

MPT NO PAPER SENSOR

L

Without paper

Not Available

071-206

TRAY1 LEVEL SENSOR

L

Lifted up (Lifter is at paper feeding position)

Not Available

071-207

TRAY2 LEVEL SENSOR

L


Not Available

071-208

TRAY3 LEVEL SENSOR

L


Not Available

071-209

TRAY4 LEVEL SENSOR

L


Not Available

071-210


L


Not Available

071-211


L


Not Available

071-212


L


TTM does not have Digital Sensor (always 0)

071-213

FEED READY SIGNAL

H

Level is high. Hot-Line Control

Not Available

071-230

TRAY1 SIZE SENSOR

Analog

Min 0, Max 1023

Current Tray 1 Size Sensor A/D value, monitor

071-231

TRAY2 SIZE SENSOR

Analog

Min 0, Max 1023


071-232

TRAY3 SIZE SENSOR

Analog

Min 0, Max 1023


071-233

TRAY4 SIZE SENSOR

Analog

Min 0, Max 1023


071-234

MSI SIZE SENSOR

Analog

Min 0, Max 1023

Current SMH Size Sensor A/D value, monitor

071-300

Left Hand COVER

L

Cover is open (Interlock switch off)

Not Available

071-301

TRAY MODULE COVER

L


Not Available

071-302

Left Hand Low COVER

H


Not Available

071-303

FRONT COVER

L


When Left Hand Cover open, the Front Cover status can not be detected due to the hardware mechanism. Therefore the Front Cover is considered as “closed” regardless of the Front Cover being open/ closed.

071-304

Left Hand High COVER

H


EXIT

071-305

DUP INTERLOCK

H

open

Not Available

073-200

FUSER FAN FAIL MONITOR SIGNAL

H

078-100

HCF Prefeed Sensor

H

With paper

Not Available

078-101

HCF Feed Out Sensor

H

With paper

Not Available

078-201

HCF No Paper Sensor

L

Without paper

Not Available

General Procedures

Component Control

Not Available





Remarks

078-202

HCF Size Sensor A

-

Paper size

Not Available

078-203

HCF Size Sensor B

-

Paper size

Not Available

078-204

HCF Tray In Sensor

H

Tray inserted

Not Available

078-205

HCF Level Sensor

H

Lift up

Not Available

078-300

HCF Transport Interlock

H

Cover is open (Interlock Switch off)

Not Available

078-301

HCF Side Out Switch

H

Open

Not Available

089-100

Registration SENSOR

L

with paper

Not Available

089-101

Registration SENSOR (DM)

H

with paper Sensor level detected by DM

DM

089-200

Registration CLUTCH (DM)

L

in ON state Signal detected by DM MODULE

DM

089-201

Registration CLUTCH(EXIT)

L

in ON state Signal detected by EXIT MODULE

EXIT

091-200

DRUM DETECT

L

EP Cartridge installed

Not Available

092-200

Temperature Sensor

Analog

Min 140, Max 710

Not Available

092-201

Humidity Sensor

Analog

Min 36, Max 400

Not Available

092-202

ATC Sensor

Analog

Min 200, Max 800

Not Available

Table 2 Output Component Control Codes IOT Chain-Link Name

Connector Level

Meaning

Timer Off

Cycle Operation Remarks

012-013

Sub Paddle Solenoid ON/OFF

L = ON

Same as Name

X

X

100 ms (B/C-Finisher) 660 ms (A-Finisher) 250 ms (SB-Finisher)

012-018

Transport Motor Reverse ON/OFF

-

Same as Name

X

X

Reverse rotation

012-020

Front Tamper Motor Low FRONT ON/OFF Pulse ON

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

012-021

Front Tamper Motor Middle FRONT ON/ OFF

Pulse ON

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

012-022

Front Tamper Motor High FRONT ON/ OFF

Pulse ON

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

012-023

Front Tamper Motor Low REAR ON/OFF

Pulse ON

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

012-024

Front Tamper Motor Middle REAR ON/ OFF

Pulse ON

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

012-025

Front Tamper Motor High REAR ON/OFF Pulse ON

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

012-026

Rear Tamper Motor Low FRONT ON/OFF Pulse ON

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

012-027

Rear Tamper Motor Middle FRONT ON/ OFF

Pulse ON

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

012-028

Rear Tamper Motor High FRONT ON/OFF Pulse ON

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

012-029

Rear Tamper Motor Low REAR ON/OFF

Pulse ON

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

012-030

Rear Tamper Motor Middle REAR ON/ OFF

Pulse ON

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

012-031

Rear Tamper Motor High REAR ON/OFF

Pulse ON

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

012-032

Xport Motor 1 ON/OFF

-

Same as Name

X

X

Forward rotation: highest speed

012-033


-

Same as Name

X

X

Forward rotation: high speed



General Procedures

Component Control


Connector Level

Meaning

Timer Off


012-034


-

Same as Name

X

X

Forward rotation: medium high speed

012-035


-

Same as Name

X

X

Forward rotation: medium speed

012-036

Transport Motor 1 ON/OFF

-

Same as Name

X

X

Forward rotation: high speed

012-037


-

Same as Name

X

X

Forward rotation: medium speed

012-038


-

Same as Name

X

X

Forward rotation: low speed

012-039

Xport Motor Reverse ON/OFF

-

Same as Name

X

X

Reverse rotation

012-040

Stapler Move Motor Low FRONT ON/OFF -

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

012-042

Stapler Move Motor High FRONT ON/OFF -

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

012-043

Stapler Move Motor Low REAR ON/OFF

-

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

012-045

Stapler Move Motor High REAR ON/OFF

-

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

012-046

Staple Motor FORWARD ON/OFF

H

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

012-047

Staple Motor REVERSE ON/OFF

H

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

012-050

Set Clamp Clutch ON/OFF

L = ON

Set Clamp Paddle rotation

X

X

200 ms

012-051

Set Clamp Paddle

-

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

012-052

Eject Clamp Motor Up ON/OFF

Pulse ON

Eject Clamp Roller moves up

X

X

Motor forward rotation: high speed

012-053

Eject Clamp Motor Down ON/OFF

Pulse ON

Eject Clamp Roller moves down

X

X

Motor reverse rotation: high speed

012-054

Eject Motor Low Forward ON/OFF

Pulse ON

Same as Name

X

X

Motor forward rotation: low speed SB-Finisher: 1136 pulses Other Finishers: 2000 pulses

012-055

Eject Motor High Forward ON/OFF

Pulse ON

Same as Name

X

X

Motor forward rotation: high speed SB-Finisher: 1136 pulses Other Finishers: 2000 pulses

012-060

Stacker Motor UP ON/OFF

H

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

012-061

Stacker Motor DOWN ON/OFF

H

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

012-074

Puncher Motor home

Pulse ON

Puncher Motor moves to home posi- X tion

X

012-077

2-Hole Puncher Motor ON/OFF

H = ON

2-Hole Puncher Motor moves away from home position

X

X

012-078


H = ON


X

X

012-079


H = ON


X

X

012-080

Main Drive Motor ON/OFF

L

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

012-081

Eject Motor FORWARD ON/OFF

-

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

012-082

Eject Motor REVERSE ON/OFF

-

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

012-083

Eject Clamp Low DOWN

-

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

012-084

Eject Clamp Middle DOWN

-

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

012-085

Eject Clamp UP

-

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

012-086

Set Clamp Paddle Solenoid ON

L

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

013-022

Knife Motor Forward ON/OFF

H = ON

Same as Name

X

X

013-023

Knife Motor Reverse ON/OFF

H = ON

Same as Name

X

X

General Procedures

Component Control




Connector Level

Meaning

Timer Off


013-024

Front Booklet Staple Motor Forward ON/ OFF

H = ON

Same as Name

X

X

013-025

Front Booklet Staple Motor Reverse ON/ OFF

H = ON

Same as Name

X

X

013-026

Rear Booklet Staple Motor Forward ON/ OFF

H = ON

Same as Name

X

X

013-027

Rear Booklet Staple Motor Reverse ON/ OFF

H = ON

Same as Name

X

X

013-028

Booklet Staple Move Motor IN

Pulse ON

Booklet Stapler moves to the IN side X

X

350 pulses

013-029

Booklet Staple Move Motor OUT

Pulse ON

Booklet Stapler moves to the OUT side

X

X

350 pulses

042-001

MAIN MOTOR ON

L

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

042-002

FUSER FAN MOTOR (HIGH SPEED)

-

Fuser Fan changes from Low to High X Rotation.

X

Not Available

042-003

ROS FAN MOTOR ON

L

ROS Fan Motor Start & Stop

X

X

Not Available

047-001

OFFSET MOTOR1 FORWARD ROTATION

-

Same as Name

X

X

EXIT

047-002

FUSER FAN MOTOR(HIGH SPEED)

-

Fuser Fan changes from Low to High X Rotation.

X

Not Available

047-003

OFFSET MOTOR2 FORWARD ROTATION

-

Same as Name

X

X

EXIT

047-004

OFFSET MOTOR2 REVERSE ROTATION

-

Same as Name

X

X

EXIT

047-005

OFFSET MOTOR1 REVERSE ROTATION

-

Same as Name

X

X

EXIT

047-006

MAIN MOTOR

L

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

047-022

EXIT DRIVE MOTOR FORWARD(Eject Paper out)

-

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

047-023

EXIT DRIVE MOTOR REVERSE(send paper into Dup)

-

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

047-024

EXIT GATE SOLENOID

H

Switch Gate to Exit2/FUT

X

X

Not Available

047-025

FACE UP GATE SOLENOID

L

Switch FUT Gate to Face Up Tray

X

X

EXIT

047-026

EXIT 2 FAN

-

Exit 2 FAN rotating

X

X

Not Available

061-001

ROS MOTOR ON

L

ROS Motor Start & Stop

X

X

Not Available

071-001

TRAY1 LIFTER UP(FEED MOTOR Reverse)

-

Turn Lift Up Motor on for two seconds when Tray 1 Level Sensor is ''L''(lifted down). Lifter Motor will not rotate when Tray 1 Level Sensor is ''H''(lifted up).

O

X

Not Available



General Procedures

Component Control


Connector Level

071-002


071-003

Meaning

Timer Off


-


O

X

Not Available


-


O

X

Not Available

071-004


-


O

X

Not Available

071-007

TRAY1 FEED MOTOR

-

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

071-008

TRAY2 FEED MOTOR

-

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

071-012

SMH FEED CLUTCH

L

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

071-036

MAIN MOTOR ON

L

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

071-037

DRUM MOTOR ON

L

Same as Name

X

X

The BCR AC, BCR DC, DEVE DC and BTR output simultaneously. * CF=53-45(CL=751560) to 1 (single output) enables independent outputs.

073-006

T/A MOTOR

L

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

073-009

TRAY3 FEED MOTOR

-

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

073-010

TRAY4 FEED MOTOR

-

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

073-013

TM T/A CL

L

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

073-016

DUP MOTOR

-

In high speed (> process speed)

X

X

DM

073-018

HOT-LINE CHECK with alternative signal -

Hot-Line Control MCU toggles FEED-STOP signal alternatively in period of 400-600ms, Tray Module toggles FEED-READY signal in period of 1900-2100ms.

O

X

Not Available

073-019

TRAY3 FEED MOTOR(Hot-Line)

L

Hot-Line Control

X

X

Not Available

073-020

TRAY4 FEED MOTOR(Hot-Line)

L

Hot-Line Control

X

X

Not Available

073-026

DUP MOTOR Rotate for sending paper out to regi

-

In low speed (=process speed)

X

X

DM

089-002

REGI CLUTCH

L

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

091-002

BCR AC BIAS

-

Same as Name

X

X


General Procedures

Component Control




Connector Level

Meaning

Timer Off


091-003

BCR DC BIAS

-

Same as Name

X

X


091-004

DTS

<-

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

091-005

DRUM MOTOR ON

L

Same as Name

X

X


091-006

MAIN MOTOR ON

L

Same as Name

X

X

Not Available

091-007

Developer DC BIAS

-

Same as Name

X

X


091-010

BTR(-) BIAS

-

Same as Name

X

X


093-001

Dispense Motor

L

Same as Name

O

X


094-001

BTR(+) BIAS

-

Same as Name

X

X


Table 3 Input Component Control Codes IIT Chain-Link Name

Connector Level

Meaning

Remarks

005-102

Document Sensor

H

No paper detected by Document Sensor

Not Available

005-110

Regi Sensor (Belt DADF/CVT)

L

Paper detected by Regi Sensor

Not Available

005-205

CVT-DADF Feed Out Sensor

H

Paper detected by Feed Out Sensor

Not Available

005-206

CVT-DADF Pre-Reg.Sensor

H

Paper detected by Pre-Reg. Sensor

Not Available

005-211

CVT-DADF Invert Sensor

H

Paper detected by Inverter Sensor

Not Available

005-212

CVT-DADF Feeder Cover Interlock Switch

-

Feeder Cover open

Not Available

005-213

CVT-DADF Platen Interlock Switch

H

Platen Interlock open

Not Available

005-215

CVT-DADF #1 Tray APS Sensor

L

Light is not blocked by the actuator

Not Available

005-216


L


Not Available

005-217


L


Not Available

005-218

CVT-DADF #1 APS Sensor

L

paper detected by APS Number1 Sensor

Not Available

005-219


L


Not Available

005-220


L


Not Available



General Procedures

Component Control

Table 3 Input Component Control Codes IIT Chain-Link Name

Connector Level

Meaning

Remarks

005-221

CVT-DADF Tray Size SNR Number1

L

paper detected by Tray Size SNR Number1

Not Available

005-222

CVT-DADF Tray Size SNR Number2

L

paper detected by Tray Size SNR Number2

Not Available

005-224

Scan Start

H

Scan Start Signal ON

Not Available

005-225

Nudger Position Snr

H

The Nudger Roll is at UP position.

Not Available

062-201

Sheet Abort

L

Document Regist

Not Available

062-212

IIT Regi Sensor

L

De-actuation of Regi Sensor

Not Available

062-240

ADF Exist

H

DADF is not installed

Not Available

062-251

APS Sensor1

APS SNR1:L APS ON: H Document detected

Not Available

062-253

APS Sensor3

APS SNR3:L APS ON: H Document detected

Not Available

062-272

Scan Start

L

Scan available

Not Available

062-300

Platen I/L Switch

L

Platen closed

Not Available

062-301

Angle Sensor

L

Platen opened

Not Available

Table 4 Output Component Control Codes IIT Multiple Output Prohibited Items

Remarks

ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O

005-002~005-014

Not Available

-


005-001 005-003~005-014

Not Available

CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed3)

-


005-001~005-002 005-004~005-014

Not Available

005-004


-


005-001~005-003 005-005~005-014

Not Available

005-005


-


005-001~005-004 005-006~005-014

Not Available

005-006


-


005-001~005-005 005-007~005-014

Not Available

005-007


-


005-001~005-006 005-008~005-014

Not Available

005-008


-


005-001~005-007 005-009~005-014

Not Available

005-009


-


005-001~005-008 005-010~005-014

Not Available

005-010


-


005-001~005-009 005-013~005-014

Not Available

005-013


-


005-001~005-010 005-014

Not Available

005-014

CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Reverse)

-


005-001~005-013

Not Available

005-026

CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed1)

-


005-027~005-036

Not Available

005-027


-


005-026 005-028~005-036

Not Available

Chain-Link Name

Connector Level

Meaning

005-001


-

005-002


005-003

General Procedures

Component Control


Timer Off


Table 4 Output Component Control Codes IIT Connector Level

Meaning

005-028


-


005-026~005-027 005-029~005-036

Not Available

005-029


-


005-026~005-028 005-030~005-036

Not Available

005-030


-


005-026~005-029 005-031~005-036

Not Available

005-031


-


005-026~005-030 005-032~005-036

Not Available

005-032


-


005-026~005-031 005-033~005-036

Not Available

005-033


-


005-026~005-032 005-034~005-036

Not Available

005-034


-


005-026~005-033 005-035~005-036

Not Available

005-036

CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Reverse)

-


005-026~005-036

Not Available

005-072

CVT Nip Release Solenoid

L

3sec on

O

-

Not Available

005-073

CVT Stamp Solenoid

L

ON for 10msec -> Auto OFF

O

-

Not Available

005-083

Doc Ready

L

Turn ON the Doc Ready signal.

X

-

Not Available

005-084

Doc Set LED

L

Belt: Turn ON the DOC SET LED

X(Belt) O(CVT)

-

Not Available

005-088

Image Area

H

ON for 5sec

O

-

Not Available

005-090

Nudger initialize

-

Performs Nudger Roll ini- O tialization.

-

Not Available

062-002

IIT Exposure Lamp

L

Turn the Lamp ON for 180sec -> Auto OFF

O

-

Turn it OFF when Stop command is received before Auto OFF.

062-005

IIT Scan Motor (Scan)

Each has 4 phases. H/L Switching

Move it 50mm from current position in Scan direction -> Auto OFF

O

062-006

Stop command is not accepted before Auto OFF.

062-006

IIT Scan Motor (Return)

Each has 4 phases. H/L Switching

Move it 50mm from current position in Return direction -> Auto OFF

O

062-005

Stop command is not accepted before Auto OFF.

062-086

IIT Image Area

(Differential) H

IMAGE-AREA Signal Out- X put

-

Not Available

062-091

Exchange To ADF

L

Turn ON the document exchange command signal to the DADF

-

Not Available



Timer Off

Multiple Output Prohibited Items

Chain-Link Name

X

Remarks

General Procedures

Component Control

Hard Disk Diagnostic Program Purpose NOTE: HDD initialization using the UI-Diagnostic is only for Partition A.

Procedure 1.


2.

Select Sub System.

3.

Select Initialize Hard Disk and select Partition A.

4.

Press the Start button and select Yes.

5.

When Partition A has been initialized is displayed, select Confirm.

a.


NOTE: After the above procedure, Partition A will be initialized.

General Procedures

Hard Disk Diagnostic Program



Test Pattern Print

Test Patterns

Purpose

•

Prints the test patterns in the machine, to help identify Image Quality problems.

Procedure 1.

IIT generated test patterns: Table 5

For details on the test pattern generation location and output path, see Table 1. Table 1 Pattern Outline


Select Print Test Pattern.

3.

Check Table 2 or Table 4 or Table 5 to be sure the required paper is loaded.

4.

For Test Pattern number 001 feeding out of paper tray 1 enter 11 using number keypad. For Test Pattern number 003 feeding out of paper tray 2 enter 31 using number keypad.

5.

Controller generated test patterns: Table 3 and Table 4

• Access Diagnostic Routines. a. 2.

IOT generated test patterns: Table 1 and Table 2

•

Select Start.

No.

Pattern Name

Objective / Overview

Built-in Image Sub

001

Horizontal Stripe

Check operation around the ROS/Xero.

IOT

002

All Black

For isolating the problem

IOT

003

All White

For isolating the problem

IOT

-

No Paper Run

For No Paper Run specified by the MF-UI.

IOT

NOTE: Another test pattern code can be entered over the previous code after the test pattern prints.

Table 2 Parameter settings available for pattern output

NOTE: If IOT failure occurs during Test Print, IOT and subsequent Diagnostics cannot be processed. Test Print cannot be canceled and the power must be turned Off/On, or it may be possible to exit Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode). If Not Ready states such as Device Error, Jam and No Paper are the cause of the error Test Print can be canceled. As the control logic process the contents of the instructions from the UI, the machine may print the specified test pattern or use the priority tray, or it may not print and send a message indicating that a conflict occurred. When a jam occurs, the machine stops processing (do not continue or process again). The Clear Jam screen appears and a message asking the user to clear the jam will be displayed on the UI.

No.

Name

Image Size

Tray

Paper Types when using Simp/Dup MPT

Paper Sizes when using MPT

001 Horizontal A3x17inch(*1) Tray 1:1 Tray 2:2 Stripe IOT generated Tray 3:3 ROS/XeroTray 4:4 graphics check MPT:5

Cannot be speci- Plain fied (Prints using specified paper sizes even when using the MPT)

Simp/Dup

002 All Black A3x17inch(*1) Tray 1:1 IOT generated Tray 2:2 ROS/XeroTray 3:3 graphics check Tray 4:4 MPT:5


Simp/Dup

003 All White A3x17inch(*1) Tray 1:1 IOT Generated Tray 2:2 ROS/XeroTray 3:3 graphics check Tray 4:4 MPT:5


Simp/Dup

-

-

Simp

No Paper Run -

Tray 1:1

-

NOTE: •(*1): Displays 294mmx17inch (A3 breadth x Ledger length) (means that A3 and Ledger are both supported sizes)

•

If the Finisher is installed, No Paper Run cannot be processed. No Paper Run is con-


•

Prints only from the specified tray. (ATS and APS are not processed.)

•

If there was an invalid print specification in 1, an error occurs.

•

Prints in the paper size of the selected tray. (Print areas outside the paper size will not be printed) trolled by dummy 8.5x11LEF timing regardless of whether there is paper or paper size.


General Procedures

Test Pattern Print

•

If IOT Built-in PG is specified, 2 Sided (Dup) is prohibited when specifying MPT.

(*3):Refer to the specifications described in Detection.

Table 3 Pattern Overview

Table 5 IIT Pattern Overview Built-in Image Sub

No.

Pattern Name

Objective / Overview

051

Paper Feed Alignment Adjustment pattern (Grid Pattern)

For IOT Regi Adjustment 20mm interval/line spacing 0.2 +/0.025mm

Controller

052

Total Chart

For adjustment and isolating the problem

Controller

No.

Pattern Name

Tray

-

IIT Fast Scan Ink Gradation

Tray 1:1 Tray 2:2 Tray: 33 Tray 4:4 MPT:5

A3SEF

Plain

Simp/Dup

-

IIT Slow Scan Ink Gradation

Tray 1:1 Tray 2:2 Tray 3:3 Tray 4:4 MPT:5

A3SEF

Plain

Simp/Dup

-

Shading Data Output


A3SEF

Plain

Simp/Dup

-

1 dot-wide grid


A3SEF

Plain

Simp/Dup

-

2dot-wide grid


A3SEF

Plain

Simp/Dup

-

4dot-wide grid


A3SEF

Plain

Simp/Dup

-

Fast Scan 256 Gradation


A3SEF

Plain

Simp/Dup

-

Slow Scan 256 Gradation


A3SEF

Plain

Simp/Dup

Table 4 Parameter settings available for pattern output

No. Name

Image Size Tray

Paper Paper Types Sizes when when using Simp/ Dup using MPT MPT

051 Paper Feed Alignment Adjustment 1 pattern (Grid Pattern) Controller generated

(*1)

(*3)

A4 or Letter LEF

052 Total Chart

(*2)

(*3)

A3 or 11"x17”

1

-

(*1):Length is longer than A4 length and breadth is longer than Letter breadth. (*2): Displays 294mmx17inch (A3 breadth x Ledger length) (means that A3 and Ledger are both supported sizes)

General Procedures

Test Pattern Print

Paper Paper Types Sizes when when using using MPT MPT Simp/Dup



Webpage Administrator Password

Table 5 IIT Pattern Overview Paper Paper Types Sizes when when using Simp/Dup using MPT MPT

Required to change settings on machine.

Password: x-admin

No.

Pattern Name

Tray

-

Slow Scan 256 Dotted Line


A3SEF

Plain

Simp/Dup

-

Even Density of the Whole Page


A3SEF

Plain

Simp/Dup


User Name: 11111


General Procedures

Test Pattern Print, Webpage Administrator Pass-

Center Tray Offsetting

E-Mail Icon

This procedure enables offsetting in Center Tray.

This procedure restores E-Mail icon in display on machines with this capability.

Procedure

Procedure

Customer can perform following steps if system admin is accessible with code 11111, or code is available.

Customer can perform following steps if system admin is accessible with code 11111, or code is available.

1.

Press the Log In / Out Button on the Control Panel and enter 11111 using the number keypad and select Enter.

1.

2.

Select the Tools tab.

2.


3.


3.


4.

Select Common Service Settings from the Group list.

4.

Select Network Settings under the Group list.

5.

Select Other Settings under the Features list.

5.

Select Port Settings under the Features List.

6.

Select Offset Stacking and select Change Setting.

6.

Select down arrow and scroll to Send E-mail.

7.

Select Offset per Set.

7.

Select Send E-mail and select Change Setting, twice.

8.

Select Save.

8.

Select Enabled and select Save.

9.

Select Close.

9.

Select Close.

10. Press the Features button.


10. Select Close again. 11. Press the Features button.

General Procedures

Center Tray Offsetting, E-Mail Icon



FAX Output Separation This procedure provides a method for customer to easily identify FAX output.

Procedure If colored paper is available, load colored paper in Tray 1 SEF. NOTE: FAX and FAX reports are printed on SEF by default. To prevent the machine from feeding Short Edge Paper (Color), when copying Short Edge Documents (on Platen Glass or DADF) set the Tray 1 Paper Attributes as “Custom1” and Paper Type Priority as “Second “. Customer can perform following steps if system admin is accessible with code 11111, or code is available. 1.


2.


3.


4.

Select Common Settings on the Group list.

5.

Select Paper Tray Settings on the Features list.

6.

Select Paper Type Priority.

7.

Select Custom Paper 1.

8.

Select Change Setting and select Second.

9.

Select Save.

10. Select Close. 11. Select Paper Tray Attributes. 12. Select 1. Tray 1 and select Change Settings. 13. Use custom paper. 14. Select Confirm. 15. Press the Features button.



General Procedures

FAX Output Separation

General Procedures

FAX Output Separation



GP 1 Intermittent Problem RAP

•

The purpose of this RAP is to provide guidance for resolving an intermittent problem. This is not an exact procedure, but a set of recommended actions that use the resources of the service manual to help locate the cause of an intermittent problem.

•

Misaligned, mis-adjusted, or incorrectly installed components

•

Slow or slipping clutches; slow or binding solenoids

Procedure 1.

2.

Check the service log. Recent service actions may provide information about the problem. For example, a component that was recently replaced to correct another problem may be the cause of the new intermittent problem. Run the machine in a mode that vigorously exercises the function that is suspected. The machine may fail more frequently or may fail completely under these conditions. Look for signs of failure or abnormal operation. An intermittent problem can usually be associated with a RAP, since when it does fail, it results in a fault code, a jam code, or some other observable symptom.

3.

Using the RAP that is associated with the symptom of the intermittent problem, examine all of the components that are referenced in the RAP. Look for: •

Contamination, such as a feed roller that has a build up of dirt or toner

•

Wear, such as gear teeth that are rounded or have excessive backlash

•

HFSI, even if they are not near or have not exceeded the SPEC LIFE or COPY COUNT value

•

Wires chafing against components of the machine, especially against moving components

•

Misaligned, mis-adjusted, or incorrectly installed components

•

Slow or slipping clutches; slow or binding solenoids

•

Damaged components

•

Excessive heat, or symptoms of excessive heat, such as the discoloration of a component

•

Loose cables or wires

4.

Using the RAP that is associated with the symptom of the intermittent problem, perform all of the adjustments for the components or functions that are referenced in the RAP. Check to ensure that the adjustment can be made and that there is an adequate range of adjustment, and that it can be set to or near the nominal value. Any abnormality that is observed may be an indication of the cause of the problem. For example, a component can be adjusted to the nominal value, but it is at the limit of the adjustment range. This is not normal and may be an indication of the cause of the problem.

5.

Operate all of the components in the appropriate RAP that is associated with the symptom of the intermittent problem with Component Control. Observe the components for any symptoms of abnormal operation, such as a hesitation, or an unusual sound.

6.

Check that the AC and DC power are within specifications.

7.

Get technical advice or assistance where appropriate. This will depend upon the situation and the established local procedures.

8.

Examine the components that are not in the RAP, but are associated with the function that is failing. Refer to the BSDs. Look for: •

Contamination, such as a feed roller that has a build up of dirt or toner

•

Wear, such as gear teeth that are rounded or have excessive backlash

•

HFSI, even if they are not near or have not exceeded the SPEC LIFE or COPY COUNT value


9.

Wires chafing against components of the machine, especially against moving components

•

Damaged components

•

Excessive heat, or symptoms of excessive heat, such as the discoloration of a component

•

Loose cables or wires

Perform the adjustments for the components that are not in the RAP, but are associated with the function that is failing. Refer to the BSDs. Check to ensure that the adjustment CAN BE MADE and that there is an adequate range of adjustment, and that it can be set to or near the nominal value. Any abnormality that is observed may be an indication of the cause of the problem. For example, a component can be adjusted to the nominal value, but it is at the limit of the adjustment range. This is not normal and may be an indication of the cause of the problem

10. Operate all of the components that are not in the RAP, but are associated with the function that is failing with Component Control. Refer to the BSDs. Observe the components for any symptoms of abnormal operation, such as a hesitation, or an unusual sound. 11. Replace any components or consumable that are known to be a frequent cause of the problem. When doing this, consider the cost and time required. If the suspected item is inexpensive, can be installed quickly, and has a high probability of resolving the problem, then it is reasonable to replace it. 12. Leave an accurate and detailed record of your actions in the service log. Describe what you have observed, what actions you took, and what else needs to be done.


General Procedures

GP 1

GP 2 Fax Diagnostics

Table 1 Fax Diagnostic signal numbers

Purpose

Signal No. Output

Description

This procedure describes the process for running fax diagnostic tests found in UI Diagnostic Mode.

014

Tonal Signal Output

1300Hz

015

Tonal Signal Output

1650Hz

016

Tonal Signal Output

1850Hz

Procedure

017

Tonal Signal Output

2100Hz

To Access Fax Diagnostics:

019

DTMF Signal Output

Dual Tone 1

1.

Enter UI Diagnostics.

020

DTMF Signal Output

Dual Tone 2

2.

Press the Log In/Out button on the Control Panel

021

DTMF Signal Output

Dual Tone 3

3.

On the display, select System Settings, then Common Settings, then Maintenance/ Diagnostics.

022

DTMF Signal Output

Dual Tone 4

023

DTMF Signal Output

Dual Tone 5

024

DTMF Signal Output

Dual Tone 6

025

DTMF Signal Output

Dual Tone 7

026

DTMF Signal Output

Dual Tone 8

Signal Sending Test

027

DTMF Signal Output

Dual Tone 9

This test checks the ability of the Fax system to generate and transmit a specific signal.

028

DTMF Signal Output

Dual Tone 0

029

DTMF Signal Output

Dual Tone *

To run this test:

030

DTMF Signal Output

Dual Tone #

1.

From the Fax Diagnostics screen, select Signal Sending Test.

031

DTMF Signal Output

Dual Tone A

2.

Select the line number you wish to test (standard line is 1. Lines 3 and 5 are for optional additional lines, 0, 2, and 4 are for FX use only).

032

DTMF Signal Output

Dual Tone B

033

DTMF Signal Output

Dual Tone C

Enter the Signal Number you wish to test and select Send Signals. Refer to Table 1 for the list of signal numbers.

034

DTMF Signal Output

Dual Tone D

035

V.21 (H) Signal Output

HDLC Flag

036

V.27ter Signal Output

2400 bps (HDLC Flag)

037

V.27ter Signal Output


038

V.29 Signal Output


If an error occurs, a Fault Code will be displayed.

039

V.29 Signal Output


To stop the test, select Cancel Sending.

040

V.17 Signal Output


Relay On/Off Test

041

V.17 Signal Output


This test turns on/off various relays that are used in the NCU.

042

V.17 Signal Output


043

V.17 Signal Output


To run this test:

080

V.8 Signal Output

ANSam

1.

From the Fax Diagnostics screen, select Relay On/Off Test.

081

V.8 Signal Output

CM

2.

Select the Line Number and select Relay On.

082

V.8 Signal Output

JM

If an error occurs, a Fault Code will be displayed. Listen for the Relay to pick up the Line.

083

V.8 Signal Output

INFOc

To stop the test, select Relay Off.

084

V.8 Signal Output

INFOa

085

V.8 Signal Output

PPh+ALT

096

V.34 Signal Output

2400/2400 (HDLC Flag)

097

V.34 Signal Output

4800/2400 (HDLC Flag)

098

V.34 Signal Output

7200/2400 (HDLC Flag)

4.

Select Sub System.

5.

Select Fax Diagnostics.

There are two tests for Fax Diagnostics, the Signals Sending Test and the Relay On/Off Test

3. 4.

5.

3.

An audio tone or tones corresponding to the selected signal should be heard. This verifies communication from the UI to the ESS PWB, from the ESS to the FMO PWB, from the FMO to the FCB PWB, and demonstrates the ability of the system to generate the specific signal being tested.

Table 1 Fax Diagnostic signal numbers Signal No. Output

Description

011

Tonal Signal Output

462Hz

099

V.34 Signal Output

9600/2400 (HDLC Flag)

012

Tonal Signal Output

1080Hz

100

V.34 Signal Output

12000/2400 (HDLC Flag)

013

Tonal Signal Output

1100Hz

101

V.34 Signal Output

14400/2400 (HDLC Flag)

General Procedures

GP 2





Signal No. Output

Description

Signal No. Output

Description

102

V.34 Signal Output

16800/2400 (HDLC Flag)

148

V.34 Signal Output

19200/3429 (HDLC Flag)

103

V.34 Signal Output

19200/2400 (HDLC Flag)

149

V.34 Signal Output

21600/3429 (HDLC Flag)

104

V.34 Signal Output

21600/2400 (HDLC Flag)

150

V.34 Signal Output

24000/3429 (HDLC Flag)

106

V.34 Signal Output

4800/2743 (HDLC Flag)

151

V.34 Signal Output

26400/3429 (HDLC Flag)

107

V.34 Signal Output

7200/2743 (HDLC Flag)

152

V.34 Signal Output

28800/3429 (HDLC Flag)

108

V.34 Signal Output

9600/2743 (HDLC Flag)

153

V.34 Signal Output

31200/3429 (HDLC Flag)

109

V.34 Signal Output

12000/2743 (HDLC Flag)

154

V.34 Signal Output

33600/3429 (HDLC Flag)

110

V.34 Signal Output

14400/2743 (HDLC Flag)

160

DTMF Signal Output

Signal Tone 697Hz

111

V.34 Signal Output

16800/2743 (HDLC Flag)

161

DTMF Signal Output

Signal Tone 770Hz

112

V.34 Signal Output

19200/2743 (HDLC Flag)

162

DTMF Signal Output

Signal Tone 852Hz

113

V.34 Signal Output

21600/2743 (HDLC Flag)

163

DTMF Signal Output

Signal Tone 941Hz

114

V.34 Signal Output

24000/2743 (HDLC Flag)

164

DTMF Signal Output

Signal Tone 1209Hz

117

V.34 Signal Output

4800/3000 (HDLC Flag)

165

DTMF Signal Output

Signal Tone 1336Hz

118

V.34 Signal Output

7200/3000 (HDLC Flag)

166

DTMF Signal Output

Signal Tone 1477Hz

119

V.34 Signal Output

9600/3000 (HDLC Flag)

167

DTMF Signal Output

Signal Tone 1633Hz

120

V.34 Signal Output

12000/3000 (HDLC Flag)

121

V.34 Signal Output

14400/3000 (HDLC Flag)

122

V.34 Signal Output

16800/3000 (HDLC Flag)

123

V.34 Signal Output

19200/3000 (HDLC Flag)

124

V.34 Signal Output

21600/3000 (HDLC Flag)

125

V.34 Signal Output

24000/3000 (HDLC Flag)

126

V.34 Signal Output

26400/3000 (HDLC Flag)

127

V.34 Signal Output

28800/3000 (HDLC Flag)

129

V.34 Signal Output

4800/3200 (HDLC Flag)

130

V.34 Signal Output

7200/3200 (HDLC Flag)

131

V.34 Signal Output

9600/3200 (HDLC Flag)

132

V.34 Signal Output

12000/3200 (HDLC Flag)

133

V.34 Signal Output

14400/3200 (HDLC Flag)

134

V.34 Signal Output

16800/3200 (HDLC Flag)

135

V.34 Signal Output

19200/3200 (HDLC Flag)

136

V.34 Signal Output

21600/3200 (HDLC Flag)

137

V.34 Signal Output

24000/3200 (HDLC Flag)

138

V.34 Signal Output

26400/3200 (HDLC Flag)

139

V.34 Signal Output

28800/3200 (HDLC Flag)

140

V.34 Signal Output

31200/3200 (HDLC Flag)

142

V.34 Signal Output

4800/3429 (HDLC Flag)

143

V.34 Signal Output

7200/3429 (HDLC Flag)

144

V.34 Signal Output

9600/3429 (HDLC Flag)

145

V.34 Signal Output

12000/3429 (HDLC Flag)

146

V.34 Signal Output

14400/3429 (HDLC Flag)

147

V.34 Signal Output

16800/3429 (HDLC Flag)



General Procedures

GP 2

GP 3 Resetting the Administrator Password Purpose The purpose of this procedure is to allow the CSE to recover the Administrator Password in situations where the customer has changed the password from the default value, and subsequently lost or forgotten the password.

Procedure 1.


2.

Press the Log In/Out button on the Control Panel

3.


4.

Select Common Settings.

5.

Select Diagnostics.

6.


7.

Enter location 700-171 and press Confirm/Change. This is the current password. You can provide this number to the customer, or set the location to the default value (11111) and allow the customer to enter a new number from Tools mode.

General Procedures

GP 3



GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs Purpose This procedure is used to maintain serial number and billing data integrity when PWBs with billing data must be replaced.

Procedure CAUTION To maintain the integrity of the serial number and billing data never replace all three PWBs at once. If any of the following billing data PWBs needs replacing, replace them ONE AT A TIME according to this procedure: •

ESS PWB.

•

MCU NVM PWB.

Ensure that the correct version of software is installed on the PWBs before and after PWB replacement. Print the System Settings List (GP 5), and compare the ROM values to the table in the software installation instructions on the current software upgrade CD. 1.


2.


3.


4.

Select the PWB that has not been replaced.

5.

Enter the Serial Number and push Confirm button twice.

NOTE: If any of the following conditions exist, escalate the call to Field engineering or the NTS: •

The displayed serial numbers match each other but do not match the data plate.

•

Two or more numbers do not agree with the data plate and the third number.

•

The displayed numbers are all different.

6.

The Set Serial Number button will become active. Click the button. A series of pop-up windows will open. Follow the instructions on the screen to synchronize the serial numbers. CAUTION

To maintain the integrity of the serial number and billing data never replace all three PWBs at once. Replacing all three PWBs at once will cause unrecoverable NVM corruption. If a PWB needs replacing, only replace ONE AT A TIME. If the problem is not resolved, reinstall the original PWB and re-enter the serial number (if necessary) before attempting to replace a different PWB. 7.

If any PWB will not synchronize, replace that PWB and re-synchronize.



General Procedures

GP 4

GP 5 Printing Reports

3.

Under the Machine Information tab, select Print Reports.

Description

4.

Select the type of Report desired. •

This procedure describes how to print reports.

Procedure •

Refer to types of reports below.

Job Status –

Job History Report

–

Error History Report

Scan Reports –

Reports

Machine Status

–

Job Template List

Printing the Configuration Report without entering Diagnostics Mode.

–

Address Book

NOTE: Other report titles are also listed for your information

•

Auditron Reports

•

Copy Reports

•

Mailbox List

•

Printer Reports

–

NOTE: If paper size errors occur when attempting to print reports, check that NVM location 700-397 is set for the appropriate paper size (44 = 8.5 x 11 in.; 5 = A4) (refer to NVM Read/ Write).

–

Meter Report (Print Jobs) Configuration Report

1.


2.

Select Print Report on the UI.

3.

Select Print Mode Settings (report tree is show for your information; mode settings contain settings lists):

–

Configuration Report

–

PCL Settings List

•

Job Status/Activity Report

–

PCL Font List

–

Job History Report

–

PDF Settings List

–

Error History Report

–

TIFF/JPEG Settings List

•

• •

4.

–

Mailbox List

Scan Reports

–

TIFF/JPEG Logical Printers List

–

Reports

–

PostScript Logical Printers List

–

Job Template List

–

PCL Fonts List

–

Address Book

–

PCL Macro List

Copy Reports

–

PostScript Fonts List

–

–

Font List

Configuration Reports

Printer Reports

•

Job Counter Report

•

CE

–

Configuration Report

–

PCL Settings List

–

PCL Font List

–

Debug Log Report

–

PDF Settings List

–

HFSI Report

–

TIFF/JPEG Settings List

–

Jam Report

–

TIFF/JPEG Logical Printers List

–

Shutdown Report

–

Postscript Logical Printers List

–

Failure Report

–

PCL Fonts List

–

PCL Macro List

–

PostScript Fonts List

–

5.

Job Counter Report

Select the requested report and press the Start button. The selected log will be printed.


Other Reports The following reports can be printed from the UI Diagnostic Mode: 1.

Enter the Diagnostic Mode (UI Diagnostic Mode).

2.


General Procedures

GP 5



GP 6 Special Boot Modes Purpose This procedure describes methods of recovering from certain uncertain faults.

Procedure Some boot-up failures, as well as some uncertain fault codes, may be caused by software corruption, or by structural flaws in a command sent to the machine. In these cases, it is sometimes possible to bypass or delete the offending code during the startup process. CAUTION There are four special boot modes. Each mode performs a different set of initializations to bypass a specific set of problems. There is information lost in each procedure, thus, they should not be used unless specific directions are given. The following list gives these procedures, in the order from least-invasive to most-invasive. If you are instructed to perform a specific initialization, perform only that procedure. If you are asked to perform the entire series, perform the steps in the order given, until the problem is resolved. Log Initialization This step will delete any print or copy job that is in process, and then perform a reboot. To execute: Simultaneously press and hold the 1, the Stop, and the Power Save buttons on the Control Panel while switching on the power. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen (5 circles) appears and the second circle starts to blink. Spool Initialization This step will delete all pending print or copy jobs in the job queue, and then perform a reboot. To execute: Simultaneously press and hold the 6, the Stop, and the Power Save buttons on the Control Panel while switching on the power. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen (5 circles) appears and the second circle starts to blink. HDD Initialization This step will delete all pending print or copy jobs in the IOT job queue, initializes the IOT HDD, and will and then perform a reboot. All customer data on the HDD will be deleted. To execute: Simultaneously press and hold the 4, the Stop, and the Power Save buttons on the Control Panel while switching on the power. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen (5 circles) appears and the second circle starts to blink. ESS NVM Initialization CAUTION This routine will set all IOT ESS NVM values to default. Do not attempt this procedure unless there is a usable Machine Settings floppy, an accurate Configuration Report and/or other data that will enable you to reload the correct NVM values for this machine. This step will initialize the IOT ESS NVM (SYS-System and SYS-User) and then perform a reboot. To execute: Simultaneously press and hold the 3, the Stop, and the Power Save buttons on the Control Panel while switching on the power. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen (5 circles) appears and the second circle starts to blink. Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230


General Procedures

GP 6

GP 7 Country Code Setting Purpose To input country code.

Procedure Customer setting data: 1.


2.

Select NVM Read Write.

3.

Perform NVM Read/Write on Chain Link 790-570.

a.


0: No customer setting (default) 1: Customer setting for other than North America. 2: Customer setting for North America. 4.

Close and Exit.

5.

Automatically Reboot.

General Procedures

GP 7



GP 8 Firmware Version

6.

Description This procedure describes how to determine firmware version of machine subsystems that are administered by Firmware Version designations.

Procedure Firmware Version of Controller+PS ROM, IOT ROM, Finisher B ROM, IIT ROM, ADF ROM, and FAX ROM NOTE: If paper size errors occur when attempting to print reports, check that NVM location 700-397 is set for the appropriate paper size (44 = 8.5 x 11 in.; 5 = A4) (refer to NVM Read/ Write). 1.


2.

Select Billing Meter/Print Report tab on the display.

3.

Select Print Report/List.

4.

Select Print Mode Settings.

5.

Select Settings List - Common Items.

6.


7.

Perform following to check Exit. a.

Enter 740-012 using number keypad and select Confirm/Change.

b.

Record the Current Value. Place a decimal point after the value.

c.

Select Cancel.

d.


e.

Record the Current Value. If Current Value is a single digit, add a leading zero and record behind decimal from first read. This is the Duplex Firmware Version.

f.

Select Cancel as required to exit or proceed to next step.

Perform following to check TTM. a.


b.


c.

Select Cancel.

d.


e.


f.

Select Cancel as required to exit.

NOTE: Page 1 of the report will list Firmware Version of Controller+PS ROM, IOT ROM, Finisher B ROM, IIT ROM, ADF ROM, and FAX ROM Firmware Version of Duplex, Exit, and TTM NOTE: Obtaining the Firmware Level for the Duplex Module, the Exit Module and the TTM (Tandem Tray Module) requires reading two NVM locations, adding a decimal point behind the first read, adding a leading zero if the second read is a single digit, and combining the second read behind the decimal point to formulate a Firmware Level. 1.


2.


3.


4.

To check Duplex go to Step 5.

a.


To check Exit go to Step 6. To check TTM go to Step 7. 5.

Perform following to check Duplex. a.


b.


c.

Select Cancel.

d.


e.


f.

Select Cancel as required to exit or proceed to next step.



General Procedures

GP 8

GP 9 Key Operator Log In Description This procedure describes how to log in as a Key Operator.

Procedure 1.


2.

Enter 11111 using the number keypad. NOTE: 11111 is default password. The key operator may have changed the password. If the Authentication feature is enabled, you may be required to enter an Authentication password. The default Authentication password is xadmin. NOTE: If the password is changed, and is not available, the current password is stored in NVM Read/Write [700-171].

3.

Select Confirm on the UI.

4.

To operate the machine select User Mode on the UI.

General Procedures

GP 9



Space Requirements Installation space requirements are shown in Figure 1 (WorkCenter 5225/5230 with A Finisher), Figure 2 (WorkCenter 5225/5230 with SB Finisher and HCF).

SB Finisher with Booklet Maker

HCF

Front

Figure 2 Space Requirement - WorkCenter 5225/5230 with SB Finisher and HCF (j0st61003)

Figure 1 Space Requirement - WorkCenter 5225/5230 with A Finisher (j0st61001)



General Procedures

Space Requirements

Product Specs.

General Procedures

Product Specs.



Product Codes

Table 3 Paper Capacities Specification

Table 1 Product Codes WorkCenter 5225/5230

Paper Trays 1 - 4

Capacities 24 lb. TTM: 3000 sheets total: (90 gsm) • Tray 1: 500 sheets

No.

Item

Product Code

1

WorkCenter 5225/5230

-

•

Tray 2: 500 sheets

2

WorkCenter 5222

-

•

Tray 3: 800 sheets

3

WorkCenter 5225/5230 DADF 120V

-

•

Tray 4: 1200 sheets

4

WorkCenter 5225/5230 DADF 220V

-

2TM: 2000 sheets total:

5

2TM

-

•

Tray 1: 500 sheets

6

TTM

-

•

Tray 2: 500 sheets

7

Label for WorkCenter 5225/5230

-

•

Tray 3: 500 sheets

8

Label for WorkCenter 5222

-

•

Tray 4: 500 sheets

9

A Finisher 120V

-

10

A Finisher XC 220V

-

Copy Speed

11

SB Finisher 120V

-

•

12

SB Finisher 220V

-

Component Weights

Tray 5 (Bypass) 100 sheets

B/W (plain paper; simplex; fed from Tray 1) –

Letter size LEF: 25/30 ppm

–

Letter size SEF: 20/22 ppm

–

Legal size 8.5x14 SEF Simplex: 16/19 ppm

Table 2 Component Weights

Duplex: 10/12 ppm

Component

Weight (approx.)

DC (Platen)

64 kg (132 lb.)

IIT and Platen

15 kg (33 lb.)

2 Tray Module

23 kg (51 lb.)

FCOT/FPOT

Tandem Tray Module

31 kg (68 lb.)

First Copy Output Time (original on platen); 8.5” x 11” (A4); Tray 1;

Exit2

2 kg (4 lb.)

•

Duplex Module

1.8 kg (4 lb.)

Voltage Requirements

HCF

29 kg (xx lb.)

•

Single phase (two wires plus ground)

DADF

9 kg (20 lb.)

•

110 - 127 VAC/60 Hz (99 - 135 VAC, 50/60 +/- 3 Hz)

SB Finisher

27 kg (66 lb.)

•

220 - 240 VAC/50 Hz (198 to 254 VAC, 50/60 +/- 3 Hz)

A Finisher

11.3 kg (xx lb.)

–

Simplex: 14/16 ppm Duplex: 9/11 ppm

Table 3 Paper Capacities Paper Trays 1 - 4

Paper Sizes

Paper Weights

4.3 sec. or less.

Power Consumption (5 minute average)

Paper Capacities

Specification

A3/11x17 SEF

•

Machine Running: 1.33 kVA - NASG; 1.92 kVA ESG max.

•

Off Mode 1.5W~2.4W (Reference)

Environmental Data and Requirements

Tray 5 (Bypass)

Ambient Temperature and Humidity requirement:

Paper •

Min: 139.7W x 182L

•

Min: 89W x 98.4L mm (postcard)

•

Max: 297W x 432Lmm

•

Max: 297W x 431.8L mm/12 x 19 in.

•

Minimum: 10º C/50ºF at 15% humidity

•

Maximum: 32º C/90ºF at 70% (28º C/82ºF at 85% humidity) humidity

Range: 60 - 216 gsm (Tray 2, Range: 60 - 216 gsm 3, 4) Tray 1: 60 - 105 gsm



General Procedures

Product Specs.

Common Tools

IIT/DADF Specifications Table 4 DADF Specifications Document Size: Platen

Table 1 Common Tools

Max size: 297 x 420 mm, 11 x 17 in. Max scannable area: 297 x 420 mm

Description

Part Number

5.5” x 8.5” (A5) LEF to 11” x 17” SEF (A3) Max: 297 x 432 mm Min: 139.7 x 210 mm

Screw Driver (-) 3 x 50

600T 40205

Screw Driver (+) 6 x 100

600T 01989

Screw Driver (+) NO.1

499T 00356

Min: 50 gsm/16lb Max: 128 gsm/32lb (Duplex mode)

Stubby Driver (+) (-)

600T 40210

Screw Driver (-) 100MM

499T 00355

Document Capacity: DADF

50 sheets 38 gsm to 120 gsm.

Spanner and Wrench 5.5 x 5.5

600T 40501

R/E Capability:

Variable Percentages: 25% to 400% in 1% increments Preset Percentages:

Spanner and Wrench 7x 7

600T 40502

Hex Key Set

600T 02002

Box Driver 5.5MM

600T 01988

Side Cutting Nipper

600T 40903

Round Nose Pliers

600T 40901

Digital Multi-meter Set

600T 02020

Interlock Cheater

600T 91616

Silver Scale 150MM

600T 41503

CE Tool Case

600T 01901

Magnetic Screw Pick-up Tool

600T 41911

Scriber Tool

600T 41913

Magnetic pickup

600T 41911

Loupe

600T 42008

Flash Light

600T 01824

Brush

600T 41901

Tester Lead Wire (red)

600T 09583

Tester Lead Wire (black)

600T 02030

Document Size: DADF

Document Weight: DADF

•

25%

•

50%

•

64.7% (11 x17 in. to 8.5 x 11 in.)

•

78.5% (8.5 x 14 in. to 8.5 x 11 in.)

•

100%

•

129.4% (8.5 x 11 in. to 11 x17 in.)

•

220% (3.5 x 5 in. to 8.5 x 11 in.)

•

400%

Presets can be changed in Tools mode.

General Procedures

Product Specs., Common Tools



Product Tools and Test Patterns

Log Book Storage A protected out-of-sight space exists below the IIT, at the right rear corner, above the center output tray. Fold the log and insert into this space.

Table 1 Tools and Test Patterns Description

Part Number

Geometric Test Pattern

082E 08220

HVPS test probe (1/10X)

600T 01653

HVPS test probe adapter

600T 01996

Copy Paper Carrying Case

600T 01999

Copy Paper Zip Lock Bag

600T 02000

Colotech + - 90 gsm - A3

003R 94642

Service and Machine NVM Log

700P 97436

Serial cable

600T 02058

USB cable, 6 ft./2 meter Firmware Upload

600T02231

Network Interface (Crossover) cable

600T 02252

Parallel printer cable

117E 19340

PWS power cord adapter

600T 02018

L Probe

600T 02177

Machine Resident Disk Kit (Machine Settings Floppy)

300K 63850

A3 (11” x 17”) Test Pattern

082E 02000

A3 Test Pattern

082P 521 Standard Test Pattern, 82P524/ 82P521

A4 Test Pattern

082E 02010

8.5” x 11” Test Pattern

082E 02020

8.5” x 14” Test Pattern

082P 524 (Standard Test Pattern, 82P524/ 82P521)

SIR 542.00 Solid area density Scale

082E 08230

SIR 494.00 Visual Scale

082P 00448



General Procedures

Product Tools and Test Patterns,

Cleaning Materials

Machine Consumables

Table 1 Cleaning Materials

Table 1 Cartridge (30,000 sheets/A4 @6% Coverage)

NASG Part Number

ESG Part Number

Cleaning fluid (8oz., Formula A)

043P 00048

008R 90034

Film remover (8 oz.)

043P 00045

008R 90176

Lens/mirror cleaner

043P 00081

008R 90178

Lint-free (white) cleaning cloth

019P 03025

019P 03025

Lint-free Optics cleaning cloth

499T 90417

499T 90417

Cleaning towels

035P 03191

600S 04372

Drop cloth

035P 01737

035P 01737

Cotton Swab

035P 02162

035P 02162

Description

Name

Part Number

WW-Metered

106R01304

DMO Sold

106R01305

NA/XE Sold

106R01306 Table 2 Staple Refills Name

Part Number

SB Finisher Staple Refills

8R12941

Booklet Staple Cartridge

8R12897

A Finisher Staple Refills

8R12941

A Finisher Staple Cartridge

8R12964

Table 3 Staple Drum Cartridge Name

General Procedures

Cleaning Materials, Machine Consumables

Part Number

Standard Capacity

101R00434

High Capacity

101K00435



Glossary of Terms

Table 1 Glossery Terms Table 1 Glossery Terms

Term

Description

LED

Light Emitting Diode

Term

Description

LEF

Long Edge Feed

A3

Paper size 297 millimeters (11.69 inches) x 420 millimeters (16.54 inches).

LTR

Letter size paper (8.5 x 11 inches)

A4

Paper size 210 millimeters (8.27 inches) x 297 millimeters (11.69 inches).

LUT

Look Up Table - array of NVM locations that store process control data

AC

Alternating Current is type of current available at power source for machine.

LVPS

Low Voltage Power Supply

ACT

Advanced Customer Training: teaches customers to perform some of service that is normally performed by Xerox Service Representative.

MF

Multi-Function

MN

Multinational

A/D

Analog to Digital refers to conversion of signal.

NIC

Network Interface Card

ADJ

Adjustment Procedure

NA

North America

APS

Auto Paper Selection

NAAO

North American Agent Operations

ARZ

Argentina

NARS

North American Reseller Sales

Bit

Binary digit, either 1 or 0, representing an electrical state.

NVM

Non Volatile Memory

CCD

Charge Coupled Device (Photoelectric Converter)

OEM

Original equipment manufacturer

CD

1: Circuit Diagram; 2: Compact Disc

OGM

On-going Maintenance

Chip

Integrated Circuit (IC)

PC

Personal Computer

CRU

Customer Replaceable Unit

PL

Parts List

CVT

Constant Velocity Transport

PO

Part of (Assembly Name)

DADF

Duplexing Automatic Document Feeder

PWB

Printed Wiring Board

DC

Direct Current is type of power for machine components. Machine converts AC power from power source to DC power.

PWS

Portable Workstation for Service

PJ

Plug Jack (electrical connections)

RAM

Random Access Memory

RAP

Repair Analysis Procedure for diagnosis of machine status codes and abnormal conditions.

R/E

Reduction/Enlargement refers to features selection or components that enable reduction or enlargement.

Electromagnetic Emissions are emitted from machine during normal operation and power of these emissions are reduced by machine design features.

REP

Repair Procedure for disassembly and reassembly of component on machine

RIS

Raster Input Scanner

Electrostatic Discharge. A transfer of charge between bodies at different electrostatic potential.

ROM

Read Only Memory

ROS

Raster Output Scanner. Device that transfers digitally processed image, using laser light, to photoreceptor.

SAD

Solid Area Density

SCP

Service Call Procedure

SEF

Short Edge Feed An automatic process that is used to check Control Logic circuitry. Any fault that is detected during self-test is displayed by fault code or by LEDs on PWB. Single Inline Memory Module used to increase printing capacity

dC

Diagnostics Code.

DMM

Digital Multimeter is generic name for meter that measures voltage, current, or electrical resistance.

DMO

Developing Markets Operations

Duplex 2-sided printing or copying EME ESD ESG

European Solutions Group - also referred to as XE (Xerox Europe)

FS

Fast Scan (direction) - Inboard to Outboard

GND

Ground

HFSI

High Frequency Service Item

HVPS

High Voltage Power Supply

Hz

Hertz (Cycles per second)

Selftest

IIT

Image Input Terminal - Scanner/CCD portion of the machine

SIMM

IOT

Image Output Terminal - ROS/Xero/paper handling/fusing portion of the machine

Simplex Single sided copies

IQ

Image Quality

FS

Fast Scan (direction) - LE-to-TE

KC

1000 copies

TE

Trail Edge of copy or print paper, with reference to definition of term LE

LCD

Liquid Crystal Display

UM

Unscheduled Maintenance

LE

Lead Edge of copy or print paper, with reference to definition of term TE

UI

User Interface



General Procedures

Glossary of Terms

Table 1 Glossery Terms Term

Description

USB

Universal Serial Bus

W/

With - indicates machine condition where specified condition is present

W/O

Without - indicates machine condition where specified condition is not present

XBRA

Xerox Brazil

XE

Xerox Europe - also referred to as ESG (European Solutions Group)

XING

Xerox International Group (DMO East)

XLA

Xerox Latin America

XMEX

Xerox Mexico

XOG

Xerox Office Group

General Procedures

Glossary of Terms



Change Tag Introduction

IOT/Processor (P) Tags

Important modifications to the copier are identified by a tag number which is recorded on a tag matrix. The tag matrix for the IOT (Processor) is molded into the inside of the Front Door.

IOT/Processor TAGs are shown below.

This section describes all of the tags associated with the copier, as well as multinational applicability, classification codes, and permanent or temporary modification information.

TAG:

P-00X

CLASS:

M

CUT IN DATE:

Classification Codes

NAME:

A tag number may be required to identify differences between parts that cannot be interchanged, or differences in diagnostic, repair, installation, or adjustment procedures.

KIT NUMBER:

xx/xx/xxx

Tag 1 701PXXXXX

NOTE: Announced in Service Bulletin TXXXX-XX-XX. Foreign Interface Option also enabled.

A tag number may also be required to identify the presence of optional hardware, special nonvolatile memory programming, or whether mandatory modifications have been installed. Each tag number is given a classification code to identify the type of change that the tag has made. The classification codes and their descriptions are listed in the table below. Table 1 Code Description Classification Code

Description

M

Mandatory tag

N

Tag not installed in the field

O

Optional tag

R

Repair tag



General Procedures

Change Tag Introduction, IOT/Processor (P) Tags

General Procedures

Change Tag Introduction, IOT/Processor (P) Tags



7 Wiring Data 7 Plug/Jack Locations-a-finisher 7.1.1 Plug/Jack Locations ............................................................................................... 7.1.2 Plug/Jack Illustrations ............................................................................................

7-3 7-4

7 S/B Finisher Plug/Jack Locations S/B Finisher Plug/Jack Locations....................................................................................

7-7

7 HCF Plug/Jack Locations HCF Plug/Jack Locations ................................................................................................

7-15

7 Plug/Jack Locations Plug/Jack Locations ........................................................................................................

7-17

7 Wirenets IOT Wirenets ................................................................................................................... HCF Wirenets.................................................................................................................. A-Finisher Wirenets......................................................................................................... SB-Finisher Wirenets ......................................................................................................

7-43 7-58 7-61 7-64

7 BSDs Chain 1 Standby Power .................................................................................................. Chain 2 User Interface .................................................................................................... Chain 3 Machine Run Control ......................................................................................... Chain 4 Start Print Power................................................................................................ Chain 5 Document Transportation .................................................................................. Chain 6 Imaging .............................................................................................................. Chain 7 Paper Supply ..................................................................................................... Chain 8 Paper Feed and Transportation......................................................................... Chain 9 Xerographics...................................................................................................... Chain 10 Copy Transportation and Fusing ..................................................................... Chain 12 Finishing .......................................................................................................... Chain 16 ESS.................................................................................................................. Chain 17 FAX..................................................................................................................

7-67 7-71 7-75 7-84 7-85 7-91 7-96 7-111 7-120 7-124 7-131 7-157 7-158

Launch Version

February, 2008 7-1


Wiring Data

Wiring Data

February, 2008 7-2


7.1.1 Plug/Jack Locations

Table 1 Plug/Jack List (A-Finisher)

How to use the Plug/Jack Location List The Plug/Jack Location List below is provided to locate plugs, jacks, or other terminating devices. Locate the desired termination device in the first column (Connector Number) of the list. Refer to the second column (Figure Number) to determine the figure number of the electrical termination device. Refer to the (Item Number) column to determine the item number in the adjacent Figure Number column. The fourth column supplies the title of the Figure. NOTE: Connectors numbered “CN” and “FS” are listed after the “P and J” connectors.

Plug/Jack Location List Table 1 Plug/Jack List (A-Finisher) Connector Figure Number Number

Item Number

Figure Title

P/J8700

Figure 2

2

A-Finisher PWB Location

P/J8701

Figure 2

1


P/J8702

Figure 2

11


P/J8703

Figure 2

10


P/J8704

Figure 2

13


P/J8705

Figure 2

12


P/J8706

Figure 2

8


P/J8707

Figure 2

3


P/J8708

Figure 2

17


P/J8709

Figure 2

16


P/J8710

Figure 2

9


P/J8711

Figure 2

4


P/J8721

Figure 3

2

A-Finisher Bottom Location

P/J8722

Figure 3

1


P/J8723

Figure 3

6


P/J8724

Figure 1

1

A-Finisher Front Location

P/J8725

Figure 3

11


P/J8726

Figure 1

7


P/J8727

Figure 1

9


P/J8728

Figure 1

8


P/J8729

Figure 1

6


P/J8730

Figure 1

2


P/J8731

Figure 1

4


P/J8732

Figure 1

3


P/J8733

Figure 2

14


P/J8734

Figure 2

15


P/J8735

Figure 1

5


P/J8736

Figure 3

5


J8737A

Figure 3

9



Connector Figure Number Number

Item Number

Figure Title

J8737B

Figure 3

9


J8738A

Figure 3

10


J8738B

Figure 3

10


P/J8739

Figure 2

7


P/J8740

Figure 2

5


P/J8741

Figure 2

6


J8742A

Figure 3

7


J8742B

Figure 3

8


CN3

Figure 3

4


CN4

Figure 3

3


February, 2008 7-3

Wiring Data

7.1.1

7.1.2 Plug/Jack Illustrations

Figure 2 A-Finisher PWB Location (j0fa71002) Figure 1 A-Finisher Front Location (j0fa71001)

Wiring Data

7.1.2

February, 2008 7-4


Figure 3 A-Finisher Bottom Location (j0fa71003)


February, 2008 7-5

Wiring Data

7.1.2

Wiring Data

7.1.2

February, 2008 7-6


S/B Finisher Plug/Jack Locations

Table 1 Plug/Jack List

How to use the Plug/Jack Location List The Plug/Jack Location List below is provided to locate plugs, jacks, or other terminating devices. Locate the desired termination device in the first column (Connector Number) of the list. Refer to the second column (Figure Number) to determine the figure number of the electrical termination device. Refer to the (Item Number) column to determine the item number in the adjacent Figure Number column. The fourth column supplies the title of the Figure. Table 1 Plug/Jack List Connector Number

Figure Number

Item Number

Figure Title

P/J590

Figure 3

15

SB Finisher Rear

P/J591

Figure 3

14

SB Finisher Rear

J8860

Figure 1

1

SB Finisher Horizontal Transport

J8861

Figure 1

4


P/J8862

Figure 1

2


P8863

Figure 1

7


P8863

Figure 1

5


J8864

Figure 1

8


J8865

Figure 1

10


J8866

Figure 1

6


P/J8867

Figure 1

9


J8868

Figure 4

4

SB Finisher Eject

J8869

Figure 4

3

SB Finisher Eject

J8870

Figure 3

24

SB Finisher Rear

J8871

Figure 3

23

SB Finisher Rear

J8872

Figure 3

21

SB Finisher Rear

J8873

Figure 3

2

SB Finisher Rear

J8874

Figure 3

1

SB Finisher Rear

J8875

Figure 3

22

SB Finisher Rear

P/J8876

Figure 4

5

SB Finisher Eject

P/J8877

Figure 3

20

SB Finisher Rear

P/J8878

Figure 3

7

SB Finisher Rear

P/J8879

Figure 3

5

SB Finisher Rear

J8880

Figure 4

7

SB Finisher Eject

J8881

Figure 4

11

SB Finisher Eject

J8882

Figure 4

6

SB Finisher Eject

P/J8883

Figure 4

8

SB Finisher Eject

P/J8884

Figure 4

10

SB Finisher Eject

J8885

Figure 2

7

SB Finisher Front

J8886

Figure 2

6

SB Finisher Front

J8887

Figure 2

5

SB Finisher Front

P/J8888

Figure 4

9

SB Finisher Eject


Connector Number

Figure Number

Item Number

Figure Title

J8889

Figure 3

3

SB Finisher Rear

J8890

Figure 3

4

SB Finisher Rear

J8891

Figure 4

2

SB Finisher Eject

P/J8892

Figure 5

1

Booklet Maker Stapler Assembly

P/J8893

Figure 5

2


J8894

Figure 6

1

Booklet Maker PWB

P/J8895

Figure 6

3

Booklet Maker PWB

P/J8896

Figure 5

7


J8897

Figure 5

4


J8898

Figure 5

5


J8899

Figure 5

6


J8900

Figure 5

8


J8901

Figure 5

3


P/J8903

Figure 2

2

SB Finisher Front

P8903

Figure 4

1

SB Finisher Eject

J8904

Figure 2

3

SB Finisher Front

P/J8905

Figure 2

4

SB Finisher Front

P/J8906

Figure 6

2

Booklet Maker PWB

J8980

Figure 3

19

SB Finisher Rear

P/J8981

Figure 3

10

SB Finisher Rear

J8982

Figure 3

18

SB Finisher Rear

P/J8983

Figure 3

9

SB Finisher Rear

J8984

Figure 3

6

SB Finisher Rear

J8985

Figure 6

4

Booklet Maker PWB

P8985

Figure 3

17

SB Finisher Rear

P/J8986

Figure 3

8

SB Finisher Rear

J8987

Figure 1

3


P8987

Figure 3

16

SB Finisher Rear

P/J8988

Figure 3

11

SB Finisher Rear

J8989

Figure 3

13

SB Finisher Rear

P/J8990

Figure 3

12

SB Finisher Rear

P/J8991

Figure 6

9

Booklet Maker PWB

P/J8992

Figure 6

7

Booklet Maker PWB

P/J8993

Figure 6

6

Booklet Maker PWB

P/J8994

Figure 6

5

Booklet Maker PWB

P/J8995

Figure 6

8

Booklet Maker PWB

February, 2008 7-7

Wiring Data


Plug/Jack Illustrations

Figure 1 SB Finisher Horizontal Transport

Wiring Data


February, 2008 7-8


Figure 2 SB Finisher Front


February, 2008 7-9

Wiring Data


Figure 3 SB Finisher Rear

Wiring Data


February, 2008 7-10


Figure 4 SB Finisher Eject


February, 2008 7-11

Wiring Data


Figure 5 Booklet Maker Stapler Assembly

Wiring Data


February, 2008 7-12


Figure 6 Booklet Maker PWB


February, 2008 7-13

Wiring Data


Wiring Data


February, 2008 7-14


HCF Plug/Jack Locations


How to use the Plug/Jack Location List The Plug/Jack Location List below is provided to locate plugs, jacks, or other terminating devices. Locate the desired termination device in the first column (Connector Number) of the list. Refer to the second column (Figure Number) to determine the figure number of the electrical termination device. Refer to the (Item Number) column to determine the item number in the adjacent Figure Number column. The fourth column supplies the title of the Figure. NOTE: Connectors numbered “CN” and “FS” are listed after the “P and J” connectors. Table 1 Plug/Jack List Connector Figure Number Number

Item Number

Figure Title

FS001

Figure 1

4

HCF

FS002

Figure 1

4

HCF

FS003

Figure 1

9

HCF

FS004

Figure 1

9

HCF

PF/JF01

Figure 2

4

HCF

PF/JF02

Figure 2

5

HCF

PF/JF03

Figure 2

6

HCF

PF/JF04

Figure 2

7

HCF

PF/JF05

Figure 2

8

HCF

PF/JF06

Figure 2

9

HCF

PF/JF08

Figure 2

3

HCF

PF/JF51

Figure 2

2

HCF

PF/JF52

Figure 2

1

HCF

PF/JF53

Figure 2

10

HCF

PF/JF54

Figure 1

3

HCF

PF/JF56

Figure 1

10

HCF

PF/JF56A Figure 1

10

HCF

PF/JF56B Figure 1

10

HCF

PF/JF57

Figure 2

11

HCF

PF/JF58

Figure 1

1

HCF

PF/JF59

Figure 1

2

HCF

PF/JF60

Figure 1

8

HCF

PF/JF61

Figure 1

6

HCF

PF/JF62

Figure 1

7

HCF

PF/JF67

Figure 1

5

HCF


Figure 1 HCF 1/2

February, 2008 7-15

Wiring Data


Figure 2 HCF 2/2

Wiring Data


February, 2008 7-16


Plug/Jack Locations


How to use the Plug/Jack Location List The Plug/Jack Location List below is provided to locate plugs, jacks, or other terminating devices. Locate the desired termination device in the first column (Connector Number) of the list. Refer to the second column (Figure Number) to determine the figure number of the electrical termination device. Refer to the (Item Number) column to determine the item number in the adjacent Figure Number column. The fourth column supplies the title of the Figure. NOTE: Connectors numbered “CN” and “FS” are listed after the “P and J” connectors. Table 1 Plug/Jack List


Item Number

Figure Title

P/J105

Figure 9

4

L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder

P/J106

Figure 9

7


P/J107

Figure 7

9

Duplex Unit, MPT

P/J108

Figure 7

10

Duplex Unit, MPT

P/J109

Figure 13

11

IOT Rear Location

P/J110

Figure 13

12

IOT Rear Location

P/J111

Figure 5

8

Exit2

P/J112

Figure 5

6

Exit2


Item Number

Figure Title

P/J116

Figure 5

2

Exit2

P/J1

Figure 1

8

Control Panel

P/J117

Figure 6

1

No.1 OCT, Fuser Assembly

P/J1

Figure 16

17

LVPS, Main Switch

P/J120

Figure 13

4

IOT Rear Location

P/J2

Figure 16

11

LVPS, Main Switch

P/J121

Figure 16

18

LVPS, Main Switch

P/J3

Figure 16

14

LVPS, Main Switch

P/J123

Figure 7

2

Duplex Unit, MPT

P/J4

Figure 16

19

LVPS, Main Switch

P/J124

Figure 7

1

Duplex Unit, MPT

P/J6

Figure 16

12

LVPS, Main Switch

P/J125

Figure 3

1

HVPS, Dispens Motor, Fuser Exit Sensor

P/J7

Figure 16

13

LVPS, Main Switch

P/J126

Figure 4

1

ROS Unit, Exit PWB

P/J11

Figure 16

16

LVPS, Main Switch

P/J127

Figure 3

2


P/J12

Figure 16

15

LVPS, Main Switch

P/J130

Figure 4

8

ROS Unit, Exit PWB

P/J50

Figure 15

5

Power Unit

P/J131

Figure 6

3


P/J56

Figure 16

4

LVPS, Main Switch

P/J132

Figure 6

4


P/J57

Figure 16

1

LVPS, Main Switch

P/J140

Figure 4

10

ROS Unit, Exit PWB

P/J68

Figure 16

3

LVPS, Main Switch

P/J150

Figure 8

2

Regi. Sensor, Regi. Clutch

P/J69

Figure 16

2

LVPS, Main Switch

P/J160

Figure 4

12

ROS Unit, Exit PWB

P/J72

Figure 15

3

Power Unit

P/J170

Figure 4

13

ROS Unit, Exit PWB

P/J73

Figure 15

2

Power Unit

P/J201

Figure 4

11

ROS Unit, Exit PWB

P/J74

Figure 15

1

Power Unit

P/J201

Figure 9

1


P/J75

Figure 15

4

Power Unit

P/J202

Figure 9

1


P/J100

Figure 9

2


P/J204

Figure 13

9

IOT Rear Location

P/J101

Figure 9

3


P/J205

Figure 7

7

Duplex Unit, MPT

P/J101A

Figure 17

2

Tray3/4 Feeder (2TM)

P/J206

Figure 13

1

IOT Rear Location

P/J101A

Figure 19

2

Tray3/4 Feeder (TTM)

P/J207

Figure 5

4

Exit2

P/J101B

Figure 17

2


P/J208

Figure 5

5

Exit2

P/J101B

Figure 19

2


P/J209

Figure 5

7

Exit2

P/J102

Figure 9

2


P/J210

Figure 5

3

Exit2

P/J102A

Figure 17

3


P/J212

Figure 7

6

Duplex Unit, MPT

P/J102A

Figure 19

3


P/J214

Figure 13

7

IOT Rear Location

P/J102B

Figure 17

3


P/J215

Figure 8

1


P/J102B

Figure 19

3


P/J216

Figure 3

3


P/J103

Figure 9

3


P/J219

Figure 3

4


P/J104

Figure 8

3


P/J220

Figure 5

1

Exit 2


February, 2008 7-17

Wiring Data

Plug/Jack Locations




Item Number

Figure Title


Item Number

Figure Title

P/J220A

Figure 17

1


P/J419

Figure 14

12

MCU PWB

P/J102B

Figure 19

1


P/J420

Figure 14

24

MCU PWB

P/J220B

Figure 17

1


P/J421

Figure 14

23

MCU PWB

P/J102B

Figure 19

1


P/J423

Figure 14

5

MCU PWB

P/J300

Figure 10

1

ESS 1 of 2

P/J425

Figure 14

18

MCU PWB

P/J301

Figure 10

2

ESS 1 of 2

P/J429

Figure 14

17

MCU PWB

P/J302

Figure 10

7

ESS 1 of 2

P/J430

Figure 4

4

ROS Unit, Exit PWB

P/J320

Figure 11

4

ESS 2 of 2

P/J431

Figure 4

3

ROS Unit, Exit PWB

P/J330

Figure 11

7

ESS 2 of 2

P/J432

Figure 4

5

ROS Unit, Exit PWB

P/J332

Figure 11

5

ESS 2 of 2

P/J433

Figure 4

7

ROS Unit, Exit PWB

P/J333

Figure 11

6

ESS 2 of 2

P/J434

Figure 4

6

ROS Unit, Exit PWB

P/J340

Figure 10

10

ESS 1 of 2

P/J500

Figure 3

5


P/J341

Figure 10

9

ESS 1 of 2

P/J521

Figure 16

8

LVPS, Main Switch

P/J342

Figure 10

8

ESS 1 of 2

P/J522

Figure 16

7

LVPS, Main Switch

P/J343

Figure 10

3

ESS 1 of 2

P/J523

Figure 16

10

LVPS, Main Switch

P/J351

Figure 10

11

ESS 1 of 2

P/J524

Figure 16

9

LVPS, Main Switch

P/J380

Figure 10

12

ESS 1 of 2

P/J526

Figure 16

5

LVPS, Main Switch

P/J387

Figure 10

4

ESS 1 of 2

P/J527

Figure 16

6

LVPS, Main Switch

P/J388

Figure 11

1

ESS 2 of 2

P/J540

Figure 7

3

Duplex Unit, MPT

P/J389

Figure 10

5

ESS 1 of 2

P/J541

Figure 7

4

Duplex Unit, MPT

P/J390

Figure 11

2

ESS 2 of 2

P/J541

Figure 18

2

2TM Rear Location

P/J392

Figure 11

3

ESS 2 of 2

P/J541

Figure 20

1

TTM Rear Location

P/J400

Figure 14

20

MCU PWB

P/J542

Figure 7

5

Duplex Unit, MPT

P/J401

Figure 14

21

MCU PWB

P/J548

Figure 18

1

2TM Rear Location

P/J402

Figure 14

3

MCU PWB

P/J548

Figure 20

11

TTM Rear Location

P/J403

Figure 14

6

MCU PWB

P/J549

Figure 18

7

2TM Rear Location

P/J404

Figure 14

4

MCU PWB

P/J549

Figure 20

10

TTM Rear Location

P/J405

Figure 14

8

MCU PWB

P/J552

Figure 18

8

2TM Rear Location

P/J406

Figure 14

2

MCU PWB

P/J552

Figure 20

9

TTM Rear Location

P/J407

Figure 14

1

MCU PWB

P/J554

Figure 18

3

2TM Rear Location

P/J408

Figure 14

7

MCU PWB

P/J554

Figure 20

2

TTM Rear Location

P/J409

Figure 14

10

MCU PWB

P600

Figure 6

2


P/J410

Figure 14

9

MCU PWB

J600

Figure 13

5

IOT Rear Location

P/J411

Figure 14

11

MCU PWB

P/J601

Figure 9

8


P/J412

Figure 14

22

MCU PWB

P/J602

Figure 9

6


P/J413

Figure 14

16

MCU PWB

P/J605

Figure 13

8

IOT Rear Location

P/J414

Figure 14

14

MCU PWB

P606

Figure 5

10

Exit 2

P/J415

Figure 14

13

MCU PWB

J606

Figure 13

3

IOT Rear Location

P/J416

Figure 14

19

MCU PWB

P/J607

Figure 13

10

IOT Rear Location

P/J417

Figure 14

15

MCU PWB

P/J608

Figure 9

5


Wiring Data

Plug/Jack Locations

February, 2008 7-18





Item Number

Figure Title


Item Number

Figure Title

P/J609

Figure 7

8

Duplex Unit, MPT

P/J776

Figure 21

17

DADF 1 of 2

P/J610

Figure 3

6


P/J777

Figure 21

7

DADF 1 of 2

P/J613

Figure 13

2

IOT Rear Location

P/J778

Figure 21

6

DADF 1 of 2

P/J620

Figure 4

9

ROS Unit, Exit PWB

P/J779

Figure 21

5

DADF 1 of 2

P/J661A

Figure 17

8

Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM)

P/J780

Figure 21

12

DADF 1 of 2

P/J661A

Figure 20

4

TTM Rear Location

P/J781

Figure 21

11

DADF 1 of 2

P/J661B

Figure 17

9

Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM)

P/J782

Figure 21

10

DADF 1 of 2

P/J661B

Figure 19

7

TTM Rear Location

P/J785

Figure 22

18

DADF 2 of 2

P/J700

Figure 2

11

IIT

P/J786

Figure 22

6

DADF 2 of 2

P/J702

Figure 2

6

IIT

P/J787

Figure 21

9

DADF 1 of 2

P/J703

Figure 2

5

IIT

P/J788

Figure 21

8

DADF 1 of 2

P/J720

Figure 2

9

IIT

P/J791

Figure 21

4

DADF 1 of 2

P/J721

Figure 2

1

IIT

P/J820

Figure 17

4


P/J722

Figure 2

13

IIT

P/J820

Figure 19

5


P/J725

Figure 2

2

IIT

P/J821

Figure 17

7


P/J727

Figure 2

15

IIT

P/J821

Figure 19

6


P/J728

Figure 2

7

IIT

P/J822

Figure 18

5

2TM Rear Location

P/J750

Figure 2

3

IIT

P/J822

Figure 20

7

TTM Rear Location

P750

Figure 22

15

DADF 2 of 2

P/J824

Figure 17

5


P/J751

Figure 22

16

DADF 2 of 2

P/J824

Figure 19

4


P/J752

Figure 22

14

DADF 2 of 2

P/J825

Figure 17

6


P/J753

Figure 22

13

DADF 2 of 2

P/J825

Figure 20

3

TTM Rear Location

P/J754

Figure 22

12

DADF 2 of 2

P/J826

Figure 18

6

2TM Rear Location

P/J755

Figure 22

11

DADF 2 of 2

P/J826

Figure 20

8

TTM Rear Location

P/J756

Figure 22

5

DADF 2 of 2

P/J841

Figure 18

4

2TM Rear Location

P/J757

Figure 22

4

DADF 2 of 2

P/J841

Figure 20

5

TTM Rear Location

P/J758

Figure 22

3

DADF 2 of 2

P/J842

Figure 17

10


P/J759

Figure 22

2

DADF 2 of 2

P/J842

Figure 20

6

TTM Rear Location

P/J760

Figure 22

1

DADF 2 of 2

P/J2011

Figure 4

2

ROS Unit, Exit PWB

P/J761

Figure 22

17

DADF 2 of 2

P/J2901

Figure 10

6

ESS 1 of 2

P/J764

Figure 22

9

DADF 2 of 2

P/J7101

Figure 2

14

IIT

P/J765

Figure 22

10

DADF 2 of 2

P/J7192

Figure 2

4

IIT

P/J766

Figure 21

3

DADF 1 of 2

P/J7193

Figure 2

4

IIT

P/J767

Figure 21

18

DADF 1 of 2

P/J7231

Figure 2

8

IIT

P/J769

Figure 22

8

DADF 2 of 2

P/J7261

Figure 2

10

IIT

P/J770

Figure 22

7

DADF 2 of 2

P/J7262

Figure 2

12

IIT

P/J771

Figure 21

14

DADF 1 of 2

CN1

Figure 1

5

Control Panel

P/J772

Figure 21

15

DADF 1 of 2

CN2

Figure 1

9

Control Panel

P/J774

Figure 21

13

DADF 1 of 2

CN3

Figure 1

4

Control Panel

P/J775

Figure 21

16

DADF 1 of 2

CN4

Figure 1

6

Control Panel


February, 2008 7-19

Wiring Data

Plug/Jack Locations

Table 1 Plug/Jack List Connector Figure Number Number

Item Number

Figure Title

CN5

Figure 1

3

Control Panel

CN102

Figure 13

6

IOT Rear Location

CNP352

Figure 12

1

Fax Box Assembly

CNP353

Figure 12

2

Fax Box Assembly

CNP354

Figure 12

3

Fax Box Assembly

CNP356

Figure 12

4

Fax Box Assembly

CNJ352

Figure 12

1

Fax Box Assembly

CNJ356

Figure 12

4

Fax Box Assembly

CNJ359

Figure 12

5

Fax Box Assembly

CNJ360

Figure 12

6

Fax Box Assembly

CON CN3 Figure 1

11

Control Panel

CP CN1

Figure 1

7

Control Panel

F1

Figure 21

2

DADF 1 of 2

F2

Figure 21

1

DADF 1 of 2

FS812

Figure 17

11


FS812

Figure 19

8


FS813

Figure 17

11


FS813

Figure 19

8


INV CN1

Figure 1

10

Control Panel

INV CN2

Figure 1

1

Control Panel

LCD CN1

Figure 1

2

Control Panel

SJ1

Figure 5

9

Exit 2

Wiring Data

Plug/Jack Locations

February, 2008 7-20



Figure 1 Control Panel (j0st7201)


February, 2008 7-21

Wiring Data

Plug/Jack Locations

Figure 2 IIT (j0st7202)

Wiring Data

Plug/Jack Locations

February, 2008 7-22


Figure 3 HVPS, Dispense Motor, Fuser Exit Sensor (j0st7203)


February, 2008 7-23

Wiring Data

Plug/Jack Locations

Figure 4 ROS Unit, Exit PWB (j0st7204)

Wiring Data

Plug/Jack Locations

February, 2008 7-24


Figure 5 Exit 2 (j0st7205)


February, 2008 7-25

Wiring Data

Plug/Jack Locations

Figure 6 No.1 OCT, Fuser Assembly (j0st7206)

Wiring Data

Plug/Jack Locations

February, 2008 7-26


Figure 7 Duplex Unit, MPT (j0st7207)


February, 2008 7-27

Wiring Data

Plug/Jack Locations

Figure 8 Regi. Sensor, Regi. Clutch (j0st7208)

Wiring Data

Plug/Jack Locations

February, 2008 7-28


Figure 9 L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder (j0st7209)


February, 2008 7-29

Wiring Data

Plug/Jack Locations

Figure 10 ESS 1 of 2 (j0st7210a)

Wiring Data

Plug/Jack Locations

February, 2008 7-30


Figure 11 ESS 2 of 2 (j0st7211)


February, 2008 7-31

Wiring Data

Plug/Jack Locations

Figure 12 Fax Box Assembly (j0st7212)

Wiring Data

Plug/Jack Locations

February, 2008 7-32


Figure 13 IOT Rear Location (j0st7213)


February, 2008 7-33

Wiring Data

Plug/Jack Locations

Figure 14 MCU PWB (j0st7227A)

Wiring Data

Plug/Jack Locations

February, 2008 7-34


Figure 15 Power Unit (j0st7215)


February, 2008 7-35

Wiring Data

Plug/Jack Locations

Figure 16 LVPS, Main Switch (j0st7216)

Wiring Data

Plug/Jack Locations

February, 2008 7-36


Figure 17 Tray 3/4 Feeder (2TM) (j0st7217)


February, 2008 7-37

Wiring Data

Plug/Jack Locations

Figure 18 2TM Rear Location (j0st7218)

Wiring Data

Plug/Jack Locations

February, 2008 7-38


Figure 19 Tray 3/4 Feeder (TTM) (j0st7219)


February, 2008 7-39

Wiring Data

Plug/Jack Locations

Figure 20 TTM Rear Location (j0st7220)

Wiring Data

Plug/Jack Locations

February, 2008 7-40


Figure 21 DADF 1 of 2 (j0st7221)


February, 2008 7-41

Wiring Data

Plug/Jack Locations

Figure 22 DADF 2 of 2 (j0st7222)

Wiring Data

Plug/Jack Locations

February, 2008 7-42


IOT Wirenets

AC Power Wirenets

Figure 1 AC Power Wirenets Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 7-43

Wiring Data

IOT Wirenets

+5VDC Standby Wirenets

Figure 2 +5VDC

Wiring Data

IOT Wirenets

Standby Wirenets

February, 2008 7-44


+5VDC Wirenets

Figure 3 +5VDC Wirenet (1 of 4)


February, 2008 7-45

Wiring Data

IOT Wirenets

Figure 4 +5VDC Wirenet (2 of 4) Wiring Data

IOT Wirenets

February, 2008 7-46


Figure 5 +5VDC Wirenet (3 of 4) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 7-47

Wiring Data

IOT Wirenets

Figure 6 +5VDC Wirenet 4 of 4) Wiring Data

IOT Wirenets

February, 2008 7-48


5V RTN Wirenets

Figure 7 5V RTN Wirenet (1 of 4) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 7-49

Wiring Data

IOT Wirenets

Figure 8 5V RTN Wirenet (2 of 4) Wiring Data

IOT Wirenets

February, 2008 7-50


Figure 9 5V RTN Wirenet (3 of 4) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 7-51

Wiring Data

IOT Wirenets

Figure 10 5V RTN Wirenet (4 of 4) Wiring Data

IOT Wirenets

February, 2008 7-52


+24VDC Wirenets

Figure 11 +24 VDC Wirenet (1 of 4)


February, 2008 7-53

Wiring Data

IOT Wirenets

Figure 12 +24VDC Wirenet (2 of 4)

Wiring Data

IOT Wirenets

February, 2008 7-54


Figure 13 +24VDC Wirenet (3 of 4) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 7-55

Wiring Data

IOT Wirenets

Figure 14 +24VDC Wirenet (4 of 4) Wiring Data

IOT Wirenets

February, 2008 7-56


24V RTN Wirenets

Figure 15 24V RTN Wirenet


February, 2008 7-57

Wiring Data

IOT Wirenets

HCF Wirenets

Figure 1 HCF +24VDC Wirenet

Wiring Data

HCF Wirenets

February, 2008 7-58


Figure 2 HCF +5VDC Wirenet Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 7-59

Wiring Data

HCF Wirenets

Figure 3 HCF DC COM Wirenet Wiring Data

HCF Wirenets

February, 2008 7-60


A-Finisher Wirenets

Figure 1 A FInisher +24VDC/24V RTN Wirenet


February, 2008 7-61

Wiring Data

A-Finisher Wirenets

Figure 2 A FInisher +5VDC Wirenet Wiring Data

A-Finisher Wirenets

February, 2008 7-62


Figure 3 A Finisher DC COM Wirenet Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 7-63

Wiring Data

A-Finisher Wirenets

SB-Finisher Wirenets

Figure 1 SB FInisher +24VDC Wirenet

Wiring Data


February, 2008 7-64


Figure 2 SB FInisher +5VDC Wirenet Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 7-65

Wiring Data


Figure 3 SB FInisher DC COM Wirenet Wiring Data


February, 2008 7-66


Chain 1 Standby Power

Figure 1 BSD 1.1 Main Power On


February, 2008 7-67

Wiring Data


Figure 2 BSD 1.2 DC Power Distribution Wiring Data


February, 2008 7-68


Figure 3 BSD 1.3 Power Interlock Switching Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 7-69

Wiring Data


Figure 4 BSD 1.4 Interlock Switching Wiring Data


February, 2008 7-70


Chain 2 User Interface

Figure 1 BSD 2.1 Control Panel (Left) (j0st90201)


February, 2008 7-71

Wiring Data


Figure 2 BSD 2.2 Control Panel Switches (Right) Wiring Data


February, 2008 7-72


Figure 3 BSD 2.3 Control Panel (LEDs) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 7-73

Wiring Data


Figure 4 BSD 2.4 LCD Control Wiring Data


February, 2008 7-74


Chain 3 Machine Run Control

Figure 1 BSD 3.1 PWBs Communication (ESS-IOT, ESS-IIT/IPS)


February, 2008 7-75

Wiring Data


Figure 2 BSD 3.2 PWBs Communication (ESS-UI)

Wiring Data


February, 2008 7-76


Figure 3 BSD 3.3 PWBs Communication (IOT-Tray Module, IOT-Duplex) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 7-77

Wiring Data


Figure 4 BSD 3.4 PWBs Communication (IOT-Exit, IOT-Finisher) Wiring Data


February, 2008 7-78


Figure 5 BSD 3.5 PWBs Communication (IIT/IPS-DADF) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 7-79

Wiring Data


Figure 6 BSD 3.6 Electronic Billing Wiring Data


February, 2008 7-80


Figure 7 BSD 3.7 Accessory/Foreign Interface Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 7-81

Wiring Data


Figure 8 BSD 3.8 MCU-HCF Communications Wiring Data


February, 2008 7-82


Figure 9 BSD 3.9 PWB Communication (ESS - IIT/IPS) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 7-83

Wiring Data


Chain 4 Start Print Power

Figure 1 BSD 4.1 Main Drive Control

Wiring Data

Chain 4 Start Print Power

February, 2008 7-84


Chain 5 Document Transportation

Figure 1 BSD 5.1 Document Size Sensing


February, 2008 7-85

Wiring Data


Figure 2 BSD 5.2 Document Setting Wiring Data


February, 2008 7-86


Figure 3 BSD 5.3 Document Feed and Transportation (1 of 2) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 7-87

Wiring Data


Figure 4 BSD 5.4 Document Feed and Transportation (2 of 2) Wiring Data


February, 2008 7-88


Figure 5 BSD 5.5 Document Feed and Transport Mechanism Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 7-89

Wiring Data


Figure 6 BSD 5.6 Document Exit Transportation Wiring Data


February, 2008 7-90


Chain 6 Imaging

Figure 1 BSD 6.1 Platen Document Setting


February, 2008 7-91

Wiring Data

Chain 6 Imaging

Figure 2 BSD 6.2 Image Input Wiring Data

Chain 6 Imaging

February, 2008 7-92


Figure 3 BSD 6.3 Carriage Scan Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 7-93

Wiring Data

Chain 6 Imaging

Figure 4 BSD 6.4 Laser Control and Scanning Wiring Data

Chain 6 Imaging

February, 2008 7-94


Figure 5 BSD 6.5 ROS Motor Control Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 7-95

Wiring Data

Chain 6 Imaging

Chain 7 Paper Supply

Figure 1 BSD 7.1 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensing

Wiring Data


February, 2008 7-96


Figure 2 BSD 7.2 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensing Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 7-97

Wiring Data


Figure 3 BSD 7.3 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing (2-Tray Module) Wiring Data


February, 2008 7-98


Figure 4 BSD 7.4 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensing (2-Tray Module) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 7-99

Wiring Data


Figure 5 BSD 7.5 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing (Tandem Tray Module) Wiring Data




Figure 6 BSD 7.6 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensing (Tandem Tray Module) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230


Wiring Data


Figure 7 BSD 7.7 Tray 1 Paper Stacking Wiring Data




Figure 8 BSD 7.8 Tray 2 Paper Stacking Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230


Wiring Data


Figure 9 BSD 7.9 Tray 3 Paper Stacking (2-Tray Module) Wiring Data




Figure 10 BSD 7.10 Tray 4 Paper Stacking (2-Tray Module) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230


Wiring Data


Figure 11 BSD 7.11 Tray 3 Paper Stacking (Tandem Tray Module) Wiring Data




Figure 12 BSD 7.12 Tray 4 Paper Stacking (Tandem Tray Module) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230


Wiring Data


Figure 13 BSD 7.13 Tray 5 (MSI) Paper Stacking Wiring Data




Figure 14 BSD7.14 HCF (Tray 6) Paper Stacking Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230


Wiring Data


Figure 15 BSD 7.15 HCF (Tray 6) Paper Size Sensing Wiring Data




Chain 8 Paper Feed and Transportation

Figure 1 BSD 8.1 Trays 1 ~ 5 Paper Feeding



Wiring Data


Figure 2 BSD 8.2 Tray 2 Paper Transportation Wiring Data




Figure 3 BSD 8.3 2-Tray Module Paper Transportation Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230


Wiring Data


Figure 4 BSD 8.4 Paper Transport Drive Control (2 -Tray Module) Wiring Data




Figure 5 BSD 8.5 Paper Transportation (Tandem Tray Module) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230


Wiring Data


Figure 6 BSD 8.6 Paper Transport Drive Control (Tandem Tray Module) Wiring Data




Figure 7 BSD 8.7 Registration Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230


Wiring Data


Figure 8 BSD 8.8 HCF (Tray 6) Paper Feeding Wiring Data




Figure 9 BSD 8.9 HCF (Tray 6) Paper Transportation Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230


Wiring Data


Chain 9 Xerographics

Figure 1 BSD 9.1 CRU Life Control

Wiring Data




Figure 2 BSD 9.2 Charging and Exposure Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230


Wiring Data


Figure 3 BSD 9.3 Development and Toner Dispense Control Wiring Data




Figure 4 BSD 9.4 Transfer Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230


Wiring Data


Chain 10 Copy Transportation and Fusing

Figure 1 BSD 10.1 Fusing Heat Control

Wiring Data




Figure 2 BSD 10.2 Fusing Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230


Wiring Data


Figure 3 BSD 10.3 Exit Transportation Wiring Data




Figure 4 BSD 10.4 Exit Transportation Drive Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230


Wiring Data


Figure 5 BSD 10.5 Duplex Wiring Data




Figure 6 BSD 10.6 Offset Drive Control (Exit 1) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230


Wiring Data


Figure 7 BSD 10.6 Offset Drive Control (Exit 2) Wiring Data




Chain 12 Finishing

Figure 1 BSD 12.1 A-Finisher DC Power and Interlock Switching Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230


Wiring Data

Chain 12 Finishing

Figure 2 BSD 12.2 IOT ~A-Finisher PWB Communication Wiring Data

Chain 12 Finishing



Figure 3 BSD 12.3 A-Finisher Transportation Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230


Wiring Data

Chain 12 Finishing

Figure 4 BSD 12.4 A-Finisher Tamping and Offset Wiring Data

Chain 12 Finishing



Figure 5 BSD 12.5 A-Finisher Staple Control Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230


Wiring Data

Chain 12 Finishing

Figure 6 BSD 12.6 A-Finisher Set Eject (1 of 2) Wiring Data

Chain 12 Finishing



Figure 7 BSD 12.7 A-Finisher Set Eject (2 of 2) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230


Wiring Data

Chain 12 Finishing

Figure 8 BSD 12.8 A-Finisher Stacker Tray Control Wiring Data

Chain 12 Finishing



Figure 9 BSD 12.10 S/B Finisher DC Power & Interlock Switching Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230


Wiring Data

Chain 12 Finishing

Figure 10 BSD 12.11 S/B Finisher DC Power Distribution Wiring Data

Chain 12 Finishing



Figure 11 BSD 12.12 S/B Finisher Interlock Switching Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230


Wiring Data

Chain 12 Finishing

Figure 12 BSD 12.13 S/B Finisher Booklet Interlock Switching Wiring Data

Chain 12 Finishing



Figure 13 BSD 12.14 S/B Finisher Horizontal Transportation Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230


Wiring Data

Chain 12 Finishing

Figure 14 BSD 12.15 S/B Finisher Punch Wiring Data

Chain 12 Finishing



Figure 15 BSD 12.16 S/B Finisher Transportation Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230


Wiring Data

Chain 12 Finishing

Figure 16 BSD 12.17 S/B Finisher Folding Wiring Data

Chain 12 Finishing



Figure 17 BSD 12.18 S/B Finisher Tamping & Offset (1 of 2) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230


Wiring Data

Chain 12 Finishing

Figure 18 BSD 12.19 S/B Finisher Tamping & Offset (2 of 2) Wiring Data

Chain 12 Finishing



Figure 19 BSD 12.20 S/B Finisher Staple Positioning Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230


Wiring Data

Chain 12 Finishing

Figure 20 BSD 12.21 S/B Finisher Staple Control Wiring Data

Chain 12 Finishing



Figure 21 BSD 12.22 S/B Finisher Eject Control (1 of 2) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230


Wiring Data

Chain 12 Finishing

Figure 22 BSD 12.23 S/B Finisher Eject Control (2 of 2) Wiring Data

Chain 12 Finishing



Figure 23 BSD 12.24 S/B Finisher Stacker Control Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230


Wiring Data

Chain 12 Finishing

Figure 24 BSD 12.25 S/B Finisher Booklet Staple Positioning Wiring Data

Chain 12 Finishing



Figure 25 BSD 12.26 S/B Finisher Booklet Staple Control (1 of 2) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230


Wiring Data

Chain 12 Finishing

Figure 26 BSD 12.27 S/B Finisher Booklet Staple Control (2 of 2) Wiring Data

Chain 12 Finishing



Chain 16 ESS

Figure 1 BSD 16.1 ESS



Wiring Data

Chain 16 ESS

Chain 17 FAX

Figure 1 BSD 17.1 FAX

Wiring Data

Chain 17 FAX



Xerox WC 5225 5230 sm

Recommend Documents